Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2020.

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

DoorDash, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7389   46-2852392

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

DoorDash, Inc.

303 2nd Street, South Tower, 8th Floor

San Francisco, California 94107

(650) 487-3970

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Tony Xu

Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer

303 2nd Street, South Tower, 8th Floor

San Francisco, California 94107

(650) 487-3970

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

 

 

 

Tony Jeffries

Rezwan D. Pavri

Lisa L. Stimmell

Shannon R. Delahaye

Lang Liu

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Keith D. Yandell

Tia A. Sherringham

Brian E. Brown

Rob Moreno

DoorDash, Inc.

303 2nd Street, South Tower, 8th Floor

San Francisco, California 94107

(650) 487-3970

 

Heidi E. Mayon

Julia R. White

Goodwin Procter LLP

601 Marshall Street

Redwood City, California 94063

(650) 752-3100

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share

  $100,000,000   $10,910

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant will file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement will thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement will become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated           , 2020.

           Shares

 

 

LOGO

DoorDash, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of DoorDash, Inc.

We have three classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 20 votes per share and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. Shares of Class C common stock have no voting rights, except as otherwise required by law, and will convert into Class A common stock, on a share-for-share basis, following the conversion or exchange of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock and upon the date or time specified by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock voting as a separate class. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of Class C common stock will be issued and outstanding.

Upon the completion of this offering, all shares of Class B common stock will be held by Tony Xu, Andy Fang, and Stanley Tang, or our Co-Founders, who are all current executives and directors. Upon completion of this offering, Messrs. Xu, Fang, and Tang will collectively hold approximately           % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, which voting power may increase over time as Messrs. Xu, Fang, and Tang exercise or vest in equity awards outstanding at the time of the completion of this offering. If all such equity awards held by Messrs. Xu, Fang, and Tang had been exercised or vested and exchanged for shares of Class B common stock as of the date of the completion of this offering, Messrs. Xu, Fang, and Tang would collectively hold           % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Messrs. Xu, Fang, and Tang are expected to enter into a voting agreement whereby Mr. Xu has the authority (and irrevocable proxy) to direct the vote and vote the shares of Class B common stock held by Messrs. Fang and Tang, and their respective permitted entities and permitted transferees, at his discretion on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. As a result, Mr. Xu will be able to determine or significantly influence any action requiring the approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and the approval of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $           and $          . We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DASH”.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per
share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

     $                     $               

Underwriting discount(1)

     $                     $               

Proceeds, before expenses, to DoorDash, Inc.

     $                     $               

 

(1)

See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

The underwriters do not have an option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York, on or about           , 2020.

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC               J.P. Morgan

 

Barclays   Deutsche Bank Securities   RBC Capital Markets   UBS Investment Bank
Mizuho Securities   JMP Securities   Needham & Company   Oppenheimer & Co.   Piper Sandler   William Blair

Prospectus dated           , 2020


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

A LETTER FROM TONY XU, CO-FOUNDER AND CEO

We started DoorDash to help people like my Mom.

I was five years old when I immigrated from China with my parents. Like many immigrants, my family came to this country to pursue the American Dream. Dad came to pursue a Ph.D. in Aeronautical Engineering from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Mom hoped she could retain her job as a doctor, her occupation in China, but the odds were against her. The United States didn’t recognize her Chinese medical license and with only $250 to our family’s name, putting her through school again was impossible. But that didn’t stop her.

Mom put food on the table by working three jobs a day for 12 years. One of those jobs was as a server at a local Chinese restaurant, where I got a front row seat as a dishwasher. For Mom, working at a restaurant was a means to an end. After deferring her dreams for more than a decade, she saved enough money to return to school and open her medical clinic, which she still runs more than 20 years later.

DoorDash exists today to empower those like my Mom who came here with a dream to make it on their own. Fighting for the underdog is part of who I am and what we stand for as a company. Having spoken to countless merchants since DoorDash’s founding in 2013—from a Mom and Pop store like Oren’s Hummus to the General Managers of Chili’s (aka “ChiliHeads”)—I am humbled by their relentless drive to create and build, and their contribution to their communities. While small businesses are vital to our communities and created approximately two-thirds of net new jobs in the United States from 2000 to 2018,1 they now risk being left behind in the convenience economy where consumers have become accustomed to obtaining everything in a few clicks, a trend that has only accelerated in a COVID world. Helping brick-and-mortar businesses compete, succeed, and flourish in these rapidly changing times is the core problem we are trying to solve.

The Future of “Local” — Our Unique Opportunity

DoorDash has always been about helping local businesses succeed, more so than about food delivery. As students at Stanford, we canvassed the Bay Area asking dozens of local businesses what they needed to grow their business. When they shared the challenges related to delivery, we were surprised. Delivery was not a new idea, yet outside of New York City in the United States, very few businesses offered it. Seven years ago, we could not have imagined how big a transformation this would become, and we are still in the early innings of this evolution of local commerce.

While we started by enabling food delivery, our plan is to build products that transform the way local merchants do business and enrich the communities in which they operate. Over time, we will build three mutually-reinforcing assets to enable this vision:

 

  1.

An on-demand logistics platform that can facilitate the local delivery of any item

 

  2.

Merchant services to grow sales in the modern era

 

  3.

A membership program to the physical world for consumers

Logistics

If we can make possible the delivery of ice cream before it melts, or pizza before it gets cold, or groceries in an hour, we can make the on-demand delivery of anything within a city a reality. We started with restaurants because of the potential to build the most efficient logistics network with the highest

 

1 

U.S. Small Business Administration, Office of Advocacy, or SBA, Frequently Asked Questions, September 2019. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

 

i


Table of Contents

node density, based on the large number of restaurants and the high frequency of use for delivery. We believe that by starting with food, we have created the most sophisticated and reliable logistics platform for local businesses. And, while food itself is a category that has a long runway for growth, we believe the network we have built ideally positions us to fulfill our vision of empowering all local businesses to compete in the convenience economy.

Merchant Services

Logistics alone, however, will not help physical businesses compete. How do you acquire customers in a world where they no longer walk inside your stores? What products should you make today and in the future? How should you price your products? How do you build customer relationships over time?

DoorDash is much more than an application that connects merchants, consumers, and Dashers by facilitating delivery. We provide a broad array of services that enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges such as customer acquisition, delivery, insights and analytics, merchandising, payment processing, and customer support, and to fulfill demand generated through their own channels. This is just the beginning—we strive to become a merchant’s first call when they want to grow their business.

Membership Program

Over time, as DoorDash partners with local businesses beyond restaurants, we want to make it easy and affordable for consumers to enjoy the best of their communities. To that end, we launched a membership program called DashPass, where customers can pay a flat monthly delivery fee (today $9.99) for unlimited deliveries from eligible merchants. To date, these deliveries come primarily from restaurants. In the future, we envision this membership program becoming a wallet for the physical world, where a consumer can access not only restaurants, but all the local businesses in their community, and receive benefits while shopping in-store, at home, or anywhere in between.

If we are successful in helping local businesses overcome the greatest business model challenge of their time, we believe that physical stores will be transformed and will morph into offering two types of products: convenience and experience. Every category of store on the street will be omni-channel—offering goods online, as well as rich, personalized experiences in-store.

Further, we believe this will lead to an increase in both local commerce and new business creation. Anyone should be able to launch a business. We hope to become the platform of choice to help businesses participate in the modern economy and enable entrepreneurs to bring their dreams to life.

The window is closing to empower this transformation, as the rise of ecommerce and other on-demand technologies are rapidly surpassing local businesses. To serve these businesses effectively, scale is paramount, and as the player with the largest market share in our category, we are uniquely positioned to help local businesses compete in the new economy.

How We Operate

Our greatest competitive advantage is, and always has started with, our people and our culture. Speaking for the entire DoorDash team, we are inspired by merchants and Dashers from all different backgrounds who work tirelessly to achieve their goals—and know we need to earn their trust each and every day. We take our part in their journey seriously, which is reflected in our values and the ways in which we execute, a few of which I will highlight:

 

   

Be customer-obsessed, not competitor-focused: In the third month of DoorDash’s operation, we experienced a terrible outage, where we decided to refund every consumer the full value

 

ii


Table of Contents
 

of their order. The refunds took out a significant, double digit percentage of our bank account. This customer obsession remains as crucial today as it was then. As COVID-19 began crippling local economies, we led the industry in reducing commissions by 50% for our local restaurant partners with five or fewer locations, benefiting approximately 180,000 local restaurants in the United States, Canada, and Australia. We will always endeavor to do right by our merchants, consumers, and Dashers, regardless of the short-term impact on our financials or stock price. At the end of the day, we believe that being laser-focused on solving problems for our customers will deliver long-term value.

 

   

Get 1% better every day: We are only as good as our next order. We operate a difficult business—we must perennially improve our products, create more customer value, and launch new services to meet the needs and expectations of our three constituencies. We know we have ample room to improve, and the opportunity to do so motivates us. While it might seem small in isolation, our daily work—be it on reducing delivery times, increasing efficiency, or improving personalization—is about compounding incremental improvements that drive significant value over time.

 

   

Operate at the lowest level of detail: Averages in our industry are meaningless, it’s the distribution that matters. No consumer cares if our average delivery time is 35 minutes if they received their food in 53 minutes. At DoorDash, we go to the lowest level of detail to understand every part of our system, looking for “and” solutions that fight false “either/or” dichotomies. This is one reason why everyone at DoorDash, including me, tries to step out of our day-to-day roles once a month to do a delivery or engage in customer support, menu creation, or merchant support—staying very close to the needs of those who use our platform is key. We attribute our category-leading spend retention2 and capital efficiency, in part, to this obsession.

 

   

Dream big, start small: We take a long-term view at DoorDash and recognize that the best way to help merchants is to iterate quickly on products to help them grow their businesses. While we won’t optimize for quarterly changes to our business, we also won’t pursue 1,000 things at once or begin a project without enough resources. While we plan and invest for the long term, we begin projects in one market, with a lean team, and with very little capital and ask them to earn their way toward increasing investment. These constraints, we believe, help drive creativity, in much the same way DoorDash was founded.

 

   

We are owners: At DoorDash, our operators are relentlessly focused on execution and hold themselves to the highest accountability levels while carrying no blame. Like the problems we solve, working at DoorDash is challenging. We have stretch goals and we increase them when we beat these goals, always raising the bar. To foster this ownership mentality, we believe in using equity as an important part of our employee compensation.

Our values underpin our operational playbook and make us uniquely situated to seize the opportunity before us—to enable local merchants, to level the playing field for underdogs playing from behind, and to empower local economies.

I hope you’ll join us in transforming the future of local commerce.

Onward and upward,

Tony

 

2 

Edison Trends. Based on the estimated dollar value of orders placed on DoorDash, Grubhub, and Uber Eats by a group of users that first placed an order on any such platform between January 1, 2019 and September 30, 2019, as determined by Edison Trends. For each platform, spend retention represents the total dollar value of orders placed by this group of users in their twelfth month on the platform as a percentage of the total dollar value of orders placed by such group in their first month. Postmates is excluded due to inconsistent data availability in April and May 2020; however, Postmates’ spend retention was lower than DoorDash in all other months of the measurement period.

 

iii


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     22  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     81  

INDUSTRY, MARKET, AND OTHER DATA

     83  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     84  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     86  

CAPITALIZATION

     87  

DILUTION

     90  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     93  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     96  

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

     145  

BUSINESS

     154  

MANAGEMENT

     203  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     215  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     232  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     239  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     243  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     252  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

     256  

UNDERWRITING

     261  

LEGAL MATTERS

     267  

EXPERTS

     267  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     267  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

Through and including           , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we nor any of the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since such date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock, and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “DoorDash,” “the company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to DoorDash, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, and references to our “common stock” include our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock.

OUR MISSION

Our mission is to grow and empower local economies.

Our journey began on January 12, 2013, when our founders launched a website displaying menus from local restaurants in Palo Alto, California. Within a few hours, the first DoorDash consumer ordered prawn pad thai and spring rolls from a nearby Thai eatery, and shortly afterwards, dinner was delivered directly to his door.

Today, we connect over 390,000 merchants,3 over 18 million consumers,4 and over 1 million Dashers5 in the United States, Canada, and Australia through our local logistics platform.

Our platform enables local brick-and-mortar businesses to thrive in today’s convenience economy by addressing consumers’ expectations of ease and immediacy. With over 900 million orders completed through our platform since our founding, merchants have made additional sales, consumers have connected with the best of their neighborhoods, and Dashers have found flexible economic opportunities.

OVERVIEW

Technology has changed consumer behavior and driven a wave of demand for convenience. Recent events have further accelerated these trends, pulling the future of e-commerce forward for businesses large and small. Consumers value frictionless online shopping experiences and on-demand delivery. As consumers demand products and services quickly, inexpensively, and at the touch of a button, business is now happening where consumers are: at work, at home, and on-the-go. Local businesses have historically provided rich personalized experiences for consumers who shop in-store, but consumers are no longer going to physical storefronts for every purchase, and local businesses have struggled to adjust. We believe many local businesses lack the capabilities to reach today’s consumers or deliver to them off-premise. As a result, they miss out on this increasingly important source of growth.

 

3 

Based on the number of individual stores that have completed an order through our platform in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

4 

Based on the number of individual consumer accounts that have completed an order on our Marketplace in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

5 

Based on the number of accounts held by independent contractors that have delivered an order through our platform, or Dashers, in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.



 

1


Table of Contents

We founded DoorDash to be a merchant-first business. We enable local brick-and-mortar businesses to thrive in an increasingly convenience-driven economy with rapidly evolving consumer expectations. We do this primarily through the DoorDash Marketplace, or our Marketplace, which offers a broad array of services that enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges such as customer acquisition, delivery, insights and analytics, merchandising, payment processing, and customer support. DoorDash helps merchants drive significant incremental sales and leverage the fixed cost investments that they have already made. Our Marketplace enables merchants to establish an online presence and expand their reach. It generates significant demand for merchants by connecting them with millions of consumers. Merchants can fulfill this demand through delivery, facilitated by our local logistics platform, or in-person pickup by consumers. Through our Marketplace, merchants can also initiate and run promotions to drive incremental sales and attract new consumers.

There are over 30 million small businesses in the United States,6 and they form the building blocks of local economies and communities. Small businesses, including family-owned businesses, local entrepreneurs, and operators or franchisees of large national or international chains, created approximately two-thirds of net new jobs in the United States from 2000 to 2018.7

When local businesses thrive, so do local economies and communities.

We are inspired by our merchants—by their entrepreneurship, their passion for their craft, their ingenuity, their resilience, and their many contributions to their communities—and are committed to helping them grow and thrive as consumer expectations evolve.

We believe that the value we deliver to merchants, consumers, and Dashers is a key reason why we have become the largest and fastest growing business in the U.S. local food delivery logistics category, with 50% U.S. category share and 58% category share in suburban markets.8

 

6 

SBA; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

7 

SBA; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

8 

Edison Trends. Based on the dollar value of orders placed on the following platforms: Caviar, DoorDash, Grubhub, Postmates, Uber Eats, and other platforms that collectively represent less than two percent of total category share, as of October 31, 2020. Excludes Drive orders. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”



 

2


Table of Contents

LOGO

While we are the category leader, U.S. consumers on our platform in September 2020 represented less than six percent of the U.S. population as of September 30, 2020, and we believe we are in the early phases of broad market adoption. In 2019, we generated gross order value on our Marketplace, or Marketplace GOV, of $8.0 billion. In the same period, $302.6 billion was spent off-premise at restaurants and other consumer foodservices in the United States.9 Our Marketplace GOV in 2019 represented less than three percent of this off-premise spend, highlighting the large addressable opportunity ahead of us in the food vertical alone. We are also beginning to expand into other verticals beyond food and our ambition is to empower all types of local businesses.

In 2019 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we generated revenue of $885 million and $1.9 billion, respectively. In the same periods, we had gross profit10 of $335 million and $944 million, respectively, and $(200) million and $433 million, respectively, in Contribution Profit (Loss).11 In 2019 and

 

9 

Euromonitor International Limited. Consumer foodservices include cafes and bars, full-service restaurants, limited-service restaurants, self-service cafeterias, and street stalls and kiosks. Off-premise spend is the amount spent at restaurants and other consumer foodservices through home delivery, drive-through, and take-out. There are some differences between how we calculate Marketplace GOV and how Euromonitor calculates off-premise spend. Our calculation of Marketplace GOV includes taxes and tips, as well as delivery fees, while Euromonitor excludes these amounts from the calculation of off-premise spend. However, such differences represent a relatively minor portion of the calculation of each measure, and as such, we believe Marketplace GOV and off-premise spend are generally consistent and comparable measures. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

10 

Gross profit (loss) is defined as revenue less (i) cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization and (ii) depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue.

11 

For more information about Contribution Profit (Loss), including the limitations of such measure, and a reconciliation of Contribution Profit (Loss) to gross profit (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, see the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business and Non-GAAP Metrics” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”



 

3


Table of Contents

during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we had a net loss of $667 million and $149 million, respectively, and $(475) million and $95 million, respectively, in Adjusted EBITDA.12

To address the massive market opportunity ahead of us, we have made substantial investments in sales and marketing and promotions to attract and engage new consumers. Our historical consumer cohorts demonstrate attractive and improving financial results because we have been able to retain and grow consumer demand while normalizing sales and marketing and promotions spend. In addition, operational and technological enhancements have improved the efficiency of our platform, lowered our cost structure, and generated further improvements to our margins. We believe that the performance of our historical consumer cohorts supports our strategy of investing in sales and marketing and promotions to add new consumers to our existing base and enhance the scale of our platform.

We use the vast majority of our sales and marketing and promotions spend to bring new consumers to DoorDash and to encourage their repeat use of our platform. For our historical consumer cohorts, sales and marketing and promotions spend is generally elevated in the initial year of a cohort’s life cycle on our platform and subsequently normalizes by the second year. At the same time, the Marketplace GOV generated by each of our cohorts each year consistently increases.

We believe that the convenient access we provide to an unmatched combination of selection, experience, and value for consumers helps drive consumer engagement and category-leading spend retention.13 Edison Trends bases its calculation of spend retention on the estimated dollar value of orders placed on DoorDash, Grubhub, and Uber Eats by a group of users that first placed an order on any such platform between January 1, 2019 and September 30, 2019, as determined by Edison Trends. For each platform, spend retention represents the total dollar value of orders placed by this group of users in their twelfth month on the platform as a percentage of the total dollar value of orders placed by such group in their first month on the platform.

The success of our investment strategy is demonstrated by the fact that our historical cohorts demonstrate attractive and improving Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of Marketplace GOV. The chart below illustrates the Contribution Profit (Loss) of each cohort, expressed as a percentage of Marketplace GOV generated by the cohort on a time-indexed basis.14

 

 

 

12 

For more information about Adjusted EBITDA, including the limitations of such measure, and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, see the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business and Non-GAAP Metrics” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

13 

Edison Trends. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

14 

Year 1 for the 2016 cohort has been excluded because, for periods prior to January 1, 2017, our consolidated financial statements were prepared using different accounting standards. Accordingly, information for each cohort has only been presented starting with the year ended December 31, 2017.



 

4


Table of Contents

LOGO

Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of Marketplace GOV for a cohort is generally negative in the first year that the cohort is on our platform, due to the investments we make to acquire the consumers in the cohort and encourage their repeat use of our platform. We have been successful in driving increasingly positive Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of Marketplace GOV from historical consumer cohorts in subsequent years as the amounts we spend on sales and marketing and promotions for historical consumer cohorts has normalized.

In the near term, we expect to continue to make substantial investments to increase consumer adoption and extend our leadership. We believe that our business will be successful and sustainable in the long term as our business model becomes more efficient, through increasing scale and continual operational improvements, and as our sales and marketing and promotions investments normalize.

THE DOORDASH PLATFORM

Our local logistics platform connects merchants, consumers, and Dashers. We built our local logistics platform to serve the needs of these three key constituencies and to become more intelligent and efficient with every order. As we have grown, the scale of our local logistics platform has become one of our major competitive advantages and delivers substantial benefits to everyone we serve. We connect:

 

   

Merchants: Over 390,000 merchants run and grow their businesses using our technology platform.15 When we partner with organizations, such as national restaurant chains, that have multiple individual stores on our platform, we include each such store in our merchant count. Since our founding, merchants have generated over $19 billion in sales on our Marketplace and in 2019 alone, merchants as a whole experienced 59% year-over-year same store sales growth on our Marketplace.

 

 

15 

Based on the number of individual stores that have completed an order through our platform in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.



 

5


Table of Contents
   

Consumers: Over 18 million consumers discover, engage with, and purchase goods from merchants on our local logistics platform.16 We identify an individual consumer account by a unique email address. If a consumer had accounts under two different email addresses, and such consumer completed orders using both accounts during the measurement period, such consumer’s activity would be counted as two separate consumers. Since our founding, over 900 million orders have been completed through our platform.

 

   

Dashers: Over 1 million Dashers use our local logistics platform to find opportunities to earn.17 We identify an individual Dasher account by a unique email address. If a Dasher had accounts under two different email addresses, and such Dasher delivered orders using both accounts during the measurement period, such Dasher’s activity would be counted as two separate Dashers. Since our founding, Dashers have earned over $7 billion through our platform.18

Our local logistics platform is powered by our proprietary technology that carefully optimizes the many interactions between merchants, consumers, and Dashers to make the end-to-end experience seamless and delightful. Each order on our local logistics platform provides a broad range of information that is analyzed by our machine learning algorithms to improve the quality and performance of our platform. From presenting personalized, curated content to consumers that takes into account cuisine and dietary preferences to providing information that enables Dashers to maximize their earnings opportunities, our machine learning algorithms continuously improve the experiences of our three constituencies and make our local logistics platform more intelligent and efficient with every order.

Our local logistics platform benefits from three powerful virtuous cycles:

 

   

Local Network Effects: Our ability to attract more merchants, including local favorites and national brands, creates more selection in our Marketplace, driving more consumer engagement, and in turn, more sales for merchants on our platform. Our strong national merchant footprint enables us to launch new markets and quickly establish a critical mass of merchants and Dashers, driving strong consumer adoption.

 

   

Economies of Scale: As more consumers join our local logistics platform and their engagement increases, our entire platform benefits from higher order volume, which means more revenue for local businesses and more opportunities for Dashers to work and increase their earnings. This, in turn, attracts Dashers to our local logistics platform, which allows for faster and more efficient fulfillment of orders for consumers.

 

   

Increasing Brand Affinity: Both our local network effects and economies of scale lead to more merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our local logistics platform. As we scale, we continue to invest in improving our offerings for merchants, selection, experience, and value for consumers, and earnings opportunities for Dashers. By improving the benefits of our local logistics platform for each of our three constituencies, our network continues to grow and we benefit from increased brand awareness and positive brand affinity. With increased brand affinity, we expect that we will enjoy lower acquisition costs for all three constituencies in the long term.

 

 

 

16 

Based on the number of individual consumer accounts that have completed an order on our Marketplace in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

17 

Based on the number of Dasher accounts that have delivered an order through our platform in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

18 

Earnings include tips, measured as of September 30, 2020.



 

6


Table of Contents

LOGO

We have been successful in becoming the category leader in U.S. local food delivery logistics because of the value we create for merchants, consumers, and Dashers.19 DoorDash only works if it works for merchants, consumers, and Dashers, and we continually strive to improve how we serve all constituents.

WHY MERCHANTS WIN WITH DOORDASH

DoorDash is a merchant-first business. Our local logistics platform provides merchants with the opportunity to reach new consumers, grow their businesses, and benefit from incremental sales that leverage the fixed cost investments they have already made.

 

   

Demand Creation. We provide merchants with access to highly engaged consumers in their communities, and we create demand for merchants through personalization and merchandising strategies that curate selection. A consumer survey conducted by Cowen indicates that nearly 80% of delivery orders are incremental to merchants’ on-premise businesses,20 enabling them to serve new customers and leverage fixed costs to generate incremental revenue and profit.

 

   

Broad Array of Merchant Services. We offer a broad array of services that enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges. The majority of our merchants use our Marketplace to connect with consumers and Dashers to fulfill demand. In addition to our Marketplace, we have also developed a white-label logistics service, DoorDash Drive, which allows merchants that generate demand through their own websites, apps, and other channels to fulfill orders using our platform. Our DoorDash Pickup service enables consumers to place orders on our platform and pick up the orders directly from merchants. DoorDash for Work provides our merchants with large group orders and catering orders for businesses and events.

 

19 

Edison Trends; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

20 

Cowen, Digital Delivery: Survey Says Inflection is Underway, January 11, 2019. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”



 

7


Table of Contents
   

Operational Excellence. Our platform is built to integrate seamlessly with merchants’ existing processes and workflows. The unique challenges faced by merchants often serve as our guide as we build products and features. As we continue to scale our business, we find that many merchants face similar challenges, and so we develop solutions that may be broadly applied to merchants on our platform.

WHY CONSUMERS WIN WITH DOORDASH

We believe DoorDash provides consumers with convenient access to an unmatched combination of selection, experience, and value.

 

   

Convenience. DoorDash gives consumers living in urban and suburban communities alike the ability to have the best of their communities delivered to their doorsteps in minutes. We allow people to save one of their most precious resources: time.

 

   

Wide Selection. We have partnerships with over 175 of the 200 largest national restaurant brands21 and provide consumers access to a wide selection of merchants. Broad selection, coupled with personalization and curation that is driven by our proprietary data science and analytics, enables us to provide extensive yet customized choices to consumers.

 

   

Best Experience. We are focused on delivering the best end-to-end experience for consumers, which includes ease of use, speed of delivery, and quality.

 

   

Value. We provide both lifestyle and economic value to consumers. The breadth of selection, convenience, and reliability of our local logistics platform means DoorDash solves problems for many occasions. DashPass, our membership program to the physical world, is a subscription product that enables consumers to enjoy the convenience of delivery without paying per-order delivery fees. We created DashPass to reward our most engaged consumers with savings on the cost of delivery and to reward DashPass-eligible merchants by featuring them to our most engaged consumers. As of September 30, 2020, we had over five million consumers on DashPass.

WHY DASHERS WIN WITH DOORDASH

The scale of our business provides Dashers with significant and flexible opportunities to earn.

 

   

Flexible Opportunities to Earn. Dashers value the flexibility and autonomy of choosing where, when, and how often to work and the ability to earn income that fits around their other interests, which means they can log in and log out of our platform when they choose, and accept the deliveries that they prefer, all on their own terms. Dashers can use our platform after passing a background check, and eligible Dashers can receive their earnings on-demand through our Fast Pay service. We do not require Dashers to deliver by car as they also have the option to deliver by bike or scooter. In practice, this means that a broad range of people are able to deliver on our platform. In addition, our broad national coverage in the United States gives Dashers more opportunities to earn in more places.

 

   

Earnings Transparency. We provide Dashers with critical information regarding deliveries upfront, including guaranteed earnings, estimated time and distance, merchant name, and consumer drop-off information, so Dashers can make informed decisions about the deliveries

 

21 

Nation’s Restaurant News, 2020 Top 200 Restaurant Chain Research, June 11, 2020. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”



 

8


Table of Contents
 

they choose to accept. We also provide Dashers with key information and insights to track their earnings and meet their financial goals.

 

   

Dasher Community. We aim to empower people from all walks of life to supplement their income and achieve their financial goals on their own terms. We actively listen to Dashers’ perspectives and invest in constantly improving their experiences on our local logistics platform, including through the Dasher Community Council, which provides feedback directly to our executives.

OUR OPPORTUNITY

We are the category leader in U.S. local food delivery logistics today and have an enormous market opportunity ahead of us in food alone. In 2019, Americans spent $1.5 trillion on food and beverages, of which $600.5 billion was spent on restaurants and other consumer foodservices.22 Over time, restaurants have benefited from a shift away from cooking at home towards dine-in or delivery meals from restaurants, which has resulted in an increase in sales by restaurants.23 This shift has been particularly pronounced with younger generations, as younger consumers spend significantly more compared to older consumers on both on-premise and off-premise restaurant dining.24 We believe this shift towards dine-in and delivery meals will continue.

In addition to the shift towards dine-in and delivery meals, consumer spending on restaurants and other consumer foodservices has moved in recent years towards off-premise consumption, with the proportion of food consumed off-premise increasing from 44% of food and beverage spend in 2009 to 50%, or $302.6 billion, in 2019.25 We believe that this off-premise opportunity will continue to grow. Fifty-eight percent of all adults and 70% of millennials say that they are more likely to have restaurant food delivered than they were two years ago,26 and we believe the COVID-19 pandemic has further accelerated these trends. We believe the improving value proposition of local logistics platforms, including DoorDash, with wider selection than ever before, increasing convenience, and lower consumer fees has contributed to increasing off-premise consumption, and we expect this trend to accelerate, particularly in today’s convenience economy. Across industries, including travel and retail, we have seen an increasing shift from in-store to online spend and we expect to see the same trend with food. We believe that online food delivery logistics is still in the early stages of consumer adoption and, over time, online spend will represent an increasing portion of total consumer spend on restaurants and other consumer foodservices. Through our Marketplace (which includes Pickup and DoorDash for Work) and Drive offerings, we expect to address and capture an increasing share of consumers’ off-premise spend. In 2019, we generated Marketplace GOV of $8.0 billion, which represented less than three percent of the $302.6 billion off-premise opportunity.

 

22 

Euromonitor International Limited. Consumer foodservices include cafes and bars, full-service restaurants, limited-service restaurants, self-service cafeterias, and street stalls and kiosks. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

23 

U.S. Department of Agriculture, America’s Eating Habits: Food Away From Home, September 2018. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

24 

U.S. Department of Agriculture; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

25 

Euromonitor International Limited; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

26 

National Restaurant Association, 2020 State of the Restaurant Industry, February 2020. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”



 

9


Table of Contents

We started our business with a strategic focus on suburban markets and smaller metropolitan areas. According to Edison Trends, the U.S. local food delivery logistics category is larger in smaller metropolitan areas than in the top tier of metropolitan areas and is growing faster.27

 

LOGO  

LOGO

We believe that suburban markets and smaller metropolitan areas have experienced significantly higher growth compared to larger metropolitan markets because these smaller markets have been historically underserved by merchants and platforms that enable on-demand delivery. Accordingly, residents in these markets are more acutely impacted by the lack of alternatives and the inconvenience posed by distance and the need to drive to merchants, and therefore consumers in these markets derive greater benefit from on-demand delivery. Additionally, suburban markets are attractive as consumers in these markets are more likely to be families who order more items per order. Lighter traffic and easier parking also mean that Dashers can serve these markets more efficiently. As a result of our early focus on and experience with suburban markets and smaller metropolitan areas, we are particularly well positioned for continued growth in these markets.

While the majority of our business today is in the United States, we have a strong and growing business in Canada and have also recently launched in Australia. We expect further international expansion to build on the massive market opportunity that is already available to us.

To date, the substantial majority of our merchants have been restaurants. We started with food because of the size and footprint of the merchant base and because we were attracted to the unique complexities of delivering food. Food is a large market with peaks and troughs of demand over the course of the day, which leads to periods of high demand during short windows of time. Focusing on restaurants enabled us to build a high-density network and improve the cost-effectiveness of our local logistics platform. We believe our expertise in food will help us scale to other verticals as more and more local businesses beyond restaurants seek to participate in the convenience economy in search of more consumers and continued growth.

With increasing consumer adoption of technology-enabled solutions in every facet of modern life, we believe that there will be increasing demand for local logistics services by merchants in industry verticals beyond food. We have already started to serve merchants in other verticals, such as grocery

 

27 

Edison Trends; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.” Edison Trends has categorized metropolitan areas into tiers based on population size, and the growth of gross monthly food sales on on-demand delivery platforms is significantly higher in tiers with smaller metropolitan areas than in the top tier. Gross monthly food sales are calculated for the months of October 2019 and October 2020 based on food sales on DoorDash, Caviar, Grubhub, Postmates, Uber Eats, and certain other platforms. The tiers are defined as follows:

   

Tier 1 – New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Philadelphia, Washington D.C., San Francisco, Boston.

   

Tier 2 – The next 43 metropolitan areas by population.

   

Tier 3 – The next 50 metropolitan areas by population.

   

Tier 4 – All other metropolitan areas with a population greater than 100,000.

   

Other – All other geographic areas.



 

10


Table of Contents

and flowers, but we are still in the very early stages of expanding beyond food. We have just begun our journey and have ample opportunity for continued success in local logistics across verticals and geographies. Our ambition is to empower all types of local businesses, from single proprietors to franchisees, convenience stores to grocers, and florists to pharmacies.

OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

We intend to broaden our network of merchants by providing innovative services that help merchants grow.

 

   

More merchants. We have experienced tremendous success serving merchants, primarily in the food vertical, and there are many more that we have yet to reach. We will continue to invest in our go-to-market strategy and sales efforts to continue adding new merchants. Over time, we plan to add more merchants from verticals outside of food.

 

   

More merchant services. We provide a range of services to help our merchants operate and grow their businesses. We will continue to innovate and introduce new services to add value for our merchants and unlock additional revenue opportunities for DoorDash.

We seek to increase consumer adoption and have DoorDash become a daily activity.

 

   

More consumers. We plan to continue to increase our consumer reach, both in the United States and internationally.

 

   

More consumer engagement. In the food vertical, we strive to increase the frequency with which consumers use DoorDash by increasing the breadth of restaurant selection, expanding the availability of meals at all times of the day, addressing the needs of business consumers, and enhancing affordability by increasing DashPass adoption. In addition, as we continue to add new verticals beyond food, we expect to further increase the amount of consumer spend on our platform and broaden the benefits of DashPass.

We seek to build a reliable, high quality, and operationally efficient logistics network.

 

   

Better consumer experience. Our goal is to delight consumers, thereby promoting their use of our platform and making it easier for us to acquire new consumers. We continue to make investments aimed at improving the consumer experience. We are particularly focused on building tools to help Dashers improve the quality of items delivered and the speed and timeliness of delivery, without sacrificing selection.

 

   

Better Dasher experience. We also invest in improving Dasher experience and satisfaction. This includes improving onboarding and enabling Dashers to sign up and start earning faster.

 

   

Improve operational efficiency. We are focused on optimizing our cost structure primarily through product improvements meant to enhance the operational efficiency and quality of our local logistics platform.



 

11


Table of Contents

OUR RESPONSE TO COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic has challenged all of our constituents. We viewed the pandemic as a situation that required rapid and bold action to support our communities and help our constituents on the path to recovery. The pandemic has demonstrated how vital we are to the communities in which we operate. Prior to the pandemic, we played a significant role in connecting merchants to new consumers and driving incremental sales, providing selection, experience, and value to consumers, and offering economic opportunity to those looking for income. With the pandemic, our platform has become a lifeline for merchants whose only revenue options are take-out and delivery, for consumers sheltering in place, particularly vulnerable populations whose health depends on isolating, and for many of the millions of newly unemployed in need of earnings opportunities.

We have mobilized quickly to help our community.

 

   

Supporting Merchants. We have provided a significant amount of financial support to merchants through reduced commissions. We also provided sales and marketing solutions for merchants and launched initiatives to support merchant growth.

 

   

Supporting Dashers. We provided personal safety equipment to Dashers and implemented no-contact delivery as the default delivery option. We also provided financial assistance to certain eligible Dashers.

 

   

Supporting our Community. From March through September 2020, we powered over 270,000 deliveries of meals to vulnerable community members and introduced new social impact programs.

The COVID-19 pandemic has made our mission more important than ever, and we are striving to help communities meet their challenges and become stronger.

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include the following:

 

   

We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful;

 

   

We have a history of net losses, we anticipate increasing expenses in the future, and we may not be able to maintain or increase profitability in the future;

 

   

We may not continue to grow on pace with historical rates;

 

   

If Dashers are reclassified as employees under federal or state law, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected;

 

   

We face intense competition and if we are unable to compete effectively, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected;

 

   

If we fail to retain our existing merchants and consumers or acquire new merchants and consumers in a cost-effective manner, our revenue may decrease and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected;

 

   

If we fail to cost-effectively attract and retain Dashers or to increase the use of our platform by existing Dashers, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected;



 

12


Table of Contents
   

We rely on merchants on our platform for many aspects of our business, and any failure by them to maintain their service levels or any changes to their operating costs could adversely affect our business;

 

   

We are subject to claims, lawsuits, investigations, and various proceedings, and face potential liability, expenses for legal claims, and harm to our business based on the nature of our business;

 

   

Our business is subject to a variety of U.S. laws and regulations, including those related to worker classification, Dasher pay, and pricing and commissions, many of which are unsettled and still developing, and failure to comply with such laws and regulations could subject us to claims or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations;

 

   

We expect a number of factors to cause our results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which may make it difficult to predict our future performance;

 

   

Systems failures and resulting interruptions in the availability of our website, mobile application, or platform could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations;

 

   

The COVID-19 pandemic, or a similar public health threat, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations;

 

   

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations;

 

   

The trading price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment; and

 

   

The multi-class structure of our common stock and the Voting Agreement between the Co-Founders will have the effect of concentrating voting power with Tony Xu, our co-founder, Chief Executive Officer, and a member of our board of directors, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and the approval of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction.

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Investors, the media, and others should note that, following the completion of this offering, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the SEC, the investor relations page on our website, press releases, public conference calls, webcasts, and our corporate blog at www.blog.doordash.com.

The information disclosed by the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. As such, we encourage investors, the media, and others to follow the channels listed above and to review the information disclosed through such channels.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.



 

13


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in 2013 as Palo Alto Delivery Inc., a Delaware corporation. In 2015, we changed our name to DoorDash, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 303 2nd Street, South Tower, 8th Floor, San Francisco, California 94107, and our telephone number is (650) 487-3970. Our website address is www.doordash.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only. You should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

“DoorDash,” our logo, and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks, or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of DoorDash, Inc. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

JOBS Act

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These reduced reporting requirements include:

 

   

the requirement to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis in this prospectus;

 

   

an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

 

   

an exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a large accelerated filer, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the date on which we have, in any three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock—We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.”



 

14


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

                     shares

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this
offering

                     shares

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares

 

Class C common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares

 

Class A, Class B, and Class C common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $                    , based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock, and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time. We may use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to fund a $200 million pledge, as part of our Main Street Strong program, to support merchants, Dashers, and local communities. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to satisfy a portion of our anticipated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units, or RSUs, that we have granted. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Voting rights

Shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share.



 

15


Table of Contents
 

Shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to 20 votes per share.

Shares of our Class C common stock have no voting rights, except as otherwise required by law.

 

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Upon the completion of this offering, Tony Xu, our co-founder, Chief Executive Officer, and a member of our board of directors, Andy Fang, our co-founder, Head of Consumer Engineering, and a member of our board of directors, and Stanley Tang, our co-founder, Head of DoorDash Labs, and a member of our board of directors, or collectively, our Co-Founders, will hold approximately                     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock in the aggregate, which voting power may increase over time as our Co-Founders exercise or vest in equity awards outstanding at the time of the completion of this offering. If all such equity awards held by our Co-Founders had been exercised or vested and exchanged for shares of Class B common stock as of the date of the completion of this offering, our Co-Founders would collectively hold                     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement related to this offering, our Co-Founders are expected to enter into a voting agreement and irrevocable proxy, or the Voting Agreement, that will remain in effect after the completion of this offering. This Voting Agreement will cover an aggregate of approximately                     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering. Under the Voting Agreement, Mr. Xu will have the authority (and irrevocable proxy) to direct the vote and vote the shares of Class B common stock held by Messrs. Fang and Tang, and their respective permitted entities and permitted transferees, at his discretion on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. As a result, Mr. Xu will be able to determine or significantly influence any action requiring the approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and the approval of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction. Additionally, our executive officers, directors, and holders of 5% or more of our capital stock will hold, in the aggregate, approximately                     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering. See the sections titled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange trading symbol

“DASH”



 

16


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 253,343,071 shares of our Class A common stock, 31,313,450 shares of our Class B common stock, and no shares of our Class C common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, and reflects:

 

   

238,988,545 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock that will automatically convert into 239,274,936 shares of Class A common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. We refer to this conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock into Class A common stock as the Capital Stock Conversion;

 

   

14,068,135 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, which number of shares excludes the shares being exchanged in the Class B Stock Exchange described below; and

 

   

31,313,450 shares of our Class B common stock, which reflects shares of our Class A common stock outstanding beneficially owned by our Co-Founders and certain related entities as of September 30, 2020 that will be exchanged for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering pursuant to the terms of certain exchange agreements, or the Class B Stock Exchange.

The shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020 exclude the following:

 

   

34,554,510 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.41 per share;

 

   

20,021,420 shares of our Class A common stock subject to RSUs outstanding as of September 30, 2020;

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock subject to RSUs that were granted after September 30, 2020 to Mr. Xu, or the CEO Performance Award, and vest upon the satisfaction of a service condition and achievement of certain stock price goals;

 

   

105,330 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase Class A common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, with an exercise price of $1.492 per share;

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon conversion of our convertible notes, or our Convertible Notes;28 and

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2020 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Stock Plan, or our 2014 Plan, as of September 30, 2020, which number of shares will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan upon its effectiveness, at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2014 Plan; and

 

28 

For more information, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Convertible Notes.”



 

17


Table of Contents
   

                    shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Our 2020 Plan and our ESPP each provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved thereunder and our 2020 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on any shares of our Class A common stock granted pursuant to awards under our 2014 Plan that expire, are tendered to or withheld by us for payment of an exercise price or for satisfying our tax withholding and remittance obligations, or are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Following the completion of this offering, and pursuant to equity exchange right agreements to be entered into between us and our Co-Founders, or the Equity Award Exchange Agreements, each of our Co-Founders shall have a right (but not an obligation) to require us to exchange any shares of Class A common stock received upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of Class A common stock or the vesting and settlement of RSUs related to shares of Class A common stock for an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock. We refer to this right as the Equity Award Exchange. The Equity Award Exchange applies only to equity awards granted to our Co-Founders prior to the effectiveness of the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. As of September 30, 2020, there were (i) 11,927,795 shares of our Class A common stock subject to options held by our Co-Founders that may be exchanged, upon exercise, for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock following this offering and (ii) 312,030 shares of our Class A common stock subject to RSUs held by our Co-Founders that may be exchanged, upon vesting and settlement, for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock following this offering. In addition, in                     , 2020, our board of directors granted the CEO Performance Award, an RSU award under our 2014 Plan to Tony Xu covering                      shares of our Class A common stock, which shares may be exchanged, upon vesting and settlement of the CEO Performance Award, for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock following this offering.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

a five-for-one forward split of our capital stock effected on November 9, 2020, including a proportional increase in the authorized shares of our capital stock, with all share, option, RSU, warrant, and per share information for all periods presented in this prospectus adjusted to reflect such forward split on a retroactive basis;

 

   

the Capital Stock Conversion will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, will each occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering and will effect the reclassification of our common stock into Class A common stock, or the Reclassification;

 

   

the Class B Stock Exchange will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants or settlement of outstanding RSUs subsequent to September 30, 2020.



 

18


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in management’s opinion, are necessary to state fairly the information set forth in those consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2020 or any other period. The following summary consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial and other data in this section are not intended to replace, and are qualified in their entirety by, our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
        2018             2019             2019             2020      
    (in millions, except share amounts which are
reflected in thousands, and per share data)
 

Revenue

  $ 291     $ 885     $ 587     $ 1,916  

Costs and expenses(1):

       

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    228       523       353       899  

Sales and marketing

    135       594       445       610  

Research and development

    51       107       73       112  

General and administrative

    78       245       179       337  

Depreciation and amortization(2)

    9       32       16       89  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    501       1,501       1,066       2,047  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (210     (616     (479     (131

Interest income

    7       18       14       6  

Interest expense

    (1                 (22

Other expense, net

          (68     (67      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (204     (666     (532     (147

Provision for income taxes

          1       1       2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (204     (667     (533     (149

Premium paid on repurchase of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (3                  

Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders

          (1     (1      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (207   $ (668   $ (534   $ (149
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(3)

  $ (4.67   $ (15.44   $ (12.41   $ (3.34
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(3)

    44,305       43,252       43,045       44,568  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

19


Table of Contents
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
        2018             2019             2019             2020      
    (in millions, except share amounts which are
reflected in thousands, and per share data)
 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(3)

    $ (2.57     $ (0.53)  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(3)

      259,956         283,145  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)

Costs and expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $ 3      $ 2      $ 2      $ 1  

Sales and marketing

     3        2        2        1  

Research and development

     11        8        6        5  

General and administrative

     7        6        4        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 24      $ 18      $ 14      $ 11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Depreciation and amortization related to the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 8      $ 27      $ 15      $ 73  

Sales and marketing

     1        3        1        10  

Research and development

            1               4  

General and administrative

    

 
     1               2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 9      $ 32      $ 16      $ 89  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(3)

See Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma net loss per share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     September 30, 2020  
     Actual     Pro Forma(2)     Pro Forma
as Adjusted(3)(4)
 
     (in millions)  

Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities

   $ 1,611     $ 1,611     $              

Working capital(1)

   $ 1,156     $ 1,156    

Total assets

   $ 2,874     $ 2,874    

Convertible notes

   $ 355     $ 355    

Total liabilities

   $ 1,441     $ 1,441    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 2,646     $    

Additional paid-in capital

   $ 87     $ 2,976    

Accumulated deficit

   $ (1,301   $ (1,544  

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ (1,213   $ 1,433    

 

(1)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

(2)

The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to (i) the Capital Stock Conversion, as if such conversion had occurred on September 30, 2020, (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and



 

20


Table of Contents
 

(iii) an increase to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit related to stock-based compensation expense of $243 million associated with RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition was satisfied as of September 30, 2020 and for which the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering. Payroll tax withholding and remittance obligations have not been included in the pro forma adjustments, as further described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Subject to certain conditions which we do not expect to be satisfied until after this offering, the Convertible Notes will automatically convert into shares of our Class A common stock unless we elect to settle such conversion in cash pursuant to the terms of the Convertible Notes. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Convertible Notes” for additional information about the Convertible Notes.

(3)

The pro forma as adjusted column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) the sale and issuance by us of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(4)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $                     million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $                     million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

Key Business and Non-GAAP Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key business and non-GAAP metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2018             2019             2019             2020      
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Total Orders

     83       263       181        543   

Marketplace GOV

   $ 2,812     $ 8,039     $ 5,537      $ 16,485   

Contribution Profit (Loss)(1)

   $ (59   $ (200   $ (190)     $ 433   

Contribution Margin(1)

     (20 )%      (23 )%      (32)     23 

Contribution Profit (Loss) as a % of Marketplace GOV

     (2 )%      (2 )%      (3)    

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ (158   $ (475   $ (372)     $ 95   

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(1)

     (54 )%      (54 )%      (63)    

Adjusted EBITDA as a % of Marketplace GOV

     (6 )%      (6 )%      (7)    

 

(1)

Contribution Profit (Loss), Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information regarding our use of these measures and reconciliations to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business and Non-GAAP Metrics” for a description of Total Orders, Marketplace GOV, Contribution Profit (Loss), Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin.

With the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced a significant increase in revenue, Total Orders, and Marketplace GOV due to increased consumer demand for delivery, more merchants using our platform to facilitate both delivery and take-out, and improved efficiency of our local logistics platform. The circumstances that have accelerated the growth of our business stemming from the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may not continue in the future, and we expect the growth rates in revenue, Total Orders, and Marketplace GOV to decline in future periods.



 

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, or prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

We launched operations in 2013 and we have since frequently expanded our platform features and services and changed our pricing methodologies. This limited operating history and our evolving business make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter. These risks and challenges include our ability to:

 

   

accurately forecast our revenue and plan our operating expenses;

 

   

increase the number of and retain existing merchants, consumers, and Dashers using our platform;

 

   

successfully compete with current and future competitors;

 

   

successfully expand our business in existing markets and enter new markets and geographies;

 

   

anticipate and respond to macroeconomic changes and changes in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

maintain and enhance the value of our reputation and brand;

 

   

adapt to rapidly evolving trends in the ways merchants and consumers interact with technology;

 

   

avoid interruptions or disruptions in our service;

 

   

develop a scalable, high-performance technology infrastructure that can efficiently and reliably handle increased usage, as well as the deployment of new features and services;

 

   

hire, integrate, and retain talented technology, sales, customer service, and other personnel;

 

   

effectively manage rapid growth in our personnel and operations; and

 

   

effectively manage our costs related to Dashers.

If we fail to address the risks and difficulties that we face, including those associated with the challenges listed above as well as those described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. Further, because we have limited historical financial data and operate in a rapidly evolving market, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market. We have encountered in the past, and will encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies with limited operating

 

22


Table of Contents

histories in rapidly changing industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan and operate our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We have a history of net losses, we anticipate increasing expenses in the future, and we may not be able to maintain or increase profitability in the future.

Although we generated net income of $23 million for the three months ended June 30, 2020, we have incurred net losses in each year since our founding, we anticipate increasing expenses in the future, and we may not be able to maintain or increase profitability in the future. We incurred a net loss of $667 million and $149 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively, and, as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $1.2 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively. We expect our costs will increase over time and our losses to continue as we expect to invest significant additional funds towards growing our business and operating as a public company. We have expended and expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on developing our platform, including expanding our platform offerings, developing or acquiring new platform features and services, expanding into new markets and geographies, and increasing our sales and marketing efforts. These efforts may be more costly than we expect and may not result in increased revenue or growth in our business. Any failure to increase our revenue sufficiently to keep pace with our investments and other expenses could prevent us from maintaining or increasing profitability or positive cash flow on a consistent basis. If we are unable to successfully address these risks and challenges as we encounter them, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Following the completion of this offering, the stock-based compensation expense related to our RSUs and other outstanding equity awards will result in increases in our expenses in future periods, in particular in the quarter in which the offering is completed. Additionally, we may expend substantial funds in connection with the tax withholding and remittance obligations that arise upon the initial settlement of certain of our RSUs. For more information, see “—The stock-based compensation expense related to our RSUs and other outstanding equity awards will result in increases in our expenses in future periods and we may also expend substantial funds to satisfy a portion of our tax withholding and remittance obligations that arise upon the initial settlement of certain of our RSUs, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.”

If we are unable to generate adequate revenue growth and manage our expenses, we may continue to incur significant losses in the future and may not be able to maintain or increase profitability.

We may not continue to grow on pace with historical rates.

We have grown rapidly over the last several years, and therefore our recent revenue growth rate and financial performance should not be considered indicative of our future performance. In 2018 and 2019, our revenue was $291 million and $885 million, respectively, representing a 204% growth rate. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, our revenue was $587 million and $1.9 billion, respectively, representing a 226% growth rate. In addition, with the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced a significant increase in revenue, Total Orders, and Marketplace GOV. The circumstances that have accelerated the growth of our business stemming from the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may not continue in the future, and we expect the growth rates in revenue, Total Orders, and Marketplace GOV to decline in future periods. You should not rely on our revenue or key business metrics for any previous quarterly or annual period as any indication of our revenue, revenue growth, key business metrics, or key business metrics growth in future periods. In particular, our revenue growth rate has fluctuated in prior periods. We expect our revenue growth rate to continue to fluctuate over the

 

23


Table of Contents

short term and decline in the long term. Our revenue growth rate may decline in future periods as the size of our business grows and as we achieve higher market adoption rates. We may also experience declines in our revenue growth rate as a result of a number of factors, including slowing demand for our platform, insufficient growth in the number of merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our platform, increasing competition, a decrease in the growth of our overall market, our failure to continue to capitalize on growth opportunities, increasing regulatory costs, and the maturation of our business, among others. We also expect to continue to make investments in the development and expansion of our business, which may not result in increased revenue or growth. In addition, we have strategically focused on suburban markets and smaller metropolitan areas since our founding because of the opportunity that these markets have presented for our local logistics platform. If the demand for local logistics platforms does not continue to grow in these markets, or if we are unable to maintain our category share in these markets, our revenue growth rate could be adversely affected. If our revenue growth rate declines, investors’ perceptions of our business and the trading price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

We face intense competition and if we are unable to compete effectively, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.

The markets in which we operate are intensely competitive and characterized by shifting user preferences, fragmentation, and frequent introductions of new services and offerings. In particular, local food delivery logistics, the largest category of our business today, is fragmented and intensely competitive. In the United States, we compete with other local food delivery logistics companies, such as Uber Eats, Grubhub, and Postmates, chain merchants that have their own online ordering platforms, pizza companies, such as Domino’s, other merchants that own and operate their own delivery fleets, grocers and grocery delivery services, and companies that provide point of sale solutions and merchant delivery services. As we continue to expand our presence internationally, we will also face competition from local incumbents in these markets. In addition, we compete with traditional offline ordering channels, such as take-out offerings, telephone, and paper menus that merchants distribute to consumers as well as advertising that merchants place in local publications to attract consumers. Changing traditional ordering habits is difficult, and if merchants and consumers do not embrace the transition to local food delivery logistics as we expect, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our current and future competitors may enjoy competitive advantages, such as greater name recognition, longer operating histories, greater category share in certain markets, market-specific knowledge, established relationships with local merchants and larger existing user bases in certain markets, more successful marketing capabilities, and substantially greater financial, technical, and other resources than we have. Greater financial resources and product development capabilities may allow these competitors to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in merchant, consumer, and Dasher preferences that may render our platform less attractive or obsolete. If certain merchants choose to partner with our competitors in a specific geographic market, or if merchants choose to engage exclusively with our competitors, we may lack a sufficient variety and supply of merchant options or lack access to the most popular merchants, such that our offering would become less appealing to consumers. Our competitors may also make acquisitions or establish cooperative or other strategic relationships among themselves or with others, including merchants. For example, Uber announced that it has entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Postmates, Just Eat Takeaway, a European local logistics platform, announced that it has entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Grubhub, and Lyft announced a partnership with Grubhub that allows Lyft’s loyalty-program members free delivery from Grubhub restaurants. In addition, certain of our competitors have recently acquired kitchens to enable them to produce and deliver food directly to consumers. Our competitors could also introduce new offerings with competitive price and performance characteristics or undertake more aggressive marketing campaigns than ours. Additionally, many of our competitors are well capitalized and offer discounted services, lower merchant commission rates and consumer fees, incentives for independent contractors who provide

 

24


Table of Contents

delivery services and consumer discounts and promotions, innovative platforms and offerings, and alternative pay models, which may be more attractive than those that we offer. Such competitive pressures may lead us to maintain or lower our commission rates and fees or maintain or increase our incentives, discounts, and promotions in order to remain competitive, particularly in markets where we do not have a leading position. Such efforts have negatively affected, and will continue to negatively affect, our financial performance, and there is no guarantee that such efforts will be successful. Further, the markets in which we compete have attracted significant investments from a wide range of funding sources, and we anticipate that many of our competitors will continue to be highly capitalized. These investments, along with the other competitive advantages discussed above, may allow our competitors to continue to lower their prices and fees, or increase the incentives, discounts, and promotions they offer, and compete more effectively against us. Delivery logistics services for food and the other verticals in which we compete are nascent, and we cannot guarantee that they will stabilize at a competitive equilibrium that will allow us to maintain or increase profitability. As we expand to verticals beyond food, we may compete with large Internet companies with substantial resources, users, and brand power, such as Amazon and Google. Further, merchants could determine that it is more cost-effective to develop their own platforms to offer online pickup and delivery rather than use our platform.

In addition, within our industry, the cost to switch between offerings is low. Consumers have a propensity to shift to the lowest-cost provider and could use more than one local logistics platform, independent contractors who provide delivery services could use multiple platforms concurrently as they attempt to maximize earnings, and merchants could prefer to use the local logistics platform that offers the lowest commission rates and adopt more than one platform to maximize their volume of orders. As we and our competitors introduce new offerings and as existing offerings evolve, we expect to become subject to additional competition. In addition, our competitors may adopt certain of our platform features or may adopt innovations that merchants, consumers, or Dashers value more highly than ours, which would render our platform less attractive and reduce our ability to differentiate our platform. Increased competition could result in, among other things, a reduction of the revenue we generate from the use of our platform, the number of platform users, the frequency of use of our platform, and our margins.

For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully. If we lose existing merchants, consumers, or Dashers that utilize our platform, fail to attract new merchants, consumers, or Dashers, or are forced to reduce our commission rate or make pricing concessions as a result of increased competition, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.

If we fail to retain our existing merchants and consumers or acquire new merchants and consumers in a cost-effective manner, our revenue may decrease and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We believe that growth of our business and revenue is dependent on our ability to continue to cost-effectively grow our platform by retaining our existing merchants and consumers and adding new merchants and consumers, including in new markets. The increase in merchants attracts more consumers to our platform and the increase in consumers attracts more merchants. This network takes time to build and may grow slower than we expect or than it has grown in the past. In particular, our national brand partnerships are a key component of our strategy to provide a wide selection for consumers. If we fail to retain either our existing merchants, especially our most popular merchants and our national brand partners, or consumers, the value of our network would be diminished. In addition, we expect to continue to incur substantial expenses to acquire additional merchants and consumers. In expanding our operations into new markets to acquire additional merchants and consumers, we may be placed into unfamiliar competitive environments, and we may invest significant resources with the possibility that the return on such investments will not be achieved for several years or at all. We cannot assure you that the revenue from the merchants and consumers we acquire will ultimately exceed the cost of acquisition.

 

25


Table of Contents

In addition, if merchants on our platform were to cease operations, temporarily or permanently, or face financial distress or other business disruption, or if our relationships with merchants on our platform deteriorate, we may not be able to provide consumers with sufficient merchant selection. This risk is particularly pronounced with restaurants, as each year a significant percentage of restaurants go out of business, and in markets where we have fewer merchants. In addition, if we are unsuccessful in attracting and retaining popular merchants, if merchants enter into exclusive arrangements with our competitors, if we fail to negotiate satisfactory terms with merchants, or if we ineffectively manage our relationships with merchants, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. Our agreements with partner merchants generally remain in effect until terminated by partner merchants or us. Based on the type of partner agreement, partner merchants may generally terminate their agreements with us by providing us at least seven or 30 days advance notice and such agreements do not generally provide for any exclusivity. In the event that our partner merchants terminate their agreements with us, the merchant selection available on our local logistics platform could be adversely affected. Changes to our business and to our relationships with some of our constituents may also impact our ability to attract and retain other constituents. For example, the increased growth of our subscription product, DashPass, and how compelling this offering is to consumers, depends on our ability to sign up eligible merchants to DashPass. Additionally, many of our consumers initially access our platform to take advantage of certain promotions, such as discounts and other reduced fees. We strive to demonstrate the value of our platform and offerings to such consumers, thereby encouraging them to access our platform regularly or subscribe as a paid user of DashPass, through prompts and notifications and time-limited trials of DashPass and other offerings. However, these consumers may never convert to a paid subscription to DashPass or access our platform after they take advantage of our promotions. If we are not able to continue to expand our consumer base or fail to convert our consumers to regular paying consumers, demand for our full-price or paid services, such as DashPass, and our revenue may grow slower than expected or decline.

Further, certain consumers are indirect users of our platform, as they place orders through third-party websites and applications, such as Google, and merchant websites. Consumers may perceive these third-party websites and applications to be more efficient or user-friendly or have a stronger brand affinity to these third parties. If consumers increasingly use such third-party websites and applications to make orders on our platform, rather than through our website and consumer mobile application directly, our ability to establish relationships and build brand loyalty with consumers, collect information about consumer trends and preferences, and provide a customized experience based on such preferences would be adversely affected. This in turn could impact our ability to attract and retain consumers and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we fail to cost-effectively attract and retain Dashers or to increase the use of our platform by existing Dashers, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our continued growth depends in part on our ability to cost-effectively attract and retain Dashers who satisfy our screening criteria and procedures and to increase use of our platform by existing Dashers. To attract and retain Dashers, we have, among other things, offered monetary incentives and perquisites, such as credits to be used for orders on our platform, free DoorDash-branded apparel, and access to Dasher Experience Centers where Dashers can receive assistance with pressing issues, meet other Dashers, and participate in special events. If we do not continue to provide Dashers with flexibility on our platform, compelling opportunities to earn income, and other incentive programs that are comparable or superior to those of our competitors, we may fail to attract new Dashers or retain existing Dashers or increase their use of our platform. For example, if merchants and consumers choose to use competing offerings, we may lack sufficient opportunities for Dashers to earn, which may reduce the perceived utility of our platform and impact our ability to attract and retain Dashers. We also frequently test Dasher incentives with subsets of existing Dashers and potential Dashers, and these incentives could fail to attract and retain Dashers or fail to increase use of our platform by existing Dashers or could have other unintended adverse consequences. In addition, changes in certain laws and regulations,

 

26


Table of Contents

including immigration and labor and employment laws, may result in a decrease in the pool of Dashers, which may result in increased competition for Dashers or higher costs of recruitment and engagement. Other factors outside of our control, such as increases in the price of gasoline, vehicles, or insurance, may also reduce the number of Dashers that utilize our platform or the use of our platform by Dashers. Our agreements with Dashers generally remain in effect until terminated by Dashers or us. Dashers may generally terminate their agreements with us by providing us at least seven days advance notice (or at-will in the case of Caviar couriers) and such agreements do not provide for any exclusivity. If we fail to attract Dashers or retain existing Dashers on favorable terms, if we fail to increase the use of our platform by existing Dashers, or if Dashers terminate their agreements with us, we may not be able to meet the demand of merchants and consumers and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We rely on merchants on our platform for many aspects of our business, and any failure by them to maintain their service levels or any changes to their operating costs could adversely affect our business.

We rely upon merchants on our platform, including small and local independent businesses, to provide quality goods to our consumers. If these merchants experience difficulty servicing consumer demand, producing quality goods, or meeting our other requirements or standards, or experience problems with their point-of-sale or other technologies, our reputation and brand could be damaged. Further, an increase in merchant operating costs could cause merchants on our platform to raise prices, renegotiate commission rates, or cease operations, which could in turn adversely affect our operational costs and efficiency, and if merchants on our platform were to cease operations, temporarily or permanently, we may not be able to provide consumers with sufficient merchant selection, which we expect would reduce the number of consumers on our platform. Many of the factors affecting merchant operating costs, including off-premise costs and prices, are beyond the control of merchants and include inflation, costs associated with the goods provided, labor and employee benefit costs, rent costs, and energy costs. Additionally, if merchants try to pass along increased operating costs and raise prices to consumers, order volume may decline, which we expect would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We expect a number of factors to cause our results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which may make it difficult to predict our future performance.

Our results of operations have historically varied from period to period, and we expect that our results of operations will continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year because of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our results of operations on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. In addition to other risk factors described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, factors that may contribute to the variability of our quarterly and annual results include:

 

   

our ability to attract and retain merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our platform in a cost-effective manner;

 

   

our ability to accurately forecast revenue and appropriately plan expenses;

 

   

the effects of increased competition on our business;

 

   

our ability to successfully expand in existing markets and successfully enter new markets;

 

   

changes in consumer behavior with respect to on-demand delivery;

 

   

increases in marketing, sales, and other operating expenses that we may incur to grow and acquire new merchants, consumers, and Dashers;

 

   

our business mix between Marketplace and Drive;

 

27


Table of Contents
   

the proportion of consumers that subscribe to DashPass;

 

   

the impact of worldwide economic conditions, including the resulting effect on consumer spending on on-demand delivery;

 

   

the seasonality of our business, particularly with respect to local food delivery logistics, including the effect of academic calendars on college campuses and seasonal patterns in restaurant dining;

 

   

the impact of weather on our business;

 

   

our ability to maintain an adequate rate of growth and effectively manage that growth;

 

   

our ability to maintain and increase traffic to our platform;

 

   

the effects of changes in search engine placement and prominence;

 

   

our ability to keep pace with technology changes in our industry;

 

   

the success of our sales and marketing efforts;

 

   

the effects of negative publicity on our business, reputation, or brand;

 

   

our ability to protect, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property;

 

   

costs associated with defending claims, including intellectual property infringement claims, and related judgments or settlements;

 

   

changes in governmental or other regulations affecting our business, including regulations regarding the classification of Dashers that utilize our platform and regulations impacting the commission rates we charge to merchants;

 

   

interruptions in service and any related impact on our business, reputation, or brand;

 

   

the attraction and engagement of qualified employees and key personnel;

 

   

our ability to choose and effectively manage third-party service providers;

 

   

the effects of natural or man-made catastrophic events;

 

   

the impact of a pandemic or an outbreak of disease or similar public health concern, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic, or fear of such an event;

 

   

the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

the impact of payment processor costs and procedures;

 

   

changes in the online payment transfer rate; and

 

   

changes in our tax rates or exposure to additional tax liabilities.

The variability and unpredictability of our results of operations could result in our failure to meet our expectations or those of analysts that cover us or investors with respect to revenue or other results of operations for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations, the market price of our Class A common stock could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

Systems failures and resulting interruptions in the availability of our website, mobile application, or platform could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

It is critical to our success that merchants, consumers, and Dashers be able to access our platform at all times. Our systems, or those of third parties upon which we rely, may experience service interruptions or

 

28


Table of Contents

degradation or other performance problems because of hardware and software defects or malfunctions, distributed denial-of-service and other cyberattacks, infrastructure changes, human error, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, natural disasters, power losses, disruptions in telecommunications services, fraud, military or political conflicts, terrorist attacks, computer viruses, ransomware, malware, or other events. Our systems also may be subject to break-ins, sabotage, theft, and intentional acts of vandalism, including by our own employees. Some of our systems are not fully redundant and our disaster recovery planning may not be sufficient for all eventualities. Our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our losses that may result from interruptions in our service as a result of systems failures and similar events.

We have experienced and will likely continue to experience system failures and other events or conditions from time to time that interrupt the availability or reduce or affect the speed or functionality of our platform. These system failures generally occur either as a result of software updates being deployed with unexpected errors or as a result of temporary infrastructure failures related to storage, network, or compute capacity being exhausted. These events have resulted in losses in revenue, though such losses have not been material to date. System failures in the future could result in significant losses of revenue. Moreover, we have in the past voluntarily provided credits in the amount of less than $1 million in 2018 and $12 million in 2019 to consumers on our platform to compensate them for the inconvenience caused by a system failure or similar event, including for orders that are delivered late or orders that are cancelled by us or the merchant, and may voluntarily provide similar such credits in the future. In addition, the affected user could seek monetary recourse from us for their losses and such claims, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time-consuming and costly for us to address. Further, in some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. A prolonged interruption in the availability or reduction in the availability, speed, or other functionality of our platform could adversely affect our business and reputation and could result in the loss of users.

The COVID-19 pandemic, or a similar public health threat, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The current outbreak of COVID-19 has globally resulted in loss of life, business closures, restrictions on travel, and widespread cancellation of social gatherings. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time, including:

 

   

new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the disease;

 

   

the duration and spread of the outbreak;

 

   

the severity of travel restrictions imposed by geographic areas in which we operate, mandatory or voluntary business closures;

 

   

regulatory actions taken in response to the pandemic, which may impact merchant operations, consumer and merchant pricing, Dasher pay, and our product offerings;

 

   

other business disruptions that affect our workforce;

 

   

the impact on capital and financial markets; and

 

   

actions taken throughout the world, including in markets in which we operate, to contain the COVID-19 outbreak or treat its impact.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken active measures to promote health and safety, including providing for no-contact delivery, distributing masks, hand sanitizer, and gloves to Dashers in affected areas, and working closely with merchants to share safety guidelines. However, our efforts may

 

29


Table of Contents

not be successful and we may not have sufficient protection or recovery plans to continue to deal with the COVID-19 pandemic or similar public health threats in the future. In connection with public health threats, we may also be required to temporarily close our corporate offices and have our employees work remotely, as we have done in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, which impacts productivity and otherwise disrupts our business operations. In addition, the current outbreak of COVID-19 has resulted in a widespread global health crisis and adversely affected global economies and financial markets, and similar public health threats could do so in the future. Such events have impacted, and could in the future impact, demand for merchants and consumer purchase patterns, which in turn, could adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.

With the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced a significant increase in revenue, Total Orders, and Marketplace GOV due to increased consumer demand for delivery, more merchants using our platform to facilitate both delivery and take-out, and improved efficiency of our local logistics platform. The circumstances that have accelerated the growth of our business stemming from the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may not continue in the future, and we expect the growth rates in revenue, Total Orders, and Marketplace GOV to decline in future periods.

Furthermore, if a virus or other disease is transmitted by human contact, as is the case with COVID-19, our employees and any constituent of our network may become infected, or may choose, or be advised, to avoid any contact with others, any of which may adversely affect our ability to provide our platform and for merchants, consumers, and Dashers to use our platform. In addition, shelter-in-place orders and similar regulations impact merchants’ ability to operate their businesses, consumers’ ability to pick up orders, and Dashers’ ability to make deliveries during certain times, or at all. Further, demand from businesses that typically place large orders for their employees or in-person meetings may be significantly reduced. With the COVID-19 pandemic, our DoorDash for Work offering has been limited to providing large group orders solely to businesses that are deemed essential and we have also temporarily paused catering orders. Such events have in the past caused, and may in the future cause, a temporary closure of merchants’ businesses, either due to government mandate or voluntary preventative measures, and many of our merchants may not be able to withstand prolonged interruptions to their businesses, and may be forced to go out of business. Even if merchants are able to continue to operate their businesses, many may operate with limited hours, menus, and capacity and other limitations. Any limitations on or disruptions or closures of merchants’ businesses could impact the selection available on our platform, disrupt our ability to operate our local logistics platform, and adversely affect our business.

Even if a virus or other disease does not spread significantly and such measures are not implemented, the perceived risk of infection or significant health risk may adversely affect our business. Merchants may be perceived as unsafe during such public health threats, even for order delivery or pickup. If the services offered through our platform or at other businesses in our industry become a significant risk for transmitting COVID-19 or similar public health threats, or if there is a public perception that such risk exists, demand for the use of our platform would be adversely affected. Any negative impact on consumers’ willingness or ability to order delivery or complete a Pickup order, or on Dashers’ willingness or ability to make deliveries, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic or a similar public health threat has an impact on our business, it is likely to also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

 

30


Table of Contents

Our pricing methodologies are impacted by a number of factors and ultimately may not be successful in attracting and retaining merchants, consumers, and Dashers.

Demand for our platform is highly sensitive to a range of factors, including the price of the goods delivered, the amount of compensation and gratuities required to attract and retain Dashers, incentives paid to Dashers, and the fees and commissions we charge merchants and consumers. Many factors, including operating costs, legal and regulatory requirements, constraints or changes, and our current and future competitors’ pricing and marketing strategies, could significantly affect our pricing strategies. For example, in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, jurisdictions across the United States have implemented temporary commission caps on local food delivery logistics platforms. These commission caps have had in the past, and are likely to have in the future, an adverse effect on our results of operations. These commission caps may also cause us to increase the fees we charge to consumers, though we are aware of one jurisdiction which has adopted explicit prohibitions against doing so in connection with commission caps. Certain of our competitors offer, or may in the future offer, lower-priced or a broader range of offerings. Similarly, certain competitors may use marketing strategies that enable them to attract or retain new merchants, consumers, and Dashers at a lower cost than us. There can be no assurance that we will not be forced, through competition, regulation, or otherwise, to reduce the price of delivery for consumers, increase the incentives we pay to Dashers that utilize our platform, or further reduce the fees and commissions we charge merchants, or to increase our marketing and other expenses to attract and retain merchants, consumers, and Dashers in response to competitive pressures. We have launched, and may in the future launch, new pricing strategies and initiatives, such as subscription products like DashPass, and Dasher or consumer loyalty programs, or modify existing pricing methodologies, any of which may not ultimately be successful in attracting and retaining merchants, consumers, or Dashers. Further, our consumers’ price sensitivity may vary by geographic location, and as we expand, our pricing methodologies may not enable us to compete effectively in these locations. In particular, our continued international expansion may require us to change our pricing strategies and to adjust to different cultural norms, including with respect to consumer pricing and gratuities. While we do and will attempt to set prices based on our prior operating experience and merchant, consumer, and Dasher feedback and engagement levels, our assessments may not be accurate or there may be errors in the technology used in our pricing and we could be underpricing or overpricing our services. In addition, if the services on our platform change, then we may need to revise our pricing methodologies.

We face certain risks associated with our pay model for Dashers.

Our pay model for Dashers, particularly with respect to tips for Dashers, has previously led, and may continue to lead, to negative publicity, lawsuits, and government inquiries. For example, under our former Dasher pay model, we would increase the amount paid to Dashers on a delivery in cases when a consumer left little or no tip. Although this “boost” pay was intended to help Dashers by making every delivery economically worthwhile, it also had the unintended effect of causing some people to be under the misimpression that not all tips were being received by Dashers. Government authorities have also brought claims against us related to our former Dasher pay model and may bring similar claims in the future. For example, on November 19, 2019, the District of Columbia filed an action in the Superior Court of the District of Columbia alleging violations of the District of Columbia’s Consumer Protection Procedures Act with respect to our former Dasher pay model. We could face similar claims related to our former Dasher pay model from other government authorities in the future.

Our former Dasher pay model has also led, and may continue to lead, to some consumers providing lower tips, or no tips at all, to Dashers, which could impact the amount that Dashers are able to earn on our platform and our ability to attract and retain Dashers. We have also launched, and may in the future launch, certain changes to the rates and fee structure for Dashers that utilize our platform, which may not ultimately be successful in attracting and retaining Dashers. For example, in September 2019, we

 

31


Table of Contents

made changes to our former pay model, and our current pay model includes (i) a base pay amount for each order, which depends on the estimated time, distance, and desirability of the order, (ii) promotions for orders that meet certain conditions, including bonuses for Dashers who meet specific goals, and (iii) tips from consumers, which Dashers receive 100% of on top of base pay and promotions. The base pay amount, any promotions, and any tips that the consumer chooses to include at checkout are shown to Dashers when they are offered a delivery.

Our current Dasher pay model has led to an increase in Dasher compensation, but may also cause less consistency in earnings across deliveries in some cases. Our current pay model may also result in an increase to the fees we charge to consumers, which in turn could affect our ability to attract and retain consumers. Further, this pay model may lead to negative publicity related to perceptions of the complexity of the pay model, inconsistency in earnings for Dashers, and lack of flexibility in the ways consumers can leave tips, and as a result, we may not be successful in attracting and retaining merchants, consumers, and Dashers. In the future, based on a variety of factors, including legal and regulatory changes, we may change our pay model again. Our current pay model, and any future changes to our pay model or our ability to cost-effectively acquire and retain Dashers, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Further, while we maintain that Dashers that utilize our platform are independent contractors, there is a risk that Dashers may be reclassified as employees under federal or state law. As discussed further below, we have been involved in and continue to be involved in numerous legal proceedings related to Dasher classification, and such proceedings have increased in volume since the California Supreme Court’s 2018 ruling in Dynamex Operations West, Inc. v. Superior Court, or Dynamex, including an action brought by the San Francisco District Attorney in June 2020. In addition, an increasing number of jurisdictions are considering implementing standards similar to the test set forth in Dynamex to determine worker classification. For example, the California Legislature passed legislation, California Assembly Bill 5, or AB 5, and it was signed into law by Governor Gavin Newsom on September 18, 2019 and became effective on January 1, 2020. AB 5 codified the Dynamex standard regarding contractor classification, expanded its application, and created numerous carve-outs. We, along with certain other companies, supported a campaign for a 2020 ballot initiative in California to address AB 5 and preserve flexibility for Dashers, or the 2020 California ballot initiative. As of November 12, 2020, unofficial election results indicate that this initiative is likely to pass. In such case, certain provisions regarding compensation, along with certain other requirements, will become applicable to us and Dashers in California and our costs related to Dashers will increase in California, which could lead us to charge higher fees and commissions, which in turn could result in lower order volumes. As such, the passage of the 2020 California ballot initiative is likely to have an adverse impact on our results of operations. In addition, several other states where we operate may be considering adopting legislation similar to the 2020 California ballot initiative, which we would expect to increase our costs related to Dashers in such jurisdictions and could also adversely impact our results of operations. Even with the passage of the 2020 California ballot initiative and similar legislation, such initiatives and legislation could still be challenged and subject to litigation. In addition, we could face further challenges to the classification of Dashers that utilize our platform as independent contractors as other states where we operate are considering adopting similar legislation or regulations. A reclassification of Dashers or delivery service providers using a local logistics platform as employees could require us to revise our pricing methodologies and pay model to account for such a change to Dasher classification, and to make other substantive internal adjustments to account for any transition of a Dasher to an employment position, which would have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

We are committed to expanding our platform and enhancing the DoorDash experience, which may not maximize short-term financial results and may yield results that conflict with the market’s expectations, which could result in our stock price being adversely affected.

We are passionate about expanding our platform and continually enhancing the DoorDash experience, with a focus on driving long-term engagement through innovation, the expansion of our platform and services, and providing high-quality support, which may not necessarily maximize short-term financial results. We frequently make business decisions that may reduce our short-term financial results if we believe that the decisions are consistent with our goals to improve the DoorDash experience, which we believe will improve our financial results over the long term. These decisions may not be consistent with the short-term expectations of our stockholders and may not produce the long-term benefits that we expect, in which case our growth, business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our brand, business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Since 2013, we have experienced rapid growth in our employee headcount, the number of users on our platform, our geographic reach, and our operations, and we expect to continue to experience growth in the future. For example, the number of our full-time employees has increased from 1,032 as of December 31, 2018 to 2,600 as of December 31, 2019. Employee growth has occurred both at our San Francisco headquarters and in a number of our offices across the United States and internationally. This growth has placed, and may continue to place, substantial demands on management and our operational and financial infrastructure. For example, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our consolidated financial statements that could result in a restatement of our financial statements, and could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, any of which could diminish investor confidence in us and could cause a decline in the price of our Class A common stock. We will need to continue to improve our operational and financial infrastructure in order to manage our business effectively and accurately report our results of operations.

As with many companies in our growth stage, a majority of our employees have been with us for fewer than 24 months. We have made, and intend to continue to make, substantial investments in our technology, customer service, and sales and marketing infrastructure. Our ability to manage our growth effectively and to integrate new employees, technologies, and acquisitions into our existing business will require us to continue to expand our operational and financial infrastructure and to continue to effectively integrate, develop, and motivate a large number of new employees, while maintaining the beneficial aspects of our culture. Continued growth could challenge our ability to develop and improve our operational, financial, and management controls, enhance our reporting systems and procedures, recruit, train, and retain highly skilled personnel, and maintain user satisfaction. Additionally, if we do not manage the growth of our business and operations effectively, the quality of our platform and the efficiency of our operations could suffer, which could adversely affect our reputation and brand, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Growth of our business will depend on a strong reputation and brand and any failure to maintain, protect, and enhance our brand would hurt our ability to retain or expand our base of merchants, consumers, and Dashers and our ability to increase their level of engagement.

We believe that building a strong reputation and brand and continuing to increase the strength of the local network effects among the merchants, consumers, and Dashers that use our platform are critical to

 

33


Table of Contents

our ability to attract and retain all three constituencies and increase their engagement with our platform and will only become more important as competition in our industry further intensifies. Successfully maintaining, protecting, and enhancing our reputation and brand and increasing the local network effects of our platform will depend on the success of our marketing efforts, our ability to provide consistent, high-quality services and support, and our ability to successfully secure, maintain, and defend our rights to use the “DoorDash” mark, our logo, and other trademarks important to our brand, as well as a number of other factors, many of which are outside our control. We believe that our paid marketing initiatives have been critical in promoting awareness of our platform, which in turn drives new consumer growth and engagement, but future marketing efforts may not be successful or cost-effective. Our consumers have a wide variety of options for delivery of goods, including other local logistics platforms and services, and consumer preferences may also change from time to time. To expand our consumer base, we must appeal to new consumers who may have historically used other methods of delivering goods or other local logistics platforms.

Our reputation, brand, and ability to build trust with existing and new merchants, consumers, and Dashers may be adversely affected by complaints and negative publicity about us, our platform, merchants, and Dashers that utilize our platform or our competitors’ platforms, even if factually incorrect or based on isolated incidents. Negative perception of our platform or company may harm our reputation, brand, and local network effects, including as a result of:

 

   

complaints or negative publicity about us, our platform, Dashers, merchants, consumers, or our policies and guidelines, including Dasher pay;

 

   

missing or incorrect items, inaccurate orders, or cancelled orders;

 

   

fraud;

 

   

illegal, negligent, reckless, or otherwise inappropriate behavior by users or third parties;

 

   

food tampering or inappropriate or unsanitary food preparation, handling, or delivery;

 

   

a pandemic or an outbreak of disease, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic, in which constituents of our network become infected;

 

   

a failure to provide Dashers with a sufficient level of orders or to pay Dashers competitively;

 

   

a failure to offer consumers competitive pricing and delivery times;

 

   

a failure to provide a range of delivery options sought by consumers;

 

   

a failure to provide environmentally friendly delivery and packaging options;

 

   

actual or perceived disruptions to or defects in our platform or similar incidents, such as privacy or data security breaches or other security incidents, site outages, payment disruptions, or other incidents that impact the reliability of our services;

 

   

litigation over, or investigations by regulators into, our platform;

 

   

users’ lack of awareness of, or compliance with, our policies;

 

   

changes to our policies that users or others perceive as overly restrictive, unclear, inconsistent with our values or mission, or not clearly articulated;

 

   

a failure to comply with legal, tax, and regulatory requirements;

 

   

a failure to enforce our policies in a manner that users perceive as effective, fair, and transparent;

 

   

a failure to operate our business in a way that is consistent with our values and mission;

 

   

inadequate or unsatisfactory user support experiences;

 

34


Table of Contents
   

illegal or otherwise inappropriate behavior by our management team or other employees or contractors;

 

   

negative responses by merchants, consumers, or Dashers to new services on our platform;

 

   

a failure to register and prevent misappropriation of our trademarks;

 

   

perception of our treatment of employees, merchants, consumers, and Dashers and our response to employee, merchant, consumer, and Dasher sentiment related to political or social causes or actions of management; or

 

   

any of the foregoing with respect to our competitors, to the extent such resulting negative perception affects the public’s perception of us or our industry as a whole.

If we do not successfully develop, protect, and enhance our reputation and brand and increase the local network effects of our platform, our business may not grow, and we may not be able to compete effectively. If existing and new merchants and consumers do not perceive the delivery services provided by Dashers that utilize our platform to be reliable, safe, and affordable, or if we fail to offer new and relevant services and features on our platform, we may not be able to attract or retain merchants, consumers, or Dashers or to increase their use of our platform, any of which we expect would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, changes we may make to enhance and improve our platform and balance the needs and interests of merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our platform may be viewed positively from one group’s perspective but negatively from another group’s perspective, or may not be viewed positively by any group. If we fail to balance the interests of merchants, consumers, and Dashers or make changes that they view negatively, merchants, consumers, and Dashers may stop or reduce usage of our platform or use alternative platforms, any of which could adversely affect our reputation, brand, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Unfavorable media coverage could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are the subject of media coverage from time to time. Unfavorable publicity regarding our business model, pay model, user support, technology, platform changes, platform quality, delivery issues, privacy or security practices, or management team could adversely affect our reputation. Such negative publicity could also harm the size of our network and the engagement and loyalty of merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our platform, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For example, we have previously received negative media coverage related to the manner in which Dashers were compensated, in particular with respect to gratuities, and concerns related to food tampering and general food safety and quality, which has adversely affected our reputation and brand. As our platform continues to scale and public awareness of our brand increases, any future issues that draw media coverage could have an amplified negative effect on our reputation and brand. In addition, negative publicity related to key brands or influencers that we have partnered with may damage our reputation, even if the publicity is not directly related to us. Any negative publicity that we may receive could diminish confidence in, and the use of, our platform, which could adversely affect our business.

We have been subject to cybersecurity incidents in the past and anticipate being the target of future attacks. Any actual or perceived security or privacy breach could interrupt our operations, harm our brand, and adversely affect our reputation, brand, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business involves the collection, storage, processing, and transmission of personal data and other sensitive and proprietary data of our merchants, consumers, and Dashers. Additionally, we maintain sensitive and proprietary information relating to our business, such as our own proprietary information and personal data relating to our employees. An increasing number of organizations, including large

 

35


Table of Contents

online and off-line merchants and businesses, other large Internet companies, financial institutions, and government institutions, have disclosed breaches of their information security systems and other information security incidents, some of which have involved sophisticated and highly targeted attacks. In addition, these incidents can originate on our vendors’ websites, which can then be leveraged to access our website, further preventing our ability to successfully identify and mitigate the attack. We have previously experienced these types of breaches and other incidents. For example, in September 2019, we reported an incident affecting one of our vendors that resulted in the unauthorized acquisition of certain Dashers’ driver licenses as well as data related to certain of our consumers. This incident has resulted in regulatory inquiries and is the subject of litigation. To date, this incident has not resulted in a material loss of revenue or the incurrence of material expenses. We have undertaken steps to enhance our data security and governance program, which include adding additional protective security layers around the data, improving security protocols that govern access to our systems, and bringing in outside expertise to increase our ability to identify and repel threats. We cannot assure you that all potential causes of the incident have been identified and remediated or will not lead to recurrence or similar incidents. While we maintain cyber insurance that may help provide coverage for these types of incidents, we cannot assure you that our insurance will be adequate to cover costs and liabilities related to this incident.

Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or to sabotage information systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us, we may be unable to anticipate or prevent these attacks, react in a timely manner, or implement adequate preventive measures, and we may face delays in our detection or remediation of, or other responses to, security breaches and other privacy- and security-related incidents. Unauthorized parties have in the past gained access, and may in the future gain access, to systems or facilities used in our business through various means, including gaining unauthorized access into our systems or facilities or those of merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our platform, attempting to fraudulently induce our employees, merchants, consumers, Dashers, or others into disclosing user names, passwords, payment card information, or other sensitive information, which may in turn be used to access our information technology, or IT, systems, or attempting to fraudulently induce our employees, merchants, or others into manipulating payment information, resulting in the fraudulent transfer of funds to bad actors.

In addition, users on our platform could have vulnerabilities on their own devices that are entirely unrelated to our systems and platform but could mistakenly attribute their own vulnerabilities to us. Further, breaches experienced by other companies may also be leveraged against us. For example, credential stuffing attacks are becoming increasingly common and sophisticated actors can mask their attacks, making them increasingly difficult to identify and prevent. We have previously experienced incidents of fraud on our platform that we believe involve credential stuffing attacks, which we have been unable to detect or prevent. Certain efforts may be state-sponsored or supported by significant financial and technological resources, making them even more difficult to detect, remediate, and otherwise respond to.

Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to protect the data of merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our platform, protect our systems, prevent data loss, and prevent other security breaches and security incidents, these security measures have not fully protected our systems in the past and cannot guarantee security in the future. The IT and infrastructure used in our business may be vulnerable to cyberattacks or security breaches, and third parties may be able to access data, including personal data and other sensitive and proprietary data of merchants, consumers, and Dashers, our employees’ personal data, or our other sensitive and proprietary data, accessible through those systems. Employee error, malfeasance, or other errors in the storage, use, or transmission of any of these types of data could result in an actual or perceived privacy or security breach or other security incident. Although we have policies restricting the access to the personal information we store, there is a risk that these policies may not be effective in all cases.

 

36


Table of Contents

Any actual or perceived breach of privacy, or any actual or perceived security breach or other incidents, could interrupt our operations, result in our platform being unavailable, result in loss or improper access to, or acquisition or disclosure of, data, result in fraudulent transfer of funds, harm our reputation, brand, and competitive position, damage our relationships with third-party partners, or result in claims, regulatory investigations, and proceedings and significant legal, regulatory, and financial exposure, including ongoing monitoring by regulators, and any such incidents or any perception that our security measures are inadequate could lead to loss of merchant, consumer, or Dasher confidence in, or decreased use of, our platform, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Any actual or perceived breach of privacy or security, or other security incident, impacting any entities with which we share or disclose data (including, for example, our third-party technology providers) could have similar effects. Further, any cyberattacks or actual or perceived security and privacy breaches and other incidents directed at, or suffered by, our competitors could reduce confidence in our industry as a whole and, as a result, reduce confidence in us. We also expect to incur significant costs in an effort to detect and prevent privacy and security breaches and other privacy- and security-related incidents, and we may face increased costs and requirements to expend substantial resources in the event of an actual or perceived privacy or security breach or other incident.

Additionally, defending against claims or litigation based on any security breach or incident, regardless of their merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention. We cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be adequate for data handling or data security costs or liabilities actually incurred, that insurance will continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have an adverse effect on our reputation, brand, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The markets for local food delivery logistics and our other delivery logistics services are still in relatively early stages of growth, and if these markets do not continue to grow, grow slower than we expect, or fail to grow as large as we expect, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The local food delivery logistics market has grown rapidly since we launched our local logistics platform in 2013, but it is still relatively new, and it is uncertain to what extent market acceptance will continue to grow, if at all. In addition, the market for the other delivery logistics services we facilitate, such as grocery delivery services, is also relatively nascent, and it is uncertain whether demand for grocery delivery services or other delivery logistics services we may facilitate in the future will continue to grow and achieve wide market acceptance, if at all. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of people to widely adopt local food delivery logistics and the other delivery logistics services we facilitate. If the public does not perceive these services as beneficial, or chooses not to adopt them as a result of concerns regarding safety, affordability, or for other reasons, whether as a result of incidents on our platform or on our competitors’ platforms or otherwise, or instead adopts alternative solutions that may arise, then the market for our platform may not further develop, may develop slower than we expect, or may not achieve the growth potential we expect, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Illegal, improper, or otherwise inappropriate activity of merchants, consumers, or Dashers, whether or not occurring while using our platform, could expose us to liability and adversely affect our business, brand, financial condition, and results of operations.

Illegal, improper, or otherwise inappropriate activities by merchants, consumers, or Dashers, including the activities of individuals who may have previously engaged with, but are not then receiving or

 

37


Table of Contents

providing services offered through, our platform or individuals who are intentionally impersonating consumers or Dashers or the activities of Dashers while making deliveries to our consumers, have occurred, and in the future may occur, which could adversely affect our brand, business, financial condition, and results of operations. These activities include food tampering, inappropriate or unsanitary food preparation, handling, or delivery, assault, battery, theft, unauthorized use of credit and debit cards or bank accounts, sharing of consumer accounts, and other misconduct. Such activities may result in injuries, property damage, or loss of life for consumers and third parties, or business interruptions, reputational and brand damage, or other significant liabilities for us.

We have in the past incurred, and may in the future incur, losses from various types of fraud, including use of stolen or fraudulent credit card data, referral fraud by both consumers and Dashers, fraud with respect to background checks, attempted payments by consumers with insufficient funds, fraud committed by consumers in concert with Dashers, and account takeovers of Dasher accounts by bad actors. Bad actors use increasingly sophisticated methods to engage in illegal activities involving personal information, such as unauthorized use of another person’s identity, account information, or payment information and unauthorized acquisition or use of credit or debit card details, bank account information, and mobile phone numbers. Under current credit card practices, we may be liable for orders facilitated on our platform with fraudulent credit card data, even if the associated financial institution approved the credit card transaction. Despite measures we have taken to detect and reduce the occurrence of fraudulent or other malicious activity on our platform, we cannot guarantee that any of our measures will be effective or will scale efficiently with our business. Our failure to adequately detect or prevent fraudulent transactions could harm our reputation or brand, result in litigation or regulatory action, and lead to expenses that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

While we have implemented various measures intended to anticipate, identify, and address the risk of these types of activities, these measures may not adequately address or prevent all illegal, improper, or otherwise inappropriate activity by these parties from occurring and such conduct could expose us to liability, including through litigation, or adversely affect our brand or reputation. For example, Dashers whose accounts we have deactivated from our platform may nevertheless find a way to create a new account on our platform and perform deliveries. At the same time, if the measures we have taken to guard against these illegal, improper, or otherwise inappropriate activities, such as our requirement that all Dashers undergo a background check, are too restrictive and inadvertently prevent Dashers and consumers otherwise in good standing from using our platform, or if we are unable to implement and communicate these measures fairly and transparently or are perceived to have failed to do so, the growth and engagement of the number of Dashers and consumers on our platform and their use of our platform could be adversely affected. Further, any negative publicity related to the foregoing, whether such incident occurred on our platform or on our competitors’ platforms, could adversely affect our reputation and brand or public perception of our industry as a whole, which could negatively affect demand for platforms like ours, and potentially lead to increased regulatory or litigation exposure. Any of the foregoing risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our platform facilitates deliveries to consumers from non-partner merchants, and we face certain risks associated with these deliveries.

We aim to have a broad selection of merchants on our platform, which includes facilitating deliveries to consumers from non-partner merchants. Facilitating deliveries from non-partner merchants is generally less operationally efficient than doing so with partner merchants, as our platform is not integrated with non-partner merchants’ systems. For example, for orders with most partner merchants, Dashers have an expedited checkout process that does not require a separate payment in store, but for orders with non-partner merchants, Dashers may have to place and pay for the order separately in store. As a result, we generally experience higher operational expenses for each order, more time and manual processes needed to place each order, and a higher likelihood of errors. Further, we sometimes unintentionally

 

38


Table of Contents

incorrectly price non-partner goods on our platform as a result of inaccuracies that occur when capturing menu prices. The occurrence of any errors, delays with orders, or other problems associated with facilitating deliveries with non-partner merchants could create a negative perception of our platform and cause damage to our reputation and brand. While our goal is to convert non-partner merchants into partner merchants, our inability to do so at a sufficiently high rate, or at all, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Further, some non-partner merchants may not want to be included on our platform and may request to be removed. While we honor these requests, removing non-partner merchants impacts our ability to provide a broad selection of merchants. In addition, there is a risk that non-partner merchants bring legal claims against us relating to their inclusion on our platform. For example, in 2015, In-N-Out Burger filed a complaint against us claiming unfair competition, among other claims, and sought a permanent injunction to stop us from delivering their food. There is also a risk that state or local law is enacted to prevent platforms like ours from including non-partners on the platform. For example, the California Legislature passed legislation, California Assembly Bill 2149, or AB 2149, which has been signed into law by Governor Gavin Newsom and will become effective on January 1, 2021. AB 2149 would prohibit, among other things, food delivery logistics platforms from facilitating deliveries from restaurants in California without the restaurants’ prior consent. Similar prohibitions have also been enacted in Louisiana, Denver, Colorado, and Tucson, Arizona and are being contemplated in other jurisdictions. Beyond regulatory restrictions, we may also adopt internal policies that limit or prohibit the facilitation of deliveries from merchants without their prior consent. To the extent we are required or we choose to remove non-partner merchants for any reason, this will adversely affect our ability to attract and retain consumers and could directly and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we do not continue to innovate and further develop our platform, our platform developments do not perform, or we are not able to keep pace with technological developments, we may not remain competitive and our business and results of operations could suffer.

Our success depends in part on our ability to continue to innovate and further develop our platform. To remain competitive, we must continuously enhance and improve the functionality and features of our platform, including our website and mobile applications and the suite of merchant services that we offer through our platform. If we fail to expand the suite of merchant services that we offer through our platform, or if we fail to continuously enhance and improve our existing merchant services, our ability to retain and acquire merchants could be adversely affected. If competitors introduce new offerings embodying new technologies, or if new industry standards and practices emerge, our existing technology, services, website, and mobile applications may become obsolete. Our future success could depend on our ability to respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices in a cost-effective and timely manner.

We have scaled our business rapidly and significant new platform features and services have in the past resulted in, and in the future may continue to result in, operational challenges affecting our business. Developing and launching enhancements to our platform and new services on our platform may involve significant technical risks and upfront capital investments that may not generate return on investment. We may use new technologies ineffectively, or we may fail to adapt to emerging industry standards. If we face material delays in introducing new or enhanced platform features and services or if our recently introduced offerings do not perform in accordance with our expectations, the merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our platform may forego the use of our services in favor of those of our competitors.

Our marketing efforts to help grow our business may not be effective.

Promoting awareness of our platform is important to our ability to grow our business and to attract new merchants, consumers, and Dashers and can be costly. We believe that much of the growth in the

 

39


Table of Contents

number of merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our platform is attributable to our paid marketing initiatives. Our marketing efforts currently include referrals, affiliate programs, free or discount trials, partnerships, display advertising, television, billboards, radio, video, direct mail, social media, email, podcasts, hiring and classified advertisement websites, mobile “push” communications, search engine optimization, and keyword search campaigns. Our marketing initiatives may become increasingly expensive and generating a meaningful return on these initiatives may be difficult. Even if we successfully increase revenue as a result of our paid marketing efforts, it may not offset the additional marketing expenses we incur. If our marketing efforts to help grow our business are not effective, we expect that our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Any failure to offer high-quality support may harm our relationships with merchants, consumers, and Dashers and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our ability to attract and retain merchants, consumers, and Dashers is dependent in part on our ability to provide high-quality support. Merchants, consumers, and Dashers depend on our support organization to resolve any issues relating to our platform. We rely on third-parties to provide some support services and our ability to provide effective support is partially dependent on our ability to attract and retain third-party service providers who are not only qualified to support users of our platform but are also well versed in our platform. As we continue to grow our business and improve our offerings, we will face challenges related to providing high-quality support services at scale. Additionally, as we continue to grow our international business and the number of international users on our platform, our support organization will face additional challenges, including those associated with delivering support in languages other than English. Any failure to maintain high-quality support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could harm our reputation and adversely affect our ability to scale our platform and business, our financial condition, and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain or improve the cost-effectiveness of our local logistics platform, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our ability to provide a cost-effective local logistics platform depends on a number of factors, including Dasher efficiency and Dasher pay. Dasher efficiency relies on the technology that powers our local logistics platform and while we continue to make significant investments to improve the efficiency and sophistication of our technology, including enhancements to demand prediction, forecasting food preparation times at merchants, and optimizing our routing and batching algorithms, there is no guarantee that such efforts will be successful and produce the resulting gains in efficiency to our platform that we expect, or at all. Dasher pay is a major component of the cost of our business and subject to a number of risks, including changes to our Dasher pay model. The cost effectiveness of our local logistics platform would also be adversely affected if our operational and technological improvements do not reduce the number of defective orders and accordingly our cost of revenue and refunds and credits. If we are unable to maintain or improve the cost effectiveness of our local logistics platform, including with respect to Dasher efficiency and Dasher pay, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We experience significant seasonal fluctuations in our financial results, which could cause our Class A common stock price to fluctuate.

Our business is highly dependent on consumer spending and Dasher behavior patterns that have an impact on our growth and expenses. We generally experience changes in consumer activity over the course of the calendar year, although our rapid growth and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has made, and may continue to make, seasonal fluctuations difficult to detect. For example, consumer activity can be impacted by colder or more inclement weather, which typically increases consumer demand, and warmer or sunny weather, which typically decreases consumer demand. In addition, the

 

40


Table of Contents

number of available Dashers generally decreases during periods of inclement weather, but consumer demand during these times requires us to have more Dashers available to fulfill orders. During these times, we rely on incentive pay to attract sufficient Dashers to maintain the quality of our platform, which increases our costs. Further, severe weather in certain areas can cause businesses, including restaurants, to close, and make it impossible for Dashers to make deliveries if roads are closed or difficult to drive on. In addition, we benefit from increased order volume in our campus markets when school is in session, and we experience a decrease in order volume when school is not in session and during summer breaks and other vacation periods, causing a similar decrease in Dasher pay. Seasonality will likely cause fluctuations in our financial results on a quarterly basis. In addition, other seasonal trends may develop and the existing seasonal trends that we experience may become more pronounced and contribute to fluctuations in our results of operations as we continue to scale and our growth slows. As such, we may not accurately forecast our results of operations. However, we base our spending and investment plans on forecasts and estimates, and we may not be able to adjust our spending quickly enough if our revenue is less than expected, causing our results of operations to fail to meet our expectations or the expectations of investors.

The impact of economic conditions, including the resulting effect on consumer spending, may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our performance is subject to economic conditions and their impact on levels of consumer spending. Some of the factors having an impact on discretionary consumer spending include general economic conditions, unemployment, consumer debt, reductions in net worth, residential real estate and mortgage markets, taxation, energy prices, interest rates, consumer confidence, and other macroeconomic factors. Consumer purchases of discretionary items generally decline during recessionary periods and other periods in which disposable income is adversely affected. Economic conditions in certain regions may also be affected by natural disasters, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, wildfires, and threats to public health, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic. Further, small businesses that do not have substantial resources, like some of the merchants on our platform, tend to be more adversely affected by poor economic conditions than large businesses. If merchants on our platform were to cease operations, temporarily or permanently, or face financial distress or other business disruption, we may not be able to provide consumers with sufficient merchant selection, and they may be less likely to use our platform. This risk is particularly pronounced with restaurants, as each year a significant percentage of restaurants go out of business, and in markets where we have fewer merchants. In addition, because spending for purchases from many of the merchants on our platform is generally considered to be discretionary, we expect that any decline in consumer spending would have a disproportionate effect on our business relative to those businesses that sell products or services considered to be necessities. If spending at the merchants on our platform declines, consumers may be less likely to use our platform, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may face difficulties as we expand our operations into new local markets in which we have limited or no prior operating experience.

Our capacity for continued growth depends in part on our ability to expand our operations into, and compete effectively in, new local markets. It may be difficult for us to understand and accurately predict consumer preferences and purchasing habits in these new local markets. In addition, each market has unique regulatory dynamics. These include laws and regulations that can directly or indirectly affect our ability to operate, the pool of Dashers that are available, and our costs associated with insurance, support, fraud, and onboarding new Dashers. In addition, each market is subject to distinct competitive and operational dynamics. These include our ability to offer more attractive services than alternative options and our ability to efficiently attract and retain merchants, consumers, and Dashers, all of which affect our sales, results of operations, and key business metrics. As a result, we may experience fluctuations in our results of operations due to the changing dynamics in the local markets where we

 

41


Table of Contents

operate. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our operations and are unable to manage these risks effectively, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our presence outside the United States and any future international expansion strategy will subject us to additional costs and risks and our plans may not be successful.

We have started expanding our presence internationally. We launched our platform in Canada in 2015 and in Australia in 2019, and we expect to expand our international operations. Operating outside of the United States may require significant management attention to oversee operations over a broad geographic area with varying cultural norms and customs, in addition to placing strain on our finance, analytics, compliance, legal, engineering, and operations teams. We may incur significant operating expenses and may not be successful in our international expansion for a variety of reasons, including:

 

   

recruiting and retaining talented and capable employees in foreign countries and maintaining our company culture across all of our offices;

 

   

an inability to attract merchants, consumers, and Dashers;

 

   

competition from local incumbents that better understand the local market, may market and operate more effectively, and may enjoy greater local affinity or awareness;

 

   

differing demand dynamics, which may make our platform less successful;

 

   

complying with varying laws and regulatory standards, including with respect to labor and employment, data privacy, tax, and local regulatory restrictions;

 

   

obtaining any required government approvals, licenses, or other authorizations;

 

   

varying levels of Internet and mobile technology adoption and infrastructure;

 

   

currency exchange restrictions or costs and exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

operating in jurisdictions that do not protect intellectual property rights in the same manner or to the same extent as the United States;

 

   

public health concerns or emergencies, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic and other highly communicable diseases or viruses, outbreaks of which have from time to time occurred, and which may occur, in various parts of the world in which we operate or may operate in the future; and

 

   

limitations on the repatriation and investment of funds as well as foreign currency exchange restrictions.

Our limited experience in operating our business internationally increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake may not be successful. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our operations internationally and are unable to manage these risks effectively, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

In addition, international expansion may increase our risks in complying with various laws and standards, including with respect to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, export controls, and trade and economic sanctions.

 

42


Table of Contents

If we or our partners fail to develop and successfully commercialize autonomous or drone delivery technologies or fail to develop such technologies before our competitors, or if such technologies fail to perform as expected, change our cost structure materially, are inferior to those of our competitors, or are perceived as less safe than those of our competitors or non-autonomous or non-drone delivery methods, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We believe that autonomous and drone delivery technologies may have the ability to meaningfully impact our industry. We have invested and we expect to continue to invest in research and development related to autonomous and drone delivery technologies, either directly or in partnership with companies that develop such technologies. While we believe that autonomous and drone delivery could present substantial opportunities, the development of such technologies is expensive and time-consuming and may not be successful. Autonomous and drone delivery technologies involve significant risks and liabilities. Failures of our or our partners’ autonomous or drone delivery technologies could generate substantial liability, create negative publicity, or result in regulatory scrutiny, all of which could have an adverse effect on our reputation, brand, business, results of operations, and prospects. Even if our or our partners’ efforts to develop autonomous and drone delivery technologies are successful, such efforts may not be cost-effective and there is no guarantee that such technologies can reduce our current costs of facilitating on-demand delivery services. Further, several other companies, including Uber and Amazon, are also developing autonomous and drone delivery technologies, either themselves or through collaborations, and we expect that they will use such technology to further compete with us in the local logistics industry. Certain competitors may commercialize autonomous and drone delivery technologies at scale before we or our partners do. In the event that our competitors bring autonomous or drone delivery to market before we do, or their technology is or is perceived to be superior to our or our partners’ technology, they may be able to leverage such technology to compete more effectively with us, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For example, if competitors develop autonomous and drone delivery technologies that successfully reduce the cost of facilitating delivery logistics services, these competitors could offer their services at lower prices as compared to the price available to consumers on our platform. If a significant number of consumers choose to use our competitors’ offerings over ours, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Further, we expect that governments will develop regulations that are specifically designed to apply to autonomous and drone technologies. These regulations could include requirements that significantly delay or narrowly limit the commercialization of autonomous and drone technologies, limit the amount of autonomous and drone delivery on our platform, or impose significant liabilities on manufacturers or operators of these solutions or developers of these technologies. Moreover, these regulations may affect our or our partners’ ability to design and manufacture new autonomous or drone technologies. For example, commercial drone regulations adopted by the Federal Aviation Administration limit the altitude, available airspace, and weight of a drone and also the certification of remote pilots that can operate a drone for commercial purposes in the United States. If regulations of this nature continue to be implemented, we or our partners may not be able to commercialize autonomous and drone delivery technologies in the manner we expect, or at all. Further, if we or our partners are unable to comply with existing or new regulations or laws applicable to autonomous and drone solutions, we could become subject to substantial fines or penalties.

If we are unable to make acquisitions and investments, or successfully integrate them into our business, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

As part of our business strategy, we will continue to consider a wide array of potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions of businesses, new technologies, services, and other assets and strategic investments that complement our business. For example, in October 2019, we acquired certain

 

43


Table of Contents

assets and liabilities from Square, Inc. related to Caviar, a marketplace focused on facilitating deliveries from premium restaurants. We have previously acquired and continue to evaluate targets that operate in relatively nascent markets, and as a result, there is no assurance that such acquired businesses will be successfully integrated into our business or generate substantial revenue.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations, including:

 

   

intense competition for suitable acquisition targets, which could increase prices and adversely affect our ability to consummate deals on favorable or acceptable terms;

 

   

failure or material delay in closing a transaction;

 

   

transaction-related lawsuits or claims;

 

   

difficulties in integrating the technologies, operations, existing contracts, and personnel of an acquired company;

 

   

difficulties in retaining key employees or business partners of an acquired company;

 

   

difficulties in retaining merchants, consumers, and delivery service providers, as applicable, of an acquired company;

 

   

challenges with integrating the brand identity of an acquired company with our own;

 

   

diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations or alternative acquisition opportunities;

 

   

failure to realize the anticipated benefits or synergies of a transaction;

 

   

failure to identify the problems, liabilities, or other shortcomings or challenges of an acquired company or technology, including issues related to intellectual property, regulatory compliance practices, litigation, revenue recognition or other accounting practices, or employee or user issues;

 

   

risks that regulatory bodies may enact new laws or promulgate new regulations that are adverse to an acquired company or business;

 

   

risks that regulatory bodies do not approve our acquisitions or business combinations or delay such approvals;

 

   

theft of our trade secrets or confidential information that we share with potential acquisition candidates;

 

   

risk that an acquired company or investment in new services cannibalizes a portion of our existing business; and

 

   

adverse market reaction to an acquisition.

If we fail to address the foregoing risks or other problems encountered in connection with past or future acquisitions of businesses, new technologies, services, and other assets and strategic investments, or if we fail to successfully integrate such acquisitions or investments, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We depend on our highly skilled employees to grow and operate our business, and if we are unable to hire, retain, manage, and motivate our employees, or if our new employees do not perform as we anticipate, we may not be able to grow effectively and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our future success will depend in part on the continued service of our founders, senior management team, key technical employees, and other highly skilled employees, including Tony Xu, our co-founder

 

44


Table of Contents

and Chief Executive Officer, and on our ability to continue to identify, hire, develop, motivate, and retain talented employees. We may not be able to retain the services of any of our employees or other members of senior management in the future. Also, all of our U.S.-based employees, including our senior management team and Mr. Xu, work for us on an at-will basis, and there is no assurance that any such employee will remain with us. Our competitors may be successful in recruiting and hiring members of our management team or other key employees, and it may be difficult for us to find suitable replacements on a timely basis, on competitive terms, or at all. If we are unable to attract and retain the necessary employees, particularly in critical areas of our business, we may not achieve our strategic goals. In addition, from time to time, there may be changes in our senior management team that may be disruptive to our business. If our senior management team fails to work together effectively and to execute its plans and strategies, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We face intense competition for highly skilled employees, especially in the San Francisco Bay Area where we have a substantial presence and need for highly skilled employees. To attract and retain top talent, we have had to offer, and we believe we will need to continue to offer, competitive compensation and benefits packages. Job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. The trading price of our Class A common stock following this offering is likely to be volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in response to various factors and may not appreciate. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines for this or other reasons, it may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain highly qualified employees. Certain of our employees have received significant proceeds from sales of our equity in private transactions and many of our employees may receive significant proceeds from sales of our equity in the public markets following this offering, which may reduce their motivation to continue to work for us. We may need to invest significant amounts of cash and equity to attract and retain new employees and expend significant time and resources to identify, recruit, train, and integrate such employees, and we may never realize returns on these investments. If we are unable to effectively manage our hiring needs or successfully integrate new hires, our efficiency, ability to meet forecasts, and employee morale, productivity, and engagement could suffer, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our company culture has contributed to our success and if we cannot maintain and evolve our culture as we grow, our business could be adversely affected.

We believe that our company culture, which promotes authenticity, empathy, support for others, and bias for action, has been critical to our success. We face a number of challenges that may affect our ability to sustain our corporate culture, including:

 

   

failure to identify, attract, reward, and retain people in leadership positions in our organization who share and further our culture, values, and mission;

 

   

the increasing size and geographic diversity of our workforce;

 

   

competitive pressures to move in directions that may divert us from our mission, vision, and values;

 

   

the continued challenges of a rapidly evolving industry;

 

   

the increasing need to develop expertise in new areas of business that affect us;

 

   

negative perception of our treatment of employees, merchants, consumers, and Dashers or our response to employee sentiment related to political or social causes or actions of management; and

 

   

the integration of new personnel and businesses from acquisitions.

 

45


Table of Contents

If we are not able to maintain and evolve our culture, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our business could be adversely impacted by changes in the Internet and mobile device accessibility of users.

Our business depends on users’ access to our platform via a mobile device or personal computer and the Internet. We may operate in jurisdictions that provide limited Internet connectivity, particularly as we expand internationally. Internet access and access to a mobile device or personal computer are frequently provided by companies with significant market power that could take actions that degrade, disrupt, or increase the cost of consumers’ ability to access our platform. In addition, the Internet infrastructure that we and users of our platform rely on in any particular geographic area may be unable to support the demands placed upon it and could interfere with the speed and availability of our platform. Any such failure in Internet or mobile device or computer accessibility, even for a short period of time, could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.

In recent periods, we have experienced rapid growth, and this growth has placed considerable strain on our IT and accounting systems, processes, and personnel. As a result, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weakness that we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified occurred because (i) we had inadequate processes and controls to ensure an appropriate level of precision related to our revenue to cash reconciliation process, and (ii) we did not have sufficient resources with the adequate technical skills to meet the emerging needs of our financial reporting requirements.

To address this material weakness, we are hiring additional accounting, engineering, and business intelligence personnel and are implementing process level and management review controls to identify and address emerging risks. While we are undertaking efforts to remediate this material weakness, we cannot predict the success of such efforts or the outcome of our assessment of the remediation efforts at this time. We can give no assurance that our efforts will remediate this deficiency in internal control over financial reporting or that additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our consolidated financial statements that could result in a restatement of our financial statements, and could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, any of which could diminish investor confidence in us and cause a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,

 

46


Table of Contents

and the rules and regulations of the applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems, and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting, which includes hiring additional accounting and financial personnel to implement such processes and controls. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. To address this material weakness, we are hiring additional accounting, engineering, and business intelligence personnel and implement process level and management review controls to identify and address emerging risks. While we are implementing a plan to remediate this material weakness, we cannot predict the success of such plan or the outcome of our assessment of the plan at this time. We can give no assurance that implementation of our plan will remediate this deficiency in internal control over financial reporting or that additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future.

In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight. If any of these new or improved controls and systems do not perform as expected, we may experience further deficiencies in our controls.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, additional weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our results of operations or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange. We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. As a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K.

Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an emerging growth company

 

47


Table of Contents

as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed, or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations and could cause a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

We may not timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology and network infrastructure to ensure that our platform is accessible, which would adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations.

We expect to continue to make significant investments to maintain and improve the availability of our platform and to enable rapid releases of new features and services. However, it may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve the availability of our platform, especially during peak usage times and as our platform becomes more complex and our user traffic increases. If our platform is unavailable when merchants, consumers, and Dashers attempt to access it or it does not load as quickly as they expect or it experiences capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of users accessing our platform simultaneously, users may seek other offerings, and may not return to our platform as often in the future, or at all. This would adversely affect our ability to attract merchants, consumers, and Dashers and decrease the frequency with which they use our platform. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed, or continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Defects, errors, or vulnerabilities in our applications, backend systems, or other technology systems and those of third-party technology providers could harm our reputation and brand and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The software underlying our platform is highly complex and may contain undetected errors or vulnerabilities, some of which may only be discovered after the code has been released. Our practice is to effect frequent releases of software updates, sometimes multiple times per day. The third-party software that we incorporate into our platform may also be subject to errors or vulnerabilities. Any errors or vulnerabilities discovered in our code or from third-party software after release could result in negative publicity, a loss of users or loss of revenue, and access or other performance issues. Such vulnerabilities could also be exploited by malicious actors and result in exposure of data of users on our platform, or otherwise result in a security breach or other security incident. We may need to expend significant financial and development resources to analyze, correct, eliminate, or work around errors or defects or to address and eliminate vulnerabilities. Any failure to timely and effectively resolve any such errors, defects, or vulnerabilities could adversely affect our business, reputation, brand, financial condition, and results of operations.

The stock-based compensation expense related to our RSUs and other outstanding equity awards will result in increases in our expenses in future periods and we may also expend substantial funds to satisfy a portion of our tax withholding and remittance obligations that arise upon the initial settlement of certain of our RSUs, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We have granted RSUs to our employees and directors, which generally vest upon the satisfaction of both service-based and liquidity event-related performance vesting conditions occurring before the award’s expiration date. The service-based vesting period is generally satisfied by the award holder providing services to us over a four-year period. The liquidity event-related performance vesting condition is satisfied on the earlier of: (i) a sale event for us or (ii) this offering. As of September 30, 2020, no stock-based

 

48


Table of Contents

compensation expense had been recognized for such RSUs because a qualifying event as described above was not probable. In connection with this offering, we will record cumulative stock-based compensation expense for those RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition was satisfied prior to this offering. If this offering had been completed on September 30, 2020, we would have recorded $243 million of cumulative stock-based compensation expense related to the RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition was satisfied on that date, and would have an additional $225 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the RSUs that would be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.14 years. In addition to stock-based compensation expense associated with the RSUs, as of September 30, 2020, we had unrecognized stock-based compensation expense of $24 million related to outstanding stock options which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 1.76 years. Following the completion of this offering, the stock-based compensation expense related to our RSUs and other outstanding equity awards will result in increases in our expenses in future periods, in particular in the quarter in which the offering is completed.

In                      2020, our board of directors granted the CEO Performance Award, an RSU award under our 2014 Plan to Tony Xu covering                      shares of our Class A common stock. We estimated the grant date fair value of the CEO Performance Award using a model based on multiple stock price paths developed through the use of a Monte Carlo simulation that incorporates into the valuation the possibility that the achievement of certain price goals may not be satisfied. The average grant date fair value of the CEO Performance Award was estimated to be $                     per share, and we will recognize total stock-based compensation expense of $                     million over the requisite service period of each of the nine separate tranches of the CEO Performance Award that are eligible to vest based on the achievement of certain stock price goals. If the achievement of these stock price goals are met sooner than the derived service period, we will adjust our stock-based compensation expense to reflect the cumulative expense associated with the vested award. We will recognize stock-based compensation expense if service is provided by Mr. Xu over the requisite service period, regardless of whether the stock price goals are achieved. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—CEO Performance Award “ for additional information about the CEO Performance Award.

Additionally, we may expend substantial funds in connection with the tax withholding and remittance obligations that arise upon the initial settlement of certain of our RSUs. Our RSUs include RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition is expected to be satisfied prior to this offering and for which the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering, which we refer to as the IPO Vested RSUs. The IPO Vested RSUs are expected to settle approximately                      days following this offering, which date we refer to as the Settlement Date. Our RSUs also include RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition is expected to be satisfied after this offering but prior to the Settlement Date and for which the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering, which we refer to as the Post-IPO Vested RSUs. The Post-IPO Vested RSUs will settle on a date promptly following the satisfaction of the service-based vesting condition.

To fund the tax withholding and remittance obligations arising in connection with the vesting and settlement of the IPO Vested RSUs and the Post-IPO Vested RSUs, we will either elect to (i) withhold shares of our Class A common stock that would otherwise be issued with respect to such RSUs and pay the relevant tax authorities in cash to satisfy such tax obligations or (ii) have the holders of such RSUs use a broker or brokers to sell a portion of such shares into the market on the applicable settlement date, with the proceeds of such sales to be delivered to us for us to remit to the relevant taxing authorities, in order to satisfy such tax withholding and remittance obligations. Assuming we elect (i) for the IPO Vested RSUs, and at an assumed tax rate of                     %, we expect to withhold an aggregate of                      shares of our Class A common stock subject to the settlement of the IPO Vested RSUs and to pay $                     to the relevant tax authorities in cash to satisfy our tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the settlement of the IPO Vested RSUs. Assuming we elect (i) for the

 

49


Table of Contents

Post-IPO Vested RSUs, and assuming that all Post-IPO Vested RSUs remain outstanding as of the applicable vesting date, at an assumed tax rate of                     %, we expect to withhold up to an aggregate of                      shares of our Class A common stock that would otherwise be issued with respect to the Post-IPO Vested RSUs and to pay $                     to the relevant tax authorities in cash to satisfy our tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the settlement of the Post-IPO Vested RSUs.

The amounts in the paragraph immediately above are based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The actual amount of this obligation could be higher or lower, depending on the market price of shares of our Class A common stock on or about the applicable settlement date. At the assumed tax rate of                     %, each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of cash required to satisfy our tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the settlement of the IPO Vested RSUs by $                     and the Post-IPO Vested RSUs by $                    .

We track certain operational metrics with internal systems and tools and do not independently verify such metrics. Certain of our operational metrics are subject to inherent challenges in measurement, and any real or perceived inaccuracies in such metrics may adversely affect our business and reputation.

We track certain operational metrics, including our merchant, consumer, and Dasher counts and key business and non-GAAP metrics such as Total Orders, Marketplace GOV, Contribution Profit (Loss), Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, with internal systems and tools that are not independently verified by any third party and which may differ from estimates or similar metrics published by third parties due to differences in sources, methodologies, or the assumptions on which we rely. Our internal systems and tools have a number of limitations, and our methodologies for tracking these metrics may change over time, which could result in unexpected changes to our metrics, including the metrics we publicly disclose. If the internal systems and tools we use to track these metrics undercount or overcount performance or contain algorithmic or other technical errors, the data we report may not be accurate. While these numbers are based on what we believe to be reasonable estimates of our metrics for the applicable period of measurement, there are inherent challenges in measuring how our platform is used across large populations. For example, the accuracy of our operating metrics could be impacted by fraudulent users of our platform, and further, we believe that there are consumers who have multiple accounts, even though this is prohibited in our Terms of Service and we implement measures to detect and prevent this behavior. In addition, limitations or errors with respect to how we measure data or with respect to the data that we measure may affect our understanding of certain details of our business, which could affect our long-term strategies. If our operating metrics are not accurate representations of our business, if investors do not perceive our operating metrics to be accurate, or if we discover material inaccuracies with respect to these figures, we expect that our business, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Operating as a public company requires us to incur substantial costs and requires substantial management attention. In addition, key members of our management team have limited experience managing a public company.

As a public company, we will incur substantial legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and

 

50


Table of Contents

Consumer Protection Act, the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. For example, the Exchange Act requires, among other things, we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, and increase demand on our systems, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. In addition, as a public company, we may be subject to stockholder activism, which can lead to additional substantial costs, distract management, and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors.

Many members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

If Dashers are reclassified as employees under federal or state law, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.

We are subject to claims, lawsuits, arbitration proceedings, administrative actions, government investigations, and other legal and regulatory proceedings at the federal, state, and municipal levels challenging the classification of Dashers that utilize our platform as independent contractors. The tests governing whether a Dasher is an independent contractor or an employee vary by governing law and are typically highly fact sensitive. Laws and regulations that govern the status and classification of independent contractors are subject to changes and divergent interpretations by various authorities, which can create uncertainty and unpredictability for us. As referenced above, we maintain that Dashers that utilize our platform are independent contractors. However, Dashers may be reclassified as employees, especially in light of the evolving rules and restrictions on service provider classification and their potential impact on the local logistics industry. A reclassification of Dashers or other delivery service providers as employees would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, including as a result of:

 

   

monetary exposure arising from, or relating to failure to, withhold and remit taxes, unpaid wages and wage and hour laws and requirements (such as those pertaining to failure to pay minimum wage and overtime, or to provide required breaks and wage statements), expense reimbursement, statutory and punitive damages, penalties, including related to the California Labor Code Private Attorneys General Act, or PAGA, and government fines;

 

   

injunctions prohibiting continuance of existing business practices;

 

   

claims for employee benefits, social security, workers’ compensation, and unemployment;

 

   

claims of discrimination, harassment, and retaliation under civil rights laws;

 

   

claims under laws pertaining to unionizing, collective bargaining, and other concerted activity;

 

   

other claims, charges, or other proceedings under laws and regulations applicable to employers and employees, including risks relating to allegations of joint employer liability or agency liability; and

 

   

harm to our reputation and brand.

 

51


Table of Contents

In addition to the harms listed above, a reclassification of Dashers or other delivery service providers as employees would require us to significantly alter our existing business model and operations and impact our ability to add and retain Dashers to our platform and grow our business, which we would expect to have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have been involved in and continue to be involved in numerous legal proceedings related to Dasher classification, and such proceedings have increased in volume since the California Supreme Court’s 2018 ruling in Dynamex. We are currently involved in a number of putative class actions and representative actions brought, for example, pursuant to PAGA, and numerous individual claims, including those brought in arbitration or compelled pursuant to the terms of our independent contractor agreements to arbitration, challenging the classification of Dashers that utilize our platform as independent contractors. In addition, in June 2020, the San Francisco District Attorney filed a claim against us in the Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees. This action is seeking both restitutionary damages and a permanent injunction that would bar us from continuing to classify Dashers as independent contractors. The San Francisco District Attorney is also seeking a preliminary injunction that would bar us from continuing to classify Dashers in California as independent contractors during the pendency of this case. The hearing related to the preliminary injunction is scheduled for February 3, 2021 and we expect to receive a judgment shortly thereafter. We believe we have meritorious defenses, despite the allegations of wrongdoing, and intend to defend ourselves vigorously in these matters. In addition, in 2017, we settled one classification matter in California on a class basis including claims raised under PAGA and are in the process of settling two similar classification matters in California. See the section titled “Business—Legal Proceedings” for additional information about these types of legal proceedings.

An increasing number of jurisdictions are considering implementing standards similar to the test set forth in Dynamex to determine worker classification. Further, the California Legislature passed AB 5 and it was signed into law by Governor Gavin Newsom on September 18, 2019 and became effective on January 1, 2020. AB 5 codified the Dynamex standard regarding contractor classification, expanded its application, and created numerous carve-outs. We, along with certain other companies, supported a campaign for the 2020 California ballot initiative to address AB 5 and preserve flexibility for Dashers. As of November 12, 2020, unofficial election results indicate that this initiative is likely to pass. In such case, certain provisions regarding compensation, along with certain other requirements, will become applicable to us and Dashers in California and our costs related to Dashers will increase in California, which could lead us to charge higher fees and commissions, which in turn could result in lower order volumes. Depending on whether and how much we choose to increase fees and commissions, these increased costs could also lead to a lower Take Rate, defined as revenue expressed as a percentage of Marketplace GOV. The provisions resulting from the 2020 California ballot initiative that would become applicable to us include, but are not limited to, (i) net earnings (which excludes tips, tolls, and certain other amounts) to Dashers no less than a net earnings floor equal to (a) 120% of the minimum wage for a Dasher’s engaged time and (b) for Dashers using a motor vehicle, $0.30 per engaged mile (which amount shall be adjusted for inflation after 2021) and (ii) for Dashers averaging at least 15 hours per week of engaged time during a calendar quarter who subscribe to a qualifying health plan, payments to such Dashers of healthcare subsidies of varying dollar amounts depending on a Dasher’s engaged time per week. As such, the passage of the 2020 California ballot initiative is likely to have an adverse impact on our results of operations. In addition, several other states where we operate may be considering adopting legislation similar to the 2020 California ballot initiative, which we would expect to increase our costs related to Dashers in such jurisdictions and could also adversely impact our results of operations. Even with the passage of the 2020 California ballot initiative and similar legislation, such initiatives and legislation could still be challenged and subject to litigation. Furthermore, if Dashers are determined to be employees in other states or under federal law, this could result in even higher increases to our costs related to Dashers, which would likely lead us to increase fees and commissions

 

52


Table of Contents

even more and may result in further lower order volumes. To the extent Dashers are determined to be employees under other state or federal law, we would be required to significantly alter our existing business model and operations, which would have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to claims, lawsuits, investigations, and various proceedings, and face potential liability, expenses for legal claims, and harm to our business based on the nature of our business.

We face potential liability, expenses for legal claims, and harm to our business relating to the nature of our business generally, and with the food delivery services we facilitate in particular, including potential claims related to food offerings, delivery, and quality.

We are subject to claims, lawsuits, arbitration proceedings, government investigations, and other legal, regulatory, and other administrative proceedings, including those involving personal injury, property damage, worker classification, labor and employment, anti-discrimination, commercial disputes, competition, consumer complaints, intellectual property disputes, compliance with regulatory requirements, and other matters, and we may become subject to additional types of claims, lawsuits, government investigations, and legal or regulatory proceedings as our business grows and as we deploy new services.

We are also subject to claims, lawsuits, and other legal proceedings seeking to hold us vicariously liable for the actions of merchants, consumers, and Dashers. For example, third parties could assert legal claims against us in connection with personal injuries related to food poisoning, tampering, or other food safety issues or accidents caused by Dashers that utilize our platform. We have incurred expenses to settle personal injury claims, which we sometimes choose to settle for reasons including expediency, protection of our reputation, and to prevent the uncertainty of litigating, and we expect that such expenses will continue to increase as our business grows and we face increasing public scrutiny. In addition, we could be subject to legal claims relating to the sale of alcoholic beverages or alcohol consumption. Regardless of the outcome of any legal proceeding, any injuries to, or deaths of, any consumers, Dashers, or third parties could result in negative publicity and harm to our brand, reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Reports, whether true or not, of food-borne illnesses (such as E. Coli, avian flu, bovine spongiform encephalopathy, hepatitis A, trichinosis, or salmonella) and injuries caused by food tampering or inappropriate or unsanitary food preparation, handling, or delivery, or other food safety incidents have led to potential legal claims against, and severely injured the reputations of, participants in the food business and could do so in the future as well. Further, if any such report were to affect one or more of the merchants on our platform that generate a significant percentage of our overall Marketplace GOV, it could seriously harm our business. The potential for acts of terrorism on the U.S. or international food supply also exists and, if such an event occurs, it could harm our business and results of operations. Further, food that is ordered through our platform could be subject to a recall, but we may have limited ability, if any, to ensure compliance with a food recall. In addition, reports of food-borne illnesses, food recalls, food tampering, or inappropriate or unsanitary food preparation, handling, or delivery, even those occurring solely at merchants that are not on our platform, could, as a result of negative publicity about the restaurant or grocery industry, adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We also face potential liability and expense for claims, including class, collective, and other representative actions, by or relating to Dashers regarding, among other things, the classification of Dashers that utilize our platform as well as our Dasher pay model, including claims regarding disclosures we make with respect to sales tax, service fees, delivery fees, and gratuities, the process of signing up to become a Dasher, including the background check process, and the nature and frequency of our

 

53


Table of Contents

communications to Dashers via email, text, or telephone. In addition, we also face potential liability and expense for claims, including class actions, by consumers relating to, among other things, our Dasher pay model, including claims regarding disclosures we make with respect to sales tax, service fees, delivery fees, and gratuities, the local food delivery logistics services we facilitate, discrepancies between the menus on our website and consumer mobile application and the menus at the restaurant from which the food is delivered, including discrepancies in menu items and the prices of such items and taxes on such items, and the nature and frequency of our marketing communications to consumers via email, text, or telephone. See the section titled “Business—Legal Proceedings” for additional information about these types of legal proceedings.

In addition, we face potential liability and expense for claims relating to the information that we publish on our website and mobile applications, including claims for trademark and copyright infringement, defamation, libel, and negligence, among others. We also face potential liability and expense for claims arising from a data security incident, including claims regarding the adequacy and timeliness of our response to such an incident and our notification to affected consumers and Dashers.

The results of any such claims, lawsuits, arbitration proceedings, government investigations, or other legal or regulatory proceedings cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, be harmful to our reputation, require significant management attention, and divert significant resources. Determining reserves for our pending litigation is a complex and fact-intensive process that requires significant subjective judgment and speculation. It is possible that a resolution of one or more such proceedings could result in substantial damages, settlement costs, fines, and penalties that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. These proceedings could also result in harm to our reputation and brand, sanctions, consent decrees, injunctions, or other orders requiring a change in our business practices. Any of these consequences could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Further, under certain circumstances, we have contractual and other legal obligations to indemnify and to incur legal expenses on behalf of our business and commercial partners and current and former directors and officers.

In addition, we include arbitration and class action waiver provisions in our terms of service with the merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our platform. These provisions are intended to streamline the litigation process for all parties involved, as they can in some cases be faster and less costly than litigating disputes in state or federal court. However, arbitration can be costly and burdensome, and the use of arbitration and class action waiver provisions subjects us to certain risks to our reputation and brand, as these provisions have been the subject of increasing public scrutiny. In order to minimize these risks to our reputation and brand, we may limit our use of arbitration and class action waiver provisions or be required to do so in a legal or regulatory proceeding, either of which could cause an increase in our litigation costs and exposure. Additionally, we permit certain users of our platform to opt out of such provisions, which could also cause an increase in our litigation costs and exposure.

Further, with the potential for conflicting rules regarding the scope and enforceability of arbitration and class action waivers on a state-by-state basis, as well as between state and federal law, there is a risk that some or all of our arbitration and class action waiver provisions could be subject to challenge or may need to be revised to exempt certain categories of protection. If these provisions were found to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, or specific claims are required to be exempted, we could experience an increase in our costs to litigate disputes and the time involved in resolving such disputes, and we could face increased exposure to potentially costly lawsuits, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

54


Table of Contents

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we have not properly collected or remitted, or in the future should collect or remit, sales and use, gross receipts, value added, or similar taxes or withholding taxes, and may successfully impose additional obligations on us, and any such assessments, obligations, or inaccuracies could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The application of non-income, or indirect, taxes, such as sales and use tax, value-added tax, goods and services tax, business tax, and gross receipt tax, to businesses like ours is a complex and evolving issue. Many of the fundamental statutes and regulations that impose these taxes were established before the adoption and growth of the Internet and e-commerce. Significant judgment is required on an ongoing basis to evaluate applicable tax obligations, and as a result, amounts recorded are estimates and are subject to adjustments. In many cases, the ultimate tax determination is uncertain because it is not clear how new and existing statutes might apply to our business or to local logistics businesses generally.

In addition, governments are increasingly looking for ways to increase revenue, which has resulted in discussions about tax reform and other legislative action to increase tax revenue, including through indirect taxes. Such taxes could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to indirect taxes, such as payroll, sales, use, value-added, and goods and services taxes in the United States, Canada, and Australia, and we may face various indirect tax audits in various U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. In certain jurisdictions, we collect and remit indirect taxes. However, tax authorities may raise questions about, or challenge or disagree with, our calculation, reporting, or collection of taxes and may require us to collect taxes in jurisdictions in which we do not currently do so or to remit additional taxes and interest, and could impose associated penalties and fees. A successful assertion by one or more tax authorities requiring us to collect taxes in jurisdictions in which we do not currently do so or to collect additional taxes in a jurisdiction in which we currently collect taxes, could result in substantial tax liabilities, including taxes on past sales, as well as penalties and interest, could discourage merchants, consumers, and Dashers from utilizing our offerings, or could otherwise harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Further, even where we are collecting taxes and remitting them to the appropriate authorities, we may fail to accurately calculate, collect, report, and remit such taxes. Additionally, if merchants try to pass along increased additional taxes and raise prices to consumers, order volume may decline. Although we have reserved for potential payments of possible past tax liabilities in our financial statements, if these liabilities exceed such reserves, our financial condition would be harmed.

Under state tax law, we may be deemed responsible for collecting and remitting sales taxes directly to certain states. Our responsibility for these taxes may be applicable to past sales and could be applicable to the cost of goods or fees charged on our platform. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales, use, or other taxes or remitting such taxes directly to states could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales and additional administrative expenses. These taxes could also increase the cost for consumers using our platform. Any of the foregoing would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Additionally, one or more states, localities, or other taxing jurisdictions may seek to impose additional reporting, record-keeping, or indirect tax collection obligations on businesses like ours. For example, taxing authorities in the United States and other countries have identified e-commerce platforms as a means to calculate, collect, and remit indirect taxes for transactions taking place over the Internet, and are considering related legislation. After the U.S. Supreme Court decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair Inc., certain states have enacted laws that would require tax reporting, collection, or tax remittance on items sold online. Requiring tax reporting or collection could decrease merchant, consumer, or Dasher activity, which would harm our business. This new legislation could require us or Dashers to incur substantial costs in order to comply, including costs associated with tax calculation, collection, and

 

55


Table of Contents

remittance and audit requirements, which could make our offerings less attractive and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Also, federal tax rules generally require payors to report payments to unrelated parties to the IRS. Under certain circumstances, a failure to comply with such reporting obligations may cause us to become liable to withhold a percentage of the amounts paid to Dashers and merchants and remit such amounts to the taxing authorities. Due to the large number of Dashers and merchants, and the amounts paid to each, process failures with respect to these reporting obligations could result in financial liability and other consequences to us if we were unable to remedy such failures in a timely manner.

As a result of these and other factors, the ultimate amount of tax obligations owed may differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements and any such difference may adversely affect our results of operations in future periods in which we change our estimates of our tax obligations or in which the ultimate tax outcome is determined.

We may have exposure to greater than anticipated tax liabilities.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings and losses in countries with differing statutory tax rates, certain non-deductible expenses, and the valuation of deferred tax assets. Increases in our effective tax rate would reduce profitability or increase losses.

As we expand the scale of our international business activities, any changes in the United States or foreign taxation of such activities may increase our worldwide effective tax rate and harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have been subject to examination, and may be subject to examination in the future, by federal, state, local, and foreign tax authorities on income, employment, sales, and other tax matters. While we regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes from such examinations and the adequacy of our provision for taxes, there can be no assurance that such provision is sufficient and that a determination by a tax authority would not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Certain risks relating to employment taxes and sales taxes are described in more detail under —If Dashers are reclassified as employees under federal or state law, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.” and “—Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we have not properly collected, or in the future should collect, sales and use, gross receipts, value added, or similar taxes and may successfully impose additional obligations on us, and any such assessments, obligations, or inaccuracies could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.”

On December 22, 2017, the legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Tax Act, was enacted, which contains significant changes to U.S. tax law, including a reduction in the corporate tax rate and a transition to a new territorial system of taxation. The primary impact of the new legislation on our provision for income taxes was a reduction of the future tax benefits of our deferred tax assets as a result of the reduction in the corporate tax rate. However, since we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, these changes did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The impact of the Tax Act will likely be subject to ongoing technical guidance and accounting interpretation, which we will continue to monitor and assess.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2019, we had accumulated $780 million and $576 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, respectively, available to reduce future taxable income, which

 

56


Table of Contents

will begin to expire in 2033 for federal and 2026 for state tax purposes. It is possible that we will not generate taxable income in time to use NOLs before their expiration, or at all. Under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other tax attributes, including R&D tax credits, to offset its post-change income may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5 percent stockholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Our ability to use NOLs and other tax attributes to reduce future taxable income and liabilities may be subject to annual limitations as a result of prior ownership changes and ownership changes that may occur in the future, including as a result of this offering.

Under the Tax Act, as amended by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or the CARES Act, net operating losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2021 may be carried back to each of the five taxable years preceding the tax year of such loss, but net operating losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020 may not be carried back. Additionally, under the Tax Act, as modified by the CARES Act, net operating losses from tax years that began after December 31, 2017 may offset no more than 80% of current taxable income annually for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020, but the 80% limitation on the use of net operating losses from tax years that began after December 31, 2017 does not apply for taxable income in tax years beginning before January 1, 2021. NOLs arising in tax years ending after December 31, 2017 can be carried forward indefinitely, but NOLs generated in tax years ending before January 1, 2018 will continue to have a two-year carryback and twenty-year carryforward period. As we maintain a full valuation allowance against our U.S. NOLs, these changes will not impact our balance sheet as of December 31, 2019. However, in future years, if and when a net deferred tax asset is recognized related to our NOLs, the changes in the carryforward and carryback periods as well as the new limitation on use of NOLs may significantly impact our valuation allowance assessments for NOLs generated after December 31, 2019.

There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs and tax credits by certain jurisdictions, including in order to raise additional revenue to help counter the fiscal impact from the COVID-19 pandemic, possibly with retroactive effect, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs and tax credits could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. A temporary suspension of the use of certain NOLs and tax credits has been enacted in California, and other states may enact suspensions as well. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs and tax credits.

Our business is subject to a variety of U.S. laws and regulations, including those related to worker classification, Dasher pay, and pricing and commissions, many of which are unsettled and still developing, and failure to comply with such laws and regulations could subject us to claims or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

The local delivery logistics industry and our business model are relatively nascent and rapidly evolving. We are subject to a variety of laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, including those related to worker classification, Dasher pay, and pricing and commissions. Laws, regulations, and standards governing issues such as worker classification, labor and employment, anti-discrimination, food safety, alcoholic beverages, online credit card payments, gratuities, pricing and commissions, text messaging, subscription services, intellectual property, data retention, privacy, data security, consumer protection, background checks, website and mobile application accessibility, and tax are often complex and subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity. The scope and interpretation of these laws, and whether they are applicable to us, are often uncertain and may be conflicting, including varying standards and interpretations between state and federal law, between individual states, and even at the city and municipality level. As a result, their application in practice may change or develop over time through judicial decisions or as new guidance or interpretations are provided by regulatory

 

57


Table of Contents

and governing bodies, such as federal, state, and local administrative agencies. We have been proactively working with state and local governments and regulatory bodies to ensure that our platform is available broadly in the United States and Canada.

Additionally, laws relating to the potential liability of providers of online services for activities of their users and other third parties are currently being tested by a number of claims, including actions based on invasion of privacy and other torts, unfair competition, copyright and trademark infringement, and other theories based on the nature and content of the materials searched, the ads posted, or the content provided by users. In addition, regulatory authorities in the United States at the federal and state level are considering a number of legislative and regulatory proposals concerning privacy and other matters that may be applicable to our business. It is also likely that if our business grows and evolves and our services are used in a greater number of geographies, we would become subject to laws and regulations in additional jurisdictions. It is difficult to predict how existing laws would be applied to our business and the new laws to which it may become subject.

Recent financial, political, and other events may increase the level of regulatory scrutiny on larger companies, technology companies in general, and companies engaged in dealings with independent contractors. Regulatory and administrative bodies may enact new laws or promulgate new regulations that are adverse to our business, or they may view matters or interpret laws and regulations differently than they have in the past or in a manner adverse to our business, including by changing employment-related laws or by regulating or capping the commissions businesses like ours agree to with merchants or the fees that we may charge consumers. For example, in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, jurisdictions across the United States, including New Jersey, jurisdictions within Los Angeles County and San Francisco in California, Seattle, Washington, and New York, New York, have implemented temporary commission caps on local food delivery logistics platforms. These commission caps have had in the past, and are likely to have in the future, an adverse effect on our results of operations. These commission caps may also cause us to increase the fees we charge to consumers, though we are aware of one jurisdiction which has adopted explicit prohibitions against doing so in connection with commission caps, which could further increase our costs. With the continued duration of COVID-19, we expect these existing commission caps to persist in the near term and for additional jurisdictions where we operate to implement similar caps. If any of these events occur, or if commission caps are retained after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be further adversely affected. In addition, regulatory scrutiny or action may create different or conflicting obligations on us from one jurisdiction to another, which creates additional challenges to managing our business.

Our success, or perceived success, and increased visibility may also drive some businesses that perceive our business model negatively to raise their concerns to local policymakers and regulators. These businesses and their trade association groups or other organizations may take actions and employ significant resources to shape the legal and regulatory regimes in jurisdictions where we may have, or seek to have, a market presence in an effort to change such legal and regulatory regimes in ways intended to adversely affect or impede our business and the ability of merchants, consumers, and Dashers to use our platform.

If we are not able to comply with these laws or regulations or if we become liable under these laws or regulations, including any future laws or obligations that we may not be able to anticipate at this time, we could be adversely affected, and we may be forced to implement new measures to reduce our exposure to this liability. This may require us to expend substantial resources or to discontinue certain services or platform features, which would adversely affect our business. Any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could also subject us to claims and other legal and regulatory proceedings, fines, or other penalties, criminal and civil proceedings, forfeiture of significant assets, and other enforcement actions. In addition, the increased attention focused upon liability issues as a result of

 

58


Table of Contents

lawsuits and legislative proposals could adversely affect our reputation or otherwise impact the growth of our business. Any costs incurred to prevent or mitigate this potential liability are also expected to adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to various U.S. and international anti-corruption laws and other anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, and other anticorruption, anti-bribery, and anti-money laundering laws in the jurisdictions in which we do business, both domestic and abroad. These laws generally prohibit us and our employees from improperly influencing government officials or commercial parties in order to obtain or retain business, direct business to any person, or gain any improper advantage. The FCPA and other applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws also may hold us liable for acts of corruption and bribery committed by our third-party business partners, representatives, and agents who are acting on our behalf. We and our third-party business partners, representatives, and agents may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities and we may be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party business partners and intermediaries and our employees, representatives, contractors, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. These laws also require that we keep accurate books and records and maintain internal controls and compliance procedures designed to prevent any such actions. While we have policies and procedures to address compliance with such laws, we cannot assure you that our employees and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies or applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible, and our exposure for violating these laws increases as our international presence expands and as we increase sales and operations in foreign jurisdictions. Any violation of the FCPA or other applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, imposition of significant legal fees, loss of export privileges, severe criminal or civil sanctions, or suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, substantial diversion of management’s attention, a drop in our stock price, or overall adverse consequences to our business, all of which may have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Government regulation of the Internet, mobile devices, and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes could substantially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as federal and state regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet, mobile devices, and e-commerce that are constantly evolving. Existing and future laws and regulations, or changes thereto, may impede the growth of the Internet, mobile devices, e-commerce, or other online services, and increase the cost of providing online services, require us to change our business practices, or raise compliance costs or other costs of doing business. These regulations and laws, which continue to evolve, may cover taxation, tariffs, user privacy, data protection, pricing and commissions, content, copyrights, distribution, social media marketing, advertising practices, sweepstakes, mobile, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, broadband residential Internet access, and the characteristics and quality of services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales, use, and other taxes, libel, and personal privacy apply to the Internet and e-commerce. In addition, as we continue to expand internationally, it is possible that foreign government entities may seek to censor content available on our mobile applications or website or may even attempt to block access to our mobile applications and website. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any of these laws or regulations could result in damage to our reputation and brand, a loss in business, and proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

59


Table of Contents

Changes in laws or regulations relating to privacy or the protection or transfer of data relating to individuals, or any actual or perceived failure by us to comply with such laws and regulations or any other obligations relating to privacy or the protection or transfer of data relating to individuals, could adversely affect our business.

We receive, transmit, and store a large volume of personally identifiable information and other data relating to the users on our platform, as well as other personally identifiable information and other data relating to individuals such as our employees. Numerous local, municipal, state, federal, and international laws and regulations address privacy and the collection, storing, sharing, use, disclosure, and protection of certain types of data, including the California Online Privacy Protection Act, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act, Canada’s Anti-Spam Law, Australia’s Privacy Act, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991, or the TCPA, Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, and effective as of January 1, 2020, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA. These laws, rules, and regulations evolve frequently and their scope may continually change, through new legislation, amendments to existing legislation, and changes in enforcement, and may be inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another. For example, the CCPA, which went into effect on January 1, 2020, among other things, requires new disclosures to California consumers and affords such consumers new abilities to opt out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA provides for fines of up to $7,500 per violation. Aspects of the CCPA and its interpretation and enforcement remain uncertain. The effects of this legislation potentially are far-reaching and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and incur substantial compliance-related costs and expenses. The CCPA has been amended on multiple occasions, and it is unclear whether it will be further amended. For example, there was a ballot initiative in California for the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA. If approved by California voters, this would significantly modify the CCPA, potentially resulting in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. As of November 12, 2020, unofficial election results indicate that this initiative is likely to pass. In such case, the CPRA will create obligations relating to consumer data beginning on January 1, 2022, with implementing regulations expected on or before July 1, 2022, and enforcement beginning July 1, 2023. We will continue to monitor developments related to the CPRA. The effects of this legislation potentially are far-reaching, however, and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and incur substantial compliance-related costs and expenses. Additionally, many laws and regulations relating to privacy and the collection, storing, sharing, use, disclosure, and protection of certain types of data are subject to varying degrees of enforcement and new and changing interpretations by courts. The CCPA and other changes in laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security, particularly any new or modified laws or regulations, or changes to the interpretation or enforcement of such laws or regulations, that require enhanced protection of certain types of data or new obligations with regard to data retention, transfer, or disclosure, could greatly increase the cost of providing our platform, require significant changes to our operations, or even prevent us from providing our platform in jurisdictions in which we currently operate and in which we may operate in the future.

Additionally, we have incurred, and may continue to incur, significant expenses in an effort to comply with privacy, data protection, and information security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards, or contractual obligations. In particular, with laws and regulations such as the CCPA imposing new and relatively burdensome obligations, and with substantial uncertainty over the interpretation and application of these and other laws and regulations, we may face challenges in addressing their requirements and making necessary changes to our policies and practices and may incur significant costs and expenses in an effort to do so.

Despite our efforts to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security, it is possible that our interpretations of the law, practices, or platform could be inconsistent with, or fail or be alleged to fail to meet all requirements of, such laws,

 

60


Table of Contents

regulations, or obligations. Our failure, or the failure by our third-party providers or merchants on our platform, to comply with applicable laws or regulations or any other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, or information security, or any compromise of security that results in unauthorized access to, or use or release of personally identifiable information or other data relating to Dashers, consumers, or other individuals, or the perception that any of the foregoing types of failure or compromise has occurred, could damage our reputation, discourage new and existing Dashers and consumers from using our platform, or result in fines, investigations, or proceedings by governmental agencies and private claims and litigation, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Even if not subject to legal challenge, the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may harm our reputation and brand and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We face the risk of litigation resulting from unauthorized text messages sent in violation of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act.

The actual or perceived improper sending of text messages may subject us to potential risks, including liabilities or claims relating to consumer protection laws. For example, the TCPA restricts telemarketing and the use of automated SMS text messages without proper consent. This has resulted, and may in the future result, in civil claims against us. The scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to the delivery of text messages are continuously evolving and developing. If we do not comply with these laws or regulations or if we become liable under these laws or regulations, we could face direct liability and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our reported results of operations may be adversely affected by changes in GAAP.

GAAP is subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported results of operations and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change. For example, in May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Consumers (Topic 606),” or ASC 606, which superseded nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance, and in February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” or ASC 842, which increases lease transparency and comparability among organizations. It is difficult to predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies, any of which could negatively affect our reported results of operations.

Risks Related to our Dependence on Third Parties

We rely primarily on third-party insurance policies to insure our operations-related risks. If our insurance coverage is insufficient for the needs of our business or our insurance providers are unable to meet their obligations, we may not be able to mitigate the risks facing our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We procure third-party insurance policies to cover various operations-related risks including auto liability, employment practices liability, workers’ compensation, business interruptions, cybersecurity and data breaches, crime, directors’ and officers’ liability, occupational accident liability for Dashers, and general business liabilities. For certain types of operations-related risks or future risks related to our new and evolving services, we may not be able to, or may choose not to, acquire insurance. In addition, we may not obtain enough insurance to adequately mitigate such operations-related risks or risks related to our new and evolving services, and we may have to pay high premiums, self-insured retentions, or deductibles for the coverage we do obtain. Additionally, if any of our insurance providers becomes

 

61


Table of Contents

insolvent, it would be unable to pay any operations-related claims that we make. Further, some of our agreements with merchants require that we procure certain types of insurance, and if we are unable to obtain and maintain such insurance, we would be in violation of the terms of these merchant agreements.

If the amount of one or more operations-related claims were to exceed our applicable aggregate coverage limits, we would bear the excess, in addition to amounts already incurred in connection with deductibles, self-insured retentions, or otherwise paid by our insurance subsidiary. Insurance providers have raised premiums and deductibles for many businesses and may do so in the future. As a result, our insurance and claims expense could increase, or we may decide to raise our deductibles or self-insured retentions when our policies are renewed or replaced. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected if (i) the cost per claim, premiums, or the number of claims significantly exceeds our historical experience and coverage limits, (ii) we experience a claim in excess of our coverage limits, (iii) our insurance providers fail to pay on our insurance claims, (iv) we experience a claim for which coverage is not provided, or (v) the number of claims under our deductibles or self-insured retentions differs from historical averages.

We rely on a third-party payment processor to process payments made by consumers and payments made to merchants and Dashers, and if we cannot manage our relationship with such third party and other payment-related risks, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We rely on a third-party payment processor, Stripe, to process payments made by consumers and payments made to merchants and Dashers. Under our commercial agreement with Stripe, Stripe may terminate the relationship with advanced notice. If Stripe terminates its relationship with us or refuses to renew its agreement with us on commercially reasonable terms, we would be required to find an alternate payment processor and may not be able to secure similar terms or replace such payment processor in an acceptable timeframe. Further, the software and services provided by Stripe may not meet our expectations, may contain errors or vulnerabilities, and could be compromised or experience outages. Any of these risks could cause us to lose our ability to accept online payments or other payment transactions or make timely payments to merchants and Dashers, any of which could disrupt our business for an extended period of time, make our platform less convenient and attractive to users, and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain qualified merchants, consumers, and Dashers.

Nearly all payments by our consumers are made by credit card or debit card or through third-party payment services, which subjects us to certain regulations and to the risk of fraud. We may in the future offer new payment options to consumers that may be subject to additional regulations and risks. We are also subject to a number of other laws and regulations relating to the payments we accept from our consumers, including with respect to money laundering, money transfers, privacy, and information security. If we fail to or are alleged to fail to comply with applicable regulations, we may be subject to claims and litigation, regulatory investigations and proceedings, civil or criminal penalties, fines, or higher transaction fees and may lose the ability to accept online payments or other payment card transactions, which could make our platform less convenient and attractive to consumers. We also rely on data provided by Stripe for financial statement reporting, and there could be inaccuracies and other errors in such data. If any of these events were to occur, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Further, if we are deemed to be a money transmitter as defined by applicable law, we could become subject to certain laws, rules, and regulations enforced by multiple authorities and governing bodies in the United States and numerous state and local agencies that may define money transmitter differently. For example, certain states may have a more expansive view of who qualifies as a money transmitter. Additionally, outside of the United States, we could be subject to additional laws, rules, and regulations

 

62


Table of Contents

related to the provision of payments and financial services, and if we expand into new jurisdictions, the foreign regulations governing our business that we are subject to will expand as well. If we are found to be a money transmitter under any applicable regulation and we are not in compliance with such regulations, we may be subject to fines or other penalties in one or more jurisdictions levied by federal or state or local regulators. In addition to fines, penalties for failing to comply with applicable rules and regulations could include criminal and civil proceedings, forfeiture of significant assets, or other enforcement actions. We could also be required to make changes to our business practices or compliance programs as a result of regulatory scrutiny.

Additionally, our third-party payment processor requires us to comply with payment card network operating rules, which are set and interpreted by the payment card networks. The payment card networks could adopt new operating rules or interpret or re-interpret existing rules in ways that might prohibit us from providing certain services to some users, be costly to implement, or difficult to follow. If we fail to comply with these rules or regulations, we may be subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from consumers or facilitate other types of online payments, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. We have also agreed to reimburse our third-party payment processor for any reversals, chargebacks, and fines they are assessed by payment card networks if we violate these rules. Any of the foregoing risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We primarily rely on Amazon Web Services to deliver our services to users on our platform, and any disruption of or interference with our use of Amazon Web Services could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We currently host our platform and support our operations on a single datacenter provided by Amazon Web Services, or AWS, a third-party provider of cloud infrastructure services. We do not have control over the operations of the facilities of AWS that we use. AWS’ facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural disasters, cybersecurity attacks, terrorist attacks, power outages, and similar events or acts of misconduct. Our platform’s continuing and uninterrupted performance is critical to our success. We have experienced, and expect that in the future we will experience, interruptions, delays, and outages in service and availability from time to time due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, website hosting disruptions, and capacity constraints. In addition, any changes in AWS’ service levels may adversely affect our ability to meet the requirements of users on our platform. Since our platform’s continuing and uninterrupted performance is critical to our success, sustained or repeated system failures would reduce the attractiveness of our platform. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance, especially during peak usage times, as we expand and the usage of our platform increases. Any negative publicity arising from these disruptions could harm our reputation and brand and may adversely affect the usage of our platform. Any of the above circumstances or events may harm our reputation and brand, reduce the availability or usage of our platform, lead to a significant short-term loss of revenue, increase our costs, and impair our ability to attract new users, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our commercial agreement with AWS will remain in effect until terminated by AWS or us. AWS may terminate the agreement for convenience by providing us at least 30 days advanced notice. AWS may also terminate the agreement for cause upon a material breach of the agreement, subject to AWS providing prior written notice and a 30-day cure period, and may in some cases terminate the agreement immediately for cause upon written notice. Even though our platform is entirely in the cloud, we believe that we could transition to one or more alternative cloud infrastructure providers on commercially reasonable terms. In the event that our agreement with AWS is terminated or we add additional cloud infrastructure service providers, we may experience significant costs or downtime for a short period in connection with the transfer to, or the addition of, new cloud infrastructure service

 

63


Table of Contents

providers. However, we do not believe that such transfer to, or the addition of, new cloud infrastructure service providers would cause substantial harm to our business, financial condition, or results of operations over the longer term.

We rely on third-party background check providers to screen potential Dashers and if such providers fail to provide accurate information or we do not maintain business relationships with them, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We rely on third-party background check providers to provide the criminal and/or driving records of potential Dashers to help identify those that are not qualified to use our platform pursuant to applicable law or our internal standards, and our business may be adversely affected to the extent such providers do not meet their contractual obligations, our expectations, or the requirements of applicable law or regulations. If any of our third-party background check providers terminates its relationship with us or refuses to renew its agreement with us on commercially reasonable terms, we may need to find an alternate provider, and may not be able to secure similar terms or replace such partners in an acceptable timeframe. In certain jurisdictions, including the United States, we rely on a single third-party background check provider for these jurisdictions. If we cannot find alternate third-party background check providers on terms acceptable to us, we may not be able to timely onboard potential Dashers, and as a result, our platform may be less attractive to potential Dashers and we may have difficulty finding enough Dashers to meet consumer demand. Further, if the background checks conducted by our third-party background check providers are inaccurate or do not otherwise meet our expectations, unqualified Dashers may be permitted to make deliveries on our platform, and as a result, we may be unable to adequately protect or provide a safe environment for our merchants and consumers and qualified Dashers may be inadvertently excluded from our platform. For example, we had a Dasher who had a criminal conviction that should have excluded him from using our platform who was nonetheless cleared by one of our background check providers, and as a result, we allowed him to make deliveries on our platform and he was subsequently alleged to cause personal injury to a merchant on our platform. As a result of inaccurate background checks, our reputation and brand could be adversely affected and we could be subject to increased regulatory or litigation exposure. In addition, if a Dasher engages in criminal activity after the third-party background check has been conducted, we may not be informed of such criminal activity and this Dasher may be permitted to continue making deliveries on our platform. In addition, if the background checks conducted by our third-party background check providers do not meet the requirements under applicable laws and regulations, we could face legal liability or negative publicity.

We are also subject to a number of laws and regulations applicable to background checks for potential and existing Dashers that utilize our platform. If we or our third-party background check providers fail to comply with applicable laws, rules, and legislation, our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected, and we could face legal action, including class, collective, or other representative actions. For example, we have faced non-material issues in the past, including lawsuits and demand letters, related to notice requirements around background checks. In addition, background check qualification processes may be limited in certain jurisdictions based on national and local laws, and our third-party service providers may fail to conduct such background checks adequately or disclose information that could be relevant to a determination of eligibility.

In jurisdictions where our industry does not have regulations establishing standards for background checks, we decide on the scope of our background checks and the cadence with which we conduct such background checks. By choosing background checks that are less thorough in scope than we are permitted to conduct under applicable law or regulation, or by failing to run additional background checks after Dashers are on-boarded, we may face negative publicity or become subject to litigation in the future.

 

64


Table of Contents

Any negative publicity related to any of our third-party background check providers, including publicity related to safety incidents or actual or perceived privacy or data security breaches or other security incidents, could adversely affect our reputation and brand, and could potentially lead to increased regulatory or litigation exposure. Any of the foregoing risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We rely on third parties to provide some of the software for our platform. If such third parties interfere with the distribution of our platform or with our use of such software, our business would be adversely affected.

We rely upon certain third parties to provide software for our platform. For example, we use Google Maps for the mapping function that is critical to the functionality of our platform, and accordingly, we do not control all mapping functions employed by our platform or Dashers using our platform, and it is possible that such mapping functions may not be reliable. From time to time we have had, and may in the future have, disputes with certain of our third party software providers. If, in connection with such a dispute, a software provider terminates its relationship with us or otherwise limits the provision of their software to us, the availability or usage of our platform could be disrupted. If the third parties we rely upon cease to provide access to the third-party software that we and Dashers use, whether in connection with disputes or otherwise, do not provide access to such software on terms that we believe to be attractive or reasonable, or do not provide us with the most current version of such software, we may be required to seek comparable software from other sources, which may be more expensive or inferior, or may not be available at all, any of which would adversely affect our business.

We depend on the interoperability of our platform across third-party applications and services that we do not control.

We have integrations with Stripe, Salesforce, Twilio, Wavefront, Snowflake, Olo, third-party offerings such as Google Maps and AWS, and a variety of other vendors. Third-party applications, products, and services are constantly evolving, and we may not be able to maintain or modify our platform to ensure its compatibility with third-party offerings following development changes. In addition, some of our competitors or merchants on our platform may take actions that disrupt the interoperability of our platform with their own products or services, or exert strong business influence on our ability to, and the terms on which we, operate and distribute our platform. As our platform evolves, we expect the types and levels of competition we face to increase. Should any of our competitors or merchants on our platform modify their technologies, standards, or terms of use in a manner that degrades the functionality or performance of our platform or is otherwise unsatisfactory to us or gives preferential treatment to our competitors’ products or services, our platform, business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We rely on mobile operating systems and application marketplaces to make our applications available to merchants, consumers, and Dashers, and if we do not effectively operate with or receive favorable placements within such application marketplaces and maintain high user reviews, our usage or brand recognition could decline and our business, financial results, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We depend in part on mobile operating systems, such as Android and iOS, and their respective application marketplaces to make our applications available to merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our platform. Any changes in such systems and application marketplaces that degrade the functionality of our applications or give preferential treatment to our competitors’ applications could adversely affect our platform’s usage on mobile devices. If such mobile operating systems or application marketplaces limit or prohibit us from making our applications available to merchants, consumers, and Dashers, make changes that degrade the functionality of our applications, increase the cost of using our

 

65


Table of Contents

applications, impose terms of use unsatisfactory to us, or modify their search or ratings algorithms in ways that are detrimental to us, or if our competitors’ placement in such mobile operating systems’ application marketplace is more prominent than the placement of our applications, our user growth could slow. Our applications have experienced fluctuations in the past, and we anticipate similar fluctuations in the future. Any of the foregoing risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

As new mobile devices and mobile platforms are released, there is no guarantee that certain mobile devices will continue to support our platform or effectively roll out updates to our applications. Additionally, in order to deliver high-quality applications, we need to ensure that our platform is designed to work effectively with a range of mobile technologies, systems, networks, and standards. We may not be successful in developing or maintaining relationships with key participants in the mobile industry that enhance users’ experience. If merchants, consumers, or Dashers that utilize our platform encounter any difficulty accessing or using our applications on their mobile devices or if we are unable to adapt to changes in popular mobile operating systems, we expect that our user growth and user engagement would be adversely affected.

Internet search engines drive traffic to our platform and our new consumer growth could decline and our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected if we fail to appear prominently in search results.

Our success depends in part on our ability to attract consumers through unpaid Internet search results on search engines like Google, Yahoo!, and Bing. The number of consumers we attract to our platform from search engines is due in large part to how and where our website ranks in unpaid search results. These rankings can be affected by a number of factors, many of which are not under our direct control and may change frequently. For example, a search engine may change its ranking algorithms, methodologies, or design layouts. As a result, links to our website may not be prominent enough to drive traffic to our website, and we may not know how or otherwise be in a position to influence the results. In some instances, search engine companies may change these rankings in a way that promotes their own competing products or services or the products or services of one or more of our competitors. Search engines may also adopt a more aggressive auction-pricing system for keywords that would cause us to incur higher advertising costs or reduce our market visibility to prospective consumers. Our website has experienced fluctuations in search result rankings in the past, and we anticipate similar fluctuations in the future. Any reduction in the number of consumers directed to our platform could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Certain estimates and information contained in this prospectus are based on information from third-party sources and we do not independently verify the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in such sources or the methodologies for collecting such data, and any real or perceived inaccuracies in such estimates and information may harm our reputation and adversely affect our business.

Certain estimates and information contained in this prospectus, including general expectations concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, category share, market opportunity, and market size, are based to some extent on information provided by third-party providers. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and although we believe the information from such third-party sources is reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in such third-party sources or the methodologies for collecting such data. If there are any limitations or errors with respect to such data or methodologies, or if investors do not perceive such data or methodologies to be accurate, or if we discover material inaccuracies with respect to such data or methodologies, our reputation, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

66


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property

Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business depends on our intellectual property, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret, and copyright law and contractual restrictions to protect our intellectual property. In addition, we attempt to protect our intellectual property, technology, and confidential information by requiring our employees and consultants who develop intellectual property on our behalf to enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements, and third parties we share information with to enter into nondisclosure agreements. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property, or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information or technology, or infringement of our intellectual property. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may copy aspects of our platform or other software, technology, and functionality or obtain and use information that we consider proprietary. In addition, unauthorized parties may also attempt, or successfully endeavor, to obtain our intellectual property, confidential information, and trade secrets through various methods, including through cybersecurity attacks, and legal or other methods of protecting this data may be inadequate.

We have registered, among other trademarks, the term “DoorDash” in the United States, Canada, and other jurisdictions. Competitors have and may continue to adopt service names similar to ours, thereby harming our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to user confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other trademarks that are similar to our trademarks. Litigation or proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other governmental authorities and administrative bodies in the United States and abroad may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Further, we may not timely or successfully apply for a patent or register our trademarks or otherwise secure our intellectual property. Our efforts to protect, maintain, or enforce our proprietary rights may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Intellectual property infringement assertions by third parties could result in significant costs and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and reputation.

We operate in an industry with frequent intellectual property litigation. Other parties have asserted, and in the future may assert, that we have infringed their intellectual property rights. We could be required to pay substantial damages or cease using intellectual property or technology that is deemed infringing.

For example, we recently received a letter from International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM, alleging that we infringe on at least five U.S. patents held by IBM, and inviting us to negotiate a business resolution of the allegations. To date, no litigation has been filed by IBM against us regarding the IBM patents. Based upon our preliminary review of these patents, we believe we have meritorious defenses to IBM’s allegations, although there can be no assurance that we will be successful in defending against these allegations or reaching a business resolution that is satisfactory to us.

Further, we cannot predict whether other assertions of third-party intellectual property rights or claims arising from such assertions would substantially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The defense of these claims and any future infringement claims, whether they are with or without merit or are determined in our favor, may result in costly litigation and diversion of technical and management personnel. Further, an adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to pay

 

67


Table of Contents

damages, potentially including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a party’s patent or copyright rights, cease making, licensing, or using products that are alleged to incorporate the intellectual property of others, expend additional development resources to redesign our offerings, and enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In any event, we may need to license intellectual property which would require us to pay royalties or make one-time payments. Even if these matters do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, the time and resources necessary to resolve them could adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be unable to continue to use the domain names that we use in our business or prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that infringe on, are similar to, or otherwise decrease the value of our brand, trademarks, or service marks.

We have registered domain names that we use in, or are related to, our business, most importantly www.doordash.com. If we lose the ability to use a domain name, whether due to trademark claims, failure to renew the applicable registration, or any other cause, we may be forced to market our offerings under a new domain name, which could cause us substantial harm, or to incur significant expense in order to purchase rights to the domain name in question. We may not be able to obtain preferred domain names outside the United States due to a variety of reasons. In addition, our competitors and others could attempt to capitalize on our brand recognition by using domain names similar to ours. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that infringe on, are similar to, or otherwise decrease the value of our brand or our trademarks or service marks. Protecting, maintaining, and enforcing our rights in our domain names may require litigation, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our platform contains third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could restrict our ability to provide our platform.

Our platform contains software modules licensed to us by third-party authors under “open source” licenses. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties, indemnification, or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. In addition, the public availability of such software may make it easier for others to compromise our platform.

Some open source licenses contain requirements that may, depending on how the licensed software is used or modified, require that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the licensed open source software, authorize further modification and redistribution of that source code, make that source code available at little or no cost, or grant other licenses to our intellectual property. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software under the terms of an open source software license. This could enable our competitors to create similar offerings with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of our competitive advantages. Alternatively, to avoid the release of the affected portions of our source code, we could be required to purchase additional licenses, expend substantial time, and resources to re-engineer some or all of our software or cease use or distribution of some or all of our software until we can adequately address the concerns.

 

68


Table of Contents

Although we have certain policies and procedures in place to monitor our use of open source software that are designed to avoid subjecting our platform to conditions we do not intend, those policies and procedures may not be effective to detect or address all such conditions. In addition, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide or distribute our platform. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their solutions. As a result, we could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. If we are held to have breached or failed to fully comply with all the terms and conditions of an open source software license, we could face infringement or other liability, or be required to seek costly licenses from third parties to continue providing our platform on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our platform, to discontinue or delay the provision of our platform if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and Liquidity

We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

Historically, we have financed our operations primarily through equity issuances and cash generated from our operations. To support our growing business and to effectively compete, we must have sufficient capital to continue to make significant investments in our platform. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new platform features and services or enhance our existing platform, improve our operating infrastructure, or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Although we currently anticipate that our existing cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months, we may require additional financing. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity, equity-linked securities, or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our Class A common stock.

We evaluate financing opportunities from time to time, and our ability to obtain financing will depend, among other things, on our development efforts, business plans, and operating performance and the condition of the capital markets at the time we seek financing. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be impaired, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our revolving credit facility and our Convertible Notes contain financial covenants and other restrictions on our actions that may limit our operational flexibility or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations.

The terms of our revolving credit facility and our Convertible Notes include a number of covenants that limit our ability and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, merge or consolidate with other companies or sell substantially all of our assets, pay dividends, make redemptions and repurchases of stock, make investments, loans and acquisitions, or engage in transactions with affiliates. The terms of our revolving credit facility and our Convertible Notes may

 

69


Table of Contents

restrict our current and future operations and could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs. In addition, complying with these covenants may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy, including potential acquisitions, and compete against companies which are not subject to such restrictions.

A failure by us to comply with the covenants or payment requirements specified in our credit agreement could result in an event of default under the agreement, which would give the lenders the right to terminate their commitments to provide additional loans under our revolving credit facility and to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. Additionally, our failure to comply with the covenants or payment requirements specified in the Convertible Notes could result in an event of default under the Convertible Notes, which would give the holders the right to declare the outstanding principal of the Convertible Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to be immediately due and payable. If the debt under our revolving credit facility or the Convertible Notes were to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash or be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance the debt or sell sufficient assets to repay the debt, which could immediately adversely affect our business, cash flows, results of operations, and financial condition. Even if we were able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or on terms that are acceptable to us. As of September 30, 2020, there were no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility.

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to redeem the Convertible Notes upon a change of control or our incurrence of certain indebtedness, or to repay the principal amount of the Convertible Notes in cash at their maturity, and our future debt may contain limitations on our ability to pay cash upon conversion or repurchase of the Convertible Notes.

Holders of the Convertible Notes will have the right to require us to redeem the Convertible Notes upon the occurrence of a change of control before the maturity date at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, as described in the Convertible Notes. In addition, we will be required to repay the Convertible Notes in cash at their maturity unless earlier converted, redeemed, or repurchased. Moreover, pursuant to the terms of the Convertible Notes, we may, at our option, elect to settle conversions of the Convertible Notes in cash in lieu of issuing shares of our Class A common stock. However, we may not have enough available cash on hand or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make repurchases of any Convertible Notes surrendered therefor or pay cash with respect to Convertible Notes being converted or at their maturity.

In addition, our ability to repurchase the Convertible Notes or to pay cash upon conversion (if we elect to settle such conversions in cash in lieu of issuing shares of our Class A common stock) or at their maturity may be limited by law, regulatory authority, or agreements governing our future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase Convertible Notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the Convertible Notes or to pay cash upon conversions of the Convertible Notes or at their maturity as required by the Convertible Notes would constitute a default thereunder. A default under the Convertible Notes could also lead to a default under agreements governing our existing and future indebtedness, including our revolving credit facility. Moreover, the occurrence of a change of control under the Convertible Notes could constitute an event of default under any such agreement. If the payment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay such indebtedness and repurchase the Convertible Notes or pay cash with respect to the conversion of the Convertible Notes (if we elect, at our option, to settle such conversions in cash in lieu of issuing shares of our Class A common stock) or at maturity of the Convertible Notes.

 

70


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

The multi-class structure of our common stock and the Voting Agreement between the Co-Founders will have the effect of concentrating voting power with Tony Xu, our co-founder, Chief Executive Officer, and a member of our board of directors, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and the approval of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction.

Our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering by means of this prospectus, has one vote per share, our Class B common stock has 20 votes per share, and our Class C common stock has no voting rights, except as otherwise required by law. Upon the closing of this offering, our Co-Founders will together hold all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. Accordingly, upon the closing of this offering, Tony Xu, our co-founder, Chief Executive Officer, and a member of our board of directors, Andy Fang, our co-founder, Head of Consumer Engineering, and a member of our board of directors, and Stanley Tang, our co-founder, Head of DoorDash Labs, and a member of our board of directors will hold approximately                     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock in the aggregate, which voting power may increase over time as our Co-Founders exercise or vest in equity awards (including in connection with the Equity Award Exchange) outstanding at the time of the completion of this offering. If all such equity awards held by our Co-Founders (including the CEO Performance Award) had been exercised or vested as of the date of the completion of this offering, our Co-Founders would collectively hold                     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Our Co-Founders are also expected to enter into the Voting Agreement, whereby Mr. Xu will have the authority (and irrevocable proxy) to direct the vote and vote the shares of Class B common stock held by Messrs. Fang and Tang, and their respective permitted entities and permitted transferees, at his discretion on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. As a result, Mr. Xu will be able to determine or significantly influence any action requiring the approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and the approval of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction. Mr. Xu may have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing, or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their capital stock as part of a sale of our company, and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Future transfers by the holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares automatically converting into shares of Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning or other transfers among our Co-Founders and their family members. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon (i) the date fixed by our board of directors that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the first date following the completion of this offering on which the number of shares of our capital stock, including Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock, and any shares of capital stock underlying equity securities or other convertible instruments, held by Mr. Xu and his permitted entities and permitted transferees is less than 35% of the Class B common stock held by Mr. Xu and his permitted entities as of immediately following the completion of this offering; (ii) 12 months after the death or permanent and total disability of Mr. Xu, during which 12-month period the shares of our Class B common stock shall be voted as directed by a person designated by Mr. Xu and approved by our board of directors (or if there is no such person, then our secretary then in office); (iii) the date fixed by our board of directors that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the date on which Mr. Xu is terminated for cause (as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation): or (iv) the date fixed by our board of directors that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the date upon which (A) Mr. Xu is no longer providing services to us as an officer,

 

71


Table of Contents

employee, or consultant and (B) Mr. Xu is no longer a member of our board of directors, either as a result of Mr. Xu’s voluntary resignation or as a result of a request or agreement by Mr. Xu at a meeting of our stockholders for Mr. Xu not to be renominated as a member of our board of directors. We refer to the date on which such final conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation occurs as the Final Conversion Date. For information about our multi-class structure, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

In addition, because our Class C common stock carries no voting rights (except as otherwise required by law), if we issue Class C common stock in the future, the holders of Class B common stock may be able to elect all of our directors and to determine the outcome of most matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders for a longer period of time than would be the case if we issued Class A common stock rather than Class C common stock in such transactions. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions” for additional information.

Although we do not expect to rely on the “controlled company” exemption under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, we expect to have the right to use such exemption and therefore we could in the future avail ourselves of certain reduced corporate governance requirements.

As a result of our multi-class common stock structure and the Voting Agreement between the Co-Founders, our Co-Founders will collectively hold a majority of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following the completion of this offering and Mr. Xu will have the authority (and irrevocable proxy) to direct the vote and vote the shares of Class B common stock held by Messrs. Fang and Tang, and their respective permitted entities and permitted transferees, at his discretion on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. Therefore, we will be considered a “controlled company” as that term is set forth in the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Under these listing standards, a company in which over 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group, or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange regarding corporate governance, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of its board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that its nominating or corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and an annual performance evaluation of the committee; and

 

   

the requirement that its compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, an annual performance evaluation of the committee, and the rights and responsibilities of the committee relate to any compensation consultant, independent legal counsel, or any other advisor retained by the committee.

These requirements would not apply to us if, in the future, we choose to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exemption. Although we qualify as a “controlled company,” we do not currently expect to rely on these exemptions and intend to fully comply with all corporate governance requirements under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. However, if we were to utilize some or all of these exemptions, we would not comply with certain of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange, which could adversely affect the protections for other stockholders.

We cannot predict the effect our multi-class structure may have on the market price of our Class A common stock.

We cannot predict whether our multi-class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock, in adverse publicity, or other adverse consequences. For example, certain

 

72


Table of Contents

index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multi-class share structures in certain of their indices. In July 2017, FTSE Russell announced that it plans to require new constituents of its indices to have greater than 5% of the company’s voting rights in the hands of public stockholders, and S&P Dow Jones announced that it will no longer admit companies with multi-class share structures to certain of its indices. Affected indices include the Russell 2000 and the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400, and S&P SmallCap 600, which together make up the S&P Composite 1500. Also in 2017, MSCI, a leading stock index provider, opened public consultations on their treatment of no-vote and multi-class structures and temporarily barred new multi-class listings from certain of its indices and in October 2018, MSCI announced its decision to include equity securities “with unequal voting structures” in its indices and to launch a new index that specifically includes voting rights in its eligibility criteria. Under such announced policies, the multi-class structure of our common stock would make us ineligible for inclusion in certain indices and, as a result, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds, and other investment vehicles that attempt to track those indices would not invest in our Class A common stock. These policies are relatively new and it is unclear what effect, if any, they will have on the valuations of publicly-traded companies excluded from such indices, but it is possible that they may depress valuations, as compared to similar companies that are included. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indices, exclusion from certain stock indices would likely preclude investment by many of these funds and could make our Class A common stock less attractive to other investors. As a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

The trading price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiation among us and the underwriters. This price does not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell shares of our Class A common stock following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our Class A common stock following this offering is likely to be volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our Class A common stock since you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our Class A common stock include the following:

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

   

volatility in the trading prices and trading volumes of technology stocks;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

   

sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

   

failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections, or our failure to meet those projections;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new services or platform features;

 

   

the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements, and filings with the SEC;

 

   

rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

73


Table of Contents
   

actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses, or the competitive landscape generally;

 

   

litigation involving us, our industry or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

   

actual or perceived privacy or security breaches or other incidents;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

   

announced or completed acquisitions of businesses, services, or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations, or principles;

 

   

any significant change in our management;

 

   

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets;

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, natural disasters, public health concerns or epidemics, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic, natural disasters, or responses to these events; and

 

   

our anticipated uses of net proceeds from this offering.

In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

A substantial portion of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock after this offering will be restricted from immediate resale, but may be sold on a stock exchange in the near future. The large number of shares eligible for public sale or subject to rights requiring us to register them for public sale could depress the market price of our Class A common stock.

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our Class A common stock in the market after this offering, and the perception that these sales could occur may also depress the market price of our Class A common stock. Based on 253,343,071 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 31,313,450 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding (after giving effect to the Capital Stock Conversion, the Reclassification, and the Class B Stock Exchange) as of September 30, 2020, we will have                      shares of our Class A common stock and                      shares of our Class B common stock outstanding after this offering.

Our executive officers, directors, and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed or will agree, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for a period of time up to 180 days following the date of this prospectus. We refer to such period as the lock-up period.

Our lock-up period has two potential release dates, the first following our first earnings release or periodic report (either our quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K), subject to certain conditions described below, and the second following our second earnings release or periodic report, or 180 days, whichever is earlier.

 

74


Table of Contents

The terms of the lock-up agreements will expire on 40% of each stockholder’s shares of common stock subject to the lock-up agreement (provided that if the stockholder is a member of our board of directors (excluding affiliated funds) or management team, then such amount is 20%) if certain conditions are met, and we refer to the date on which this occurs as the Early Lock-Up Expiration Determination Date. If such conditions are met, these shares will become available for sale prior to the opening of trading on the third full trading day following the date on which all of the below conditions are satisfied, or the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date. An Early Lock-Up Expiration Determination Date will occur if:

 

  (1)

such date is at least 90 days after the date of this prospectus;

 

  (2)

such date occurs after we have publicly furnished at least one earnings release on Form 8-K or filed at least one periodic report with the SEC;

 

  (3)

on such date, and for 5 out of any 10 consecutive trading days ending on such date, the last reported closing price of our Class A common stock is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

  (4)

such date occurs in a broadly applicable period during which trading in our securities is permitted under our insider trading policy, or an open trading window, and there are at least 5 trading days remaining in the open trading window.

All remaining shares of common stock subject to the lock-up agreement and not released on the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date will be released upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the opening of trading on the third full trading day after we have publicly furnished our second earnings release on Form 8-K or filed our second periodic report with the SEC or (ii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the Final Lock-Up Expiration Date. We will announce both the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date and the Final Lock-Up Expiration Date through a press release or Form 8-K at least two full trading days before it is effective. We and the underwriters may release certain stockholders from the market standoff agreements or lock-up agreements prior to the end of the lock-up period.

As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated June 17, 2020, or our IRA, described further in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our Class A common stock (including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock) will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all                      shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

   

beginning on the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date, if the lock-up expiration has been triggered:

 

   

             shares of Class A common stock held by former holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144;

 

   

             shares of Class A common stock held by our officers and directors (including              shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock that are held by our Co-Founders) will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144;

 

   

             shares of Class A common stock held by all other holders will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144; and

 

   

beginning on the Final Lock-Up Expiration Date, the remainder of the shares of our Class A common stock (including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock) will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144.

 

75


Table of Contents

Upon completion of this offering, stockholders owning an aggregate of up to 239,106,756 shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled, under our IRA, to require us to register shares owned by them for public sale in the United States. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement to register shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans. Upon effectiveness of that registration statement, subject to the satisfaction of applicable exercise periods and the expiration or waiver of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements referred to above, the shares issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options or upon settlement of outstanding RSU awards will be available for immediate resale in the United States in the open market.

Sales of our Class A common stock as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales could also cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our Class A common stock.

We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and have the option to utilize certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (A) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (B) in which we have total annual revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (C) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates as of the prior June 30th, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. While we have not made such an irrevocable election, we have not delayed the adoption of any applicable accounting standards. Further, we may take advantage of some of the other reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company.

Among other things, this means that our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, which may increase the risk that weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected. Likewise, so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, we may elect not to provide you with certain information, including certain financial information and certain information regarding compensation of our executive officers, that we would otherwise have been required to provide in filings we make with the SEC, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate our company. As a result, investor confidence in our company and the market price of our Class A common stock may

 

76


Table of Contents

be adversely affected. Further, we cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

If you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock (after giving effect to the Capital Stock Conversion and the Class B Stock Exchange) of $                     per share as of                     . Investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $                     per share in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share from the price you paid.

This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased shares prior to this offering. In addition, as of September 30, 2020, options to purchase 34,554,510 shares of our Class A common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.41 per share, and 20,021,420 shares of our Class A common stock subject to RSUs were outstanding. Further, subject to certain conditions which we do not expect to be satisfied until after this offering, the Convertible Notes will automatically convert into shares of our Class A common stock unless we elect to settle such conversion in cash pursuant to the terms of the Convertible Notes. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Convertible Notes” for additional information about the Convertible Notes. The exercise of any of these options, settlement of any of these RSUs, any conversion of the Convertible Notes into shares of our Class A common stock (unless we elect to settle such conversion in cash pursuant to the terms of the Convertible Notes), or issuance of additional shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. For more information, see the section titled “Dilution.”

Prior to this offering, there has been limited trading of our Class A common stock at prices that may be higher than what our Class A common stock will trade at once it is listed.

Prior to this offering, our shares have not been listed on any stock exchange or other public trading market, but there has been some trading of our securities in private trades. These trades were speculative, and the trading price of our securities in these trades was privately negotiated. We cannot assure you that the price of our Class A common stock will equal or exceed the price at which our securities have traded prior to this offering.

We have not granted the underwriters an option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us and the trading price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile as a result.

We have not granted the underwriters an option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, which is a common feature in initial public offerings. Without this option, the underwriters may choose not to engage in certain transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock, such as short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, to the extent they would have engaged in any such transactions had we granted the underwriters such an

 

77


Table of Contents

option. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile than it might have been had we granted the underwriters such an option. These fluctuations could cause you to lose part of your investment in our Class A common stock because you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering.

We have broad discretion over the use of net proceeds from this offering and we may not use them effectively.

We cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. The failure by our management to apply these proceeds effectively could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Pending their use, we may invest our proceeds in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. Our investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors and may negatively impact the price of our Class A common stock.

Delaware law and provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the market price of our Class A common stock.

Our status as a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult, including the following:

 

   

any amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the approval of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock;

 

   

our amended and restated bylaws will provide that approval of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock voting as a single class is required for stockholders to amend or adopt any provision of our bylaws;

 

   

our multi-class common stock structure and the Voting Agreement, which provide Tony Xu with the ability to determine or significantly influence the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock;

 

   

our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors with staggered three-year terms and directors are only able to be removed from office for cause;

 

   

until the first date on which the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the total combined voting power of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock, or the Voting Threshold Date, our stockholders will only be able to take action by written consent if such action is first recommended or approved by our board of directors, except as set forth in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions—Board of Directors Vacancies”;

 

78


Table of Contents
   

after the Voting Threshold Date, our stockholders will only be able to take action at a meeting of stockholders and will not be able to take action by written consent for any matter, except as set forth in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions—Board of Directors Vacancies”;

 

   

our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting;

 

   

vacancies on our board of directors will be able to be filled only by our board of directors and not by stockholders, except as set forth in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions—Board of Directors Vacancies”;

 

   

a special meeting of our stockholders may only be called by the chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer, our President, or a majority of our board of directors;

 

   

certain litigation against us can only be brought in Delaware;

 

   

our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without further action by our stockholders; and

 

   

advance notice procedures apply for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders.

These provisions, alone or together, could discourage, delay, or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions they desire, any of which, under certain circumstances, could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our Class A common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Class A common stock.

Our amended and restated bylaws will designate a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware), in all cases subject to the court having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Nothing in our amended and restated bylaws precludes stockholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. These exclusive forum provisions may

 

79


Table of Contents

limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. For example, in December 2018, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware determined that a provision stating that U.S. federal district courts are the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act is not enforceable. Although this decision was reversed by the Delaware Supreme Court in March 2020, courts in other states may still find these provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. If a court were to find the exclusive forum provisions in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

In making your investment decision, you should understand that we and the underwriters have not authorized any other party to provide you with information concerning us or this offering.

You should carefully evaluate all of the information in this prospectus. We have in the past received, and may continue to receive, a high degree of media coverage, including coverage that is not directly attributable to statements made by our officers and employees, that incorrectly reports on statements made by our officers or employees or that is misleading as a result of omitting information provided by us, our officers, or employees. We and the underwriters have not authorized any other party to provide you with information concerning us or this offering.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendation regarding our Class A common stock adversely, the market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. The analysts’ estimates are based upon their own opinions and are often different from our estimates or expectations. If any of the analysts who cover us change their recommendation regarding our Class A common stock adversely, provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our securities would likely decline. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets and demand for our securities could decrease, which could cause the price and trading volume of our Class A common stock to decline.

We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared nor paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends to holders of our capital stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our revolving credit facility contains restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. Consequently, stockholders must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

 

80


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “would,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans, or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include statements about:

 

   

our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses, Total Orders, Marketplace GOV, Contribution Profit (Loss), Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, our ability to determine reserves, and our ability to maintain or increase profitability;

 

   

our ability to successfully execute our business and growth strategy;

 

   

the sufficiency of our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities to meet our liquidity needs;

 

   

the demand for our platform or for local logistics platforms in general;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain merchants, consumers, and Dashers;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage costs related to Dashers;

 

   

our ability to develop new offerings, services, and features and bring them to market in a timely manner and make enhancements to our platform;

 

   

our ability to compete with existing and new competitors in existing and new markets and offerings;

 

   

our expectations regarding outstanding litigation and legal and regulatory matters;

 

   

our expectations regarding the effects of existing and developing laws and regulations, including with respect to independent contractor classification, taxation, and privacy and data protection;

 

   

our ability to manage and insure auto-related and operations-related risk associated with our business;

 

   

our expectations regarding new and evolving markets;

 

   

our ability to develop and protect our brand;

 

   

our ability to maintain the security and availability of our platform;

 

   

our expectations and management of future growth;

 

   

our expectations concerning relationships with third parties;

 

   

our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our intellectual property;

 

   

our ability to integrate Caviar and any other companies and assets that we acquire;

 

   

the increased expenses associated with being a public company;

 

   

the impact of the recent COVID-19 pandemic, or a similar public health threat, on global capital and financial markets, general economic conditions in the United States, and our business and operations; and

 

   

our anticipated uses of net proceeds from this offering.

 

81


Table of Contents

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events, and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

Neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. Moreover, the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments we may make.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

 

82


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY, MARKET, AND OTHER DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, estimates and information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position, market opportunity, and market size, are based on industry publications and reports generated by third-party providers, other publicly available studies, and our internal sources and estimates. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the information from the industry publications and other third-party sources included in this prospectus is reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in such sources. The content of, or accessibility through, the below sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein and any websites are an inactive textual reference only.

The sources of the statistical data, estimates, and market and industry data contained in this prospectus are identified by superscript notations and are provided below:

 

   

Cowen, Digital Delivery: Survey Says Inflection is Underway, January 11, 2019;

 

   

Kantar, LLC, Dasher H1 Audience Readout, June 2020;

 

   

Nation’s Restaurant News, 2020 Top 200 Restaurant Chain Research, June 11, 2020;

 

   

National Restaurant Association, 2020 State of the Restaurant Industry, February 2020;

 

   

U.S. Department of Agriculture, America’s Eating Habits: Food Away From Home, September 2018; and

 

   

U.S. Small Business Administration, Office of Advocacy, Frequently Asked Questions, September 2019.

Information in this prospectus on U.S. food and beverage spend (excluding sales from institutional and captive environments such as workplaces, hospitals, prisons, schools, airplanes, trains, and ships) is from independent market research carried out by Euromonitor International Limited but should not be relied upon in making, or refraining from making, any investment decision.

Certain U.S. nationwide, suburban, and urban food delivery figures contained in this prospectus are based on estimates of the dollar value of orders placed on the following platforms: Caviar, DoorDash, Grubhub, Postmates, Uber Eats, and certain other local food delivery logistics platforms. This data was collected by Edison Trends based on a sample of anonymized and aggregated digital transactions from millions of consumers in the United States.

Statements regarding spend retention contained in this prospectus are based on estimates of the dollar value of orders placed on DoorDash, Grubhub, and Uber Eats. This data was collected by Edison Trends based on a sample of anonymized and aggregated digital transactions from over 1.5 million consumers in the United States.

The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

83


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $                    , based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $                    , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $                    , assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock, and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders.

We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time.

We may use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to fund a $200 million pledge, as part of our Main Street Strong program, to support merchants, Dashers, and local communities.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to satisfy a portion of our anticipated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the vesting and settlement of RSUs that we have granted. The RSUs that we have granted to date generally vest upon the satisfaction of both service-based and liquidity event-related performance vesting conditions occurring before the award’s expiration date. The service-based vesting condition is generally satisfied by the award holder providing services to us over a four-year period. The liquidity event-related performance vesting condition is satisfied on the earlier of: (i) a sale event for us or (ii) this offering.

As of September 30, 2020,                      RSUs were outstanding, including:

 

   

                     IPO Vested RSUs. The IPO Vested RSUs are expected to settle on the Settlement Date; and

 

   

                     Post-IPO Vested RSUs. The Post-IPO Vested RSUs will settle on a date promptly following the satisfaction of the service-based vesting condition.

To fund the tax withholding and remittance obligations arising in connection with the vesting and settlement of the IPO Vested RSUs and the Post-IPO Vested RSUs, we will either elect to (i) withhold shares of our Class A common stock that would otherwise be issued with respect to such RSUs and pay the relevant tax authorities in cash to satisfy such tax obligations or (ii) have the holders of such RSUs use a broker or brokers to sell a portion of such shares into the market on or about the applicable

 

84


Table of Contents

settlement date, with the proceeds of such sales to be delivered to us for us to remit to the relevant taxing authorities, in order to satisfy such tax withholding and remittance obligations. Assuming we elect (i) for the IPO Vested RSUs, and at an assumed tax rate of                     %, we expect to withhold an aggregate of                      shares of our Class A common stock subject to the settlement of the IPO Vested RSUs and to pay $                     to the relevant tax authorities in cash to satisfy our tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the settlement of the IPO Vested RSUs. Assuming we elect (i) for the Post-IPO Vested RSUs, and assuming that all Post-IPO Vested RSUs remain outstanding as of the applicable vesting date, at an assumed tax rate of                     %, we expect to withhold up to an aggregate of                      shares of our Class A common stock that would otherwise be issued with respect to the Post-IPO Vested RSUs and to pay $                     to the relevant tax authorities in cash to satisfy our tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the settlement of the Post-IPO Vested RSUs.

The amounts in the paragraph immediately above are based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The actual amount of this obligation could be higher or lower, depending on the market price of shares of our Class A common stock on or about the applicable settlement date. At the assumed tax rate of                     %, each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of cash required to satisfy our tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the settlement of the IPO Vested RSUs by $                     and the Post-IPO Vested RSUs by $                    .

We cannot further specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we may invest the net proceeds that we receive in this offering in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing instruments.

 

85


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, the terms of our revolving credit facility and our Convertible Notes contain restrictions on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends on our capital stock. See the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Credit Facilities” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Convertible Notes” for additional information.

 

86


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities, as well as our capitalization, as of September 30, 2020 as follows:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the Capital Stock Conversion, as if such conversion had occurred on September 30, 2020, (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and will effect the Reclassification, (iii) the Class B Stock Exchange, as if such exchange had occurred on September 30, 2020, and (iv) an increase to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit related to stock-based compensation expense of $243 million associated with RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition was satisfied as of September 30, 2020 and for which the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) the sale and issuance by us of                      shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

    September 30, 2020  
    Actual     Pro
forma
    Pro
forma as
adjusted(1)
 
    (in millions, except share
amounts which are
reflected in thousands, and
per share data)
 

Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities

  $ 1,611     $ 1,611     $                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible notes

  $ 355     $ 355    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share: 240,018 shares authorized, 238,989 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    2,646          

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

     

Preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share: no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual; 600,000 shares authorized, no shares issued, and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

       

Common stock, par value $0.00001 per share: 375,000 shares authorized, 45,382 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

       

Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share: no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual; 6,000,000 shares authorized, 253,343 shares issued, and outstanding, pro forma; and                      shares authorized,                      shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

             

Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share: no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual; 200,000 shares authorized, 31,313 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and                      shares authorized,                      shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

             

Class C common stock, par value $0.00001 per share: no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual; 2,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued, and outstanding, pro forma; and                      shares authorized, no shares issued, and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

             

Additional paid-in capital

    87       2,976    

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    1       1    

Accumulated deficit

    (1,301     (1,544  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (1,213     1,433    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 1,788     $ 1,788     $    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by $                     million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by $                     million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted columns in the table above are based on 253,343,071 shares of our Class A common stock, 31,313,450 shares of our Class B common stock, and no shares of our Class C common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020 (after giving effect to the Capital Stock Conversion, the Reclassification, and the Class B Stock Exchange), and exclude the following:

 

   

34,554,510 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.41 per share;

 

   

20,021,420 shares of our Class A common stock subject to RSUs outstanding as of September 30, 2020;

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock subject to RSUs that were granted after September 30, 2020 pursuant to the CEO Performance Award and vest upon the satisfaction of a service condition and achievement of certain stock price goals;

 

   

105,330 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase Class A common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, with an exercise price of $1.492 per share;

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon conversion of our Convertible Notes;29 and

 

   

                     shares of Class A our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan as of September 30, 2020, which number of shares will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan upon its effectiveness, at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2014 Plan; and

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Our 2020 Plan and our ESPP each provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved thereunder and our 2020 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on any shares of our Class A common stock granted pursuant to awards under our 2014 Plan that expire, are tendered to or withheld by us for payment of an exercise price or for satisfying our tax withholding and remittance obligations, or are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

29 

For more information, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Convertible Notes.”

 

88


Table of Contents

In addition, following the completion of this offering, we may issue up to                      shares of Class B common stock in exchange for an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the Equity Award Exchange Agreements.

We may use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to satisfy a portion of our anticipated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the vesting and settlement of RSUs that we have granted. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

89


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value as of September 30, 2020 was $1.0 billion, or $22.50 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2020 was $1.0 billion, or $3.59 per share, based on the total number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, after giving effect to the Capital Stock Conversion, the Reclassification, and the Class B Stock Exchange.

After giving effect to the sale by us of                      shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2020 would have been $                    , or $                     per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $                     per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $                     per share to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                

Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2020

   $ 22.50    

Decrease per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

     (18.91  

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2020

     3.59    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

     $    
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $                    , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering by $                    , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $                     per share and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to new investors purchasing shares of our

 

90


Table of Contents

Class A common stock in this offering by $                     per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table presents, as of September 30, 2020, after giving effect to the Capital Stock Conversion, the Reclassification, and the Class B Stock Exchange, and the sale of shares of Class A common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of our Class A common stock and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

     284,656,521                   $ 2,485,024,594                   $ 8.73  

New investors

             $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100    

$            

       100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $                    , assuming that the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $                    , assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 253,343,071 shares of our Class A common stock, 31,313,450 shares of our Class B common stock, and no shares of our Class C common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020 (after giving effect to the Capital Stock Conversion, the Reclassification, and the Class B Stock Exchange), and excludes:

 

   

34,554,510 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.41 per share;

 

   

20,021,420 shares of our Class A common stock subject to RSUs outstanding as of September 30, 2020;

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock subject to RSUs that were granted after September 30, 2020 pursuant to the CEO Performance Award and vest upon the satisfaction of a service condition and achievement of certain stock price goals;

 

   

105,330 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase Class A common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, with an exercise price of $1.492 per share;

 

91


Table of Contents
   

                     shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon conversion of our Convertible Notes;30 and

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan, as of September 30, 2020, which number of shares will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan upon its effectiveness, at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2014 Plan; and

 

   

                     shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.

Our 2020 Plan and our ESPP each provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved thereunder and our 2020 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on any shares of our Class A common stock granted pursuant to awards under our 2014 Plan that expire, are tendered to or withheld by us for payment of an exercise price or for satisfying our tax withholding and remittance obligations, or are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase our common stock or warrants are exercised, RSUs are settled, new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, or Convertible Notes are converted into shares of our common stock (unless we elect to settle such conversion in cash pursuant to the terms of the Convertible Notes), there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

In addition, following the completion of this offering, we may issue up to                      shares of Class B common stock in exchange for an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the Equity Award Exchange Agreements.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to satisfy a portion of our anticipated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the vesting and settlement of RSUs that we have granted. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

30 

For more information, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Convertible Notes.”

 

92


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020 have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments necessary to state fairly our financial position as of September 30, 2020 and the results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2020 or any other period. You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data below in conjunction with the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2018     2019     2019     2020  
    (in millions, except share amounts which are
reflected in thousands, and per share data)
 

Revenue

  $ 291     $ 885     $ 587     $ 1,916  

Costs and expenses(1):

       

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    228       523       353       899  

Sales and marketing

    135       594       445       610  

Research and development

    51       107       73       112  

General and administrative

    78       245       179       337  

Depreciation and amortization(2)

    9       32       16       89  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    501       1,501       1,066       2,047  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (210     (616     (479     (131

Interest income

    7       18       14       6  

Interest expense

    (1                 (22

Other expense, net

          (68     (67      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (204     (666     (532     (147

Provision for income taxes

          1       1       2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (204     (667     (533     (149

Premium paid on repurchase of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (3                  

Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders

          (1     (1      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (207   $ (668   $ (534   $ (149
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(3)

  $ (4.67)     $ (15.44   $ (12.41   $ (3.34
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(3)

    44,305       43,252       43,045       44,568  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(3)

    $ (2.57     $ (0.53
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(3)

      259,956         283,145  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Costs and expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $ 3      $ 2      $ 2      $ 1  

Sales and marketing

     3        2        2        1  

Research and development

     11        8        6        5  

General and administrative

     7        6        4        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $          24      $          18      $          14      $          11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Depreciation and amortization related to the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 8      $ 27      $ 15      $ 73  

Sales and marketing

     1        3        1        10  

Research and development

            1               4  

General and administrative

            1               2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

   $          9      $          32      $          16      $          89  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(3)

See Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma net loss per share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     December 31,     September 30,  
     2018     2019     2020  
     (in millions)  

Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities

   $ 556     $ 765     $ 1,611  

Working capital(1)

   $ 459     $ 616     $ 1,156  

Total assets

   $ 683     $ 1,732     $ 2,874  

Convertible notes

   $     $     $ 355  

Total liabilities

   $ 134     $ 550     $ 1,441  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 985     $ 2,264     $ 2,646  

Additional paid-in capital

   $ 50     $ 70     $ 87  

Accumulated deficit

   $ (485   $ (1,152   $ (1,301

Total stockholders’ deficit

   $ (436   $ (1,082   $ (1,213

 

(1)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

 

94


Table of Contents

Key Business and Non-GAAP Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key business and non-GAAP metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
    

(in millions, except percentages)

 

Total Orders

     83       263       181       543  

Marketplace GOV

   $ 2,812     $ 8,039     $ 5,537     $ 16,485  

Contribution Profit (Loss)(1)

   $ (59   $ (200   $ (190   $ 433  

Contribution Margin(1)

     (20 )%      (23 )%      (32 )%      23 % 

Contribution Profit (Loss) as a % of Marketplace GOV

     (2 )%      (2 )%      (3 )%      3 % 

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ (158   $ (475   $ (372   $ 95  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(1)

     (54 )%      (54 )%      (63 )%      5 % 

Adjusted EBITDA as a % of Marketplace GOV

     (6 )%      (6 )%      (7 )%      1 % 

 

(1)

Contribution Profit (Loss), Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information regarding our use of these measures and reconciliations to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business and Non-GAAP Metrics” for a description of Total Orders, Marketplace GOV, Contribution Profit (Loss), Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin.

 

95


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include those identified below and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” and other sections of this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future.

We have built a technology-enabled local logistics platform that connects merchants, consumers, and Dashers. We built our local logistics platform to serve the needs of these three key constituencies and to become more intelligent and efficient with every order. As we have grown, the scale of our local logistics platform has become one of our major competitive advantages and delivers substantial benefits to everyone we serve. We connect:

 

 

Merchants: Over 390,000 merchants run and grow their businesses using our technology platform.31 Our merchant services are designed to meet the individual needs of merchants, regardless of their scale, business model, or location. Our merchant services include business enablement and demand fulfillment services that enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges such as customer acquisition, delivery, insights and analytics, merchandising, payment processing, and customer support. We help our merchants thrive in an increasingly convenience-driven economy while enabling them to focus on their craft. Since our founding, merchants have generated over $19 billion in sales on our Marketplace and in 2019 alone, merchants as a whole experienced 59% year-over-year same store sales growth on our Marketplace.

 

 

Consumers: Over 18 million consumers discover, engage with and purchase goods from merchants on our local logistics platform.32 For consumers, we offer the ability to order from the best of their communities with the click of a button and to have their orders reliably delivered or waiting at the store for pickup. We enable convenience for consumers throughout their entire day, from breakfast pickup on-the-go to catered lunch at work to grocery or dinner delivery straight to their doorsteps. We believe that the convenient access we provide to an unmatched combination of selection, experience, and value for consumers helps drive consumer engagement and category-leading spend retention.33 Since our founding, over 900 million orders have been completed through our platform.

 

 

Dashers: Over 1 million Dashers use our local logistics platform to find opportunities to earn.34 For Dashers, we provide opportunities for a fast and flexible way to earn supplemental income and achieve their goals. We also provide earnings transparency so that Dashers can make

 

31 

Based on the number of individual stores that have completed an order through our platform in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

32 

Based on the number of individual consumer accounts that have completed an order on our Marketplace in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

33 

Edison Trends. Based on the estimated dollar value of orders placed on DoorDash, Grubhub, and Uber Eats by a group of users that first placed an order on any such platform between January 1, 2019 and September 30, 2019, as determined by Edison Trends. For each platform, spend retention represents the total dollar value of orders placed by this group of users in their twelfth month on the platform as a percentage of the total dollar value of orders placed by such group in their first month. Postmates is excluded due to inconsistent data availability in April and May 2020; however, Postmates’ spend retention was lower than DoorDash in all other months of the measurement period.

34 

Based on the number of Dasher accounts that have delivered an order through our platform in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

 

96


Table of Contents
 

informed decisions about the deliveries they choose to make. Dashers set their own schedules and we work to ensure that the time they spend making deliveries is well rewarded. We do not require Dashers to deliver by car as they also have the option to deliver by bike or scooter, enabling a broad range of people to deliver on our platform. Since our founding, Dashers have earned over $7 billion through our platform.35

We are still in the early stages of growing our business, but we have made significant progress in extending the capabilities and reach of our local logistics platform:

 

   

Launched: We launched our platform in 2013 and the first delivery was completed in Palo Alto, California. In October 2019, Dashers completed 1 million deliveries in a day for the first time.

 

   

Expanded Coverage: We expanded to the East Coast in 2014, and today we are in all 50 states in the United States as well as Puerto Rico and have also expanded internationally to Canada and Australia.

 

   

Expanded Selection through National Brand Partnerships: In 2015, we partnered with California Pizza Kitchen, our first national brand. Today, we have partnerships with over 175 of the 200 largest national restaurant brands,36 including The Cheesecake Factory, Chick-Fil-A, Chipotle, McDonald’s, Wendy’s®, and Wingstop. Our national brand partnerships are a key component of our strategy to provide wide and affordable selection for consumers in urban and suburban communities alike. In early 2018, we had 100,000 merchants on our platform and we have since nearly quadrupled this number.

 

   

Scaled DashPass: We launched DashPass, our membership program to the physical world, in 2018 and as of September 30, 2020, we had over five million consumers on DashPass.

 

   

Broadened Merchant Services: We are a merchant-first business and, since our founding, we have strived to provide merchants with a broad array of services to enable them to grow. Over time, we have extended our merchant services to enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges such as customer acquisition, delivery, insights and analytics, merchandising, payment processing, and customer support. We have also expanded the range of ways that merchants can reach consumers through innovative offerings such as Drive in 2016 and DoorDash for Work and Pickup in 2018.

 

   

Acquired Caviar: In 2019, we acquired Caviar, which has a coveted brand, premium restaurant selection, and leading technology. This acquisition advances our strategy of offering consumers differentiated merchant selection and enables us to cater to even more food preferences and occasions.

We have experienced rapid growth since our founding. Our merchant-first approach, relentless focus on selection, experience, and value, and operational excellence have propelled us to the leading position among U.S. local food delivery logistics platforms.37 We are proud to reach over 85% of the U.S. population and have 50% category share among U.S. local food delivery logistics platforms, which is 24 percentage points more than our next closest competitor.38

 

35 

Earnings include tips, measured as of September 30, 2020.

36 

Nation’s Restaurant News; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

37 

Edison Trends; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

38 

Edison Trends; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

 

97


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our category share lead over other U.S. local food delivery logistics platforms is even greater in suburban markets, where we currently have 58% category share.39 We attribute this success to our strategic choice to focus on suburban markets and smaller metropolitan areas since our founding. We believe that our strategic focus has been validated by the fact that our category share in suburban markets has increased by 35 percentage points from January 2018 to October 2020.40 We believe that we are uniquely positioned for continued growth based on the experience that we developed from our early focus on suburban markets and smaller metropolitan areas combined with our leading category share that we have earned by providing merchants, consumers, and Dashers with exceptional service.

While we are the category leader, U.S. consumers on our platform in September 2020 represented less than six percent of the U.S. population as of September 30, 2020, and we believe we are in the early phases of broad market adoption. In 2019, we generated Marketplace GOV of $8.0 billion. In the same period, $302.6 billion was spent off-premise at restaurants and other consumer foodservices in the United States.41

Our Marketplace GOV in 2019 represented less than three percent of this off-premise spend, highlighting the large addressable opportunity ahead of us in the food vertical alone. We are also beginning to expand into other verticals beyond food and our ambition is to empower all types of local businesses.

In 2019 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we generated revenue of $885 million and $1.9 billion, respectively. In the same periods, we had gross profit42 of $335 million and

 

39 

Edison Trends; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

40 

Edison Trends; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

41 

Euromonitor International Limited. There are some differences between how we calculate Marketplace GOV and how Euromonitor calculates off-premise spend. Our calculation of Marketplace GOV includes taxes and tips, as well as delivery fees, while Euromonitor excludes these amounts from the calculation of off-premise spend. However, such differences represent a relatively minor portion of the calculation of each measure, and as such, we believe Marketplace GOV and off-premise spend are generally consistent and comparable measures. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

42 

Gross profit (loss) is defined as revenue less (i) cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization and (ii) depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue.

 

98


Table of Contents

$944 million, respectively, and $(200) million and $433 million, respectively, in Contribution Profit (Loss).43 In 2019 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we incurred a net loss of $667 million and $149 million, respectively, and $(475) million and $95 million, respectively, in Adjusted EBITDA.44

We have made substantial investments in sales and marketing and promotions to take advantage of the massive market opportunity ahead of us. In the near term, we expect to continue to make substantial investments to increase consumer adoption and extend our leadership. We believe that our business will be successful and sustainable in the long term as our business model becomes more efficient, through increasing scale and continual operational improvements, and as our sales and marketing and promotions investments normalize.

Our Business Model

We generate the substantial majority of our revenue from fees paid by consumers and commissions charged to merchants for orders completed through our Marketplace.

Merchants that have entered into contractual agreements with DoorDash pay us a commission fee to support the services we provide or facilitate for merchants and consumers and to provide earnings opportunities for Dashers. We do not charge commissions to non-partner merchants, which are merchants that receive orders on our Marketplace but have not entered into contractual agreements with us. We have in the past proactively included non-partner merchants on our platform to demonstrate the sales growth that we are able to create for them with the goal of ultimately converting them into partner merchants. Our ability to include non-partners on our platform could be adversely affected by AB 2149, which we expect to be signed into law by Governor Gavin Newsom and become effective on January 1, 2021. AB 2149 would prohibit, among other things, food delivery logistics platforms from facilitating deliveries from restaurants in California without the restaurants’ prior consent. Similar prohibitions have also been enacted in Louisiana, Denver, Colorado, and Tucson, Arizona and are being contemplated in other jurisdictions. Beyond regulatory restrictions, we may also adopt internal policies that limit or prohibit the facilitation of deliveries from merchants without their prior consent. Orders from partner merchants contribute to the vast majority of our Marketplace GOV and this has increased over time as our sales team has driven conversion of non-partner merchants into partner merchants. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, over 95% of our Marketplace GOV was generated from partner merchants.

As part of our Marketplace, we also offer partner merchants certain business enablement services, the revenue from which is not material:

 

   

Merchant marketing. We provide marketing solutions that allow partner merchants to create demand by funding promotional discounts to consumers. We generate revenue through our merchant marketing service primarily by collecting per-order marketing fees from merchants.

 

   

Other merchant services. We also charge partner merchants upfront activation fees related to onboarding services and equipment for merchants.

In addition to revenue that we generate from merchants on our Marketplace, we also generate revenue from fees paid by consumers for orders from merchants on our Marketplace. For each order, consumers

 

43 

For more information about Contribution Profit (Loss), including the limitations of such measure, and a reconciliation of Contribution Profit (Loss) to gross profit (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, see the sections titled “—Key Business and Non-GAAP Metrics” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

44 

For more information about Adjusted EBITDA, including the limitations of such measure, and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, see the sections titled “—Key Business and Non-GAAP Metrics” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

99


Table of Contents

pay (i) a fixed delivery fee and (ii) a variable service fee based on the total dollar value of goods ordered. We also generate revenue from membership fees paid by consumers for DashPass, our subscription product. DashPass subscribers pay zero delivery fees and reduced service fees on orders from DashPass-eligible merchants.

We also generate revenue through Drive, our white-label logistics service, by collecting per-order fees from merchants that use our local logistics platform to arrange for delivery services that fulfill demand generated through their own channels.

We have made significant investments in our business to expand our footprint to new geographic markets and enhance our technology platform. We have invested in research and development to enhance the sophistication of our local logistics platform and deliver a high-quality experience to merchants, consumers, and Dashers. We have also invested in sales and marketing and promotions to grow our brand and our network of merchants, consumers, and Dashers and increase the engagement of all of our constituents with our platform.

Economics of a Marketplace Order

 

 

LOGO

We generate the substantial majority of our revenue from orders completed through our Marketplace. The chart above illustrates the components of a Marketplace order.45

Consumer Economics. We charge the consumer for the total dollar value of goods ordered and consumer fees, as well as any pass-through payments, such as tax. Additionally, the consumer is also

 

45 

Information included is illustrative only, but represents approximate average per-order information for Marketplace orders in 2019.

 

100


Table of Contents

able to include a tip. In the example above, the consumer is charged a total amount ($32.90) that consists of the following components:

 

   

the dollar value of goods ordered ($22.40);

 

   

consumer fees ($5.50);

 

   

tax ($1.70); and

 

   

an optional tip paid to the Dasher ($3.30).

Merchant Economics. We charge our partner merchant a commission fee based on an agreed-upon rate applied to the total dollar value of goods ordered. We remit to the partner merchant a net amount equal to the dollar value of goods ordered and tax collected from the consumer, when such taxes are applicable, less the commission and fees. In the example above, we remit $20.10 to the merchant, which consists of $22.40 for the items ordered and $1.70 in tax, less the commissions and fees retained by us of $4.00. The commissions and fees we charge merchants, and the fees we charge consumers, enable us to pay for the various services we provide merchants and consumers, including customer support and payment processing, and to provide earnings opportunities for Dashers.

Dasher Economics. We share with the Dasher an amount based on the estimated duration and distance of travel and desirability of the order, as well as any promotions available at that time. Additionally, we remit 100% of the tip provided by the consumer to the Dasher. In the example above, we would remit $7.90 to the Dasher, which includes the $3.30 tip provided by the consumer.

DoorDash Economics. We retain the net amount of fees charged to the consumer and the commission charged to the partner merchant less amounts shared with the Dasher. In the example above, we would retain $4.90.

Key Business and Non-GAAP Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key business and non-GAAP metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
    

(in millions, except percentages)

 

Total Orders

     83       263       181       543  

Marketplace GOV

   $ 2,812     $ 8,039     $ 5,537     $ 16,485  

Contribution Profit (Loss)(1)

   $ (59   $ (200   $ (190   $ 433  

Contribution Margin(1)

     (20 )%      (23 )%      (32 )%      23

Contribution Profit (Loss) as a % of Marketplace GOV

     (2 )%      (2 )%      (3 )%      3

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ (158     $(475   $ (372   $ 95  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(1)

     (54 )%      (54 )%      (63 )%      5

Adjusted EBITDA as a % of Marketplace GOV

     (6 )%      (6 )%      (7 )%      1

 

(1)

Contribution Profit (Loss), Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information regarding our use of these measures and reconciliations to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Total Orders. We define Total Orders as all orders completed on the DoorDash platform, including those completed through our Marketplace and our Drive offering, over the period of measurement. Total Orders have increased over time as we have added new consumers, increased engagement from existing consumers, including through the launch of DashPass, expanded into new markets, and increased the number of orders completed through Drive.

 

101


Table of Contents

In the three months ended September 30, 2020, Total Orders increased to 236 million, or 237% growth compared to the same period in 2019. The increase in Total Orders was driven by increased engagement from existing consumers, the addition of new consumers, and an increase in the number of orders completed through Drive. These trends accelerated in part due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, which resulted in in-store dining shutdowns and the adoption of shelter-in-place measures. The circumstances that have accelerated the increase in Total Orders stemming from the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may not continue in the future, and we expect the growth rate in Total Orders to decline in future periods.

As we continue to increase consumer adoption and make using DoorDash a regular activity, we expect Total Orders to continue to grow.

 

LOGO

 

Marketplace GOV. We define Marketplace GOV as the total dollar value of Marketplace orders completed on our local logistics platform, including taxes, tips,46 and any applicable consumer fees, including membership fees related to DashPass. Marketplace orders include orders completed through Pickup and DoorDash for Work. Marketplace GOV does not include the dollar value of orders, taxes and tips, or fees charged to merchants, for orders fulfilled through Drive because we utilize a per-order fee structure for such orders and typically do not receive information regarding the dollar value of such orders. Marketplace GOV is primarily driven by the volume and dollar value of orders completed on our local logistics platform.

In the three months ended September 30, 2020, Marketplace GOV47 increased to $7.3 billion, or 246% growth compared to the same period in 2019, based on the growth in Total Orders as well as the increasing size of Marketplace orders in part as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The circumstances that have accelerated the increase in Marketplace GOV stemming from the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may not continue in the future, and we expect the growth rate in Marketplace GOV to decline in future periods.

 

46 

Dashers receive 100% of tips.

47 

Marketplace GOV does not include the dollar value of orders, taxes and tips, or fees charged to merchants, for orders fulfilled through Drive because we utilize a per-order fee structure for such orders and typically do not receive information regarding the dollar value of such orders.

 

102


Table of Contents

We expect that Marketplace GOV will continue to grow as Total Orders grow, though at a slower rate, as Marketplace GOV does not include Drive while Total Orders do include Drive. We further expect that Marketplace GOV will grow at a slower rate than Total Orders as we continue to broaden our selection of merchants at lower price points to increase affordability for consumers. We are purposefully increasing the affordability of the selection of goods offered by merchants on our platform to improve consumer engagement over time.

 

LOGO

 

Contribution Profit (Loss).48 We define Contribution Profit (Loss) as our gross profit (loss) less sales and marketing expense plus (i) depreciation and amortization expense related to cost of revenue, (ii) stock-based compensation expense included in cost of revenue and sales and marketing expenses, and (iii) allocated overhead included in cost of revenue and sales and marketing expenses. Gross profit (loss) is defined as revenue less (i) cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization and (ii) depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue. We define Contribution Margin as Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of revenue for the same period.

We use Contribution Profit (Loss) to evaluate our operating performance and trends. We believe that Contribution Profit (Loss) is a useful indicator of the economic impact of orders fulfilled through DoorDash as it takes into account the direct expenses associated with generating and fulfilling orders.

In the three months ended September 30, 2020, Contribution Profit improved to $215 million, compared to a Contribution Loss of $52 million in the same period in 2019, driven by the growth in Marketplace GOV, increased merchant commissions and fees from our Marketplace as well as Drive, cost structure improvements, and increased operating leverage as a result of scale in our business. In the three months ended September 30, 2020, Contribution Margin increased to 24%, compared to negative 22% in the same period in 2019, driven by cost structure improvements and increased operating leverage as a result of scale in our business.

 

48 

For more information about Contribution Profit (Loss) and Contribution Margin, including the limitations of such measures, and a reconciliation of Contribution Profit (Loss) to gross profit (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

103


Table of Contents

Our Contribution Profit (Loss) can vary significantly as we invest in enhancing the scale of our local logistics platform, including through investments in sales and marketing and promotions spend. In 2018 and 2019, our sales and marketing and promotions spend was $195 million and $776 million, respectively, of which $60 million and $182 million, respectively, was related to promotions. In large part due to these investments, we expect Contribution Profit (Loss) and Contribution Margin to fluctuate in the near term as we continue to invest in the growth of our business, and improve over the long term as we achieve greater scale, increase adoption, and drive efficiency through operational improvements.

Contribution Profit (Loss) is a non-GAAP financial measure with certain limitations regarding its usefulness. It does not reflect our financial results in accordance with GAAP as it does not include the impact of certain expenses that are reflected in our consolidated statements of operations. Accordingly, Contribution Profit (Loss) is not indicative of our overall results or an indicator of past or future financial performance. Further, it is not a financial measure of profitability and it is neither intended to be used as a proxy for the profitability of our business nor does it imply profitability.

 

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

 

104


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA.49 We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude (i) certain legal, tax, and regulatory settlements, reserves, and expenses, (ii) a one-time non-cash change in fair value of a forward contract related to the issuance of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, (iii) loss on disposal of property and equipment, (iv) acquisition-related costs, (v) impairment expenses, (vi) provision for income taxes, (vii) interest income and expense, (viii) foreign exchange gain (loss), (ix) stock-based compensation expense and certain payroll tax expense, and (x) depreciation and amortization expense. Adjusted EBITDA is a performance measure that we use to assess our operating performance and the operating leverage in our business. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA for a period by revenue for the same period.

In the three months ended September 30, 2020, Adjusted EBITDA improved to $86 million, compared to Adjusted EBITDA of negative $125 million in the same period in 2019. In the three months ended September 30, 2020, Adjusted EBITDA Margin increased to 10%, compared to negative 52% in the same period in 2019, driven by cost structure improvements and increased operating leverage as a result of scale in our business.

 

49 

For more information about Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, including the limitations of such measures and more detail on the specific adjustments, and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, as well as a calculation of Adjusted EBITDA Margin, see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

105


Table of Contents

We expect Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to fluctuate in the near term as we continue to invest in our business and improve over the long term as we achieve greater scale in our business and efficiencies in our operating expenses.

 

 

LOGO

Our Financial Model

The below charts illustrate the economics of our business starting from Marketplace GOV and ending on Adjusted EBITDA.50

 

 

 

50 

Adjusted cost of revenue, adjusted sales and marketing expense, adjusted research and development expense, and adjusted general and administrative expense are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information regarding our use of these measures and reconciliations to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

106


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

107


Table of Contents

Marketplace GOV represents the total dollar value of Marketplace orders completed through our platform.51

Revenue is equal to Marketplace GOV after deducting (i) Pass-Through Payments and (ii) refunds, credits, and promotions. Pass-Through Payments consist of merchant payout and Dasher payout, net of other sources of revenue (which includes per-order fees that Drive merchants pay to DoorDash). Merchant payout represents the portion of the total dollar value of a Marketplace order paid to merchants related to goods and relevant taxes, less the commissions DoorDash charges merchants. Dasher payout includes the amounts paid to Dashers for deliveries, including incentives (such as peak pay) and tips, and certain amounts related to referral bonuses, less fees from our Fast Pay service. We issue refunds and credits to merchants and consumers to ameliorate issues that may arise with orders, such as a late delivery or a missing item. We use promotions primarily to bring new consumers onto our local logistics platform and to encourage their repeat use of our platform so that using DoorDash becomes a regular activity.

Adjusted cost of revenue and adjusted sales and marketing expense exclude stock-based compensation expense, as it is non-cash in nature, and allocated overhead, as it is generally a fixed cost and is not directly impacted by Total Orders.

We use Contribution Profit (Loss) to evaluate our operating performance and trends. We believe that Contribution Profit (Loss) is a useful indicator of the economic impact of orders fulfilled through DoorDash as it takes into account the direct expenses associated with generating and fulfilling orders. Our Contribution Profit (Loss) can vary significantly as we invest in enhancing the scale of our local logistics platform, including through investments in sales and marketing and promotions spend.

Adjusted research and development expense excludes stock-based compensation expense, as it is non-cash in nature, and allocated overhead, as it is generally a fixed cost and is not directly impacted by Total Orders.

Adjusted general and administrative expense excludes stock-based compensation, certain legal, tax, and regulatory settlements, reserves, and expenses, acquisition-related costs, impairment expenses, and includes allocated overhead from cost of revenue, sales and marketing, and research and development. We exclude stock-based compensation as it is non-cash in nature and we exclude certain legal, tax, and regulatory settlements, reserves, and expenses, acquisition-related costs, as well as impairment expenses as these costs are not indicative of our operating performance.

Adjusted EBITDA is a performance measure that we use to assess our operating performance and the operating leverage in our business.

Attractive Cohort Trends

We believe that we have a massive market opportunity ahead of us and have therefore made significant investments in sales and marketing and promotions to enhance consumer adoption. Our Contribution Profit (Loss) represents a cumulative view of the economic performance of our historical consumer cohorts. Accordingly, we believe it is instructive to analyze the individual performance of our historical consumer cohorts over time.

Our historical consumer cohorts demonstrate attractive and improving Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of Marketplace GOV because we have been able to retain and grow consumer demand while normalizing adjusted sales and marketing and promotions spend. In addition, operational and

 

51 

See the section titled “—Key Business and Non-GAAP Metrics” for a description of Marketplace GOV.

 

108


Table of Contents

technological enhancements have improved the efficiency of our platform, lowered our cost structure, and generated further improvements to Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of Marketplace GOV. We believe that the performance of our historical consumer cohorts supports our strategy of investing in sales and marketing and promotions to add new consumers to our existing base and enhance the scale of our platform.

We are in the early stages of broad market adoption and have made substantial investments in sales and marketing and promotions to attract and engage new consumers

While we are the category leader, we are significantly underpenetrated in our addressable market. U.S. consumers on our platform in September 2020 represented less than six percent of the U.S. population as of September 30, 2020. We believe that we are in the early phases of broad market adoption and a massive untapped opportunity exists ahead of us. We believe that by providing consumers with convenient access to an unmatched combination of selection, experience, and value, we can make using DoorDash a regular and more frequent activity. Accordingly, we have made substantial investments in sales and marketing and promotions to attract and engage an increasing number of new consumers onto our local logistics platform. In 2018 and 2019, our sales and marketing and promotions spend was $195 million and $776 million, respectively, of which $60 million and $182 million, respectively, was related to promotions.

Our historical consumer cohorts exhibit repeat behavior, which drives an increasing proportion of our Marketplace GOV

DoorDash has category-leading spend retention.52 As consumers have used our platform more frequently, the Marketplace GOV generated by each consumer cohort has grown in each year, demonstrating our value proposition. The chart below reflects the indexed growth in annual Marketplace GOV by consumer cohort, with each cohort representing consumers who placed their first order on our platform in a given fiscal year. For example, the 2018 cohort includes all consumers who placed their first order on our platform between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018.

 

   

Cohorts consistently increase their spend on our platform. For example, the 2016 cohort increased its annual spend by 57% in 2019 compared to 2016.

 

   

Newer cohorts have increased their spend faster than older cohorts. For example, the 2016 cohort spent 38% more in 2017 compared to 2016. By comparison, the 2017 and 2018 cohorts spent 48% and 65% more, respectively, in their second years compared to their first years on our platform.

 

52 

Edison Trends. Based on the estimated dollar value of orders placed on DoorDash, Grubhub, and Uber Eats by a group of users that first placed an order on any such platform between January 1, 2019 and September 30, 2019, as determined by Edison Trends. For each platform, spend retention represents the total dollar value of orders placed by this group of users in their twelfth month on the platform as a percentage of the total dollar value of orders placed by such group in their first month on the platform. Postmates is excluded due to inconsistent data availability in April and May 2020; however, Postmates’ spend retention was lower than DoorDash in all other months of the measurement period. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

 

109


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

As consumers make DoorDash a regular activity, repeat use has resulted in a greater proportion of our Marketplace GOV being generated by existing consumers on our platform. The chart below reflects the composition of our quarterly Marketplace GOV from new consumers and existing consumers. New consumers are those who completed their first order on our Marketplace in the specified quarter, while existing consumers completed their first order on our Marketplace in a prior quarter. Marketplace GOV from existing consumers increased from 68% in the third quarter of 2018 to 85% in the third quarter of 2020. We believe this trend has been accelerated with the COVID-19 pandemic, during which we have experienced strong growth in both new consumers and increased orders from existing consumers, and these growth rates may not persist after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides. The increasing proportion of Marketplace GOV from existing consumers improves our operating leverage as the sales and marketing and promotions spend associated with our existing consumers is significantly lower than the spend associated with new consumers.

 

LOGO

 

110


Table of Contents

Adjusted sales and marketing and promotions spend normalizes to two to three percent of Marketplace GOV for our historical cohorts by their second year on our platform

We use the vast majority of our adjusted sales and marketing and promotions spend to bring new consumers to DoorDash and to encourage their repeat use of our platform so that using DoorDash becomes a regular activity. While promotions are primarily recorded as a reduction in revenue, both promotions spend and adjusted sales and marketing spend are used in tandem to drive consumer acquisition.

Adjusted sales and marketing and promotions spend with respect to a new consumer cohort is generally elevated in the initial year of a cohort’s life cycle on our platform due to the cost associated with acquiring new consumers and encouraging their repeat use of our platform. Subsequently, adjusted sales and marketing and promotions spend related to the cohort normalizes between two and three percent of the cohort’s Marketplace GOV by the second year that the cohort has been on our platform. The substantial majority of this ongoing spend is related to adjusted sales and marketing, while only a fraction is related to promotions. This ongoing investment is focused on building our brand, enhancing the powerful network effects of our platform by acquiring new merchants and Dashers, and providing merchandising strategies to feature new merchants and products through promotional discounts.

 

LOGO

Historical cohorts demonstrate attractive and improving Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of Marketplace GOV

The chart below illustrates the Contribution Profit (Loss) of each cohort, expressed as a percentage of Marketplace GOV generated by the cohort on a time-indexed basis.54

 

 

53 

Year 1 for the 2016 cohort has been excluded because, for periods prior to January 1, 2017, our consolidated financial statements were prepared using different accounting standards. Accordingly, information for each cohort has only been presented starting with the year ended December 31, 2017.

54 

For the purposes of this “Attractive Cohort Trends” section only, we calculate Contribution Profit (Loss) by cohort excluding orders fulfilled through Drive and Caviar.

 

111


Table of Contents

Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of Marketplace GOV for a cohort is generally negative in the first year that the cohort is on our platform, due to the adjusted sales and marketing and promotions spend required to acquire the consumers in the cohort and encourage their repeat use of our platform. We have been successful in driving increasingly positive Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of Marketplace GOV from historical consumer cohorts in subsequent years. This increase has been driven by an improvement in Take Rate, defined as revenue expressed as a percentage of Marketplace GOV for each cohort, and the normalization of adjusted sales and marketing and promotions spend. In 2019, our oldest cohorts, the 2016 and 2017 cohorts, each generated eight percent Contribution Profit and a 15% Take Rate as a percentage of their respective Marketplace GOV for the period.

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

In addition to the improvement resulting from the normalization of adjusted sales and marketing and promotions spend, Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of Marketplace GOV has improved over time as our overall cost structure has become more efficient due to operational and technological enhancements. These enhancements have focused on improving Dasher efficiency, which enables Dashers to complete more deliveries per hour worked, and the quality of the experience of merchants, consumers, and Dashers, which has led to lower cost of refunds, credits, and adjusted cost of revenue, in the aggregate, as a percentage of Marketplace GOV. These cost structure improvements have led to newer cohorts achieving higher Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of Marketplace GOV

 

 

55

Year 1 for the 2016 cohort has been excluded because, for periods prior to January 1, 2017, our consolidated financial statements were prepared using different accounting standards. Accordingly, information for each cohort has only been presented starting with the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

112


Table of Contents

compared to older cohorts on a time-indexed basis. We expect these trends in the improvements to the efficiency of our cost structure, and as a result, the improvements to our Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of Marketplace GOV, to be impacted by legal or regulatory changes affecting the classification of Dashers that utilize our platform as independent contractors. As of November 12, 2020, unofficial election results indicate that the 2020 California ballot initiative is likely to pass. In such case, certain provisions regarding compensation, along with certain other requirements, will become applicable to us and Dashers in California and our costs related to Dashers will increase in California, which could lead us to charge higher fees and commissions, which in turn could result in lower order volumes. Depending on whether and how much we choose to increase fees and commissions, these increased costs could also lead to a lower Take Rate. In addition, several other states where we operate may be considering adopting legislation similar to the 2020 California ballot initiative, which we would expect to increase our costs related to Dashers in such jurisdictions and could also adversely impact our results of operations. Furthermore, if Dashers are determined to be employees in other states or under federal law, this could result in even higher increases to our costs related to Dashers, which would likely lead us to increase fees and commissions even more and may result in further lower order volumes.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that the growth and future success of our business depend on many factors. While each of these factors presents significant opportunities for our business, they also pose important challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain our growth, improve our results of operations, and maintain or increase profitability.

Increase merchant selection

We must maintain and grow our broad selection of merchants to continue to deliver value for consumers and Dashers. Our ability to maintain and grow our merchant base depends in part on our ability to continue to solve mission-critical challenges for merchants. We have invested substantially in our technology platform to give merchants the tools they need to thrive in the convenience economy. We believe that increasing the value and variety of our merchant services will attract more merchants to our local logistics platform. We intend to enhance our value proposition to merchants through offering new services, increasing the size and engagement of our consumer base to drive greater demand, improving recommendation and personalization features, developing innovative marketing services, and improving the analytics tools available to merchants. If we fail to attract new merchants to DoorDash and retain existing merchants, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.

We also rely on merchants on our platform for many aspects of our business, and any failure by them to maintain their service levels, or any changes to their pricing or operating costs could adversely affect our business. We do not control or influence merchant pricing for goods or their underlying operating costs. If merchants on our platform were to price their goods unreasonably or cease operations, temporarily or permanently, consumers may not use our platform to purchase from those merchants, or those merchants may leave our platform, which we expect could reduce the number of consumers on our platform.

Cost-effectively attract consumers and increase their engagement

In order to grow our business, we must cost-effectively attract new consumers and increase their engagement with our local logistics platform over time. A substantial portion of our consumers are acquired via word of mouth, but we also use paid marketing to further enhance the growth of our consumer base. We also offer certain promotions to drive consumer acquisition and encourage the repeat use of our platform. Historically, most of our spending to acquire consumers and encourage their

 

113


Table of Contents

repeat use of our platform has occurred in the first year that they are on our platform, and we must continue to make such investments efficiently. Once we acquire new consumers and they begin to use our platform, we work to create a best-in-class experience to encourage loyalty and drive increased order frequency. We are particularly focused on improving the accuracy of items delivered and the speed and timeliness of delivery, without sacrificing selection.

With DashPass, our subscription product, we aim to increase consumer engagement through cost savings. Consumers that subscribe to DashPass have higher order frequency relative to non-subscribers, based on data available since DashPass launched in 2018. However, these subscribers could be early adopters of DashPass and their order frequency may not be representative of future subscriber order frequency as DashPass adoption continues to grow. Further, the average order frequency for DashPass subscribers fluctuates from period to period depending on a number of factors, including the number of non-paying trial users, who generally have lower order frequency. In addition, increasing the selection of merchants available on our local logistics platform and offering additional fulfillment options such as Pickup are aimed at making DoorDash the platform of choice for occasions beyond lunch and dinner. If we fail to cost-effectively attract new consumers and expand our consumers’ engagement with our local logistics platform over time, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Improve the cost-effectiveness of our local logistics platform

We must continue to improve the cost-effectiveness of our local logistics platform to maintain or increase profitability. Our ability to provide a cost-effective local logistics platform depends on a number of factors, including Dasher efficiency. Our ability to maintain or improve Dasher efficiency relies on the technology that powers our local logistics platform. Our technology considers information on demand forecasting, preparation times, and route distances, among other factors, to optimize for both the number and quality of deliveries. Our technology attempts to increase earnings opportunities for Dashers, while minimizing any wasted time on a delivery, such as how long a Dasher waits at a merchant location. We continue to make significant investments to improve the efficiency and sophistication of our technology, including enhancements to demand prediction, forecasting food preparation times at merchants, and optimizing our routing and batching algorithms. We also strive to make operational and technological improvements in order to reduce the number of defective orders and, accordingly, our adjusted cost of revenue and refunds and credits.

Our ability to provide a cost-effective local logistics platform is also dependent on Dasher pay, which is a significant cost and subject to a number of risks. In September 2019, we made changes to our former pay model, and our current pay model includes (i) a base pay amount for each order, which depends on the estimated time, distance, and desirability of the order, (ii) promotions for orders that meet certain conditions, including bonuses for Dashers who meet specific goals, and (iii) tips from consumers, which Dashers receive 100% of on top of base pay and promotions. The base pay amount, any promotions, and any tips that the consumer chooses to include at checkout are shown to Dashers when they are offered a delivery.

Our current Dasher pay model has led to an increase in Dasher compensation, but may also cause less consistency in earnings across deliveries in some cases. Our current pay model may also result in an increase to the fees we charge to consumers, which in turn could affect our ability to attract and retain consumers. Further, this pay model may lead to negative publicity related to perceptions of the complexity of our pay model, inconsistency in earnings for Dashers, and a lack of flexibility in the ways consumers can leave tips, and as a result, we may not be successful in attracting and retaining merchants, consumers, and Dashers. In the future, based on a variety of factors, including legal and regulatory changes, we may change our pay model again. Our current pay model, and any future changes to our pay model or our ability to cost-effectively acquire and retain Dashers, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

114


Table of Contents

Our ability to provide a cost-effective local logistics platform could also be impacted by legal or regulatory challenges to the classification of Dashers that utilize our platform as independent contractors. For example, the California Legislature passed AB 5 and it was signed into law by Governor Gavin Newsom on September 18, 2019 and became effective on January 1, 2020. AB 5 codified the Dynamex standard regarding contractor classification, expanded its application, and created numerous carve-outs. We, along with certain other companies, supported a campaign for the 2020 California ballot initiative to address AB 5 and preserve flexibility for Dashers. As of November 12, 2020, unofficial election results indicate that this initiative is likely to pass. In such case, certain provisions regarding compensation, along with certain other requirements, will become applicable to us and Dashers in California and our costs related to Dashers will increase in California, which could lead us to charge higher fees and commissions, which in turn could result in lower order volumes. Depending on whether and how much we choose to increase fees and commissions, these increased costs could also lead to a lower Take Rate. The provisions resulting from the 2020 California ballot initiative that would become applicable to us include, but are not limited to, (i) net earnings (which excludes tips, tolls, and certain other amounts) to Dashers no less than a net earnings floor equal to (a) 120% of the minimum wage for a Dasher’s engaged time and (b) for Dashers using a motor vehicle, $0.30 per engaged mile (which amount shall be adjusted for inflation after 2021) and (ii) for Dashers averaging at least 15 hours per week of engaged time during a calendar quarter who subscribe to a qualifying health plan, payments to such Dashers of healthcare subsidies of varying dollar amounts depending on a Dasher’s engaged time per week. As such, the passage of the 2020 California ballot initiative is likely to have an adverse impact on our results of operations. In addition, several other states where we operate may be considering adopting legislation similar to the 2020 California ballot initiative, which we would expect to increase our costs related to Dashers in such jurisdictions and could also adversely impact our results of operations. Even with the passage of the 2020 California ballot initiative and similar legislation, such initiatives could still be challenged and subject to litigation. Furthermore, if Dashers are determined to be employees in other states or under federal law, this could result in even higher increases to our costs related to Dashers, which would likely lead us to increase fees and commissions even more and may result in further lower order volumes. To the extent Dashers are determined to be employees under other state or federal law, we would be required to significantly alter our existing business model and operations, which would have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we are unable to maintain or improve the cost-effectiveness of our local logistics platform, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Enhance our competitive position

We operate in a competitive market, with various companies seeking to increase category share in the local logistics category. In order to compete effectively, we must continue to deliver a compelling value proposition to attract and retain merchants, consumers, and Dashers, drive increased engagement from consumers, enter new markets, and increase our category share. Within our industry, the cost to switch between offerings is low. Consumers can shift to the lowest-cost provider and could use more than one local logistics platform; independent contractors who provide delivery services could use multiple platforms concurrently as they attempt to maximize earnings; and merchants could prefer to use the local logistics platform that offers the lowest commission rates and adopt more than one platform to maximize their volume of orders. As we and our competitors introduce new offerings and as existing offerings evolve, we expect to become subject to additional competition. Although we face intense competition, we have become the largest and fastest growing business in the U.S. local food delivery logistics category, with 50% category share.56 While we believe we have differentiated our business from our competitors by offering a broad array of services to empower merchants, broad selection and the best experience and value for consumers, and earnings opportunities, transparency, and flexibility for Dashers, we must continue to respond to competitive pressures. This will require us to continue to

 

56 

Edison Trends; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

 

115


Table of Contents

invest in research and development, sales and marketing, order management, and our platform so that we are able to grow our network, increase the efficiency of our local logistics platform, and respond to shifts in competitors’ pricing levels, revenue models, or business practices. If we are not able to compete effectively, our business, results of operations, and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Seasonality

We experience seasonality in our results of operations. Our business broadly reflects consumer spending and Dasher behavior patterns that occur over the course of the calendar year, although our rapid growth and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic have made, and may continue to make, seasonal fluctuations difficult to detect. We generally experience changes in consumer activity as a result of holidays and colder or more inclement weather, which drives higher consumer demand. This results in changes in Total Orders and Marketplace GOV. Any improvement that we experience is partially offset by a corresponding increase in Dasher pay as the increase in consumer demand requires us to have more Dashers available to fulfill orders. During these times, we rely on incentive pay to attract sufficient Dashers to maintain the quality of our platform, which increases our costs. In addition, we benefit from increased order volume in our college markets when school is in session and experience a decrease in order volume when school is not in session, such as during summer breaks and other vacation periods. During periods when school is not in session, Dasher pay tends to decline as the decrease in consumer demand requires us to have fewer Dashers to fulfill orders. As we continue to scale and our growth slows, other seasonal trends may develop and the existing seasonal trends that we experience may become more pronounced and contribute to fluctuations in our results of operations. As such, we may not accurately forecast our results of operations. However, we base our spending and investment plans on forecasts and estimates and we may not be able to adjust our spending quickly enough if our revenue is less than expected, causing our results of operations to fail to meet our expectations or the expectations of investors.

COVID-19 pandemic

The current outbreak of COVID-19 has globally resulted in loss of life, business closures, restrictions on travel, and widespread cancellation of social gatherings. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business will depend on future developments which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken active measures to promote health and safety, including providing for no-contact delivery, distributing masks, hand sanitizer, and gloves to Dashers in affected areas, and working closely with merchants to share safety guidelines. However, our efforts may not be successful and we may not have sufficient protection or recovery plans to continue to deal with the COVID-19 pandemic.

We have temporarily closed our corporate offices and our employees are working remotely, which impacts productivity and otherwise disrupts our business operations. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a widespread global health crisis and adversely affected global economies and financial markets. Such events have impacted demand for merchants and consumer purchase patterns, which in turn, could adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.

With the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced a significant increase in revenue, Total Orders, and Marketplace GOV due to increased consumer demand for delivery, more merchants using our platform to facilitate both delivery and take-out, and improved efficiency of our local logistics platform. The circumstances that have accelerated the growth of our business stemming from the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may not continue in the future, and we expect the growth rates in revenue, Total Orders, and Marketplace GOV to decline in future periods.

 

116


Table of Contents

Furthermore, as COVID-19 is transmitted by human contact, our employees and any constituent of our network may become infected, or may choose, or be advised, to avoid any contact with others, any of which may adversely affect our ability to provide our platform and for merchants, consumers, and Dashers to use our platform. In addition, shelter-in-place orders and similar regulations impact merchants’ ability to operate their businesses, consumers’ ability to pick up orders, and Dashers’ ability to make deliveries during certain times, or at all. Further, demand from businesses that typically place large orders for their employees or in-person meetings may be significantly reduced. With the COVID-19 pandemic, our DoorDash for Work offering has been limited to providing large group orders solely to businesses that are deemed essential and we have also temporarily paused catering orders. Such events have in the past caused, and may in the future cause, a temporary closure of merchants’ businesses, either due to government mandate or voluntary preventative measures, and many of our merchants may not be able to withstand prolonged interruptions to their businesses and may go out of business. Even if merchants are able to continue to operate their businesses, many may operate with limited hours, menus, and capacity and other limitations. Any limitations on or disruptions or closures of merchants’ businesses could impact the selection available on our platform, disrupt our ability to operate our local logistics platform, and adversely affect our business.

With the COVID-19 pandemic, merchants may be perceived as unsafe even for order delivery or pickup. If the services offered through our platform or at other businesses in our industry become a significant risk for transmitting COVID-19, or if there is a public perception that such risk exists, demand for the use of our platform would be adversely affected. Any negative impact on consumers’ willingness or ability to order delivery or complete a Pickup order, or on Dashers’ willingness or ability to make deliveries, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The sustainability of our merchant, consumer, and Dasher network remains vital, and therefore, we intend to continue to increase our investment in programs designed to drive more business to our merchants, including promotions, reduced commissions, and new product initiatives.

In connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, jurisdictions across the United States, including New Jersey, jurisdictions within Los Angeles County and San Francisco in California, Seattle, Washington, and New York, New York, have implemented temporary commission caps on local food delivery logistics platforms. These commission caps have had in the past, and are likely to have in the future, an adverse effect on our results of operations. These commission caps may also cause us to increase the fees we charge to consumers, though we are aware of one jurisdiction which has adopted explicit prohibitions against doing so in connection with commission caps, which could further increase our costs. With the continued duration of COVID-19, we expect these existing commission caps to persist in the near term and for additional jurisdictions where we operate to implement similar caps. If any of these events occur, or if commission caps are retained after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be further adversely affected.

Caviar Acquisition

On October 31, 2019, we acquired certain assets and liabilities from Square, Inc. related to Caviar, a marketplace focused on facilitating deliveries from premium restaurants, for total consideration of $411 million, which consisted of $311 million in cash, including $1 million in seller transaction costs settled at closing, and $100 million of our Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock. This acquisition advances our strategy of offering consumers differentiated merchant selection and enables us to cater to even more food preferences and occasions.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate a substantial majority of our revenue from orders completed through our Marketplace and the related commissions charged to partner merchants and fees charged to consumers. Commissions

 

117


Table of Contents

from partner merchants are based on an agreed-upon rate applied to the total dollar value of goods ordered in exchange for using our local logistics platform to sell the partner merchants’ products. Fees from consumers are for use of our local logistics platform to arrange for delivery services. We recognize revenue from Marketplace orders on a net basis as we are an agent for both partner merchants and consumers. Our revenue therefore reflects commissions charged to partner merchants and fees charged to consumers less (i) Dasher payout and (ii) refunds, credits, and promotions, which includes certain discounts and incentives provided to consumers, including those for referring a new customer. Revenue from our Marketplace is recognized at the point in time when the consumer obtains control of the merchant’s products.

We also generate revenue from membership fees paid by consumers for DashPass, our subscription product, which is recognized as part of our Marketplace revenue. Revenue generated from our DashPass subscriptions is recognized on a ratable basis over the contractual period, which is generally one month to one year depending on the type of subscription purchased by the consumer.

In addition, we generate revenue from other sources, including from our Drive offering. We generate revenue from Drive by collecting per-order fees from merchants that use our local logistics platform to arrange for delivery services that fulfill demand generated through their own channels. Revenue from Drive is recognized at the point in time when the consumer obtains control of the merchant’s products.

Cost of Revenue, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenue primarily consists of (i) order management costs, which include payment processing charges, net of rebates issued from payment processors, costs associated with cancelled orders, costs related to placing orders with non-partner merchants, and insurance expenses, (ii) platform costs, which include costs for onboarding merchants and Dashers, costs for providing support for consumers, merchants, and Dashers, and technology platform infrastructure costs, and (iii) personnel costs, which include personnel-related compensation expenses related to our local operations, support, and other teams, and allocated overhead. Personnel-related compensation expenses primarily include salary, bonus, benefits, and stock-based compensation expense. Allocated overhead is determined based on an allocation of shared costs, such as facilities (including rent and utilities) and information technology costs, among all departments based on employee headcount.

We expect that the cost of revenue will increase on an absolute dollar basis as our business grows and as we continue to invest in order management and our platform and hire additional employees for our local operations, support, and other teams to support the growth in our business. As a result, we expect that cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue will vary from period to period over the short term and decrease over the long term as we achieve greater scale and operational efficiency.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of advertising and other ancillary expenses related to merchant, consumer, and Dasher acquisition, including certain consumer referral credits and Dasher referral fees paid to the referrers to the extent they represent fair value of acquiring a new consumer or a new Dasher, brand marketing expenses, personnel-related compensation expenses for sales and marketing employees, and commissions expense including amortization of deferred contract costs, as well as allocated overhead.

We expect that sales and marketing expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis as we invest to grow our network of merchants, consumers, and Dashers and enhance our brand awareness. We expect sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue will vary from period to period over the short term and decrease over the long term.

 

118


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related compensation expenses related to data analytics and the design of, product development of, and improvements to our platform, as well as expenses associated with the licensing of third-party software and allocated overhead.

We plan to continue to hire employees to support our research and development efforts to expand the capabilities and scope of our platform and offerings. As a result, we expect that research and development expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis as we continue to invest to support these activities. We expect that research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue will vary from period to period over the short term and decrease over the long term.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of legal, tax, and regulatory expenses, which include litigation settlement expenses and sales and indirect taxes, personnel-related compensation expenses related to administrative employees, which include finance and accounting, human resources and legal, chargebacks associated with fraudulent credit card transactions, professional services fees, acquisition-related expenses, and allocated overhead.

We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis due to increases in chargebacks associated with fraudulent credit card transactions and legal, tax, and regulatory expenses as we add personnel and enhance our systems, processes, and controls to support the growth in our business as well as our increased compliance and reporting requirements as a public company. We expect general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue will vary from period to period over the short term and decrease over the long term.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expenses primarily consist of depreciation and amortization expenses associated with our property and equipment and intangible assets. Depreciation includes expenses associated with equipment for merchants, including equipment for merchants under finance leases, computer equipment and software, office equipment, and leasehold improvements. Amortization includes expenses associated with our capitalized software and website development costs, as well as acquired intangible assets.

We expect that depreciation and amortization expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis as we invest in property and equipment to support the growth in our business. We expect depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of revenue over the short term will vary from period to period and decrease over the long term.

Interest Income

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest costs related to our revolving credit facility and payment-in-kind interest on our Convertible Notes issued in February 2020.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other (expense) income, net primarily consists of a non-cash change in fair value of a forward contract liability in connection with the issuance of shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred

 

119


Table of Contents

stock. To accommodate the timing of regulatory approvals required by an existing investor, we committed to sell $100 million of shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to this investor in a subsequent closing, which ultimately occurred after we had entered into a non-binding term sheet to sell shares of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock at a higher price per share than our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock. We determined that the commitment to defer the sale of shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to this investor was a forward contract that should be classified as a liability and measured at fair value on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value recognized in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. This forward contract was entered into in February 2019 and settled in May 2019. Other (expense) income, net also includes gains and losses from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes primarily consists of U.S. federal and state income tax and franchise tax, as well as international taxes in Canada and Australia.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our historical consolidated statements of operations data:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
    

(in millions)

 

Revenue

   $ 291     $ 885     $ 587     $ 1,916  

Costs and expenses:(1)

        

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     228       523       353       899  

Sales and marketing

     135       594       445       610  

Research and development

     51       107       73       112  

General and administrative

     78       245       179       337  

Depreciation and amortization(2)

     9       32       16       89  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     501       1,501       1,066       2,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (210     (616     (479     (131

Interest income

     7       18       14       6  

Interest expense

     (1                 (22

Other expense, net

           (68     (67      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (204     (666     (532     (147

Provision for income taxes

           1       1       2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (204   $ (667   $ (533   $ (149
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Costs and expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
    

(in millions)

 

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $ 3      $ 2      $ 2      $ 1  

Sales and marketing

     3        2        2        1  

Research and development

     11        8        6        5  

General and administrative

     7        6        4        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $          24      $          18      $          14      $          11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Depreciation and amortization related to the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
    

(in millions)

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 8      $ 27      $ 15      $ 73  

Sales and marketing

     1        3        1        10  

Research and development

     —          1        —          4  

General and administrative

     —          1        —          2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

   $          9      $          32      $          16      $          89  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the components of our consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of revenue:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
        2018         2019     2019     2020  

Revenue

    100     100     100     100

Costs and expenses:

       

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    78     59     60     47

Sales and marketing

    46     67     76     32

Research and development

    18     12     12     6

General and administrative

    27     28     31     17

Depreciation and amortization

    3     4     3     5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    172     170     182     107
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (72 %)      (70 %)      (82 %)      (7 %) 

Interest income

    2     2     2    

Interest expense

                (1 %) 

Other expense, net

        (7 %)      (11 %)     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (70 %)      (75 %)      (91 %)      (8 %) 

Provision for income taxes

               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (70 %)      (75 %)      (91 %)      (8 %) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

121


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2020

Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in millions)                

Revenue

   $      587      $      1,916      $      1,329        226

Revenue increased by $1.3 billion, or 226%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by a 200% increase in Total Orders to 543 million, which led to a 198% increase in Marketplace GOV to $16.5 billion. The increase in Total Orders was primarily driven by increased engagement from existing consumers, the addition of new consumers, and an increase in the number of orders completed through Drive. These trends accelerated in part due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, which resulted in in-store dining shutdowns and shelter-in-place measures. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, revenue increased at a faster rate than Marketplace GOV, primarily due to increased Dasher efficiency, lower refunds and credits as a percentage of Marketplace GOV, and increased merchant fees from our Marketplace as well as Drive.

Cost of Revenue, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in millions)                

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $      353      $      899      $      546        155

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased by $546 million, or 155%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $322 million in order management costs, driven by significant growth in the number of Total Orders, Marketplace GOV, and the introduction of occupational accident insurance for Dashers in the third quarter of 2019, an increase of $142 million in platform costs, as well as an increase of $26 million in personnel costs due to increased headcount.

As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, was 47% in the nine months ended September 30, 2020, decreasing from 60% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease in cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of revenue was primarily driven by product and operational improvements which improved the efficiency of our platform costs, as well as increased operating leverage as a result of increasing scale in our business.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in millions)                

Sales and marketing

   $      445      $      610      $      165        37

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $165 million, or 37%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $117 million in merchant, consumer, and Dasher advertising and brand

 

122


Table of Contents

marketing expenses as we continued our focus on expansion and enhancing consumer adoption and an increase of $53 million in personnel-related compensation expenses and allocated overhead. These increases were offset by referral expenses for consumers and Dashers, which decreased by $12 million, from $38 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, to $26 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses were 32% in the nine months ended September 30, 2020, decreasing from 76% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease in sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue was driven by increased operating leverage as existing consumers generated a greater proportion of revenue, as well as increased efficiency in our consumer and Dasher acquisition efforts.

Research and Development

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in millions)                

Research and development

   $      73      $      112      $      39        53

Research and development expenses increased by $39 million, or 53%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $55 million in personnel-related compensation expenses and allocated overhead due to increased headcount and an increase of $11 million in computer software expenses driven by the increasing scale in our business, partially offset by an increase in capitalized software and website development costs of $28 million.

As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses were 6% in the nine months ended September 30, 2020, decreasing from 12% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease in research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue was driven by increased operating leverage as a result of increasing scale in our business.

General and Administrative

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in millions)                

General and administrative

   $      179      $      337      $      158        88

General and administrative expenses increased by $158 million, or 88%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $68 million in legal, tax, and regulatory expenses, which include litigation settlement expenses and sales and indirect taxes, an increase of $22 million in personnel-related compensation expenses and allocated overhead due to increased headcount, an increase of $17 million in chargebacks associated with fraudulent credit card transactions, an increase of $13 million in professional services fees to support growth in our business, and an increase of $11 million in impairment expenses primarily associated with right-of-use assets.

As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses were 17% in the nine months ended September 30, 2020, decreasing from 31% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease in general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue was driven by increased operating leverage as a result of increasing scale in our business.

 

123


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
     2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in millions)                

Depreciation and amortization

   $      16      $      89      $      73        456

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $73 million, or 456%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by $43 million of amortization expenses for acquired intangible assets related to Caviar and $14 million of depreciation expenses related to equipment for merchants.

Interest Income

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
              
     2019      2020      $ Change     % Change  
     (in millions)               

Interest income

   $      14      $      6      $        (8)      (57 )% 

Interest income decreased by $8 million, or 57%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily driven by a change in our investment strategy to reduce the weighted-average maturity of our investment portfolio to less than one year which reduced the yield on our investment portfolio.

Interest Expense

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
             
     2019      2020     $ Change     % Change  
     (in millions)              

Interest expense

   $      —      $        (22)    $        (22)      (100 )% 

Interest expense increased by $22 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to the accrued payment-in-kind interest on our Convertible Notes issued in February 2020.

Other expense, net

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
     2019     2020      $ Change      % Change  
     (in millions)                

Other expense, net

   $        (67)    $      —      $      67        (100 )% 

Other expense, net decreased by $67 million, or 100% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease in other expense was attributable to non-cash changes in fair value of $67 million of a forward contract liability in connection with the issuance of shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock that was issued in February 2019 and settled in May 2019.

 

124


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2018      2019  
     (in millions)                

Revenue

   $      291      $      885      $      594        204

Revenue increased by $594 million, or 204%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by a 217% increase in Total Orders to 263 million, which led to a 186% increase in Marketplace GOV to $8.0 billion. The increase in Total Orders was primarily driven by an increase in new consumers acquired as a result of our continued expansion in our existing markets and expansion into new markets, as well as increased engagement from existing consumers. For the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue increased at a faster rate than Marketplace GOV primarily due to higher merchant commission rates and growth in orders completed through Drive.

Cost of Revenue, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2018      2019  
     (in millions)                

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $      228      $      523      $      295        129

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased by $295 million, or 129%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $138 million in order management costs driven by significant growth in the number of Total Orders, Marketplace GOV, and the introduction of occupational accident insurance for Dashers in the third quarter of 2019, an increase of $103 million in platform costs, as well as an increase of $36 million in personnel costs due to increased headcount.

As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, was 59% in the year ended December 31, 2019, decreasing from 78% in the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of revenue was primarily driven by product and operational improvements which improved the efficiency of our platform costs, as well as increased operating leverage as a result of increasing scale in our business.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2018      2019  
     (in millions)                

Sales and marketing

   $      135      $      594      $      459        340

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $459 million, or 340%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $365 million in merchant, consumer, and Dasher advertising and brand marketing expenses as we continued our focus on expansion and enhancing consumer adoption, and an increase of $42 million in

 

125


Table of Contents

personnel-related compensation expenses and allocated overhead. Additionally, referral expenses for consumers and Dashers increased by $40 million, from $5 million in the year ended December 31, 2018, to $45 million in the year ended December 31, 2019.

As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses were 67% in the year ended December 31, 2019, increasing from 46% in the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue was driven by greater investments in advertising costs to attract new merchants, consumers, and Dashers.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2018      2019  
     (in millions)                

Research and development

   $      51      $      107      $      56        110

Research and development expenses increased by $56 million, or 110%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $56 million in personnel-related compensation expenses and allocated overhead due to increased headcount.

As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses were 12% in the year ended December 31, 2019, decreasing from 18% in the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue was driven by increased operating leverage as a result of increasing scale in our business.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2018      2019  
     (in millions)                

General and administrative

   $      78      $      245      $      167        214

General and administrative expenses increased by $167 million, or 214%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $91 million in legal, tax, and regulatory expenses, which include litigation settlement expenses and sales and indirect taxes, an increase of $19 million in personnel-related compensation expenses and allocated overhead due to increased headcount, and $14 million in professional services fees and acquisition-related expenses.

As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses were 28% in the year ended December 31, 2019, increasing from 27% in the year ended December 31, 2018.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2018      2019  
     (in millions)                

Depreciation and amortization

   $      9      $      32      $      23        256

 

126


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $23 million, or 256%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by $12 million in depreciation expenses due to an increase in purchases of equipment for merchants as we added new merchants on our platform, as well as $7 million for two months of amortization expenses for acquired intangible assets related to Caviar.

Interest Income

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2018      2019  
     (in millions)                

Interest income

   $      7      $      18      $      11        157

Interest income increased by $11 million, or 157%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in interest income was primarily attributable to an increase in our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities.

Interest Expense

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2018     2019  
     (in millions)                

Interest expense

     $         (1)    $        –        $        1          (100)

Interest expense was not material for the periods presented.

Other Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2018      2019  
     (in millions)                

Other expense, net

   $        –      $        (68)      $      (68)        100

Other expense, net increased by $68 million, or 100%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This expense primarily relates to non-cash changes in fair value of $67 million of a forward contract liability in connection with the issuance of shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the quarterly periods for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The unaudited quarterly statements of operations data have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in our opinion, are necessary to state fairly the results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results of a particular quarter or other interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year. The following unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

127


Table of Contents

Quarterly Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2019
    Jun. 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    Jun. 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
 
     (in millions)  

Revenue

   $ 133     $ 215     $ 239     $ 298     $ 362     $ 675     $ 879  

Costs and expenses:(1)

              

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     98       122       133       170       194       323       382  

Sales and marketing

     135       143       167       149       152       168       290  

Research and development

     20       25       28       34       33       38       41  

General and administrative

     70       48       61       66       82       88       167  

Depreciation and amortization(2)

     4       5       7       16       24       31       34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     327       343       396       435       485       648       914  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (194     (128     (157     (137     (123     27       (35

Interest income

     3       5       6       4       3       2       1  

Interest expense

                             (4     (9     (9

Other (expense) income, net

           (67           (1     (4     3       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (191     (190     (151     (134     (128     23       (42

Provision for income taxes

                 1             1             1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (191   $ (190   $ (152   $ (134   $ (129   $ 23     $ (43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

   

 
     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2019
    Jun. 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    Jun. 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
 
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $ 1     $     $ 1     $     $ 1     $     $  

Sales and marketing

     1       1                   1              

Research and development

     2       2       2       2       1       2       2  

General and administrative

     2       1       1       2       2       1       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 6     $ 4     $ 4     $ 4     $ 5     $ 3     $ 3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2)

Depreciation and amortization related to the following:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2019
     Jun. 30,
2019
     Sept. 30,
2019
     Dec. 31,
2019
     Mar. 31,
2020
     Jun. 30,
2020
     Sept. 30,
2020
 
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 4      $ 5      $ 6      $ 12      $ 20      $ 25      $ 28  

Sales and marketing

                   1        2        3        3        4  

Research and development

                          1        1        2        1  

General and administrative

                          1               1        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 4      $ 5      $ 7      $ 16      $ 24      $ 31      $ 34  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

128


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Operations, as a percentage of revenue

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2019
    Jun. 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    Jun. 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
 

Revenue

     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Costs and expenses:

              

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     74     57     56     57     53     47     43

Sales and marketing

     101     67     70     50     42     25     33

Research and development

     15     12     11     12     9     6     5

General and administrative

     53     22     26     22     23     13     19

Depreciation and amortization

     3     2     3     5     7     5     4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     246     160     166     146     134     96     104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (146 )%      (60 )%      (66 )%      (46 )%      (34 )%      4     (4 )% 

Interest income

     2     2     2     1                  

Interest expense

                             (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )% 

Other (expense) income, net

           (30 )%                  (1 )%             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (144 )%      (88 )%      (64 )%      (45 )%      (36 )%      3     (5 )% 

Provision for income taxes

                                          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (144 )%      (88 )%      (64 )%      (45 )%      (36 )%      3     (5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends

Revenue

On a quarterly basis, our revenue increased for all quarters presented as a result of increases in Total Orders. The increase in Total Orders was primarily driven by an increase in new consumers acquired as a result of our continued expansion in our existing markets and expansion into new markets, increased engagement from existing consumers, and growth in orders completed through Drive. In the second and third quarters of 2020, these trends accelerated in part due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, which resulted in in-store dining shutdowns and the adoption of shelter-in-place measures.

Cost of Revenue, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

On a quarterly basis, cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased for all quarters presented primarily due to the growth in Total Orders and the number of new Dashers and merchants onboarded. Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of revenue primarily trended downward for the quarters presented primarily as a result of product and operational improvements which improved the efficiency of our platform costs, as well as increased operating leverage as a result of increasing scale in our business.

Sales and Marketing

On a quarterly basis, our sales and marketing expenses increased for all quarters presented with the exception of the fourth quarter of 2019. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue have generally trended downwards as a result of increased operating leverage as existing consumers generated a greater proportion of revenue, as well as increased efficiency in our consumer and Dasher acquisition efforts.

 

129


Table of Contents

Research and Development

On a quarterly basis, our research and development expenses increased for all quarters presented with the exception of the first quarter of 2020, primarily driven by increased personnel-related compensation expenses and allocated overhead due to increased headcount. Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue have generally trended downwards due to increased operating leverage as a result of increasing scale in our business.

General and Administrative

On a quarterly basis, our general and administrative expenses increased for all quarters presented with the exception of the second quarter of 2019 primarily due to fluctuations in legal, tax, and regulatory expenses, which include litigation settlement expenses and sales and indirect taxes, increased personnel-related compensation expenses and allocated overhead due to increased headcount, and an increase in professional services fees to support growth in our business. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue generally trended downwards as a result of increasing scale in our business and fluctuated due to variations in legal, tax, and regulatory reserves from period to period.

Depreciation and Amortization

On a quarterly basis, our depreciation and amortization expenses increased for all quarters presented. The increase was primarily driven by amortization of acquired intangible assets related to Caviar, as well as an increase in investment in equipment for merchants as we added new merchants on our platform. Depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of revenue fluctuated period to period primarily due to the amortization of acquired intangible assets related to Caviar beginning in the fourth quarter of 2019.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other expense, net increased significantly in the three months ended June 30, 2019 due to a $67 million non-cash change in fair value of a forward contract liability in connection with the issuance of shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock. This forward contract was issued in February 2019 and settled in May 2019.

Credit Facilities

On November 19, 2019, we entered into a revolving credit and guaranty agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, which, as amended and restated on August 7, 2020, provides for a $300 million unsecured revolving credit facility maturing on August 7, 2025, increasing to $400 million in aggregate revolving commitments upon the consummation of an IPO of our common stock on or prior to August 7, 2021. Loans under the credit facility bear interest, at our option, at (i) a base rate equal to the highest of (A) the prime rate, (B) the higher of the federal funds rate or a composite overnight bank borrowing rate plus 0.50%, or (C) an adjusted LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00%, or (ii) an adjusted LIBOR rate plus a margin equal to 1.00%. We are also obligated to pay other customary fees for a credit facility of this size and type, including letter of credit fees, an upfront fee, and an unused commitment fee. As of September 30, 2020, we were in compliance with the covenants under the revolving credit and guaranty agreement. As of September 30, 2020, no amounts were drawn and we had $38 million of issued letters of credit outstanding from the revolving credit and guaranty agreement.

In addition, as of September 30, 2020 we had outstanding letters of credit, established primarily for real estate leases and insurance policies, in an aggregate amount of $22 million issued by a different lender.

 

130


Table of Contents

The reimbursement obligations under these letters of credit are secured by cash held in restricted depository accounts. We expect that these letters of credit will be replaced by letters of credit under our revolving credit facility in the near future.

Convertible Notes

On February 19, 2020, we issued $340 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes pursuant to the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated February 19, 2020, among us, Caviar, and the investors party thereto, or the Note Investors. We refer to such agreement as the Note Purchase Agreement. We received net proceeds of $333 million, net of $2 million in debt issuance costs and an original issue discount of $5 million. The interest rate is 10.00% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. At our election, interest is to be paid in cash or by increasing the principal amount of the Convertible Notes by payment-in-kind. The Convertible Notes mature on March 1, 2025 unless earlier converted, redeemed, or repaid pursuant to their terms. The Convertible Notes are initially guaranteed by Caviar and are required to be guaranteed in the future by any of our subsidiaries that guarantee borrowings under our revolving credit facility, which we refer to, together with DoorDash, as the Credit Parties. The Convertible Notes contain certain affirmative and negative covenants applicable to us and the other Credit Parties, including, among other things, restrictions on the incurrence of indebtedness, the granting of liens, the entry into certain mergers or consolidations with other parties, the repurchase of stock, the issuance of dividends and other distributions, the entry into certain agreements, the entry into certain transactions with affiliates, and certain purchases of securities issued by third parties.

The Convertible Notes will be automatically converted upon the later of (i) the one-year anniversary of the issuance date of the Convertible Notes and (ii) the trading day that is the tenth trading day immediately following the date of a Qualified Public Company Event, (i) and (ii), in either case, the initial conversion date. A Qualified Public Company Event for purposes of the Convertible Notes means any transaction, including a direct listing or an initial public offering, that (i) results in our common stock being registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or the Nasdaq Global Market and (ii) occurs in connection with a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering with net proceeds of at least $100 million. If, following a Qualified Public Company Event, the conversion reference price for the Convertible Notes implies a market capitalization less than $10 billion, the Convertible Notes will automatically convert into a new non-convertible note bearing identical terms to the Convertible Notes (other than with respect to conversion), which is prepayable without penalty at our option at any time. For purposes of the Convertible Notes, the conversion reference price means the arithmetic average of the daily volume-weighted average price of our common stock for the ten trading days immediately prior to the initial conversion date. If, following a Qualified Public Company Event, the conversion reference price for the Convertible Notes implies a market capitalization greater than $10 billion, the Convertible Notes will automatically convert into shares of our Class A common stock over a 40-trading day period based on the daily volume-weighted average price per share of our Class A common stock during such period; provided, we may, in our sole discretion, elect to deliver cash in lieu of shares of Class A common stock in connection with such conversion.

Pursuant to the terms of the Convertible Notes, we are required to redeem the Convertible Notes upon the occurrence of certain change of control events (such redemption, a Change of Control Redemption). Upon the occurrence of an event triggering a Change of Control Redemption, we are required to redeem the Convertible Notes at a price equal to (i) if such redemption occurs prior to the one-year anniversary of the original issuance date of the Convertible Notes, the sum of (a) the principal amount of the Convertible Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and (b) the future value of interest that would accrue on the Convertible Notes through the one-year anniversary of the issuance date; and (ii) if such redemption occurs after the one-year anniversary of the original issuance date of the Convertible Notes, an amount equal to the principal amount of the Convertible Notes plus accrued

 

131


Table of Contents

and unpaid interest, if any. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the Convertible Notes, we are permitted to incur (i) $950 million (or $1.05 billion following a Qualified Public Company Event) of indebtedness plus (ii) additional indebtedness so long as our senior net leverage ratio is less than 2.5 to 1. Any additional indebtedness that is incurred in reliance on the preceding clause (ii) will require us to use the net proceeds from such additional indebtedness to redeem the Convertible Notes at a price equal to the product of (x) the principal amount of the Convertible Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and (y) 1.06. We may also prepay the Convertible Notes at our option at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Convertible Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, plus a specified make-whole premium.

Pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, we granted the Note Investors, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, a right of first offer with respect to the proposed offer, sale, or issuance by us of any debt securities that are senior to, or pari passu with, the Convertible Notes.

As of September 30, 2020, our Convertible Notes had a carrying value of $355 million on the consolidated balance sheet.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our founding, we have financed our operations primarily through the issuance of equity and debt securities and from payments received through our platform. As of September 30, 2020, we have raised an aggregate of $2.5 billion, net of issuance costs, through sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock and issuance and conversion of convertible notes, excluding a one-time non-cash forward contract liability of $68 million recognized in connection with the issuance of shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock. Convertible notes in the principal amount of $60 million were issued in the year ended December 31, 2017, and were subsequently converted into Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock during the year ended December 31, 2018. In February 2020, we raised $333 million, net through issuance of our Convertible Notes with an initial maturity date of March 2025, and an interest rate of 10.00% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. We have generated significant operating losses from our operations as reflected in our accumulated deficit of $1.3 billion as of September 30, 2020. We have incurred operating losses and generated negative cash flows from operations as we have invested to support the growth of our business. To execute on our strategic initiatives to continue to grow our business, we may incur operating losses and generate negative cash flows from operations in the future, and as a result, we may require additional capital resources. We believe our existing cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities, along with the $300 million in available borrowings under our unsecured revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditures needs for at least the next 12 months.

As of September 30, 2020, our principal sources of liquidity were cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities of $1.6 billion, which consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $1.1 billion, and marketable securities of $515 million. Additionally, funds held at payment processors of $80 million represent cash due from our payment processors for cleared transactions with merchants and consumers. Cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash on deposit with banks as well as institutional money market funds. Marketable securities consisted of commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency securities, and U.S. Treasury securities.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to our growth, our ability to attract and retain merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our platform, the continuing market acceptance of our offerings, the timing and extent of spending to support our efforts to develop our platform, and the expansion of sales and marketing activities. Further, we may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services, and technologies. We may be

 

132


Table of Contents

required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
    

(in millions)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (159   $ (467   $ (308   $ 315  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (357     (570     (222     (129

Net cash provided by financing activities

     666       1,109       1,010       714  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   $ 150     $ 72     $ 480     $ 900  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities was $308 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This consisted of a net loss of $533 million offset by a non-cash change in fair value of a forward contract liability of $67 million, non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $16 million, non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $14 million, non-cash reduction of operating lease right-of-use assets and accretion of operating lease liabilities of $14 million, non-cash bad debt expense of $2 million, and other non-cash income of $2 million. The net changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of an increase of $27 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets, an increase of $19 million in accounts receivable, net, an increase of $13 million in other assets, a decrease of $15 million in accounts payable, and a decrease of $4 million for payments for operating lease liabilities, offset by an increase of $168 million in accrued expenses and other current liabilities primarily related to sales tax payable and accrued sales and indirect taxes, accrued operations related expenses, and Dasher and merchant payable, and an increase of $23 million in other liabilities due to timing of legal settlements.

Cash provided by operating activities was $315 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This consisted of a net loss of $149 million, offset by non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $89 million, non-cash reduction of operating lease right-of-use assets and accretion of operating lease liabilities of $30 million, non-cash interest expense of $22 million, non-cash bad debt expense of $15 million, non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $11 million, and other non-cash expenses of $18 million. The net changes in operating assets and liabilities was the result of an increase of $452 million in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, primarily related to litigation reserves, sales tax payable and accrued sales and indirect taxes, accrued operations related expenses, and Dasher and merchant payable, an increase of $12 million in accounts payable, an increase of $11 million in other liabilities, and a decrease of $6 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets, offset by an increase of $139 million in accounts receivable, net, an increase of $30 million in funds held at payment processors, a decrease of $19 million for payments for operating lease liabilities, and an increase of $14 million in other assets. The increase in cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was mainly due to the decrease in net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Cash used in operating activities was $159 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This consisted of a net loss of $204 million offset by non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $24 million and non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $9 million. The net changes in operating assets and liabilities was the result of an increase of $30 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets, an increase of $19 million in funds held at payment processors, an increase of $17 million in accounts

 

133


Table of Contents

receivable, net, and an increase of $5 million in other assets due to timing of payments, offset by an increase of $48 million in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, an increase of $25 million in accounts payable, and an increase of $10 million in other liabilities.

Cash used in operating activities was $467 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This consisted of a net loss of $667 million, offset by a non-cash change in fair value of a forward contract liability of $67 million, non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $32 million, non-cash reduction of operating lease right-of-use assets and accretion of operating lease liabilities of $22 million, non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $18 million, and non-cash bad debt expense of $4 million. The net changes in operating assets and liabilities was the result of an increase of $88 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets, an increase of $40 million in accounts receivable, net, an increase of $18 million in other assets, an increase of $9 million in funds held at payment processors, a decrease of $23 million in other liabilities due to timing of legal settlements, a decrease of $13 million in accounts payable, and a decrease of $3 million for payments for operating lease liabilities, offset by an increase of $251 million in accrued expenses and other current liabilities primarily related to litigation reserves, sales tax payable and accrued sales and indirect taxes, accrued operations related expenses, and Dasher and merchant payable. The increase in cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year was mainly due to the increase in net loss for the year.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities was $222 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, which consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $607 million, purchases of property and equipment of $50 million, cash outflows for capitalized software and website development costs of $8 million, and cash paid for an acquisition, net of cash acquired, of $4 million, offset by proceeds from the sales and maturities of marketable securities of $447 million.

Cash used in investing activities was $129 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, which consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $445 million, purchases of property and equipment of $86 million, and cash outflows for capitalized software and website development costs of $36 million, offset by proceeds from the sales and maturities of marketable securities of $438 million.

Cash used in investing activities was $357 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, which consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $390 million, purchases of property and equipment of $13 million, and cash outflows for capitalized software and website development costs of $3 million, offset by proceeds from the maturities of marketable securities of $49 million.

Cash used in investing activities was $570 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, which consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $762 million, cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired, of $315 million, purchases of property and equipment of $78 million, cash outflows for capitalized software and website development costs of $14 million, and cash outflow from other investing activities of $1 million, offset by proceeds from the sales and maturities of marketable securities of $600 million.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $1.0 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, which consisted of $1.0 billion of net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and $2 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, offset by $2 million of cash outflows for payment of deferred offering costs and $1 million of cash outflows for other financing activities.

Cash provided by financing activities was $714 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, which consisted of $382 million of net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred

 

134


Table of Contents

stock, $333 million of net proceeds from the issuance of convertible promissory notes, and $4 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, offset by $5 million of cash outflows for payment of deferred offering costs.

Cash provided by financing activities was $666 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, which consisted of $725 million of net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and $5 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, offset by $60 million of cash outflows due to repurchases of common stock and $4 million of cash outflow from other financing activities.

Cash provided by financing activities was $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, which primarily consisted of $1.1 billion of net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and $3 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, partially offset by $3 million of cash outflows for payment of deferred offering costs.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2019:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 
     (in millions)  

Operating lease commitments(1)

   $ 544      $ 27      $ 76      $ 84      $ 357  

Non-cancelable purchase commitments(2)

     62        35        27                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations and commitments

   $ 606      $ 62      $ 103      $ 84      $ 357  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The contractual commitment amounts under operating leases in the table above are primarily related to corporate office facility leases, as well as other offices for our local operations. The table above does not reflect obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty, our option to exercise early termination rights, or the payment of related early termination fees.

(2)

As of December 31, 2019, our non-cancelable purchase commitments primarily pertained to the purchase of onboarding, data processing, and technology platform infrastructure services. The purchase commitments end on various dates that extend into 2022. These purchase commitments were not recorded as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019, as we had not yet received the related services.

Since January 2020, we entered into certain non-cancelable arrangements with third-party service providers specializing in onboarding, technology platform infrastructure, and advertising services under which we have total purchase commitments of $338 million through July 2024. These purchase commitments are not recorded as liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020, as we had not yet received the related services.

As of September 30, 2020, there were no other material changes to our purchase commitments since December 31, 2019.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in connection with our business, which primarily relate to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange risks.

 

135


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

Our investment portfolio consists of short-term fixed income securities, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds. These securities are classified as available-for-sale and, consequently, are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value with unrealized gains or losses, net of tax reported as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Our investment policy and strategy are focused on the preservation of capital and supporting our liquidity requirements. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

Based on our investment portfolio balance as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest rates would not have materially affected our consolidated financial statements. We currently do not hedge these interest rate exposures.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Transaction Exposure

We transact business in Canadian dollars and Australian dollars and have international revenue, as well as costs denominated in Canadian dollars and Australian dollars. This exposes us to the risk of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates are reflected in reported income and loss from our international businesses included in our consolidated statements of operations. A continued strengthening of the U.S. dollar would therefore reduce reported revenue and expenses from our international businesses included in our consolidated statements of operations.

Translation Exposure

We are also exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as we translate the financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars in consolidation. If there is a change in foreign currency exchange rates, the translation adjustments resulting from the conversion of the financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars would result in a gain or loss recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) which is part of stockholders’ deficit.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from our estimates. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be affected.

We believe that the accounting policies described below involve a significant degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, we believe these are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations. For further information, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

136


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with ASC 606. We generate a substantial majority of our revenue from orders completed through our Marketplace. We charge partner merchants commissions at an agreed-upon rate applied to the total dollar value of goods ordered in exchange for the use of our local logistics platform and we charge fees to consumers for use of our platform to arrange for delivery services. We also generate revenue from membership fees paid by consumers for DashPass, which is recognized as part of the DoorDash Marketplace. Revenue generated from DashPass subscriptions is recognized on a ratable basis over the contractual period, which is generally one month to one year depending on the type of subscription purchased by the consumer. In addition, we also generate revenue from Drive by collecting per-order fees from merchants that use our local logistics platform to arrange for delivery services that fulfill demand generated through their own channels.

Our platform facilitates orders between consumers and partner merchants. Separately, the platform arranges for consumers to obtain delivery service from Dashers. We determined that the order facilitation service and the delivery facilitation service are distinct performance obligations and therefore further judgment is required to determine whether we are a principal or agent in transactions with partner merchants, consumers, and Dashers.

Principal vs. Agent Considerations

Judgment is required in determining whether we are the principal or the agent in transactions with partner merchants, consumers, and Dashers. As it relates to the accounting for order facilitation services and delivery facilitation services, we evaluated whether to present revenue on a gross versus net basis based on whether we control each specified good or service before it is provided to the consumer in Marketplace transactions.

With respect to order facilitation services, we have determined that we are an agent for partner merchants in facilitating the sale of products to the consumer on our Marketplace. The consumer accesses our platform to identify merchants and place orders for merchants’ products. These orders are picked up from partner merchants and delivered to consumers by Dashers. We do not control the products prior to them being transferred to the consumer as we neither have the ability to redirect the products to another consumer nor do we obtain economic benefits from the products.

With respect to delivery facilitation services, we have determined that we are an agent for consumers in facilitating the delivery of products by connecting consumers with Dashers. As our role with the delivery facilitation service is only to arrange for a delivery opportunity to be offered to prospective Dashers, we do not control how the delivery service is ultimately provided to the consumer.

As we are an agent in facilitating the sale of products and delivery services, we report revenue on a net basis, reflecting amounts collected from consumers, less amounts remitted to merchants and Dashers.

We recognize revenue from both partner merchants and consumers for each successfully completed transaction. We satisfy our performance obligations to a partner merchant when there is a successful sale of the merchant’s products. We meet our performance obligations to a consumer once the Dasher has picked up the products from the merchant for delivery to the consumer.

Refunds and Credits

From time to time, we issue credits or refunds to merchants and consumers to ameliorate issues that may arise with orders. We account for such refunds as variable consideration and therefore record the amount of each refund or credit issued as a reduction to revenue.

 

137


Table of Contents

Incentive Programs

We offer incentives to attract consumers and Dashers to use our local logistics platform. Consumers typically receive credits or discounted delivery fees while Dashers typically receive cash incentives. Each of the incentives are described below:

Consumer Promotions

We use promotions in tandem with sales and marketing spend to attract new consumers to our platform. Promotions offered to consumers are primarily recorded as a reduction of revenue and include the following:

New consumer incentives: We record discounts and incentives provided to new consumers as a promotion and reduce revenue on the date we record the corresponding revenue transaction.

Consumer referrals: We offer referral credits to our existing consumers for referrals of new consumers. These referral credits are paid in exchange for a distinct marketing service and therefore the portion of these credits that is equal to or less than the fair value of acquiring a new consumer are accounted for as a consumer acquisition cost. These new consumer acquisition costs are expensed as incurred and reflected as sales and marketing expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. The portion of these credits in excess of the fair value of acquiring a new consumer is accounted for as a reduction of revenue.

Existing consumer incentives: On occasion, we offer promotional discounts to existing consumers. We record incentives provided to existing consumers as a promotion and reduce revenue on the date we record the corresponding revenue transaction.

Dasher Incentives and Referrals

We offer various incentives to Dashers, which are primarily recorded within Dasher payout and reduce revenue. These are offered in various forms and include:

Peak pay: We make additional payments to Dashers to incentivize them to accept delivery opportunities during peak demand time.

Dasher referrals: We offer referral bonuses to referring Dashers, as well as to referred Dashers, once the new Dasher has met certain qualifying conditions. We expense the fair value of payments made to the referring Dashers as incurred in sales and marketing expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, since the marketing of our platform to acquire new Dashers represents a distinct benefit to us. The portion of these referral bonuses in excess of the fair value of payments made to the referring Dashers is accounted for as a reduction of revenue. Payments made to the referred Dashers are recorded within Dasher payout and reduce revenue at the time we record the corresponding revenue transaction.

Leases

We apply the guidance in ASC 842 and determine if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception. We adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective transition method and used the effective date as the date of initial application. We have elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of our leases.

A contract is or contains a lease if it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Our classes of assets that are leased include real estate leases and equipment leases. Operating leases consist of real estate leases and are included in operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

138


Table of Contents

Finance leases consist of equipment leases and are included in property and equipment, net, other current liabilities, and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Additionally, we have elected the short-term lease exception for all classes of assets, and therefore do not apply the recognition requirements for leases of 12 months or less.

We sublease certain portions of buildings subject to operating leases. The terms and conditions of the subleases are commensurate with the terms and conditions within the original operating leases. The term of the subleases generally range from four to five years, payments are fixed within the contracts, and there are no residual value guarantees or other restrictions or covenants in the leases.

When the discount rate implicit in the lease cannot be readily determined, we use the applicable incremental borrowing rate at lease commencement in order to discount lease payments to present value for purposes of performing lease classification tests and measuring the lease liability. The incremental borrowing rate represents the rate of interest we would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. Because we do not generally borrow on a collateralized basis, we use a derived unsecured synthetic credit rating adjusted for collateralization, current available yield curves, and the lease term as inputs to derive an appropriate incremental borrowing rate.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Options

We estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of stock options that are expected to vest is recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Forfeitures are accounted for when they occur.

The Black-Scholes model considers several variables and assumptions in estimating the fair value of stock-based awards. These variables include:

Fair value of common stock—Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock. Our board of directors considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as discussed in “—Common Stock Valuations” below.

Expected volatility—Expected volatility is a measure of the amount by which the stock price is expected to fluctuate. Since we do not have sufficient trading history of our common stock, we estimate the expected volatility by taking the average historical volatility of a group of comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected term of the awards.

Expected term—We determine the expected term based on the average period the stock-based awards are expected to remain outstanding using the simplified method, generally calculated as the midpoint of the stock options’ vesting term and contractual expiration period, as we do not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior.

Risk-free rate—We use the U.S. Treasury yield for our risk-free interest rate that corresponds with the expected term.

Expected dividend yield—We utilize a dividend yield of zero, as we do not currently issue dividends, nor do we expect to do so in the future.

Restricted Stock Units

The fair value of RSUs is estimated based on the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of RSUs that are expected to vest is recognized as compensation expense over the

 

139


Table of Contents

requisite service period, using the accelerated attribution method, once the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition becomes probable of being achieved. Our RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event-related performance vesting condition. The service-based vesting condition is generally satisfied by the award holder providing services to us over a four-year period. The liquidity event-related performance vesting condition is satisfied on the earlier of: (i) a sale event for us or (ii) this offering. Through September 30, 2020, no stock-based compensation expense had been recognized for such RSUs because a qualifying event, as described above, was not probable. In connection with this offering, we will begin recording stock-based compensation expense based on the grant-date fair value of the RSUs using the accelerated attribution method. If this offering had been completed on September 30, 2020, we would have recorded a cumulative stock-based compensation expense of $243 million for those RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition had been satisfied, and would have $225 million of unrecognized compensation expense that represents the RSUs that had not met the service-based vesting condition as of September 30, 2020. We expect to recognize the unrecognized compensation expense over a weighted-average period of 3.14 years.

Common Stock Valuations

Prior to this offering, given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors determined the best estimate of fair value of our common stock exercising reasonable judgment and considering numerous objective and subjective factors. These factors included:

 

   

contemporaneous third-party valuations of our common stock;

 

   

the prices at which we or other holders sold our common and redeemable convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arms-length transactions;

 

   

the rights, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

the price paid by us to repurchase outstanding shares through tender offer;

 

   

our financial condition, results of operations, and capital resources;

 

   

the industry outlook;

 

   

the fact that option and RSU grants have involved rights in illiquid securities in a private company;

 

   

the valuation of comparable companies;

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

the history and nature of our business, industry trends, and competitive environment; and

 

   

general economic outlook including economic growth, inflation, unemployment, interest rate environment, and global economic trends.

Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock by first determining the enterprise value of our business, and then allocating the value among the various classes of our equity securities to derive a per share value of our common stock.

The enterprise value of our business was primarily estimated by reference to the closest round of equity financing preceding the date of the valuation. In a few cases, we also utilized the income approach. The

 

140


Table of Contents

income approach estimates the enterprise value of the business based on the cash flows that it expects to generate over its remaining life. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a rate of return appropriate for the risk of achieving the business’s projected cash flows. The present value of the estimated cash flows is then added to the present value equivalent of the residual value of the business at the end of the projected period to calculate the business enterprise value. The residual value was estimated based on the projected value of comparable public companies in a similar line of business that are publicly traded.

In allocating the enterprise value of our business among the various classes of stock prior to January 2019, we used the option pricing method, or OPM, which models each class of stock as a call option with a unique claim on our assets. We used a combination of probability weighted OPM and probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM, to allocate the enterprise value of our business among the various classes of stock since January 2019. PWERM involves a forward-looking analysis of the possible future outcomes of the enterprise. This method is particularly useful when discrete future outcomes can be predicted at a relatively high confidence level with a probability distribution. Discrete future outcomes considered under the PWERM include an initial public offering, or IPO, of our common stock, as well as non-IPO market-based outcomes. Determining the fair value of the enterprise using the PWERM requires us to develop assumptions and estimates for both the probability of an IPO liquidity event and stay private outcomes, as well as the values we expect those outcomes could yield.

After the allocation to the various classes of stock, a discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, is applied to arrive at a fair value of the common stock. A DLOM is meant to account for the lack of marketability of a stock that is not traded on public exchanges. In making the final determination of common stock value, consideration is also given to the recent sales of common stock.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies, and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common stock.

For valuations after the completion of an IPO, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying Class A common stock based on the closing price of our Class A common stock as reported on the date of grant.

CEO Performance Award

In                  2020, our board of directors granted the CEO Performance Award, an RSU award under our 2014 Plan to Mr. Xu covering                  shares of our Class A common stock. The CEO Performance Award vests upon the satisfaction of a service condition and achievement of certain stock price goals, as described below.

The CEO Performance Award will vest only if we achieve certain stock price goals, which if achieved, would allow our other stockholders to benefit from the increases in our stock price.

To further encourage Mr. Xu to focus on the long-term success of our business, Mr. Xu must hold any after-tax shares that are issued to him pursuant to the CEO Performance Award for at least two years following the date that portion of the CEO Performance Award vests.

The CEO Performance Award is eligible to vest based on our stock price performance over a performance period beginning on the first trading day one and one-half years following the day after the

 

141


Table of Contents

effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and ending on the seventh anniversary of the day after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and provided such effective date occurs within six months following the date of grant. The CEO Performance Award is divided into nine tranches that are eligible to vest based on the achievement of stock price goals, each a Company Stock Price Target, measured based on an average of our stock price over a consecutive 180-day trading period during the performance period as set forth below. This measurement period was designed to reward Mr. Xu only if we achieved sustained growth in our stock price:

 

 

  

Company Stock

Price Target

  

Number of RSUs

Eligible to Vest

1.      
2.      
3.      
4.      
5.      
6.      
7.      
8.      
9.      

If our stock price fails to reach $             during the performance period, no portion of the CEO Performance Award shall vest. The Company Stock Price Targets and Number of RSUs Eligible to Vest will be adjusted to reflect any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations, reclassifications, or similar event under the 2014 Plan.

For an RSU under the CEO Performance Award to vest, Mr. Xu must be employed as our Chief Executive Officer as of the applicable achievement date.

Each vested RSU under the CEO Performance Award will be settled in a share of our Class A common stock on the next company quarterly vesting date occurring on or after the date on which the RSU vests, regardless of whether Mr. Xu remains our Chief Executive Officer as of such date.

Any shares of our Class A common stock issued to Mr. Xu following the vesting and settlement of RSUs under the CEO Performance Award may be exchanged by Mr. Xu for shares of our Class B common stock on the terms set forth in the Equity Award Exchange Agreement between us and Mr. Xu. See “Prospectus Summary—The Offering” for additional information.

We estimated the grant date fair value of the CEO Performance Award using a model based on multiple stock price paths developed through the use of a Monte Carlo simulation that incorporates into the valuation the possibility that the Company Stock Price Targets may not be satisfied. The average grant date fair value of the CEO Performance Award was estimated to be $             per share, and we will recognize total stock-based compensation expense of $             million over the requisite service period of each of the nine separate tranches. If the Company Stock Price Targets are met sooner than the derived service period, we will adjust our stock-based compensation expense to reflect the cumulative expense associated with the vested award. We will recognize stock-based compensation expense if service as our Chief Executive Officer is provided by Mr. Xu over the requisite service period, regardless of whether the Company Stock Price Targets are achieved.

Business Combinations

We account for our business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, allocation of the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible and intangible

 

142


Table of Contents

assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. When determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, we make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable, and as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. During the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with a corresponding offset to goodwill if new information is obtained related to facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. Acquisition costs, such as legal and consulting fees, are expensed as incurred.

Insurance Reserves

We utilize third-party insurance, which may include deductibles and self-insured retentions, to insure costs including auto liability, uninsured and underinsured motorists, and auto physical damage up to a certain dollar limit. The recorded insurance reserves reflect the estimated cost for claims incurred but not paid and claims that have been incurred but not yet reported. Liabilities are evaluated for appropriateness leveraging a valuation report provided by an independent third-party actuary. These estimates are continually reviewed and adjusted as experience develops and new information becomes known. To limit exposure to some risks, we maintain additional insurance coverage with varying limits and retentions. We cannot predict whether this insurance will be adequate to cover all potential hazards incidental to our business. Reserves are periodically reviewed and adjusted as necessary as experience develops or new information becomes known. However, ultimate results may differ from our estimates, which could result in losses over our reserved amounts.

Loss Contingencies

We are involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations, and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. Certain of these matters include speculative claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts of damages. We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount or range can be reasonably estimated. We disclose material contingencies when we believe that a loss is not probable but reasonably possible. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. We review these provisions on a quarterly basis and adjust these provisions accordingly to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information.

The outcome of legal matters and litigation is inherently uncertain. Therefore, if one or more of these legal matters were resolved against us for amounts in excess of management’s expectations, our results of operations, and financial condition, including in a particular reporting period, could be materially adversely affected.

Sales and Indirect Taxes

We record a reserve for potential sales and indirect tax liabilities associated with our revenue transactions when they become probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, and such reserve is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. We continue to analyze possible sales tax exposure but do not currently believe that any individual claim or aggregate claims that might arise will ultimately have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

 

143


Table of Contents

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We meet the definition of an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, which permits us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information on recently issued accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

144


Table of Contents

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We use adjusted cost of revenue, adjusted sales and marketing expense, adjusted research and development expense, adjusted general and administrative expense, Contribution Profit (Loss), Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin in conjunction with GAAP measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and quarterly forecasts, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our business and financial performance. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors about our business and financial performance, enhance their overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, and allow for greater transparency with respect to metrics used by our management in their financial and operational decision making. We are presenting these non-GAAP financial measures to assist investors in seeing our business and financial performance through the eyes of management, and because we believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide an additional tool for investors to use in comparing results of operations of our business over multiple periods with other companies in our industry.

Our definitions may differ from the definitions used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. In addition, other companies may not publish these or similar metrics. Further, these metrics have certain limitations in that they do not include the impact of certain expenses that are reflected in our consolidated statements of operations. Thus, our adjusted cost of revenue, adjusted sales and marketing expense, adjusted research and development expense, adjusted general and administrative expense, Contribution Profit (Loss), Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin should be considered in addition to, not as substitutes for, or in isolation from, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

We compensate for these limitations by providing a reconciliation of adjusted cost of revenue, adjusted sales and marketing expense, adjusted research and development expense, adjusted general and administrative expense, Contribution Profit (Loss), Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to their respective related GAAP financial measures. We encourage investors and others to review our business, results of operations, and financial information in its entirety, not to rely on any single financial measure, and to view adjusted cost of revenue, adjusted sales and marketing expense, adjusted research and development expense, adjusted general and administrative expense, Contribution Profit (Loss), Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin in conjunction with their respective related GAAP financial measures.

Adjusted Cost of Revenue

We define adjusted cost of revenue as cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, excluding stock-based compensation and allocated overhead. We exclude stock-based compensation as it is non-cash in nature and we exclude allocated overhead as it is generally a fixed cost and is not directly impacted by Total Orders.

 

145


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, to adjusted cost of revenue:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $ 228     $ 523     $ 353     $ 899  

Adjusted to exclude the following

        

Stock-based compensation expense

     (3     (2     (2     (1

Allocated overhead

     (4     (17     (10     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted cost of revenue

   $ 221     $ 504     $ 341     $ 884  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, to adjusted cost of revenue for each of the quarterly periods for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2019
    Jun. 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    Jun. 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
 
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $       98     $     122     $     133     $     170     $     194     $     323     $     382  

Adjusted to exclude the following:

              

Stock-based compensation expense

     (1           (1           (1            

Allocated overhead

     (2     (3     (5     (7     (5     (5     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted cost of revenue

   $ 95     $ 119     $ 127     $ 163     $ 188     $ 318     $ 378  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Sales and Marketing Expense

We define adjusted sales and marketing expense as sales and marketing expenses excluding stock-based compensation and allocated overhead. We exclude stock-based compensation as it is non-cash in nature and we exclude allocated overhead as it is generally a fixed cost and is not directly impacted by Total Orders.

The following table provides a reconciliation of sales and marketing expense to adjusted sales and marketing expense:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in millions)  

Sales and marketing

   $       135     $       594     $       445     $       610  

Adjusted to exclude the following

        

Stock-based compensation expense

     (3     (2     (2     (1

Allocated overhead

     (3     (11     (7     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted sales and marketing

   $ 129     $ 581     $ 436     $ 599  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

146


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of sales and marketing expense to adjusted sales and marketing expense for each of the quarterly periods for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2019
    Jun. 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    Jun. 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
 
     (in millions)  

Sales and marketing

   $       135     $       143     $       167     $       149     $       152     $       168     $       290  

Adjusted to exclude the following:

              

Stock-based compensation expense

     (1     (1                 (1            

Allocated overhead

     (2     (2     (3     (4     (2     (4     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted sales and marketing

   $ 132     $ 140     $ 164     $ 145     $ 149     $ 164     $ 286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Research and Development Expense

We define adjusted research and development expense as research and development expenses excluding stock-based compensation and allocated overhead. We exclude stock-based compensation as it is non-cash in nature and we exclude allocated overhead as it is generally a fixed cost and is not directly impacted by Total Orders.

The following table provides a reconciliation of research and development expense to adjusted research and development expense:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in millions)  

Research and development

   $         51     $       107     $       73     $       112  

Adjusted to exclude the following:

        

Stock-based compensation expense

     (11     (8     (6     (5

Allocated overhead

     (3     (12     (8     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted research and development

   $ 37     $ 87     $ 59     $ 96  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of research and development expense to adjusted research and development expense for each of the quarterly periods for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2019
    Jun. 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    Jun. 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
 
     (in millions)  

Research and development

   $       20     $       25     $       28     $       34     $       33     $       38     $       41  

Adjusted to exclude the following:

              

Stock-based compensation expense

     (2     (2     (2     (2     (1     (2     (2

Allocated overhead

     (2     (3     (3     (4     (4     (3     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted research and development

   $ 16     $ 20     $ 23     $ 28     $ 28     $ 33     $ 35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

147


Table of Contents

Adjusted General and Administrative Expense

We define adjusted general and administrative expense as general and administrative expenses excluding stock-based compensation, certain legal, tax, and regulatory settlements, reserves, and expenses, acquisition-related costs, impairment expenses, and including allocated overhead from cost of revenue, sales and marketing, and research and development. We exclude stock-based compensation as it is non-cash in nature and we exclude certain legal, tax, and regulatory settlements, reserves, and expenses, acquisition-related costs, as well as impairment expenses, as these costs are not indicative of our operating performance.

The following table provides a reconciliation of general and administrative expense to adjusted general and administrative expense:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in millions)  

General and administrative

   $         78     $       245     $       179     $       337  

Adjusted to exclude the following:

        

Stock-based compensation expense

     (7     (6     (4     (4

Certain legal, tax, and regulatory settlements, reserves, and expenses(1)

     (19     (86     (73     (115

Acquisition-related costs

     —         (5     (4     —    

Impairment expenses

     —         —         —         (11

Allocated overhead from cost of revenue, sales and marketing, and research and development

     10       40       25       35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted general and administrative

   $ 62     $ 188     $ 123     $ 242  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

We exclude certain costs and expenses from our calculation of adjusted general and administrative expense because management believes that these costs and expenses are not indicative of our core operating performance, do not reflect the underlying economics of our business, and are not necessary to operate our business. These excluded costs and expenses consist of (i) certain legal, tax, and regulatory settlements, reserves, and expenses, or legal matter costs, related to the following: (a) worker classification matters, which were $13 million and $73 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $62 million and $70 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, (b) our historical Dasher pay model prior to the change to such pay model in 2019, which were zero for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and zero and $4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and (c) our September 2019 data breach incident, which were zero and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and zero for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, (ii) reserves for the collection of sales and indirect taxes that we do not expect to incur on a recurring basis, which were $6 million and $11 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $11 million and zero for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and (iii) expenses related to supporting an initiative on the November 2020 ballot in California to obtain certainty regarding worker classification matters, which were zero and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and zero and $41 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We believe it is appropriate to exclude legal matter costs related to worker classification matters, our historical Dasher pay model and our September 2019 data breach incident from our calculation of adjusted general and administrative expense because (1) the timing and magnitude of such legal matter costs are unpredictable and thus not part of management’s budgeting or forecasting process and (2) with respect to worker classification matters, management currently expects such legal matter costs will not be material to our results of operations over the long term as a result of increasing legislative and regulatory certainty in this area, including as a result of the 2020 California ballot initiative.

 

148


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of general and administrative expense to adjusted general and administrative expense for each of the quarterly periods for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2019
    Jun. 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    Jun. 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
 
     (in millions)  

General and administrative

   $       70     $       48     $       61     $       66     $       82     $     88     $       167  

Adjusted to exclude the following:

              

Stock-based compensation expense

     (2     (1     (1     (2     (2     (1     (1

Certain legal, tax, and regulatory settlements, reserves, and expenses(1)

     (40     (16     (17     (13     (24     (12     (79

Acquisition-related costs

     —         —         (4     (1     —         —         —    

Impairment expenses

     —         —         —         —         —         (6     (5

Allocated overhead from cost of revenue, sales and marketing, and research and development

     6       8       11       15       11       12       12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted general and administrative

   $ 34     $ 39     $ 50     $ 65     $ 67     $ 81     $ 94  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

We exclude certain costs and expenses from our calculation of adjusted general and administrative expense because management believes that these costs and expenses are not indicative of our core operating performance, do not reflect the underlying economics of our business, and are not necessary to operate our business. These excluded costs and expenses consist of (i) legal matter costs related to the following: (a) worker classification matters, (b) our historical Dasher pay model prior to the change to such pay model in 2019, and (c) our September 2019 data breach incident, (ii) reserves for the collection of sales and indirect taxes that we do not expect to incur on a recurring basis, and (iii) expenses related to supporting an initiative on the November 2020 ballot in California to obtain certainty regarding worker classification matters. We believe it is appropriate to exclude legal matter costs related to worker classification matters, our historical Dasher pay model and our September 2019 data breach incident from our calculation of adjusted general and administrative expense because (1) the timing and magnitude of such legal matter costs are unpredictable and thus not part of management’s budgeting or forecasting process and (2) with respect to worker classification matters, management currently expects such legal matter costs will not be material to our results of operations over the long term as a result of increasing legislative and regulatory certainty in this area, including as a result of the 2020 California ballot initiative.

Contribution Profit (Loss)

We use Contribution Profit (Loss) to evaluate our operating performance and trends. We believe that Contribution Profit (Loss) is a useful indicator of the economic impact of orders fulfilled through DoorDash as it takes into account the direct expenses associated with generating and fulfilling orders. We define Contribution Profit (Loss) as our gross profit (loss) less sales and marketing expense plus (i) depreciation and amortization expense related to cost of revenue, (ii) stock-based compensation expense included in cost of revenue and sales and marketing expenses, and (iii) allocated overhead included in cost of revenue and sales and marketing expenses. Gross profit (loss) is defined as revenue less (i) cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization and (ii) depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue. We define gross margin as gross profit (loss) as a percentage of revenue for the same period and we define Contribution Margin as Contribution Profit (Loss) as a percentage of revenue for the same period.

 

149


Table of Contents

Gross profit (loss) is the most directly comparable financial measure to Contribution Profit (Loss). The following table provides a reconciliation of gross profit (loss) to Contribution Profit (Loss):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Revenue

   $ 291     $ 885     $ 587     $ 1,916  

Less: Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     (228     (523     (353     (899

Less: Depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue

     (8     (27     (15     (73
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 55     $ 335     $ 219     $ 944  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     19 %      38 %      37 %      49 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Sales and marketing

     (135     (594     (445     (610

Add: Depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue

     8       27       15       73  

Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in cost of revenue and sales and marketing

     6       4       4       2  

Add: Allocated overhead included in cost of revenue and sales and marketing

     7       28       17       24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contribution Profit (Loss)

   $ (59   $ (200   $ (190   $ 433  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contribution Margin

     (20 )%      (23 )%      (32 )%      23 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of gross profit (loss) to Contribution Profit (Loss) for each of the quarterly periods for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2019
    Jun. 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    Jun. 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
 
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Revenue

   $ 133     $ 215     $ 239     $ 298     $ 362     $ 675     $ 879  

Less: Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     (98     (122     (133     (170     (194     (323     (382

Less: Depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue

     (4     (5     (6     (12     (20     (25     (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 31     $ 88     $ 100     $ 116     $ 148     $ 327     $ 469  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     23 %      41 %      42 %      39 %      41 %      48 %      53 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Sales and marketing

     (135     (143     (167     (149     (152     (168     (290

Add: Depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue

     4       5       6       12       20       25       28  

Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in cost of revenue and sales and marketing

     2       1       1             2              

Add: Allocated overhead included in cost of revenue and sales and marketing

     4       5       8       11       7       9       8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contribution Profit (Loss)

   $ (94   $ (44   $ (52   $ (10   $ 25     $ 193     $ 215  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contribution Margin

     (71 )%      (20 )%      (22 )%      (3 )%      7 %      29 %      24 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

150


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a measure that we use to assess our operating performance and the operating leverage in our business. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude (i) certain legal, tax, and regulatory settlements, reserves, and expenses, (ii) a one-time non-cash change in fair value of a forward contract related to the issuance of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, (iii) loss on disposal of property and equipment, (iv) acquisition-related costs, (v) impairment expenses, (vi) provision for income taxes, (vii) interest income and expense, (viii) foreign exchange gain (loss), (ix) stock-based compensation expense and certain payroll tax expense, and (x) depreciation and amortization expense. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA for a period by revenue for the same period.

The following tables provide a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and a calculation of net margin and Adjusted EBITDA Margin:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in millions)  

Net loss

   $ (204   $ (667   $ (533   $ (149

Certain legal, tax, and regulatory settlements, reserves, and expenses(1)

     19       86       73       115  

One-time non-cash change in fair value of a forward contract(2)

     —         67       67       —    

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     —         1       —         —    

Acquisition-related costs

     —         5       4       —    

Impairment expenses(3)

     —         —         —         11  

Provision for income taxes

     —         1       1       2  

Interest income and expense

     (6     (18     (14     16  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     —         —         —        
—  
 

Stock-based compensation expense and certain payroll tax expense(4)

     24       18       14       11  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     9       32       16       89  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (158   $ (475   $ (372   $ 95  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

We exclude certain costs and expenses from our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA because management believes that these costs and expenses are not indicative of our core operating performance, do not reflect the underlying economics of our business, and are not necessary to operate our business. These excluded costs and expenses consist of (i) legal matter costs related to the following: (a) worker classification matters, which were $13 million and $73 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $62 million and $70 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, (b) our historical Dasher pay model prior to the change to such pay model in 2019, which were zero for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and zero and $4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and (c) our September 2019 data breach incident, which were zero and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and zero for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, (ii) reserves for the collection of sales and indirect taxes that we do not expect to incur on a recurring basis, which were $6 million and $11 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $11 million and zero for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and (iii) expenses related to supporting an initiative on the November 2020 ballot in California to obtain certainty regarding worker classification matters, which were zero and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and zero and $41 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We believe it is appropriate to exclude legal matter costs related to worker classification matters, our historical Dasher pay model and our September 2019 data breach incident from our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA because (1) the timing and magnitude of such legal matter costs are unpredictable and thus not part of management’s budgeting or forecasting process and (2) with respect to worker classification matters, management currently expects such legal matter costs will not be material to our results of operations over the long term as a result of increasing legislative and regulatory certainty in this area, including as a result of the 2020 California ballot initiative.

(2)

In connection with the issuance of shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, we committed to sell an existing investor shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock in a subsequent closing at the initial issuance

 

151


Table of Contents
 

price of the Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock. We determined this commitment to be a forward contract, classified as a liability and measured at fair value on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value recognized in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. This forward contract was entered into and settled during the year ended December 31, 2019.

(3)

Consists of impairment expense related to an operating lease right-of-use asset associated with our former headquarters, which we assigned to another company. The sublessee of the operating lease right-of-use asset is in default with respect to rental payments as of April 1, 2020 onwards. For more information, see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(4)

Represents stock-based compensation expense, as well as payroll tax expense related to stock-based compensation expense incurred in connection with this offering.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Revenue

   $ 291     $ 885     $ 587     $ 1,916  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (204   $ (667   $ (533   $ (149
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net margin

     (70 )%      (75 )%      (91 )%      (8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Revenue

   $ 291     $ 885     $ 587     $ 1,916  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (158   $ (475   $ (372   $ 95  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     (54 )%      (54 )%      (63 )%      5 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables provide a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and a calculation of net margin and Adjusted EBITDA Margin for each of the quarterly periods for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2019
    Jun. 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    Jun. 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
 
     (in millions)  

Net (loss) income

   $ (191   $ (190   $ (152   $ (134   $ (129   $ 23     $ (43

Certain legal, tax, and regulatory reserves and expenses(1)

     40       16       17       13       24       12       79  

One-time non-cash change in fair value of forward contracts(2)

     —         67       —         —         —         —         —    

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     —         —         —         1       —         —         —    

Acquisition-related costs

     —         —         4       1       —         —         —    

Impairment expenses(3)

     —         —         —         —         —         6       5  

Provision for income taxes

     —         —         1       —         1       —         1  

Interest income and expense

     (3     (5     (6     (4     1       7       8  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     —         —         —         —         4       (3     (1

Stock-based compensation expense and certain payroll tax expense(4)

     6       4       4       4       5       3       3  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     4       5       7       16       24       31       34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (144   $ (103   $ (125   $ (103   $ (70   $ 79     $ 86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

152


Table of Contents

 

(1)

We exclude certain costs and expenses from our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA because management believes that these costs and expenses are not indicative of our core operating performance, do not reflect the underlying economics of our business, and are not necessary to operate our business. These excluded costs and expenses consist of (i) legal matter costs related to the following: (a) worker classification matters, (b) our historical Dasher pay model prior to the change to such pay model in 2019, and (c) our September 2019 data breach incident, (ii) reserves for the collection of sales and indirect taxes that we do not expect to incur on a recurring basis, and (iii) expenses related to supporting an initiative on the November 2020 ballot in California to obtain certainty regarding worker classification matters. We believe it is appropriate to exclude legal matter costs related to worker classification matters, our historical Dasher pay model and our September 2019 data breach incident from our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA because (1) the timing and magnitude of such legal matter costs are unpredictable and thus not part of management’s budgeting or forecasting process and (2) with respect to worker classification matters, management currently expects such legal matter costs will not be material to our results of operations over the long term as a result of increasing legislative and regulatory certainty in this area, including as a result of the 2020 California ballot initiative.

(2)

In connection with the issuance of shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, we committed to sell an existing investor shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock in a subsequent closing at the initial issuance price of the Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock. We determined this commitment to be a forward contract, classified as a liability and measured at fair value on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value recognized in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. This forward contract was entered into and settled during the year ended December 31, 2019.

(3)

Consists of impairment expense related to an operating lease right-of-use asset associated with our former headquarters, which we assigned to another company. the sublessee of the operating lease right-of-use asset is in default with respect to rental payments as of April 1, 2020 onwards. For more information, see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(4)

Represents stock-based compensation expense, as well as payroll tax expense related to stock-based compensation expense incurred in connection with this offering.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2019
    Jun. 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    Jun. 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
 
     (in millions)        

Revenue

   $ 133     $ 215     $ 239     $ 298     $ 362     $ 675     $ 879  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (191   $ (190   $ (152   $ (134   $ (129   $ 23     $ (43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net margin

     (144 )%      (88 )%      (64 )%      (45 )%      (36 )%      3 %      (5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2019
    Jun. 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    Jun. 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
 
     (in millions)        

Revenue

   $ 133     $ 215     $ 239     $ 298     $ 362     $ 675     $ 879  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (144   $ (103   $ (125   $ (103   $ (70   $ 79     $ 86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     (108 )%      (48 )%      (52 )%      (35 )%      (19 )%      12 %      10 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

153


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Technology has changed consumer behavior and driven a wave of demand for convenience. Recent events have further accelerated these trends, pulling the future of e-commerce forward for businesses large and small. As consumers demand products and services quickly, inexpensively, and at the touch of a button, local businesses have struggled to adjust.

We have built a local logistics platform that connects over 390,000 merchants,57 over 18 million consumers,58 and over 1 million Dashers59 in the United States, Canada, and Australia every month. We have broad national coverage in the United States, with availability to over 85% of the U.S. population. Our platform enables local brick-and-mortar businesses to address consumers’ expectations of ease and immediacy and thrive in today’s convenience economy.

LOCAL BUSINESSES ARE NOT EQUIPPED TO THRIVE IN TODAY’S CONVENIENCE ECONOMY

Consumers value frictionless online shopping experiences and on-demand delivery. Consumers’ expectations of ease and immediacy with every purchase has been a boon for some companies but damaging for many others. Local businesses have historically provided rich personalized experiences for consumers who shop in-store, but consumers are no longer going to physical storefronts for every purchase. Business is now happening where consumers are: at work, at home, and on-the-go. We believe many local businesses lack the capabilities to reach today’s consumers or deliver to them off-premise. As a result, they miss out on this increasingly important source of growth.

OUR MISSION IS TO GROW AND EMPOWER LOCAL ECONOMIES

We founded DoorDash to be a merchant-first business. Our mission is to grow and empower local economies.

We enable local brick-and-mortar businesses—which are fundamental to the vitality of local economies and communities—to thrive in an increasingly convenience-driven economy with rapidly evolving consumer expectations. We do this primarily through our Marketplace, which offers a broad array of services that enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges such as customer acquisition, delivery, insights and analytics, merchandising, payment processing, and customer support. DoorDash helps merchants drive significant incremental sales and leverage the fixed cost investments that they have already made.

Founded 30 years ago by Robert Giaimo, Silver Diner is now a multi-state institution with 18 locations on the East Coast. Since partnering with DoorDash in 2015, their delivery sales on our platform have had a compound annual growth rate of over 110% as they have been able to further capitalize on their appeal and introduce new consumers to their concept.

Oren Dobronsky started Oren’s Hummus to bring creamy hummus, fresh pita bread, and Mediterranean salads—just like back home in Tel Aviv—to the Bay Area. Since Oren’s Hummus partnered with DoorDash in 2013, the sales for its first three locations have grown 6x on our platform. What started out as a little shop in Palo Alto has now grown into a Bay Area favorite with six locations and a catering company.

 

57 

Based on the number of individual stores that have completed an order through our platform in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

58 

Based on the number of individual consumer accounts that have completed an order on our Marketplace in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

59 

Based on the number of Dasher accounts that have delivered an order through our platform in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

 

154


Table of Contents

Headquartered in Washington D.C., with over 40 locations, &pizza is a rapidly growing and award-winning collective of pizza shops. In 2019, &pizza saw its sales on our platform grow 3.5x from the previous year, in addition to a roll-out of Drive.

Silver Diner, Oren’s Hummus, &pizza, and over 30 million other small businesses in the United States60 form the building blocks of local economies and communities. Small businesses, including family-owned businesses, local entrepreneurs, and operators or franchisees of large national or international chains, created approximately two-thirds of net new jobs in the United States from 2000 to 2018.61

When local businesses thrive, so do local economies and communities.

We are inspired by our merchants—by their entrepreneurship, their passion for their craft, their ingenuity, their resilience, and their many contributions to their communities—and are committed to helping them grow and thrive as consumer expectations evolve.

OUR BUSINESS

Our local logistics platform connects over 390,000 merchants,62 over 18 million consumers,63 and over 1 million Dashers64 in the United States, Canada, and Australia every month. We built our platform to serve the needs of these three key constituencies.

For merchants, we provide a broad array of services designed to meet the individual needs of merchants, regardless of their scale, business model, or location. Our merchant services include business enablement and demand fulfillment services that enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges such as customer acquisition, delivery, insights and analytics, merchandising, payment processing, and customer support. We help our merchants grow while enabling them to focus on their craft. Since our founding, merchants have generated over $19 billion in sales on our Marketplace and in 2019 alone, merchants as a whole experienced 59% year-over-year same store sales growth on our Marketplace.

For consumers, we offer the ability to order from the best of their communities with the click of a button and have their orders reliably delivered or waiting at the store for pickup. We enable convenience for consumers throughout their entire day, from breakfast pickup on-the-go to catered lunch at work to grocery or dinner delivery straight to their doorsteps. We believe that the convenient access we provide to an unmatched combination of selection, experience, and value for consumers helps drive consumer engagement and category-leading spend retention.65 Since our founding, over 900 million orders have been completed through our platform.

For Dashers, we provide opportunities for those looking for a fast and flexible way to earn and to achieve their goals. We also provide earnings transparency so that Dashers can make informed

 

60 

SBA; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

61 

SBA; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

62 

Based on the number of individual stores that have completed an order through our platform in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

63 

Based on the number of individual consumer accounts that have completed an order on our Marketplace in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

64 

Based on the number of Dasher accounts that have delivered an order through our platform in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

65 

Edison Trends. Based on the estimated dollar value of orders placed on DoorDash, Grubhub, and Uber Eats by a group of users that first placed an order on any such platform between January 1, 2019 and September 30, 2019, as determined by Edison Trends. For each platform, spend retention represents the total dollar value of orders placed by this group of users in their twelfth month on the platform as a percentage of the total dollar value of orders placed by such group in their first month. Postmates is excluded due to inconsistent data availability in April and May 2020; however, Postmates’ spend retention was lower than DoorDash in all other months of the measurement period.

 

155


Table of Contents

decisions about the deliveries they choose to make. Dashers set their own schedules and we work to ensure that the time they spend making deliveries is well rewarded. We do not require Dashers to deliver by car as they also have the option to deliver by bike or scooter, enabling a broad range of people to deliver on our platform. Since our founding, Dashers have earned over $7 billion through our platform.66

Our local logistics platform is powered by our proprietary technology that carefully optimizes the many interactions between merchants, consumers, and Dashers to make the end-to-end experience seamless and delightful. Each order on our local logistics platform provides a broad range of information that is analyzed by our machine learning algorithms to improve the quality and performance of our platform. From presenting personalized, curated content to consumers that takes into account cuisine and dietary preferences to providing information that enables Dashers to maximize their earnings opportunities, our machine learning algorithms continuously improve the experiences of our three constituencies and make our local logistics platform more intelligent and efficient with every order.

We believe that the value we deliver to merchants, consumers, and Dashers is a key reason why we have become the largest and fastest growing business in the U.S. local food delivery logistics category, with 50% U.S. category share and 58% category share in suburban markets.67

While we are the category leader, U.S. consumers on our platform in September 2020 represented less than six percent of the U.S. population as of September 30, 2020, and we believe we are in the early phases of broad market adoption. In 2019, we generated Marketplace GOV of $8.0 billion. In the same period, $302.6 billion was spent off-premise at restaurants and other consumer foodservices in the United States.68 Our Marketplace GOV in 2019 represented less than three percent of this off-premise spend, highlighting the large addressable opportunity ahead of us in the food vertical alone. We are also beginning to expand into other verticals beyond food and our ambition is to empower all types of local businesses.

In 2019 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we generated revenue of $885 million and $1.9 billion, respectively. In the same periods, we had gross profit69 of $335 million and $944 million, respectively, and $(200) million and $433 million, respectively, in Contribution Profit (Loss).70 In 2019 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we had a net loss of $667 million and $149 million, respectively, and $(475) million and $95 million, respectively, in Adjusted EBITDA.71

 

66 

Earnings include tips, measured as of September 30, 2020.

67 

Edison Trends; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

68 

Euromonitor International Limited. Consumer foodservices include cafes and bars, full-service restaurants, limited-service restaurants, self-service cafeterias, and street stalls and kiosks. Off-premise spend is the amount spent at restaurants and other consumer foodservices through home delivery, drive-through, and take-out. There are some differences between how we calculate Marketplace GOV and how Euromonitor calculates off-premise spend. Our calculation of Marketplace GOV includes taxes and tips, as well as delivery fees, while Euromonitor excludes these amounts from the calculation of off-premise spend. However, such differences represent a relatively minor portion of the calculation of each measure, and as such, we believe Marketplace GOV and off-premise spend are generally consistent and comparable measures. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

69 

Gross profit (loss) is defined as revenue less (i) cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization and (ii) depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue.

70 

For more information about Contribution Profit (Loss), including the limitations of such measure, and a reconciliation of Contribution Profit (Loss) to gross profit (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, see the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business and Non-GAAP Metrics” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

71 

For more information about Adjusted EBITDA, including the limitations of such measure, and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, see the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business and Non-GAAP Metrics” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

156


Table of Contents

We have made substantial investments in sales and marketing and promotions to take advantage of the massive market opportunity ahead of us. In the near term, we expect to continue to make substantial investments to increase consumer adoption and extend our leadership. We believe that our business will be successful and sustainable in the long term as our business model becomes more efficient, through increasing scale and continual operational improvements, and as our sales and marketing and promotions investments normalize.

THE DOORDASH PLATFORM

Our local logistics platform connects merchants, consumers, and Dashers. We built our local logistics platform to serve the needs of these three key constituencies and to become more intelligent and efficient with every order. As we have grown, the scale of our local logistics platform has become one of our major competitive advantages and delivers substantial benefits to everyone we serve. We connect:

 

   

Merchants: Over 390,000 merchants run and grow their businesses using our technology platform.72 Our merchant services are designed to meet the individual needs of merchants, regardless of their scale, business model, or location. Our merchant services include business enablement and demand fulfillment services that enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges such as customer acquisition, delivery, insights and analytics, merchandising, payment processing, and customer support. We help our merchants thrive in an increasingly convenience-driven economy while enabling them to focus on their craft.

 

   

Consumers: Over 18 million consumers discover, engage with, and purchase goods from merchants on our local logistics platform.73 For consumers, we offer the ability to order from the best of their communities with the click of a button and to have their orders reliably delivered or waiting at the store for pickup. We enable convenience for consumers throughout their entire day, from breakfast pickup on-the-go to catered lunch at work to grocery or dinner delivery straight to their doorsteps. We believe that the convenient access we provide to an unmatched combination of selection, experience, and value for consumers helps drive consumer engagement and category-leading spend retention.74

 

   

Dashers: Over 1 million Dashers use our local logistics platform to find opportunities to earn.75 For Dashers, we provide opportunities for those looking for a fast and flexible way to earn and to achieve their goals. We also provide earnings transparency so that Dashers can make informed decisions about the deliveries they choose to make. Dashers set their own schedules and we work to ensure that the time they spend making deliveries is well rewarded. We do not require Dashers to deliver by car as they also have the option to deliver by bike or scooter, enabling a broad range of people to deliver on our platform.

Our local logistics platform benefits from three powerful virtuous cycles:

 

   

Local Network Effects: Our ability to attract more merchants, including local favorites and national brands, creates more selection in our Marketplace, driving more consumer

 

72 

Based on the number of individual stores that have completed an order through our platform in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

73 

Based on the number of individual consumer accounts that have completed an order on our Marketplace in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

74 

Edison Trends. Based on the estimated dollar value of orders placed on DoorDash, Grubhub, and Uber Eats by a group of users that first placed an order on any such platform between January 1, 2019 and September 30, 2019, as determined by Edison Trends. For each platform, spend retention represents the total dollar value of orders placed by this group of users in their twelfth month on the platform as a percentage of the total dollar value of orders placed by such group in their first month. Postmates is excluded due to inconsistent data availability in April and May 2020; however, Postmates’ spend retention was lower than DoorDash in all other months of the measurement period.

75 

Based on the number of Dasher accounts that have delivered an order through our platform in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

 

157


Table of Contents
 

engagement, and in turn, more sales for merchants on our platform. Our strong national merchant footprint enables us to launch new markets and quickly establish a critical mass of merchants and Dashers, driving strong consumer adoption.

 

   

Economies of Scale: As more consumers join our local logistics platform and their engagement increases, our entire platform benefits from higher order volume, which means more revenue for local businesses and more opportunities for Dashers to work and increase their earnings. This, in turn, attracts Dashers to our local logistics platform, which allows for faster and more efficient fulfillment of orders for consumers.

 

   

Increasing Brand Affinity: Both our local network effects and economies of scale lead to more merchants, consumers, and Dashers that utilize our local logistics platform. As we scale, we continue to invest in improving our offerings for merchants, selection, experience, and value for consumers, and earnings opportunities for Dashers. By improving the benefits of our local logistics platform for each of our three constituencies, our network continues to grow and we benefit from increased brand awareness and positive brand affinity. With increased brand affinity, we expect that we will enjoy lower acquisition costs for all three constituencies in the long term.

 

LOGO

Since our founding, over 900 million orders have been completed through our platform. These orders inform our machine learning algorithms and generate a data advantage in which the technology and value of our local logistics platform is continuously enhanced as more constituents are connected in our network and greater amounts of data are brought into our platform. We leverage insights from this data to drive actionable recommendations for merchants regarding consumer preferences and market trends. For example, as merchants think about growth and expansion, our data insights can help guide their decisions on menu options, hours of operation, and where to build their next storefront. Our data insights also give us unique visibility into the operations of the local businesses in our network. For example, understanding the differences in kitchen preparation time for a sandwich versus sushi enables us to improve Dasher efficiency and improve the consumer experience. As more orders are completed on our local logistics platform, our data insights grow and continue to enhance the experience for all three constituencies, which in turn strengthens our competitive advantage.

We have been successful in becoming the category leader in U.S. local food delivery logistics because of the value we create for merchants, consumers, and Dashers.76 DoorDash only works if it works formerchants, consumers, and Dashers and we will continually strive to improve how we serve all constituents.

 

76 

Edison Trends; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

 

158


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

WHY MERCHANTS WIN WITH DOORDASH

DoorDash is a merchant-first business. We are inspired by our merchants—their entrepreneurship, their passion for their craft, their ingenuity, their resilience, and their many contributions to their communities.

Our local logistics platform provides merchants with the opportunity to reach new consumers, grow their businesses, and benefit from incremental sales that leverage the fixed cost investments they have already made. For example, with our platform, merchants can take advantage of spare capacity and complete additional orders for delivery using existing storefronts and with existing employees.

 

   

Demand Creation. With over 18 million consumers on our local logistics platform,77 we provide merchants with access to highly engaged consumers in their communities. We create demand for merchants through personalization and merchandising strategies that curate selection. For example, we often curate and feature “Local Picks” prominently to showcase new merchants or recent trends, such as Bay Cities Italian Deli, a Los Angeles-area institution. Our local logistics platform further personalizes selection based on individual consumer order patterns and other factors. We also enable merchants to run targeted marketing campaigns to feature anything from a specific store to a new product. A consumer survey conducted by Cowen indicates that nearly 80% of delivery orders are incremental to merchants’ on-premise businesses,78 enabling them to serve new customers and leverage fixed costs to generate incremental revenue and profit.

 

   

Broad Array of Merchant Services. We offer a broad array of services that enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges. We offer merchants a reliable, high-quality, and cost-effective local logistics platform to fulfill demand. Our local logistics platform was built to meet the individual needs of merchants, regardless of their scale, business model, or location. The majority of our merchants use our Marketplace to connect with consumers and Dashers to fulfill demand. In addition to our Marketplace, we have also developed Drive, our white-label logistics service. Drive allows a broad range of merchants, such as Chipotle and Little Caesars, that generate demand through their own channels to fulfill orders using our platform. We also are innovating to give merchants additional ways to serve consumers. We believe Pickup generates additional foot traffic for our merchants and drives incremental sales by enabling consumers to place orders on our platform and pick up the orders directly from merchants. In addition, DoorDash for Work provides our merchants with large group orders and catering orders for businesses and events that are fulfilled by our local logistics platform. Merchants benefit from such orders due to their large dollar value, which helps drive profitability, and the advanced nature of such orders, which helps merchants plan better.

We offer additional business enablement services that enable merchants to solve challenges including insights and analytics, merchandising, payment processing, and customer support. We also provide integrations into existing merchant systems that streamline the delivery experience for merchants. For example, integrating with a merchant’s point-of-sale, or POS, system often eliminates the need for the merchant to monitor and maintain a tablet or other separate device, or to manually transfer an order from a device to the kitchen. Transitioning to a POS integration from another order protocol improves the quality of the delivery experience as orders transmitted through the merchant’s POS system tend to have fewer missing or incorrect items and have lower wait times for Dashers, which in turn leads to better experiences for consumers.

 

77 

Based on the number of individual consumer accounts that have completed an order on our Marketplace in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

78 

Cowen, Digital Delivery: Survey Says Inflection is Underway, January 11, 2019. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

 

163


Table of Contents
   

Operational Excellence. Our platform is built to integrate seamlessly with merchants’ existing processes and workflows. The unique challenges faced by merchants often serve as our guide as we build products and features. As we continue to scale our business, we find that many merchants face similar challenges, and so we develop solutions that may be broadly applied to merchants on our platform. For example, while working with a national fast food restaurant chain, we realized that food was being delivered cold because the order was sent to the restaurant as soon as it was received, which left the food waiting for several minutes before the Dasher arrived. Our software now adjusts the time we send an order to a merchant to align with the Dasher’s arrival, reducing the amount of time a Dasher spends on a delivery, resulting in happier consumers and Dashers, and improving the efficiency of our local logistics platform as we scale this optimization to other merchants.

 

164


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

WHY CONSUMERS WIN WITH DOORDASH

We believe DoorDash provides consumers with convenient access to an unmatched combination of selection, experience, and value.

 

   

Convenience. DoorDash gives consumers living in urban and suburban communities alike the ability to have the best of their communities delivered to their doorsteps in minutes. We allow people to save one of their most precious resources: time.

 

   

Wide Selection. With partnerships with over 175 of the 200 largest national restaurant brands79 and access to a wide selection of merchants on our local logistics platform, we provide a search engine to the local economy. Broad selection, coupled with personalization and curation that is driven by our proprietary data science and analytics, enables us to provide extensive yet customized choices to consumers. This personalization allows consumers to tailor their use of our local logistics platform to their individual needs or preferences, such as a vegetarian diet, and efficiently make informed decisions.

 

   

Best Experience. We are focused on delivering the best end-to-end experience for consumers. We believe this includes:

 

   

Ease of use. We are focused on providing an intuitive, easy-to-use, and personalized interface for consumers. Our consumer mobile application and website allow consumers to quickly search for and discover merchants across a variety of criteria, which for restaurants include type of cuisine, delivery fee, delivery time, food price, rating, and eligibility for DashPass. We also provide order tracking and real-time notifications on our interface so that consumers can closely follow their orders from the moment they are placed to when they are delivered.

 

   

Speed of delivery. During the third quarter of 2020, the average delivery time was 35 minutes. We have been able to decrease average delivery times by 23% compared to the third quarter of 2017 based on ongoing product innovations, such as lower wait times at merchant locations for Dashers and greater availability of Dashers as our business continues to scale. In addition, we provide consumers with an upfront estimate of when their order will be delivered, and we continually strive to improve our accuracy for the estimated time for delivery. At the same time, we recognize that consumers sometimes value certain cuisines or merchants over speed of delivery, and our strategy is to offer wide selection to consumers, even if doing so has an adverse impact on our delivery times.

 

   

Quality. We are focused on continuing to improve quality of order fulfillment by expanding direct integrations with merchant POS systems, using data analytics to alert Dashers of frequently missed items and sending timely reminders to merchants to substantially reduce human error. Our strategy of focusing on partner merchants enables us to be closely integrated with merchants and continually increase the quality of orders for consumers.

 

   

Value. We provide both lifestyle and economic value to consumers. Whether it is a quick healthy lunch near the office or getting a last-minute meal for the family, the breadth of selection, convenience, and reliability of our local logistics platform means DoorDash solves problems for many occasions. We created DashPass, our membership program to the physical world, to reward our most engaged consumers with savings. DashPass enables consumers to enjoy the convenience of delivery without paying per-order delivery fees. As of September 30, 2020, we had over five million consumers on DashPass.

 

79 

Nation’s Restaurant News; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

 

169


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

WHY DASHERS WIN WITH DOORDASH

The scale of our business provides Dashers with significant and flexible opportunities to earn. According to a 2020 Kantar survey we commissioned, Dashers range in age from 18 to 55 and over and 45% are women.80 The flexibility and economic opportunities our local logistics platform provides appeal to a broad range of people. Dashers often turn to DoorDash because they have a goal they are striving for, whether that is supplementing other income, paying tuition, saving up for a vacation, or funding a passion project.

 

   

Flexible Opportunities to Earn. Dashers value the flexibility and autonomy of choosing where, when, and how often to work and the ability to earn income that fits around their other interests, which means they can log in and log out of our platform when they choose, and accept the deliveries that they prefer, all on their own terms. For example, Dashers can choose to work in their local communities or in other communities that they are visiting. Dashers can use our platform after passing a background check, and eligible Dashers can receive their earnings on-demand through our Fast Pay service. We do not require Dashers to deliver by car as they also have the option to deliver by bike or scooter. For Dashers with vehicles, we do not impose any limitations on the make or model of the vehicle. In practice, this means that a broad range of people are able to deliver on our platform. In addition, our broad national coverage in the United States gives Dashers more opportunities to earn in more places. We are also expanding our international coverage and are proud to create flexible economic opportunities for Dashers in Canada and Australia.

 

   

Earnings Transparency. We provide Dashers with critical information regarding deliveries upfront, including guaranteed earnings, estimated time and distance, merchant name, and consumer drop-off information, so Dashers can make informed decisions about the deliveries they choose to accept. We also provide Dashers with key information and insights to track their earnings and meet their financial goals.

 

   

Dasher Community. We aim to empower people from all walks of life to supplement their income and achieve their financial goals on their own terms. We actively listen to Dashers’ perspectives and invest in constantly improving their experiences on our local logistics platform. For example, the Dasher Community Council, which is composed of representatives across the United States and Canada that meets regularly to provide feedback directly to our executives on a broad range of topics, from improving work conditions to increasing transparency to building community. We connect Dashers with access to health insurance and other benefits, and we are proud to have been the first national gig-economy company to ensure that all U.S.-based workers receive occupational accident insurance to cover medical and disability payments if they are injured on the job, at no cost to them and with no opt-in required.

OUR OPPORTUNITY

We are the category leader in U.S. local food delivery logistics today and have an enormous market opportunity ahead of us in food alone. In 2019, Americans spent $1.5 trillion on food and beverages, of which $600.5 billion was spent on restaurants and other consumer foodservices.81 Over time, restaurants have benefited from a shift away from cooking at home towards dine-in or delivery meals from restaurants, which has resulted in an increase in sales by restaurants.82 This shift has been

 

80 

Kantar, LLC, Dasher H1 Audience Readout, June 2020. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

81 

Euromonitor International Limited. Consumer foodservices include cafes and bars, full-service restaurants, limited-service restaurants, self-service cafeterias, and street stalls and kiosks. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

82 

U.S. Department of Agriculture; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

 

174


Table of Contents

particularly pronounced with younger generations, as younger consumers spend significantly more compared to older consumers on both on-premise and off-premise restaurant dining.83 We believe this shift toward dine-in and delivery meals will continue.

In addition to the shift towards dine-in and delivery meals, consumer spending on restaurants and other consumer foodservices has moved in recent years towards off-premise consumption, with the proportion of food consumed off-premise increasing from 44% of food and beverage spend in 2009 to 50%, or $302.6 billion, in 2019.84 We believe that this off-premise opportunity will continue to grow. Today’s consumers’ busy lifestyles and expectations of ease and immediacy are driving increased adoption of off-premise dining. With the introduction of website and mobile application-based ordering platforms, consumers can quickly and easily discover a wide selection of local restaurants. Fifty-eight percent of all adults and 70% of millennials say that they are more likely to have restaurant food delivered than they were two years ago,85 and we believe the COVID-19 pandemic has further accelerated these trends. We believe the improving value proposition of local logistics platforms, including DoorDash, with wider selection than ever before, increasing convenience, and lower consumer fees have contributed to increasing off-premise consumption, and we expect this trend to accelerate, particularly in today’s convenience economy. Across industries, including travel and retail, we have seen an increasing shift from in-store to online spend and we expect to see the same trend with food. We believe that online food delivery logistics is still in the early stages of consumer adoption and, over time, online spend will represent an increasing portion of total consumer spend on restaurants and other consumer foodservices. Through our Marketplace (which includes Pickup and DoorDash for Work) and Drive offerings, we expect to address and capture an increasing share of consumers’ off-premise spend. In 2019, we generated Marketplace GOV of $8.0 billion, which represented less than three percent of the $302.6 billion off-premise opportunity.

We started our business with a strategic focus on suburban markets and smaller metropolitan areas. According to Edison Trends, the U.S. local food delivery logistics category is larger in smaller metropolitan areas than in the top tier of metropolitan areas and is growing faster.86

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

 

83 

U.S. Department of Agriculture; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

84 

Euromonitor International Limited; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

85 

National Restaurant Association, 2020 State of the Restaurant Industry, February 2020. See the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

86 

Edison Trends; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.” Edison Trends has categorized metropolitan areas into tiers based on population size, and the growth of gross monthly food sales on on-demand delivery platforms is significantly higher in tiers with smaller metropolitan areas than in the top tier. Gross monthly food sales are calculated for the months of October 2019 and October 2020 based on food sales on DoorDash, Caviar, Grubhub, Postmates, Uber Eats, and certain other platforms. The tiers are defined as follows:

   

Tier 1—New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Philadelphia, Washington D.C., San Francisco, Boston.

   

Tier 2—The next 43 metropolitan areas by population.

   

Tier 3—The next 50 metropolitan areas by population.

   

Tier 4—All other metropolitan areas with a population greater than 100,000.

   

Other—All other geographic areas.

 

175


Table of Contents

We believe that suburban markets and smaller metropolitan areas have experienced significantly higher growth compared to larger metropolitan markets because these smaller markets have been historically underserved by merchants and platforms that enable on-demand delivery. Accordingly, residents in these markets are more acutely impacted by the lack of alternatives and the inconvenience posed by distance and the need to drive to merchants, and therefore, consumers in these markets derive greater benefit from on-demand delivery. Additionally, suburban markets are attractive as consumers in these markets are more likely to be families who order more items per order. Lighter traffic and easier parking also mean that Dashers can serve these markets more efficiently. As a result of our early focus on and experience with suburban markets and smaller metropolitan areas, we are particularly well positioned for continued growth in these markets.

While the majority of our business today is in the United States, we have a strong and growing business in Canada and have also recently launched in Australia. We expect further international expansion to build on the massive market opportunity that is already available to us.

To date, the substantial majority of our merchants have been restaurants. We started with food because of the size and footprint of its merchant base and because we were attracted to the unique complexities of delivering food. Food is a large market with peaks and troughs of demand, which leads to periods of high demand during short windows of time. Focusing on restaurants enabled us to build a high-density network and improve the cost-effectiveness of our local logistics platform. We believe our expertise in food will help us scale to other verticals as more and more local businesses beyond restaurants seek to participate in the convenience economy in search of more consumers and continued growth.

With increasing consumer adoption of technology-enabled solutions in every facet of modern life, we believe that there will be increasing demand for local logistics services by merchants in industry verticals beyond food. We have already started to serve merchants in other verticals, such as grocery and flowers, but we are still in the very early stages of expanding beyond food. We have just begun our journey and have ample opportunity for continued success in local logistics across verticals and geographies. Our ambition is to empower all types of local businesses, from single proprietors to franchisees, convenience stores to grocers, and florists to pharmacies.

OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

We intend to broaden our network of merchants by providing innovative services that help merchants grow.

 

   

More merchants. We have experienced tremendous success serving merchants, primarily in the food vertical. We have over 390,000 merchants,87 the majority of which are restaurants, on our local logistics platform today, and there are many more that we have yet to reach. We will continue to invest in our go-to-market strategy and sales efforts to continue adding new merchants. Over time, we plan to add more merchants from verticals outside of food.

 

   

More merchant services. We provide a range of services to help our merchants operate and grow their businesses. Currently, these include various demand fulfillment services, such as Marketplace (which includes Pickup and DoorDash for Work) and Drive. We also offer a broad array of services that enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges such as customer acquisition, delivery, insights and analytics, merchandising, payment processing, and customer support. We will continue to innovate and introduce new services to add value for our merchants and unlock additional revenue opportunities for DoorDash.

 

87 

Based on the number of individual stores that have completed an order through our platform in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020 .

 

176


Table of Contents

We seek to increase consumer adoption and have DoorDash become a daily activity.

 

   

More consumers. There are over 18 million consumers on our local logistics platform.88 We plan to continue to increase our consumer reach, both in the United States and internationally. We recently launched in Australia and have a strong and growing business in Canada.

 

   

More consumer engagement. Today, consumers use our local logistics platform for a small fraction of their monthly meals. In the food vertical, we strive to increase the frequency with which consumers use DoorDash by being the most delicious, affordable, and convenient way to eat. We plan to do this by increasing the breadth of restaurant selection, expanding availability of meals at all times of the day, addressing the needs of business consumers via DoorDash for Work, which includes large group orders and catering orders for businesses and events, and enhancing affordability by increasing DashPass adoption, which eliminates per-order delivery fees with partner merchants. We will also continue to seek partnership opportunities to extend the benefits of DashPass to more consumers. In addition, as we continue to add new verticals beyond food, we expect to further increase the amount of consumer spend on our platform and broaden the benefits of DashPass.

We seek to build a reliable, high quality, and operationally efficient logistics network.

 

   

Better consumer experience. Our goal is to delight consumers, thereby promoting their use of our platform and making it easier for us to acquire new consumers. We continue to make investments aimed at improving the consumer experience. We are particularly focused on building tools to help Dashers improve the accuracy of items delivered and the speed and timeliness of delivery, without sacrificing selection.

 

   

Better Dasher experience. We also invest in improving Dasher experience and satisfaction. This includes improving onboarding and enabling Dashers to sign up and start earning faster. For example, we developed our local logistics platform to provide earnings visibility after every delivery in an easy and transparent manner, and through our Fast Pay service, we enable Dashers to receive their earnings on-demand, rather than on a weekly basis.

 

   

Improve operational efficiency. We are focused on optimizing our cost structure primarily through product improvements meant to enhance the operational efficiency and quality of our local logistics platform. These improvements include enhancements to our batching algorithms and order preparation and traffic predictions.

OUR OFFERINGS

Our offerings provide merchants, consumers, and Dashers with a local logistics platform that offers access to convenience and opportunity.

Offerings for Merchants

We have carefully designed our local logistics platform with a merchant-first approach. Our merchant services include business enablement and demand fulfillment services that enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges such as customer acquisition, delivery, insights and analytics, merchandising, payment processing, and customer support. Our local logistics platform provides merchants with the mission-critical capabilities needed to meet the demands of the convenience economy and capture the business growth that comes from this new wave of demand.

 

   

Merchant tablet and software portal. Partner merchants use our tablets and our merchant software portal for holistic views of their businesses. Our self-service capabilities enable

 

88 

Based on the number of individual consumer accounts that have completed an order on our Marketplace in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

 

177


Table of Contents
 

merchants to directly onboard to our local logistics platform and monitor their businesses in real time.

Merchant services that we offer for demand fulfillment include:

 

   

Marketplace. Our Marketplace enables merchants to establish an online presence and expand their reach. It generates significant demand for merchants by connecting them with over 18 million consumers.89 Merchants can fulfill this demand through delivery, facilitated by our local logistics platform, or in-person pickup by consumers. Merchants on our Marketplace can also initiate and run promotions to drive incremental sales and attract new consumers. As part of our Marketplace, we also offer:

 

   

Pickup. Pickup allows consumers to place advance orders, skip lines, and pick up their orders conveniently with no consumer fees. We believe Pickup generates additional foot traffic for our merchants and drives incremental sales.

 

   

DoorDash for Work. DoorDash for Work provides our merchants with large group orders and catering orders for businesses and events. Merchants benefit from such orders due to their large dollar value, which helps drive profitability, and the advance nature of such orders, which helps merchants plan better.

 

   

Drive. Drive, our white-label logistics service, enables merchants to fulfill consumer demand that they have already created through their own channels but do not have the in-house distribution capacity to fulfill. Many national merchants, such as Chipotle, Wingstop, and Little Caesars, invest significant capital in building their own mobile applications and websites to enable consumers to interact with their brands and order online. These merchants need the ability to address the off-premise consumer demand they have created without having to build and manage their own logistics operations. Through Drive, merchants are able to connect with Dashers and leverage our local logistics platform to fulfill their orders.

 

89 

Based on the number of individual consumer accounts that have completed an order on our Marketplace in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

 

178


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

We also offer various other services, beyond demand fulfillment, that enable merchants’ businesses:

 

   

Customer acquisition. DoorDash connects merchants with over 18 million consumers.90 Merchants can also use DoorDash to initiate and run promotions to attract new consumers and drive incremental sales.

 

   

Consumer engagement. We provide merchants with the tools to attract and engage consumers or win back consumers who have not ordered from them recently. Merchants can also feature new items or details about their individual stores.

 

   

Merchandising strategy and personalization. Our merchandising strategy allows us to feature certain merchants or products. For example, we often curate and feature “Local Picks” prominently to showcase new merchants or recent trends. Our machine learning algorithms further personalize selection based on individual consumer order patterns and other factors.

 

LOGO

 

   

Payment processing. DoorDash handles payment acceptance from consumers through a third-party payment processor that manages credit card transaction processing, which means merchants do not need to be concerned with credit card authorization, chargebacks, or fraud. Partner merchants and Dashers have accounts directly with the payment processor and we remit payments to merchants and Dashers through the payment processor. When Dashers pick up from a non-partner merchant, they are authorized to pay for the purchased goods with a DoorDash-issued debit card.

 

   

Self-service. Merchants are able to use the merchant software portal and our Merchant Tablet Order Manager to self-edit menus, update business hours and pricing, and provide additional information about their businesses.

 

90 

Based on the number of individual consumer accounts that have completed an order on our Marketplace in the past month, measured as of September 30, 2020.

 

180


Table of Contents
   

Insights and analytics. Our merchant software portal allows merchants to track business performance on a number of metrics, including how long a Dasher waits for an order, order accuracy, analyses on top-performing items, and reports on incremental sales. Merchants can use this information to more effectively manage their operational processes and inventory and price items at competitive rates. The data we track enables insights that help merchants understand their consumer base, identify new ways to drive business, and improve the quality of the delivery experience.

 

   

Customer support. We provide customer support for any orders placed through our local logistics platform. Our customer support centers address both order and logistics issues, and we work together with merchants, consumers, and Dashers to resolve disputes.

 

   

Integrations. DoorDash seamlessly integrates with merchants’ existing systems and workflows to streamline operations. Integration with merchant POS systems not only eliminates the need for merchants to monitor and maintain a tablet but also helps improve the delivery experience. For example, merchants with POS integration generally experience a reduction in how long a Dasher waits for an order and the number of missing or incorrect items in an order. We are also able to integrate into existing workflows through which merchants receive their orders, including website, email, tablet, phone, and fax. We do this because we are a merchant-first company and strive to integrate seamlessly with our merchants’ existing operational processes.

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

181


Table of Contents

Offerings for Consumers

For consumers, our local logistics platform serves as a search engine to the local economy. Our consumer offerings provide a frictionless and personalized experience to search, discover, and order from local businesses. Both our consumer mobile application and website help consumers decide what to order with relevant information about each merchant, visually-rich photos, and filters to make it simple and efficient to find the right merchants and items.

 

   

Consumer mobile application and website. Our consumer mobile application and website provide consumers with access to a wide selection of merchants in our Marketplace. Consumers can search by delivery time, price, rating, and other categories (such as type of cuisine for restaurant merchants) to find the merchant and items that satisfy their needs. Consumers can also easily browse merchants around them to discover new merchants or goods that cater to their preferences. Our proprietary technology enhances the consumer experience by displaying merchants according to a consumer’s preferences and other factors such as delivery times and ratings. Our ability to serve consumers with a personalized selection of merchants that reflects our understanding of their preferences allows us to enable the discovery and curation of merchants for our consumers. We also enable consumers to place orders individually as well as order as a group.

 

LOGO

Once a merchant is selected, consumers can customize orders according to their preferences. Our mobile application and website provide real-time notifications and order tracking so that consumers can closely follow their orders from the moment they are placed to when they are delivered. We also offer consumers the ability to easily contact Dashers, and vice-versa, to ensure a seamless delivery experience. Our local logistics platform also allows consumers to easily contact our support team so that issues are efficiently resolved, which provides the ability for us to turn a problem into an opportunity to engage and build loyalty with consumers.

 

   

DashPass. Our subscription product, DashPass, serves as a membership program to the physical world and offers consumers unlimited access to eligible merchants with $0 delivery fees and reduced service fees on eligible orders. DashPass currently costs $9.99 per month for a monthly membership. DashPass enables us to reward our most engaged consumers with savings on the cost of delivery and to reward DashPass-eligible merchants by featuring them to our most engaged consumers. As of September 30, 2020, we had over five million consumers

 

182


Table of Contents
 

on DashPass. We have also reduced our average consumer fee per order in the third quarter of 2020 by 20% compared to the third quarter in 2017, through improvements to the platform and products like DashPass.

 

   

Pickup. Pickup allows consumers to place advance orders, skip lines and save time, and pick up items directly from the merchant.

 

LOGO

Offerings for Dashers

Underpinning our offerings for Dashers is our proprietary technology that enables Dashers to work where, when, and how they want while keeping them busy so they can earn more money in less time.

 

   

We enable Dashers to easily sign up anytime and anywhere. After clearing a background check, new Dashers can quickly and easily onboard onto our local logistics platform. We place great value on flexibility and provide Dashers with a choice to either visit a local office for personal assistance or stay in the comfort of their own home to onboard wherever they are.

 

   

Transparency for Dashers. Through the dedicated Dasher mobile application, DoorDash strives to offer Dashers with transparency, including critical information regarding deliveries upfront such as guaranteed earnings, estimated time and distance, merchant name, and consumer drop-off information.

 

   

Proprietary technology to optimize Dasher efficiency. We have developed proprietary technology to optimize Dasher efficiency, which keeps Dashers busy and increases their earnings potential. Based on forecasted demand, our algorithms predict the ideal number of Dashers needed in a given location at a given time. This helps balance the supply of Dashers with consumer demand and keeps Dashers busy when they are using our local logistics platform. Additionally, our algorithms contribute to a reduction in wasted time on a delivery and

 

183


Table of Contents
 

the improvement of Dasher efficiency in a variety of ways, including through smarter dispatching based on specific order preparation times and order batching. These technologies are vital as they improve Dasher efficiency and therefore the amount Dashers can earn and the cost-effectiveness of our local logistics platform.

SALES AND MARKETING

Marketing

The strength of our local logistics platform and the benefits that accrue to merchants, consumers, and Dashers serve as our most effective marketing tool. This has helped us generate strong organic merchant, consumer, and Dasher growth through word-of-mouth since our earliest days. We also employ paid marketing efforts to attract and retain additional merchants, consumers, and Dashers.

With merchants, we collaborate on co-marketing campaigns to promote our local logistics platform through their in-store collateral, television campaigns, and other digital marketing efforts. In addition, we will also co-create national and regional promotional campaigns with partner merchants that drive consumer demand to our Marketplace and generate significant press coverage—which in turn increases brand affinity and keeps both us and our partner merchants top of mind with consumers. For example, we partnered with Wendy’s® to promote new menu items, such as the Baconator®, and with Chili’s on a television commercial and free food giveaways.

 

LOGO   LOGO

We employ referral campaigns as well as online and offline marketing channels to attract new consumers and Dashers to our local logistics platform. Our online and offline channels include search engine marketing, display advertising, social media, streaming audio, direct mail, television, and billboards. When we acquire a new consumer or Dasher, we often provide promotions or incentives to demonstrate our value proposition to them early on in their life cycle.

Sales

We utilize both inside sales and field sales teams to grow our merchant base in the United States, Canada, and Australia. A growing portion of our merchant acquisition funnel is also self-serve. Through our self-serve channel, merchants can sign up and onboard directly via our website.

Our account management team supports our sales efforts. This team onboards merchants, drives adoption of our new offerings and services, such as DashPass, Drive, or Pickup, based on a merchant’s evolving business needs, and optimizes logistics operations. Our account management team is responsible for ensuring the continued success of merchants on our local logistics platform.

 

184


Table of Contents

OUR EMPLOYEES, CULTURE, AND VALUES

We believe that people are at the core of every business. This drives our focus on improving the experiences of merchants, consumers, and Dashers, and it also drives how we think about our employees and the culture and values that we cultivate. Our employees are critical to our success.

At DoorDash we grow and empower local economies. We give our team the freedom and opportunity to build the future—for our company, our constituents, and our communities. Together, with grit, courage, and rapid innovation, we create the dynamic energy that drives our business forward.

While we recognize that there is not only one path to success, our ethos is manifested in 12 values that define our culture, how we relate to each other, how we work, and how decisions get made. Most importantly, we aspire to these behaviors every single day.

We are Leaders

Leadership is not limited to our management team. It is something everyone at DoorDash embraces and embodies.

 

   

Be an owner. We believe in owning the outcome, no matter the circumstance.

 

   

Dream big, start small. We believe in grand ambitions backed by discrete actions that prove the case.

 

   

Choose optimism and have a plan. We believe that ambitious goals require unreasonable optimism and detailed plans to support, especially when the going gets tough.

We are Doers

We strive to create solutions that will lead our company and our industry on every project, every day.

 

   

Choose action. We believe the only way to predict the future is to invent it, quickly.

 

   

Operate at the lowest level of detail. In our business, we believe that averages are dangerous. No consumer cares about our average delivery time if their delivery takes twice as long.

 

   

And, not or. We believe that conventional trade-offs are often false dichotomies, and that there is usually a third path that achieves supposedly competing objectives.

We are Learners

At DoorDash, everyone is learning on the job, no matter if we have been in a role for one year or one minute.

 

   

Seek truth. We believe in getting to the right answer, however inconvenient, and in relying on data and customer insights to challenge our intuition and guide our decisions.

 

   

Become 1% better every day. We eschew perfection or resting on our laurels and focus instead on staying hungry and pushing for better, no matter what has already been achieved. Compounding the effect of small improvements is a big part of how we have grown.

 

   

Be customer-obsessed, not competitor-focused. We believe that staying focused on how we can best serve merchants, consumers, and Dashers is the only productive activity.

 

185


Table of Contents

We are One Team

The magic of DoorDash is that, working together, our people make ambitious goals attainable, driving us to greater heights.

 

   

Make room at the table. We believe that our ability to serve everyone in the world is dependent on having diverse perspectives from all backgrounds.

 

   

Think outside the room. Our business will always be inherently local, so we nurture a culture where the local perspective is prized. We have built a distributed model where many of our operations leaders live outside our San Francisco headquarters, and this keeps us close to merchants, consumers, and Dashers.

 

   

One team, one fight. We believe in cultivating a high-accountability, no-blame culture. Regular post-mortems, devoid of finger pointing, are fundamental to how we work and get better every day.

Each of these values has been foundational in shaping who we are today and will continue to guide our path to building a multi-generational business.

Our Commitment to Diversity and Inclusion

At DoorDash, we are committed to growing and empowering inclusive communities in our company, our industry, and the cities we serve. We believe that a diverse and inclusive workforce is critical to helping us attract and retain the talent necessary to grow our business. We also believe we will be a more successful company if we amplify the voices of those who have not always been heard, and when everyone has “room at the table” and the tools, resources, and opportunities to succeed.

Some of our diversity and inclusion programs at DoorDash include:

Elevate

Elevate is a program designed to increase the representation of women of color in leadership roles at our company. The year-long program starts with each member of our management team sponsoring fellows to serve on our leadership team, which exposes them to senior leadership and supports their development of business skills.

Women’s Leadership Forum

Our Women’s Leadership Forum equips mid- to senior-level technical women with skills to thrive in our workplace. This six-month program happens once a year and includes classroom-style learning, one-on-one coaching, and group roundtables. Members of our management team actively participate in the forum.

Employee Resource Groups

We support employee-led employee resource groups (ERGs), which foster a diverse and inclusive workplace. We currently have six ERGs: Hue (employees of color), Black@DoorDash, Latinx@DoorDash, Women@DoorDash, Pride@DoorDash (LGBTQIA+), and Parents@DoorDash, all of which are open to people of all backgrounds.

SMASH

We partner with the non-profit, SMASH, to host underrepresented college and college-bound students in STEM (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) during the summer. The students work closely with our engineering and product teams to develop and present solutions to various product design challenges.

 

186


Table of Contents

Our Social Impact Initiatives

Project DASH

In 2018, we launched Project DASH, through which we partner with nonprofits, governments, and social enterprises nationwide, building their capacity to serve their constituents through last-mile delivery. Examples include food rescue from restaurants and offices to soup kitchens, prepared meals from schools and senior centers to households, and grocery boxes from food banks and food pantries to families facing food insecurity. Since inception, we have powered nearly 300,000 deliveries of food from schools, food banks, food pantries, restaurants, and senior centers in partnership with nonprofits and government agencies to ensure safe and reliable access to food for those in need.

Partnership with Feeding America

We are also in our third consecutive year of partnership with Feeding America and have donated the equivalent of over eight and a half million meals to the Feeding America network of food banks.91

Kitchens Without Borders

In 2019, we launched Kitchens Without Borders, a social impact initiative to support immigrant and refugee restaurant owners we partner with at DoorDash. Participating restaurants receive DoorDash-funded marketing support, promotions, and visibility to boost consumer discovery and selection, as well as resources such as free small business advising through partnerships with other organizations. In 2020, we have expanded this model to our Black-Owned Businesses initiative. Our Caviar brand also features Women-Powered and Black-Owned restaurant collections, which receive prominent visibility on the platform.

 

91 

Calculated based on Feeding America’s estimate that each dollar donated helps secure and distribute at least ten meals to people facing hunger.

 

187


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

188


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

189


Table of Contents

Our Response to COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic has challenged all of our constituents. Even as demand for food delivery and take-out have increased, a combined health and economic crisis shuttered our restaurant partners’ dining rooms, posed risks to Dashers’ ability to keep themselves healthy and safe while making their deliveries, and taxed the livelihoods of many of our consumers.

We viewed the pandemic as a situation that required rapid and bold action to support our communities and help our constituents on the path to recovery. The pandemic has demonstrated how vital we are to the communities in which we operate. Prior to the pandemic, we played a significant role in connecting merchants to new consumers and driving incremental sales, providing selection, experience, and value to consumers, and offering economic opportunity to those looking for income. With the pandemic, our platform has become a lifeline for merchants whose only revenue options are take-out and delivery, for consumers sheltering in place, particularly vulnerable populations whose health depends on isolating, and for many of the millions of newly unemployed in need of earnings opportunities.

We have mobilized quickly to help our community. Doing so did not require any change in strategy—it was a natural extension of our founding mission to grow and empower local economies. Some of our most immediate actions, like defaulting to contactless delivery and providing Dashers with over a million masks, gloves, and bottles of hand sanitizer, were uniquely in response to the pandemic. But some of our most impactful steps have been merely accelerations of our longstanding strategy: working even more closely with our merchants to provide them with choice and flexibility through new and expanded offerings to help them grow their own e-commerce brands; and accelerating the launch of our convenience category to deliver essential household supplies from more than 9,000 stores and pharmacies across the country to date.

Supporting Merchants

As restaurants were forced to close their dining rooms, we rolled out a series of relief and support initiatives to help our merchants and the restaurant industry. In March 2020, we offered 0% commission on Pickup and waived commissions for the first 30 days for new independent restaurants joining the platform. In early April, we led the industry in reducing commissions by 50% on both DoorDash and Caviar for our local restaurant partners with five or fewer locations, benefiting approximately 180,000 local restaurants in the United States, Canada, and Australia.

We also provided sales and marketing solutions for merchants, including marketing programs to help restaurants grow their sales. This involved including restaurants in DashPass at no cost and helping to drive traffic to local restaurants through our Local Restaurant Saturday free delivery promotion. We also provided marketing credits to help restaurants gain greater visibility on our platform, and used our marketing investments to support the restaurant industry through a national advertising campaign, #OpenForDelivery.

As the world began to reopen in May, we shifted our focus from merchant relief to supporting the growth of merchants as they navigated the recovery phase. We are providing them with greater choice and flexibility through our Main Street Strong program, which we launched in May 2020. This initiative includes products, programs, and policies focused on helping merchants grow their businesses and better own the consumer experience by building their own digital ordering solutions. This initiative included launching DoorDash Storefront, which enables restaurants to create their own online stores, providing them with a turnkey solution to offer consumers on-demand access without investing in in-house logistics. Through these online stores, consumers can order take-out or delivery directly from restaurants, with deliveries fulfilled by Dashers. We also expanded the DoorDash Weblinks program, a service in which merchants opt to have DoorDash manage their digital ordering experience by redirecting their consumers to DoorDash, enabling the merchant to establish the main touchpoint with their consumers.

 

 

 

190


Table of Contents

Supporting Dashers

The safety of our community, especially Dashers, has been our priority throughout the COVID-19 pandemic. To support Dashers in their work, we have provided free personal safety equipment such as gloves, hand sanitizer, wipes, and masks, and implemented no-contact delivery as the default delivery option to minimize contact between Dashers and consumers. We are also providing two weeks of financial assistance to eligible Dashers who contracted COVID-19 and have launched subsidized access to telemedicine through Doctor on Demand so Dashers can complete online risk assessments and receive online virtual urgent care visits and mental health care visits for as little as $4. In addition, we partnered with the Attorney General of Pennsylvania on a landmark public-private collaboration to expand support for Dashers to include financial assistance to many Dashers who have primary childcare responsibilities for children whose schools or daycares closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

We worked hard to support Dashers so they could continue to work and to earn through the COVID-19 pandemic. Earnings for Dashers increased significantly per hour compared to the same period last year.

Supporting our Community

The pandemic has created an unprecedented need for last-mile delivery services to vulnerable populations, including seniors, the immunocompromised, and low-income families. We expanded Project DASH to provide vital support to the communities in which we operate. From March through September 2020, we powered over 270,000 deliveries of food from schools, food banks, food pantries, restaurants, and senior centers in partnership with nonprofits and government agencies to ensure safe and reliable access to food for those in need. Local partners include Portland Public Schools and World Central Kitchen. We have also established a national partnership with United Way Worldwide to expand their Ride United program to include delivery support for social service agencies in cities across the United States and Canada.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, we also introduced new social impact programs to support vulnerable communities. We launched our nonprofit discount program on bulk gift card purchases by nonprofit organizations to enable them to provide DoorDash credit to food-insecure and other community members.

To thank those caring for others on the front lines of the pandemic, we created a hospital partnerships program offering free DashPass to over 700,000 healthcare workers nationwide.

The COVID-19 pandemic has made our mission more important than ever, and we are striving to help communities meet their challenges and become stronger.

Main Street Strong Pledge

In November 2020, as part of our Main Street Strong program, we announced a pledge of $200 million to support merchants, Dashers, and local communities. We may use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to fund this pledge. The funds from this pledge will be dedicated to our Main Street Strong initiatives, including investments, programs, products, services, support, and benefits to (i) enable Dashers to achieve greater financial empowerment and meet their professional goals, (ii) empower local merchants and enable greater equality of access in local economies, and (iii) support and strengthen the communities in which we operate.

 

191


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Employees

As of September 30, 2020, we had 3,279 employees worldwide. We also engage contractors and consultants. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we believe that our employee relations are strong.

COMPETITION

The markets in which we operate are intensely competitive and characterized by shifting user preferences, fragmentation, and frequent introductions of new services and offerings. We compete for our constituents on the following criteria:

 

   

Merchants. We compete for merchants based on our ability to generate consumer demand and the quality of our business enablement and demand fulfillment services. We believe that we are positioned favorably based on the scale of our consumer base, the breadth of our demand fulfillment capabilities, and our broad array of services that enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges.

 

   

Consumers. We compete for consumers based on a number of factors. We believe that we are positioned favorably because we provide consumers with convenient access to our unmatched combination of merchant selection, experience, and value.

 

   

Dashers. We compete to attract and retain Dashers based on a number of factors including flexibility and earnings potential. We believe that we are positioned favorably based on the density of our network, the improving efficiency of our platform, and the opportunities we provide Dashers to earn.

Local food delivery logistics, the largest category of our business today, is fragmented and intensely competitive. In the United States, we compete with other local food delivery logistics platforms including Uber Eats, Grubhub, and Postmates, chain merchants that have their own online ordering platforms, pizza companies, such as Domino’s, other merchants which own and operate their own delivery fleets, grocers and grocery delivery services, and companies that provide point of sale solutions and merchant delivery services. As we continue to expand our presence internationally, we will also face competition from local incumbents in these markets. In addition, we compete with traditional offline ordering channels, such as take-out offerings, telephone, and paper menus that merchants distribute to consumers as well as advertising that merchants place in local publications to attract consumers. With Drive, and as we expand into other industry verticals beyond food, we expect to compete with large Internet companies with substantial resources, users and brand power, such as Amazon and Google.

We believe we compete favorably for merchants, consumers, and Dashers. We have become the largest and fastest growing business in the U.S. local food delivery logistics category, with 50% U.S. category share and 58% category share in suburban markets.92 Our innovation, brand, and focused execution have allowed us to quickly extend our network and our geographic reach and we plan to continue our efforts to expand within our existing markets and enter new markets and geographies in the future. For additional information about the risks to our business related to competition, see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations—We face intense competition and if we are unable to compete effectively, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.”

FACILITIES

Our corporate headquarters is located in San Francisco, California, pursuant to an operating lease that expires in 2032. We lease or license additional offices in the United States and Canada, including in

 

92 

Edison Trends; see the section titled “Industry, Market, and Other Data.”

 

193


Table of Contents

Atlanta, Boston, Calgary, Chicago, Denver, Los Angeles, Miami, Montreal, Mountain View, New York, Oakland, Philadelphia, Phoenix, Seattle, St. Louis, Tempe, Toronto, Vancouver, and Washington, D.C. We believe that these facilities are generally suitable to meet our needs.

OUR DEVELOPMENT AND TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE

We have a research and development culture that rapidly and consistently delivers high-quality enhancements to the performance, functionality, and usability of our platform. We have assembled a team of 617 highly skilled engineers, designers, and computer scientists whose expertise spans a broad range of technical areas, as of September 30, 2020. We organize our team with a full-stack development model, integrating product management, engineering, analytics, data science, and design. We focus on convenience, accuracy, affordability, reliability, and efficiency when developing our software. Our offerings are mobile-first and operating system-agnostic. We frequently update our software products and have a regular software release schedule.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We believe that our intellectual property rights are valuable and important to our business. We rely on trademarks, patents, copyrights, trade secrets, license agreements, intellectual property assignment agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements, and employee non-disclosure and invention assignment agreements to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Though we rely in part upon these legal and contractual protections, we believe that factors such as the skills and ingenuity of our employees and the functionality and frequent enhancements to our platform are larger contributors to our success in the marketplace.

We have invested in a patent program to identify and protect a substantial portion of our strategic intellectual property in logistics, selection optimization, and other technologies relevant to our business. As of September 30, 2020, we had 21 issued U.S. patents, 41 U.S. patent applications pending, and eight patent applications pending in a foreign jurisdiction. We continually review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intellectual property.

We have an ongoing trademark and service mark registration program pursuant to which we register our brand names and product names, taglines, and logos in the United States and other countries to the extent we determine appropriate and cost-effective. As of September 30, 2020, we held 22 registered trademarks in the United States and 36 registered trademarks in foreign jurisdictions. We also have common law rights in some trademarks and numerous pending trademark applications in the United States and foreign jurisdictions. In addition, we have registered domain names for websites that we use in our business, such as www.doordash.com and other variations.

We intend to pursue additional intellectual property protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost-effective. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, they may not be respected in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged. For additional information, see the sections titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property—Intellectual property infringement assertions by third parties could result in significant costs and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and reputation” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property—Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.”

 

194


Table of Contents

DATA PRIVACY AND SECURITY

We prioritize the trust of merchants, consumers, Dashers, and employees, and place an emphasis on data privacy and security. Our security program is designed and implemented, throughout our company and our platform, in an effort to address the security and compliance requirements of data related to merchants, consumers, Dashers, and employees.

We have a dedicated team of professionals that focus on application, network, and system security, as well as security compliance, education, and incident response. We maintain a documented vulnerability management program that includes periodic scans designed to identify security vulnerabilities on servers, workstations, network equipment and applications, and subsequent remediation of vulnerabilities. We also conduct regular internal and external penetration tests and remediate according to severity for any results found.

We encrypt merchant, consumer, and Dasher data in transit using secure transport layer security cryptographic protocols and encrypt data at rest as well. We use multi-factor authentication and other security controls in order to control access to our resources containing personal data or other confidential information.

We design our platform, offerings, and policies to facilitate compliance with evolving privacy and data security laws and regulations. We post on our website our privacy policies, and we maintain certain other policies and practices relating to data security and concerning our processing, use, and disclosure of personal information. We collect and use aggregated end-user information to develop, provide, and improve our platform and offerings. We have also developed a process for responding to law enforcement requests and generally require a subpoena or court order prior to providing personal information requested in connection with a criminal investigation.

Our publication of our privacy policy and other statements regarding privacy and security may subject us to investigation or enforcement actions by state and federal regulators if they are found to be deficient, lacking transparency, deceptive, or misrepresentative of our practices. We also may be bound from time to time by contractual obligations. The privacy and data security laws and regulations to which we are subject, as well as their interpretation, are evolving and we expect them to continue to change over time. For example, the CCPA, which went into effect on January 1, 2020, among other things, requires covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers, and affords such consumers new abilities to opt out of certain sales of personal information. Other privacy and data security laws and regulations laws and regulations to which we may be subject include the California Online Privacy Protection Act, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act, Canada’s Anti-Spam Law, Australia’s Privacy Act, the TCPA, and Section 5(c) of the Federal Trade Commission Act. More generally, the various privacy and data security legal obligations that apply to us may evolve in a manner that relates to our practices or the features of our mobile application or website. We may need to take additional measures to comply with the new and evolving legal obligations and to maintain and improve our information security posture in an effort to avoid information security incidents or breaches affecting personal information or other sensitive or proprietary data.

See the section titled “Risk Factors,” including the sections titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations—We have been subject to cybersecurity incidents in the past and anticipate being the target of future attacks. Any actual or perceived security or privacy breach could interrupt our operations, harm our brand, and adversely affect our reputation, brand, business, financial condition, and results of operations,” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment—Changes in laws or regulations relating to privacy or the protection or transfer of data relating to individuals, or any actual or perceived failure by us to comply with such laws and regulations or any

 

195


Table of Contents

other obligations relating to privacy or the protection or transfer of data relating to individuals, could adversely affect our business,” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment—We face the risk of litigation resulting from unauthorized text messages sent in violation of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act” for additional information about the laws and regulations we are subject to and the risks to our business associated with such laws and regulations.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Independent Contractor Classification Matters

We, including Caviar and our other subsidiaries, are subject to claims, lawsuits, arbitration proceedings, administrative actions, government investigations, and other legal and regulatory proceedings at the federal, state, and municipal levels challenging the classification of third-party delivery providers on our platform and on the Caviar platform as independent contractors, and claims that, by the alleged misclassification, we have violated various labor and other laws that would apply to delivery employees. Laws and regulations that govern the status and classification of independent contractors are subject to change and divergent interpretations by various authorities, which can create uncertainty and unpredictability for us. We dispute any allegations of wrongdoing and intend to continue to defend ourselves vigorously in these matters.

We are currently involved in a number of putative class actions, representative actions, such as those brought under PAGA, and individual claims both in court as well as arbitration and other matters challenging the classification of third-party delivery providers on our platform and on the Caviar platform as independent contractors. These actions and claims include the following:

 

   

On May 2, 2017, Daniel Marko filed an action in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code and the Unfair Competition Law, among other allegations, on behalf of a putative class of California Dashers who have provided services on our platform and as a representative action under PAGA. Our motion to compel arbitration was granted, and the case is stayed pending arbitration. This case is the subject of the Marciano settlement noted below;

 

   

On September 26, 2017, Darnell Austin filed a putative class action in the U.S. District Court, District of Massachusetts, alleging Dashers in Massachusetts were misclassified as independent contractors as opposed to employees. Our motion to compel arbitration was granted, and the case is stayed pending arbitration. This case is the subject of the Marciano settlement noted below;

 

   

On May 8, 2018, Manuel Magana filed an action in the Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code and the Unfair Competition Law, among other allegations, on behalf of a putative class of California Dashers who have provided services on our platform. Our motion to compel arbitration was granted, and the case is stayed pending arbitration. This case is the subject of the Marciano settlement noted below;

 

   

On May 14, 2018, Joshua Woodle filed a putative class action in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles, alleging that Caviar misclassified delivery providers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code. This case is the subject of the Caviar settlement noted below;

 

   

On July 5, 2018, Cynthia Marciano filed a representative action under PAGA in the Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code. Our motion to compel arbitration was granted, and the case is stayed pending arbitration. This case is the subject of the Marciano settlement noted below;

 

196


Table of Contents
   

On July 6, 2018, Damone Brown filed a representative action under PAGA in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code. Our motion to compel arbitration of the PAGA claim was denied, and the case is stayed pending appeal of that decision;

 

   

On July 26, 2018, Dana Lowe filed a representative action under PAGA in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code. Our motion to compel arbitration of the PAGA claim was denied, and the case is stayed pending appeal of that decision. This case is the subject of the Marciano settlement noted below;

 

   

On August 24, 2018, Mervyn Cole filed a representative action under PAGA in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles, alleging that Caviar misclassified delivery providers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code. This case is the subject of the Caviar settlement noted below;

 

   

On January 17, 2019, Jared Roussel filed an action in the Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code and the Unfair Competition Law, among other allegations, on behalf of a putative class of California Dashers who have provided services on our platform. Our motion to compel arbitration was granted, and the case is stayed pending arbitration. This case is the subject of the Marciano settlement noted below;

 

   

On March 22, 2019, Noah Goldman-Hull filed an action in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code and the Unfair Competition Law, among other allegations, on behalf of a putative class of California Dashers who have provided services on our platform and as a representative action under PAGA. Our motion to compel arbitration was granted, and the case is stayed pending arbitration;

 

   

On April 19, 2019, Brandon Campbell filed a representative action under PAGA in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles, alleging that we use consumer tips to meet Dasher’s minimum pay guarantee in violation of the California Labor Code. Our motion to compel arbitration of the PAGA claim was denied, and the case is stayed pending appeal of that decision;

 

   

On April 23, 2019, Suhail Farran filed a representative action under PAGA in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code. Our motion to compel arbitration of the PAGA was denied, and the case is stayed pending appeal of that decision. This case is the subject of the Marciano settlement noted below;

 

   

On July 11, 2019, Erik Nakamura filed an action in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles, alleging that Caviar misclassified delivery providers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code and the California Unfair Competition Law, among other allegations, on behalf of a putative class of California delivery providers who have provided services on the Caviar platform;

 

   

On August 23, 2019, Jacob McGrath filed a Fair Labor Standards Act, or FLSA, collective action in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code, the California Unfair Competition Law, and the FLSA. Our motion to compel arbitration was granted as to all but four claimants;

 

197


Table of Contents
   

On January 29, 2020, Clifford Linn filed an action in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code and the California Unfair Competition Law on behalf of Dashers in California, and in violation of the FLSA on behalf of Dashers in California, Massachusetts, and Illinois. This case has been stayed pending final settlement;

 

   

On May 6, 2020, Regina Corbin filed an action in the Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code and the California Unfair Competition Law, among other allegations, on behalf of a putative class of California Dashers who have provided services on our platform. Our motion to compel arbitration was granted, and the case is stayed pending arbitration;

 

   

On June 16, 2020, the San Francisco District Attorney filed an action in the Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code and the California Unfair Competition Law, among other allegations. This action is seeking restitutionary damages and a permanent injunction that would bar us from continuing to classify Dashers as independent contractors. On August 12, 2020, the San Francisco District Attorney filed a motion for preliminary injunction that would bar us from continuing to classify Dashers in California as independent contractors during the pendency of this case. The preliminary injunction hearing is scheduled for February 3, 2021; and

 

   

On July 20, 2020, Kevin Saunders filed an action in the Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco, alleging that we misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code and the California Unfair Competition Law on behalf of Dashers in California. On August 18, 2020, we removed the case to U.S. District Court, Northern District of California. On September 17, 2020, Saunders filed a motion to remand the case back to Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco.

In December 2019, we filed an agreement to pay $40 million with the representatives of Dashers that had filed certain actions in California and Massachusetts in settlement of claims under PAGA and class action claims alleging worker misclassification of Dashers, or the Marciano settlement. These actions were filed by and on behalf of Massachusetts Dashers that utilized the DoorDash platform since September 2014 and California Dashers that utilized the DoorDash platform since August 2016. The settlement was filed with the Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco on November 21, 2019. On April 24, 2020, the court issued a tentative ruling raising certain issues with the filed settlement agreement and requesting supplemental briefing from the parties. On June 8, 2020, the parties submitted supplemental briefing and an amended settlement agreement to the court. The amended settlement agreement increased the total amount to be paid by the company from $40 million to $41 million. On June 19, 2020, the court issued a tentative ruling raising certain issues with the filed amended settlement agreement and requesting supplemental briefing from the parties. On July 24, 2020, the parties submitted supplemental briefing and an amended settlement agreement to the court. On August 31, 2020, the court issued a tentative ruling denying plaintiff’s motion for preliminary approval of the amended settlement without prejudice and inviting the parties to file supplemental briefing addressing the concerns raised by the court. On October 30, 2020, we entered into an amended settlement agreement to increase the total amount to be paid by the company from $41 million to $89 million. On November 4, 2020, the parties submitted supplemental briefing and the amended settlement agreement to the court. If the amended settlement ultimately receives final approval from the court, we expect that this would resolve claims under PAGA and claims alleging worker misclassification for Dashers in California for the period of August 30, 2016 through December 31, 2020 and claims alleging worker misclassification for Dashers in Massachusetts for the period of September 26, 2014 through December 31, 2020. Although the settlement only involves claimants in certain actions, any final settlement would be on a class basis and would encompass claims

 

198


Table of Contents

by all Dashers in California and Massachusetts for the period noted in the previous sentence. Dashers that are members of the class purported to be covered by the settlement could elect to opt out of such settlement, and therefore could bring claims against us separately.

In December 2019, we entered into an agreement to pay $3 million with the representatives of Caviar delivery providers that had filed certain actions in California in settlement of claims under PAGA and class action claims alleging worker misclassification of the Caviar delivery providers, or the Caviar settlement. These actions were filed by and on behalf of California Caviar delivery providers that utilized the Caviar platform since May 14, 2017. On July 8, 2020, the court granted preliminary approval of the settlement. On November 4, 2020, the court granted final approval of the settlement. This settlement resolves claims under PAGA and claims alleging worker misclassification for Caviar delivery providers in California for the period of May 14, 2017 through February 29, 2020.

More than 35,000 Dashers and Caviar delivery providers who have entered into arbitration agreements with us have filed or expressed an intention to file arbitration demands against us that assert worker misclassification claims. As of August 17, 2020, we have reached agreements that would resolve the worker misclassification claims of a large majority of these individuals. Under these agreements, certain Dashers and Caviar delivery providers are eligible for settlement payments, subject to a threshold number of the covered individuals entering into individual settlement agreements. We anticipate that the aggregate amount of payments to Dashers and Caviar delivery providers under these individual settlement agreements, including attorneys’ fees, will be approximately $85 million. We do not admit any allegations of wrongdoing as part of the resolution of these matters.

Various other Dashers and Caviar delivery providers have challenged or threatened to challenge, and may challenge in the future, their classification on the DoorDash platform and on the Caviar platform, respectively, as an independent contractor under federal and state law, seeking monetary, injunctive, or other relief. We are currently involved in an action brought by the San Francisco District Attorney and in a number of such actions filed by individual Dashers and Caviar delivery providers, with many additional claims threatened, including those brought in, or compelled pursuant to our Independent Contractor Agreement to, individual arbitration. This action brought by the San Francisco District Attorney is seeking both restitutionary damages and a permanent injunction that would bar us from continuing to classify Dashers as independent contractors. The San Francisco District Attorney is also seeking a preliminary injunction that would bar us from continuing to classify Dashers in California as independent contractors during the pendency of this case. We believe we have meritorious defenses and intend to dispute the allegations of wrongdoing and defend ourselves vigorously in these matters. Litigation and arbitration of these matters can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs individually and in the aggregate, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

We have been proactively working with state and local governments and regulatory bodies to ensure that our platform can continue to operate in the United States, Canada, and Australia. New laws and regulations and changes to existing laws and regulations continue to be adopted, implemented, and interpreted in response to our industry and related technologies. For example, the California Legislature passed AB 5, which was signed into law on September 18, 2019 and became effective on January 1, 2020. AB 5 codified the Dynamex standard regarding contractor classification, expanded its application, and created numerous carve-outs. We, along with certain other companies, supported a campaign for the 2020 California ballot initiative to address AB 5 and preserve flexibility for Dashers. As of November 12, 2020, unofficial election results indicate that this initiative is likely to pass. In addition, several other states where we operate may be considering adopting legislation similar to the 2020 California ballot initiative, which we would expect to increase our costs related to Dashers in such jurisdictions and could also adversely impact our results of operations. Even with the passage of the 2020 California ballot initiative and similar legislation, such initiatives and legislation could still be challenged and subject to litigation. Additionally, an increasing number of jurisdictions are considering implementing standards similar to AB 5 to determine worker classification.

 

199


Table of Contents

Other Actions

We, including Caviar and our other subsidiaries, are currently involved in a number of other actions, including class action lawsuits and actions brought by government authorities, alleging violations of consumer protection laws, data protection laws, and other laws. We dispute any allegations of wrongdoing and intend to continue to defend ourselves vigorously in these matters. These actions include the following:

 

   

On February 8, 2019, Jamie Webb filed a putative class action in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of Georgia, alleging breach of contract, negligent misrepresentation, fraudulent inducement, unjust enrichment, and violation of the Georgia Fair Business Practices Act with respect to our Dasher pay model on behalf of all Dashers who allegedly did not receive the total amount of tips paid by a consumer who specifically designated that amount as a gratuity for the Dasher. Our motion to compel arbitration was granted, and the case is stayed pending arbitration;

 

   

On July 29, 2019, Alan Arkin filed a putative class action in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of New York, alleging violation of the New York General Business Law, Section 349, and other states’ consumer protection statutes, common law fraud, and unjust enrichment with respect to our Dasher pay model on behalf of all consumers who used DoorDash and paid a tip through the DoorDash application during the statutory period. Our motion to compel arbitration was granted, and the case is stayed pending arbitration;

 

   

On August 21, 2019, Rachel Kember filed a putative class action in Utah State Court, Third Judicial District, County of Salt Lake, alleging violation of the Utah Consumer Sales Practices Act, fraud, and unjust enrichment on behalf of all Utah consumers who used DoorDash and paid a tip through the DoorDash application during the statutory period. The parties stipulated to arbitration, and the case is stayed pending the arbitration;

 

   

On September 25, 2019, Jennifer Peter filed a putative class action in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California, alleging unfair business practices under California, Illinois, and Missouri law with respect to our Dasher pay model in effect from approximately September 2017 through September 2019 on behalf of all consumers who used DoorDash and paid a tip through the DoorDash application during the statutory period. Our motion to compel arbitration was granted, and the case is stayed pending arbitration;

 

   

On October 11, 2019, Robin Randall filed a putative class action in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta, alleging violations of common and statutory laws of Alberta and other Canadian provinces with respect to a publicly reported data breach incident on behalf of a nationwide class of consumers and Dashers whose data was exfiltrated as part of such incident;

 

   

On November 19, 2019, the District of Columbia filed an action in the Superior Court of the District of Columbia, alleging violations of the District of Columbia’s Consumer Protection Procedures Act with respect to our Dasher pay model that was in effect from approximately September 2017 through September 2019;

 

   

On January 21, 2020, Tiffin Cherry Hill LLC filed a putative class action in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California, alleging breach of contract, conversion, and unfair business practices in violation of the California Unfair Competition Law with respect to delivery service agreements in place with Caviar, on behalf of merchants with such agreements;

 

   

On August 21, 2020, GreatGigz Solutions, LLC, or GreatGigz, filed an action in the U.S. District Court, Western District of Texas, alleging patent infringement with respect to the DoorDash website and application. GreatGigz is seeking damages, costs, attorneys’ fees, expenses, and interest, in unspecified amounts; and

 

200


Table of Contents
   

On September 24, 2020, Lona’s Lil Eats, LLC filed a putative class action in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California, alleging false advertising under federal and state laws and unfair competition under California law, on behalf of restaurants that do not have agreements with DoorDash, but appear on the DoorDash website and application.

In addition, we have received, and may continue to receive, threatened arbitration demands from consumers related to representations regarding tips paid to Dashers.

Regulatory and Administrative Investigations, Audits, and Inquiries

We, including Caviar and our other subsidiaries, have in the past been, are currently, and may in the future be the subject of regulatory and administrative investigations, audits, and inquiries conducted by federal, state, or local governmental agencies concerning our business practices, the classification and compensation of Dashers and Caviar delivery providers, our Dasher pay model, data security, tax issues, unemployment insurance, workers’ compensation insurance, and other matters. Results of investigations, audits, and inquiries and related governmental action are inherently unpredictable and, as such, there is always the risk of an investigation, audit, or inquiry having a material impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, particularly in the event that an investigation, audit, or inquiry results in a lawsuit or unfavorable regulatory enforcement or other action. Regardless of the outcome, these matters can have an adverse impact on us in light of the costs associated with cooperating with, or defending against, such matters, and the diversion of management resources and other factors.

Personal Injury Matters

Various parties have from time to time claimed, and may claim in the future, that we, including Caviar and our other subsidiaries, are liable for damages related to accidents or other incidents involving Dashers who have been active on the DoorDash platform or delivery providers who have been active on the Caviar platform. We are currently named as a defendant in a number of matters related to accidents or other incidents involving Dashers that utilize the DoorDash platform, delivery providers on the Caviar platform, and third parties. In many of these matters, we believe we have meritorious defenses, dispute the allegations of wrongdoing, and intend to defend ourselves vigorously. There is no pending or threatened legal proceeding that has arisen from these accidents or incidents that individually, in our opinion, is likely to have a material impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations; however, results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable and legal proceedings related to such accidents or incidents, in the aggregate, could have a material impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs individually and in the aggregate, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

See the sections titled “Risk Factors,” including the sections titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment—If Dashers are reclassified as employees under federal or state law, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected,” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations—We face certain risks associated with our pay model for Dashers,” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties—We rely primarily on third-party insurance policies to insure our operations-related risks. If our insurance coverage is insufficient for the needs of our business or our insurance providers are unable to meet their obligations, we may not be able to mitigate the risks facing our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations,” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment—We are subject to claims, lawsuits, investigations, and various proceedings, and face potential liability, expenses for legal claims, and harm to our business based on the nature of our business,” for additional information about the legal proceedings we may be subject to and the risks to our business associated with such legal proceedings.

 

201


Table of Contents

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

We are subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations in the United States and other jurisdictions. These laws, regulations, and standards govern issues such as worker classification, labor and employment, anti-discrimination, payments, gift cards, whistleblowing and worker confidentiality obligations, product liability, environmental protection, personal injury, text messaging, subscription services, intellectual property, consumer protection and warnings, marketing, taxation, privacy, data security, competition, unionizing and collective action, arbitration agreements and class action waiver provisions, terms of service, mobile application and website accessibility, money transmittal, and background checks. The sale and delivery of goods through our platform is also subject to laws, regulations, and standards that govern food safety, alcohol, tobacco, cannabidiol, pharmaceuticals and controlled substances, hazardous substances, and the interstate and intrastate transport of goods. These regulations are often complex and subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may change or develop over time through judicial decisions or as new guidance or interpretations are provided by regulatory and governing bodies, such as federal, state, and local administrative agencies.

Other proposed changes to laws and regulations related to our industry include a proposed rule under consideration by the New York State Liquor Authority that would limit fees that can be charged by food delivery facilitation services and proposed legislation in California and other states that would require third-party grocery services to maintain minimum liability insurance.

See the sections titled “Risk Factors,” including the sections titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment—If Dashers are reclassified as employees under federal or state law, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected,” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment—Our business is subject to a variety of U.S. laws and regulations, many of which are unsettled and still developing, and failure to comply with such laws and regulations could subject us to claims or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations,” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties—We rely on a third-party payment processor to process payments made by consumers and payments made to merchants and Dashers, and if we cannot manage our relationship with such third party and other payment-related risks, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected,” for additional information about the laws and regulations we are subject to and the risks to our business associated with such laws and regulations.

 

202


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of September 30, 2020:

 

Name

   Age   

Position(s)

Executive Officers:      
Tony Xu   

36

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Prabir Adarkar   

43

  

Chief Financial Officer

Christopher Payne   

52

  

Chief Operating Officer

Keith Yandell   

41

  

Chief Business and Legal Officer and Secretary

Non-Executive Officer Directors:      
Shona Brown   

54

  

Director

L. John Doerr   

69

  

Director

Andy Fang   

28

  

Head of Consumer Engineering and Director

Jeffrey Housenbold   

51

  

Director

Jeremy Kranz   

45

  

Director

Alfred Lin   

47

  

Director

Stanley Meresman   

73

  

Director

Maria Renz   

52

  

Director

Stanley Tang   

27

  

Head of DoorDash Labs and Director

 

(1)

Member of our audit committee

(2)

Member of our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee

(3)

Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive Officers

Tony Xu. Tony Xu is one of our co-founders and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as one of our directors since May 2013. Mr. Xu holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering and Operations Research from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Mr. Xu was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as our Chief Executive Officer and as a co-founder.

Prabir Adarkar. Prabir Adarkar has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Adarkar served as Vice President of Finance (Head of Strategic Finance) at Uber Technologies, Inc., a transportation network company, from September 2015 to August 2018. From July 2008 to September 2015, he was with The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., an investment bank, where he served most recently as Vice President, Technology, Media & Telecommunications Investment Banking. Mr. Adarkar holds a B.E. in Electronics Engineering from the University of Mumbai, an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Columbia University, and an M.B.A. from New York University.

Christopher Payne. Christopher Payne has served as our Chief Operating Officer since January 2016. Prior to joining us, Mr. Payne served as Chief Executive Officer of Tinder, Inc., a social search mobile application, from March 2015 to August 2015. From January 2009 to December 2014, he was with eBay Inc., an online marketplace and payments company, where he served as Senior Vice President, North America from September 2010 to December 2014 and Vice President Buyer Experience from January 2009 to September 2010. Mr. Payne served as the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Positronic, Inc., a machine learning company, from July 2007 until December 2008, when it was sold to eBay Inc. Mr. Payne currently serves on the board of directors of Gogo Inc., an aero communications service provider. Mr. Payne holds a B.A. in U.S. History from Dartmouth College.

 

203


Table of Contents

Keith Yandell. Keith Yandell joined us in April 2016 as our General Counsel and has served as our Chief Business and Legal Officer since October 2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Yandell was with Uber Technologies, Inc., where he served as Director of Litigation from January 2016 to April 2016 and as Senior Counsel, Litigation from February 2015 to December 2015. From July 2010 to January 2015, Mr. Yandell was an attorney and partner with the law firm of Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP. Mr. Yandell holds a B.A. in Political Science and American Studies from the University of California, Davis and a J.D. from the University of California, Los Angeles.

Non-Executive Officer Directors

Shona Brown. Shona Brown has served as one of our directors since August 2019. From January 2013 until November 2015, she served as a senior advisor to Google Inc., an Internet search and technology company. From April 2011 to December 2012, Dr. Brown served as Senior Vice President of Google.org, Google Inc.’s charitable organization. From 2003 to 2011, Dr. Brown served as Vice President and later as Senior Vice President, Business Operations of Google Inc. Since November 2015, Dr. Brown has served on the board of directors of Atlassian Corporation Plc, an enterprise software company, and currently serves as its Chairperson. She has also served since March 2009 as a director of PepsiCo, Inc., a food and beverage company, and serves on the board of directors of several private companies and non-profit organizations. Dr. Brown holds a B.Eng. in Computer Systems Engineering from Carleton University, an M.A. in Economics and Philosophy from the University of Oxford, and a Ph.D. from Stanford University’s Department of Industrial Engineering and Engineering Management.

Dr. Brown was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive experience as a director of public companies, her business and leadership experience, and her knowledge of the technology industry.

L. John Doerr. L. John Doerr has served as one of our directors since March 2015. Mr. Doerr has been a General Partner of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, or KPCB, a venture capital firm, since August 1980. He currently serves on the board of directors of Alphabet Inc., the parent holding company of Google, Inc., Amyris, Inc., a renewable products company, and Bloom Energy Corporation, a clean energy company, and previously served as a director of Zynga Inc. Mr. Doerr was previously a director of Amazon.com, Inc., an e-commerce company, from 1996 to 2010. He holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from Rice University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Mr. Doerr was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his significant public company experience as a board member, his global business and leadership experience, and his experience in the venture capital industry.

Andy Fang. Andy Fang is one of our co-founders and has served as Head of Consumer Engineering since February 2019 and as one of our directors since May 2013. He previously served as our Chief Technology Officer from May 2013 to February 2019. Mr. Fang holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Stanford University.

Mr. Fang was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as a co-founder.

Jeffrey Housenbold. Jeffrey Housenbold has served as one of our directors since February 2018. Mr. Housenbold has been a Managing Partner at SoftBank Investment Advisers, a venture capital firm, since June 2017. From February 2016 to June 2017, he was an Entrepreneur-in-Residence at Sutter Hill Ventures, a venture capital fund. From January 2005 to February 2016, Mr. Housenbold served as President, Chief Executive Officer, and a director of Shutterfly, Inc., a manufacturer and digital retailer of

 

204


Table of Contents

personalized products and services. Mr. Housenbold currently serves on the board of directors of several private companies and is on the board of trustees of Carnegie Mellon University. He previously served as a director of Chegg, Inc., an education technology company, and Groupon, Inc., an e-commerce marketplace. Mr. Housenbold holds a B.S. in Economics and a B.S. in Business Administration from Carnegie Mellon University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Mr. Housenbold was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the venture capital industry and his knowledge of technology companies.

Jeremy Kranz. Jeremy Kranz has served as one of our directors since February 2018. Mr. Kranz joined GIC Private Limited, a sovereign wealth fund, or GIC, in 2004 and currently serves as Senior Vice President and Co-Head, Technology Investment Group, the investment arm of GIC focused on investing in private and public technology companies globally. Mr. Kranz currently serves on the board of directors of multiple private companies and on advisory boards for multiple venture capital firms. Mr. Kranz also sits on the board of SG Innovate and runs Singapore’s Bridge Forum. Mr. Kranz holds a B.S.I.E. in Industrial Engineering, Engineering Economics, and Decision Sciences from the University of Wisconsin—Madison and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

Mr. Kranz was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the venture capital industry and his knowledge of technology companies.

Alfred Lin. Alfred Lin has served as one of our directors since May 2014. Mr. Lin has been a Partner at Sequoia Capital Operations LLC, a venture capital firm, or Sequoia Capital, since October 2010. From June 1999 to December 2014, he served as Co-Founder and General Manager at Venture Frogs, LLC, a venture capital firm. Prior to this, from 1996 to 1998, Mr. Lin served as Vice President of Finance and Administration of LinkExchange, a banner advertising exchange acquired by Microsoft. From January 2005 to December 2010, Mr. Lin served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Operating Officer of Zappos.com, an online retailer acquired by Amazon.com, Inc. From January 2001 to June 2005, he served as Vice President of Finance and Business Development of Tellme Networks, a voice recognition services and platform company acquired by Microsoft. He currently serves as a director of several private companies. Mr. Lin holds a B.A. in Applied Mathematics from Harvard University and an M.S. in Statistics from Stanford University.

Mr. Lin was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the venture capital industry, business and leadership experience, and his knowledge of technology companies.

Stanley Meresman. Stanley Meresman has served as one of our directors since December 2018. During the last ten years, he has served on the board of directors of various public and private companies, including service as chair of the audit committee for some of these companies. Mr. Meresman was with Technology Crossover Ventures, a private equity firm, and served as a Venture Partner from January 2004 to December 2004 and as General Partner and Chief Operating Officer from November 2001 to December 2003. From 1989 to 1997, Mr. Meresman served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Silicon Graphics, Inc., a computing manufacturer. He currently serves on the board of directors of Cloudflare, Inc., a web infrastructure and website security company, Guardant Health, Inc., a precision oncology company, Medallia, Inc., a customer experience management company, and Snap Inc., a technology and camera company. Mr. Meresman previously served as a member of the board of directors of LinkedIn Corporation, a professional social media networking company acquired by Microsoft Corporation, Meru Networks, Inc., a supplier of wireless local area networks acquired by Fortinet, Inc., Palo Alto Networks, Inc., a cybersecurity company, Riverbed Technology, Inc., an IT company acquired by Thoma Bravo, LLC, and Zynga Inc., a social gaming company. He holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering and Operations Research from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

 

205


Table of Contents

Mr. Meresman was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive public company experience as a board member, financial expertise, and years of strategic and management experience in the technology industry.

Maria Renz. Maria Renz has served as one of our directors since September 2020. Ms. Renz joined Social Finance, Inc. (SoFi), an online personal finance company, in March 2020 and currently serves as Executive Vice President, Consumer Finance and Wealth Management. From October 1999 to February 2020, Ms. Renz served in a variety of leadership positions at Amazon.com, Inc., an e-commerce and technology company, and its subsidiaries, including most recently as Vice President, Delivery Experience from February 2017 to February 2020, as Vice President, Technical Advisor to the CEO from April 2015 to January 2017, and as Chief Executive Officer of Quidsi Inc., an e-commerce platform and subsidiary of Amazon.com, Inc., from March 2013 to March 2015. Ms. Renz holds a B.S. from Drexel University and an M.B.A. from Vanderbilt University.

Ms. Renz was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive leadership experience, global business expertise, and her knowledge of technology companies.

Stanley Tang. Stanley Tang is one of our co-founders and has served as Head of DoorDash Labs since November 2017 and as one of our directors since May 2013. He previously served as our Chief Product Officer from May 2013 to November 2017. From June 2012 until September 2012, Mr. Tang served as a Software Engineer at Facebook, Inc., a social media and social networking company. He holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Stanford University.

Mr. Tang was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as a co-founder.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers, and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of ten directors. Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation and voting agreement, our current directors were elected as follows:

 

   

Messrs. Xu, Fang, Kranz, and Tang were elected as the designees nominated by holders of our common stock;

 

   

Dr. Brown, Mr. Meresman, and Ms. Renz were elected as the designees nominated by holders of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock;

 

   

Mr. Lin was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock;

 

206


Table of Contents
   

Mr. Doerr was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock; and

 

   

Mr. Housenbold was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Our voting agreement will terminate and the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected will be amended and restated in connection with this offering. After this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of their successor, or until their earlier death, resignation, or removal.

Classified Board of Directors

We will adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, immediately after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be                     ,                     , and                     , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021;

 

   

the Class II directors will be                     ,                     , and                     , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be                     ,                     , and                     , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023.

Each director’s term will continue until the election and qualification of their successor, or their earlier death, resignation, or removal. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning their background, employment, and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that                     ,                     , and                     , do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee and will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee. The

 

207


Table of Contents

composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of                     ,                     , and                     , with                      serving as Chairperson, and each of whom will meet the requirements for independence under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee will also meet the financial literacy and sophistication requirements of the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. In addition, our board of directors has determined that                      is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will, among other things:

 

   

select a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

   

help to ensure the independence and oversee the performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

review and discuss the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and review, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end results of operations;

 

   

review our financial statements and our critical accounting policies and estimates;

 

   

oversee and monitor the integrity of our financial statements, accounting and financial reporting processes, and internal controls;

 

   

oversee the design, implementation, and performance of our internal audit function;

 

   

oversee our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

   

develop procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

oversee our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

oversee compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics;

 

   

review and approve related party transactions; and

 

   

approve or, as required, pre-approve, all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Leadership Development, Inclusion, and Compensation Committee

Following the completion of this offering, our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee will consist of                     ,                     , and                     , with                      serving as Chairperson, and each of whom will meet the requirements for independence under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our

 

208


Table of Contents

leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee will also be a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or Rule 16b-3. Following the completion of this offering, our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee will, among other things:

 

   

review, approve, and determine, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers, including our chief executive officer, and certain key employees;

 

   

administer our equity compensation plans;

 

   

review, approve, and administer incentive compensation plans;

 

   

establish and review general policies and plans relating to compensation and benefits of our employees, and be responsible for our overall compensation philosophy;

 

   

review and make recommendations regarding non-employee director compensation to our full board of directors;

 

   

evaluate the performance, or assist in the evaluation of the performance, of our executive officers, including our chief executive officer; and

 

   

periodically review and discuss with our board of directors the corporate succession and development plans for executive officers and certain key employees.

Our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Following the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of                     ,                     , and                     , with                      serving as Chairperson, and each of whom will meet the requirements for independence under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Following the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things:

 

   

identify, evaluate, and select, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors;

 

   

consider and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

evaluate the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

   

oversee and review developments in our corporate governance practices;

 

   

evaluate the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

   

develop and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the

 

209


Table of Contents

past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for information about related party transactions involving members of our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee or their affiliates.

Director Compensation

Our employee directors, Messrs. Fang, Tang, and Xu, have not received any compensation for their services as directors for the year ended December 31, 2019. The compensation received by Mr. Xu as an employee is set forth in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.” The compensation received by each of Messrs. Fang and Tang as an employee is set forth in the footnotes to the table below.

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our non-executive officer directors for service as directors for the year ended December 31, 2019:

 

Name

   Stock
Awards ($)(1)
     Total ($)  

Shona Brown

     1,658,205        1,658,205  

L. John Doerr

     —          —    

Andy Fang(2)

     —          —    

Jeffrey Housenbold

     —          —    

Jeremy Kranz

     —          —    

Alfred Lin

     —          —    

Stanley Meresman

     —          —    

Maria Renz(3)

     —          —    

Stanley Tang(4)

     —          —    

 

(1)

The amount reported represents the aggregate grant-date fair value of the RSUs awarded to the director in 2019, calculated in accordance with ASU No. 2016 09 “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718),” or ASC 718. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the director. The assumptions used in determining the grant date fair value of the RSUs reported in these columns are set forth in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

Mr. Fang received an aggregate of $250,261 in compensation as an employee, comprised of (i) a salary of $250,000 and (ii) $261 in payments on behalf of Mr. Fang for basic life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance.

(3)

Ms. Renz joined our board of directors in September 2020.

(4)

Mr. Tang received an aggregate of $191,104 in compensation as an employee, comprised of (i) a salary of $190,900 and (ii) $204 in payments on behalf of Mr. Tang for basic life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance.

 

210


Table of Contents

The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our non-executive officer directors as of December 31, 2019:

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Grant
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
    Option
Exercise
Price
Per
Share
     Option
Expiration
Date
     Number of
Shares
Underlying
Unvested
Stock Awards
 

Shona Brown

     8/29/19                            52,710 (1)(2) 

L. John Doerr

                                 

Jeffrey Housenbold

                                 

Andy Fang

     6/26/14        2,888,390 (3)    $ 0.20        6/25/24         
     10/10/18        181,625 (4)    $ 7.16        10/9/28         
     10/10/18                            185,000 (1)(5) 

Jeremy Kranz

                                 

Alfred Lin

                                 

Stanley Meresman

     12/18/18                            144,450 (1)(6) 

Maria Renz

                                 

Stanley Tang

     6/26/14        2,888,390 (3)    $ 0.20        6/25/24         
     10/10/18        85,000 (4)    $ 7.16        10/9/28         
     10/10/18                            87,500 (1)(5) 

 

(1)

As further described in the footnotes below, the RSUs granted pursuant to our 2014 Plan will vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event-related performance vesting condition before the award’s expiration date. The liquidity event-related performance vesting condition will be satisfied on the earlier of (i) a sale event for us or (ii) this offering. The expiration date is seven years from the Grant Date.

(2)

The service-based vesting condition was satisfied as to 1/48th of the total shares of our Class A common stock underlying the RSU on August 1, 2019, with 1/48th of the total shares of our Class A common stock vesting monthly thereafter, subject to Dr. Brown’s continued role as a service provider to us. In the event of Dr. Brown’s continued service through a sale event for us, 100% of the then-outstanding RSUs immediately will vest.

(3)

The shares of our Class A common stock underlying this option are fully vested and immediately exercisable.

(4)

The shares of our Class A common stock underlying this option vest, subject to such director’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares of our Class A common stock on October 1, 2019 with 1/48th of the total shares of our Class A common stock vesting monthly thereafter.

(5)

The service-based vesting condition was satisfied as to 1/4th of the total shares of our Class A common stock underlying the RSU on November 20, 2019, with 6.25% of the total shares of our Class A common stock vesting quarterly thereafter, subject to such director’s continued role as a service provider to us.

(6)

The service-based vesting condition was satisfied as to 1/48th of the shares of our Class A common stock underlying the RSU on January 1, 2019, with 1/48th of the total shares of our Class A common stock vesting monthly thereafter, subject to Mr. Meresman’s continued role as a service provider to us. In the event of Mr. Meresman’s continued service through a sale event for us, 100% of the then-outstanding RSUs immediately will vest.

We entered into an offer letter with Dr. Brown in connection with her appointment to our board of directors. The offer letter provides that Dr. Brown will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with her service on our board of directors. In addition, the offer letter provides for the grant of 52,710 RSUs, which we granted to Dr. Brown in August 2019, as more fully described in the preceding table.

On May 10, 2020, Dr. Brown received an award of RSUs covering 67,290 shares of our Class A common stock under our 2014 Plan. The RSUs will vest when both a “service-based requirement” and a “liquidity event requirement” are satisfied. The service-based requirement shall be satisfied in equal monthly installments with respect to 1/48th of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock underlying the RSUs following May 1, 2020, subject to Dr. Brown’s continued service through each vesting date; provided, however, the RSUs will not vest until the occurrence of a liquidity event, at which time the original vesting schedule will apply. The liquidity event requirement will be satisfied, subject to the individual providing continuous service on the date the liquidity event occurs, upon the completion of an

 

211


Table of Contents

IPO or sale event (as such terms are defined in the applicable award agreement) within seven years of the grant date. In the event of a change in control (as defined in the applicable award agreement) prior to the date Dr. Brown’s service terminates, the service-based requirement shall be satisfied in full.

On May 10, 2020, we granted awards of RSUs covering shares of our Class A common stock under our 2014 Plan to certain of our employee directors as follows: Mr. Fang received an award of 26,355 RSUs and Mr. Tang received an award of 13,175 RSUs. The RSUs are scheduled to vest as follows: the RSUs will vest when both a “service-based requirement” and a “liquidity event requirement” are satisfied. The service-based requirement will be satisfied as to 1/4th of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock underlying the RSUs on the first company vesting date on or after February 20, 2021, and as to an additional 1/16th of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock underlying the RSUs on each company vesting date thereafter, subject to the individual’s continued service through each vesting date; provided, however, the RSUs will not vest until the occurrence of a liquidity event, at which time the original vesting schedule will apply. The liquidity event requirement will be satisfied on the earlier to occur of an IPO or sale event (as such terms are defined in the applicable award agreements) within seven years of the grant date. The company vesting dates are February 20, May 20, August 20, and November 20.

We entered into an offer letter with Ms. Renz in connection with her appointment to our board of directors. The offer letter provides that Ms. Renz will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with her service on our board of directors. In addition, the offer letter provides for the grant of 5,445 RSUs as well as an annual award of 3,860 RSUs.

Outside Director Compensation and Equity Ownership Policy

Prior to preparing for this offering, we did not have a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors for service as directors or non-employee director stock ownership guidelines. From time to time, we have granted equity awards to certain non-employee directors to entice them to join our board of directors and for their continued service on our board of directors.

In September 2020, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve, a new Outside Director Compensation and Equity Ownership Policy, or the director compensation policy, for our non-employee directors that will be effective as of one business day immediately prior to the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. This director compensation policy was developed with input from our independent compensation consultant, Semler Brossy, regarding practices and compensation levels at comparable companies. It is designed to attract, retain, and reward non-employee directors.

Under the director compensation policy, each non-employee director will receive the cash and equity compensation for board services described below. We also will reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable, customary, and documented travel expenses to meetings of our board of directors or its committee and other expenses.

Maximum Annual Compensation Limit

The director compensation policy includes a maximum annual limit of $750,000 of cash compensation and equity awards that may be paid, issued, or granted to a non-employee director in any fiscal year (increased to $1,000,000 in the non-employee director’s initial year of service as a non-employee director). For purposes of this limitation, the value of equity awards is based on the grant date fair value (determined in accordance with GAAP). Any cash compensation paid or equity awards granted to a person for their service as an employee, or for their service as a consultant (other than as a non-employee director), will not count for purposes of the limitation. The maximum limit does not reflect the intended size of any potential compensation or equity awards to our non-employee directors.

 

212


Table of Contents

Equity Ownership

Additionally, each non-employee director is expected to comply with the minimum equity ownership guidelines as set forth in the director compensation policy. Our equity ownership guidelines provide that our non-employee directors must hold a number of shares of our common stock with a value equal to four times the annual cash retainer for service as a non-employee director. A non-employee director generally will have until the later of the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the policy or, if applicable, the date such non-employee director becomes a non-employee director to comply with the minimum stock ownership requirement. Our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee may waive, at its discretion, these guidelines for non-employee directors joining our board of directors from government, academia, or similar professions. Our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee may also temporarily suspend, at its discretion, the guidelines for one or more non-employee directors if compliance would create severe hardship or prevent such non-employee director from complying with a court order.

Cash Compensation

Following the completion of this offering, non-employee directors will be entitled to receive the following cash compensation for their service under the policy:

 

   

$60,000 per year for service as a board member;

 

   

$40,000 per year for service as chair of the board;

 

   

$15,000 per year for service as chair of the audit committee;

 

   

$10,000 per year for service as chair of the leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee; and

 

   

$5,000 per year for service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

All cash payments to non-employee directors are paid quarterly in arrears on a pro-rated basis.

Equity Compensation

Initial Award

Each person who first becomes a non-employee director after the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part will receive, automatically on the twentieth day of the month that follows the date in which such person is appointed to the board of directors, an initial award of RSUs, or the Initial Award (and, the date the Initial Award is granted, the Grant Date). The Initial Award will cover a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to (i) (x) $250,000 divided by (y) the average fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock for the market trading days that occur in the completed calendar month immediately prior to the calendar month in which the Grant Date occurs, rounded down to the nearest whole share, or the New Hire Award, plus, (ii) in the event that the date on which the non-employee director is appointed to our board of directors is not the date of an annual meeting of our stockholders, the Initial Award will cover an additional number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to (x) (A) $250,000 multiplied by (B) the fraction obtained by dividing (1) the days between the date such person is appointed to the board of directors and the first anniversary of the most recent annual meeting of our stockholders (or, in the event that no annual meeting has yet occurred, the effective date of the policy) by (2) 365, divided by (y) the average fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock for the market trading days that occur in the completed calendar month immediately prior to the calendar month in which the Grant date occurs, rounded down to the nearest whole share, or the Pro-rated Annual Award. The New Hire Award will vest in equal monthly installments over the forty-eight months beginning on the first day of the month

 

213


Table of Contents

following the month in which such person is appointed to the board of directors subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a service provider through the applicable vesting date. The Pro-rated Annual Award will vest on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the date the Pro-rated Annual Award is granted or (ii) the day prior to the date of the annual meeting next following the date the Initial Award is granted, in each case, subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a service provider through the applicable vesting date. If the person was a member of our board of directors and also an employee, becoming a non-employee director due to termination of employment will not entitle them to an Initial Award.

Annual Award

Each non-employee director will automatically receive, on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders following the effective date of the policy, an annual award of RSUs, or an Annual Award, covering a number of shares of our Class A common stock having a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with GAAP) of $250,000, rounded down to the nearest whole share. The Annual Award will vest on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the date the Annual Award is granted or (ii) the day prior to the date of the annual meeting next following the date the Annual Award is granted, in each case, subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a service provider through the applicable vesting date.

In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in our 2020 Plan), each non-employee director’s outstanding awards will be treated in accordance with the terms of the award.

 

214


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, for the year ended December 31, 2019, were:

 

   

Tony Xu, our Chief Executive Officer and Director;

 

   

Christopher Payne, our Chief Operating Officer; and

 

   

Keith Yandell, our Chief Business and Legal Officer and Secretary.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding compensation paid to our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2019:

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year     Salary ($)     Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards ($)(1)
    All Other
Compensation ($)(2)
    Total ($)  

Tony Xu
Chief Executive Officer

     2019       300,000                   261       300,261  

Christopher Payne
Chief Operating Officer

     2019       350,000       75,000 (3)      5,522,634       261       5,947,895  

Keith Yandell
Chief Business and Legal Officer and Secretary

     2019       346,875 (4)      60,000 (3)      5,522,634       261       5,929,770  

 

(1)

The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the RSUs awarded to the named executive officers calculated in accordance with ASC 718. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the named executive officer. The assumptions used in determining the grant date fair value of the RSUs reported in these columns are set forth in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

The amounts reported consist of payments on behalf of Messrs. Xu, Payne, and Yandell for basic life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance.

(3)

The amount reported consists of a discretionary bonus paid in 2020, in recognition of our company performance in 2019 and the individual’s contributions to that performance.

(4)

Effective February 16, 2019, Mr. Yandell’s annual base salary was increased from $325,000 to $350,000.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2019:

 

Name

  Option Awards     Stock Awards  
  Grant
Date(1)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested (#)
    Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested ($)(2)
 

Tony Xu

    06/26/2014       2,888,390 (3)            0.20       06/25/2024              
    10/10/2018       875,000       2,125,000 (4)      7.16       10/09/2028              

Christopher Payne

    01/15/2016       2,429,625 (5)(6)            1.50       01/14/2026              
    07/24/2018       88,540       161,460 (7)      3.28       07/23/2028              
    04/09/2019                               267,855 (8)      8,547,253  

Keith Yandell

    07/23/2016       141,115       29,605 (9)(6)      1.45       07/22/2026              
    04/13/2017       51,305       49,525 (10)(6)      1.45       04/12/2027              
    07/24/2018       70,830       129,170 (11)(6)      3.28       07/23/2028              
    04/09/2019                               267,855 (12)(6)      8,547,253  

 

215


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Each of the outstanding equity awards was granted pursuant to our 2014 Plan.

(2)

This amount reflects the fair value of our common stock of $31.91 per share as of December 31, 2019 (the determination of the fair value by our board of directors as of the most proximate date) multiplied by the amount shown in the column for the number of shares or units that have not vested.

(3)

The shares of our Class A common stock underlying this option are fully vested and immediately exercisable.

(4)

The shares of our Class A common stock underlying this option vest, subject to Mr. Xu’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on October 1, 2019 with 1/48th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter.

(5)

This option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The shares of our Class A common stock underlying this option vest, subject to Mr. Payne’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on January 13, 2017 with 1/48th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter. The option will remain exercisable until January 14, 2026, regardless of when Mr. Payne’s role as a service provider to us terminates.

(6)

This award is subject to vesting acceleration under certain circumstances as described under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

(7)

The shares of our Class A common stock underlying this option vest, subject to Mr. Payne’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on July 1, 2019 with 1/48th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter.

(8)

The shares of our Class A common stock underlying this RSU will vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event-related performance vesting condition before the award’s expiration date. The liquidity event-related performance vesting condition will be satisfied on the earlier of (i) a sale event for us or (ii) this offering. The expiration date is seven years from the Grant Date. The RSUs vest, subject to Mr. Payne’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on February 20, 2020 with the remaining vesting in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter.

(9)

The shares of our Class A common stock underlying this option vest, subject to Mr. Yandell’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on April 11, 2017 with 1/48th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter.

(10)

The shares of our Class A common stock underlying this option vest, subject to Mr. Yandell’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on February 1, 2018 with 1/48th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter.

(11)

The shares of our Class A common stock underlying this option vest, subject to Mr. Yandell’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on July 1, 2019 with 1/48th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter.

(12)

The shares of our Class A common stock underlying this RSU will vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event-related performance vesting condition before the award’s expiration date. The liquidity event-related performance vesting condition will be satisfied on the earlier of (i) a sale event for us or (ii) this offering. The expiration date is seven years from the Grant Date. The RSUs vest, subject to Mr. Yandell’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on February 20, 2020 with the remaining vesting in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter.

2020 Equity Awards to Certain Named Executive Officers

On May 10, 2020, we granted awards of RSUs covering shares of our Class A common stock under our 2014 Plan to certain of our named executive officers as follows: Mr. Payne received an award of 158,140 RSUs and Mr. Yandell received an award of 79,070 RSUs. The RSUs are scheduled to vest as follows: the RSUs will vest when both a “service-based requirement” and a “liquidity event requirement” are satisfied. The service-based requirement will be satisfied as to 1/4th of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock underlying the RSUs on the first company vesting date on or after February 20, 2021, and as to an additional 1/16th of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock underlying the RSUs on each company vesting date thereafter, subject to the individual’s continued service through each vesting date; provided, however, the RSUs will not vest until the occurrence of a liquidity event, at which time the original vesting schedule will apply. The liquidity event requirement will be satisfied on the earlier to occur of an IPO or sale event (as such terms are defined in the applicable award agreement) within seven years of the grant date. The company vesting dates are February 20, May 20, August 20, and November 20. Mr. Yandell’s award is also subject to vesting acceleration under certain circumstances as described under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

CEO Performance Award

In                  2020, our board of directors granted the CEO Performance Award, an RSU award under our 2014 Plan to Mr. Xu covering                      shares of our Class A common stock. The CEO Performance Award vests upon the satisfaction of a service condition and achievement of certain stock price goals, as described below.

 

216


Table of Contents

In determining the terms and conditions of the CEO Performance Award, our board of directors, in consultation with Semler Brossy, considered many factors in determining whether to grant the CEO Performance Award and the size and terms of the award, including Mr. Xu’s percentage ownership in the company and the amount his ownership interests were unvested as of the date of grant, the estimated value of his company ownership interests, market data for similarly situated executives at comparable companies with an emphasis on the ownership percentage and equity value of founder chief executive officers at the time of an initial public offering, Mr. Xu’s past and expected future contributions to us, and our board of directors’ desire to provide meaningful incentives for Mr. Xu to continue as our Chief Executive Officer following the completion of this offering and to continue to drive the growth of our business. Our board of directors intends for the CEO Performance Award to be the exclusive equity award that Mr. Xu receives through the seventh anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, unless there are unexpected changes in our business or other unforeseen factors that our board of directors determines would merit granting additional equity award(s) to him.

Our board of directors believed it was important for the CEO Performance Award to not simply vest based on the passage of time while Mr. Xu provided services to us. Rather, the CEO Performance Award will vest only if we achieve certain stock price goals, which if achieved, would allow our other stockholders to benefit from the increases in our stock price. The board of directors believed these stock price goals represented challenging hurdles and, if achieved, would result in a return to our stockholders well in excess of market norms for comparable technology companies.

To further encourage Mr. Xu to focus on the long-term success of our business, Mr. Xu must hold any after-tax shares that are issued to him pursuant to the CEO Performance Award for at least two years following the date that portion of the CEO Performance Award vests.

The CEO Performance Award is eligible to vest based on our stock price performance over a performance period beginning on the first trading day one and one-half years following the day after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and ending on the seventh anniversary of the day after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and provided such effective date occurs within six months following the date of grant. The CEO Performance Award is divided into nine tranches that are eligible to vest based on the achievement of stock price goals, each, a Company Stock Price Target, measured based on an average of our stock price over a consecutive 180-day trading period during the performance period as set forth below. This measurement period was designed to reward Mr. Xu only if we achieved sustained growth in our stock price.

 

    

Company Stock 

Price Target

  

Number of RSUs

Eligible to Vest

1.      
2.      
3.      
4.      
5.      
6.      
7.      
8.      
9.      

If the stock price fails to reach $                 during the performance period, no portion of the CEO Performance Award shall vest. The Company Stock Price Targets and Number of RSUs Eligible to Vest will be adjusted to reflect any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations, reclassifications, or similar event under the 2014 Plan.

 

217


Table of Contents

For an RSU under the CEO Performance Award to vest, Mr. Xu must be employed as our Chief Executive Officer as of the applicable achievement date.

Each vested RSU under the CEO Performance Award will be settled in a share of our Class A common stock on the next company quarterly vesting date occurring on or after the date on which the RSU vests, regardless of whether Mr. Xu remains our Chief Executive Officer as of such date.

Any shares of our Class A common stock issued to Mr. Xu following the vesting and settlement of RSUs under the CEO Performance Award may be exchanged by Mr. Xu for shares of our Class B common stock on the terms set forth in the Equity Award Exchange Agreement between us and Mr. Xu. See “Prospectus Summary—The Offering” for additional information.

We estimated the grant date fair value of the CEO Performance Award using a model based on multiple stock price paths developed through the use of a Monte Carlo simulation that incorporates into the valuation the possibility that the Company Stock Price Targets may not be satisfied. The average grant date fair value of the CEO Performance Award was estimated to be $                     per share, and we will recognize total stock-based compensation expense of $                     million over the requisite service period of each of the nine separate tranches. If the Company Stock Price Targets are met sooner than the derived service period, we will adjust our stock-based compensation expense to reflect the cumulative expense associated with the vested award. We will recognize stock-based compensation expense if service as our Chief Executive Officer is provided by Mr. Xu over the requisite service period, regardless of whether the Company Stock Price Targets are achieved.

Executive Employment Agreements

Tony Xu

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a continuing employment letter with Mr. Xu, our Chief Executive Officer and member of our board of directors. The employment letter is not expected to have a specific term and will provide that Mr. Xu’s employment is at-will. Mr. Xu’s current base salary is $300,000.

Christopher Payne

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a continuing employment letter with Mr. Payne, our Chief Operating Officer. The employment letter is not expected to have a specific term and will provide that Mr. Payne’s employment is at-will. Mr. Payne’s current base salary is $350,000 and his annual target bonus is $100,000.

Keith Yandell

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a continuing employment letter with Mr. Yandell, our Chief Business and Legal Officer. The employment letter is not expected to have a specific term and will provide that Mr. Yandell’s employment is at-will. Mr. Yandell’s current base salary is $350,000 and his annual target bonus is $100,000.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan

In September 2020, our board of directors adopted an Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan, or our Executive Severance Plan, pursuant to which our executive officers and certain other key employees are eligible to receive severance benefits, as specified in and subject to the employee

 

218


Table of Contents

signing a participation agreement under our Executive Severance Plan. This Executive Severance Plan was developed with input from Semler Brossy, regarding severance practices at comparable companies. It is designed to attract, retain, and reward senior level employees. The Executive Severance Plan generally will be in lieu of any other severance payments and benefits to which such key employee was entitled prior to signing the participation agreement, except as specifically provided under that employee’s participation agreement under the Executive Severance Plan.

Our board of directors has designated each of Messrs. Xu, Payne, and Yandell as a participant under our Executive Severance Plan eligible for the rights to the applicable payments and benefits described below.

In the event of an “involuntary termination” of the employment of a named executive officer by us for a reason other than “cause” or the named executive officer’s death or “disability” (as such terms are defined in our Executive Severance Plan), that occurs outside the change in control period (as described below), the named executive officer will be entitled to the following payments and benefits:

 

   

continuing payments of the named executive officer’s annual base salary for a period of 12 months; and

 

   

a lump sum payment equal to, on an after-tax basis (i.e. on a gross-up basis), the premium cost of continued health coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 as amended, or COBRA, for a period of 12 months.

In the event of an “involuntary termination” of the employment by us for a reason other than “cause” or the named executive officer’s death or “disability” or by the named executive officer for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in our Executive Severance Plan), in either case, occurring within a period beginning three months prior to and ending 12 months following a “change in control” (as defined in our Executive Severance Plan) (such period, the change in control period), the named executive officer will be entitled to the following payments and benefits:

 

   

a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of the named executive officer’s annual base salary;

 

   

a lump sum payment equal to, on an after-tax basis (i.e., on a gross-up basis), the cost of continued health coverage under COBRA for a period of 12 months; and

 

   

100% accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards, and, with respect to equity awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

The receipt of the payments and benefits provided for under the Executive Severance Plan described above is conditioned on the named executive officer signing and not revoking a separation and release of claims agreement and such release becoming effective and irrevocable no later than the 60th day following the named executive officer’s involuntary termination of employment, as well as compliance with certain non-disparagement provisions and continued compliance with the invention assignment and confidentiality agreement applicable to the named executive officer.

In addition, if any of the payments or benefits provided for under the Executive Severance Plan or otherwise payable to a named executive officer would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and could be subject to the related excise tax, the named executive officer will receive either full payment of such payments and benefits or such lesser amount that would result in no portion of the payments and benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the greater amount of after-tax benefits to them. Except as discussed above, the Executive Severance Plan does not require us to provide any tax gross-up payments to the named executive officers.

 

219


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2020 Equity Incentive Plan

In September 2020, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve, our 2020 Plan. We expect that our 2020 Plan will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our 2020 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary companies’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, RSUs, stock appreciation rights, performance units, and performance shares to our employees, directors, and consultants and our parent and subsidiary companies’ employees and consultants. Our board of directors has approved the termination of our 2014 Plan immediately prior to the effectiveness of our 2020 Plan with respect to the grant of future awards.

Authorized Shares

A total of                      shares of our Class A common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2020 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2020 Plan also will include (i) those shares reserved but unissued under our 2014 Plan as of immediately prior to the termination of the 2014 Plan and (ii) any shares subject to stock options, RSUs, or similar awards granted under our 2014 Plan that, after the date our board of directors approved our 2020 Plan, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full, are tendered to or withheld by us for payment of an exercise price or for satisfying tax withholding and remittance obligations, or are forfeited to or repurchased by us due to failure to vest (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to our 2020 Plan pursuant to (i) and (ii) is                      shares). The number of shares available for issuance under our 2020 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2021, equal to the least of:

 

   

                     shares;

 

   

five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of all classes of our common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

If an award granted under the 2020 Plan expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program or, with respect to restricted stock, RSUs, performance units, or performance shares, is forfeited or repurchased due to failure to vest, then the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under the 2020 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, only the net shares actually issued will cease to be available under the 2020 Plan and all remaining shares under stock appreciation rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2020 Plan. Shares that have actually been issued under the 2020 Plan under any award will not be returned to the 2020 Plan; provided, however, that if shares issued pursuant to awards of restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares, or performance units are repurchased or forfeited, such shares will become available for future grant under the 2020 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding and remittance obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under the 2020 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in a reduction in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer our 2020 Plan. The leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee of our board of

 

220


Table of Contents

directors is expected to administer our 2020 Plan. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under our 2020 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured with the intent that they satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2020 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer our 2020 Plan and make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2020 Plan, including, but not limited to, the power to determine the fair market value of our Class A common stock, select the service providers to whom awards may be granted, determine the number of shares covered by each award, approve forms of award agreements for use under the 2020 Plan, determine the terms and conditions of awards (including, but not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised, any vesting acceleration or waiver or forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any award or the shares relating thereto), construe and interpret the terms of our 2020 Plan and awards granted under it, prescribe, amend, and rescind rules, regulations, and sub-plans relating to our 2020 Plan, and modify or amend each award, including, but not limited to, the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of awards (provided that no option or stock appreciation right will be extended past its original maximum term), and to allow a participant to defer the receipt of payment of cash or the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to such participant under an award. The administrator also has the authority to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price and/or different terms, awards of a different type, and/or cash, or by which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced. The administrator’s decisions, interpretations, and other actions are final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options

Stock options may be granted under our 2020 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2020 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years. With respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares, or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the option will remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. An option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2020 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2020 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our Class A common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding ten years. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation rights agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable

 

221


Table of Contents

for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2020 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock may be granted under our 2020 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our Class A common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director, or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2020 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs may be granted under our 2020 Plan. RSUs are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our Class A common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2020 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment. The administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned RSUs in the form of cash, in shares of our Class A common stock, or in some combination thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any vesting requirements will be deemed satisfied. Participants will have no voting rights with respect to RSUs until the date shares are issued with respect to such RSUs. The administrator may provide that a participant is entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the payment of cash dividends on shares having a record date prior to the date on which the applicable RSUs are settled or forfeited in accordance with our 2020 Plan.

Performance Units and Performance Shares

Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2020 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish performance objectives or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. The administrator may set performance objectives based on the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units

 

222


Table of Contents

shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator on or prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination thereof. Participants will have no voting rights with respect to performance units and/or performance shares until the date shares are issued with respect to such performance units and/or performance shares. The administrator may provide that a participation is entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the payment of cash dividends on shares having a record date prior to the date on which the applicable performance shares are settled or forfeited in accordance with our 2020 Plan.

Non-Employee Directors

Our 2020 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under our 2020 Plan. In order to provide a maximum limit on the awards that can be made to our non-employee directors, our 2020 Plan provides that in any given fiscal year, a non-employee director will not be granted awards having a grant-date fair value greater than $750,000, but this limit is increased to $1,000,000 in connection with his or her initially joining our board of directors (in each case, excluding awards granted to him or her as a consultant or employee). The grant-date fair values will be determined according to GAAP. The maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants to our non-employee directors under our 2020 Plan in the future.

Non-Transferability of Awards

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2020 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime. If the administrator makes an award transferrable, such award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the administrator deems appropriate.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2020 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2020 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits set forth in our 2020 Plan.

Dissolution or Liquidation

In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control

Our 2020 Plan provides that in the event of our merger with or into another corporation or entity or a change in control (as defined in our 2020 Plan), each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including, without limitation, that (i) awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a participant, that the participant’s awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or change in control; (iii) outstanding awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an award will lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon

 

223


Table of Contents

consummation of such merger or change in control and, to the extent the administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or change in control; (iv) (A) the termination of an award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the participant’s rights, then such award may be terminated by us without payment), or (B) the replacement of such award with other rights or property selected by the administrator in its sole discretion; (v) with respect only to an award (or portion thereof) that is unvested as of immediately prior to the effective time of the merger or change in control, the termination of the award immediately prior to the effective time of the merger or change in control with such payment to the participant (including no payment) as the administrator determines in its discretion; or (vi) any combination of the foregoing. The administrator will not be obligated to treat all participants, awards, all awards a participant holds, or all awards of the same type, similarly in the transaction.

In the event an option or stock appreciation right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or change in control, the administrator will notify each participant in writing or electronically that the option or stock appreciation right, as applicable, will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion, and the option or stock appreciation right, as applicable, will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For awards granted to an outside director, in the event of a change in control, the outside director will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of their outstanding option grants and stock appreciation rights, all restrictions on restricted stock and RSUs will lapse, and for awards with performance-based vesting, unless specifically provided for in the award agreement, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

Clawback

Awards will be subject to any clawback policy of ours, and the administrator also may specify in an award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments, and/or benefits with respect to an award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, and/or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events. Our board of directors may require a participant to forfeit, return, or reimburse us all or a portion of the award and/or shares issued under the award, any amounts paid under the award, and any payments or proceeds paid or provided upon disposition of the shares issued under the award in order to comply with such clawback policy or applicable laws.

Amendment and Termination

The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2020 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2020 Plan will continue in effect until terminated by the administrator, but (i) no incentive stock options may be granted after ten years from the date our 2020 Plan was adopted by our board of directors and (ii) the annual increase to the number of shares available for issuance under our 2020 Plan will operate only until the tenth anniversary of the date our 2020 Plan was adopted by our board of directors.

2014 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2014 Plan in March 2014. Our 2014 Plan was most recently amended and restated in September 2020. Our 2014 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our

 

224


Table of Contents

parent and subsidiary companies’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, RSUs, and the direct award or sale of our common stock, to our employees, outside directors, and consultants and our parent and subsidiary companies’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares

Our 2014 Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and accordingly, no shares will be available for issuance under the 2014 Plan following the completion of this offering. Our 2014 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of September 30, 2020, options to purchase 34,554,510 shares of our Class A common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.41 per share and RSUs covering 20,021,420 shares of our Class A common stock remained outstanding under our 2014 Plan.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors or one or more committees of our board of directors, or the administrator, administers our 2014 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2014 Plan, the administrator has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2014 Plan. All decisions, interpretations, and other actions of the administrator are final and binding on all participants and all persons deriving their rights from a participant in the 2014 Plan.

Eligibility

Employees of ours or our parent or subsidiary companies, consultants who perform bona fide services for us or our parent of subsidiary companies and who qualify as a consultant or advisor for the purposes of Rule 701(c)(1) or Form S-8 of the Securities Act, and our outside directors are eligible to receive awards under our 2014 Plan, except that only employees of ours or our parent or subsidiary companies are eligible to receive incentive stock options.

Options

Stock options may be granted under our 2014 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of options, including the permissible methods of exercise. Our board of directors may modify, extend, or assume outstanding options (including increasing or reducing the exercise price), or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options (whether granted by us or another issuer) in return for (i) the grant of new options, (ii) a different type of award for the same or a different number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price (if applicable), and/or (iii) cash, or may permit participants to transfer any outstanding options granted under our 2014 Plan to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our 2014 Plan.

After termination of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for at least six months, and if the termination is due to death, the option generally will remain exercisable for at least 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least three months. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

225


Table of Contents

Shares of Common Stock

Shares of our common stock may be granted or sold under our 2014 Plan. The administrator will determine the purchase price and the number of shares granted to the award recipient. Stock purchase rights generally must be exercised within 30 days of grant or the rights will automatically expire.

Restricted Stock Units

We have granted awards of RSUs under our 2014 Plan. The administrator determines the terms of awards of RSUs, including the vesting schedule. Subject to the 2014 Plan, our board of directors may modify, extend, or assume outstanding RSUs (whether granted by us or a different issuer), or may accept the cancellation of outstanding RSUs (whether granted by us or another issuer) in return for (i) a different type of award for the same or a different number of shares and/or (ii) cash, or may permit participants to transfer any outstanding RSUs granted under our 2014 Plan to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by our board of directors. Awards of RSUs granted under our 2014 Plan generally are subject to vesting pursuant to a service-based vesting condition and a liquidity event-related performance vesting condition. RSU awards that have met the applicable service-based vesting condition prior to this offering will vest and generally will be settled                     . RSUs that satisfy the service-based vesting condition after this offering will vest upon the date such service-based vesting is satisfied and generally be settled as soon as practicable after vesting.

Transferability of Awards

Our 2014 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of awards. Options and RSUs may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. If so provided by the administrator, nonstatutory options and RSUs may be transferred to certain family members by gift or domestic relations orders. Shares issued pursuant to an award under the 2014 Plan will be subject to such forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, and other transfer restrictions as the administrator may determine.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of a subdivision of our outstanding stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in shares, a combination or consolidation of our outstanding stock into a lesser number of shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, the 2014 Plan will be appropriately adjusted by the administrator as to the number and kind of securities subject to the 2014 Plan and the number and kind of securities subject to outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan, provided that our administrator will make any adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

Corporate Transactions

Our 2014 Plan provides that, in the event that we are a party to a merger or consolidation, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of our stock or assets, all shares acquired under our 2014 Plan and all options and other awards outstanding on the effective date of the transaction will be treated in the manner described in the definitive transaction agreement (or, in the event the transaction does not entail a definitive agreement to which we are a party, in the manner determined by the administrator, with such determination having final and binding effect on all parties), which agreement or determination need not treat all options and awards (or all portions of an option or an award) in an identical manner.

However, our 2014 Plan further provides that in the event we are a party to a merger or consolidation, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of our stock or assets, then, if a successor corporation

 

226


Table of Contents

does not assume or substitute for an award under our 2014 Plan (or portion thereof), the participant holding such award will fully vest in and have the right to exercise the participant’s outstanding option (or portion thereof) that is not assumed or substituted for, including shares as to which such award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on any award of shares and RSUs (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for will lapse, and, with respect to such awards with performance-based vesting (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met, in each case, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement between the participant and us or any of our subsidiaries or parents, as applicable. In addition, if an option (or portion thereof) is not assumed or substituted for in the event that in the circumstances discussed above, the administrator of the 2014 Plan will notify the participant in writing or electronically that such option (or its applicable portion) will be exercisable for a period of time determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion, and the option (or its applicable portion) will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

Amendment; Termination

Our board of directors may amend, suspend, or terminate our 2014 Plan at any time, provided that such action will not affect outstanding awards previously issued or granted without the written consent of the recipient of such award. As noted above, immediately prior to the effectiveness of the 2020 Plan, our 2014 Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In October 2020, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders to approve, our ESPP. Our ESPP will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Authorized Shares

Subject to adjustment upon certain changes in our capitalization as described in the ESPP, the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock that will be available for issuance under the ESPP will be             shares. The shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Class A common stock. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for issuance under the ESPP will be increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the first enrollment date (if any) occurs equal to the least of (i)             shares of Class A common stock, (ii)              percent (         %) of the outstanding shares of all classes of common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (iii) an amount determined by the administrator.

Plan Administration

The ESPP will be administered by our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors that is constituted to comply with applicable laws (including our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee). We expect our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee to be the administrator of the ESPP. Subject to the terms of the ESPP, the administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the ESPP, delegate ministerial duties to any of our employees, designate separate offerings under the ESPP, designate subsidiaries and affiliates as participating in the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component (each as defined below) to determine eligibility, adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the ESPP, and establish such procedures that it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the ESPP. The administrator is authorized to adopt rules and procedures in order to:

 

227


Table of Contents

determine eligibility to participate, determine the definition of compensation for the purposes of contributions to the ESPP, handle contributions to the ESPP, coordinate the making of contributions to the ESPP, establish bank or trust accounts to hold contributions to the ESPP, effect the payment of interest, effect the conversion of local currency, satisfy obligations to pay payroll tax, determine beneficiary designation requirements, implement and determine withholding procedures, and determine procedures for the handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The administrator will also be authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of a purchase right granted under the ESPP or an offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the ESPP or the same offering to employees resident solely in the United States. Every finding, decision, and determination made by the administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

Eligibility

Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate in our ESPP if they are customarily employed by us, or any participating subsidiary or affiliate. The administrator, in its discretion, may, prior to an enrollment date, for all options to be granted on such enrollment date in an offering, determine that an employee who (i) has not completed at least two years of service (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator) since his or her last hire date, (ii) customarily works not more than 20 hours per week (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator), (iii) customarily works not more than five months per calendar year (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to disclosure requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, is or is not eligible to participate in such offering period.

However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase shares of Class A common stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own capital stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of capital stock of ours or of any parent or subsidiary of ours; or

 

   

holds rights to purchase shares of common stock under all employee stock purchase plans of ours or any parent or subsidiary of ours that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of shares of common stock for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

Offering Periods and Purchase Periods

The ESPP will include a component that allows us to make offerings intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, or the Section 423 Component and a component that allows us to make offerings not intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code to designated companies, or the Non-Section 423 Component, each as described in the ESPP. Offering periods will begin and end on such dates as may be determined by the administrator in its discretion, in each case on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, and may contain one or more purchase periods. The administrator may change the duration of offering periods (including commencement dates) with respect to future offerings so long as such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first offering period affected. No offering period may last more than 27 months.

Contributions

The ESPP will permit participants to purchase shares of Class A common stock through contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise to the extent permitted by the administrator) in an amount

 

228


Table of Contents

established by the administrator from time to time in its discretion, and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis with respect to the Section 423 Component, for all options to be granted on an enrollment date in an offering, which includes a participant’s taxable compensation except that it excludes severance, imputed income, and equity compensation income, and other similar compensation. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, during any purchase period, a participant may not increase the rate of his or her contributions and may only decrease the rate of his or her contributions (including to 0%) one time. During any offering period, a participant may increase or decrease the rate of his or her contributions to become effective as of the beginning of the next purchase period occurring in such offering period, provided that a participant may not increase the rate of his or her contributions in excess of the rate of his or her contributions in effect as of the enrollment date of the applicable offering period.

Exercise of Purchase Right

Amounts contributed and accumulated by the participant will be used to purchase shares of Class A common stock at the end of each purchase period. A participant may purchase a maximum number of shares of Class A common stock during a purchase period as determined by the administrator in its discretion and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis. The purchase price of the shares will be determined by the administrator from time to time, in its discretion and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis for all options to be granted on an enrollment date, provided that in no event may the purchase price be less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of Class A common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the exercise date, which is generally the last trading day of a purchase period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of Class A common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us. The administrator may determine a maximum number of shares that a participant may purchase during any purchase period.

Non-transferability

Neither contributions credited to a participant’s account nor rights to purchase shares of Class A common stock and any other rights and interests under the ESPP may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or beneficiary designation in the event of death). Any attempt at such prohibited disposition will be without effect, except that we may treat such act as an election to withdraw participation.

Certain Transaction

In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Class A common stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of shares of Class A common stock or our other securities, or other change in our corporate structure affecting the Class A common stock occurs (other than any ordinary dividends or other ordinary distributions), the administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the ESPP in such manner it may deem equitable, will adjust the number of shares and class of Class A common stock that may be delivered under the ESPP, the purchase price per share, the number of shares of Class A common stock covered by each purchase right under the ESPP that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of the ESPP.

In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, any ongoing offering periods will be shortened and will terminate immediately before consummation of the proposed dissolution or liquidation following the purchase of shares of Class A common stock under the shortened offering periods, unless provided

 

229


Table of Contents

otherwise by the administrator. Prior to the new exercise date, the administrator will notify participants regarding the new exercise date and the exercise to occur on such date.

In the event of a merger or “change in control” (as defined in the ESPP), each outstanding option under the ESPP will be assumed or substituted for by the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary. In the event that options are not assumed or substituted for, the offering period will be shortened by setting a new exercise date on which the offering period will end, which will occur prior to the closing of the merger or change in control. Prior to the new exercise date, the administrator will notify participants regarding the new exercise date and the exercise to occur on such date.

Amendment and Termination

The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in our ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under our ESPP. Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2040, unless we terminate it sooner.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

The leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee of our board of directors will adopt an Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan will be administered by a committee appointed by our board of directors. Unless and until our board of directors determines otherwise, our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee will be the administrator of the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan allows our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, determined by our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee, based upon performance goals established by our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee. Our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee, in its sole discretion, may establish target awards for participants under the Bonus Plan.

Under the Bonus Plan, our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee will determine the performance goals applicable to awards, which goals may include, without limitation: attainment of research and development milestones, sales goals, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, including but not limited to unlevered free cash flow, cash position, earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and net earnings), earnings per share, net income, net profit, net sales, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead or other expense reduction, product defect measures, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital, individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria, and attainment of specified performance goals. As determined by our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee, the performance goals may be based on GAAP or non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit, segment, or company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee determines. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

 

230


Table of Contents

Our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce, or eliminate a participant’s actual award, or increase, reduce, or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool. The actual award may be below, at, or above a participant’s target award, in our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee’s discretion. Our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum. Unless otherwise determined by our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee, to earn an actual award, a participant must be employed by us (or an affiliate of us, as applicable) through the date the bonus is paid. Payment of bonuses occurs as soon as administratively practicable after the end of the applicable performance period, but no later than the dates set forth in the Bonus Plan.

All awards under our Bonus Plan will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that we (or any parent or subsidiary of ours) is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which our securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable laws. In addition, our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee may impose such other clawback, recovery, or recoupment provisions with respect to an award under the Bonus Plan as it determines necessary or appropriate, including without limitation a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired cash, stock, or other property provided with respect to an award. Recovery of compensation under a clawback policy generally will not give the participant the right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with us or any parent or subsidiary of ours. Additionally, our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee may specify when providing for an award under the Bonus Plan that the participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to the award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of the award.

Our board of directors or our leadership development, inclusion, and compensation committee will have the authority to amend or terminate the Bonus Plan provided such action does not alter or impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus without the participant’s consent. The Bonus Plan will remain in effect until terminated in accordance with the terms of the Bonus Plan.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all U.S. employees, including our named executive officers. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to all eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Code limits. We may match contributions made by our employees, including executives, on a discretionary basis. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

 

231


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment, and change in control arrangements, discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2017 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock or Class B common stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Equity Financings

Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In March 2018, we issued 6,304,480 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock upon conversion of convertible notes at a purchase price of $4.78778 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $30,184,464. From March 2018 through May 2018, we sold an aggregate of 86,255,750 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.50688 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $475,000,060. Additionally, in May 2018, we issued 5,447,730 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock upon conversion of convertible notes at a purchase price of $5.50688 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $30,000,000. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series D
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

SVF Fast (Cayman) Limited(1)

     50,845,490      $ 280,000,012  

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(2)

     21,311,345        115,092,244  

Greenview Investment Pte Ltd.(3)

     21,311,345        115,092,244  

 

(1)

Shares purchased by SB Investment Holdings (UK) Limited, all of which were purchased at a purchase price of $5.50688 per share, which subsequently transferred the shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock to SoftBank Vision Fund (AIV M2) L.P., or SoftBank Vision Fund, which subsequently transferred the shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock to SVF Fast (Cayman) Limited, or SVF, which is wholly-owned by SoftBank Vision Fund. SVF currently holds more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock, of which 5,447,730 shares were issued upon conversion of convertible notes at a purchase price of $5.50688 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $30,000,000, and 45,397,760 shares were purchased at a purchase price of $5.50688 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000,012. SB Investment Advisors (UK) Limited, or SBIA UK, has been appointed as alternative investment fund manager, or AIFM, and is exclusively responsible for managing SoftBank Vision Fund in accordance with the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive and is authorized and regulated by the UK Financial Conduct Authority accordingly. As AIFM of SoftBank Vision Fund, SBIA UK is exclusively responsible for making all final decisions related to the acquisition, structuring, financing, voting, and disposal of SoftBank Vision Fund’s investments. Jeffrey Housenbold, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner at SB Investment Advisers (US) Inc., an affiliate of SBIA UK.

(2)

Shares purchased by Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund II, L.P., Sequoia Capital Global Growth II Principals Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VII, L.P., and Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VII Principals Fund, L.P., or collectively, the Sequoia Series D entities, of which 3,152,240 shares were issued upon conversion of convertible notes at a purchase price of $4.78778 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $15,092,232, and 18,159,105 shares were purchased at a purchase price of $5.50688 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000,012. Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, including the Sequoia Series D entities, currently hold more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock. Alfred Lin, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Sequoia Capital.

 

232


Table of Contents
(3)

Shares purchased by Greenview Investment Pte Ltd, an affiliate of GIC, or Greenview, of which 3,152,240 shares were issued upon conversion of convertible notes at a purchase price of $4.78778 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $15,092,232, and 18,159,105 shares were purchased at a purchase price of $5.50688 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000,012. Greenview currently holds more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock. Jeremy Kranz, a member of our board of directors, is Senior Vice President and Co-Head of the Technology Investment Group of GIC.

Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In August 2018, we sold an aggregate of 18,055,210 shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $13.84642 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000,021. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series E
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Greenview Investment Pte Ltd.(1)

     1,444,415      $ 19,999,977  

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(2)

     722,205        9,999,954  

 

(1)

Greenview currently holds more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock. Jeremy Kranz, a member of our board of directors, is Senior Vice President and Co-Head of the Technology Investment Group of GIC.

(2)

Shares purchased by Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund II, L.P., Sequoia Capital Global Growth II Principals Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VII, L.P., and Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VII Principals Fund, L.P., or collectively, the Sequoia Series E entities. Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, including the Sequoia Series E entities, currently hold more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock. Alfred Lin, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Sequoia Capital.

Series F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

From February 2019 through May 2019, we sold an aggregate of 18,185,985 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $22.4751 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $408,731,832. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series F
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

SVF Fast (Cayman) Limited(1)

     4,449,370      $ 100,000,036  

Greenview Investment Pte Ltd.(2)

     444,935        9,999,959  

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(3)

     44,495        1,000,030  

 

(1)

SVF currently holds more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock. SBIA UK has been appointed as AIFM of SoftBank Vision Fund, which wholly-owns SVF, and is exclusively responsible for managing SoftBank Vision Fund in accordance with the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive and is authorized and regulated by the UK Financial Conduct Authority accordingly. As AIFM of SoftBank Vision Fund, SBIA UK is exclusively responsible for making all final decisions related to the acquisition, structuring, financing, voting, and disposal of SoftBank Vision Fund’s investments. Jeffrey Housenbold, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner at SB Investment Advisers (US) Inc., an affiliate of SBIA UK.

(2)

Greenview currently holds more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock. Jeremy Kranz, a member of our board of directors, is Senior Vice President and Co-Head of the Technology Investment Group of GIC.

(3)

Shares purchased by Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund II, L.P. and Sequoia Capital Global Growth II Principals Fund, L.P., or collectively, the Sequoia Series F entities. Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, including the Sequoia Series F entities, currently hold more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock. Alfred Lin, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Sequoia Capital.

 

233


Table of Contents

Series G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

From May 2019 through November 2019, we sold an aggregate of 18,529,540 shares of our Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $37.93942 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $703,000,001. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series G
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

SVF Fast (Cayman) Limited(1)

     6,589,450      $ 249,999,911  

Greenview Investment Pte Ltd.(2)

     263,580        10,000,072  

 

(1)

SVF currently holds more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock. SBIA UK has been appointed as AIFM of SoftBank Vision Fund, which wholly owns SVF, and is exclusively responsible for managing SoftBank Vision Fund in accordance with the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive and is authorized and regulated by the UK Financial Conduct Authority accordingly. As AIFM of SoftBank Vision Fund, SBIA UK is exclusively responsible for making all final decisions related to the acquisition, structuring, financing, voting and disposal of SoftBank Vision Fund’s investments. Jeffrey Housenbold, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner at SB Investment Advisers (US) Inc., an affiliate of SBIA UK.

(2)

Shares purchased by Greenview. Greenview currently holds more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock. Jeremy Kranz, a member of our board of directors, is Senior Vice President and Co-Head of the Technology Investment Group of GIC.

Series H Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In June 2020, we sold an aggregate of 8,321,395 shares of our Series H redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $45.9062 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $382,003,624. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series H redeemable convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series H
Redeemable
Convertible

Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

SVF Fast (Cayman) Limited(1)

     1,089,175      $ 49,999,885  

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(2)

     762,420        34,999,805  

KPCB Holdings, Inc.(3)

     164,595        7,555,931  

 

(1)

SVF currently holds more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock. SBIA UK has been appointed as AIFM of SoftBank Vision Fund, which wholly owns SVF, and is exclusively responsible for managing SoftBank Vision Fund in accordance with the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive and is authorized and regulated by the UK Financial Conduct Authority accordingly. As AIFM of SoftBank Vision Fund, SBIA UK is exclusively responsible for making all final decisions related to the acquisition, structuring, financing, voting and disposal of SoftBank Vision Fund’s investments. Jeffrey Housenbold, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner at SB Investment Advisers (US) Inc., an affiliate of SBIA UK.

(2)

Shares purchased by Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund and Sequoia Capital Global Growth Principals Fund, or collectively, the Sequoia Series H entities. Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, including the Sequoia Series H entities, currently hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Alfred Lin, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Sequoia Capital.

(3)

Shares purchased by KPCB Digital Growth Fund II, LLC and KPCB Digital Growth Founders Fund II, LLC, or collectively, the KPCB entities, which are affiliates of KPCB. John Doerr, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner of KPCB and is one of the managing members of KPCB DGF II Associates, LLC, which is the managing member of the KPCB entities.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to our IRA, which provides, among other things, that certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Greenview, KPCB, Sequoia Capital, and SVF have the right to demand

 

234


Table of Contents

that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. Jeremy Kranz, L. John Doerr, Alfred Lin, and Jeffrey Housenbold, members of our board of directors, are or have been affiliated with GIC, KPCB, Sequoia Capital, and SVF, respectively. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Right of First Refusal Agreement

Pursuant to certain of our equity compensation plans and certain agreements with our stockholders, including a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, dated as of June 17, 2020, we or our assignees have a right to purchase shares of our capital stock which stockholders propose to sell to other parties. This right will terminate upon completion of this offering. Entities affiliated with Greenview, KPCB, Sequoia Capital, and SVF are party to the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement. Jeremy Kranz, L. John Doerr, Alfred Lin, and Jeffrey Housenbold, members of our board of directors, are or have been affiliated with GIC, KPCB, Sequoia Capital, and SVF, respectively. Andy Fang, Stanley Tang, and Tony Xu, three of our executive officers and members of our board of directors, are also parties to the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement.

Voting Agreement

We are party to a voting agreement, dated as of June 17, 2020, as amended, under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with GIC, KPCB, Sequoia Capital, and SVF, have agreed to vote their shares of our capital stock on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors. Jeremy Kranz, John Doerr, Alfred Lin, and Jeffrey Housenbold, members of our board of directors, are or have been affiliated with Greenview, KPCB, Sequoia Capital, and SVF, respectively. Andy Fang, Stanley Tang, and Tony Xu, three of our executive officers and members of our board of directors, are also parties to the voting agreement.

Tender Offer

In September 2018, we facilitated a tender offer whereby an existing stockholder and its affiliated entities commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock from certain of our securityholders for $8.40 per share and $9.60 per share, respectively, in cash. Mr. Xu, one of our executive officers and a member of our board of directors, Messrs. Payne and Yandell, two of our executive officers, and Messrs. Fang and Tang, members of our board of directors, sold shares of our common stock in the tender offer. An aggregate of 7,311,620 shares of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock were tendered pursuant to the tender offer for an aggregate purchase price of $62 million.

Other Transactions

We have granted stock options and RSUs to our executive officers and certain of our directors. See the sections titled “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Year-End” and “Management—Director Compensation” for a description of these stock options and RSUs.

To facilitate the Class B Stock Exchange, we will enter into exchange agreements with our Co-Founders and certain related entities, effective as of immediately prior to effectiveness of the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, pursuant to which 31,313,450 shares of our Class A common stock beneficially owned by our Co-Founders and certain related entities will automatically be exchanged for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the

 

235


Table of Contents

completion of this offering. In addition, following the completion of this offering, and pursuant to Equity Award Exchange Agreements to be entered into between us and our Co-Founders, each of our Co-Founders shall have a right (but not an obligation), to require us to exchange any shares of Class A common stock received upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of Class A common stock or the vesting and settlement of RSUs related to shares of Class A common stock for an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock. This Equity Award Exchange applies only to equity awards granted to our Co-Founders prior to the effectiveness of the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. As of September 30, 2020, there were (i) 11,927,795 shares of our Class A common stock subject to options held by our Co-Founders that may be exchanged, upon exercise, for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock following this offering and (ii) 312,030 shares of our Class A common stock subject to RSUs held by our Co-Founders that may be exchanged, upon vesting and settlement, for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock following this offering.

Other than as described above under this section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” since January 1, 2017, we have not entered into any transactions, nor are there any currently proposed transactions, between us and a related party where the amount involved exceeds, or would exceed, $120,000, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe the terms of the transactions described above were comparable to terms we could have obtained in arm’s-length dealings with unrelated third parties.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission, or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that they are or were one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that they are or were one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must

 

236


Table of Contents

advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit, or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and in indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees, or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement will provide for indemnification of the underwriters by us for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

237


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Upon completion of this offering, our policy regarding transactions between us and related persons will provide that a related person is defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and any of their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that our audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.

 

238


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of September 30, 2020, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering, for:

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of any class of our voting securities.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on 253,343,071 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, 31,313,450 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, and no shares of our Class C common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020 (after giving effect to the Capital Stock Conversion, the Reclassification, and the Class B Stock Exchange), which includes:

 

   

239,274,936 shares of Class A common stock resulting from the Capital Stock Conversion, which we expect will occur upon the completion of this offering;

 

   

14,068,135 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, which number of shares excludes the shares being exchanged in the Class B Stock Exchange; and

 

   

31,313,450 shares of our Class B common stock, which includes 31,313,450 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding beneficially owned by our Co-Founders and certain related entities that will be exchanged for an equivalent number of our Class B common stock in the Class B Stock Exchange immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on            shares of our Class A common stock issued by us in this offering and 253,343,071 shares of Class A common stock and 31,313,450 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering. We have deemed shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock (after giving effect to certain Equity Award Exchange Agreements with our Co-Founders) subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020 or issuable pursuant to RSUs which are subject to vesting and settlement conditions expected to occur within 60 days of September 30, 2020 (assuming the satisfaction of the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition) to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option or RSU for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. We have also deemed, pursuant to the Equity Award Exchange Agreements, the full exchange of shares of Class A common stock received upon the exercise of 11,927,795 options to purchase shares of Class A common stock or the vesting and settlement of 312,030 RSUs related to shares of Class A common stock held by our Co-Founders as of September 30, 2020 for an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock.

 

239


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o DoorDash, Inc., 303 2nd Street, South Tower, 8th Floor, San Francisco, California 94107.

 

                Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned (%)
       

Name

  Number of Shares
Beneficially
Owned
    Before the
Offering
    After the
Offering
    Percentage
of Total
Voting
Power
After the
Offering
 
    Class A
Common
Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock
    Class A
Common
Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock
    Class A
Common
Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock
       

Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Tony Xu(1)

          14,885,415           41.6      

Christopher Payne(2)

    2,692,640             1.1              

Keith Yandell(3)

    494,785             *              

Shona Brown(4)

    25,980             *              

L. John Doerr(5)

    6,056,525             2.4              

Andy Fang(6)

          13,511,765             39.3        

Jeffrey Housenbold(7)

                             

Jeremy Kranz(8)

                             

Alfred Lin(9)

                             

Stanley Meresman(10)

    69,215             *              

Maria Renz

                             

Stanley Tang(11)

          13,412,235             39.1        

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)(12)

    10,947,195       41,809,415       4.2       100.0        

5% Stockholders:

             

SVF Fast (Cayman) Limited(13)

    62,973,485             24.9              

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(14)

    51,777,269             20.4              

Greenview Investment Pte Ltd.(15)

    26,597,250             10.5              

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

(1)

Consists of (i) 10,434,525 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Mr. Xu and (ii) 4,450,890 shares of Class B common stock subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020. Prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement related to this offering, Messrs. Xu, Fang, and Tang are expected to enter into the Voting Agreement, pursuant to which Mr. Xu will have the authority (and irrevocable proxy) to direct the vote and vote the shares of Class B common stock held by Messrs. Fang and Tang, and their respective permitted entities and permitted transferees, at his discretion on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. Subsequent to September 30, 2020, a portion of the shares described in this footnote were transferred from Mr. Xu to certain family trusts as follows: 305,425 shares to ARTICLE 3 TRUST UNDER OBX FAMILY TRUST, 305,425 shares to ARTICLE 3 TRUST UNDER TBX FAMILY TRUST, 28,865 shares to ARTICLE 4 TRUST UNDER LIBRARY TRUST, 3,600,000 shares to ARTICLE 2 TRUST UNDER TXX ANNUITY TRUST #1, 3,600,000 shares to ARTICLE 2 TRUST UNDER TXX ANNUITY TRUST #2, and 1,800,000 shares to ARTICLE 2 TRUST UNDER TXX ANNUITY TRUST #3.

(2)

Consists of (i) 2,575,455 shares of Class A common stock subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020 and (ii) 117,185 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon net settlement of RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition would be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2020 and assuming the satisfaction of the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition.

(3)

Consists of (i) 377,600 shares of Class A common stock subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020, and (ii) 117,185 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon net settlement of RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition would be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2020 and assuming the satisfaction of the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition.

(4)

Consists of 25,980 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon net settlement of RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition would be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2020 and assuming the satisfaction of the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition.

(5)

Consists of 5,906,325 shares of Class A common stock held by KPCB Digital Growth Fund II, LLC and 150,200 shares of Class A common stock held by KPCB Digital Growth Founders Fund II, LLC, or collectively, the KPCB entities. All shares are held for convenience in the name of “KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee” for the accounts of such entities. The managing

 

240


Table of Contents
 

member of the KPCB entities is KPCB DGF II Associates, LLC. L. John Doerr, Mary Meeker, and Theodore E. Schlein, the managing members of KPCB DGF II Associates, LLC, exercise shared voting and dispositive control over the shares of Class A common stock held by the KPCB entities.

(6)

Consists of (i) 6,165,100 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Andy Fang, Trustee of the AF Living Trust UTA dated 9/4/19, for which Mr. Fang serves as trustee, (ii) 537,500 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Andy Fang, Trustee of The 2019 Fang Grantor Retained Annuity Trust UTA dated 9/4/19, for which Mr. Fang serves as trustee, (iii) 3,737,500 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Andy Fang, Trustee of The 2020 Fang Grantor Retained Annuity Trust UTA dated 6/1/2020, for which Mr. Fang serves as trustee, (iv) 2,979,165 shares of Class B common stock subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020, and (v) 92,500 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon net settlement of RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition would be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2020 and assuming the satisfaction of the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition. Prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement related to this offering, Messrs. Xu, Fang, and Tang are expected to enter into the Voting Agreement, pursuant to which Mr. Xu will have the authority (and irrevocable proxy) to direct the vote and vote the shares of Class B common stock held by Messrs. Fang and Tang, and their respective permitted entities and permitted transferees, at his discretion on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. Subsequent to September 30, 2020, 193,240 shares described in this footnote were transferred from Andy Fang, Trustee of the AF Living Trust UTA dated 9/4/19 to THE GOLDMAN SACHS TRUST COMPANY OF DELAWARE, A DELAWARE LIMITED PURPOSE TRUST COMPANY AS ADMINISTRATIVE TRUSTEE OF THE FANG FAMILY 2019 IRREVOCABLE TRUST (GST EXEMPT) UTA DATED 9/4/19.

(7)

Excludes shares of Class A common stock held by SVF identified in footnote 13 below. Mr. Housenbold is a Managing Partner at SB Investment Advisers (US) Inc., an affiliate of SBIA UK, but does not have voting or dispositive power over the shares held by SVF.

(8)

Excludes shares of Class A common stock held by Greenview identified in footnote 15 below. Mr. Kranz is Senior Vice President and Co-Head of the Technology Investment Group of GIC, but does not have voting or dispositive power over the shares held by Greenview.

(9)

Excludes shares of Class A common stock held by the entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital identified in footnote 14 below. Mr. Lin is a Partner at Sequoia Capital.

(10)

Consists of 69,215 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon net settlement of RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition would be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2020 and assuming the satisfaction of the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition.

(11)

Consists of (i) 4,300 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Mr. Tang, (ii) 1,545,640 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Stanley Tang, Trustee of The ST Trust under agreement dated October 2, 2019, for which Mr. Tang serves as trustee, (iii) 3,888,885 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Stanley Tang, Trustee of The ST Grantor Retained Annuity Trust under agreement dated October 2, 2019, for which Mr. Tang serves as trustee, (iv) 5,000,000 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Stanley Tang, Trustee of the 2020 ST Grantor Retained Annuity Trust UTA dated 9/10/2020, for which Mr. Tang serves as trustee, (v) 2,929,660 shares of Class B common stock subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020, and (vi) 43,750 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon net settlement of RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition would be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2020 and assuming the satisfaction of the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition. Prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement related to this offering, Messrs. Xu, Fang, and Tang are expected to enter into the Voting Agreement, pursuant to which Mr. Xu will have the authority (and irrevocable proxy) to direct the vote and vote the shares of Class B common stock held by Messrs. Fang and Tang at his discretion on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders.

(12)

Consists of (i) 6,056,525 shares of Class A common stock and 31,313,450 shares of Class B common stock (assuming the occurrence of the Class B Stock Exchange as of September 30, 2020) beneficially owned by our executive officers and directors, (ii) 3,546,805 shares of Class A common stock and 10,359,715 shares of Class B common stock subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2020, and (iii) 1,343,865 shares of Class A common stock and 136,250 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon net settlement of RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition would be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2020 and assuming the satisfaction of the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition.

(13)

Consists of shares of Class A common stock held by SVF. SBIA UK has been appointed as AIFM and is exclusively responsible for managing SoftBank Vision Fund, which wholly owns SVF, in accordance with the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive and is authorized and regulated by the UK Financial Conduct Authority accordingly. As AIFM of SoftBank Vision Fund, SBIA UK is exclusively responsible for making all final decisions related to the acquisition, structuring, financing, voting, and disposal of SoftBank Vision Fund’s investments. The address for SVF is 27 Hospital Road, Cayman Corporate Centre, Georgetown, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands. As of September 30, 2020, all of the shares described in this footnote were held by SoftBank Vision Fund and were subsequently transferred to SVF.

(14)

Consists of: (i) 20,582,199 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital USV XIV Holdco, Ltd., or SC USV XIV Holdco; (ii) 740,920 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund, or SC GGF; (iii) 13,973,885 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund II, L.P., or SC GGFII; (iv) 21,500 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital Global Growth Principals Fund, L.P., or SC GGF PF; (v) 171,415 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital Global Growth II Principals Fund, L.P., or SC GGFII PF; (vi) 7,956,090 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VI, L.P., or SC US GFVI; (vii) 7,460,360 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VII, L.P., or SC US GFVII; (viii) 398,515 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VI Principals

 

241


Table of Contents
 

Fund, L.P., or SC US GFVI PF; and (ix) 472,385 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VII Principals Fund, L.P., or SC US GFVII PF. SC US (TTGP), Ltd. is (i) the general partner of SC U.S. Venture XIV Management, L.P., which is the general partner of Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund XIV, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners Fund XIV, L.P., and Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners Fund XIV (Q), L.P., or collectively, the SC USV XIV Funds, which together own 100% of the outstanding ordinary shares of SC USV XIV Holdco; (ii) the general partner of SC Global Growth II Management, L.P., which is the general partner of each of SC GGFII and SC GGFII PF, or collectively, the SC GGFII Funds; (iii) the general partner of SC U.S. Growth VI Management, L.P., which is the general partner of each of SC US GFVI and SC US GFVI PF, or collectively, the SC US GFVI Funds; (iv) the general partner of SC U.S. Growth VII Management, L.P., which is the general partner of each of SC US GFVII and SC US GFVII PF, or collectively, the SC US GFVII Funds; and (v) the general partner of SCGGF Management, L.P., which is the general partner of each of SC GGF and SC GGF PF, or collectively, the SC GGF Funds. As a result, SC US (TTGP), Ltd. may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of Class A common stock held by SC USV XIV Holdco, the SC GGFII Funds, the SC US GFVI Funds, the SC US GFVII Funds, and the SC GGF Funds. In addition, the directors and stockholders of SC US (TTGP), Ltd. who exercise voting and investment discretion with respect to the SC GGFII Funds are Douglas M. Leone and Roelof F. Botha, and the directors and stockholders of SC US (TTGP), Ltd. who exercise voting and investment discretion with respect to the SC GGF Funds are Douglas M. Leone and James J. Goetz. As a result, and by virtue of the relationship described in this footnote, each such person may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of Class A common stock held by the SC GGFII Funds or the SC GGF Funds, as applicable. The address for each of the Sequoia Capital entities identified in this footnote is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(15)

Consists of shares of Class A common stock held of record by Greenview. Greenview shares the power to vote and the power to dispose of these shares of Class A common stock with GIC Special Investments Pte. Ltd., or GIC SI, and GIC, both of which are private limited companies incorporated in Singapore. GIC SI is wholly-owned by GIC and is the private equity investment arm of GIC. GIC is wholly-owned by the Government of Singapore and was set up with the sole purpose of managing Singapore’s foreign reserves. The Government of Singapore disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address for Greenview is 168 Robinson Road, #37-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912.

 

242


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes certain important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section titled “Description of Capital Stock,” you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and IRA, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 8,800,000,000 shares of capital stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of which:

 

   

6,000,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock;

 

   

200,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock;

 

   

2,000,000,000 shares are designated as Class C common stock; and

 

   

600,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

Assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and the reclassification of such shares into shares of our Class A common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of September 30, 2020, there were 253,343,071 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, held by 537 stockholders of record, 31,313,450 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding (after giving effect to the Class B Stock Exchange), held by eight stockholders of record, no shares of our Class C common stock outstanding, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, to issue additional shares of our Class A common stock and Class C common stock. Until the Final Conversion Date, any issuance of additional shares of Class B common stock requires the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock voting as a separate class.

Common Stock

We have three classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 20 votes for

 

243


Table of Contents

each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, and holders of our Class C common stock are not entitled to vote on any matter that is submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise required by law. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock voting as a separate class is required to increase the number of authorized shares of our Class B common stock. In addition, Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock, our Class B common stock, or our Class C common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

 

   

if we were to seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the par value of a class of stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

 

   

if we were to seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences or special rights of a class of stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

Until the Final Conversion Date, approval of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock voting as a separate class will be required to amend or modify any provision of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation inconsistent with, or otherwise alter, any provision of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the voting, conversion, or other rights, powers, preferences, privileges, or restrictions of our Class B common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing of this offering will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each serving staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election by a plurality of the votes cast at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Stockholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors. In an election for directors that is not a contested election, as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, directors will be elected by a majority of the voting power cast in the election of directors. Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be considered votes cast. In a contested election, directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption, or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Conversion of Class B Common Stock

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. Following the completion of this offering, shares of Class B common stock will

 

244


Table of Contents

automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock upon sale or transfer except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including estate planning or other transfers among our Co-Founders and their family members where exclusive voting control with respect to the shares of Class B common stock are retained by or granted to Tony Xu.

Each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon (i) the date fixed by our board of directors that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the first date following the completion of this offering on which the number of shares of our capital stock, including Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock, and any shares of capital stock underlying equity securities or other convertible instruments, held by Mr. Xu, and his permitted entities and permitted transferees, is less than 35% of the Class B common stock held by Mr. Xu and his permitted entities as of immediately following the completion of this offering; (ii) 12 months after the death or permanent and total disability of Mr. Xu, during which 12-month period the shares of our Class B common stock shall be voted as directed by a person designated by Mr. Xu and approved by our board of directors (or if there is no such person, then our secretary then in office); (iii) the date fixed by our board of directors that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the date on which Mr. Xu is terminated for cause (as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation); or (iv) the date fixed by our board of directors that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the date upon which (A) Mr. Xu is no longer providing services to us as an officer, employee, or consultant and (B) Mr. Xu is no longer a member of our board of directors, either as a result of Mr. Xu’s voluntary resignation or as a result of a request or agreement by Mr. Xu at a meeting of our stockholders for Mr. Xu not to be renominated as a member of our board of directors.

Conversion of Class C Common Stock

After the conversion or exchange of all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock, all outstanding shares of Class C common stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a share-for-share basis, on the date or time specified by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, voting as a separate class.

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

In connection with this offering, our legal counsel will opine that the shares of our Class A common stock to be issued in this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

After the completion of this offering, no shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations, or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

245


Table of Contents

Options

As of September 30, 2020, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 34,554,510 shares of our Class A common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.41 per share, which includes outstanding options of held by our Co-Founders subject to the Equity Award Exchange. As of September 30, 2020, there were 11,927,795 shares of our Class A common stock subject to options held by our Co-Founders that may be exchanged, upon exercise and pursuant to the Equity Award Exchange, for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock following this offering.

Common Stock Warrant

As of September 30, 2020, we had outstanding a common stock warrant to purchase 105,330 shares of our Class A common stock, with an exercise price of $1.492 per share.

RSUs

The RSUs that we have granted to date vest upon the satisfaction of both service-based and liquidity event-related performance vesting conditions occurring before the award’s expiration date. The service-based vesting period is generally satisfied by the award holder providing services to us over a four-year period. The liquidity event-related performance vesting condition is satisfied on the earlier of: (i) a sale event for us or (ii) this offering.

As of September 30, 2020, we had outstanding 20,021,420 shares of our Class A common stock subject to RSUs under our 2014 Plan, including                      IPO Vested RSUs and Post-IPO Vested RSUs, which includes RSUs held by our Co-Founders subject to the Equity Award Exchange. As of September 30, 2020, there were 312,030 shares of our Class A common stock subject to RSUs held by our Co-Founders that may be exchanged, upon vesting and settlement pursuant to the Equity Award Exchange, for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock following this offering. The IPO Vested RSUs are expected to settle on the Settlement Date and the Post-IPO Vested RSUs will settle on a date promptly following the satisfaction of the service-based vesting condition. In addition, in                     , 2020, our board of directors granted the CEO Performance Award to Tony Xu covering                      shares of our Class A common stock, which shares may be exchanged, upon vesting and settlement of the CEO Performance Award, for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock following this offering. The CEO Performance Award vests upon the satisfaction of a service condition and achievement of certain stock price goals. See “Executive Compensation—CEO Performance Award” for additional information.

Voting Agreement

Prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement related to this offering, our Co-Founders are expected to enter into the Voting Agreement, which will remain in effect after the completion of this offering. This Voting Agreement is expected to cover an aggregate of up to             % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock after our initial public offering. We are not a party to the Voting Agreement. Under the Voting Agreement, the proxyholder, Mr. Xu, has the authority (and irrevocable proxy) to direct the vote and vote the shares of Class B common stock held by Messrs. Fang and Tang, and their respective permitted entities and permitted transferees, at his discretion on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders.

Shares subject to the Voting Agreement will no longer be subject to the provisions of the Voting Agreement if Mr. Fang or Mr. Tang, as applicable, sells, transfers, assigns, pledges, or otherwise disposes of or encumbers the shares subject to the Voting Agreement after the completion of our initial public offering, except for permitted transfers under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The Voting Agreement will terminate upon                     .

 

246


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, certain holders of our Class A common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in our IRA. We and certain holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock are parties to the IRA. The registration rights set forth in the IRA will expire (i) five years following the completion of this offering, (ii) with respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period, or (iii) after the consummation of a liquidation event (as defined in our current certificate of incorporation). We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. We expect that our stockholders will waive their rights under the IRA (i) to receive notice of this offering and (ii) to include their registrable shares in this offering.

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 239,106,756 shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning six months after the effective date of the offering, the holders of at least 50% of the shares registrable under the IRA can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares. Such request for registration must cover securities, the anticipated aggregate offering price of which is at least $15,000,000. We are obligated to effect only two such registrations. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning 60 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date 180 days following the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to the public offering of our common stock.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of our Class A common stock under the Securities Act, in connection with the public offering of such Class A common stock the holders of up to 239,106,756 shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (i) a demand registration, (ii) a registration related to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization or other transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, (iii) a registration on any registration form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the shares, or (iv) a registration in which the only Class A common stock being registered is Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 239,106,756 shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of at least 30% of these shares may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which is at least $5,000,000,

 

247


Table of Contents

net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3; however, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations within the 12-month period preceding the date of the request. Additionally, if we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certain provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

the business combination or transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder was approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by directors who are also officers of the corporation and shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include mergers, asset sales, and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder and an “interested stockholder” as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing changes in control of our company.

 

248


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our board of directors or management team, including the following:

Multi-Class Stock

As described above in “—Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a multi-class common stock structure, as a result of which our Co-Founders will collectively hold                     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Our Co-Founders are also expected to enter into the Voting Agreement, whereby Tony Xu will have the authority (and irrevocable proxy) to direct the vote and vote the shares of Class B common stock held by Andy Fang and Stanley Tang, and their respective permitted entities and permitted transferees, at his discretion on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. As a result, Mr. Xu will be able to determine or significantly influence any action requiring the approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and the approval of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction.

Separate Class B Vote for Certain Transactions

Until the Final Conversion Date, our Class B common stock will have the right to vote as a separate class on amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that affect the rights of our Class B common stock. See the section titled “—Common Stock—Voting Rights.”

Board of Directors Vacancies

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats except, until the Voting Threshold Date, if a director receives less than a majority of the votes cast at any election of directors, such director must resign within 15 days or such director may be removed by the stockholders acting by written consent and without such action being first approved or recommended by our board of directors. In such circumstances, the stockholders may also fill the vacancy resulting from such resignation or removal or the vacancy must remain until the next annual meeting of stockholders. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This will make it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and will promote continuity of management.

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that until the Voting Threshold Date, our stockholders may only take action by written consent if such action is first recommended or approved by our board of directors, except as set forth above in the section titled “—Board of Directors Vacancies”. After the Voting Threshold Date, our stockholders will not be able to take action by written consent for any matter and will only be able to take action at annual or special meetings. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of the voting power of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws, or until the Voting Threshold Date, unless

 

249


Table of Contents

previously approved by our board of directors, except as set forth above in the section titled “—Board of Directors Vacancies”. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer, or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of the voting power of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

No Cumulative Voting

The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

Amendment of Charter and Bylaws Provisions

Any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common voting as a single class is required for stockholders to amend or adopt any provision of our bylaws.

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock

Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 600,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or other means.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the company or any director or officer of the company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, or (v) any other

 

250


Table of Contents

action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, in all cases subject to the court’s having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a course of action under the Securities Act. Nothing in our amended and restated bylaws precludes stockholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers.

Voting Agreement and Irrevocable Proxy

Prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement related to this offering, our Co-Founders are expected to enter into the Voting Agreement, which will remain in effect after the completion of this offering. This Voting Agreement will cover an aggregate of approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering. Under the Voting Agreement, Mr. Xu will have the authority (and irrevocable proxy) to direct the vote and vote the shares of Class B common stock held by Messrs. Fang and Tang, and their respective permitted entities and permitted transferees, at his discretion on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. As a result, Mr. Xu will be able to determine or significantly influence any action requiring the approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and the approval of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DASH”.

 

251


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common stock or the availability of shares of our Class A common stock for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our Class A common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020, we will have a total of                      shares of our Class A common stock outstanding,                      shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, and no shares of our Class C common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all                      shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our Class A common stock (including shares issued upon conversion of our Class B common stock) will be deemed “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. As a result of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described below and the provisions of our IRA described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our Class A common stock (including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock) will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all                      shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

   

beginning on the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date, if the lock-up expiration has been triggered:

 

   

             shares of Class A common stock held by former holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144;

 

   

             shares of Class A common stock held by our officers and directors (including              shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock that are held by our Co-Founders) will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144;

 

   

             shares of Class A common stock held by all other holders will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144; and

 

   

beginning on the Final Lock-Up Expiration Date, the remainder of the shares of our Class A common stock (including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock) will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

 

252


Table of Contents

Lock-Up and Market Standoff Agreements

We will agree that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition, or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of Class A common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our Class A common stock to be sold hereunder and certain other exceptions.

Our directors, our executive officers, and holders of a substantial majority of our capital stock and securities convertible into our capital stock have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of time up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock (including, without limitation, Class A common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, and stockholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our Class A common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock. Our lock-up period has two potential release dates, the first following our first earnings release or periodic report (either our quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K), subject to certain conditions described below, and the second following our second earnings release or periodic report, or 180 days, whichever is earlier.

Early Lock-Up Expiration. The terms of the lock-up agreements will expire on 40% of each stockholder’s shares of common stock subject to the lock-up agreement (provided that if the stockholder is a member of our board of directors (excluding affiliated funds) or management team, then such amount is 20%) if certain conditions are met. If such conditions are met, these shares will become available for sale prior to the opening of trading on the third full trading day following the date on which all of the below conditions are satisfied. An Early Lock-Up Expiration Determination Date will occur if:

 

  (1)

such date is at least 90 days after the date of this prospectus;

 

  (2)

such date occurs after we have publicly furnished at least one earnings release on Form 8-K or filed at least one periodic report with the SEC;

 

  (3)

on such date, and for 5 out of any 10 consecutive trading days ending on such date, the last reported closing price of our Class A common stock is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

  (4)

such date occurs in an open trading window and there are at least 5 trading days remaining in the open trading window.

 

253


Table of Contents

Final Lock-Up Expiration. All remaining shares of common stock subject to the lock-up agreement and not released on the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date will be released upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the opening of trading on the third full trading day after we have publicly furnished our second earnings release on Form 8-K or filed our second periodic report with the SEC or (ii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes the two potential lock-up expiration dates:

 

 

Type of Release

 

 

Conditions

 

 

Expiration Date

 

 

Percent Released

 

       

Early Lock-Up Expiration

 

All must be satisfied:

 

•  90 days from initial public offering pricing

 

•  After first earnings release or periodic report

 

•  On such date, and for 5 out of any 10 consecutive trading days ending on such date, trading price at least 25% higher than initial public offering price

 

•  Date occurs in an open trading window with at least 5 trading days remaining

 

  Prior to trading on third full trading day following date on which all conditions are satisfied  

•  20% for directors (excluding affiliated funds) and management team

 

•  40% for all other equity holders

       

Final Lock-Up Expiration

 

Earlier of:

 

•  Second earnings release or periodic report; or

 

•  180 days

 

Earlier of:

 

•  Prior to trading on third full trading day after second earnings release or periodic report; or

 

•  180 days

  All remaining shares

We will announce both the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date and the Final Lock-Up Expiration Date through a press release or Form 8-K at least two full trading days before it is effective.

In addition, our executive officers, directors, and holders of a substantial majority of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us under which they have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, they will not, without our prior written consent, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock. In the event that the lock-up period under the lock-up agreements with the underwriters is subject to early termination in accordance with the terms of the lockup agreements, as more fully described in the section titled “Underwriting,” we would not expect to enforce such market standoff agreement from and after the early termination of such lock-up period.

Rule 144

In general, Rule 144 provides that once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not

 

254


Table of Contents

deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, Rule 144 provides that our affiliates or persons selling shares of our Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares of our Class A common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal                      shares immediately after the completion of this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales of our Class A common stock made in reliance upon Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our IRA, after the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 239,106,756 shares of our Class A common stock, or certain transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares of our Class A common stock are registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

Registration Statement

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly after the effectiveness of this offering to register shares of our common stock subject to RSUs and options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares of our common stock covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions, and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

255


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to certain non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings, and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the alternative minimum tax or Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the laws of any state, local, or non-U.S. jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder’s particular circumstances or non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions (except to the extent specifically set forth below), regulated investment companies, or real estate investment trusts;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

pension plans or tax-exempt retirement plans;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities or other persons that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their holdings in our stock;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

partnerships or entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);

 

   

persons who hold our Class A common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction,” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our Class A common stock being taken into account in an “applicable financial statement” (as defined in Section 451(b) of the Code);

 

   

persons who do not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or

 

   

persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our Class A common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

 

256


Table of Contents

This discussion is for informational purposes only and is not tax advice. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock arising under the U.S. federal gift or estate tax laws or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S., or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a holder that is not a partnership (or entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and are not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or U.S. persons, who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our Class A common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale or other disposition of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock.”

Except as otherwise described below in the section on effectively connected income and the sections titled “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “—FATCA,” any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30.00% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence.

In order to receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, you must provide the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including any required attachments and, if required, your taxpayer identification number, certifying qualification for the reduced rate; additionally you will be required to update such forms and certifications from time to time as required by law. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold our stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. You should consult your tax advisor regarding entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaties.

 

257


Table of Contents

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from such withholding tax, subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and FATCA withholding. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8, including any required attachments and your taxpayer identification number, certifying qualification for the reduced rate; additionally you will be required to update such forms and certifications from time to time as required by law. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, are includable on your U.S. federal income tax return and taxed to you at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30.00% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Except as otherwise described below in the sections titled “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” and “—FATCA,” you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States);

 

   

you are a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs and other conditions are met; or

 

   

our Class A common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our Class A common stock, and, in the case where shares of our Class A common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, you own, or are treated as owning, more than 5% of our Class A common stock at any time during the foregoing period.

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded Class A common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our Class A common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates (and a

 

258


Table of Contents

corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30.00% rate), unless otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will generally be required to pay a 30.00% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence) on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition of our stock, which gain may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses (provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses). You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any, must be reported annually to the IRS. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the sale or other disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 24.00% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our stock to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a foreign broker. However, for information reporting purposes, sales or other dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to sales or other dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

FATCA

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and the Treasury regulations and administrative guidance issued thereunder, or collectively, FATCA, generally impose U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30.00% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock if paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as defined in the Code), unless otherwise provided by the Treasury Secretary or such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise

 

259


Table of Contents

establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30.00% on dividends paid on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock if paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as defined in the Code) unless otherwise provided by the Treasury Secretary or such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying, and information with respect to, certain direct and indirect “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code), or substantial U.S. owners, of the entity, certifies that it does not have any such substantial U.S. owners or otherwise establishes and certifies to an exemption. The withholding provisions under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our Class A common stock. The Treasury Secretary has issued proposed regulations providing that the withholding provisions under FATCA do not apply with respect to the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock, which may be relied upon by taxpayers until final regulations are issued. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and your country of tax residence may modify the requirements described in these paragraphs. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of our Class A common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

260


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  
 

          

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Mizuho Securities USA LLC

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Total

  

The underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us.

 

Per Share

   $               

Total

   $    

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                     per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We will agree that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition, or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of Class A common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our Class A common stock to be sold hereunder and certain other exceptions.

Our directors, our executive officers, and holders of a substantial majority of our capital stock and securities convertible into our capital stock have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements with the

 

261


Table of Contents

underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of time up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock (including, without limitation, Class A common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, and stockholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our Class A common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. Our lock-up period has two potential release dates, the first following our first earnings release or periodic report (either our quarterly report on Form 10-Q or annual report on Form 10-K), subject to certain conditions described below, and the second following our second earnings release or periodic report, or 180 days, whichever is earlier.

Early Lock-Up Expiration. The terms of the lock-up agreements will expire on 40% of each stockholder’s shares of common stock subject to the lock-up agreement (provided that if the stockholder is a member of our board of directors (excluding affiliated funds) or management team, then such amount is 20%) if certain conditions are met. If such conditions are met, these shares will become available for sale prior to the opening of trading on the third full trading day following the date on which all of the below conditions are satisfied. An Early Lock-Up Expiration Determination Date will occur if:

 

  (1)

such date is at least 90 days after the date of this prospectus;

 

  (2)

such date occurs after we have publicly furnished at least one earnings release on Form 8-K or filed at least one periodic report with the SEC;

 

  (3)

on such date, and for 5 out of any 10 consecutive trading days ending on such date, the last reported closing price of our Class A common stock is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

  (4)

such date occurs in an open trading window and there are at least 5 trading days remaining in the open trading window.

Final Lock-Up Expiration. All remaining shares of common stock subject to the lock-up agreement and not released on the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date will be released upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the opening of trading on the third full trading day after we have publicly furnished our second earnings release on Form 8-K or filed our second periodic report with the SEC or (ii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We will announce both the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date and the Final Lock-Up Expiration Date through a press release or Form 8-K at least two full trading days before it is effective.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the representatives and us. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of

 

262


Table of Contents

our management, and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DASH”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions, and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. We have not granted the underwriters an option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered. We will agree to reimburse the underwriters for certain Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, related expenses incurred by them in connection with the offering in an amount not to exceed $                     as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                    .

We will agree to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in connection with our revolving credit facility, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, acted as administrative agent and, together with Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, acted as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell, or hold a broad array of investments and actively

 

263


Table of Contents

traded securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities, and/or instruments of ours (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color, or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities, or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities, and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive or each, a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of our Class A common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of our Class A common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

 

   

To any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

To fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

   

In any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer or shares of our Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any placement agent of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to public” in relation to our Class A common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and our Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase our Class A common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended), including by Directive 2010/73/EU and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

This European Economic Area selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed as qualified investors who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order, or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, with all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions

 

264


Table of Contents

or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the Securities and Futures Ordinance, (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA), under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation has acquired the

 

265


Table of Contents

shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (ii) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (iii) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (iv) where the transfer is by operation of law, (v) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (vi) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore, or Regulation 32.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (ii) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (iii) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (iv) where the transfer is by operation of law, (v) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (vi) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

 

266


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of our Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. The underwriters have been represented by Goodwin Procter LLP, Redwood City, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of DoorDash, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, have been included herein and in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2019 consolidated financial statements refers to the adoption of ASC 842.

The combined financial statements of Caviar, a business of Square, Inc., as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, have been included herein and in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2018 combined financial statements refers to the adoption of ASC 606.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have submitted with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. We also maintain a website at www.doordash.com. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

267


Table of Contents

DOORDASH, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DoorDash, Inc. and Subsidiaries

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

DoorDash, Inc. Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

DoorDash, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

DoorDash, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5  

DoorDash, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6  

DoorDash, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-9  

DoorDash, Inc. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10  

Caviar

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-54  

Caviar Combined Balance Sheets

     F-55  

Caviar Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-56  

Caviar Combined Statements of Changes in Equity

     F-57  

Caviar Combined Statements of Cash Flows

     F-58  

Caviar Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-59  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

  

DoorDash, Inc. Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

     F-78  

DoorDash, Inc. Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

     F-79  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

DoorDash, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of DoorDash, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842, Leases.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

San Francisco, California

June 30, 2020, except for Note 17, which is as of November 13, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

DoorDash, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except share amounts which are reflected in thousands, and per share data)

 

     December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2019
    September 30,
2020
    Pro Forma
September 30,

2020
 
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 215     $ 257     $ 1,096    

Marketable securities

     255       508       515    

Funds held at payment processors

     41       50       80    

Accounts receivable, net

     19       58       182    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     39       125       117    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     569       998       1,990    

Restricted cash

           30       91    

Marketable securities

     86                

Operating lease right-of-use assets

           166       204    

Property and equipment, net

     21       101       182    

Intangible assets, net

           103       59    

Goodwill

           306       306    

Other assets

     7       28       42    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 683     $ 1,732     $ 2,874    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 35     $ 20     $ 31    

Operating lease liabilities

           17       11    

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     75       345       792                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     110       382       834    

Operating lease liabilities

           167       240    

Convertible notes

                 355    

Other liabilities

     24       1       12    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     134       550       1,441    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 191,613, 235,860, and 240,018 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019, and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; 191,316, 230,667, and 238,989 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019, and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; liquidation preference of $985, $2,197, and $2,579 as of December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019, and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020, pro forma (unaudited)

     985       2,264       2,646     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

        

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 292,500, 360,000 and 375,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019, and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; 41,802, 43,937, and 45,382 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019, and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; 375,000 shares authorized, 284,656 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020, pro forma (unaudited)

                    

Additional paid-in capital

     50       70       87       2,976  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (1           1       1  

Accumulated deficit

     (485     (1,152     (1,301     (1,544
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (436     (1,082     (1,213   $ 1,433  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 683     $ 1,732     $ 2,874    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

DoorDash, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in millions, except share amounts which are reflected in thousands, and per share data)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 291     $ 885     $ 587     $ 1,916  

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     228       523       353       899  

Sales and marketing

     135       594       445       610  

Research and development

     51       107       73       112  

General and administrative

     78       245       179       337  

Depreciation and amortization

     9       32       16       89  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     501       1,501       1,066       2,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (210     (616     (479     (131

Interest income

     7       18       14       6  

Interest expense

     (1                 (22

Other expense, net

           (68     (67      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (204     (666     (532     (147

Provision for income taxes

           1       1       2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (204     (667     (533     (149

Premium paid on repurchase of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (3                  

Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders

           (1     (1      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (207   $ (668   $ (534   $ (149
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (4.67   $ (15.44   $ (12.41   $ (3.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     44,305       43,252       43,045       44,568  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (2.57     $ (0.53
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       259,956         283,145  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

DoorDash, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in millions)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (204   $ (667   $ (533   $ (149

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

        

Change in unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities

     (1     1       1       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

     (1     1       1       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (205   $ (666   $ (532   $ (148
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

DoorDash, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in millions, except share amounts which are reflected in thousands)

 

    Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
   

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount    

 

    Shares     Amount  

Balances as of January 1, 2018

    75,550     $ 200           44,128     $     $ 23     $ (221   $     $ (198

Issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    86,256       475                                          

Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    18,055       250                                          

Conversion of promissory notes to Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

    11,752       60                                          

Repurchase and retirement of preferred stock

    (297                           (3                 (3

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                    4,882             5                   5  

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

                    (7,208                 (60           (60

Stock-based compensation

                                25                   25  

Other comprehensive loss

                                            (1     (1

Net loss

                                      (204           (204
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2018

    191,316     $ 985           41,802     $     $ 50     $ (485   $ (1   $ (436

Issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    18,186       408                                          

Forward contract liability recognized in connection with Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock

          68                                          

Issuance of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    18,529       703                                          

Issuance of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with the acquisition of Caviar

    2,636       100                                          

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                    2,135             3                   3  

Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders

                                (1                 (1

Stock-based compensation

                                18                   18  

Other comprehensive income

                                            1       1  

Net loss

                                      (667           (667
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2019

    230,667     $ 2,264           43,937     $     $ 70     $ (1,152   $     $ (1,082
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended September 30, 2019  
    Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
   

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount    

 

    Shares     Amount  

Balances as of June 30, 2019 (unaudited)

    218,806     $ 1,814           43,383     $     $ 62     $ (866   $     $ (804

Issuance of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs (unaudited)

    6,589       250                                          

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                    357                                

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                4                   4  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                      (152           (152
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

    225,395     $ 2,064           43,740     $     $ 66     $ (1,018   $     $ (952
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Three Months Ended September 30, 2020  
    Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
   

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount    

 

    Shares     Amount  

Balances as of June 30, 2020 (unaudited)

    238,989     $ 2,646           44,709     $     $ 82     $ (1,258   $ 2     $ (1,174

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                    673             2                   2  

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                3                   3  

Other comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                                            (1     (1

Net loss (unaudited)

                                  (43           (43
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

    238,989     $ 2,646           45,382     $     $ 87     $ (1,301   $ 1     $ (1,213
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents
    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019  
    Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
   

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount    

 

    Shares     Amount  

Balances as of December 31, 2018

    191,316     $ 985           41,802     $     $ 50     $ (485   $ (1   $ (436

Issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs (unaudited)

    18,186       408                                          

Forward contract liability recognized in connection with Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock (unaudited)

          68                                          

Issuance of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs (unaudited)

    15,893       603                                          

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                    1,938             2                   2  

Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders (unaudited)

                                (1                 (1

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                15                   15  

Other comprehensive income (unaudited)

                                            1       1  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                      (533           (533
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of September, 30 2019 (unaudited)

    225,395     $ 2,064           43,740     $     $ 66     $ (1,018   $     $ (952
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020  
    Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
   

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount    

 

    Shares     Amount  

Balances as of December 31, 2019

    230,667     $ 2,264           43,937     $     $ 70     $ (1,152   $     $ (1,082

Issuance of Series H redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs (unaudited)

    8,322       382                                          

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                    1,445             4                   4  

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                13                   13  

Other comprehensive income (unaudited)

                                            1       1  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                      (149           (149
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

    238,989     $ 2,646           45,382     $     $ 87     $ (1,301   $ 1     $ (1,213
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

DoorDash, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2018             2019             2019             2020      
                 (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

        

Net loss

   $ (204   $ (667   $ (533   $ (149

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     9       32       16       89  

Change in fair value of forward contract liability

           67       67        

Non-cash interest expense

                       22  

Stock-based compensation

     24       18       14       11  

Reduction of operating lease right-of-use assets and accretion of operating lease liabilities

           22       14       30  

Bad debt expense

           4       2       15  

Other

                 (2     18  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Funds held at payment processors

     (19     (9     1       (30

Accounts receivable, net

     (17     (40     (19     (139

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (30     (88     (27     6  

Other assets

     (5     (18     (13     (14

Accounts payable

     25       (13     (15     12  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     48       251       168       452  

Payments for operating lease liabilities

           (3     (4     (19

Other liabilities

     10       (23     23       11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (159     (467     (308     315  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (13     (78     (50     (86

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

           (315     (4      

Capitalized software and website development costs

     (3     (14     (8     (36

Purchases of marketable securities

     (390     (762     (607     (445

Sales of marketable securities

           160       160       4  

Maturities of marketable securities

     49       440       287       434  

Other investing activities

           (1            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (357     (570     (222     (129
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

        

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     725       1,111       1,011       382  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     5       3       2       4  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes, net of issuance costs

                       333  

Repurchase of common stock

     (60                  

Deferred offering costs paid

           (3     (2     (5

Other financing activities

     (4     (2     (1      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     666       1,109       1,010       714  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     150       72       480       900  

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

        

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period

     65       215       215       287  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 215     $ 287     $ 695     $ 1,187  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash to the consolidated balance sheets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 215     $ 257     $ 693     $ 1,096  

Restricted cash

           30       2       91  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   $ 215     $ 287     $ 695     $ 1,187  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities

        

Purchases of property and equipment not yet settled

   $ 3     $ 14     $ 7     $ 9  

Conversion of convertible promissory notes to preferred stock

   $ 60     $     $     $  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock issued in connection with an acquisition

   $     $ 100     $     $  

Leasehold improvements acquired through tenant improvement allowance

   $     $     $     $ 9  

Unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities

   $ (1   $ 1     $ 1     $ 1  

Deferred offering costs not yet paid

   $     $ 2     $ 1     $ 2  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

DoorDash, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of Business

DoorDash, Inc. (the “Company”), is incorporated in Delaware with headquarters in San Francisco, California. The Company provides a local logistics platform that enables local brick-and-mortar businesses to address consumers’ expectations of ease and immediacy and thrive in today’s convenience economy.

The Company’s local logistics platform connects merchants, consumers, and Dashers. The Company operates the DoorDash Marketplace, which enables merchants to establish an online presence and expand their reach by connecting them with consumers (the “Marketplace”). Merchants can either fulfill this demand with independent contractors who use the Company’s platform to deliver orders (“Dashers”) or by in-person pickup by consumers. Beyond demand fulfillment, the Company offers a broad array of services that enable merchants to solve mission-critical challenges such as customer acquisition, insights and analytics, merchandising, payment processing, and customer support. As part of the Marketplace, the Company also offers Pickup, which allows consumers to place advance orders, skip lines, and pick up their orders conveniently with no consumer fees, as well as DoorDash for Work, which provides merchants on the Company’s platform with large group orders and catering orders for businesses and events. The Marketplace also includes DashPass, the Company’s subscription product, which provides consumers with unlimited access to eligible merchants with zero delivery fees and reduced service fees. In addition to the Marketplace, the Company offers DoorDash Drive, a white-label logistics service that enables merchants that have generated consumer demand through their own channels to fulfill this demand using the Company’s local logistics platform (“Drive”).

Since its founding, the Company has financed its operations primarily through the issuance of equity and debt securities and from payments received through its platform. As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company has raised an aggregate of $2.5 billion, net of issuance costs, through sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock and issuance and conversion of convertible notes, excluding a one-time non-cash forward contract liability of $68 million recognized in connection with the issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock. In October 2019, the Company also issued $100 million of redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with the acquisition of Caviar, Square, Inc.’s marketplace (“Caviar”), focused on facilitating deliveries from premium restaurants. As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company had an accumulated deficit of $1.3 billion and positive cash flows from operations of $315 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited). Management believes that the Company’s current cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities are adequate to meet its needs for at least the next twelve months.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DoorDash, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts from prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments necessary to state fairly the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2020 and its results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to these nine-month periods are unaudited. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year ending December 31, 2020 or any future period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of September 30, 2020 assumes the automatic conversion of all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of that date into an aggregate of 239,274,936 shares of the Company’s common stock in connection with a qualifying initial public offering (“IPO”). The shares of common stock issuable and the proceeds expected to be received in connection with a qualifying IPO are excluded from such unaudited pro forma financial information.

The Company granted certain employees restricted stock units (“RSUs”) with both service-based and liquidity event-related performance vesting conditions. The liquidity event-related performance vesting condition is satisfied on the earlier of: (i) a sale event for the Company or (ii) an IPO. If the RSUs vest, one share of common stock for each vested RSU will be delivered on the applicable settlement date, which is expected to be approximately                      days after an IPO. The Company expects to record stock-based compensation expense related to the vesting of RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition will be satisfied prior to an IPO. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of September 30, 2020 gives effect to stock-based compensation expense of $243 million associated with RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition was satisfied as of September 30, 2020, calculated using the accelerated attribution method and for which the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with an IPO. This pro forma adjustment is reflected as an increase to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit. Payroll tax withholding and remittance obligations have not been included in the pro forma adjustments. The Company may withhold the number of shares necessary to satisfy the tax withholding and remittance obligations, based on the fair value of its common stock on the settlement date. The Company is unable to quantify these obligations as of September 30, 2020 and will remain unable to quantify them until the settlement of the RSUs.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

Unaudited pro forma basic net loss per share is computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock using the if-converted method as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or the original date of issuance, if later. The pro forma share amounts also give effect to the RSUs subject to both service-based and liquidity event-related performance vesting conditions for which the service-based vesting condition had been satisfied as of September 30, 2020 on a weighted-average basis. The pro forma net loss used to calculate unaudited pro forma basic net loss per share is not adjusted for stock-based compensation expense associated with these RSUs. If the IPO had occurred on December 31, 2019 or September 30, 2020, $95 million or $243 million of stock-based compensation related to these RSUs

 

F-11


Table of Contents

would have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2019 or the nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. Additionally, pro forma net loss is computed by excluding the deemed dividend to preferred stockholders from net loss attributable to common stockholders. Unaudited pro forma diluted net loss per share is the same as the unaudited pro forma basic net loss per share for the period as the impact of any potentially dilutive securities was anti-dilutive.

Segments

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the Company’s CODM. The CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company has determined that it operates in one reportable segment. See Note 3 for revenue by geography. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, long-lived assets located outside of the United States were not material. As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), long-lived assets located outside of the United States were $14 million.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the related disclosures at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the period presented. Estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, estimated useful lives of property and equipment, capitalized software and website development costs, intangible assets, valuation of the Company’s common stock, stock-based compensation, valuation of investments and other financial instruments, valuation of acquired intangible assets and goodwill, the incremental borrowing rate applied in lease accounting, insurance reserves, loss contingencies, and income and indirect taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates. 

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, allocation of the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. When determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to the valuation of intangible assets. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. During the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with a corresponding offset to goodwill if new information is obtained related to facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. Acquisition costs, such as legal and consulting fees, are expensed as incurred.

Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash

Cash includes demand deposits with banks or financial institutions as well as cash in transit from payment processors. Cash equivalents include short-term, highly liquid investments with original

 

F-12


Table of Contents

maturities of three months or less and their carrying values approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities. Restricted cash consists of deposits in an escrow account for worker misclassification lawsuits and collateral provided for letters of credit established primarily for real estate leases and insurance policies.

Marketable Securities

Marketable securities primarily consist of commercial paper, U.S. government agency securities, U.S. Treasury securities, and corporate bonds. The Company invests in a diversified portfolio of marketable securities and limits the concentration of its investment in any particular security. Securities with original maturities greater than three months, but less than one year, are included in current assets and securities with original maturities greater than one year are included in non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. All marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale.

The Company’s marketable securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Funds Held at Payment Processors

Funds held at payment processors represent cash due from the Company’s payment processors for cleared transactions with merchants and consumers.

Accounts Receivable, Net and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable, net primarily represents receivables from merchants generated through the Company’s Drive offering. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of accounts. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts by considering the age of each outstanding invoice and the collection history of each customer to determine the appropriate amount of allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when identified.

The Company recognized $15 million of bad debt expense in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited). Bad debt expense was not material in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), allowance for doubtful accounts was zero, $2 million, and $17 million, respectively.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The useful lives are as follows:

 

    

Estimated Useful Life

Equipment for merchants

   2 years

Computer equipment and software

   2 years

Office equipment

   5 years

Capitalized software and website development costs

   2 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of estimated useful life or lease term

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon disposal of a fixed asset, the Company records a gain or loss based on the difference between the proceeds received and the net book value of the disposed asset. There were no disposals during the year ended December 31, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and disposals were not material for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. The Company’s impairment tests are based on a single operating segment and reporting unit structure. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge is recognized for the excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit over its fair value.

The Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of 2019 and determined that the fair value of the reporting unit significantly exceeded its carrying value. As such, goodwill was not impaired during the year ended December 31, 2019. No impairment charge was recorded in any of the periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets are recorded at fair value as of the date of acquisition and amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The Company reviews identifiable amortizable intangible assets to be held and used for impairment under the long-lived asset model described under “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets” below.

Capitalized Software and Website Development Costs

The Company incurred costs relating to the development of the Company’s technology platform, which includes Dasher and merchant tools, mobile apps, and website and content development. Software development costs related to software acquired, developed, or modified solely to meet the Company’s internal requirements, with no substantive plans to market such software at the time of development, are capitalized during the application development stage of the project. Costs incurred during the preliminary planning and evaluation stage of the project and during the post implementation operational stage are expensed as incurred. Costs to develop the Company’s technology platform are capitalized when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. Costs incurred for enhancements that are expected to result in additional functionality are capitalized and expensed over the estimated useful life of the upgrades on a per project basis.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets or asset groups for indicators of possible impairment by comparison of the carrying amount to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by such asset or asset group when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Should an impairment exist, the impairment loss would be measured based on the excess carrying value of the asset or asset group over the asset’s or asset group’s fair value generally determined by estimates of future discounted cash flows. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. The Company has not identified any such impairment losses through December 31, 2019. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company recognized an impairment of $11 million related to an operating lease right-of-use asset associated with its former headquarters, which the Company subleased to another company.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Insurance Reserves

The Company utilizes third-party insurance, which may include deductibles and self-insured retentions, to insure costs including auto liability, uninsured and underinsured motorists, and auto physical damage up to a certain dollar limit. The recorded insurance reserves reflect the estimated cost for claims incurred but not paid and claims that have been incurred but not yet reported. Liabilities are evaluated for appropriateness with valuations provided by an independent third-party actuary. To limit exposure to some risks, the Company maintains additional insurance coverage with varying limits and retentions. The Company cannot predict whether this insurance will be adequate to cover all potential hazards incidental to its business. Reserves are periodically reviewed and adjusted as necessary as experience develops or new information becomes known. However, ultimate results may differ from the Company’s estimates, which could result in losses over the Company’s reserved amounts.

Loss Contingencies

The Company is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations, and proceedings that arise in connection with its business. Certain of these matters include speculative claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts of damages. The Company records a liability in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets when the Company believes that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount or range can be reasonably estimated. The Company discloses material contingencies when it believes that a loss is not probable but reasonably possible. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. The Company reviews these provisions on a quarterly basis and adjusts these provisions accordingly to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information.

Sales and Indirect Taxes

The Company records sales and indirect tax liabilities when they become probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Sales and indirect tax liabilities are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale marketable securities. The financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated from their functional currency, which is typically the local currency, into U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities are translated at period end rates of exchange, and revenue and expenses are translated using average monthly exchange rates. The resulting gain or loss is included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the consolidated balance sheets.

Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of stock options is recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is typically four years. The fair value of RSUs is estimated based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The Company grants RSUs that vest upon the satisfaction of both a service-based vesting condition, which is typically four years, and a liquidity event-related performance vesting condition. See Note 12 for more information about the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition. The fair

 

F-15


Table of Contents

value of RSUs with a liquidity event-related performance vesting condition is recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period, using the accelerated attribution method, once the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition becomes probable of being achieved. In the period in which the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition becomes probable of being achieved, the Company will record cumulative stock-based compensation expense for those RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition has been satisfied. Stock-based compensation related to the remaining service-based period after the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition is satisfied will be recorded over the remaining requisite service period. The Company records forfeitures when they occur.

The Black-Scholes model considers several variables and assumptions in estimating the fair value of stock-based awards. These variables include:

 

   

per share fair value of the underlying common stock;

 

   

exercise price;

 

   

expected term;

 

   

risk-free interest rate;

 

   

expected stock price volatility over the expected term; and

 

   

expected annual dividend yield.

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options and RSUs has historically been determined by the Company’s board of directors as there is no public market for the underlying common stock. The Company’s board of directors determines the fair value of the Company’s common stock by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including: contemporaneous third-party valuations of its common stock, the valuation of comparable companies, sales of the Company’s common and redeemable convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arms-length transactions, the Company’s operating and financial performance, the lack of marketability, and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors.

For all stock options granted, the Company calculated the expected term using the simplified method for “plain vanilla” stock option awards. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the stock-based award. The Company’s common stock is not publicly traded, and therefore, the Company used the historical volatility of the stock price of similar publicly traded peer companies. The Company utilized a dividend yield of zero, as it had no history or plan of declaring dividends on its common stock.

Provision for Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. These differences are measured using the enacted statutory tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which differences are expected to reverse. The Company recognizes the effect on deferred income taxes of a change in tax rates in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the net amount that it believes is more-likely-than-not to be realized. Management considers all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income, and ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The Company operates in various tax jurisdictions and is subject to audit by tax authorities. The Company recognizes the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position is sustainable upon examination by the taxing authority, based on the technical merits. The tax benefit recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit which is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement with the taxing authority. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes.

Fair Value

The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis based on an expected exit price, which represents the amount that would be received on the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value may be based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The authoritative guidance on fair value measurements establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis, whereby inputs used in valuation techniques, are assigned a hierarchical level. The following are the hierarchical levels of inputs to measure fair value:

 

Level 1

Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

Level 2

Inputs reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities; or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

 

Level 3

Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonably available.

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. The carrying value of the Company’s convertible promissory notes entered into in February 2020, which are recorded at amortized cost, approximates fair value as the stated interest rate approximates market rates for similar loans.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company’s cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities, funds held at payment processors, and accounts receivable are potentially subject to concentration of credit risk. Although the Company deposits its cash with multiple financial institutions, the deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that the institutions are financially stable and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists. The Company limits purchases of debt securities to investment-grade securities. The Company has not experienced any significant credit losses historically.

The Company relies on a limited number of third parties to provide payment processing services (“payment processors”) and collect amounts due from end-users. Payment processors are financial institutions or credit card companies that the Company believes are of high credit quality. The Company retains the risk of collecting such amounts from the payment processor, which are included in funds held at payment processors for the unsettled portion at each period end. The portion of the payments to be remitted to Dashers and merchants is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. Although the Company pre-authorizes forms of payment to mitigate its exposure, the Company absorbs all credit card losses.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Accounts receivable, net primarily represents receivables from merchants that were generated through the Company’s Drive offering. As of December 31, 2018, three customers individually accounted for 31%, 24%, and 18% of accounts receivable, net, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, two customers individually accounted for 26% and 11% of accounts receivable, net, respectively. As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), three customers individually accounted for 14%, 12%, and 11% of accounts receivable, net, respectively. No customer accounted for 10% or more of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited).

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with its Customers. The Company generates a substantial majority of its revenue from orders completed through the DoorDash Marketplace and the related commissions charged to partner merchants and fees charged to consumers. A partner merchant represents a merchant that has entered into a contractual agreement with DoorDash. Revenue from the DoorDash Marketplace is recognized at the point in time when the consumer obtains control of the merchant’s products. The Company also generates revenue from membership fees paid by consumers for DashPass, which is recognized as part of the DoorDash Marketplace. Revenue generated from the Company’s DashPass subscriptions is recognized on a ratable basis over the contractual period, which is generally one month to one year depending on the type of subscription purchased by the consumer. In addition, the Company also generates revenue from its Drive offering by collecting per-order fees from merchants that use its local logistics platform to arrange for delivery services that fulfill demand generated through their own channels. Revenue from Drive is recognized at the point in time when the consumer obtains control of the merchant’s products.

When determining the appropriate accounting for the fees collected in exchange for the use of the Company’s local logistics platform, the Company considered its contractual arrangements with the parties involved as well as its customary business practices. Under the Company’s agreements with partner merchants, the Company agrees to a commission to be earned as a percentage of the total dollar value of goods ordered. When a consumer signs up to use the Company’s local logistics platform, the consumer agrees to be charged certain fees, at the time an order is placed, in exchange for use of the platform. The Company has concluded that a contract exists between the Company and a partner merchant when the partner merchant accepts each consumer’s order, and a contract exists between the Company and a consumer when the consumer places the order and requests delivery services. The duration of a contract is typically equal to the time between when the order is placed and a Dasher picks up the food from the merchant. Contracts including variable consideration with partner merchants were not material for the periods presented.

The Company’s local logistics platform facilitates orders between consumers and partner merchants. Separately, the Company’s platform arranges for consumers to obtain delivery service from Dashers. The Company has determined that the order facilitation service and delivery facilitation service are distinct performance obligations and has therefore considered whether it is a principal or agent separately for each of these items. The order facilitation service and the delivery facilitation service are distinct given that the consumer can benefit from each item separately. Further, the order facilitation service and delivery facilitation service are separately identifiable as the nature of the promises are to transfer the order facilitation service and delivery facilitation service individually, rather than as a combined item.

Principal vs. Agent Considerations

Judgment is required in determining whether the Company is the principal or the agent in transactions with partner merchants, consumers, and Dashers. As it relates to the accounting for the order and

 

F-18


Table of Contents

delivery service promises, the Company evaluated whether to present revenue on a gross versus net basis based on whether it controls each specified good or service before it is provided to the consumer in DoorDash Marketplace transactions.

With respect to order facilitation services, the Company has determined it is an agent for partner merchants in facilitating the sale of products to the consumer through the DoorDash Marketplace. The consumer accesses the Company’s local logistics platform to identify merchants and places an order for merchants’ products. These orders are picked up from partner merchants and delivered to consumers by Dashers. The Company does not control the products prior to them being transferred to the consumer as it neither has the ability to redirect the products to another consumer nor does it obtain any economic benefit from the products.

With respect to delivery facilitation services, the Company has determined it is acting as an agent for the consumer in facilitating the delivery of products by connecting consumers with Dashers. As the Company’s role with the delivery facilitation service is only to arrange for a delivery opportunity to be offered to prospective Dashers, it does not control how the delivery service is ultimately provided to the consumer.

As the Company is an agent in facilitating the sale of products and delivery services, the Company reports revenue on a net basis, reflecting amounts collected from consumers, less amounts remitted to merchants and Dashers. Dasher payout represents the amounts paid to Dashers for deliveries, including incentives and tips, except for certain referral bonuses. From time to time, Dashers may request an earlier payment settlement in exchange for a reduction in Dasher payout. The amounts payable to merchants and Dashers are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets as payments are typically settled on a weekly basis.

The Company recognizes revenue from both partner merchants and consumers for each successfully completed transaction. The Company satisfies its performance obligations to a partner merchant when there is a successful sale of the merchant’s products and meets its performance obligation to a consumer once the Dasher has picked up the products from the merchant for delivery to the consumer.

Refunds and Credits

From time to time the Company issues credits or refunds to merchants and consumers to ameliorate issues that may arise with orders. The Company accounts for such refunds as variable consideration and therefore records the amount of each refund or credit issued as a reduction of revenue.

Incentive Programs

The Company offers incentives to attract consumers and Dashers to use its local logistics platform. Consumers typically receive credits or discounted delivery fees while Dashers typically receive cash incentives. Each of the incentives are described below:

Consumer Promotions

The Company uses promotions in tandem with sales and marketing spend to attract new consumers to its platform. Promotions offered to consumers are primarily recorded as a reduction of revenue and include the following:

New consumer incentives: The Company records discounts and incentives provided to new consumers as a promotion and reduces revenue on the date that the corresponding revenue transaction is recorded.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Consumer referrals: The Company offers referral credits to its existing consumers for referrals of new consumers. These referral credits are paid in exchange for a distinct marketing service and therefore the portion of these credits that is equal to or less than the fair value of acquiring a new consumer are accounted for as a consumer acquisition cost. These new consumer acquisition costs are expensed as incurred and reflected as sales and marketing expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The portion of these credits in excess of the fair value of acquiring a new consumer is accounted for as a reduction of revenue.

Existing consumer incentives: On occasion, the Company offers promotional discounts to existing consumers. The Company records incentives provided to existing consumers as a promotion and reduces revenue on the date that the corresponding revenue transaction is recorded.

Dasher Incentives and Referrals

The Company offers various incentives to Dashers, which are primarily recorded within Dasher payout and reduce revenue. These are offered in various forms and include:

Peak pay: The Company makes additional payments to Dashers to incentivize them to accept delivery opportunities during peak demand time.

Dasher referrals: The Company offers referral bonuses to referring Dashers, as well as to referred Dashers, once the new Dasher has met certain qualifying conditions. The Company expenses the fair value of payments made to the referring Dashers as incurred in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, since the marketing of the Company’s platform to acquire new Dashers represents a distinct benefit to the Company. The portion of these referral bonuses in excess of the fair value of payments made to the referring Dashers is accounted for as a reduction of revenue. Payments made to the referred Dashers are recorded within Dasher payout and reduce revenue at the time the corresponding revenue transaction is recorded.

Cost of Revenue, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenue primarily consists of (i) order management costs, which include payment processing charges, net of rebates issued from payment processors, costs associated with cancelled orders, costs related to placing orders with non-partner merchants, and insurance expenses, (ii) platform costs, which include costs for onboarding merchants and Dashers, costs for providing support for consumers, merchants, and Dashers, and technology platform infrastructure costs, and (iii) personnel costs, which include personnel-related compensation expenses related to the Company’s local operations, support, and other teams, and allocated overhead. Personnel-related compensation expenses primarily include salary, bonus, benefits, and stock-based compensation expense. Allocated overhead is determined based on an allocation of shared costs, such as facilities (including rent and utilities) and information technology costs, among all departments based on employee headcount. As such, allocated shared costs are reflected in each of the expense categories.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of advertising and other ancillary expenses related to merchant, consumer, and Dasher acquisition, including certain consumer referral credits and Dasher referral fees paid to the referrers to the extent they represent fair value of acquiring a new consumer or a new Dasher, brand marketing expenses, personnel-related compensation expenses for sales and marketing employees, and commissions expense including amortization of deferred contract costs, as well as allocated overhead. Advertising expenses were $81 million and $446 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $340 million and $456 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related compensation expenses related to data analytics and the design of, product development of, and improvements to the Company’s platform, as well as expenses associated with the licensing of third-party software and allocated overhead.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of legal, tax, and regulatory expenses, which include litigation settlement expenses and sales and indirect taxes, personnel-related compensation expenses related to administrative employees, which include finance and accounting, human resources and legal, chargebacks associated with fraudulent credit card transactions, professional services fees, acquisition-related expenses, and allocated overhead.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expenses primarily consist of depreciation and amortization expenses associated with the Company’s property and equipment and intangible assets. Depreciation includes expenses associated with equipment for merchants, including equipment for merchants under finance leases, computer equipment and software, office equipment, and leasehold improvements. Amortization includes expenses associated with the Company’s capitalized software and website development costs, as well as acquired intangible assets. Depreciation and amortization are excluded from cost of revenue and operating expenses.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The Company follows the two-class method when computing net loss per common share when shares are issued that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per common share for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income (loss) available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income (loss) for the period had been distributed. The holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock would be entitled to dividends in preference to common stockholders, at specified rates, if declared. Such dividends are not cumulative. Any remaining earnings would be distributed among the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock pro rata on an as-converted basis. These holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are not contractually obligated to participate in the Company’s losses.

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, less shares subject to repurchase. The diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For periods in which the Company reports net losses, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share, because all potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, which consist of direct incremental legal, consulting, accounting, and other fees relating to the anticipated sale of the Company’s common stock in the IPO, are capitalized and will be recorded as a reduction of proceeds from the offering upon the consummation of the offering. As of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), there were zero, $5 million, and $11 million of deferred offering costs, respectively, included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

Leases

The Company applies the guidance in Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASC 842”). The Company adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective transition method and used the effective date as the date of initial application. Consequently, financial information is not updated and the disclosures required under ASC 842 are not provided for dates and periods before January 1, 2019. The Company elected the package of practical expedients available in the leasing transition guidance, and therefore did not reassess whether existing or expired contracts contain leases, lease classification, or initial direct costs. Additionally, the Company has elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of the Company’s leases. The Company also has elected the short-term lease exception for all classes of assets, and therefore does not apply the recognition requirements for leases of 12 months or less. Expense related to short-term leases is recognized either straight-line over the lease term or as incurred depending on whether the lease payments are fixed or variable. Variable lease payments were not material for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited). The Company did not utilize the practical expedient allowing the use of hindsight in determining the lease term and in assessing impairment of its operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets.

The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception. A contract is or contains a lease if it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company’s classes of assets that are leased include real estate leases and equipment leases. Operating leases consist of real estate leases and are included in operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Finance leases consist of equipment leases and are included in property and equipment, net, other current liabilities, and other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s real estate leases are for an initial period between one and 15 years, and typically include renewal options, the election of which is at the option of the Company. The Company includes renewal options in the measurement of lease liabilities only to the extent the option is reasonably certain to be exercised. For leases that provide the option to terminate, the lease term includes periods covered by such options to the extent the Company is reasonably certain not to exercise the option.

The Company subleases certain portions of buildings subject to operating leases. The terms and conditions of the subleases are commensurate with the terms and conditions within the original operating leases. The term of the subleases generally range from four to five years, payments are fixed within the contracts, and there are no residual value guarantees or other restrictions or covenants in the leases.

When the discount rate implicit in the lease cannot be readily determined, the Company uses the applicable incremental borrowing rate at lease commencement in order to discount lease payments to present value for purposes of performing lease classification tests and measuring the lease liability. The incremental borrowing rate represents the rate of interest the Company would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. Because the Company does not generally borrow on a collateralized basis, it uses a derived unsecured synthetic credit rating adjusted for collateralization, current available yield curves, and the lease term as inputs to derive an appropriate incremental borrowing rate.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASC 842, which along with subsequent amendments, supersedes the lease accounting requirements in ASC 840, Leases. The new guidance requires a lessee to

 

F-22


Table of Contents

recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities arising from operating and financing leases on the consolidated balance sheets and to disclose key information about leasing arrangements. Upon adoption of the new leasing standard on January 1, 2019, the Company recognized operating lease ROU assets of $41 million and operating lease liabilities of $42 million, and derecognized $1 million of deferred rent previously recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s adoption of the new leasing standard did not impact cumulative expense recognized related to leases existing as of the adoption date. Accordingly, no adjustments were made to the opening balance of accumulated deficit as of the adoption date.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13 “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. The new guidance amended guidance on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost basis and available for sale debt securities. For available for sale debt securities, credit losses will be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down. For public business entities that are U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) filers, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other public business entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. The Company plans to adopt this standard on January 1, 2021. The Company does not believe that the new guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

3. Revenue

The following tables present the Company’s revenue disaggregated by offering and by geographical region.

Revenue by offering was as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Core business

   $ 282      $ 876      $ 578      $ 1,916  

Other revenue

     9        9        9         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 291      $ 885      $ 587      $ 1,916  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Core business is primarily comprised of Marketplace, which includes Pickup and DoorDash for Work, and Drive.

Revenue by geographic area is determined based on the address of the merchant, or in the case of DashPass, the address of the consumer. Revenue by geographic area was as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

United States

   $ 282      $ 877      $ 579      $ 1,912  

International

     9        8        8        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 291      $ 885      $ 587      $ 1,916  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Contract Liabilities

The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to or collections from customers. The Company’s contract liabilities balance, which is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, is primarily comprised of certain consumer credits, prepayments received from consumers for DashPass subscriptions, as well as other transactions for which the revenue is recognized over time. The contract liabilities balance was $3 million and $13 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $55 million as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

Deferred Contract Costs

Deferred contract costs represent direct and incremental costs incurred to acquire or fulfill the Company’s contracts, consisting of sales commissions and costs related to merchant onboarding, which the Company expects to recover. Deferred contract costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit, which the Company determined by considering historical attrition rates and other factors. Deferred contract costs are recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of deferred contract costs related to sales commissions is recognized in sales and marketing expense and amortization of deferred contract costs related to merchant onboarding is recognized in cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of operations. A summary of activities related to deferred contract costs is as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $ 2      $ 6      $ 6      $ 21  

Capitalization of deferred contract costs

     5        19        14        21  

Amortization of deferred contract costs

     (1      (4      (2      (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 6      $ 21      $ 18      $ 36  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred contract costs, current

   $ 2      $ 4      $ 4      $ 11  

Deferred contract costs, non-current

     4        17        14        25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred contract costs

   $ 6      $ 21      $ 18      $ 36  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Acquisitions

Caviar Acquisition

On October 31, 2019, the Company acquired Caviar in an effort to help grow its business, advance its strategy of offering consumers differentiated merchant selection, and enable the Company to cater to even more food preferences and occasions. The acquisition has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred was $411 million, which consisted of $311 million in cash, including $1 million in seller transaction costs settled at closing, and $100 million of the Company’s Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock. The Company’s acquisition-related costs were $5 million and all costs were recorded as general and administrative expenses on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations during the period in which they were incurred.

The total purchase consideration of the Caviar acquisition was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, based upon their respective fair values as of the date of the acquisition. Management determined the fair values based on a number of factors, including a valuation from an independent third-party valuation firm. The excess of the purchase price over the net assets

 

F-24


Table of Contents

acquired was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is attributable to the assembled workforce and anticipated synergies from the future growth and strategic advantages in the food delivery industry. The goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition of Caviar is deductible for tax purposes.

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in millions):

 

     October 31, 2019  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 4  

Intangible assets

     106  

Goodwill

     305  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (3

Other liabilities

     (1
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 411  
  

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired (in millions) and their estimated useful lives as of the date of acquisition (in years):

 

     Estimated
Useful
Life
     October 31, 2019  

Existing technology

     1.5      $ 45  

Vendor relationships

     13.0        45  

Courier relationships

     1.5        1  

Customer relationships

     3.0        9  

Trade name and trademarks

     3.0        6  
     

 

 

 

Total acquired intangible assets

      $ 106  
     

 

 

 

Existing technology acquired primarily consists of Caviar’s online and mobile platform for restaurant pickup and delivery orders. The estimated fair value of the existing technology and vendor relationships was determined based on the present value of the expected cash flows to be generated by each existing technology and existing vendor respectively. The Company expects to amortize the fair value of these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives.

Included within the prepaid expenses and other current assets acquired is an indemnification asset of $3 million, which relates to a corresponding assumed liability of $3 million related to a probable and estimable legal settlement for which Square, Inc. has provided an indemnification to the Company.

The amount of revenue from Caviar included in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $15 million.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The following unaudited pro forma results presents the combined revenue and net loss as if the Caviar acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2018, the beginning of the comparable annual reporting period. The unaudited pro forma information is based on estimates and assumptions which the Company believes are reasonable and primarily reflects adjustments for the pro forma impact of additional amortization related to the fair value of acquired intangible assets and transaction costs. The unaudited pro forma results are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations of the combined company would have been if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, nor are they indicative of future results of operations. The unaudited pro forma results are as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018      2019  

Revenue

   $ 361      $ 971  

Net loss

     (291      (726

Scotty Labs Acquisition

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of Scotty Labs, Inc., which was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred was $5 million. The total purchase consideration was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, which primarily consisted of $4 million of intangible assets. The identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted entirely of existing technology, which has an estimated remaining useful life of 2 years as of December 31, 2019. Additionally, the Company recorded $1 million of goodwill, which represented the excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired.

The acquisition is not material to the Company for the periods presented, and therefore, pro forma information has not been presented.

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the periods presented were as follows (in millions):

 

     Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2018

   $  

Acquisitions

     306  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

   $ 306  
  

 

 

 

There was no impairment for the periods presented. See Note 4 for further details of goodwill recorded.

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following as of December 31, 2019 (in millions):

 

    Weighted-average
Remaining Useful
Life (in years)
    Gross Carrying
Value
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Value
 

Existing technology

    1.4     $ 49     $ (6   $ 43  

Vendor relationships

    12.8       45       (1     44  

Courier relationships

    1.3       1             1  

Customer relationships

    2.8       9             9  

Trade name and trademarks

    2.8       6             6  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

    $ 110     $ (7   $ 103  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following as of September 30, 2020 (in millions):

 

    Weighted-average
Remaining Useful
Life (in years)
    Gross Carrying
Value
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Value
 
    (unaudited)  

Existing technology

    0.1     $ 49     $ (43   $ 6  

Vendor relationships

    12.1       45       (3     42  

Courier relationships

    0.6       1             1  

Customer relationships

    2.1       9       (3     6  

Trade name and trademarks

    2.1       6       (2     4  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2020

    $ 110     $ (51   $ 59  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a result of the Company’s progress of integrating Caviar into its existing technology platform, the Company evaluated the remaining useful life of existing technology in February 2020 and determined there was a change in the estimated useful life of this asset that would require an acceleration of the amortization expense. The useful life of Caviar existing technology was reduced to 0.7 years at the time of the change in estimate, resulting in additional amortization expense of $13 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

Amortization expense associated with intangible assets was zero, $7 million, zero, and $44 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), respectively.

The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 was as follows (in millions):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amortization
Expense
 

2020

   $ 41  

2021

     20  

2022

     8  

2023

     4  

2024

     3  

2025 and thereafter

     27  
  

 

 

 

Total estimated future amortization expense

   $ 103  
  

 

 

 

The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited) was as follows (in millions):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amortization
Expense
 

Remainder of 2020

   $ 7  

2021

     10  

2022

     8  

2023

     4  

2024

     3  

Thereafter

     27  
  

 

 

 

Total estimated future amortization expense

   $ 59  
  

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

6. Fair Value Measurements

The following tables set forth the Company’s financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy (in millions):

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash equivalents

           

Commercial paper

   $      $ 9             $ 9  

Short-term marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

            64               64  

Corporate bonds

            125               125  

U.S. government agency securities

            9               9  

U.S. Treasury securities

            57               57  

Long-term marketable securities

           

Corporate bonds

            79               79  

U.S. government agency securities

            7               7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $      $ 350      $      $ 350  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash equivalents

           

Corporate bonds

   $      $ 2      $      $ 2  

Short-term marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

            8               8  

Corporate bonds

            110               110  

U.S. government agency securities

            43               43  

U.S. Treasury securities

            347               347  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $      $ 510      $      $ 510  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     September 30, 2020  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (unaudited)  

Cash equivalents

           

Money market funds

   $ 2      $      $      $ 2  

Short-term marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

            63               63  

Corporate bonds

            63               63  

U.S. government agency securities

            30               30  

U.S. Treasury securities

            359               359  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2      $ 515      $      $ 517  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the Company’s Level 1 financial instruments is based on quoted market prices for identical instruments in active markets. The fair value of the Company’s Level 2 fixed income securities is obtained from an independent pricing service, which may use quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments in less active markets or model driven valuations using observable market data or inputs corroborated by observable market data. The forward contract that was entered into and settled during the year ended December 31, 2019 was a Level 3 financial instrument. See Note 11 for more information regarding the forward contract.

There were no Level 3 assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

 

F-28


Table of Contents

7. Balance Sheet Components

Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

The following tables summarize the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gain, gross unrealized loss, and fair value of the Company’s cash equivalents and marketable securities (in millions):

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized      Estimated
Fair
Value
 
     Gains      Losses  

Cash equivalents

           

Commercial paper

   $ 10      $      $ (1    $ 9  

Short-term marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

     64                      64  

Corporate bonds

     125                      125  

U.S. government agency securities

     9                      9  

U.S. Treasury securities

     57                      57  

Long-term marketable securities

           

Corporate bonds

     79                      79  

U.S. government agency securities

     7                      7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 351      $      $ (1    $ 350  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized      Estimated
Fair
Value
 
     Gains      Losses  

Cash equivalents

           

Corporate bonds

   $ 1      $ 1      $      $ 2  

Short-term marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

     8                      8  

Corporate bonds

     110                      110  

U.S. government agency securities

     43                      43  

U.S. Treasury securities

     347                      347  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 509      $ 1      $      $ 510  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     September 30, 2020  
     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized      Estimated
Fair
Value
 
     Gains      Losses  
     (unaudited)  

Cash equivalents

           

Money market funds

   $ 2      $      $      $ 2  

Short-term marketable securities

           

Commercial paper

     63                      63  

Corporate bonds

     62        1               63  

U.S. government agency securities

     30                      30  

U.S. Treasury securities

     359                      359  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 516      $ 1      $      $ 517  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No individual security incurred continuous unrealized losses for greater than twelve months as of December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019, and September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     December 31,
2018
     December 31,
2019
     September 30,
2020
 
                   (unaudited)  

Equipment for merchants

   $ 18      $ 55      $ 94  

Computer equipment and software

     4        12        17  

Capitalized software and website development costs

     10        25        63  

Leasehold improvements

     1        31        45  

Office equipment

     2        7        10  

Construction in progress

            10        33  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     35        140        262  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (14      (39      (80
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 21      $ 101      $ 182  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included within equipment for merchants was $4 million of assets under finance leases as of both December 31, 2018 and 2019 and zero as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited). Accumulated depreciation of these assets under finance leases totaled $2 million and $4 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively and zero as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

Deprecation expenses were $6 million and $20 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $13 million and $35 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), respectively. Depreciation expenses included depreciation expense on finance leases of $2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019. Depreciation expense on finance leases was not material for the nine months September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited).

The Company capitalized $4 million and $15 million in capitalized software and website development costs during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $8 million and $38 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), respectively. Capitalized software and website development costs are included in property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of capitalized software and website development costs was $3 million and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and was $3 million and $10 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), respectively.

Construction in progress primarily included leasehold improvements on premises that are not ready for use and equipment for merchants that are not placed in service.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     December 31,
2018
     December 31,
2019
     September 30,
2020
 
                   (unaudited)  

Litigation reserves

   $ 4      $ 99      $ 161  

Sales tax payable and accrued sales and indirect taxes

     16        51        111  

Accrued operations related expenses

     19        40        104  

Accrued advertising

     5        24        104  

Dasher and merchant payable

     1        27        99  

Credits issued to consumers

     8        19        30  

Insurance reserves

     8        15        37  

Unearned revenue

            8        48  

Other

     14        62        98  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 75      $ 345      $ 792  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. Leases

The Company leases its facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements which expire between 2020 and 2035. Certain of these arrangements have free rent, escalating rent payment provisions, lease renewal options, and tenant allowances. Under such arrangements, the Company recognizes a ROU asset and lease liability on the consolidated balance sheets. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the non-cancelable lease term. The Company also leased equipment for merchants under finance lease agreements and such assets were recorded within property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets. Most of the Company’s leases are operating leases, and activities related to finance leases were not material for the periods presented.

Rent expense, net of sublease income, was $10 million and $29 million during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $19 million and $34 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), respectively.

In June 2019, the Company subleased its previous headquarters office space to another company (the “Sublessee”). The sublease required Sublessee to pay 100% of any rent and other related expenses due and payable under the existing lease with the landlord (the “Head Lease”), however the Company was not relieved from its legal obligation to the landlord under the Head Lease. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2019 an operating lease liability and an operating lease ROU asset was reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets related to the Head Lease. Prior to April 2020, all payments due and payable by Sublessee were made timely.

In early April 2020, as a result of a disruption to Sublessee’s business due to the COVID-19 pandemic, Sublessee informed the Company that it would not be making any future monthly rent payment. Accordingly, the Company ceased recognizing sublease income beginning in April 2020, and further determined that an impairment existed and recognized an initial impairment charge of $6 million. The Company reassessed the fair value of the ROU asset as of September 30, 2020 and recorded an additional impairment charge of $5 million, reducing the carrying value of the ROU asset to its estimated fair value and resulting in total impairment charges of $11 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited). Fair value of the ROU asset was estimated using an income-approach based on forecasted future cash flows expected to be derived from the property based on current sublease market rent. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was continuing its efforts to obtain a subtenant for this space.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The components of lease costs related to the Company’s operating leases included in the consolidated statements of operations for the periods presented were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2019
     Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
 
     2019      2020  
            (unaudited)  

Operating lease cost

   $ 22      $ 14      $ 30  

Short-term lease cost

     10        7        9  

Sublease income

     (3      (2      (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease cost

   $ 29      $ 19      $ 34  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lease terms and discount rates for operating leases were as follows:

 

     December 31,
2019
    September 30,
2020
 
           (unaudited)  

Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)

     10.2       10.9  

Weighted-average discount rate

     7.12     8.06

Supplemental cash flow and non-cash information was as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2019
     Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
 
    

2019

     2020  
            (unaudited)  

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

        

Operating cash flows for operating leases

   $ 12      $ 8      $ 22  

Financing cash flows for finance leases

   $ 1      $ 1      $  

ROU assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities

        

Operating leases

   $ 137      $ 69      $ 65  

As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company had entered into long term non-cancelable real estate lease contracts of $246 million and $119 million, respectively, for which leases have not yet commenced. Such leases are not included in the operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2019, the future minimum lease payments required under operating leases were as follows (in millions):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2020

   $         27  

2021

     35  

2022

     41  

2023

     42  

2024

     42  

2025 and thereafter

     357  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

     544  

Less: Lease not commenced

     (246

Less: Imputed interest

     (85

Less: Tenant improvement receivable

     (29
  

 

 

 

Present value of future minimum lease payments

   $ 184  
  

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2020, the future minimum lease payments required under operating leases were as follows (in millions):

 

Year Ending December 31,    Amount  
     (unaudited)  

Remainder of 2020

   $ 7  

2021

     37  

2022

     44  

2023

     45  

2024

     44  

Thereafter

     360  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

     537  

Less: Lease not commenced

     (119

Less: Imputed interest

     (149

Less: Tenant improvement receivable

     (18
  

 

 

 

Present value of future minimum lease payments

   $ 251  
  

 

 

 

Prior to the adoption of ASC 842, future minimum lease payments required under operating leases as of December 31, 2018 were as follows (in millions):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2019

   $ 13  

2020

     22  

2021

     25  

2022

     25  

2023

     24  

2024 and thereafter

     172  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $     281  
  

 

 

 

Future minimum sublease income as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited) is not material.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

9. Promissory Notes

2017 Convertible Promissory Notes

In September and December 2017, the Company entered into Note Purchase Agreements pursuant to which the Company issued convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $60 million (the “Notes”) to two existing investors and one new investor. The Notes accrued interest at the rate of 1.29% per annum. The Notes could be redeemed or converted into redeemable convertible preferred stock upon either, (i) a change in control, or (ii) an equity financing of at least $50 million. The Notes could also be accelerated upon the occurrence of a customary event of default. In 2018, the Company issued Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, thereby satisfying the Notes’ conversion condition. As a result, the outstanding principal and accrued interest of $60 million converted into a total of 11,752,210 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Promissory Note Issued to Not-for-Profit Organization

In October 2019, the Company entered into a $30 million promissory note (the “Promissory Note”) with a third-party not-for-profit organization to support a 2020 ballot initiative in California. The Promissory Note does not bear interest, and the Company has rights to demand repayment to the extent such funds have not been spent by the not-for-profit organization. The Promissory Note, less any amounts spent, is payable to the Company upon the earlier of (i) the Company demanding a repayment or (ii) by December 31, 2020. The Company initially recorded the Promissory Note as a prepaid expense and other current asset on the consolidated balance sheet and the Company’s portion of amounts spent by the not-for-profit organization are recorded as general and administrative expenses as the funds are spent. As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the carrying value of the Promissory Note was $29 million and $7 million, respectively, and was recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company recorded $1 million and $22 million, respectively, in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

2020 Convertible Promissory Notes (unaudited)

In February 2020, the Company issued convertible notes for an aggregate principal amount of $340 million with an initial maturity date in March 2025 (the “2020 Notes”). The Company received net proceeds of $333 million, net of $2 million in debt issuance costs, reflecting an original issue discount on the principal of $5 million. The interest rate is 10.00% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. At the election of the Company, interest is to be paid in cash or by increasing the principal amount of the 2020 Notes by payment-in-kind. The 2020 Notes will be automatically converted upon the later of (i) the one-year anniversary of the issuance date of the 2020 Notes and (ii) the trading day that is the tenth trading day immediately following the date of a Qualified Public Company Event ((i) and (ii), in either case, the “initial conversion date”). A Qualified Public Company Event for purposes of the 2020 Notes means any transaction, including a direct listing or an initial public offering, that (a) results in the Company’s common stock being registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or the Nasdaq Global Market and (b) in connection with a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering with net proceeds of at least $100 million. If, following a Qualified Public Company Event, the conversion reference price for the 2020 Notes implies a market capitalization for the Company that is less than $10 billion, the 2020 Notes will automatically convert into a new non-convertible note bearing identical terms to the 2020 Notes (other than with respect to conversion), which is prepayable without penalty at the Company’s option at any time. For purposes of the 2020 Notes, the “conversion reference price” means the arithmetic average of the daily volume-weighted average price of the Company’s common stock for the ten trading days immediately prior to the initial conversion date. If, following a Qualified

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Public Company Event, the conversion reference price for the 2020 Notes implies a market capitalization for the Company greater than $10 billion, the 2020 Notes will automatically convert into shares of the Company’s common stock over a 40-trading day period based on the daily volume-weighted average price per share of the Company’s common stock during such period; provided, the Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to deliver cash in lieu of shares of common stock in connection with such conversion.

As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the 2020 Notes had a carrying value of $355 million on the consolidated balance sheets, consisting of the unpaid principal balance of $340 million, plus unpaid accrued payment-in-kind interest of $21 million, net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $1 million and unamortized original issue discount of $5 million. The Company amortizes the debt issuance costs and the original issue discount over the period until the initial maturity date of the 2020 Notes. Amortization of debt issuance costs and the original issue discount were not material for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may be a party to litigation and subject to claims incidental to its business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company currently believes that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on the Company because of judgment, defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. At each reporting period, the Company evaluates whether or not a potential loss amount or a potential range of loss is probable and reasonably estimable, requiring recognition of a loss accrual, or whether the potential loss is reasonably possible, requiring potential disclosure. Legal fees are expensed as incurred.

The Company has been and continues to be involved in numerous legal proceedings related to Dasher classification, and such proceedings have increased in volume since the California Supreme Court’s 2018 ruling in Dynamex Operations West, Inc. v. Superior Court (“Dynamex”). The California Legislature passed legislation (“AB 5”), that was signed into law in September 2019 and became effective on January 1, 2020. AB 5 codified the Dynamex standard regarding contractor classification, expanded its application and created numerous carve-outs, which may have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations, and may lead to increased legal proceedings and related expenses and may require the Company to significantly alter its existing business model and operations. Further, an increasing number of jurisdictions are considering implementing standards similar to the test set forth in Dynamex to determine worker classification.

On November 19, 2019, the District of Columbia filed an action in the Superior Court of the District of Columbia alleging violations of the District of Columbia’s Consumer Protection Procedures Act with respect to the Company’s Dasher pay model that was in effect from approximately September 2017 through September 2019. The Company recorded a $3 million expense in the consolidated statements of operations within general and administrative expense during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 for this loss contingency that became probable and reasonably estimable.

The Company is currently the subject of regulatory and administrative investigations, audits, and inquiries conducted by federal, state, or local governmental agencies concerning the Company’s business practices, the classification and compensation of delivery providers, the Dasher pay model, and other matters.

In October 2019, the Company made an offer, and in December 2019 it filed a settlement agreement, of $40 million with the representatives of Dashers that had filed actions in the States of California and

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Massachusetts in order to settle claims under the Private Attorney General Act and class action claims alleging worker misclassification of Dashers against the Company. These actions were filed by and on behalf of Massachusetts Dashers that utilized the DoorDash platform since September 2014 and California Dashers that utilized the DoorDash platform since August 2016. On June 8, 2020, the Company entered into an amended settlement agreement to increase the total amount to be paid by the Company from $40 million to $41 million. In October 2020, the Company entered into an amended settlement agreement to increase the total amount to be paid by the Company from $41 million to $89 million.

In March 2020, the Company reached an agreement to resolve worker misclassification claims associated with certain Dashers and Caviar delivery providers who have entered into arbitration agreements with the Company. Under the agreement, certain Dashers and Caviar delivery providers are eligible for settlement payments, subject to a threshold number of the covered individuals entering into individual settlement agreements. The Company anticipates that the aggregate amount of payments to Dashers and Caviar delivery providers under these individual settlement agreements, including attorneys’ fees, will be approximately $70 million.

In July 2020, the Company transferred $69 million into an escrow account pursuant to a settlement agreement related to certain worker misclassification claims. The settlement amount will be released and paid to claimants and claimants’ attorneys if a minimum number of claimants agree to release their claims against the Company by the date specified within the settlement agreement. If the minimum number of claimants specified in the settlement agreement is not met, the settlement agreement will be cancelled and the full amount will be returned to the Company.

In July and August 2020, the Company reached additional agreements to resolve worker misclassification claims associated with certain Dashers and Caviar delivery providers who have entered into arbitration agreements with the Company. Under these agreements, certain Dashers and Caviar delivery providers are eligible for settlement payments, subject to a threshold number of the covered individuals entering into individual settlement agreements. The Company anticipates that the aggregate amount of payments to Dashers and Caviar delivery providers under these individual settlement agreements, including attorneys’ fees, will be approximately $16 million.

The Company recorded the impact of these worker misclassification settlements in the respective period in which the claims relate, resulting in general and administrative expense of $11 million and $68 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $59 million and $62 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), respectively.

In June 2020, the San Francisco District Attorney filed an action in the Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco, alleging that the Company misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code and the California Unfair Competition Law, among other allegations. This action is seeking both restitutionary damages and a permanent injunction that would bar the Company from continuing to classify Dashers as independent contractors. In August 2020, the San Francisco District Attorney filed a motion for preliminary injunction that would bar the Company from continuing to classify Dashers in California as independent contractors during the pendency of this case. It is a reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred; however, the possible range of losses is not estimable given the status of the case.

Indemnification

The Company enters into standard indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Company indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent, or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third-party with

 

F-36


Table of Contents

respect to its technology. The terms of these indemnification agreements are generally perpetual any time after the execution of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these agreements is not determinable because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made. The Company has not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements.

The Company has entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of the individual.

No liability associated with such indemnifications was recorded as of December 31, 2018 or 2019 or September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

Non-cancelable Purchase Commitments

The Company has non-cancelable purchase commitments, which primarily relate to the purchase of onboarding, data processing, technology platform infrastructure, and advertising services. These purchase commitments are not recorded as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited) as the Company has not yet received the related services. As of December 31, 2019, the future minimum payments under the Company’s non-cancelable purchase commitments were as follows (in millions):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2020

   $ 35  

2021

     25  

2022

     2  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum payments

   $ 62  
  

 

 

 

Since January 2020, the Company entered into certain non-cancelable arrangements with third-party service providers specializing in onboarding, technology platform infrastructure, and advertising services under which the Company has total purchase commitments of $338 million through July 2024 (unaudited).

As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), there were no other material changes to the Company’s purchase commitments since December 31, 2019.

Bank Commitments and Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had $28 million of letters of credit outstanding, established primarily for real estate leases and insurance policies.

Additionally, in December 2018, the Company entered into a bank service facility and security agreement for a letter of credit of $35 million and a cash management services facility of $3 million. Interest will be charged at the rate applicable at the time of draw. The bank service facility was collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets, excluding intellectual property. As of December 31, 2018, there were no amounts drawn related to these agreements.

In October 2019, the Company terminated the bank service facility and security agreement and cash management services facility that was originally entered into in December 2018, as well as the letters of credit that were outstanding as of December 31, 2018.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Additionally, in October 2019, the Company entered into letters of credit, established primarily for real estate leases and insurance policies. The reimbursement obligations under these letters of credit are secured by cash held in restricted depository accounts. As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company had $30 million and $22 million, respectively, of letters of credit outstanding.

Additionally, in November 2019, the Company entered into a revolving credit and guaranty agreement which provides for a $300 million unsecured revolving credit facility maturing on November 19, 2024. Loans under the credit facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, at (i) a base rate equal to the highest of (A) the prime rate, (B) the higher of the federal funds rate or a composite overnight bank borrowing rate plus 0.50%, or (C) an adjusted LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00%, or (ii) an adjusted LIBOR rate plus a margin equal to 1.00%. The Company is also obligated to pay other customary fees for a credit facility of this size and type, including letter of credit fees, an upfront fee, and an unused commitment fee of 0.10%. The credit agreement contains customary affirmative covenants, such as financial statement reporting requirements and restrictions on the use of proceeds, as well as customary negative covenants that restrict its ability and its subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, declare cash dividends in the entirety or make certain other distributions, merge or consolidate with other companies or sell substantially all of its assets, make investments, loans and acquisitions, and engage in transactions with affiliates.

In August 2020, the Company amended and restated its existing revolving credit and guaranty agreement to provide for $100 million of incremental revolving loan commitments, effective upon consummation of an IPO of the Company’s common stock on or prior to August 7, 2021, for total revolving commitments of $400 million. The amendment and restatement also extended the maturity date for the revolving credit facility from November 19, 2024 to August 7, 2025.

As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company was in compliance with the covenants under the credit agreement. As of December 31, 2019, there were no amounts drawn related to this agreement. As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), no amounts were drawn and the Company had $38 million of issued letters of credit outstanding from the revolving credit and guaranty agreement.

11. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Between March 2018 and May 2018, the Company issued a total of 86,255,750 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at $5.50688 per share for gross proceeds of $475 million. The preferred stock issuance costs were not material. Additionally, as discussed in Note 9, between March 2018 and May 2018, the outstanding Notes were converted into a total of 11,752,210 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In August 2018, the Company issued a total of 18,055,210 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock at $13.84642 per share for gross proceeds of $250 million. The preferred stock issuance costs were not material.

In February 2019, the Company issued a total of 13,736,615 shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at $22.4751 per share for gross proceeds of $309 million. To accommodate the timing of regulatory approvals required by an existing investor (who did not participate in the initial issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock), the Company committed to sell 4,449,370 shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at $22.4751 per share for gross proceeds of $100 million to this investor in a subsequent closing, which ultimately occurred in May 2019. The preferred stock issuance costs were not material. At the date of the initial closing, the Company determined that the commitment to defer the sale of shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to this

 

F-38


Table of Contents

investor represented a freestanding instrument that should be classified as a liability and measured at fair value on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value recognized in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. The initial measurement of the liability at its fair value of $1 million was recorded with a corresponding reduction recognized in additional paid-in capital as a deemed dividend distributed to the investor. Immediately prior to the subsequent closing in May 2019, the fair value of the liability was determined to be $68 million, resulting in an expense of $67 million recorded to other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations which was attributable to the increase in the fair value of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock. Upon the subsequent closing, the carrying amount of the liability was reclassified to mezzanine equity.

The fair value of the liability (valued as a forward contract) at issuance and as of subsequent closing was determined with the following assumptions:

 

     As of
February 22,
2019
    As of
May 14, 2019
 

Current forward price per share

   $ 22.48     $ 37.76  

Contractual forward price per share

   $ 22.48     $ 22.48  

Risk-free rate

     2.46     2.41

Expected years until subsequent closing

     0.23        

Present value of contractual forward price per share

   $ 22.35     $ 22.48  

Value of the forward contract per share

   $ 0.13     $ 15.28  

Number of preferred shares issued in the subsequent closing

     4,449,370       4,449,370  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of forward contract liability (in millions)

   $ 1     $ 68  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In May 2019, the Company entered into a Series G preferred stock purchase agreement pursuant to which it issued a total of 9,304,310 shares of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $37.93942 per share for gross proceeds of $353 million. Additionally, pursuant to the first amendment to the Series G purchase agreement, the Company committed to sell 6,589,450 shares of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock at $37.93942 per share for gross proceeds of $250 million in a subsequent closing. The subsequent closing was completed in July 2019.

Subsequently, in November 2019, the Company issued an additional 2,635,780 shares of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock at $37.93942 per share for gross proceeds of $100 million. An additional 2,635,780 shares of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock was issued in connection with the Caviar acquisition.

In June 2020, the Company entered into a Series H redeemable convertible preferred stock purchase agreement pursuant to which it issued a total of 8,321,395 shares of Series H redeemable convertible preferred stock at $45.9062 per share for gross proceeds of $382 million. The preferred stock issuance costs were not material.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in millions, except share amounts which are reflected in thousands, and per share data):

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Issuance Price     Per Share
Conversion
Price
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A-1

     13,438        13,330      $ 0.15     $ 0.15      $ 2      $ 7  

Series A

     27,348        27,159        0.73       0.73        20        20  

Series B

     7,925        7,925        5.68       5.48        45        45  

Series C

     26,839        26,839        4.79       4.79        128        128  

Series D

     98,008        98,008        5.51 (1)      5.51        540        535  

Series E

     18,055        18,055        13.85       13.85        250        250  
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     191,613        191,316           $ 985      $ 985  
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Issuance Price     Per Share
Conversion
Price
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A-1

     13,330        13,330      $ 0.15     $ 0.15      $ 2      $ 7  

Series A

     27,159        27,159        0.73       0.73        20        20  

Series B

     7,925        7,925        5.68       5.48        45        45  

Series C

     26,839        26,839        4.79       4.79        128        128  

Series D

     98,008        98,008        5.51 (1)      5.51        540        535  

Series E

     18,055        18,055        13.85       13.85        250        250  

Series F

     18,186        18,186        22.48       22.48        409        476  

Series G

     26,358        21,165        37.94       37.94        803        803  
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     235,860        230,667           $ 2,197      $ 2,264  
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     September 30, 2020 (unaudited)  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Issuance Price     Per Share
Conversion
Price
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A-1

     13,330        13,330      $ 0.15     $ 0.15      $ 2      $ 7  

Series A

     27,159        27,159        0.73       0.73        20        20  

Series B

     7,925        7,925        5.68       5.48        45        45  

Series C

     26,839        26,839        4.79       4.79        128        128  

Series D

     98,008        98,008        5.51 (1)      5.51        540        535  

Series E

     18,055        18,055        13.85       13.85        250        250  

Series F

     18,186        18,186        22.48       22.48        409        476  

Series G

     21,165        21,165        37.94       37.94        803        803  

Series H

     9,351        8,322        45.91       45.91        382        382  
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 
     240,018        238,989           $ 2,579      $ 2,646  
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The issuance price for Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock was $5.50688, except for shares issued via the conversion of certain of the outstanding convertible promissory notes issued in 2017, for which the conversion price was $4.78778 per share.

The characteristics of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Voting

The holder of each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such redeemable convertible preferred stock could then be

 

F-40


Table of Contents

converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the corporation, and except as provided by law in subsection 5(b) of the Company’s Amended Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the election of the directors by the separate class vote of the holders of common stock, shall be entitled to vote together with the holders of common stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of common stock have the right to vote.

Dividends

The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, when, as, and if declared by the Company’s board of directors at the following dividend rate: $0.044 per share for Series A, $0.044 per share for Series A-1, $0.3407 per share for Series B, $0.28726 per share for Series C, $0.33042 per share for Series D, $0.83078 per share for Series E, $1.3485 per share for Series F, $2.27636 per share for Series G, and $2.75436 per share for Series H. No dividends were declared or paid by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited) or any of the prior years.

Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into common stock as determined by dividing its original price per share by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion. The conversion price per share for each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock, as indicated in the table above, is subject to adjustment in accordance with anti-dilution provisions contained in the Company’s Amended Certificate of Incorporation.

The redeemable convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at the applicable conversion rate immediately upon the earlier of (i) the completion of a firm commitment underwritten public offering, the price of which is not less than $22.4751 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations, or the like) and results in net proceeds to the Company of at least $100,000,000 (or such other public offering as may be agreed upon by the vote or written consent or agreement of the holders of the applicable required majority of redeemable convertible preferred stock, the applicable required majority of Series E stockholders, the applicable required majority of Series F stockholders, the applicable required majority of Series G stockholders, and the applicable required majority of Series H stockholders), or (ii) the date, or the occurrence of an event, specified by the vote or written consent or agreement of the holders of the applicable required majority redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Series E majority stockholders, the Series F majority stockholders, the Series G majority stockholders, and the Series H majority stockholders, and the Series D majority stockholders (only if such vote or written consent is effected in connection with a liquidation event prior to March 15, 2021 and the holders of Series D will receive less than $11.01 per share).

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the then outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any proceeds or assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock, a liquidation preference in an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the amount as disclosed in the above table (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations, or the like) plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of such series been converted into common stock immediately prior to the liquidation event. If the Company does not have enough

 

F-41


Table of Contents

assets and funds legally available for distribution to meet this requirement, all of the Company’s assets and funds available shall be distributed ratably among the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock in proportion to the full preferential amount per share each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

Upon completion of the distribution to holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock, all of the remaining proceeds available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of common stock pro-rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each.

Redemption

The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock have no voluntary rights to redeem their shares. The redeemable convertible preferred stock has deemed liquidation provisions which require the shares to be redeemed upon a change in control or other deemed liquidation events. Although the redeemable convertible preferred stock is not mandatorily or currently redeemable, a deemed liquidation event would constitute a redemption event outside the Company’s control. As a result of these liquidation features, all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock have been classified outside of stockholders’ deficit on the consolidated balance sheets. The carrying values of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock have not been accreted to their redemption values as these events are not considered probable of occurring. Subsequent adjustments of the carrying values to redemption values will be made only if and when it becomes probable the preferred shares will become redeemable.

12. Common Stock

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

The following table summarizes the Company’s shares of common stock reserved for future issuance on an as-converted basis (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
     September 30,
2020
 
            (unaudited)  

Conversion of outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock

     230,953        239,275  

Stock options issued and outstanding under the 2014 Plan

     36,247        34,554  

RSUs outstanding under the 2014 Plan

     15,924        20,021  

Conversion of outstanding convertible promissory notes

            6,021  

Remaining shares available for future issuance under the 2014 Plan

     10,478        6,629  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     293,602        306,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

In March 2014, the Company adopted the 2014 Stock Option Plan which provides for the granting of stock options to employees, consultants, and advisors of the Company. In 2018, the 2014 Stock Option Plan was amended to authorize an additional 25,978,745 shares issuable under the 2014 Stock Option Plan and permit the granting of RSUs to plan participants. The 2014 Stock Option Plan and the then amended 2014 Stock Option Plan are collectively referred to as the “2014 Plan”. Options granted under the 2014 Plan may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Options under the 2014 Plan may be granted for a term of up to ten years (or five years if the option is an incentive stock option granted to a greater than 10% stockholder) and at prices no less than 100% of the estimated fair

 

F-42


Table of Contents

value of the shares on the date of grant as determined by the Company’s board of directors, provided, however, that the exercise price of an incentive stock option granted to a greater than 10% stockholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant. Options granted generally vest over four years.

The 2014 Plan allows for the early exercise of options. Under the terms of the 2014 Plan, option holders, upon early exercise, must sign a restricted stock purchase agreement that gives the Company the right to repurchase any unvested shares, at the original exercise price, in the event the grantees’ employment terminates for any reason. The right to exercise options before they are vested does not change existing vesting schedules in any way and the early-exercised options may not be sold or transferred before they are vested. The repurchase right lapses over time as the shares vest at the same rate as the original option vesting schedule. Stock-based awards forfeited, cancelled, or repurchased generally are returned to the pool of shares of common stock available for issuance.

The Company granted RSUs that vest only upon the satisfaction of both service-based and liquidity event-related performance vesting conditions. The service-based vesting condition for these awards generally is satisfied over four years. The liquidity event-related performance vesting condition is satisfied upon the occurrence of a qualifying event, defined as the earlier of: (i) a sale event for the Company or (ii) an IPO. RSUs granted under the 2014 Stock Plan have a maximum life of seven years. The Company records stock-based compensation expense for performance-based equity awards on an accelerated attribution method over the requisite service period, which is generally four years, if the liquidity event-related performance vesting condition is considered probable of being satisfied. Through September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company had not recognized stock-based compensation expense for awards with a liquidity event-related performance vesting condition because the qualifying event described above had not occurred and, therefore, cannot be considered probable. In the period in which the Company’s qualifying event becomes probable, the Company will record cumulative stock-based compensation expense for those RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition has been satisfied. Stock-based compensation related to the remaining service-based period after the qualifying event will be recorded over the remaining requisite service period.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

A summary of activity under the 2014 Plan and related information is as follows (in millions, except share amounts which are reflected in thousands, and per share data):

 

           Options Outstanding  
     Shares
Available
for Grant
    Shares
subject to
Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     12,309       39,191     $ 2.10        7.93      $ 411  

Shares authorized

     7,222                

Options granted

     (574     574     $ 17.56        

Options exercised

           (2,138   $ 1.59           47  

Options forfeited

     1,380       (1,380   $ 1.98        

Restricted stock units granted

     (10,390                  

Restricted stock units forfeited

     531                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     10,478       36,247     $ 2.38        6.92      $ 1,070  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Shares authorized (unaudited)

                    

Options granted (unaudited)

                        

Options exercised (unaudited)

           (1,445   $ 1.81           57  

Options forfeited (unaudited)

     248       (248   $ 1.92        

Restricted stock units granted (unaudited)

     (4,829              

Restricted stock units forfeited (unaudited)

     732                
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balance as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

     6,629       34,554     $ 2.41        6.17      $ 2,078  
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Exercisable as of December 31, 2019

       24,847     $ 1.56        6.29      $ 754  
    

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2019

       36,247     $ 2.38        6.92      $ 1,070  
    

 

 

         

Exercisable as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

       27,752     $ 1.88        5.80      $ 1,684  
    

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

       34,554     $ 2.41        6.17      $ 2,078  
    

 

 

         

The aggregate intrinsic value disclosed in the above table is based on the difference between the exercise price of the stock option and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the respective period-end dates. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $24 million and $47 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited) was $41 million and $57 million, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $2.74 and $11.78 per share, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) was $11.78. There were no stock options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited).

Early exercise of unvested stock options

Shares purchased by employees pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are not deemed, for accounting purposes, to be outstanding shares until those shares vest according to their respective

 

F-44


Table of Contents

vesting schedules. Cash received from employee exercises of unvested options is treated as a refundable deposit included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Amounts recorded are reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital as the shares vest. As of December 31, 2018, balances of unvested shares related to early option exercises were not material and as of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), there were no unvested shares related to early option exercises.

Restricted stock units

The summary of RSU activity is as follows (in millions, except share amounts which are reflected in thousands, and per share data):

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Unvested units as of December 31, 2018

     6,065         $ 76  

Granted

     10,390      $ 27.31     

Forfeited

     (531    $ 16.49     
  

 

 

       

Unvested units as of December 31, 2019

     15,924         $ 508  

Granted (unaudited)

     4,829      $ 34.11     

Forfeited (unaudited)

     (732    $ 26.09     
  

 

 

       

Unvested units as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

     20,021         $ 1,252  
  

 

 

       

The weighted-average fair value per share of RSUs granted during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $7.86 and $27.31, respectively. The weighted-average fair value per share of RSUs granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited) was $24.39 and $34.11, respectively. No RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited).

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted for the periods presented were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2018    2019    2019    2020
               (unaudited)

Expected volatility

   54.10% - 57.64%    53.73% - 53.85%    53.73% - 53.85%    —  

Risk-free rate

   2.49% -3.08%    2.35% -2.36%    2.35% - 2.36%    —  

Dividend yield

   —      —      —      —  

Expected term (in years)

   5.00 - 6.10    5.91 -6.03    5.91 - 6.03    —  

There were no stock options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense in the consolidated statements of operations as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $ 3      $ 2      $ 2      $ 1  

Sales and marketing

     3        2        2        1  

Research and development

     11        8        6        5  

General and administrative

     7        6        4        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 24      $ 18      $ 14      $ 11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020 (unaudited), there was $37 million and $24 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.40 years and 1.76 years, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, there was $322 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested RSUs. Of this amount, $95 million relates to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition had been satisfied as of December 31, 2019, calculated using the accelerated attribution method and the grant date fair value of the awards.

As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), there was $468 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested RSUs. Of this amount, $243 million relates to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition had been satisfied as of September 30, 2020, calculated using the accelerated attribution method and the grant date fair value of the awards.

13. Tender Offer and Stock Repurchases

In September 2018, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to an aggregate of $100 million in shares of preferred and common stock for $9.60 per share for redeemable convertible preferred stock and $8.40 per share for common stock from certain holders. The tender offer transaction was completed in October 2018 and an aggregate of 189,685 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, 107,600 shares of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, and 7,014,335 shares of common stock were repurchased by the Company for a total consideration of $62 million.

The purchase price in excess of the carrying value of repurchased Series A and A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock of $3 million was recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital, while the carrying value of the shares repurchased was recorded as a reduction of redeemable convertible preferred stock. The redeemable convertible preferred stock repurchased was retired immediately thereafter. For common stock repurchased from employees, the excess of the purchase price paid by the Company over the fair value of the common stock totaled $9 million and was recorded as stock-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2018. The common stock was retired immediately upon repurchase.

Additionally, in 2018, the Company repurchased 193,775 shares of common stock from two employees as part of the separation arrangement at a price in excess of the fair value on the date of repurchase. Stock-based compensation expense as a result of the repurchase was not material during the year ended December 31, 2018. These shares were retired immediately upon repurchase.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Repurchased common stock from exercised options under the 2014 Plan were returned to the pool of shares reserved for future issuance.

During the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited), stock repurchase activity was not material.

14. Income Taxes

U.S. and foreign components of consolidated income (loss) before income taxes was as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018      2019  

United States

   $ (204    $ (666

Foreign

             
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   $ (204    $ (666
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was zero and $1 million, respectively. The provision for income taxes primarily consisted of franchise tax and U.S. federal and state income tax, as well as international taxes in Canada and Australia.

The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate was as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2019  

Federal tax (benefit) at statutory rate

     21     21

State tax (benefit) at statutory rate, net of federal benefit

     4       4  

Change in valuation allowance

     (25     (23

Stock-based compensation

     (1      

Research and development credits

     1       1  

Change in fair value of forward contract liability

           (3

Other

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

No deferred tax liabilities for foreign withholding taxes have been recorded relating to the earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries since all such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested. The Company also elected to record the taxes for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income as a period cost.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in millions):

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2019  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Property and equipment and intangibles

   $ 1      $  

Accruals and reserves

     14        44  

Stock-based compensation

     3        5  

Tax credits carryforward

     5        12  

Operating leases

            46  

Net operating losses carryforward

     85        200  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     108        307  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Valuation allowance

     (106      (260

Total deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance

     2        47  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

ROU assets

            (42

Deferred contract costs

     (2      (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     (2      (47
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company accounts for deferred taxes under ASC 740, Income Taxes, which requires a reduction of the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the need to establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets is assessed periodically based on the ASC 740 more-likely-than-not realization threshold criterion. This assessment considers matters such as future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. The evaluation of the recoverability of the deferred tax assets requires that the Company weigh all positive and negative evidence to reach a conclusion that it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The weight given to the evidence is commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. Due to the lack of U.S. earnings history, the U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. Overall, the valuation allowance increased by $51 million and $154 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had accumulated federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $780 million and $576 million, respectively. Of the $780 million of federal net operating losses, $615 million is carried forward indefinitely but is limited to 80% of taxable income. The remaining federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2033 and 2026, respectively.

The Company also had $12 million of federal and $8 million of California research and development tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2019. The federal credits expire in varying amounts starting in 2035. The California research credits do not expire and may be carried forward indefinitely.

The Company’s ability to utilize the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the future may be subject to substantial restrictions in the event of past or future ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state tax law. Should these restrictions apply, the carryforwards would be subject to an annual limitation, resulting in a potential reduction in the gross deferred tax assets before considering the valuation adjustment.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The Company’s tax provision for interim periods is determined using an estimate of its annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items, if any, that arise during the period. Each quarter, the Company updates its estimate of the annual effective tax rate and, if the estimated annual effective tax rate changes, the Company makes a cumulative adjustment in such period.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act permits employers to defer the payment of the employer share of social security taxes due for the period beginning March 27, 2020 and ending December 31, 2020. Of the amounts deferred, 50% are required to be paid by December 31, 2021 and the remaining 50% are required to be paid by December 31, 2022. The Company began deferring payment of the employer share of social security taxes in April 2020. As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company had deferred payment of $10 million of such taxes, which are classified as other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company expects to continue to defer its share of such taxes through December 31, 2020. The Company completed its evaluation of the impact of the CARES Act, and with the exception of the expected impact from the payroll tax deferral, does not expect the provisions of the legislation to have a significant impact on the effective tax rate, deferred tax assets and liabilities, or income tax payable of the Company.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $3 million and $7 million of tax benefits, respectively, that, if recognized, would result in adjustments to the valuation allowance.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits is included in the table below (in millions):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018      2019  

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year

   $ 1      $ 3  

Increases related to current year tax positions

     2        4  

Increases related to prior year tax positions

             
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year

   $ 3      $ 7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s policy is to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income taxes. The Company did not accrue any interest expense or penalties during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction as well as foreign jurisdictions. Due to the net operating loss carryforwards, the Company’s income tax returns generally remain subject to examination by federal and state and foreign tax authorities.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

15. Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in millions, except share amounts which are reflected in thousands, and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (204    $ (667    $ (533    $ (149

Less: Premium paid on repurchase of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (3                     

Less: Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders

            (1      (1       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (207    $ (668    $ (534    $ (149
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     44,305        43,252        43,045        44,568  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (4.67    $ (15.44    $ (12.41    $ (3.34
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (on an as-converted basis)

     191,602        230,953        225,682        239,275  

Stock options to purchase common stock

     39,191        36,247        36,618        34,554  

Unvested restricted stock units

     6,065        15,924        12,015        20,021  

Common stock subject to repurchase

     25                       

Convertible promissory notes

                          5,778  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     236,883        283,124        274,315        299,628  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

The following table presents the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated (in millions, except share amounts which are reflected in thousands, and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2019
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2020
 

Numerator:

     

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (668    $ (149

Add: Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders

     1         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (667    $ (149
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     43,252        44,568  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     216,040        234,121  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed vesting of RSUs with liquidity event-related performance vesting condition

     664        4,456  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     259,956        283,145  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (2.57    $ (0.53
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

16. 401(k) Plan

The Company has a 401(k) Plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the 401(k) Plan, eligible and participating employees may defer a portion of their pretax earnings not to exceed the maximum amount allowable. The Company does not make contributions for eligible employees.

17. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 13, 2020, which is the date these consolidated financial statements were available for issuance.

Issuances of Convertible Notes

In February 2020, the Company issued the 2020 Notes for an aggregate principal amount of $340 million with an initial maturity date in March 2025. The Company received net proceeds of $333 million, net of $2 million in debt issuance costs, reflecting a discount on the principal of $5 million. The interest rate is 10.00% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. At the election of the Company, interest is to be paid in cash or by increasing the principal amount of the 2020 Notes by payment-in-kind. The 2020

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Notes will be automatically converted upon the later of (i) the one-year anniversary of the issuance date of the 2020 Notes and (ii) the trading day that is the tenth trading day immediately following the date of a Qualified Public Company Event ((i) and (ii), in either case, the “initial conversion date”). A Qualified Public Company Event for purposes of the 2020 Notes means any transaction, including a direct listing or an initial public offering, that (a) results in the Company’s common stock being registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or the Nasdaq Global Market and (b) in connection with a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering with net proceeds of at least $100 million. If, following a Qualified Public Company Event, the conversion reference price for the 2020 Notes implies a market capitalization for the Company that’s less than $10 billion, the 2020 Notes will automatically convert into a new non-convertible note bearing identical terms to the 2020 Notes (other than with respect to conversion), which is prepayable without penalty at the Company’s option at any time. For purposes of the 2020 Notes, the “conversion reference price” means the arithmetic average of the daily volume-weighted average price of the Company’s common stock for the ten trading days immediately prior to the initial conversion date. If, following a Qualified Public Company Event, the conversion reference price for the 2020 Notes implies a market capitalization for the Company greater than $10 billion, the 2020 Notes will automatically convert into shares of the Company’s common stock over a 40-trading day period based on the daily volume-weighted average price per share of the Company’s common stock during such period; provided, the Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to deliver cash in lieu of shares of common stock in connection with such conversion.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the United States and the world. The pandemic has had a significant impact on merchant demand and consumer purchase patterns, largely due to mandatory shelter-in-place orders and restrictions on in-restaurant dining. With restrictions on dining in, many restaurants have limited their operations solely to take-out and delivery, while others have decided to pause operations. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the introduction of the COVID-19 pandemic and related government mandates. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Issuance of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In June 2020, the Company entered into a Series H Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which it issued 8,321,395 shares of Series H redeemable convertible preferred stock to a group of investors at a price of $45.9062 per share for total gross proceeds of $382 million.

Legal Proceedings

In March 2020, the Company reached an agreement to resolve worker misclassification claims associated with certain Dashers and Caviar delivery providers who have entered into arbitration agreements with the Company. Under the agreement, certain Dashers and Caviar delivery providers are eligible for settlement payments, subject to a threshold number of the covered individuals entering into individual settlement agreements. The Company anticipates that the aggregate amount of payments to Dashers and Caviar delivery providers under these individual settlement agreements, including attorneys’ fees, will be approximately $70 million.

In June 2020, the San Francisco District Attorney filed an action in the Superior Court of California, County of San Francisco, alleging that the Company misclassified Dashers as independent contractors as opposed to employees in violation of the California Labor Code and the California Unfair Competition Law, among other allegations. This action is seeking both restitutionary damages and a permanent

 

F-52


Table of Contents

injunction that would bar the Company from continuing to classify Dashers as independent contractors. It is a reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred; however, the possible range of losses is not estimable given the status of the case. See Note 18 for more information related to this case.

As an update to the amended settlement agreement entered into in June 2020 (see Note 10), in October 2020, the Company entered into a further amended settlement agreement to increase the total amount to be paid to representatives of Dashers that had filed actions in the States of California and Massachusetts from $41 million to $89 million.

Equity Grants

Subsequent to December 31, 2019, through September 30, 2020, the Company’s board of directors has approved the grant of 4,829,605 RSUs with an aggregate grant date fair value of $155 million. The RSUs are subject to both a service-based vesting condition, which is generally satisfied over four years, and a liquidity event-related performance vesting condition.

Purchase Commitments

In October 2020, the Company entered into a non-cancelable arrangement with a third-party vendor specialized in technology platform infrastructure services under which the Company has total purchase commitments of $30 million through October 2023.

Stock Split

In November 2020, the Company’s board of directors and the stockholders of the Company approved a five-for-one forward stock split of the Company’s common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively, the “Capital Stock”), which became effective on November 9, 2020. The authorized number of each class and series of Capital Stock was proportionally increased in accordance with the five-for-one stock split and the par value of each class of Capital Stock was not adjusted as a result of this forward stock split. All common stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock, stock options, RSUs, warrants, and per share information presented within these consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect this forward stock split on a retroactive basis for all periods presented.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

The Board of Directors

Caviar, a business of Square, Inc.:

Report on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying combined financial statements of Caviar, a business of Square, Inc. (the Company), which comprise the combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the related combined statements of comprehensive loss, changes in equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the combined financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these combined financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of combined financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Caviar, a business of Square, Inc. as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Emphasis of Matter

As discussed in Note 2 to the combined financial statements, in 2018, the Company adopted new accounting guidance Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Santa Clara, California

September 18, 2019

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Caviar

Combined Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019

(Unaudited)
 
   2017      2018  

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 2,835      $ 5,399      $ 9,102  

Other current assets

     1,567        2,174        547  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     4,402        7,573        9,649  

Property and equipment, net

     519        1,239        925  

Goodwill

     29,658        37,449        37,449  

Acquired intangible assets, net

     5,780        8,574        7,288  

Deposits

     15        11        34  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

                   791  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 40,374      $ 54,846      $ 56,136  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 8,287      $ 14,899      $ 16,941  

Accrued expenses

     4,274        2,564        4,151  

Other current liabilities

     2,170        654        1,325  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     14,731        18,117        22,417  

Other non-current liabilities

     664        4,568        4,813  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     15,395        22,685        27,230  

Total net Parent investment

     24,979        32,161        28,906  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 40,374      $ 54,846      $ 56,136  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Caviar

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2019

(Unaudited)
 
   2017     2018  

Revenue

   $ 26,269     $ 70,705     $ 77,376  

Cost of revenue

     10,348       34,604       40,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,921       36,101       37,376  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Product development

     16,491       19,366       20,950  

Sales and marketing

     11,326       17,387       18,418  

General and administrative

     32,605       42,230       37,939  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     60,422       78,983       77,307  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (44,501     (42,882     (39,931
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (44,501     (42,882     (39,931
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     52       68       51  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (44,553   $ (42,950   $ (39,982
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Caviar

Combined Statements of Changes in Equity

(in thousands)

 

     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2017

   $ 25,538  

Share-based compensation expense

     10,847  

Net loss

     (44,553

Net transfers from (to) Parent

     33,147  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

   $ 24,979  
  

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense

     11,504  

Recovery of Parent common stock in connection with indemnification settlement agreement

     (2,745

Net loss

     (42,950

Net transfers from (to) Parent

     41,373  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ 32,161  
  

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense (Unaudited)

     12,699  

Net loss (Unaudited)

     (39,982

Net transfers from (to) Parent (Unaudited)

     24,028  
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2019 (Unaudited)

   $ 28,906  
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Caviar

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2019

(Unaudited)
 
   2017     2018  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (44,553   $ (42,950   $ (39,982

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     2,011       2,132       2,061  

Share-based compensation

     10,847       11,504       12,699  

Recovery of Parent common stock in connection with indemnification settlement

           (2,745      

Change in deferred income taxes

     2       15       (27

Amortization of operating lease right-of-use asset and accretion of lease liabilities

                 442  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable and other current assets

     (3,398     (1,460     (2,076

Deposits

     16       103       (23

Accounts payable

     3,370       5,562       2,042  

Accrued expenses

     733       (1,710     1,587  

Other current liabilities

     164       (4     (361

Other non-current liabilities

     45       (11     71  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (30,763     (29,564     (23,567
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (469     (1,315     (461

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (1,915     (9,974      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities:

     (2,384     (11,289     (461

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Deferred consideration paid on business acquisitions

           (520      

Net transfers (to) from Parent

     33,147       41,373       24,028  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     33,147       40,853       24,028  

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

                  

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of the year

                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of the year

   $     $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash flow data related to leases:

      

Cash flows from operating activities—Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

   $     $     $ 480  

Supplemental cash flow data—Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations

   $     $     $ 1,221  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Caviar

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(information as of September 30, 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 is unaudited)

1. Business and Basis of Presentation

On July 31, 2019, Square, Inc. (“Parent” or “Square”) entered into a definitive agreement with DoorDash, Inc. (“DoorDash”) for Parent to dispose certain assets of its marketplace focused on premium restaurants, Caviar (“Caviar” or the “Company”). The definitive agreement was publicly announced on August 1, 2019.

The accompanying combined financial statements present the historical balance sheets, statements of comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows of Caviar in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for the preparation of combined carved-out financial statements.

The accompanying interim condensed combined financial statements of the Company are unaudited. The accompanying unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements present the historical balance sheets, statement of comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows of Caviar in accordance with GAAP for the preparation of the interim condensed combined carved-out financial statements. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. The accompanying unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited combined financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments of a normal recurring nature considered necessary to state fairly the Company’s combined balance sheets, statement of comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for the interim periods.

Caviar is a marketplace focused on facilitating deliveries from premium restaurants that makes it easy for restaurants to offer food ordering, pickup, delivery, and catering to their customers, enabling them to expand their sales and grow revenue. For diners, Caviar facilitates a wide variety of fulfillment types (pickup, delivery, and group ordering). In the second quarter of 2018, Caviar added a white-glove catering option for corporate customers with the acquisition of Zesty. Caviar is currently available in over 20 U.S. cities, including San Francisco, New York, and Philadelphia, with thousands of partner restaurants. Caviar was founded in 2012 and acquired by Square in 2014.

The Company has historically operated as part of Parent and not as a stand-alone company. The financial statements have been derived from Parent’s historical accounting records and are presented on a carve-out basis. All revenue and costs as well as assets and liabilities directly associated with the business activity of the Company are included in the financial statements. The financial statements also include allocations of certain general and administrative, sales and marketing, and product development expenses from Parent’s corporate office and from other Parent businesses to the Company, as applicable. The allocations have been determined on a reasonable basis; however, the amounts are not necessarily representative of the amounts that would have been reflected in the financial statements had the Company been an entity that operated independently of Parent. Related party allocations are discussed further in Note 13.

The Company is dependent upon Parent for all of its working capital and financing requirements as Parent uses a centralized approach to cash management and financing of its operations. Financial transactions between the Company and Parent are accounted for through the Parent investment account of the Company. Accordingly, none of Parent’s cash, cash equivalents, or debt at the corporate level has been assigned to the Company in the combined carve-out financial statements.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Net parent investment, which includes accumulated deficit, represents Parent’s interest in the recorded net assets of the Company. All material transactions between the Company and Parent have been included in the accompanying combined carve-out financial statements. Transactions with Parent are reflected in the accompanying Combined Statements of Changes in Equity as “Net transfers from (to) Parent” and in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets within “Net Parent investment.”

All significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the businesses comprising the Company have been eliminated in the accompanying combined financial statements.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s combined financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses, as well as related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from the Company’s estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, the Company’s financial condition or operating results will be materially affected. The Company bases its estimates on past experience and other assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances, and the Company evaluates these estimates on an ongoing basis.

Estimates, judgments, and assumptions in these combined financial statements include, but are not limited to, those related to revenue recognition, goodwill, acquired intangible assets, income taxes, share-based compensation, and corporate allocations made for purposes of the carve-out financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), using the modified retrospective method applied to those contracts that were not completed as of January 1, 2018. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under ASC 606, whereas prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historic revenue recognition methodology under ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. The adoption of ASC 606 did not materially impact the way the Company recognizes revenue, as the timing and measurement of the Company’s revenue recognition is materially the same under ASC 606 as it was under the prior relevant guidance. Prior to adoption of ASC 606, the Company recognized revenue upon delivery of food orders and catered meal services, which is when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of obligations to its customers has occurred, the related fees are fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

Upon adoption of ASC 606, revenue is recognized when control of the services is transferred to customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those services.

The Company provides a platform for restaurants to advertise and market their products and third-party couriers to identify, accept and perform delivery services for diners. The Company also provides catered meal services to corporate customers.

For food orders, the Company charges fees to restaurants, as sellers, and charges delivery fees to diners. For these transactions, the Company recognizes the net fees it earns as revenue upon delivery of food orders when the Company considers that it has satisfied its performance obligations.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

For catered meal services, the Company charges fees to corporate customers. For these transactions, the Company recognizes the fees it charges its customers as revenue upon delivery of the catered meals when the Company considers that it has satisfied its performance obligations.

Revenue for delivery services is recognized net of amounts paid to third-party couriers when the Company is an agent for the delivery service because the courier controls and is primarily responsible for the delivery and the Company’s risk with regard to the delivery is limited. In contrast, revenue for catered meal services is recognized on a gross basis and amounts paid to third-party couriers are classified as cost of revenue when the Company is the principal who is primarily responsible for and controls the delivery service.

Revenue is recognized net of refunds, which are estimated based on historical experience. The Company collects certain governmental taxes imposed on food order transactions that are included in the amount charged to diners. Such taxes are either remitted to the restaurant for payment or are paid directly to the respective taxing authorities. Revenue is recognized net of such taxes.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of processing fees, amortization of acquired technology, and costs for catered meals that include food, personnel costs, and delivery fees. These costs also include costs associated with equipment used to process orders.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in sales and marketing expense on the combined statement of comprehensive loss. Total advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 were $4.4 million and $6.7 million, respectively. 

Share-based Compensation

Company employees participate in Parent’s share-based compensation plans and the associated expense has been recorded in these financial statements. Parent’s share-based compensation expense relates to stock options, restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and purchases under Parent’s 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) which is measured based on the grant-date fair value. The fair value of RSAs and RSUs is determined by the closing price of Parent’s common stock on each grant date. The fair value of stock options and ESPP shares granted to employees is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model. This share-based compensation expense valuation model requires Parent to make assumptions and judgments regarding the variables used in the calculation. These variables include the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), expected volatility of Parent’s stock, expected risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. Parent uses the simplified calculation of expected term, as Parent does not have sufficient historical data to use any other method to estimate expected term. Expected volatility is based on a weighted average of the historical volatilities of Parent’s common stock along with several entities with characteristics similar to those of Parent. The expected risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option. Share-based compensation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and prior, Parent recorded share-based compensation expense net of estimated forfeitures. On January 1, 2017, as a result of Parent’s adoption of ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, Parent elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Income and Other Taxes

The Company’s operating results are included in the income tax returns of Parent. The tax provision is presented on a separate return method. Under this approach, the Company determines its deferred tax assets and liabilities and related tax expense as if it were filing separate tax returns. The accompanying Combined Balance Sheets do not contain a current taxes payable liability as it is deemed settled with Parent when due and therefore included in Parent’s equity.

The Company reports income taxes under the asset and liability approach. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax amounts are determined by using the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance reduces the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company uses financial projections to support its net deferred tax assets, which contain significant assumptions and estimates of future operations. If such assumptions were to differ significantly from actual future results of operations, it may have a material impact on the Company’s ability to realize its deferred tax assets. At the end of each period, the Company assesses the ability to realize the deferred tax assets. If it is more likely than not that the Company would not realize the deferred tax assets, then the Company would establish a valuation allowance for all or a portion of the deferred tax assets.

The Company recognizes the effect of uncertain income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the provision for income tax expense on the combined statement of comprehensive loss.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) and 2019 (unaudited) the Company had no customers which accounted for more than 10% of revenue or accounts receivable.

Concentrations of credit risk arising from accounts receivables from customers are limited due to the geographic diversity and number of the Company’s customers.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. Fair value accounting establishes a three-level hierarchy priority for disclosure of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value. The ordering of priority reflects the degree to which objective prices in external active markets are available to measure fair value. The classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation methodology used for measurement are observable or unobservable.

The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Company determines fair value based on

 

F-62


Table of Contents

assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

 

   

Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 Inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

   

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

The carrying amounts of financial instruments, comprising accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable represents amounts due to the Company from third-party payment processing and from fees billed to Company customers.

Accounts receivables-trade are reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts that reflects management’s best estimate of amounts that will not be collected. The allowance is based on historical loss experience and any specific risks, current or forecasted, identified in collection matters. The allowance is recorded as a charge to bad debt expense and is recognized within general and administrative expense in the combined statements of comprehensive loss.

Accounts receivable from third-party payment processing is presented net of chargebacks which represent a potential loss due to disputes by diners or due to fraudulent transactions.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net are recorded at historical cost less accumulated depreciation, which is computed on a straight-line basis over the asset’s estimated useful life.

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are described below:

 

Property and Equipment

   Useful Life

Capitalized software

   18 months

Computer equipment

   Three years

Office furniture and equipment

   Seven years

When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from their respective accounts, and any gain or loss on such sale or disposal is reflected in operating expenses.

Capitalized Software

The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred in developing internal-use software when capitalization requirements have been met. Costs prior to meeting the capitalization requirements are expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs are included in property and equipment, net, and amortized on a straight-line

 

F-63


Table of Contents

basis over the estimated useful life of the software and included in product development costs on the combined statement of comprehensive loss. The Company capitalized $1.1 million and $2.4 million of internally developed software during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and recognized $0.5 million and $0.6 million of amortization expense during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Business Combinations

The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition dates. The excess of total consideration over the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments would be recorded on the combined statement of comprehensive loss.

Long-Lived Assets, including Goodwill and Acquired Intangibles

The Company evaluates the recoverability of property and equipment and finite lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group to estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. For all periods presented, including the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) and 2019 (unaudited) the Company recorded no impairment charges.

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired in a business combination. The Company performs a goodwill impairment test annually on December 31 and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The Company has concluded that its business operations as a whole comprise one reporting unit. The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount and determine whether further action is needed. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. For all periods presented, including the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) and 2019 (unaudited), the Company recorded no impairment charges.

Acquired intangibles consist of acquired technology and customer relationships associated with various acquisitions. Acquired technology is amortized over its estimated useful life on a straight-line basis within cost of revenue. Customer relationships acquired are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives within operating expenses. The Company evaluates the remaining estimated useful life of its intangible assets being amortized on an ongoing basis to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization.

Accounts Payable

Accounts payable represents the amounts owed to third-party couriers for deliveries and to restaurants for food orders.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

The Company adopted ASC 842, Leases (“ASC 842”), on January 1, 2019, and elected the optional transition method to apply the transition provisions from the effective date of adoption, which requires the Company to report the cumulative effect of the adoption of the standard on the date of adoption with no changes to the prior period balances. Pursuant to the practical expedients, the Company has elected not to reassess: (i) whether expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, or (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. Additionally, the Company has lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, which are accounted for separately. As of January 1, 2019 (unaudited), the Company recognized $0.4 million of operating lease right-of-use lease assets, $0.3 million of current operating lease liabilities and $0.2 million of non-current operating lease liabilities on its combined balance sheet.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company intends to adopt this guidance effective January 1, 2020. The Company does not believe that the new guidance will not have a material impact on its combined financial statements and related disclosures. The Company will continue to monitor this initial evaluation through the adoption date and therefore this preliminary conclusion may change.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The new guidance eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill assuming a hypothetical purchase price allocation (i.e., Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test) to measure a goodwill impairment charge. Instead, entities will record an impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. This standard should be adopted when the Company performs its annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The amendments should be applied on a prospective basis. The Company intends to adopt this guidance effective with its 2019 annual goodwill impairment test. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the combined financial statements and related disclosures.

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which will remove, modify, and add disclosure requirements for fair value measurements to improve the overall usefulness of such disclosures. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted for any removed or modified disclosure requirements. Transition is on a prospective basis for the new and modified disclosures, and on a retrospective basis for disclosures that have been eliminated. The Company currently does not intend to early adopt any portion of this disclosure guidance. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance may have on the combined financial statements and related disclosures.

3. Revenue

For the year ended December 31, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the revenue recognized from contracts with customers was $70.7 million and $77.4 million, respectively. Impairment losses arising from contracts with customers were not significant for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

 

F-65


Table of Contents

The deferred revenue balances, which have been included in other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities, as appropriate, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2019
(Unaudited)
 
     2017      2018  

Deferred revenue, beginning of the period

   $ 117      $ 299      $ 613  

Deferred revenue, end of the period

     299        613        770  

Revenue recognized in the period from amounts included in deferred revenue at the beginning of the period

   $ 117      $ 299      $ 613  

4. Property and Equipment, Net

The following is a summary of property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation and amortization (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
(Unaudited)
 
     2017      2018  

Computer equipment

   $ 19      $ 25      $ 25  

Capitalized software

     1,128        2,435        2,895  

Office furniture and equipment

     39        40        39  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,186        2,500        2,959  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (667      (1,261      (2,034
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 519      $ 1,239      $ 925  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment was $0.5 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment was $0.4 million and $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) and 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

5. Acquisitions

In April 2018, the Company acquired Zesty, a food catering business for $13.7 million. The acquisition of Zesty enabled the Company to expand its operations to include corporate catering activities. The acquisition of Zesty included deferred purchase consideration of $3.9 million which has been included in other non-current liabilities.

This acquisition was treated as a business combination and the Company recognized $4.3 million in fair value of intangible assets. The goodwill arising from this acquisition was $7.8 million, representing potential synergies to be derived from integrating the acquired business with Caviar. The goodwill arising from this acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.

In 2017, the Company acquired Entrees On-Trays, a restaurant delivery service for $1.7 million and Order Ahead, a mobile food ordering and payments company for $2.6 million. At December 31, 2017, there was $1.9 million of deferred consideration included in other current liabilities outstanding.

These acquisitions were treated as business combinations and the Company recognized $2.7 million in fair value of intangible assets. The goodwill arising from these acquisitions was $1.2 million, representing

 

F-66


Table of Contents

potential synergies to be derived from integrating the acquired business with Caviar. The goodwill arising from these acquisitions is not deductible for tax purposes.

Pro forma financial information has not been presented for any of these acquisitions as the impact to the Company’s combined financial statements for all periods presented was not material.

6. Goodwill

The change in carrying value of goodwill in the period was as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 28,503  
  

 

 

 

Acquisitions completed during the year ended December 31, 2017

     1,155  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

     29,658  

Acquisitions completed during the year ended December 31, 2018

     7,791  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ 37,449  
  

 

 

 

Acquisitions completed during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (Unaudited)

      
  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2019 (Unaudited)

   $ 37,449  
  

 

 

 

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The Company determined that the business operations as a whole is represented by a single reporting unit and through qualitative analysis concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit was greater than its carrying amount. As a result, the two-step goodwill impairment test was not required, and no impairments of goodwill were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) and 2019 (unaudited), the Company did not record any impairments of goodwill.

7. Acquired Intangible Assets

The Company entered into various transactions accounted for as business combinations during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, that involved the acquisition of intangible assets. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company did not make any acquisitions.

The following table presents the detail of acquired intangible assets as of the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Balance at December 31, 2017  
     Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Customer Assets

   $ 8,974      $ (3,194    $ 5,780  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,974      $ (3,194    $ 5,780  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Balance at December 31, 2018  
     Cost      Accumulated
Authorization
     Net  

Technology Assets

   $ 241      $ (84    $ 157  

Customer Assets

     13,064        (4,647      8,417  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,305      $ (4,731    $ 8,574  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents
     Balance at September 30, 2019
(Unaudited)
 
     Cost      Accumulated
Authorization
     Net  

Technology Assets

   $ 241      $ (171    $ 70  

Customer Assets

     13,064        (5,846      7,218  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,305      $ (6,017    $ 7,288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average amortization periods for acquired technology and customer intangible assets, are approximately 2 years and 9 years, respectively.

All intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The changes to the carrying value of intangible assets were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2019
(Unaudited)
 
     2017      2018  

Acquired intangible assets, net, beginning of the period

   $ 4,574      $ 5,780      $ 8,574  

Acquisitions

     2,657        4,331         

Amortization expense

     (1,451      (1,537      (1,286
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired intangible assets, net, end of the period

   $ 5,780      $ 8,574      $ 7,288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total estimated annual future amortization expense of these intangible assets as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited), is as follows (in thousands):

 

2019 (remaining 3 months)

   $ 364  

2020

     1,504  

2021

     1,279  

2022

     1,037  

2023

     625  

Thereafter

     2,479  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,288  
  

 

 

 

8. Other Combined Balance Sheet Components (Current)

Accounts Receivable, net

The following table presents the detail of accounts receivable, net (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
(Unaudited)
 
     2017      2018  

Trade Accounts Receivable—Net

   $ 681      $ 2,357      $ 4,315  

Payment Processing Receivable—Net

     2,154        3,042        4,787  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,835      $ 5,399      $ 9,102  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Other Current Assets

The following table presents the detail of other current assets (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
(Unaudited)
 
     2017      2018  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 1,008      $ 1,691      $ 430  

Other

     559        483        117  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,567      $ 2,174      $ 547  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts Payable

The following table presents the detail of accounts payable (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
(Unaudited)
 
     2017      2018  

Trade accounts payable

   $ 577      $ 1,485      $ 510  

Merchant delivery payable

     6,776        10,404        13,418  

Delivery fee payable

     934        3,010        3,013  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,287      $ 14,899      $ 16,941  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued Expenses

The following table presents the detail of accrued expenses (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
(Unaudited)
 
     2017      2018  

Accrued litigation

   $ 1,371      $ 890      $ 576  

Accrued marketing

     491        769        1,500  

Accrued bonus

     60        112         

Accrued sales commission

     25        64        245  

Accrued cost of sales

     144        105        417  

Other accrued liabilities

     2,183        624        1,413  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,274      $ 2,564      $ 4,151  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Current Liabilities

The following table presents the detail of other current liabilities (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
(Unaudited)
 
     2017      2018  

Deferred revenue, current

   $ 299      $ 613      $ 770  

Lease liability, current

                   552  

Other

     1,871        41        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,170      $ 654      $ 1,325  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

9. Other Combined Balance Sheet Components (Non-Current)

Other Non-Current Liabilities

The following table presents the detail of other non-current liabilities (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
(Unaudited)
 
     2017      2018  

Deferred purchase consideration

   $      $ 3,900      $ 3,900  

Other

     664        668        913  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 664      $ 4,568      $ 4,813  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Income Taxes

The operating results of the Company are included in the income tax returns of Parent. The Company accounts for income taxes under the separate return method. Under this approach, the Company allocates current and deferred taxes to each entity as if it were a separate taxpayer. In that situation, the sum of the amounts allocated to individual entities may not equal the consolidated amount of Parent. The Company’s pre-tax operating results include any transactions with its Parent as if it were an unrelated party.

The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Current:

     

Federal

   $      $  

State

     50        53  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current provision for income taxes

     50        53  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

     

Federal

     2        15  

State

             
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred provision for income taxes

     2        15  

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 52      $ 68  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences and related deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
   2017      2018  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 27,709      $ 54,137  

Intangibles

     1,171        1,277  

Deferred revenue

     90        181  

Reserves

     200        192  

R&D credits

     3,863        7,063  

Share-based compensation

     2,976        2,315  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     36,009        65,165  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (35,862      (64,820
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

     147        345  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Property, equipment and intangible assets

     (149      (361
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (149      (361
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

   $ (2    $ (16
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“2017 Tax Act”). The 2017 Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to, (1) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 34% to 21%; (2) requiring companies to pay a one-time transition tax on certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries; (3) in part eliminating U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries; (4) requiring a current inclusion in U.S. federal taxable income of certain unrepatriated earnings of controlled foreign corporations; (5) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) and changing how existing AMT credits can be realized; (6) creating the base erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”), a new minimum tax; (7) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense; and (8) changing rules related to uses and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.

In connection with the Company’s analysis of the impact of the 2017 Tax Act, it recorded no tax benefit or expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. The 2017 Tax Act reduces the corporate tax rate to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. Consequently, the Company recorded a $12.1 million decrease to its U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets, with an offset to the valuation allowance, for the year ended December 31, 2017 and recorded no change to its U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets for the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company has recognized the tax impacts related to revaluation of deferred tax assets, offset by the valuation allowance, and included these amounts in its combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The Company recorded an income tax expense of $51 thousand for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) and 2019 (unaudited). The income tax expense recorded for these periods (unaudited) was primarily due to state income tax expense.

The Company’s effective tax rate was 0% for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) and 2019 (unaudited). The difference between the effective tax rate and the federal statutory

 

F-71


Table of Contents

tax rate for these periods (unaudited) primarily relates to losses in the U.S. for which no benefit can be taken.

The Company’s effective tax rate may be subject to fluctuation during the year as new information is obtained, which may affect the assumptions used to estimate the annual effective tax rate, valuation allowances against deferred tax assets, the recognition and de-recognition of tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions, and changes in or the interpretation of tax laws in jurisdictions where the Company conducts business.

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. As of September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company retains a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets. The realization of the Company’s deferred tax assets depends primarily on its ability to generate taxable income in future periods. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable in future periods may change as management continues to reassess the underlying factors it uses in estimating future taxable income.

The valuation allowance increased by $21.4 million, and $29.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, and 2018, respectively.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had $182.1 million of federal, and $250.1 million of state net operating loss carryforwards, which will begin to expire in 2030 for federal and 2030 for state tax purposes.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had $6.0 million of federal, and $3.6 million of state research credit carryforwards. The federal credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2031, and the state credit carryforward has no expiration date.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to annual limitations due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before they are able to be utilized. The Company does not expect any previous ownership changes, as defined under Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, to result in a limitation that will reduce the total amount of net operating loss carryforwards and credits that can be utilized.

As of December 31, 2018, the unrecognized tax benefit was $2.2 million, none of which would impact the annual effective tax rate if recognized and the remainder of which would result in a corresponding adjustment to the valuation allowance.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2018, there were no significant accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various state jurisdictions. The Company is currently under examination in California for tax years 2013 and 2014. The Company’s various tax years starting with 2009 to 2017 remain open in various taxing jurisdictions.

11. Stockholders’ Equity

Release of Caviar Shares Held Back

In 2014, in conjunction with Parent’s acquisition of Caviar, 1,291,979 shares of the purchase consideration issuable by Parent were withheld for indemnification purposes. Through December 31,

 

F-72


Table of Contents

2017, Parent recorded cumulative expense of $2.7 million related to various claims associated with Caviar. In April 2018, Parent reached an agreement with the former owners of Caviar whereby 822,085 of the shares held back were released to the former owners and 469,894 shares were forfeited back to Parent as indemnification against liabilities related to Caviar pre-acquisition matters.

Upon reaching the agreement, Parent recorded an indemnification asset of $2.7 million with an offset credit recorded in general and administrative operating expenses in the combined statement of comprehensive loss. Upon receipt of the shares, the indemnification asset was offset against equity.

Company Share-Based Compensation

The Company has no share-based compensation plans; however certain employees of the Company participate in Parent’s plans. The expense in the accompanying combined statement of comprehensive loss includes the expense associated with the Company’s employees who participate in Parent’s share-based compensation plans and an allocation of share compensation expense for certain corporate employees of Parent who spend some portion of their time supporting the Company’s activities.

The following table summarizes the effects of share-based compensation on the Company’s combined statement of comprehensive loss (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
(Unaudited)
 
     2017      2018  

Product development

   $ 6,336      $ 5,586      $ 7,754  

Sales and marketing

     479        794        970  

General and administrative

     4,032        5,124        3,975  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,847      $ 11,504      $ 12,699  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company capitalized $0.2 million and $0.8 million of share-based compensation expense related to capitalized software during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The Company capitalized $0.6 million and $0.1 million, of share-based compensation expense related to capitalized software during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) and 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

Parent Stock Plans

Parent maintains two share-based employee compensation plans: the 2009 Stock Plan (“2009 Plan”) and the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (“2015 Plan”). The 2015 Plan serves as the successor to the 2009 Plan. The 2015 Plan became effective as of November 17, 2015. Outstanding awards under the 2009 Plan continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the 2009 Plan. Effective November 17, 2015, no additional awards will be granted under the 2009 Plan.

The total weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted by Parent was $5.97 and $16.25 per share for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

The total weighted-average exercise price of options outstanding was $8.67 and $8.63 per share for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The total weighted-average exercise price of options outstanding was $9.40 per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

Parent Restricted Stock Activity

Parent issues RSAs and RSUs under the 2015 Plan, which typically vest over a term of four years.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

The total weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSAs and RSUs granted by Parent was $21.21 and $54.43 per share for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The total weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSAs and RSUs granted by Parent was $73.29 per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

The total weighted-average grant-date fair value of unvested RSAs and RSUs granted by Parent was $17.84 and $31.34 share for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The total weighted-average grant-date fair value of unvested RSAs and RSUs granted by Parent was $46.82 share for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

Parent Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On November 17, 2015, Parent’s 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) became effective. The ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase shares of Parent’s common stock at a discount through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, subject to any plan limitations. The ESPP provides for 12-month offering periods. The offering periods are scheduled to start on the first trading day on or after May 15 and November 15 of each year, except for the first offering period, which commenced on November 19, 2015 and ended on November 15, 2016. Each offering period includes two purchase periods, which begin on the first trading day on or after November 15 and May 15 and ending on the last trading day on or before May 15 and November 15, respectively. Employees are able to purchase shares at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of Parent’s common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or the last trading day of the purchase period. The number of shares available for sale under the ESPP will be increased annually on the first day of each fiscal year, equal to the least of (i) 8,400,000 shares, (ii) 1% of the outstanding shares of Parent’s common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (iii) such other amount as determined by the administrator.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Company has been a party to, is currently a party to, and may in the future be involved in, various litigation matters (including intellectual property litigation).

Parent was involved in a class action lawsuit concerning independent contractors in connection with the Caviar business. On March 19, 2015, Jeffry Levin, on behalf of a putative nationwide class, filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against Parent’s wholly owned subsidiary, Caviar, Inc., which, as amended, alleged that Caviar misclassified Mr. Levin and other similarly situated couriers as independent contractors and, in doing so, violated various provisions of the California Labor Code and California Business and Professions Code by requiring them to pay various business expenses that should have been borne by Caviar. The Court compelled arbitration of Mr. Levin’s individual claims on November 16, 2015 and dismissed the lawsuit in its entirety with prejudice on May 2, 2016. On June 1, 2016, Mr. Levin filed a Notice of Appeal of the Court’s order compelling arbitration with the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. Mr. Levin filed his opening appellate brief regarding the order compelling arbitration of his individual claims on October 7, 2016. Parent filed its answering brief on December 7, 2016, and Mr. Levin filed his reply on December 21, 2016. No hearing date was set. Mr. Levin also sought an award of penalties pursuant to the Labor Code Private Attorneys General Act of 2004 (PAGA). The parties stipulated that Mr. Levin would no longer pursue this PAGA claim but that it may instead be pursued by a different courier. Subsequently, couriers Nadezhda Rosen and La’Dell Brewster filed a new PAGA-only claim in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of San Francisco (Superior Court) on November 7, 2016. Plaintiffs claimed that Caviar misclassified its couriers as independent contractors

 

F-74


Table of Contents

resulting in numerous violations of the California Labor Code, pursuant to which plaintiffs sought statutory penalties for those violations. In February 2017, Parent participated in a mediation with the parties in these Caviar misclassification suits to explore resolution of the matters at hand. After continued negotiation, the parties reached a global settlement of these suits, which has been confirmed. As a result, the Levin and Rosen lawsuits were dismissed with prejudice in their respective courts on January 24, 2018 and January 18, 2018, respectively.

On May 14, 2018, Joshua Woodle, on behalf of a class of couriers who have delivered with Caviar in California, filed a lawsuit in San Francisco County Superior Court against the Company doing business as Caviar, which alleges that Caviar misclassified Mr. Woodle and other similarly situated couriers as independent contractors and, in doing so, violated various provisions of the California Labor Code and California Business and Professions Code. Plaintiffs seek damages and injunctive relief. The Court compelled arbitration of Mr. Woodle’s arbitrable claims on November 5, 2018. On August 24, 2018, Mervyn Cole, on behalf of the State of California and similarly situated couriers who have delivered with Caviar in California filed a lawsuit in Los Angeles County Superior Court against the Company doing business as Caviar. The complaint alleges that Caviar misclassified Mr. Cole and other similarly situated couriers as independent contractors and, in doing so, violated certain provisions of the California Labor Code. The action is being brought as a representative action under the Private Attorneys General Act (“PAGA”). Plaintiffs seek civil penalties and injunctive relief. Given the early stage of these proceedings, it is not yet possible to reliably determine the potential liability that could result from these matters.

On March 27, 2019, current Zesty Catering Captain Amy Pfeifer filed a representative PAGA action against the Company and InSync Staffing, Inc. on behalf of herself and “similarly-aggrieved employees” in California alleging Labor Code violations relating to overtime, meal and rest breaks, expense reimbursement, failure to timely pay final wages, and inaccurate wage statements. The Complaint does not allege a class action. A mediation involving all the parties was held on October 22, 2019. As of October 28, 2019 (unaudited), the parties subsequently executed a term sheet in order to fully resolve all claims in the complaint. Because this is a PAGA complaint, any proposed settlement must be approved by the Court.

On January 22, 2016, Spencer Janssen, filed a putative class action lawsuit (San Francisco County Superior Court, Civil Action No. CGC-16-549980) against the Company alleging claims under the California Legal Remedies Act and the California Unfair Competition Law. Plaintiff was seeking to certify a class of all California customers of trycaviar.com from approximately January 2013 through August 2015, and he alleged that the Company and its alleged d/b/a, Caviar, misled customers by labeling a mandatory 18% charge as a “gratuity” and not passing the “gratuity” on to Caviar’s delivery drivers. With the assistance of Judge Infante, the parties reached a mediated settlement. The Court entered the Final Approval Order and Judgment on September 26, 2018, for which the Company subsequently complied.

The Company does not believe, at this time, that any ultimate liability resulting from any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or liquidity. However, the Company cannot give any assurance regarding the ultimate outcome of these matters and their ultimate resolution could be material to the Company’s operating results for any particular period.

In addition, from time to time, the Company may be subject to various other litigation matters and disputes arising in connection with its business. The Company cannot at this time fairly estimate a reasonable range of exposure, if any, of the potential liability with respect to these other matters. While the Company does not believe, at this time, that any ultimate liability resulting from any of these other matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or liquidity, the Company cannot give any assurance regarding the ultimate outcome of these other matters, and their resolution could be material to the Company’s operating results for any particular period.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

13. Related Party Transactions

The Company has historically operated as part of Parent and not as a stand-alone company. Accordingly, Parent has allocated certain shared costs to the Company that are reflected as expenses in these combined financial statements. Management considers the allocation methodologies used by Parent to be reasonable and to appropriately reflect the related expenses attributable to the Company for purposes of the carve-out financial statements; however, the expenses reflected in these financial statements may not be indicative of the actual expenses that would have been incurred during the periods presented if the Company had operated as a separate stand-alone entity. In addition, the expenses reflected in the financial statements may not be indicative of expenses the Company will incur in the future.

Certain corporate overhead and shared expenses incurred by Parent and its subsidiaries have been allocated to the Company and are reflected in the combined statement of comprehensive loss. These amounts include, but are not limited to, items such as general management and executive oversight, costs to develop and support Parent information technology infrastructure, facilities, compliance, human resources, marketing and legal functions, financial management and transaction processing, consolidated tax filings and tax planning, Parent benefit plan administration, risk management and consolidated treasury services; insurance programs Parent administers on behalf of the Company, including medical insurance programs, workers compensation, property, automobile, errors and omissions, general, and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance; certain employee benefits and incentives, and share-based compensation administration. These costs are allocated using methodologies that management believes are reasonable for the item being allocated. Allocation methodologies include the Company’s relative share of revenue, headcount, or processing volume as a percentage of Parent’s total.

14. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated and recognized or disclosed subsequent events, as appropriate, through September 18, 2019, the date the combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 were originally issued, and has evaluated for disclosure additional subsequent events occurring after such date through October 28, 2019, which is the date these unaudited combined financial statements were available to be issued.

On July 31, 2019, Parent entered into a definitive agreement to sell the Caviar business to DoorDash. The definitive agreement was publicly announced on August 1, 2019. Regulatory review and approval was received and the transaction closed on October 31, 2019 (unaudited).

 

F-76


Table of Contents

DoorDash, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 is presented to give effect to DoorDash, Inc.’s (“DoorDash”, or the “Company”) acquisition of Square, Inc.’s (“Square”) marketplace focused on facilitating deliveries from premium restaurants, Caviar (“Caviar”), on October 31, 2019 for $311 million in cash and 2,635,780 shares of the Company’s Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock (the “Acquisition”).

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations was prepared based on the historical consolidated statements of operations of DoorDash and the historical combined statements of operations of Caviar, after giving effect to the Acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting, and after applying the assumptions, reclassifications, and adjustments described in the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 combines the historical consolidated statements of operations of DoorDash for the year ended December 31, 2019 and of Caviar for the period January 1, 2019 through October 31, 2019 and assumes the Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2019, the first day of DoorDash’s most recently completed fiscal year. The Acquisition of Caviar has been reflected in the Company’s historical audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 and therefore, no unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet has been presented herein.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations is based on and should be read in conjunction with DoorDash’s and Caviar’s historical financial statements referenced below:

 

   

DoorDash’s consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, included elsewhere in this prospectus; and

 

   

Caviar’s unaudited combined financial statements and related notes thereto as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma adjustments reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations are based on events that are (1) directly attributable to the Acquisition, (2) factually supportable, and (3) expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the Company’s results of operations that would have occurred had the events been consummated as of the dates indicated, nor is it meant to be indicative of future results of operations for any future period or as of any future date.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations does not give effect to the potential impact of current financial conditions, or any anticipated revenue enhancements, cost savings, or operating synergies that may result from the Acquisition. Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2019

(in millions, except share amounts which are reflected in thousands, and per share data)

 

     DoorDash
Historical
    Caviar
As Adjusted

(Note 3)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments

(Note 5)
          DoorDash
Pro Forma
Combined
 

Revenue

   $ 885     $ 86     $       $ 971  

Costs and expenses:

          

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     523       55               578  

Sales and marketing

     594       20               614  

Research and development

     107       12               119  

General and administrative

     245       40       (5     (a     280  

Depreciation and amortization

     32       2       31       (b     65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     1,501       129       26         1,656  

Loss from operations

     (616     (43     (26       (685

Interest income

     18                     18  

Interest expense

                          

Other expense, net

     (68                   (68
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (666     (43     (26       (735

Provision for income taxes

     1             1       (c     2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (667   $ (43   $ (27     $ (737

Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders

     (1                 (d     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (668   $ (43   $ (27     $ (738
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (15.44         $ (17.06
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     43,252             43,252  
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

DoorDash, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

1. Description of the Acquisition

On October 31, 2019 (the “Closing Date”), the Company completed the acquisition of Caviar pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2019. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations has been prepared to illustrate the pro forma effects of the Acquisition.

2. Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations was prepared using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). The acquisition method of accounting requires use of the fair value concepts defined in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 defines fair value as “the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.” Fair value measurements can be highly subjective and it is possible the application of reasonable judgment could develop different assumptions resulting in a range of alternative estimates using the same facts and circumstances.

ASC 805 requires the determination of the accounting acquirer, the acquisition date, the fair value of assets and liabilities of the acquiree, and the measurement of goodwill. DoorDash has been identified as the acquirer for accounting purposes based on the facts and circumstances specific to the Acquisition. As a result, DoorDash has recorded the business combination in its financial statements and applied the acquisition method to account for the acquired assets and liabilities of Caviar. Applying the acquisition method includes recording the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair values, and recording goodwill for the excess of the consideration transferred over the aggregate fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is attributable to the assembled workforce and synergies from the future growth and strategic advantages in the food delivery industry.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

3. Conforming Accounting Policies and Reclassifications

During the preparation of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019, management reviewed the historical accounting policies of Caviar to determine if differences in financial statement presentation or accounting policies required adjustment or reclassification for the period presented. The Company identified certain reclassifications that were necessary to conform Caviar’s historical combined statement of operations presentation to that of the Company. There were no material differences in accounting policies requiring adjustment. As a result, management made the following adjustments to align Caviar’s historical statement of operations presentation to that of DoorDash (in millions):

 

    Historical Caviar                    
    For the Nine Months
Ended September

30, 2019
    For the Period
October 1, 2019 to
October 31, 2019
    Adjustments to
Conform
Presentation
          Caviar As Adjusted  

Revenue

  $ 77     $ 9     $       $ 86  

Cost of revenue

    40       5       (45     (i)     $  

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below*

                55       (i), (ii)       55  

Product development

    21       1       (22     (ii),(iii),(iv)        

Sales and marketing*

    18       2           20  

Research and development*

                12       (iii)       12  

General and administrative*

    38       4       (2     (ii),(iv)       40  

Depreciation and amortization*

                2       (iv)       2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (40     (3             (43
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Provisions for income taxes

                         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (40   $ (3   $       $ (43
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

*

Denotes financial statement line items on the historical financial statements of DoorDash

i)

To reclassify $45 million in expenses from the cost of revenue line item in the Caviar combined statement of operations to the cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization line item in order to conform to the Company’s presentation.

ii)

To reclassify $9 million in expenses from the product development line item and $1 million in expenses from the general and administrative line item in the Caviar combined statement of operations to the cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization line item in order to conform to the Company’s presentation.

iii)

To reclassify $12 million in expenses from the product development line item in the Caviar combined statement of operations to the research and development line item in order to conform to the Company’s presentation.

iv)

To reclassify $1 million in expenses from the product development line item and $1 million in expenses from the general and administrative line item in the Caviar combined statement of operations to the depreciation and amortization line item in order to conform to the Company’s presentation.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

4. Purchase Price Allocation

The following summarizes the calculation of consideration transferred as of the Closing Date (in millions, except share amounts which are reflected in thousands, and per share data):

 

     October 31,
2019
 

Cash consideration

   $ 311  

Issuance of DoorDash Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock:

  

Number of Series G redeemable convertible preferred shares issued

     2,636  

Fair value per share

   $ 37.93942  
  

 

 

 

Fair value of DoorDash Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock issued

     100  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 411  
  

 

 

 

The following summarizes the preliminary purchase price allocation as of the Closing Date (in millions):

 

     October 31,
2019
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 4  

Intangible assets:

  

Existing technology

     45  

Vendor relationships

     45  

Courier relationships

     1  

Customer relationships

     9  

Trade name and trademarks

     6  

Goodwill

     305  

Total assets acquired

     415  
  

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     3  

Other liabilities

     1  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     4  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired, including goodwill

   $ 411  
  

 

 

 

5. Pro Forma Adjustments

 

  a)

Transaction costs—To record the elimination of $5 million in transaction costs directly related to the Acquisition that are reflected in the historical consolidated statements of operations for the Company for the year ended December 31, 2019. There were no transaction costs to be eliminated from the historical combined statement of operations of Caviar.

 

F-81


Table of Contents
  b)

Depreciation and amortization expense—To record the assumed increase in depreciation and amortization expense based on preliminary estimates of the fair value of Caviar’s acquired property and equipment and intangible assets. The assumed incremental depreciation and amortization expense is calculated as follows (in millions):

 

     Estimated
Fair
Value
     Estimated
Useful
Life

(in Years)
     Depreciation
and
Amortization

Expense for
the 10
Months

Ended
October 31,
2019
 

Existing technology

   $ 45        1.5      $ 25  

Vendor relationships

     45        13.0        3  

Courier relationships

     1        1.5        1  

Customer relationships

     9        3.0        2  

Trade name and trademarks

     6        3.0        2  

New depreciation and amortization expense

         $ 33  

Eliminate historical Caviar depreciation and amortization expense

           (2
        

 

 

 

Pro forma depreciation and amortization adjustment

         $ 31  
        

 

 

 

 

    

A 10% change in the valuation of intangible assets would cause a corresponding increase or decrease in the balance of goodwill and annual amortization expense of $4 million, assuming an overall weighted-average useful life of 6.6 years. A change in the valuation of property and equipment of 10% would not have a material impact on goodwill or annual depreciation expense.

 

  c)

Provision for income taxes—To record estimated tax expense of $1 million related to tax deductible goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2019. Due to the Company’s accumulated net operating losses, the pro forma tax expense adjustment is comprised solely of deferred tax expense related to tax deductible goodwill for which the Company assumed a blended statutory tax rate of 23.00%. Aside from the deferred tax impact of tax deductible goodwill, the assumed statutory rate for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations is zero.

 

  d)

Net loss attributable to common stockholders—To reflect the assumed impact of the unaudited pro forma adjustments to net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, and the exchange listing fee.

 

     Amount
to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ *  

FINRA filing fee

     *  

Exchange listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *  

Miscellaneous expenses

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *  
  

 

 

 

 

*    To be filed by amendment.

  

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission, or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that they are or were one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or

 

II-1


Table of Contents

other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that they are or were one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit, or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and the indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees, or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification of the underwriters by us for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

 

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2017, we have issued the following unregistered securities:

Preferred Stock Issuances

In March 2018, we issued an aggregate of 6,304,480 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock. From March 2018 through May 2018, we sold an aggregate of 86,255,750 shares of our

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.50688 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $475,000,060. Additionally, in May 2018, we issued 5,447,730 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock upon conversion of convertible notes at a purchase price of $5.50688 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $30,000,000.

In August 2018, we sold an aggregate of 18,055,210 shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock to eight accredited investors at a purchase price of $13.84642 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000,021.

From February 2019 through May 2019, we sold an aggregate of 18,185,985 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to 13 accredited investors at a purchase price of $22.4751 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $408,731,832.

From May 2019 through November 2019, we sold an aggregate of 18,529,540 shares of our Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock to 36 accredited investors at a purchase price of $37.93942 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $703,000,001.

In June 2020, we sold an aggregate of 8,321,395 shares of our Series H redeemable convertible preferred stock to ten accredited investors at a purchase price of $45.9062 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $382,003,624.

Option and RSU Issuances

From January 1, 2017 through the filing date of this registration statement, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 31,545,705 shares of our Class A common stock under our equity compensation plans at exercise prices ranging from $1.45 to $17.57 per share.

From January 1, 2017 through the filing date of this registration statement, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of 21,390,555 RSUs to be settled in shares of our Class A common stock (net of RSUs issued in connection with acquisitions discussed below).

Securities Issued in Connection with Acquisitions

From January 1, 2017 through the date of this registration statement, we issued an aggregate of 105,000 shares of our Class A common stock and 2,635,780 shares of our Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with our acquisitions of certain companies or their assets and as consideration to individuals and entities who were former service providers or stockholders of such companies.

Convertible Note Issuances

In February 2020, we issued convertible notes in the aggregate principal amount of $340 million to four accredited investors.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts, or commissions, or any public offering. We believe the offers, sales, and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The

 

II-3


Table of Contents

recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page hereto for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

Item 17.

Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1    Asset Purchase Agreement among the registrant, Square, Inc., and Alpine Acquisition Sub, LLC, dated as of July 31, 2019.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of the registrant, as amended, as currently in effect.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant, to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
  4.1    Form of Class A common stock certificate of the registrant.
  4.2    Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the registrant and certain holders of its capital stock, dated as of June 17, 2020.
  4.3    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock between the registrant and Riviera Investment Partners LLC, dated as of October 17, 2015.
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+*    DoorDash, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.3+*    DoorDash, Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements.
10.4+    DoorDash, Inc. 2014 Stock Plan, as amended, and related form agreements.
10.5+    Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan.
10.6+    Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.7+    Outside Director Compensation and Equity Ownership Policy.
10.8+*    Confirmatory Employment Letter between the registrant and Tony Xu, dated as of                     , 2020.
10.9+*    Confirmatory Employment Letter between the registrant and Christopher Payne, dated as of                     , 2020.
10.10+*    Confirmatory Employment Letter between the registrant and Prabir Adarkar, dated as of                     , 2020.
10.11+*    Confirmatory Employment Letter between the registrant and Keith Yandell, dated as of                     , 2020.
10.12+    Offer Letter between the registrant and Shona Brown, effective as of June 30, 2019.
10.13+    Offer Letter between the registrant and Maria Renz, effective as of September 11, 2020.
10.14+*    DoorDash, Inc. 2014 Stock Plan Restricted Unit Agreement between the registrant and Tony Xu, dated as of                     , 2020.
10.15    Form of Exchange Agreement among the registrant, each of Tony Xu, Andy Fang, and Stanley Tang, and certain related entities.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.16    Form of Equity Exchange Right Agreement between the registrant and each of Tony Xu, Andy Fang, and Stanley Tang.
10.17    Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement among the registrant, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, dated as of August 7, 2020.
10.18    Convertible Note Purchase Agreement among the registrant and the investors party thereto, dated February 19, 2020, as amended on April 29, 2020 and June 29, 2020.
10.19    Office Lease between the registrant and Kilroy Realty 303, LLC, dated as of October 18, 2018, as amended on July 30, 2019.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the registrant.
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm as to DoorDash, Inc.
23.2    Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm as to Caviar.
23.3*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on page II-7).

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Francisco, California, on the 13th day of November, 2020.

 

DOORDASH, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tony Xu

  Tony Xu
  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Tony Xu, Prabir Adarkar, and Keith Yandell, and each one of them, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Tony Xu

Tony Xu

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  November 13, 2020

/s/ Prabir Adarkar

Prabir Adarkar

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  November 13, 2020

/s/ Gordon Lee

Gordon Lee

  

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  November 13, 2020

/s/ Shona Brown

Shona Brown

  

Director

  November 13, 2020

/s/ L. John Doerr

L. John Doerr

  

Director

  November 13, 2020

/s/ Andy Fang

Andy Fang

  

Director

  November 13, 2020

/s/ Jeffrey Housenbold

Jeffrey Housenbold

  

Director

  November 13, 2020

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jeremy Kranz

Jeremy Kranz

  

Director

  November 13, 2020

/s/ Alfred Lin

Alfred Lin

  

Director

  November 13, 2020

/s/ Stanley Meresman

Stanley Meresman

  

Director

  November 13 2020

/s/ Maria Renz

Maria Renz

  

Director

  November 13, 2020

/s/ Stanley Tang

Stanley Tang

  

Director

  November 13, 2020

 

II-8

Exhibit 2.1

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

SQUARE, INC.,

DOORDASH, INC.

AND

ALPINE ACQUISITION SUB, LLC

 

 

Dated as of July 31, 2019


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   Article I   
   Definitions   

1.1

  

Definitions

     1  

1.2

  

Other Defined Terms

     12  
     Article II       
     Purchase and Sale; Closing       

2.1

  

Purchase and Sale

     17  

2.2

  

Aggregate Consideration

     17  

2.3

  

Closing Date

     17  

2.4

  

Purchased Assets

     17  

2.5

  

Excluded Assets

     19  

2.6

  

Assumed Liabilities

     21  

2.7

  

Retained Liabilities

     21  

2.8

  

Closing Deliveries

     22  

2.9

  

Delivery of Purchased Assets

     24  

2.10

  

Non-Assignment; Consents

     24  

2.11

  

Withholding

     26  
     Article III       
     Representations and Warranties of Seller       

3.1

  

Organization, Standing and Power

     26  

3.2

  

Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability

     26  

3.3

  

No Conflicts; Consents

     27  

3.4

  

Proceedings

     27  

3.5

  

Absence of Changes; No Business Material Adverse Effect

     27  

3.6

  

Business Financial Information

     27  

3.7

  

No Undisclosed Liabilities

     28  

3.8

  

Title

     28  

3.9

  

Intellectual Property

     28  

3.10

  

Privacy; Cybersecurity

     30  

3.11

  

Real Property

     32  

3.12

  

Personal Property

     33  

3.13

  

Material Contracts

     34  

3.14

  

Sufficiency of Assets

     35  

3.15

  

Compliance with Applicable Laws; Permits

     35  

3.16

  

Taxes

     36  

3.17

  

Labor Relations; Employees and Employee Benefit Plans

     36  

3.18

  

Brokers

     39  

3.19

  

Environmental Laws

     39  

3.20

  

Investigation

     39  


3.21

  

Accredited Investor; Investment Experience

     40  

3.22

  

Purchase of Parent Shares Entirely for Own Account

     40  

3.23

  

Parent Shares Unregistered; Restricted Securities; No Public Market

     40  

3.24

  

Legends

     40  

3.25

  

No Other Representations or Warranties

     41  
     Article IV       
     Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser Parties       

4.1

  

Organization, Standing and Power

     41  

4.2

  

Capitalization

     42  

4.3

  

Subsidiaries

     43  

4.4

  

Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability

     43  

4.5

  

Valid Issuance of Parent Shares and Common Stock

     43  

4.6

  

Capital Stock

     43  

4.7

  

Offering

     44  

4.8

  

Proprietary Information Agreements

     44  

4.9

  

Patents and Trademarks

     44  

4.10

  

Compliance with Other Instruments

     45  

4.11

  

Agreements; Actions

     45  

4.12

  

Related-Party Transactions

     46  

4.13

  

Permits

     46  

4.14

  

Registration Rights

     46  

4.15

  

Corporate Documents

     47  

4.16

  

Title to Property and Assets

     47  

4.17

  

Parent Financial Statements

     47  

4.18

  

Changes

     47  

4.19

  

Employee Benefit Plans

     48  

4.20

  

Tax Returns, Payments and Elections

     48  

4.21

  

Insurance

     49  

4.22

  

Minute Books

     49  

4.23

  

Labor Agreements and Actions; Employee Compensation

     49  

4.24

  

Section 83(b) Elections

     50  

4.25

  

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

     50  

4.26

  

Data Privacy

     50  

4.27

  

Real Property Holding Corporation

     50  

4.28

  

Compliance with Laws

     51  

4.29

  

Absence of Purchaser Parties Material Adverse Effect

     51  

4.30

  

No Conflicts; Consents

     51  

4.31

  

Financial Ability to Perform

     51  

4.32

  

Investigation

     52  

4.33

  

Proceedings

     52  

4.34

  

Brokers

     52  

4.35

  

Acknowledgment of No Other Representations or Warranties

     52  


     Article V       
     Covenants       

5.1

  

Efforts

     53  

5.2

  

Covenants Relating to Conduct of Business

     55  

5.3

  

Confidentiality

     57  

5.4

  

Access to Information

     58  

5.5

  

Publicity

     59  

5.6

  

Employee Matters

     60  

5.7

  

Financial Obligations

     63  

5.8

  

Use of Names Following Closing

     63  

5.9

  

Insurance

     64  

5.10

  

Further Assurances; Misallocated Assets; Misdirected Payments

     64  

5.11

  

Bulk Transfer Laws

     65  

5.12

  

Licenses and Support

     65  

5.13

  

R&W Insurance Policy

     68  

5.14

  

Non-Solicitation of Employees

     68  

5.15

  

Delivery of Financial Statements

     69  

5.16

  

Financial Statement Cooperation Following Closing

     69  

5.17

  

Release of Liens

     69  

5.18

  

Transition Services

     70  

5.19

  

Commercial Agreements

     70  

5.20

  

Parent Guarantee

     70  

5.21

  

Co-Sale Agreement

     70  
     Article VI       
     Certain Tax Matters       

6.1

  

Allocation

     70  

6.2

  

Tax Treatment of Payments

     71  

6.3

  

Cooperation and Exchange of Information

     71  

6.4

  

Transfer Taxes

     71  

6.5

  

Proration of Taxes

     72  
     Article VII       
     Conditions Precedent       

7.1

  

Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations to Close

     72  

7.2

  

Conditions to Obligations of the Purchaser Parties to Close

     72  

7.3

  

Conditions to Obligations of Seller to Close

     73  
     Article VIII       
     Termination; Effect of Termination       

8.1

  

Termination

     74  

8.2

  

Effect of Termination

     75  

8.3

  

Notice of Termination

     75  

8.4

  

Parent Termination Fee

     75  


     Article IX       
     Indemnification       

9.1

  

Survival

     76  

9.2

  

Indemnification by Seller

     77  

9.3

  

Indemnification by the Purchaser Parties

     78  

9.4

  

Procedures

     79  

9.5

  

Limitation on Liability

     80  
     Article X       
     General Provisions       

10.1

  

Entire Agreement

     81  

10.2

  

Assignment

     81  

10.3

  

Amendments and Waivers

     82  

10.4

  

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

     82  

10.5

  

Notices

     82  

10.6

  

Specific Performance

     83  

10.7

  

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

     83  

10.8

  

Waiver of Jury Trial

     84  

10.9

  

Severability

     84  

10.10

  

Counterparts

     84  

10.11

  

Expenses

     85  

10.12

  

Interpretation; Absence of Presumption

     85  

10.13

  

Waiver of Conflicts; Attorney-Client Privilege

     86  

 

EXHIBITS   
        Exhibit A    Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement and Bill of Sale
        Exhibit B    Form of Transition Services Agreement
ANNEXES   
        Annex A    Form of R&W Insurance Policy

 


ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2019 (this “Agreement”), is by and among Square, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”), DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”) and Alpine Acquisition Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned Subsidiary of Parent (“Purchaser” and, together with Parent, the “Purchaser Parties”). Seller, Parent and Purchaser are each referred to as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

WHEREAS, Seller and certain of its Subsidiaries are engaged in, among other things, the Business;

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, Seller desires to, and desires to cause the other Seller Entities to, sell, assign, transfer and convey to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to purchase and acquire from the Seller Entities, all of their right, title and interest in and to the Purchased Assets, and Purchaser desires to assume, pay, discharge and perform the Assumed Liabilities (the “Transaction”);

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery off this Agreement, as a material inducement to Parent’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, certain employees of the Business are accepting employment offers from Parent, in each case contingent on the consummation of the Transaction; and

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing, Seller and Purchaser desire to enter, or to cause certain of their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries to enter, into certain other agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. As used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise.

Aggregate Cash Consideration” means $310,000,035.55 in cash.

Aggregate Share Consideration” means 527,156 Parent Shares in the aggregate.

 

1


Antitrust Approvals” means all Approvals from Governmental Entities that are required under applicable Antitrust Laws to permit the consummation of the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Antitrust Laws” means any applicable Law or other legal restraint designed to govern competition or trade regulation, or to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions with the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade.

Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether or not subject to ERISA) or other applicable Law and any employment, individual consulting, retention, profit-sharing, bonus, stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock or other equity or equity-based compensation, incentive, commission, deferred compensation, severance, termination, vacation, health, welfare or fringe benefits, life insurance, relocation or expatriate benefits, perquisites, disability or sick leave benefits or other compensation or benefit plan, program, policy, agreement or arrangement, in each case whether or not written, that is sponsored, maintained, contributed to or entered into by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates for the benefit of any Business Employee, other than any employee benefit plan or program sponsored or maintained solely by a Governmental Entity.

Business” means the research, development, marketing, operation and support of a delivery and pickup service for restaurants, and catering service for restaurants and companies, in each case as currently conducted by Seller and its Affiliates as the Caviar business, but excluding any other Seller products or services, including the platform to provide point-of-sale integrations and order injections, payment processing and payout services, lending and financing, online store, marketing and partnerships with on-demand delivery providers.

Business Books and Records” means, to the extent related to the Business, all of the files, regulatory filings, work papers, personnel and employment records, supplier and customer lists, financial and accounting books and records, reports, budgets, forecasts, purchase orders and invoices, sales orders and sales order log books, cost and pricing information, marketing documentation, correspondence and miscellaneous records; provided that the Business Books and Records shall not include (a) Tax Returns and other books and records (including work papers) related to Taxes paid or payable by Seller or any of its Affiliates, (b) personnel and employment records for employees and former employees who are not Business Employees, (c) any books and records solely to the extent related to an Excluded Asset or Retained Liability, and (d) subject to Section 2.4(i), any books and records that are not separable without undue burden or expense from books and records that are exclusively related to the Business.

Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to be closed in New York, New York or San Francisco, California.

Business Employee means each employee of Seller listed in Section 1.1(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules.

Business Field” means the Business as conducted immediately prior to the date hereof and as of immediately prior to the Closing Date.

 

2


Business Financial Statements” means (i) the audited balance sheet of the Business, and the related audited statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity, and (ii) an unaudited (but auditor reviewed) balance sheet of the Business, and the related unaudited (but auditor reviewed) statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity, for such fiscal or interim periods as would be required by Parent to be included in financial statements in a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act if such registration statement were filed within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date (assuming satisfaction of the condition set forth in Section 7.2(d)). For illustrative purposes, (A) if the Closing Date is anticipated to occur on or prior to September 30, 2019 (assuming delivery of the following Business Financial Statements), then the Business Financial Statements shall be (1) the audited balance sheet of the Business as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, and the related audited statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the fiscal years then ended and (2) the unaudited (but auditor reviewed) balance sheet of the Business as of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2019, and the related unaudited (but auditor reviewed) statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the six (6)-month periods then ended, (B) if the Closing Date is anticipated to occur after September 30, 2019 but on or prior to December 31, 2019 (assuming delivery of the following Business Financial Statements), then the Business Financial Statements shall be (1) the audited balance sheet of the Business as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, and the related audited statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the fiscal years then ended and (2) the unaudited (but auditor reviewed) balance sheet of the Business as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2019, and the related unaudited (but auditor reviewed) statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the nine (9)-month periods then ended, and (C) if the Closing Date is anticipated to occur after December 31, 2019 but on or prior to March 31, 2020 (assuming delivery of the following Business Financial Statements), then the Business Financial Statements shall be (1) the audited balance sheet of the Business as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, and (2) the related audited statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019.

Business Material Adverse Effect” means any event, change, development, circumstance or effect that, either alone or in combination, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the business, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Business, taken as a whole; except that any event, change, development, circumstance or effect resulting or arising from, or in connection with, any of the following matters shall be excluded from the determination of whether a “Business Material Adverse Effect” has occurred: (i) the general conditions in the industries in which the Business operates, including economic, regulatory, legal and tax conditions, and competition in any of the geographic areas in which the Business operates; (ii) general political, economic, business, monetary, financial or capital or credit market conditions or trends (including with respect to interest rates and trade tariffs); (iii) any act of civil unrest, war or terrorism (including by cyberattack not specifically targeted at the Business or the Purchased Assets), including an outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or any other country or the declaration by the United States or any other country of a national emergency or war; (iv) any conditions resulting from natural disasters, weather developments, man-made disasters, acts of God or other force majeure events; (v) the failure of the financial or operating performance of the Business to meet Seller’s or analyst or other external projections, forecasts or budgets for any period (provided that the causes underlying such failure shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (v)); (vi) any action taken or omitted to be taken by

 

3


Seller, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Representatives at the written request of Parent or Purchaser; (vii) changes in any Law (including any proposed Law) or applicable accounting principles or standards or, in each case, any interpretations thereof; or (viii) the execution, announcement, pendency or consummation of this Agreement or the Transaction, or the identity of the Purchaser Parties or its Affiliates or any communication by the Purchaser Parties or any of their Affiliates (including in respect of its plans or intentions, including in respect of the Business Employees), including any loss of Business Employees, customers, supplier, partners, licensees, licensors or other business relationships resulting from any of the foregoing; except, in the case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (vii), to the extent, and only to the extent, that such event, change or development has a disproportionate effect on the Business relative to other similar businesses in the industries in which the Business operates.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract” means any written contract, agreement, lease, license, commitment, loan or credit agreement, indenture, note, bond, instrument, mortgage, deed of trust, other arrangement, understanding or obligation, in each case as amended and supplemented from time to time, other than a Permit or a Benefit Plan.

Environmental Claim” means any Proceeding by any Person alleging potential Liability in respect of the Purchased Assets (including potential Liability for investigatory costs, cleanup costs, governmental response costs, natural resources damages, property damages, personal injuries or penalties) arising out of, based on or resulting from (a) the presence, or release into the environment, of, or exposure to, any Materials of Environmental Concern at any location, whether or not owned or operated by any Seller Entity or (b) circumstances forming the basis of any violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law.

Environmental Laws” means, collectively, any and all Laws and Judgments relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, including Laws relating to Materials of Environmental Concern.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to any entity, trade or business, any other entity, trade or business that is, or was at the relevant time, a member of a group described in Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA that includes or included the first entity, trade or business, or that is, or was at the relevant time, a member of the same “controlled group” as the first entity, trade or business pursuant to Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.

Excluded Business Tax” means any Tax that is (A) imposed with respect to the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities or the Business for any Pre-Closing Period or (B) imposed on Seller for any period.

Fundamental Purchaser Parties Representations” means the representations and warranties made by Seller in Section 4.1, Section 4.2, Section 4.4, Section 4.5, Section 4.6 and Section 4.34.

 

4


Fundamental Seller Representations” means the representations and warranties made by Seller in Section 3.1, Section 3.2, Section 3.8 and Section 3.18.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time.

Governmental Entity” means any national, state, local, supranational or foreign government or court, administrative agency or commission or other national, state, local, supranational or foreign governmental authority or instrumentality, in the case of each of the foregoing, of competent jurisdiction.

HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person at any date, any amounts owed as of the applicable date, without duplication, in respect of: (a) all obligations for borrowed money; (b) all merchant payables, courier payables and accounts payable; (c) all obligations in respect of letters of credit to the extent drawn; (d) all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; (e) all capital lease obligations (as accounted for under GAAP); (f) all guarantees (or any other arrangement having the effect of a guarantee) of Indebtedness of others; (g) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on any owned or acquired property (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); (h) all net cash payment obligations under swaps, options, derivatives and other hedging agreements or arrangements that would be payable upon the determination thereof (assuming they were terminated on the date of determination); and (i) accrued interest, penalties or fees related to any of the foregoing, including any prepayment and redemption premiums or penalties (including breakage costs) and any other fees and expenses paid or payable to satisfy such Indebtedness as of such date.

Information Technology” means computer systems and other equipment, or hardware (including computers, screens, servers, workstations, routers, hubs, switches, networks, data communications lines and telecommunications systems) used in the general operation of the Business; provided that Information Technology does not include any Software.

Infringement” or “Infringe” means that a given item or activity directly or indirectly infringes, misappropriates, dilutes, constitutes unauthorized use of, or otherwise violates the Intellectual Property Rights of, any Person.

Intellectual Property Rights” means any and all intellectual or industrial property rights, including common law or statutory rights anywhere in the world arising under or associated with (a) patents and patent applications and similar or equivalent rights in inventions or designs (“Patents”); (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, logos, slogans, hash tags and other designations of origin (“Marks”); (c) rights in domain names, web addresses, uniform resource locators, social media pages/identifiers and other names and locators associated with Internet addresses and sites (“Internet Properties”); (d) copyrights and any other rights in works of authorship (including Software as a work of authorship) and any related rights of authors (“Copyrights”); (e) trade secrets, industrial secret rights and rights in know-how and confidential or proprietary information, in each case that derive independent economic value from not being

 

5


generally known (“Trade Secrets”); (f) intellectual property rights in databases, data compilations, data collections (including knowledge databases, customer lists and customer databases) and other rights in data; and (g) rights of publicity and other equivalent rights to use the names, likeness, image, photograph, voice, identity and Personal Data.

Investors’ Rights Agreement” means that certain Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2019, by and among Parent and the investors listed on Schedule A thereto.

Judgment” means any judgment, injunction, order, decree, stipulation, award, ruling, writ or assessment of any Governmental Entity.

Knowledge” means, (a) with respect to Seller, (i) for matters relating to Intellectual Property Rights or Technology, the actual knowledge of the individuals listed in Section 1.1(b)(ii)(A) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules after reasonable inquiry of such individual’s direct reports who have operational responsibility in respect of the matter in question, (ii) for all other matters, the actual knowledge of the individuals listed in Section 1.1(b)(ii)(B) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, and (b) with respect to Parent, Purchaser or the Purchaser Parties, the actual knowledge of the individuals listed in Section 1.1(b) of the Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules.

Law” means any national, state, local, supranational or foreign law, statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, Judgment or treaty, in each case promulgated by a Governmental Entity.

Leased Real Property” means the real property that relates to the Transferred Leases.

Liabilities” means all debts, liabilities, guarantees, assurances, commitments and obligations of any kind, whether fixed, contingent or absolute, asserted or unasserted, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or not accrued, known or unknown, due or to become due, whenever or however arising.

Licensable” means, with respect to any Intellectual Property Right: (a) ownership of such Intellectual Property Right or (b) the right to license, sublicense or otherwise grant rights or immunities under such Intellectual Property Right consistent with the scope of licenses, rights or immunities granted under this Agreement without a requirement to obtain a consent from, enter into an agreement with, or provide notice to, any third party, or to pay or grant any additional rights, immunities or consideration to any third party; provided that if Seller or its Affiliates has the right to grant a license or other rights or immunities to Purchaser and its Affiliates under any Intellectual Property Right that is more limited than required by the license or other grants set forth in this Agreement, then such Intellectual Property Right will nonetheless be deemed “Licensable” to the maximum extent possible.

Licensed Libraries” means the Software libraries listed on Section 2.4(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules under the headings “A-Libraries” and “B-Libraries.”

Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, security interest, charge, easement, covenant, title defects, right-of-way, encroachment, restriction, right of first refusal, offer or purchase, option or other similar right to purchase, or other encumbrance on exercise of ownership.

 

6


Losses” means losses, liabilities, fines, damages, Taxes, payments, penalties, costs and expenses, including reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, accountants and other experts.

Materials of Environmental Concern” means any chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes, petroleum and petroleum products, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead or lead-based paints or materials, radon or mold, fungi, mycotoxins or other substances that are regulated under Environmental Law because of their hazardous, toxic or dangerous properties or characteristics (including the use, storage, handling and disposal of any such substances).

Multiemployer Plan” means any “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Open Source Materials” means Software or other material that is distributed as “free software,” “open source software” or under similar licensing or distribution terms (including but not limited to the GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), Mozilla Public License (MPL), BSD licenses, the Artistic License, the Netscape Public License, the Sun Community Source License (SCSL) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL), Open Source Initiative, and the Apache License) that (a) requires or conditions the use or distribution of such Software or other material, or portion thereof, on (i) the disclosure, licensing, or distribution of any source code for any portion of such Software, or (ii) the granting to licensees of the right to make derivative works or other modifications to such Software or other material or portions thereof, or (b) could otherwise impose any limitation, restriction, or condition on the right or ability of the Business to use, sell, offer for sale, license, distribute or charge for any product or service.

Organizational Documents” means, with respect to a Person, the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or equivalent governing documents, as applicable, of such Person.

Parent Share Value” means $189.6971 per share of Parent’s Series G Preferred Stock.

Parent Shares” means shares of Parent’s Series G Preferred Stock.

Permits” means permits, approvals, authorizations, consents, licenses or certificates issued by any Governmental Entity, including with respect to Environmental Laws; provided that Permits shall not include any Antitrust Approvals.

Permitted Liens” means the following Liens: (a) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies that are not yet due and payable, or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings or with respect to which adequate reserves according to GAAP have been set aside on the applicable financial statements; (b) statutory or common law Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, workmen, repairmen or vendors and other like Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business which are not

 

7


yet due and payable or that are that are being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings; (c) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other types of social security; (d) Liens deemed to be created by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; and (e) Liens that will be released prior to or in connection with the Closing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Permitted Liens” shall not include any Liens arising under any Indebtedness.

Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, Governmental Entity or other entity.

Personal Data” means, (a) collectively, an individual’s name, street address, telephone number, e-mail address, social means, any information about an identifiable individual, including a natural person’s name, street address, telephone number, e-mail address, photograph, social security number, social insurance number or tax identification number, driver’s license number, passport number, credit card number, bank information, or customer or account number, biometric identifiers or any other piece of information that allows the identification of or contact with a natural person or a particular computing system or device (and for greater certainty includes all such information with respect to employees) and (b) any information that is associated, directly or indirectly (by, for example, records linked via unique keys), to any of the foregoing in a manner that would permit such information to be linked with a particular natural person.

Post-Closing Period” means any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such period beginning after the Closing Date.

Pre-Closing Period” means any taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such period ending on and including the Closing Date.

Proceeding” means any judicial or administrative claims, actions, suits or proceedings by or before any Governmental Entity.

Property Taxes” means real, personal and intangible ad valorem property Taxes.

Purchaser Licensed IP” means, subject to Section 5.2(b)(viii), all Transferred Intellectual Property (other than Patents, Marks and Internet Properties) embodied in any Retained Technology or otherwise used in, held for use in or necessary for the operation or conduct of the Retained Business as conducted prior to the Closing Date.

Purchaser Licensed Patents” means the Transferred Patents (including any Patent that issues from a Patent application included in the Transferred Patents) and all foreign equivalents thereof that, absent a license thereto, would have been infringed by the operation or conduct of the Retained Business prior to the Closing Date.

Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules” means those certain Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules, dated as of the date of this Agreement, provided by the Purchaser Parties to Seller in connection with the execution of this Agreement.

 

8


Purchaser Parties Material Adverse Effect” means any event, change, development, circumstance or effect that, either alone or in combination, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the business, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Purchaser Parties, taken as a whole; except that any event, change, development, circumstance or effect resulting or arising from, or in connection with, any of the following matters shall be excluded from the determination of whether a “Purchaser Parties Material Adverse Effect” has occurred: (i) the general conditions in the industries in which the Purchaser Parties operate, including economic, regulatory, legal and tax conditions, and competition in any of the geographic areas in which the Purchaser Parties operate; (ii) general political, economic, business, monetary, financial or capital or credit market conditions or trends (including with respect to interest rates and trade tariffs); (iii) any act of civil unrest, war or terrorism (including by cyberattack not specifically targeted at the Purchaser Parties), including an outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or any other country or the declaration by the United States or any other country of a national emergency or war; (iv) any conditions resulting from natural disasters, weather developments, man-made disasters, acts of God or other force majeure events; (v) the failure of the financial or operating performance of Purchaser or Parent to meet Purchaser’s, Parent’s or analyst or other external projections, forecasts or budgets for any period (provided that the causes underlying such failure shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (v)); (vi) any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Purchaser Parties, any of their Subsidiaries or any of their respective Representatives at the written request of Seller; (vii) changes in any Law (including any proposed Law) or applicable accounting principles or standards or, in each case, any interpretations thereof; or (viii) the execution, announcement, pendency or consummation of this Agreement or the Transaction, or the identity of Seller or its Affiliates or any communication by Seller or any of its Affiliates, including any loss of employees, customers, supplier, partners, licensees, licensors or other business relationships resulting from any of the foregoing; except, in the case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (vi) and (vii), to the extent, and only to the extent, that such event, change or development has a disproportionate effect on the Purchaser Parties relative to other similar businesses in the industries in which the Purchaser Parties operate.

Registered Intellectual Property” means all United States, international or foreign (a) issued Patents and Patent applications (including provisional applications, divisionals, reissues, reexaminations, continuations, and continuations-in-part); (b) registered Marks and applications to register Marks; (c) registered Copyrights and applications for Copyright registration; (d) registered Internet Properties (including internet domain names and social media accounts); and (e) any other Intellectual Property Right that is subject to any filing or recording with any Governmental Entity or other public or quasi-public legal authority.

Representatives” of a Person means any Affiliate of such Person, and its and their respective officers, directors, employees, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants and other advisors, representatives or agents.

Retained Business” means any and all businesses of Seller and its Affiliates other than the Business.

Retained Field” means any field other than the Business Field.

 

9


Retained Technology” means any and all Technology used, or held for use, in, or necessary for the operation of the Retained Business, it being understood that such Technology may include copies of the Transferred Technology and vice versa.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Seller Disclosure Schedules” means those certain Seller Disclosure Schedules, dated as of the date of this Agreement, provided by Seller to the Purchaser Parties in connection with the execution of this Agreement. Any update or purported update to the Seller Disclosure Schedules after the execution of this Agreement will be disregarded for all purposes of and under this Agreement.

Seller Entities” means Seller and each of its Subsidiaries that has a right, title and interest in and to the Purchased Assets and/or Assumed Liabilities.

Seller Licensed IP” means all Intellectual Property Rights (other than Patents, Marks and Internet Properties) owned or Licensable by Seller or its Affiliates and used or held for use in, or necessary for the operation of, the Business prior to the Closing Date, including any such Intellectual Property Rights embodied in any Transferred Technology, in each case excluding the Transferred Intellectual Property.

Seller Licensed Patents” means (a) the Patents listed on Section 1.1(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, (b) any other Patents owned or Licensable by Seller or its Affiliates that, absent a license thereto, would have been infringed by the operation or conduct of the Business prior to the Closing Date, and (c) any other Patents that claim priority from or share priority with any of the issued Patents or pending Patent applications described in subsections (a) or (b) above, that, absent a license thereto, would have been infringed by the operation or conduct of the Business prior to the Closing Date, in each case excluding the Transferred Patents.

Seller Marks” means (a) the corporate names of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) any other Marks owned or used by Seller or its Subsidiaries, whether or not registered, in any jurisdiction, other than, in the case of this clause (b), the Transferred Marks.

Shared Contract” means the Contracts set forth on Section 1.1(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, which Contracts are primarily related, but not exclusively related, to the Business.

Software” means computer software, middleware or firmware, including object code, source code, scripts, application programming interfaces, and related documentation, as the context requires.

Standard Software” means any non-customized Software that (a) is licensed solely in executable or object code form or as a hosted subscription service pursuant to a nonexclusive internal use software license, (b) is not incorporated into, or used directly in the distribution of, any Business products or services, and (c) is generally available on standard terms for either (i) annual payments by the Business of $75,000 or less or (ii) aggregate payments by the Business of $150,000 or less; provided that “Standard Software” shall not include any Open Source Materials.

 

10


Straddle Period” means any taxable period that begins on or before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which (a) such first Person directly or indirectly owns or controls at least a majority of the securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions or (b) such first Person is a general partner or managing member.

Tangible Personal Property” means machinery, equipment, hardware, furniture, fixtures, tools, supplies, accessories and other tangible personal property; provided that Tangible Personal Property shall not include any Technology or Information Technology.

Tax” means any tax, assessment, levy or other charge imposed by a Taxing Authority, including any net income, sales, use, ad valorem, gross receipts, value added, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, unemployment, social security, excise, severance, premium, property, transfer, stamp, capital stock, environmental, alternative or add-on minimum, occupation and franchise tax, estimated, unclaimed property or property subject to escheat or other tax, together with any interest, penalties and additions to tax imposed with respect to such amounts.

Tax Proceeding” means any audit, examination, contest, litigation or other Proceeding with or against any Taxing Authority.

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement required to be filed with any Taxing Authority relating to Taxes and any amendment thereof.

Taxing Authority” means any Governmental Entity responsible for the administration or the imposition of any Tax.

Technology” means all technology in whatever form and other tangible embodiments thereof, whether or not embodying Intellectual Property Rights, including documentation, materials, reports, data, databases, Software, algorithms, communication protocols, routines, logic information, protocols, works of authorship, files, devices, hardware, know-how, ideas, concepts, processes, methods, designs, design rules, formulae, recipes, technical information, tools, prototypes, techniques, plans, specifications, discoveries and inventions (whether or not patented or patentable). For the avoidance of doubt, Technology does not include any Intellectual Property Rights.

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Assignment and Assumption Agreement and Bill of Sale and the Transition Services Agreement.

Transferred Intellectual Property” means (a) the Registered Intellectual Property listed on Section 2.4(b)(i) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, (b) the Intellectual Property Rights (other than Registered Intellectual Property) that are owned by Seller or its Affiliates as of the Closing and primarily used, primarily held for use or primarily practiced in the operation of the Business and (c) all Intellectual Property Rights owned by Caviar, Inc., excluding, without limitation, the Intellectual Property Rights listed on Section 2.5(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules.

 

11


Transferred Marks” means the Marks listed on Section 1.1(f) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules under the heading “Transferred Marks.”

Transferred Patents” means (a) the Patents listed on Section 1.1(f) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules under the heading “Transferred Patents,” (b) any Patents related by a terminal disclaimer to such Patents, and (c) all Patents that claim priority from or share priority with any of the foregoing, regardless of whether listed on Section 1.1(f) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules.

Transferred Technology” means Technology owned by Seller or its Affiliates as of the Closing, to the extent that such Technology is (a) used in the operation of the Business, including the Technology set forth on Section 2.4(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules or (b) owned by Caviar, Inc., excluding without limitation, the Technology listed on Section 2.5(c); provided that Transferred Technology shall not include Information Technology, Business Books and Records or Tangible Personal Property. For the purposes of the foregoing Technology is owned by Seller or its Affiliates if the Intellectual Property Rights embodied therein are owned by Seller or its Affiliates and not licensed to Seller or its Affiliates by a third party.

Treasury Regulations” means the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code.

Voting Agreement” means the Sixth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2019, by and among Parent and the investors listed on Schedule A thereto.

1.2 Other Defined Terms. In addition, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the corresponding section of this Agreement:

 

Term

  

Section

Affiliate

   1.1

Aggregate Cash Consideration

   1.1

Aggregate Consideration

   2.2

Aggregate Share Consideration

   1.1

Agreement

   Preamble

Allocation

   6.1

Antitrust Approvals

   1.1

Antitrust Laws

   1.1

Antitrust Remedies

   5.1(a)

Approvals

   2.10(a)

Assignment and Assumption Agreement and Bill of Sale

   2.8(a)(v)

Assumed Liabilities

   2.6

Bankruptcy Code

   5.12(h)

Benefit Plan

   1.1

Business

   1.1

Business Books and Records

   1.1

Business Contracts

   2.4(a)

Business Day

   1.1

Business Employee

   1.1

Business Field

   1.1

 

12


Business Financial Statements

   1.1

Business Material Adverse Effect

   1.1

Business Proprietary Software

   3.9(j)

Closing

   2.3

Closing Date

   2.3

Code

   1.1

Common Stock

   4.2(b)

Confidentiality Agreement

   5.3(a)

Contract

   1.1

Contributor

   3.9(b)

control

   1.1

Copyrights

   1.1

Covered Persons

   4.7(b)

Current Representation

   10.13(a)

De Minimis Amount

   9.2(c)(ii)

Deductible

   9.2(c)(i)

Designated Person

   10.13(a)

Disqualification Events

   4.7(b)

Enforceability Exceptions

   3.2

Environmental Claim

   1.1

Environmental Laws

   1.1

ERISA

   1.1

ERISA Affiliate

   1.1

Excluded Assets

   2.5

Excluded Business Tax

   1.1

FCPA

   4.25

Fundamental Purchaser Parties Representations

   1.1

Fundamental Seller Representations

   1.1

GAAP

   1.1

General Indemnity Cap

   9.2(b)(i)

Governmental Entity

   1.1

Guarantees

   5.7

HSR Act

   1.1

Indebtedness

   1.1

Information Technology

   1.1

Infringe

   1.1

Infringement

   1.1

Intellectual Property Rights

   1.1

Internet Properties

   1.1

Investors’ Rights Agreement

   1.1

Judgment

   1.1

Knowledge

   1.1

Law

   1.1

Leased Real Property

   1.1

Liabilities

   1.1

Licensable

   1.1

 

13


Licensed Libraries

   1.1

Licensee

   5.12(g)

Licensor

   5.12(g)

Lien

   1.1

Losses

   1.1

Marks

   1.1

Material Contracts

   3.13(a)

Materials

   5.8(c)

Materials of Environmental Concern

   1.1

Multiemployer Plan

   1.1

Non-Antitrust Approvals

   2.10(b)

Non-Assignable Assets

   2.10(a)

NYSE

   1.1

Open Source Materials

   1.1

Organizational Documents

   1.1

Outside Date

   8.1(d)

Parent

   Preamble

Parent Defined Contribution Plan

   5.6(h)

Parent Financial Statement Date

   4.17

Parent Financial Statements

   4.17

Parent Option Plan

   4.2(d)

Parent Share Value

   1.1

Parent Shares

   1.1

Parent Termination Fee

   8.4

Parties

   Preamble

Party

   Preamble

Patents

   1.1

Pay with Cash Agreement

   2.8(a)(ix)

Payout Services Agreement

   2.8(a)(xi)

Payment Processing Agreement

   2.8(a)(x)

Permits

   1.1

Permitted Liens

   1.1

Person

   1.1

Personal Data

   1.1

Personal Information

   4.26

Post-Closing Period

   1.1

Pre-Closing Period

   1.1

Preferred Stock

   4.2(a)

Privacy Agreements

   3.10(a)

Privacy Laws

   3.10(a)

Proceeding

   1.1

Processing

   3.10(a)

Property Taxes

   1.1

Purchased Assets

   2.4

Purchaser

   Preamble

Purchaser Indemnified Parties

   9.2(a)

 

14


Purchaser Licensed IP

   1.1

Purchaser Licensed Patents

   1.1

Purchaser Parties

   Preamble

Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules

   1.1

Purchaser Parties Material Adverse Effect

   1.1

R&W Insurance Policy

   5.13(a)

R&W Insurer

   5.13(a)

Registered Intellectual Property

   1.1

Regulatory Termination

   8.4

Related Party

   4.12

Representatives

   1.1

Residuals

   5.12(i)

Retained Business

   1.1

Retained Claims

   2.5(l)

Retained Field

   1.1

Retained Liabilities

   2.7

Retained Technology

   1.1

SEC

   5.3(b)

Securities Act

   1.1

Seller

   Preamble

Seller 401(a) Plan

   3.17(a)

Seller Benefit Plans

   2.5(a)

Seller Defined Contribution Plans

   5.6(h)

Seller Disclosure Schedules

   1.1

Seller Entities

   1.1

Seller Indemnified Parties

   9.3

Seller Licensed IP

   1.1

Seller Licensed Patents

   1.1

Seller Marks

   1.1

Seller Parties

   9.3

Series A Preferred Stock

   4.2(a)

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

   4.2(a)

Series B Preferred Stock

   4.2(a)

Series C Preferred Stock

   4.2(a)

Series D Preferred Stock

   4.2(a)

Series E Preferred Stock

   4.2(a)

Series F Preferred Stock

   4.2(a)

Shared Contract

   1.1

Software

   1.1

Solicitor

   4.7(b)

Special Indemnity Cap

   9.2(b)(iii)

Special Indemnity Matter

   9.2(a)(iii)

Standard Software

   1.1

Straddle Period

   1.1

Subsidiary

   1.1

Tangible Personal Property

   1.1

 

15


Tax

   1.1

Tax Proceeding

   1.1

Tax Return

   1.1

Taxing Authority

   1.1

Technology

   1.1

Third-Party Claim

   9.4(a)

Tokens

   4.10

Trade Secrets

   1.1

Transaction

   Recitals

Transaction Documents

   1.1

Transfer Taxes

   6.4(a)

Transferred Benefit Plans

   2.4(h)

Transferred Business Employee

   5.6(c)

Transferred Intellectual Property

   1.1

Transferred Leases

   2.4(a)(v)

Transferred Marks

   1.1

Transferred Patents

   1.1

Transferred Permits

   2.4(f)

Transferred Registered Intellectual Property

   3.9(a)

Transferred Tangible Personal Property

   2.4(e)

Transferred Technology

   1.1

Transition Services Agreement

   2.8(a)(iv)

Treasury Regulations

   1.1

TSA Approvals

   2.9(b)

Unaudited Financial Information

   3.6

Voting Agreement

   1.1

 

16


ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE; CLOSING

2.1 Purchase and Sale. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause the Seller Entities to, sell, assign, transfer and convey to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall purchase and acquire from the Seller Entities, all of such Seller Entities’ right, title and interest in and to the Purchased Assets, free and clear of any and all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Purchaser shall and hereby agrees to assume, pay, discharge and perform all of the Assumed Liabilities.

2.2 Aggregate Consideration. In consideration for the Purchased Assets and the other obligations of Seller pursuant to this Agreement, at the Closing, Purchaser shall (a) pay, or cause to be paid, to Seller (and/or the Seller Entities as directed by Seller pursuant to an allocation schedule) the Aggregate Cash Consideration and the Aggregate Share Consideration (collectively, the “Aggregate Consideration”) and (b) assume the Assumed Liabilities. For the avoidance of doubt, if at any time during the period between the date hereof and the Closing, there is a change in the number of issued and outstanding Parent Shares, or securities convertible or exchangeable into Parent Shares, in each case, as a result of a reclassification, stock split, stock dividend or stock distribution, recapitalization, merger, subdivision or other similar transaction, the Aggregate Share Consideration shall be equitably adjusted to provide Seller with the same economic effect as contemplated by this Agreement prior to such event.

2.3 Closing Date. The closing of the Transaction (the “Closing”) shall take place at 8:00 a.m., California time, at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 525 University Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94301, on the second (2nd) Business Day following the date on which the last of the conditions set forth in Article VII (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions at the Closing) have been satisfied (or, to the extent permitted, waived by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof) or at such other place, time and date as may be agreed between Seller and the Purchaser Parties in writing. The date on which the Closing occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “Closing Date.”

2.4 Purchased Assets. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause the other Seller Entities to, sell, assign, transfer and convey to Purchaser or its designee, and Purchaser or its designee shall purchase and acquire from Seller and the other Seller Entities, all of such Seller Entities’ right, title and interest as of the Closing in the following (collectively, the “Purchased Assets”):

(a) each of the following (collectively, such Contracts or portions of Contracts, the “Business Contracts”):

(i) each Contract (including license agreements, settlement agreements, releases, immunities and covenants not to sue) (A) that grants to any Seller Entity a right, license, release, immunity or covenant not to sue to any third party’s Intellectual Property Rights that are exclusively used or exclusively practiced by Seller in the conduct of the Business or (B) that is an exclusive inbound license or other exclusive inbound right to any third-party Intellectual Property Rights or Technology exclusively used or exclusively practiced in the Business;

 

17


(ii) the Contracts listed on Section 2.4(a)(ii) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules;

(iii) each other Contract that is exclusively related to the Business;

(iv) to the extent of and subject to Section 2.10(f), those portions of Shared Contracts that are exclusively related to the Business; and

(v) each sublease, license, use or occupancy agreement for real property (together with all amendments, assignments, modifications, extensions, renewals, terminations and guaranties with respect thereto) listed on Section 2.4(a)(v) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules (collectively, the “Transferred Leases”);

(b) the Transferred Intellectual Property, including (i) the right to seek and obtain damages for the past, present or future Infringement of any Transferred Intellectual Property and (ii) in the case of the Transferred Marks, the goodwill of the Business appurtenant thereto;

(c) the Transferred Technology;

(d) all Information Technology owned (or purported to be owned) by any Seller Entity and primarily used in the operation of the Business;

(e) except as set forth on Section 2.5(o) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, any and all Tangible Personal Property primarily used in the operation of the Business (collectively, “Transferred Tangible Personal Property”);

(f) (i) each Permit listed on Section 2.4(f) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules and (ii) each other Permit that is primarily related to the Business (collectively, the “Transferred Permits”);

(g) any and all claims, causes of action, defenses and rights of offset or counterclaims (in any manner arising or existing, whether choate or inchoate, known or unknown, contingent or non-contingent) at any time to the extent arising out of or to the extent related to the Business, the Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities and the right to retain all proceeds and monies therefrom received after the Closing, other than (i) any Retained Claims and other Excluded Assets pursuant to Section 2.5(h) or Section 2.5(l) and the right to receive proceeds and monies therefrom and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, any proceeds or monies received prior to Closing from any such claims, causes of action, defenses and rights of offset or counterclaims;

(h) the Benefit Plans listed on Section 3.17(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules (collectively, the “Transferred Benefit Plans”) and any and all assets, trust agreements or any other funding and administrative Contracts to the extent exclusively related to the Transferred Benefit Plans; and

 

18


(i) the Business Books and Records; provided that, with respect to any such Business Books and Records, Seller and the Seller Entities shall be permitted to (i) retain copies of such Business Books and Records (or portions thereof) to the extent required to comply with applicable Law or pursuant to bona fide internal compliance procedures or retention policies (including until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations in respect of any Taxes, including any extensions thereof), (ii) retain copies of such Business Books and Records (or portions thereof) to the extent related to Seller’s and its Subsidiaries’ obligations under the Transaction Documents, (iii) retain copies of such Business Books and Records (or portions thereof) to the extent not exclusively related to the Business, the Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities, (iv) retain such Business Books and Records in the form of so-called back-up electronic tapes that were made in the ordinary course of business and are subject to a bona fide retention policy or procedure of Seller and (v) redact those portions of such Business Books and Records that pertain solely to Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities, or deliver copies of such Business Books and Records unredacted; provided that the portion of such Business Books and Records that pertains to Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement; provided, further, that to the extent any books and records (other than minutes and related presentations of the governing bodies of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries) are not separable without undue burden or expense from books and records that are exclusively related to the Business, Seller shall notify Purchaser of such circumstance and the Parties shall cooperate to enter into a permissible arrangement (reasonably acceptable to the Parties) intended to provide the Purchaser Parties access to such Business Books and Records (for the avoidance of doubt, not including minutes and related presentations of the governing bodies of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries).

2.5 Excluded Assets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Purchaser expressly understands and agrees that the following assets, business lines, properties, rights and claims of Seller and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Excluded Assets”) shall be retained by Seller or its Subsidiaries, and shall be excluded from the Purchased Assets:

(a) any and all Benefit Plans, other than Transferred Benefit Plans (“Seller Benefit Plans”), and any and all assets, trust agreements or any other funding and administrative Contracts related to the Seller Benefit Plans;

(b) any and all Intellectual Property Rights, other than the Transferred Intellectual Property;

(c) any and all Technology, other than the Transferred Technology;

(d) any and all Contracts (or portions thereof), other than the Business Contracts (including the portion of Shared Contracts not required to be assigned, transferred and conveyed to Purchaser);

(e) any and all owned real property and leased real property and other interests in real property, other than the Transferred Leases;

(f) any and all Tangible Personal Property, other than Transferred Tangible Personal Property;

 

19


(g) (i) any and all prepaid Taxes and any and all refunds of or credits against any Taxes of any of the Seller Entities or any of their respective Affiliates for any period;

(h) any merchant receivables, courier receivables, accounts receivable, cash, cash equivalents, bank deposits, prepaid expenses, security deposits, lease deposits or similar items or employee receivables, in each case of any Seller Entity;

(i) (i) Tax Returns and other books and records related to Taxes paid or payable by the Seller Entities or any of their respective Affiliates; and (ii) any and all books and records other than the Business Books and Records;

(j) any and all insurance policies and binders and interests in insurance pools and programs and self-insurance arrangements whether or not related to the Business, for all periods before, through and after the Closing, including any and all refunds and credits due or to become due thereunder and any prepaid premiums and any and all claims, rights to make claims and rights to proceeds thereunder;

(k) any and all Permits, other than Transferred Permits;

(l) any and all claims, causes of action, defenses and rights of offset or counterclaims (in any manner arising or existing, whether choate or inchoate, known or unknown, contingent or non-contingent) at any time to the extent arising out of or related to the Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities (including all rights and claims under any and all warranties extended by suppliers, vendors, contractors, manufacturers, distributors, licensees and licensors in favor of the Seller Entities or any of their Affiliates in relation to any Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities), and the right to retain all proceeds and monies therefrom (collectively, the “Retained Claims”);

(m) (i) all attorney-client privilege and attorney work-product protection of the Seller Entities as a result of legal counsel representing the Seller Entities in connection with the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents, (ii) all documents or communications subject to the attorney-client privilege or work-product protection described in subclause (i) of this paragraph and (iii) all documents maintained by the Seller Entities in connection with the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents;

(n) any and all assets set forth on Section 2.5(n) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules;

(o) any and all equipment set forth on Section 2.5(o) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules; and

(p) any and all assets (including the shares of Caviar, Inc.), business lines, properties, rights and claims of Seller and its Subsidiaries that do not constitute Purchased Assets.

The Parties acknowledge and agree that neither Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates will acquire or be permitted to retain any direct or indirect right, title or interest in any Excluded Assets.

 

20


2.6 Assumed Liabilities. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Purchaser shall only assume and hereby agrees to discharge, satisfy and perform only the following Liabilities of Seller and its Subsidiaries, in each case, whether accruing prior to, on or after the Closing (the “Assumed Liabilities”):

(a) other than the Liabilities retained by Seller pursuant to Section 2.7(a) through Section 2.7(d) or as otherwise provided in this Section 2.6, any and all Liabilities relating to or arising out of the ownership and operation of the Business or the Purchased Assets prior to, at or after the Closing;

(b) any and all Liabilities arising under the Business Contracts (other than the portion of Shared Contracts not required to be assigned, transferred and conveyed to Purchaser);

(c) any and all Taxes imposed with respect to the Business, the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities, other than Excluded Business Taxes;

(d) any and all Liabilities with respect to the Transferred Business Employees, other than any Liabilities explicitly retained by Seller pursuant to Section 2.7(b) and Section 5.6;

(e) any and all Liabilities relating to or arising out of the Transferred Benefit Plans; and

(f) any and all Liabilities related to or arising out of any Proceeding initiated by a third party to the extent related to or arising from the Business or any of the Purchased Assets.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities by Purchaser shall not enlarge any rights of third parties under any Contracts with any of the Seller Parties or the Purchaser, and nothing herein shall prevent the Purchaser Parties or Seller from contesting in good faith any such Liabilities with any third party.

2.7 Retained Liabilities. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Seller and its Subsidiaries shall retain, and Purchaser shall not assume, the following Liabilities of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries (the “Retained Liabilities”):

(a) any and all Indebtedness of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries;

(b) any and all Liabilities of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (i) arising prior to, at or after the Closing relating to or arising under any Seller Benefit Plan, (ii) in respect of any current or former employee of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or any other individual employed or engaged by any Person to provide services to the Business prior to or at the Closing (other than a Transferred Business Employee) or (iii) any earned but unpaid salary or wages, bonuses, paid time off or other compensation or benefits in respect of any Transferred Business Employee arising prior to or as of the Closing, other than any Liabilities explicitly assumed by Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.6(e) or Section 5.6;

(c) any and all Liabilities arising prior to, at or after the Closing to the extent not relating to or arising out of the ownership or operation of the Business or any Purchased Asset; and

 

21


(d) any and all Liabilities for Excluded Business Taxes.

Seller and Purchaser acknowledge and agree that Purchaser will not be required to assume and retain any Retained Liabilities.

2.8 Closing Deliveries.

(a) At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Seller (or one or more other Seller Entities designated by Seller) the following:

(i) payment, by wire transfer(s) to one or more bank accounts designated in writing by Seller (such designation to be made by Seller at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date), of an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Aggregate Cash Consideration;

(ii) instruments of transfer of the Aggregate Share Consideration validly executed by Parent evidencing the transfer of the Aggregate Share Consideration to Seller and any other instrument necessary to effect the transfer of the Aggregate Share Consideration to Seller in accordance with this Agreement;

(iii) a counterpart of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement and Bill of Sale for the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities, by and between the applicable Seller Entities and the Purchaser Parties, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “Assignment and Assumption Agreement and Bill of Sale”), duly executed by Purchaser;

(iv) a counterpart of the Transition Services Agreement, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit B hereto (the “Transition Services Agreement”), duly executed by Purchaser or any of Parent’s other Subsidiaries named as a party thereto;

(v) an acknowledgment and acceptance by Parent of a counterpart to the Investors’ Rights Agreement duly executed by Seller and delivered pursuant to Section 2.8(b)(iv);

(vi) an acknowledgment and acceptance by Parent of a counterpart to the Co-Sale Agreement duly executed by Seller and delivered pursuant to Section 2.8(b)(v);

(vii) if Parent obtains the requisite approvals to add Seller as a party thereto, an acknowledgment and acceptance by Parent of a counterpart to the Voting Agreement duly executed by Seller and delivered pursuant to Section 2.8(b)(vi);

(viii) if Parent and Seller mutually agree on the terms thereof prior to the Closing, a counterpart of the Pay with Cash Agreement, in a form to be agreed by the Parties in accordance with Section 5.19 (the “Pay with Cash Agreement”), duly executed by the Purchaser Parties or any of Parent’s other Subsidiaries named as a party thereto;

(ix) if Parent and Seller mutually agree on the terms thereof prior to the Closing, a counterpart of the Payment Processing Agreement, in a form to be agreed by the Parties in accordance with Section 5.19 (the “Payment Processing Agreement”), duly executed by the Purchaser Parties or any of Parent’s other Subsidiaries named as a party thereto; and

 

22


(x) if Parent and Seller mutually agree on the terms thereof prior to the Closing, a counterpart of the Payout Services Agreement, in a form to be agreed by the Parties in accordance with Section 5.19 (the “Payout Services Agreement”), duly executed by the Purchaser Parties or any of Parent’s other Subsidiaries named as a party thereto.

(b) At the Closing, Seller shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Purchaser Parties the following:

(i) the Purchased Assets;

(ii) a counterpart of the Assignment Agreement and Bill of Sale duly executed by each Seller Entity named as a party thereto, and such other instruments of transfer or assignment reasonably requested by the Purchaser Parties as reasonably necessary to validly transfer legal ownership of all Purchased Assets in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

(iii) a counterpart of the Transition Services Agreement, duly executed by each Seller Entity named as a party thereto;

(iv) a counterpart of the Investors’ Rights Agreement duly executed by Seller;

(v) a counterpart of the Co-Sale Agreement duly executed by Seller;

(vi) if Parent obtains the requisite approvals to add Seller as a party thereto, a counterpart of the Voting Agreement duly executed by Seller;

(vii) if Parent and Seller mutually agree on the terms thereof prior to the Closing, a counterpart to the Pay with Cash Agreement duly executed by Seller;

(viii) if Parent and Seller mutually agree on the terms thereof prior to the Closing, a counterpart to the Payment Processing Agreement duly executed by Seller;

(ix) if Parent and Seller mutually agree on the terms thereof prior to the Closing, a counterpart to the Payout Services Agreement duly executed by Seller; and

(x) from each Seller Entity that is a “United States person” (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), a certification of non-foreign status substantially in the form of the sample certification set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iv)(B).

 

23


2.9 Delivery of Purchased Assets.

Upon reasonable advance written request of the Purchaser Parties and at the Purchaser Parties’ sole cost and expense, Seller shall physically deliver, or cause to be physically delivered, any Purchased Assets of a tangible nature, including (x) any specifically identified Information Technology, (y) the Tangible Personal Property and (z) the Business Books and Records, to a location indicated in writing by the Purchaser Parties.

2.10 Non-Assignment; Consents.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to, and none of the Seller Entities shall be required to, sell, assign, transfer or convey any Purchased Asset if any sale, assignment, transfer or conveyance thereof (or any attempt to do any of the foregoing) would be prohibited by Law or would, without the approval, authorization or consent of, filing with, notification to, or granting or issuance of any license, order, waiver or permit by, any third party or Governmental Entity (i) constitute a breach or other contravention thereof, (ii) be ineffective, void or voidable or (iii) materially and adversely affect the rights thereunder of the Seller Entities, the Purchaser Parties or any of their respective officers, directors, agents or Affiliates (collectively, “Approvals” and such Purchased Assets, collectively, the “Non-Assignable Assets”), unless and until such Approval is obtained, it being understood that the Parties’ obligations to effect the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including Purchaser’s obligation to pay the full Aggregate Consideration at the Closing, are not conditioned upon the receipt of such Approvals, other than the Antitrust Approvals that are conditions to the Closing pursuant to Section 7.1(a).

(b) The Parties shall use reasonable best efforts, (i) prior to the Closing and for a period of one (1) year following the Closing, to obtain, or cause to be obtained, any Approval (other than Antitrust Approvals, which shall be governed by Section 5.1) (the “Non-Antitrust Approvals”) required to sell, assign, transfer or convey any Non-Assignable Asset and (ii) prior to the Closing, to identify any vendor services reasonably necessary to conduct the Business in substantially the same manner as conducted by Seller prior to the Closing, and obtain, or cause to be obtained, any approvals or consents of any vendors required for the provision of any Services pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement (the “TSA Approvals”); provided, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, none of Seller, the Purchaser Parties or their respective Affiliates shall be obligated to pay any amounts or provide other consideration to any third party in connection with obtaining or seeking to obtain any Non-Antitrust Approvals or TSA Approvals. If such Non-Antitrust Approval is not obtained prior to the Closing, from the Closing until the earliest of (x) such time as such Non-Antitrust Approval is obtained, (y) one (1) year following the Closing Date and (z) with respect to a Business Contract, the earlier of the expiration of the term of such Business Contract in accordance with its current term or the execution of a replacement Contract by Purchaser, Parent or their Affiliate, Seller will cooperate with the Purchaser Parties, and the Purchaser Parties will cooperate with Seller, in any permissible arrangement (including, if applicable, a subcontracting, licensing or transition services arrangement) reasonably acceptable to the Parties intended to provide the Purchaser Parties, to the fullest extent practicable, the claims, rights, benefits and burdens of any such Non-Assignable Assets.

 

24


(c) In consideration of the foregoing, Purchaser will assume all burdens of, and will promptly pay or discharge when due, any liability (including any liability for Taxes) arising under or with respect to any such Non-Assignable Asset after the Closing. When the requisite Non-Antitrust Approval is obtained, the applicable Purchased Asset will be deemed to have been automatically assigned and transferred to Purchaser on the terms set forth in this Agreement for no additional consideration and without the requirement of any further action of any Person, as of the Closing, except to the extent that the date of such Non-Antitrust Approval is deemed by applicable Law to have occurred on another date, in which case, as of such date.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) neither Seller nor its Affiliates shall be required to commence litigation against any customer, licensor or other Contract counterparty and (ii) neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to extend or renew any Contract.

(e) Subject to Seller’s obligations under Section 2.10(b), neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates shall have any Liability whatsoever to the Purchaser Parties arising out of or relating to the failure to obtain any Approvals that may be required in connection with the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or because of the termination of any Contract as a result thereof. Subject to Seller’s obligations under Section 2.10(b), the Purchaser Parties acknowledge that no representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of Seller contained herein shall be breached or deemed breached solely as a result of (i) the failure to obtain any Approval, (ii) any such termination of a Contract or (iii) any Proceeding commenced or threatened by or on behalf of any Person arising out of or relating to the failure to obtain any such Approval or any such termination.

(f) Any Shared Contract shall be assigned, transferred and conveyed to Purchaser only with respect to (and preserving the meaning of) those parts that are exclusively related to the Business, if so assignable, transferable or conveyable, or appropriately amended prior to, on or after the Closing, so that Purchaser shall be entitled to the rights and benefits of those parts of the Shared Contract that are exclusively related to the Business and Purchaser shall assume all burdens thereof and the related portion of any Liabilities, and the provisions of Section 2.10(a) through Section 2.10(e) shall apply to such Shared Contract, mutatis mutandis.

(g) From and after the Closing, for so long as the Seller Entities hold any Purchased Assets or are parties to any Shared Contracts and provide Purchaser any claims, rights and benefits of any such Purchased Asset or Shared Contract pursuant to an arrangement described in Section 2.10(a) through Section 2.10(c), Purchaser shall indemnify and hold such Seller Entities and their respective Affiliates harmless from and against all Losses (excluding consequential damages in respect of such Losses (other than in respect of Losses arising from third party claims)) incurred or asserted as a result of a Seller Entity’s or any such Affiliate’s or their respective Affiliate’s post-Closing direct or indirect ownership, management or operation (including, if applicable, any subcontracting, licensing or transition services arrangement) of any such Purchased Assets or Shared Contracts (to the extent related to the Business).

(h) Without limiting any of the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, the transfer or assignment to Purchaser of any Purchased Asset or any part of a Shared Contract that shall require a Non-Antitrust Approval as described above in this Section 2.10 shall be conditioned upon the receipt of such Non-Antitrust Approval.

 

25


2.11 Withholding. The Purchaser Parties shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Purchaser Parties are required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any other applicable provision of Law; provided, however, the Purchaser Parties shall provide Seller with a written notice of any withholding the Purchaser Parties determine, acting in good faith, is so required, including the amounts the Purchaser Parties intend to deduct and withhold (and the basis for such deduction or withholding), at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to any such withholding, and the Purchaser Parties and Seller (and their respective Affiliates) shall cooperate in good faith and use reasonable best efforts to minimize any such Taxes (including providing a reasonable opportunity for Seller to provide such forms or other evidence that would eliminate or reduce any such Taxes). To the extent that amounts are so deducted and withheld and paid over to the applicable Taxing Authority, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Persons in respect of whom such deduction and withholding was made.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

Except as set forth in, or qualified by any matter set forth in, the Seller Disclosure Schedules (it being agreed that the disclosure of any matter in any section or subsection in the Seller Disclosure Schedules shall be deemed to be disclosed for all purposes of this Agreement as long as the relevance of such disclosure to the other sections or subsections of this Agreement is reasonably apparent), Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser Parties as follows:

3.1 Organization, Standing and Power. Seller and each Seller Entity is duly organized, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of its respective jurisdiction of organization, and each Seller Entity has all necessary organizational power and authority to own, lease and operate the Purchased Assets and carry on the Business as presently conducted, except where the failure to be so organized, existing or in good standing, or to have such power or authority would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Business, taken as a whole, or materially impair or materially delay the ability of Seller or each Seller Entity to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents or consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

3.2 Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability. Seller has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which it will be a party and to consummate, and to cause each Seller Entity to consummate, the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement and the consummation by Seller and the Seller Entities of the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action of Seller. Seller has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Purchaser Parties, this Agreement will constitute its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any Laws relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or preferential transfers, or similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a Proceeding in equity or at

 

26


law) (collectively, the “Enforceability Exceptions”). Upon the execution and delivery by Seller or a Seller Entity of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party, and assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the other parties thereto, such other Transaction Documents will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller or such Seller Entity enforceable against Seller or such Seller Entity in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

3.3 No Conflicts; Consents. The execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement, and the execution and delivery by Seller or each Seller Entity of each other Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party, does not, and the consummation of the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation under or result in the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of the Purchased Assets under, any provision of (a) the Organizational Documents of Seller or the Seller Entities, (b) any Judgment or Law applicable to Seller, the Seller Entities, the Business, the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities or (c) any Material Contract, Transferred Lease or Transferred Permit, except, in the case of clause (b) or (c), for any such items that would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Business, taken as a whole. No Approval of any Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by Seller or the Seller Entities in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby, other than (i) in respect of the Antitrust Approvals, (ii) any applicable requirements of the NYSE and (iii) those that, if not obtained, made or given, would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Business, taken as a whole.

3.4 Proceedings. There are no Proceedings pending or threatened in writing against the Seller Entities with respect to the Business that would reasonably be expected to be material to the Business, taken as a whole, or materially impair or materially delay the ability of Seller or each Seller Entity to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents or consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby. There is no investigation pending or threatened in writing against any of the Seller Entities that would reasonably be expected to be material to the Business, taken as a whole. None of the Seller Entities nor any of their respective Affiliates is subject to any outstanding order that is material to the Business, taken as a whole, in each case relating to or otherwise affecting the Business, any of the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities. No circumstance or fact exists that could give rise to any such Proceeding, investigation or order in the future.

3.5 Absence of Changes; No Business Material Adverse Effect. Since March 31, 2019, (a) the Business has been conducted in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice in all material respects and (b) there has not occurred any event, change or development that has had, individually or in the aggregate, a Business Material Adverse Effect.

3.6 Business Financial Information. Section 3.6 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules sets forth a copy of unaudited financial information of the Business (the “Unaudited Financial Information”). The Unaudited Financial Information has been prepared in good faith from the books and records of Seller and its Subsidiaries and presents accurately in all material respects the financial information about the Business it purports to present. Notwithstanding anything herein

 

27


to the contrary, it is understood and agreed that the Unaudited Financial Information has not been prepared in accordance with GAAP, does not include certain items such as taxes and interest and is qualified by the fact that the Business has not operated as a separate stand-alone business or entity and therefore the Unaudited Financial Information, which was prepared for purposes of this Agreement, does not include all of the shared services, overhead and other costs necessary for the Business to operate as a separate stand-alone business or entity. The Business Financial Statements, when delivered in accordance with Section 5.15, will have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of the Business as of and for the periods presented therein.

3.7 No Undisclosed Liabilities. No material Liabilities are attached to or otherwise primarily related to the Purchased Assets, except (a) to the extent such Liabilities are accurately reflected and accrued for or fully reserved against in the Business Financial Statements, (b) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business since December 31, 2018, (c) Liabilities pursuant to contractual obligations (including Business Contracts) and (d) Liabilities incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.8 Title. Seller, or another Seller Entity, owns the Purchased Assets free and clear of all Liens, except Permitted Liens or Liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair Seller’s (or a Seller Entity’s) ownership or use of such Purchased Assets. With respect to the Transferred Leases, Seller or another Seller Entity is in compliance with such Transferred Leases in all material respects and, to the Knowledge of Seller, holds a valid leasehold interest free of Liens (other than Permitted Liens). This Section 3.8 is not, and is not intended to be, a representation or warranty of any kind with respect to Intellectual Property Rights or Information Technology, which representations and warranties are solely as set forth in Section 3.9.

3.9 Intellectual Property.

(a) Section 1.1(f) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list that identifies, as of the date of this Agreement, each item of Transferred Intellectual Property that is Registered Intellectual Property (the “Transferred Registered Intellectual Property”), including the name of the Seller Entity that owns such Transferred Registered Intellectual Property. Each item of Transferred Registered Intellectual Property is subsisting and, to the Knowledge of Seller, is not invalid or unenforceable.

(b) Except as would not be material to the Business taken as a whole, Seller or another Seller Entity solely and exclusively owns all Transferred Intellectual Property and Transferred Technology, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). Each current employee, contractor and consultant of the Seller Entities that has created any Transferred Intellectual Property that is material to the operation of the Business taken as a whole, and that is not owned by a Seller Entity by operation of law (each, a “Contributor”) has executed a valid written agreement assigning to a Seller Entity exclusive ownership of all such Contributors’ right, title, and interest in and to such Transferred Intellectual Property.

 

28


(c) Except as would not be material to the Business taken as a whole, (i) none of the Transferred Intellectual Property is subject to any Judgment adversely affecting the Seller Entities’ rights to the Transferred Intellectual Property; (ii) Seller has not received notice of any opposition or cancellation Proceeding pending against the Seller Entities concerning the ownership, validity or enforceability of any Transferred Registered Intellectual Property (which, for clarity, does not include ordinary course office actions related to the prosecution or application for any item of Transferred Registered Intellectual Property); and (iii) since August 4, 2016, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates has initiated or threatened to initiate any Proceeding against, or put any third party on written notice, claiming the Infringement of any Transferred Intellectual Property or Seller Licensed IP.

(d) Except as would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Business taken as a whole, (i) the operation of the Business since August 4, 2016 has not Infringed and does not Infringe the Intellectual Property Rights of any third Person and (ii) when Business is conducted in substantially the same manner by Purchaser following the Closing, will not, Infringe any Intellectual Property Rights of any third Person. Since August 4, 2016, none of the Seller Entities have received any written notice alleging that any of the Business operations Infringe any Intellectual Property Rights of any third Person.

(e) Each of the Seller Entities, as applicable, has taken commercially reasonable steps to protect and maintain all material Trade Secrets included in the Transferred Intellectual Property and Seller Licensed IP, and since August 4, 2016, there have been no material unauthorized uses or disclosures of any such material Trade Secrets.

(f) Section 3.9(f) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules accurately identifies each Contract pursuant to which any Person has been granted any license under, or otherwise has received or acquired any right (whether or not currently exercisable) or interest in, any Transferred Patents or any other material Transferred Intellectual Property, or pursuant to which any Seller Entity has agreed not to enforce any Transferred Patents or any other material Transferred Intellectual Property against any Person, other than (i) non-exclusive licenses entered into in the ordinary course of the conduct of the Business with customers, delivery services or restaurants in connection with the sale of products or the provision of services, (ii) immaterial intercompany agreements (excluding any licenses or covenants not to sue under any Transferred Patent or any other material Transferred Intellectual Property) or (iii) non-exclusive licenses granted to Business Employees or contractors, consultants, restaurants of the Business in the ordinary course of the conduct of the Business. Since August 4, 2016, the Seller Entities have not transferred, or agreed to assign or transfer, ownership of (whether a whole or partial interest) any Technology or Intellectual Property Right that, but for such transfer or assignment, would have constituted an item of material Transferred Intellectual Property or Transferred Technology and the Intellectual Property Rights therein.

(g) Section 3.9(g) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules accurately identifies as of the date of this Agreement each Contract pursuant to which the Seller Entities receive a license from a third party to (i) Intellectual Property Rights, (ii) Software or (iii) any other Technology, in each case that is material and exclusively related to the operation of the Business and excluding, in each case, licenses to Standard Software or non-customized Information Technology, licenses to other Technology commercially available on standard terms and non-exclusive licenses granted by Business Employees or contractors, consultants, customers or restaurants of the Business in the ordinary course of the conduct of the Business.

 

29


(h) After the Closing, the Transferred Intellectual Property, together with the licenses granted to Purchaser under the Seller Licensed IP and Seller Licensed Patents pursuant to Section 5.12(a), Standard Software licenses, licenses for the Open Source Materials set forth on Section 3.9(j) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, the services contemplated by the Transition Services Agreement, constitute all of the Intellectual Property Rights that are owned by Seller or its Affiliates used in or necessary to conduct of the Business, immediately following the Closing Date, in substantially the same manner in all material respects as conducted by Seller prior to the Closing. The representation set forth in this Section 3.9(h) shall not be deemed to constitute a representation with respect to the Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights.

(i) To the Knowledge of Seller, since August 4, 2017, no Person has Infringed and no Person is currently Infringing, any material Transferred Intellectual Property.

(j) Section 3.9(j) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules lists any Open Source Materials that have been incorporated into, integrated with, combined with or linked to any material proprietary Software that is Transferred Technology and distributed by a Seller Entity (such Software, “Business Proprietary Software”) such that the Seller Entity is required to make available the source code for such Business Proprietary Software under the same license terms under which such Seller entity was granted a license to such Open Source Materials. No Open Source Materials that are governed by the Affero GPL or the Server Side Public License have been incorporated into, integrated with, combined with or linked to any Business Proprietary Software. The Business Proprietary Software is stored solely on servers located in California and/or northern Virginia.

(k) No funding, facilities, or personnel of any Governmental Entity were used, directly or indirectly, to develop, create or reduce to practice, in whole or in part, any Transferred Intellectual Property or Transferred Technology. To the extent relating to the Business, no Governmental Entity, university, college, other educational institution, multi-national, bi-national or international organization or research center (i) owns or otherwise holds, or has the right to obtain, any rights to any Transferred Intellectual Property or Transferred Technology, (ii) has imposed or purported to impose, or has the right, whether contingent or otherwise, to impose, any obligations or restrictions on the Business (or, following the Closing on Purchaser) with respect to the licensing or granting of any Transferred Intellectual Property or Transferred Technology, or (iii) is or may become entitled to receive any royalties or other payments from the Seller Entities (or, following the Closing, Purchaser or any of its Affiliates).

3.10 Privacy; Cybersecurity.

(a) Except as would not be adverse to the Business taken as a whole, in a material respect, to the extent relating to the Business, the Seller Entities are, and have at all times been, in compliance with (i) all applicable Laws regarding the privacy, protection or security of Personal Data (“Privacy Laws”), (ii) the privacy policies in effect between the Seller Entities, on the one hand, and the users of the Business products or services, (iii) Contracts (or portions thereof) between the Seller Entities, on the one hand, and vendors, marketing affiliates, financial

 

30


institutions, other business partners, and any other third parties to which any Personal Data is provided, disclosed or made available by or on behalf of the Business, on the other hand, and (iv) any rules of self-regulatory, industry or other organizations in which the Seller Entities is a member relating to Personal Data, with which the Business is required to comply by virtue of such membership, in each case in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), that are applicable to the collection, storage, deletion and sale by transmission, or dissemination (“Processing”) of Personal Data by the Business (such policies and Contracts being hereinafter referred to as “Privacy Agreements”). Seller has delivered or made available to Purchaser accurate and complete copies of all material current Privacy Agreements of the Business.

(b) The Privacy Agreements do not (i) require the Seller to deliver any notice to, or obtain consent from, any Person, or (ii) prohibit the transfer of any Personal Data collected and in the possession or control of the Business to Purchaser as a result of the consummation of the Transaction.

(c) All Affiliates, vendors or other Persons whose relationship with the Seller Entities involves the Processing of Personal Data on behalf of the Business are subject to obligations that require such Persons to protect such Personal Data in a manner consistent with the Seller Entities’ obligations in the Privacy Agreements and in compliance with Privacy Laws.

(d) Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will result in any material violation of any Privacy Agreements or Privacy Laws relating to Personal Data that is a Purchased Asset.

(e) To the extent primarily relating to the Business, the Seller Entities have reasonable safeguards in place to protect Personal Data that is a Purchased Asset and in the Seller Entities’ possession or control from unauthorized access by third parties, including the employees and contractors of the Business.

(f) There have not been any material reportable unauthorized intrusions or breaches of the security with respect to a Seller Entities’ Information Technology that resulted in any reportable unauthorized access or use of any material Personal Data that is a Purchased Asset.

(g) Except as would not be material to the Business, no Person has made any illegal or unauthorized use of Personal Data that is a Purchased Asset that was collected by or on behalf of the Business and is in the possession or control of the Seller Entities.

(h) Except as has not been or as would not reasonably be expected material to the Business, taken as a whole, since August 4, 2016 there have been no failures, breakdowns, breaches, unscheduled outages or unavailability of the Information Technology used by or on behalf of the Seller Entities in connection with the conduct of the Business or any Software used therewith. No material products or material services of the Business or Software included in the Transferred Technology or embodying any Transferred Intellectual Property, and to the Knowledge of Seller, the Information Technology used by or on behalf of the Seller Entities in connection with the conduct of the Business and any Software used therewith, and any Software embodying any Seller Licensed IP, are free from any “back door,” “time bomb,” “Trojan horse,”

 

31


“worm,” “drop dead device,” “virus” (as these terms are commonly used in the computer software industry) or other software routines or hardware components intentionally designed to permit unauthorized access, to disable or erase software, hardware, or data. Except as has not been or as would not reasonably be expected material to the Business, taken as a whole, since August 4, 2016, Seller has not received, and to the Knowledge of Seller there has not been any, complaint to any regulatory authority or other Governmental Entity or official, foreign or domestic, or any audit, proceeding, investigation or claim against, the Seller Entities regarding the Processing of Personal Data relating to the Business, and no such complaint, audit, proceeding, investigation or claim has been threatened against any Seller Entity. No facts or circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to give rise to such a complaint, audit, proceeding, investigation, or claim material to the Business.

3.11 Real Property.

(a) None of the Seller Entities owns, leases, occupies or uses any real property that is primarily used in the operation of the Business, other than the real property subject to the Transferred Leases (true, correct and complete copies of which have been made available to Purchaser). None of the Seller Entities is under contract to acquire any interest in real property that would reasonably be expected to be primarily related to or used in connection with the Business.

(b) Section 3.11(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of the Leased Real Property as of the date hereof, including the street address and the identity of the lessee of each such parcel of Leased Real Property. The applicable Seller Entity has (or, at the Closing, will have) valid and subsisting title to the leasehold estate (as lessee or sublessee) in each Leased Real Property set forth on Section 3.11(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, in each case free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), except where the failure to have such title would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Business, taken as a whole.

(c) Except as set forth on Section 3.11(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, the Transferred Leases are in full force and effect and valid and binding and are enforceable against the Seller Entities party thereto and, to the Knowledge of Seller, against any other counterparty thereto, in all material respects, in accordance with their respective terms. Except as would not be material to the Business, taken as a whole, there are no defaults under the Transferred Leases by the Seller Entities, or, to the Knowledge of Seller, the counterparty thereunder, and there are no events which, with the passage of time or notice, or both, would constitute a default on the part of the Seller Entities, or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party to the Transferred Leases. Except as set forth on Section 3.11(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, the consummation of the Transaction will not create or constitute a default or event of default under any Transferred Lease or require the consent of any other party to any such lease to avoid a default or event of default.

(d) The Leased Real Property comprises all the material land and buildings owned, leased, controlled, occupied or used by the Business. The Leased Real Property is in good condition and repair in all material respects (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and is sufficient for the operation of the Business in substantially the same manner in all material respects as it is operated by Seller as of the date hereof.

 

32


(e) Except as would not be material to the Business, taken as a whole, the applicable Seller Entity is in possession of the whole of each Leased Real Property and no other Person is in or actually or conditionally entitled to possession, occupation, use or control of any material portion of the Leased Real Property. Since January 1, 2018, the Seller Entities’ possession and quiet enjoyment of the Leased Real Property has not been materially disturbed and no party to any Transferred Lease has provided notice of any dispute with respect thereto.

(f) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Transferred Leases, the applicable Seller Entity is the sole leaseholder of, and otherwise absolutely entitled to, each of the Transferred Leases and the proceeds of sale of them.

(g) No Seller Entity is in breach of any covenant, restriction, condition or obligation (whether statutory or otherwise) which is material and affects any Leased Real Property.

(h) Except as would not be material to the Business, taken as a whole, the Leased Real Property is not subject to the payment of any outgoings other than the usual rates and taxes, rent, insurance rent and service charge. No Seller Entity as of the date hereof reasonably expects Liability for or the expenditure of any material sum of money in respect of any Leased Real Property including in relation to dilapidations or reinstatement of alterations at the end of the term of any Transferred Lease. Except as would not be material to the Business, taken as a whole, there is no outstanding Liability for any rent, service charge, insurance rent, rates, rental security or other outgoings in respect of any of the Transferred Leases.

(i) Except as would not be material to the Business, taken as a whole, there are no current notices, actions, disputes or complaints relating to any Leased Real Property or its use or in relation to the Transferred Leases, nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, are there any circumstances rendering any of the foregoing likely.

(j) Except as would not be material to the Business, taken as a whole, to the Knowledge of Seller, the current use of the Leased Real Property is an authorized use under any Law intended to control or regulate the construction, demolition, alteration or use of land or buildings or to preserve or protect the national heritage and any orders, by-laws or regulations made or granted under any of them. No Seller Entity has received any written notice from any Governmental Entity asserting, nor does there exist, any violation of any applicable Law with respect to any Leased Real Property that remains uncured and that would reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Seller Entities, taken as a whole. There are no eminent domain or similar proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened affecting all or any material portion of any Leased Real Property.

3.12 Personal Property.

(a) Except as would not be material to the Business, taken as a whole, (i) the Purchased Assets are, where capable of possession, in the possession or under the control of a Seller Entity, and (ii) there are no circumstances which might result in any Governmental Entity expropriating any such assets.

(b) Except as would not be material to the Business, taken as a whole, all equipment, machinery and assets which are included in the Purchased Assets are in good repair and in reasonable working order (subject to ordinary course wear and tear having regard to their age and use).

 

33


3.13 Material Contracts.

(a) Section 3.13 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, a true and complete list of each of the following Contracts (other than Benefit Plans, purchase orders, invoices and similar Contracts) (x) to which any Seller Entity is a party and (y) which is a Purchased Asset (the “Material Contracts”):

(i) any Contract pursuant to which the Business is expected to make or receive aggregate payments in excess of $1,000,000 during the twelve (12)-month period ending on March 31, 2019;

(ii) any Contract obligating the Business to make future capital expenditures in excess of $200,000 after the date hereof;

(iii) any Contract obligating the Business to make advance payments to a third party in excess of $200,000;

(iv) any Contract relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise) under which, after the Closing, the Business will have a continuing material obligation with respect to an “earn out,” contingent purchase price or similar contingent payment;

(v) any joint venture, partnership or other similar agreement involving co-investment between the Business and a third party;

(vi) any Contract relating to marketing and advertising of the Business or a third party that involves consideration in excess of $200,000 during the twelve (12)-month period ending on March 31, 2019;

(vii) any Contract required to be listed pursuant to Sections 3.9(f) and 3.9(g);

(viii) any Contract that relates to the sale of any of the material Purchased Assets or any asset that would, but for such agreement, constitute a material Purchased Asset;

(ix) any Contract obligating the Business to make material changes to its product roadmap or product platform;

(x) any Contract that (A) contains a provision requiring the Business (1) to purchase or obtain products or services from any third party on an exclusive basis or (2) to purchase a minimum quantity of products or services on an ongoing basis, (B) grants a right of refusal, right of first negotiation to any Person with respect to the Purchased Assets or (C) contains any “most favored nation” or “price parity” provisions with respect to the Purchased Assets;

 

34


(xi) any Contract containing covenants that would restrict or limit in any material respect the ability of the Business after the Closing to compete or otherwise operate in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area; and

(xii) any Shared Contract, and any other Contract that is primarily (but not exclusively) related to the Business (whether or not listed in Schedule 1.1(d) as a Shared Contract).

(b) Each Material Contract is in full force and effect and is valid, binding and enforceable against the Seller Entity party thereto and, to the Knowledge of Seller, the other parties thereto in accordance with its terms, in each case, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions, except as would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Business, taken as a whole, or materially impair or materially delay the ability of Seller or each Seller Entity to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents or consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby. Neither the Seller Entity party thereto nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party to a Material Contract is in breach or violation of, or default under, any Material Contract and no event has occurred that with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a breach or default (whether by lapse of time or notice or both) of any Material Contract, except as would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Business, taken as a whole, or materially impair or materially delay the ability of Seller or each Seller Entity to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents or consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby. Seller has made available to the Purchaser Parties true, correct and complete copies of all Material Contracts.

3.14 Sufficiency of Assets.

(a) The Purchased Assets, together with (i) the services contemplated by the Transition Services Agreement and (ii) all of the assets (including tangible and intangible assets), services, products and real property provided, acquired, leased or licensed under this Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement, constitute all of the assets, rights and services necessary to conduct the Business, immediately following the Closing Date, in substantially the same manner in all material respects conducted by Seller prior to the Closing.

(b) This Section 3.14 is not, and is not intended to be, a representation or warranty of any kind with respect to Intellectual Property Rights or Information Technology, which representations and warranties are solely as set forth in Section 3.9.

3.15 Compliance with Applicable Laws; Permits.

(a) Except for violations that would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Business, taken as a whole, or materially impair or materially delay the ability of Seller or each Seller Entity to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents or consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby, (i) none of the Seller Entities is in violation of any Law applicable to the conduct of the Business, and (ii) no circumstance or fact exists that could reasonably result in any Seller Entity not being in compliance in all material respects with any such Laws.

 

35


(b) The Seller Entities hold all material Permits required to own, lease and operate the Purchased Assets and carry on the Business as presently conducted, each of which is valid and in full force and effect. The Seller Entities are in compliance in all material respects with the terms of such Permits and no condition exists that with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default of any such Permits to which any Seller Entity is a party. None of the Seller Entities or any of their respective Affiliates have received written, or to the Knowledge of Seller, other notice of any violation of the material Permits. Section 3.13(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of all the Permits, together with the name of the issuing entity, the expiration date of such Permit, any conditions attached to such Permit that do not apply to other holders of such Permits and, to the Knowledge of Seller, whether the Permits are freely transferable to the Purchaser Parties.

(c) This Section 3.15 does not relate to matters with respect to Intellectual Property Rights, Taxes, Benefits Plans or Environmental Laws, such items being exclusively governed by Section 3.9, Section 3.16, Section 3.17 and Section 3.19, respectively.

3.16 Taxes. Except as would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Business, taken as a whole:

(a) all Taxes imposed with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets, the nonpayment of which could result in a Lien for Taxes on any of the Purchased Assets or could result in the Purchaser Parties becoming liable or responsible therefor, in each case, will have been fully and timely paid (taking into account extensions);

(b) there are no Liens for Taxes upon any of the Purchased Assets other than Permitted Liens;

(c) Any other representation or warranty contained in this Article III notwithstanding, the representations and warranties contained in this Section 3.16 and Section 3.17 constitute the sole representations and warranties of Seller relating to Taxes.

3.17 Labor Relations; Employees and Employee Benefit Plans.

(a) The information regarding the Business Employees included in the census attached to Section 1.1(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules is true and complete. Each Business Employee listed on Section 1.1(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules is an employee of Seller who provides services primarily for the Business.

(b) Section 3.17(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules sets forth (and separately identifies), as of the date of this Agreement, a true and complete list of each material Seller Benefit Plan and each Transferred Benefit Plan, and the most recent summary plan description and any summary of material modification thereto for such Benefit Plans. Seller has made available to Purchaser copies of the following with respect to each Transferred Benefit Plan, to the extent applicable: (i) the plan document and any amendments thereto (or, to the extent that no such copy exists or Seller is not able to obtain such copy prior to the date hereof, a written description thereof), (ii) with respect to each Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code (a “Seller 401(a) Plan”), the most recent Internal Revenue Service determination or opinion letter and any pending request for such a letter, if applicable, (iii) any

 

36


related trust agreement or other funding instrument and any amendments thereto, (iv) the most recent annual report on Form 5500 and attached schedules (if applicable), audited financial statements and actuarial valuation reports and (v) for any Transferred Benefit Plan, any non-routine filings made in respect of such Transferred Benefit Plan with any Governmental Entity. Each Transferred Benefit Plan, as listed on Section 3.17(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, constitutes a Benefit Plan that is exclusively maintained for, or entered into with, one or more Transferred Business Employees.

(c) Each Transferred Benefit Plan and Seller 401(a) Plan has been operated in compliance in all material respects with its terms and applicable Law, and all contributions, premiums and expenses required to be made by applicable Law or by the terms of a Transferred Benefit Plan or a Seller 401(a) Plan have been timely made or accrued. To the Knowledge of Seller, there has been no “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code and other than a transaction that is exempt under a statutory or administrative exemption) with respect to any Transferred Benefit Plan or Seller 401(a) Plan that would reasonably be expected to be material to the Business, taken as a whole.

(d) Each Seller 401(a) Plan has received a favorable determination or opinion letter as to its qualification, and to the Knowledge of Seller, there are no facts or circumstances that would be reasonably likely to adversely affect the qualified status of any such Seller 401(a) Plan or the exempt status of any related trust.

(e) No Transferred Benefit Plan provides post-employment health or welfare benefits to any Business Employee other than as required by Section 4980B of the Code or any similar state Law for which the recipient pays the full cost of coverage.

(f) No Benefit Plan is, and neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has in the last six years sponsored, maintained, contributed to or been required to contribute to, or had any obligation or liability (actual or contingent) with respect to: (i) any plan subject to Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 or 4971 of the Code, (ii) any Multiemployer Plan, (iii) any plan that has two or more contributing sponsors, at least two of whom are not under common control, within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA or (iv) any “multiple employer welfare arrangement” (as defined in Section 3(40) of ERISA).

(g) Except as would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Business, taken as a whole, there are no pending, or to Knowledge of Seller, threatened, audits, inquiries or investigations by the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor or any other Governmental Entity involving any Transferred Benefit Plan, and no pending, or to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, claims, actions, suits or proceedings involving any Transferred Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits in the normal operation of such Transferred Benefit Plan).

(h) Each of the Transferred Benefit Plans that is subject to Section 409A of the Code complies in all material respects with the operational and documentary requirements of Section 409A of the Code and all applicable regulatory guidance thereunder. Neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or otherwise obligated under, any plan, policy, agreement or arrangement that provides for the gross-up or reimbursement of Taxes imposed under Section 409A or 4999 of the Code (or any corresponding provisions of state or local law relating to such Taxes) with respect to any Business Employee.

 

37


(i) Neither the execution of this Agreement nor the consummation of the Transaction (whether alone or together with any other event) will (i) entitle any current or former Business Employee to severance pay or other compensation or benefits, (ii) increase the amount of compensation or benefits due to any current or former Business Employee, or (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment, vesting or funding of any such compensation or benefits.

(j) Seller and its Subsidiaries are neither party to, nor bound by, any labor agreement, collective bargaining agreement or any other labor-related agreements or arrangements with any labor union or other labor organization; there are no labor agreements, collective bargaining agreements or any other labor-related agreements or arrangements that pertain to any of the Business Employees; no Business Employees are represented by any labor union or labor organization with respect to their employment with Seller or its Subsidiaries; and since August 4, 2017, to the Knowledge of Seller, there has not been any labor organizing activity involving any of the Business Employees with respect to their employment with Seller or its Subsidiaries, and no such activity is pending or threatened.

(k) Since August 4, 2017, there have been no unfair labor practices, strikes, lockouts, work stoppages, or other material labor disputes, and no such matters are pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against Seller or its Subsidiaries, in each case with respect to the Business Employees or the Business.

(l) Seller and its Subsidiaries are, and since August 4, 2016 have been, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws relating to employment or labor, including, without limitation, harassment, discrimination, classification of service providers and employees, wages and hours, and withholding of Taxes. Since August 4, 2016, Seller and its Subsidiaries have properly classified each of its (i) individual contractors, consultants and couriers providing services to the Business as independent contractors and (ii) Business Employees as exempt or non-exempt from applicable wage and hour Laws. Since August 4, 2016, neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries has been subject to any material labor or employment-related claim, charge, legal action, lawsuit, arbitration or Proceeding, in each case with respect to the Business Employees or the Business, and no such matters are pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened.

(m) Since August 4, 2016, to the Knowledge of Seller, no allegations of sexual harassment or sexual misconduct have been made against (i) any current officer of the Business or (ii) any Business Employee either at a level of Director or above or whose annualized total compensation exceeds $500,000.

(n) To the Knowledge of Seller, no Business Employee is in violation in any material respect of any material term of any employment agreement, nondisclosure agreement, common law nondisclosure obligation, fiduciary duty, non-competition agreement, restrictive covenant or other obligation to Seller.

 

38


(o) Any other representation or warranty contained in this Article III notwithstanding, the representations and warranties contained in this Section 3.17 constitute the sole representations and warranties of Seller relating to employees and Benefits Plans.

3.18 Brokers. No broker, financial advisor or other Person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries for which the Purchaser Parties would have any Liability.

3.19 Environmental Laws.

(a) Each Seller Entity is and since January 1, 2017, has been in compliance with Environmental Laws with respect to the Leased Real Properties in all material respects and there are no circumstances which may give rise to any material Liability, obligation or duty under Environmental Laws.

(b) There is no pending or threatened in writing Environmental Claim against any Seller Entity or against any Person whose Liability for any Environmental Claim any such Seller Entity has retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law, in each case to the extent material to the Business, taken as a whole, and related to or applicable to the operation of the Business or the Purchased Assets.

(c) No claims, complaints, demands or notices (whether in writing or otherwise) have been received by any Seller Entity alleging or specifying any material Liability arising from non-compliance with Environmental Laws and no circumstances exist which are likely to result in the same being received, in each case to the extent material to the Business, taken as a whole, and related to or applicable to the operation of the Business or the Purchased Assets.

(d) All material reports, audits, assessments, reviews or investigations (including any testing, sampling or monitoring results) prepared or performed since January 1, 2018 in the possession or control of the Seller Entities concerning environmental matters in relation to the Business and the Purchased Assets have been made available to the Purchaser Parties.

(e) None of the Leased Real Properties or any building, plant, machinery, equipment or other assets included in the Purchased Assets contains any asbestos or asbestos containing material that is reasonably expected to result in any material liability to the Business, taken as a whole.

3.20 Investigation. Seller confirms that Parent has made available to Seller and its Representatives the full opportunity to ask questions of the officers and management of Parent, as well as access to the documents, information and records of or with respect to Parent and its business and to acquire additional information about the business and financial condition of Parent, and Seller confirms that it has made an independent investigation, analysis and evaluation of Parent Shares.

 

39


3.21 Accredited Investor; Investment Experience; Exculpation. Seller is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act. Seller has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters, and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Seller acknowledges that it is not relying upon any person, firm or corporation, other than Parent and its officers and directors, in making its investment or decision to invest in Parent. Seller agrees that no other stockholder of Parent nor the respective controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any other stockholder of Parent shall be liable to any other stockholder for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of Parent Shares.

3.22 Purchase of Parent Shares Entirely for Own Account. Seller agrees and acknowledges that Parent Shares will be purchased for investment purposes for Seller’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that Seller has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation of any applicable securities or other laws. Seller further represents that Seller does not have any Contract with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such Person or to any third party, with respect to any Parent Shares.

3.23 Parent Shares Unregistered; Restricted Securities; No Public Market. Seller understands that no Parent Shares are registered under the Securities Act on the grounds that the sale provided for in this Agreement and the issuance of Parent Shares hereunder is exempt from registration and that Parent’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on Seller’s representations set forth herein relating to Parent Shares. Seller agrees and acknowledges that Parent Shares must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Seller agrees and acknowledges that it may not sell, offer to sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate any Parent Shares unless pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or unless Seller provides Parent with an opinion of counsel, in a form reasonably acceptable to Parent, to the effect that such sale, offer to sell, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation of Parent Shares may be made without registration under the Securities Act. Seller agrees and acknowledges that Parent Shares will be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in Parent’s Bylaws as currently in effect and set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement. Seller acknowledges that there is no public market for Parent Shares and that Parent has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for Parent Shares.

3.24 Legends. Seller understands that the certificates evidencing Parent Shares may bear one or all of the following legends:

(a) These securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. They may not be sold, offered for sale, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of a registration statement in effect with respect to the securities under such Act or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to Parent that such registration is not required or unless sold pursuant to Rule 144 of such Act.

(b) Any legend required by applicable state “blue sky” securities laws, rules and regulations.

 

40


3.25 No Other Representations or Warranties. Seller expressly agrees and acknowledges, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, that (a) except as expressly set forth in Article IV, none of Parent, Purchaser or any of their Representatives has made or makes any representation or warranty, expressed or implied, as to Parent Shares, or the business of Parent, or the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding Parent Shares or the business of the Parent, furnished or made available to Seller or its Representatives, (b) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, none of Parent, Purchaser or any of their Representatives has made or makes any representation or warranty with respect to any projections, forecasts, plans, prospects, estimates, budgets or other information regarding future revenues, expenses or expenditures, future results of operations (or any component thereof), future cash flows (or any component thereof) or future financial condition (or any component thereof) of Parent or any other future business, operations or affairs of Parent, (c) Seller has not relied on any representation or warranty or other information described in this Section 3.25 in determining to enter into this Agreement or otherwise and (d) none of Parent or any of its Affiliates shall have, or be subject to, any Liability to Seller or any of its Representatives resulting from the distribution to Seller or its Representatives, or Seller’s or its Representatives’ use of, any such information, including any information, documents or material made available to Seller or its Representatives in any “data rooms,” management presentations or in any other form in expectation of or negotiation of this Agreement, the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding anything contain to herein to the contrary, that in no event shall the foregoing acknowledgements and disclaimers be deemed to exclude Liability for fraud committed by the Purchaser Parties in connection with this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the Transaction.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER PARTIES

Except as set forth in, or qualified by any matter set forth in, the Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules (it being agreed that the disclosure of any matter in any section or subsection in the Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules shall be deemed to be disclosed for all purposes of this Agreement as long as the relevance of such disclosure to the other sections or sub-sections of this Agreement is reasonably apparent on its face), Parent and Purchaser hereby represent and warrant to Seller as follows:

4.1 Organization, Standing and Power. Each of Parent and Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all necessary organizational power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted, except where the failure to be so organized or in good standing, or to have such power and authority would not reasonably be expected to impair or materially delay the ability of the Purchaser Parties to perform their obligations under the Transaction Documents or consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

41


4.2 Capitalization. As of the date of this Agreement, the authorized capital of Parent consists of:

(a) 47,171,928 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 (the “Preferred Stock”), 5,431,674 of which have been designated Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding, 2,666,047 of which have been designated Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding, 1,584,981 of which have been designated Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding, 5,367,833 of which have been designated Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding, 19,601,592 of which have been designated Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding, 3,611,042 of which have been designated Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding, 3,637,197 of which have been designated Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding and 5,271,562 of which have been designated Series G Preferred Stock, 3,178,752 of which are issued and outstanding. The rights, privileges and preferences of the Preferred Stock will be as stated in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(b) 72,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 (the “Common Stock”), of which 9,188,422 shares are issued and outstanding.

(c) The outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock are all duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and were issued in accordance with the registration or qualification provisions of the Securities Act, and any relevant state securities laws, or pursuant to valid exemptions therefrom.

(d) Except for (i) the conversion privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Parent Shares (ii) the rights provided in Section 3.4 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement, (iii) currently outstanding options to purchase 7,399,231 shares of Common Stock granted to employees and other service providers pursuant to Parent’s 2014 Stock Plan (the “Parent Option Plan”) and (iv) 2,426,770 currently outstanding restricted stock units, there are not outstanding any options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights) or agreements for the purchase or acquisition from Parent of any shares of its capital stock. In addition, Parent has reserved 2,746,873 shares of Common Stock for purchase upon exercise of options to be granted in the future under the Parent Option Plan. Other than that certain Sixth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2019, Parent is not a party or subject to any agreement or understanding, and, to the Knowledge of Parent, there is no agreement or understanding between any persons and/or entities, which affects or relates to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to any security or by a director of Parent.

(e) All outstanding securities of Parent, including, without limitation, all outstanding shares of the capital stock of Parent, all shares of the capital stock of Parent issuable upon the conversion or exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities and all other securities that Parent is obligated to issue, are subject to a one hundred eighty (180) day “market stand-off” restriction upon an initial public offering of Parent’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act in a form substantially identical to Section 1.13 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

(f) No stock plan, stock purchase, stock option or other agreement or understanding between Parent and any holder of any securities or rights exercisable or convertible for securities provides for acceleration or other changes in the vesting provisions or other terms of such agreement or understanding as the result of the occurrence of any event.

 

42


4.3 Subsidiaries. Parent does not presently own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, association, or other business entity. Parent is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership, or similar arrangement.

4.4 Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability. Each of Parent and Purchaser has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which it will be a party and to consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by Parent and Purchaser of this Agreement, and the consummation by Parent and Purchaser of the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby, including the authorization, issuance (or reservation for issuance), sale and delivery of the Parent Shares being issued hereunder and the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of Parent Shares, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action of Parent and Purchaser. Each of Parent and Purchaser has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Seller, this Agreement will constitute its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions. Upon the execution and delivery by Parent and Purchaser of the other Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party, and assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the other parties thereto, such other Transaction Documents will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Parent and Purchaser, enforceable against Parent and Purchaser in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

4.5 Valid Issuance of Parent Shares and Common Stock. Parent Shares, when issued as provided in this Agreement, will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will be free and clear of all Liens of any kind, except for restrictions on transfer imposed under applicable securities laws and restrictions on transfer under Parent’s Bylaws as currently in effect and in the Investors’ Rights Agreement. The shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of Parent Shares have been duly and validly reserved for issuance and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be free of restrictions on transfer of any kind, except for restrictions on transfer imposed under applicable securities laws and restrictions on transfer under Parent’s Bylaws as currently in effect and in the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

4.6 Capital Stock. Section 4.6 of the Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules sets forth the price per share of the preferred stock issued in connection with Purchaser’s Series G financing round and the price per share of Common Stock established pursuant to the most recent valuation of the Common Stock under Section 409A of the Code prior to the Closing. No split, combination or reclassification in respect of any shares of capital stock of Parent has taken place since the closing of Parent’s Series G equity financing round.

 

43


4.7 Offering.

(a) Subject in part to the truth and accuracy of Seller’s representations set forth in Sections 3.21 through 3.24 of this Agreement, the offer, sale and issuance of Parent Shares as contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from the registration requirements of any applicable state and federal securities laws, and neither Parent nor any authorized agent acting on its behalf will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemption.

(b) Parent has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with SEC rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Knowledge of Parent, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. Parent has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including Parent; any predecessor or affiliate of Parent; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of Parent; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of Parent’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with Parent in any capacity at the time of the sale of Parent Shares; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of Parent Shares (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

4.8 Proprietary Information Agreements. Each present and former employee and officer of Parent has executed a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, and each consultant to Parent has executed a Consulting Agreement. No current or former employee has expressly excluded works or inventions or other subject matter from his or her Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. Parent is not aware that any of its present and former employees, officers or consultants are in violation thereof, and Parent will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent any such violation.

4.9 Patents and Trademarks. To the Knowledge of Parent, with respect to Patents and Marks only (but without having conducted any special investigation or patent or trademark search), Parent has sufficient title and ownership of or licenses to all Patents, Marks, domain names, Copyrights, Trade Secrets, information, software, proprietary rights and processes necessary for its business as now conducted, without any violation or infringement of the rights of others, except for such items as have yet to be conceived or developed or that are expected to be available for licensing on reasonable terms from third parties. There are no outstanding options, licenses, agreements, claims, encumbrances or shared ownership of interests of any kind relating to anything referred to above in this Section 4.9 that is to any extent owned by or exclusively licensed to Parent, nor is Parent bound by or a party to any options, licenses or agreements of any kind with respect to the Patents, Marks, domain names, Copyrights, Trade Secrets, licenses, information, proprietary rights and/or processes of any other person or entity, except, in either case, for standard end-user, object code, internal-use software license and support/maintenance agreements. Parent has not

 

44


received any communications alleging that Parent has violated or would violate any of the Patents, Marks, domain names, Copyrights, Trade Secrets or other proprietary rights of any other person or entity. Parent is not aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with the use of his or her best efforts to promote the interests of Parent or that would conflict with Parent’s business as presently conducted. Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement, nor the carrying on of Parent’s business by the employees of Parent, will, to the Knowledge of Parent, conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, covenant or instrument under which any of such employees is now obligated. Parent does not believe it is or will be necessary to utilize any inventions of any of its employees made prior to or outside the scope of their employment by Parent. To the extent Parent uses any “open source” or “copyleft” software or is a party to “open” or “public source” or similar licenses, Parent is in compliance with the terms of any such licenses, any such software and licenses are listed on the Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules, and Parent is not required (and, even if it distributed its software, would not be required) under any such license to (a) make or permit any disclosure or to make available any source code for its (or any of its licensors’) proprietary software or (b) distribute or make available any of Parent’s proprietary software or intellectual property (or to permit any such distribution or availability).

4.10 Compliance with Other Instruments. Parent is not in violation, default, conflict or breach of any provision of its Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or in any material respect of any instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, privacy policy or contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or, to the Knowledge of Parent, of any provision of any law, federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to Parent (including, without limitation, those related to privacy, personally identifiable information, export control or digital tokens, coins, cryptocurrency or other blockchain-based assets (collectively, “Tokens”)). Parent has obtained valid waivers of any rights by other parties to purchase Parent Shares covered by this Agreement.

4.11 Agreements; Actions.

(a) Except for (i) standard employee benefits generally made available to all employees, (ii) standard director and officer indemnification agreements approved by the Parent Board of Directors, (iii) the purchase of shares of Parent’s capital stock and the issuance of options to purchase shares of Common Stock, in each instance, approved pursuant to written consent or in the written minutes of Parent’s Board of Directors and (iv) Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements, there are no agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between Parent and any of its officers, directors, affiliates, or any affiliate thereof.

(b) There are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts, proposed transactions, judgments, orders, writs or decrees to which Parent is a party or by which it is bound that may involve (i) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to Parent in excess of, $1,000,000, or (ii) any material license of any patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right to or from Parent (other than (A) the nonexclusive license of Parent’s software and products in object code form in the ordinary course of business pursuant to standard end-user agreements or (B) the nonexclusive license to Parent of standard, generally commercially available, “off-the-shelf” third party products that are not and will not to any extent be part of any product, service or intellectual property offering of Parent), or (iii) provisions materially restricting the business of Parent or the development, manufacture or distribution of Parent’s products or services.

 

45


(c) Parent has not (i) declared or paid any dividends or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock, (ii) incurred any indebtedness for money borrowed or any other liabilities individually in excess of $1,000,000 or, in the case of indebtedness and/or liabilities individually less than $1,000,000, in excess of $1,500,000 in the aggregate, (iii) made any loans or advances to any person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses, or (iv) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights, other than the sale of its inventory in the ordinary course of business.

(d) For the purposes of subsections (b) and (c) above, all indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same person or entity (including persons or entities Parent has reason to believe are affiliated therewith) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsections.

(e) There are no agreements, understandings or proposed transactions to which Parent is a party that will terminate or provide a right of Parent or another party thereto to terminate (either with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both) as a result of the transactions hereby contemplated. All agreements, understandings or proposed transactions to which Parent is a party will continue to be valid, binding, in full force and effect and enforceable against Parent (and to the Knowledge of Parent, to each other party thereto) in accordance with their respective terms immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.12 Related-Party Transactions. No employee, officer, or director of Parent (a “Related Party”) or member of such Related Party’s immediate family, or any corporation, partnership or other entity in which such Related Party is an officer, director or partner, or in which such Related Party has significant ownership interests or otherwise controls, is indebted to Parent, nor is Parent indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them. To the Knowledge of Parent, none of such persons has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which Parent is affiliated or with which Parent has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation that competes with Parent, except that employees, officers, or directors of Parent and members of such Related Party’s immediate families may own stock in publicly traded companies that may compete with Parent. No Related Party or member of their immediate family is directly or indirectly interested in any material contract with Parent.

4.13 Permits. Parent has all franchises, permits, licenses, and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it (including, to the extent applicable to its business, with respect to Tokens), the lack of which could materially and adversely affect the business, properties or financial condition of Parent. Parent is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses, or other similar authority.

4.14 Registration Rights. Except as provided in the Investors’ Rights Agreement, Parent has not granted or agreed to grant any registration rights, including piggyback rights, to any person or entity.

 

46


4.15 Corporate Documents. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Parent are in the form previously provided to Seller.

4.16 Title to Property and Assets. Parent owns its property and assets free and clear of all mortgages, liens, loans and encumbrances, except such encumbrances and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair Parent’s ownership or use of such property or assets. With respect to the property and assets it leases, Parent is in compliance with such leases and, to the Knowledge of Parent, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances. Parent does not own any real property.

4.17 Parent Financial Statements. Parent has delivered to Seller its unaudited financial statements (balance sheet and income statement) as of and for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2018 and for the three-month period ending March 31, 2019 (collectively, the “Parent Financial Statements”). The Parent Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated and with each other, except that the unaudited Parent Financial Statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP. The Unaudited Financial Statements fairly present the financial condition and operating results of Parent as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments. Except as set forth in the Parent Financial Statements, Parent has no material liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (a) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to March 31, 2019 (the “Parent Financial Statement Date”) and (b) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required under GAAP to be reflected in financial statements, which, in both cases, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the financial condition or operating results of Parent. Except as disclosed in the Parent Financial Statements, Parent is not a guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other Person. Parent maintains and will continue to maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP.

4.18 Changes. Since the Parent Financial Statement Date there has not been:

(a) any change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of Parent from that reflected in the Parent Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business that have not been, in the aggregate, materially adverse;

(b) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results, prospects or business of Parent (as such business is presently conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted);

(c) any waiver by Parent of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it;

(d) any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by Parent, except in the ordinary course of business and that is not material to the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of Parent (as such business is presently conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted);

(e) any material change or amendment to a material contract or arrangement by which Parent or any of its assets or properties is bound or subject;

 

47


(f) any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee, officer, director or stockholder;

(g) any sale, assignment or transfer of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intangible assets;

(h) any resignation or termination of employment of any key officer of Parent; and to the Knowledge of Parent, any impending resignation or termination of employment of any such officer or key employee;

(i) receipt of notice that there has been a loss of, or material order cancellation by, any major customer of Parent;

(j) any mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or lien, created by Parent, with respect to any of its material properties or assets, except liens for taxes not yet due or payable and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair Parent’s ownership or use of such property or assets;

(k) any loans or guarantees made by Parent to or for the benefit of its employees, officers or directors, or any members of their immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of its business;

(l) any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of Parent’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of such stock by Parent;

(m) to the Knowledge of Parent, any other event or condition of any character that might materially and adversely affect the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of Parent (as such business is presently conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted); or

(n) any agreement or commitment by Parent to do any of the things described in this Section 4.18.

4.19 Employee Benefit Plans. Parent does not have any Employee Benefit Plan as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

4.20 Tax Returns, Payments and Elections. Parent has filed all tax returns and reports (including information returns and reports) as required by law. These returns and reports are true and correct in all material respects except to the extent that a reserve has been reflected on Parent’s Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP. Parent has paid all taxes and other assessments due, except those contested by it in good faith that are listed in the Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules and except to the extent that a reserve has been reflected on Parent’s Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP. The provision for taxes of Parent as shown in the Financial Statements is adequate for taxes due or accrued as of the date thereof. Parent has not elected pursuant to the Code, to be treated as a Subchapter S corporation or a collapsible corporation pursuant to Section 1362(a) or Section 341(f) of the Code, nor has it made any other elections pursuant to the Code (other than elections that relate solely to methods of accounting, depreciation

 

48


or amortization) that would have a material effect on Parent, its financial condition, its business as presently conducted or any of its properties or material assets. Parent has never had any tax deficiency proposed or assessed against it and has not executed any waiver of any statute of limitations on the assessment or collection of any tax or governmental charge. None of Parent’s federal income tax returns and none of its state income or franchise tax or sales or use tax returns has ever been audited by any Governmental Entity. Since the Parent Financial Statement Date, Parent has not incurred any taxes, assessments or governmental charges other than in the ordinary course of business and Parent has made adequate provisions on its books of account for all taxes, assessments and governmental charges with respect to its business, properties and operations for such period. Parent has withheld or collected from each payment made to each of its employees, independent contractors, creditors, stockholders and other third parties the amount of all taxes (including, but not limited to, federal income taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act taxes and Federal Unemployment Tax Act taxes) required to be withheld or collected therefrom, and has paid the same to the proper tax receiving officers or authorized depositories. Parent is not a party to any contract and/or has not granted any compensation, equity or award that could be deemed deferred compensation subject to the additional twenty percent (20%) tax under Section 409A of the Code, and neither Parent nor any person that is a member of the same controlled group as Parent or under common control with Parent within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code has any liability or obligation to make any payments or to issue any equity award or bonus that could be deemed deferred compensation subject to the additional twenty percent (20%) tax under Section 409A of the Code.

4.21 Insurance. Parent has in full force and effect fire and casualty insurance policies, with extended coverage, sufficient in amount (subject to reasonable deductibles) to allow it to replace any of its properties that might be damaged or destroyed.

4.22 Minute Books. The minute books of Parent (which shall be provided by Parent to Seller within thirty (30) days of the date hereof) contain, subject to appropriate redactions, a complete summary of all meetings and actions by written consent of directors and stockholders from the time of incorporation of Parent through May 21, 2019, and reflect all transactions referred to in such minutes and actions accurately in all material respects.

4.23 Labor Agreements and Actions; Employee Compensation. Parent is not bound by or subject to (and none of its assets or properties is bound by or subject to) any written or oral, express or implied, contract, commitment or arrangement with any labor union, and no labor union has requested or, to the Knowledge of Parent, has sought to represent any of the employees, representatives or agents of Parent. There is no strike or other labor dispute involving Parent pending, or to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened, that could have a material adverse effect on the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results, or business of Parent (as such business is presently conducted), nor is Parent aware of any labor organization activity involving its employees. Parent is not aware that any officer or key employee, or that any group of key employees, intends to terminate their employment with Parent, nor does Parent have a present intention to terminate the employment of any of the foregoing. The employment of each officer and employee of Parent is terminable at the will of Parent. To the Knowledge of Parent, Parent has complied in all material respects with all applicable state and federal equal employment opportunity and other laws related to employment, including those related to wages, hours, worker classification and collective bargaining. Parent is not a party to or bound by any currently effective

 

49


employment contract, deferred compensation agreement, bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement, or other employee compensation agreement. Parent is not obligated to pay severance or any other additional compensation upon the termination of any employee. Parent is not delinquent in payments to any of its employees or independent contractors for any wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, or other direct compensation for any service performed for it to the date hereof or amounts required to be reimbursed to such employees or independent contractors.

4.24 Section 83(b) Elections. To the Knowledge of Parent, all individuals who have purchased unvested shares of Common Stock have timely filed elections under Section 83(b) of the Code and any analogous provisions of applicable state tax laws.

4.25 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither Parent nor, to the Knowledge of Parent, any of Parent’s directors, officers, employees or agents have, directly or indirectly, made, offered, promised or authorized any payment or gift of any money or anything of value to or for the benefit of any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”)), foreign political party or official thereof or candidate for foreign political office for the purpose of (i) influencing any official act or decision of such official, party or candidate, (ii) inducing such official, party or candidate to use his, her or its influence to affect any act or decision of a foreign Governmental Entity, or (iii) securing any improper advantage, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) above in order to assist Parent or any of its affiliates in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any person. Neither Parent nor, to the Knowledge of Parent, any of its directors, officers, employees or agents have made or authorized any illegal bribe, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment of funds to help Parent obtain or retain business. Parent further represents that it has maintained, and has caused each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to maintain, systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) designed to ensure compliance with the FCPA or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. Neither Parent, or, to the Knowledge of Parent, any of its officers, directors or employees are the subject of any allegation, voluntary disclosure, investigation, prosecution or other enforcement action related to the FCPA or any other anti-corruption law.

4.26 Data Privacy. In connection with its collection, storage, transfer (including, without limitation, any transfer across national borders) and/or use of any personally identifiable information from any individuals, including, without limitation, any customers, prospective customers, employees and/or other third parties (collectively “Personal Information”), Parent is and has been, to the Knowledge of Parent, in compliance with all applicable laws in all relevant jurisdictions, Parent’s privacy policies and the requirements of any contract or codes of conduct to which Parent is a party. Parent has commercially reasonable physical, technical, organizational and administrative security measures and policies in place to protect all Personal Information collected by it or on its behalf from and against unauthorized access, use and/or disclosure. Parent is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all laws relating to data loss, theft and breach of security notification obligations.

4.27 Real Property Holding Corporation. Parent is not now and has never been a “United States real property holding corporation” as defined in Section 897 of the Code and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder (without regard to the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code). Parent has filed with the Internal Revenue Service all statements, if any, with its United States income tax returns which are required under such regulations.

 

50


4.28 Compliance with Laws. Except for violations that would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Purchaser Parties and their Affiliates, taken as a whole, or materially impair or materially delay the ability of the Purchaser Parties to perform their obligations under the Transaction Documents or consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby, the Purchaser Parties are not in violation of any Law applicable to the conduct of its business, and to the Knowledge of Parent, no circumstance or fact exists that could reasonably result in the Purchaser Parties not being in compliance with any such Laws.

4.29 Absence of Purchaser Parties Material Adverse Effect. Since March 31, 2019, (a) Parent has conducted its business in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice and (b) there has not occurred any event, change or development that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Purchaser Parties Material Adverse Effect.

4.30 No Conflicts; Consents. The execution and delivery by the Purchaser Parties of this Agreement, and the execution and delivery by the Purchaser Parties of each other Transaction Document to which they are or will be a party does not, and the consummation of the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation under or result in the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of the properties or assets of the Purchaser Parties or any of Parent’s other Subsidiaries under any provision of (a) the Organizational Documents of the Purchaser Parties, (b) any Judgment or Law applicable to the Purchaser Parties or any of Parent’s other Subsidiaries, or the properties or assets of the Purchaser Parties or any of Parent’s other Subsidiaries or (c) any material Contract applicable to the Purchaser Parties or any of Parent’s other Subsidiaries, except, in the case of clause (b) or (c), for any such items that would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Purchaser Parties and their Affiliates, taken as a whole, or materially impair or materially delay the ability of the Purchaser Parties to perform their obligations under the Transaction Documents or consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby. No Approval of any Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by the Purchaser Parties or any of Parent’s other Subsidiaries in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby, other than (i) in respect of Antitrust Laws and (ii) those that, if not obtained, made or given, would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Purchaser Parties and their Affiliates, taken as a whole, or materially impair or materially delay the ability of the Purchaser Parties to perform their obligations under the Transaction Documents or consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

4.31 Financial Ability to Perform. The Purchaser Parties will have funds immediately available to them immediately prior to and at the Closing sufficient to enable the Purchaser Parties to perform all of their obligations hereunder, including delivering the Aggregate Cash Consideration to Seller and assuming the Assumed Liabilities, as and when contemplated by this Agreement and to perform all of the obligations under the other Transaction Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Purchaser Parties acknowledge and agree that their obligations to effect the Transaction or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not conditioned upon the availability to the Purchaser Parties or any of their Affiliates of any debt, equity or other financing in any amount whatsoever.

 

51


4.32 Investigation. The Purchaser Parties have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters, and are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser Parties confirm that Seller has made available to the Purchaser Parties and their Representatives the full opportunity to ask questions of the officers and management of Seller and the Business, as well as access to the documents, information and records of or with respect to the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities and the Business and to acquire additional information about the business and financial condition of the Business, and the Purchaser Parties confirm that they have made an independent investigation, analysis and evaluation of the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities and the Business.

4.33 Proceedings. There is no Proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, currently threatened in writing against Parent that questions the validity of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, or the right of Parent to enter into such agreements, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or that might result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Purchaser Parties Material Adverse Effect, or any change in the current equity ownership of Parent. The foregoing includes Proceedings or investigations pending or threatened involving the prior employment of any of Parent’s employees, their use in connection with Parent’s business of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers. Parent is not a party or subject to the provisions of any Judgment. There is no Proceeding or investigation by Parent currently pending or that Parent intends to initiate.

4.34 Brokers. No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other Person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Purchaser Parties or any of their Affiliates for which Seller or any of its Affiliates would have any Liability.

4.35 Acknowledgment of No Other Representations or Warranties. The Purchaser Parties expressly agree and acknowledge, on behalf of themselves and their Affiliates, that (a) except as expressly set forth in Article III, none of Seller, the other Seller Entities or any of their respective Representatives has made or makes any representation or warranty, expressed or implied, as to the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities, the Business (or its financial condition or results of operations) or the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities or the Business furnished or made available to the Purchaser Parties or their Representatives, (b) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, none of Seller, the Seller Entities or any of their respective Representatives has made or makes any representation or warranty with respect to any projections, forecasts, plans, prospects, estimates, budgets or other information regarding future revenues, expenses or expenditures, future results of operations (or any component thereof), future cash flows (or any component thereof) or future financial condition (or any component thereof) of the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities or the Business or any other future business, operations or affairs of the Business, (c) the

 

52


Purchaser Parties have not relied on any representation or warranty or other information described in this Section 4.35 in determining to enter into this Agreement or otherwise and (d) none of Seller, the other Seller Entities or any of their respective Affiliates shall have, or be subject to, any Liability to the Purchaser Parties or any of their Representatives resulting from the distribution to the Purchaser Parties or their Representatives, or the Purchaser Parties’ or their Representatives’ use of, any such information, including any information, documents or material made available to the Purchaser Parties or their Representatives in any “data rooms,” management presentations or in any other form in expectation of or negotiation of this Agreement, the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding anything contain to herein to the contrary, that in no event shall the foregoing acknowledgements and disclaimers be deemed to exclude Liability for fraud committed by any of the Seller Entities in connection with this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the Transactions.

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

5.1 Efforts.

(a) From and after the date hereof, Parent and Seller shall use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under any applicable Law to consummate and make effective as promptly as reasonably practicable (and, in any event, prior to the Outside Date) the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (i) promptly preparing and filing of all forms, registrations and notices required to be filed to consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement as promptly as reasonably practicable; provided that the Parties shall make any filings required under the HSR Act within ten (10) Business Days of the date of this Agreement; (ii) promptly complying to the extent necessary or advisable with any formal or informal request for information or documents by any Governmental Entity, including any request for additional information and documentary materials by the Federal Trade Commission or the U.S. Department of Justice under the HSR Act; (iii) resolving all questions or objections from any Governmental Entity; and (iv) obtaining all approvals, consents, clearances, registrations, permits, authorizations and other confirmations from any Governmental Entity necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to fully carry out the purposes of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, but subject to the proviso in the last sentence of this Section 5.1(a), Parent and Seller shall take, or cause to be taken, all actions necessary to obtain (and shall cooperate with each other in obtaining) any Antitrust Approvals (which actions shall include furnishing all information required in connection with such Antitrust Approvals) required to be obtained to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) (in the case of Section 7.1(b), if the injunction, restraint or other Judgment relates to any Antitrust Law) and to consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each of Parent and Seller shall use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all other actions and do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby, including taking all action as may be necessary to resolve such objections, if any, as any Governmental Entity or any other Person may assert under any Antitrust Law with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, so as to enable the Closing to occur as soon as reasonably practicable (and in any event no later than the Outside

 

53


Date), including, if doing so is a required condition for the Parties to secure any Antitrust Approval, proffering to, or agreeing to, sell, divest, lease, license, transfer, dispose of or otherwise encumber or hold separate, before or after the Closing, any assets, licenses, operations, rights, product lines, businesses or interests included in the Purchased Assets or of Parent or any of its Affiliates (or consent to any sale, divestiture, lease, license, transfer, disposition or other encumbering by the Seller Entities of any assets, licenses, operations, rights, product lines, businesses or interests included in the Purchased Assets or to any agreement by any of the Seller Entities to take any of the foregoing actions) (“Antitrust Remedies”); provided, however, that Parent shall not be required to undertake, or agree to undertake, any Antitrust Remedies (i) to the extent that any such Antitrust Remedies include any sale, divestiture, lease, license, transfer, disposition or other encumbering of any assets, licenses, operations, rights, product lines, businesses or interests of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or the Business, in the San Francisco Bay Area, California; New York, New York; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; or Chicago, Illinois, or (ii) that would be material to the business or operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries, or to the Business.

(b) The Parties shall cooperate and consult with each other in connection with obtaining any authorizations, approvals, consents, clearances, registrations, permits and other confirmations from any Governmental Entity required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and shall, unless prohibited by law, promptly (i) furnish to the other Party such information as the other Party may reasonably require in connection with the preparation of any filing or submission under the HSR Act or other Antitrust Law; (ii) notify each other promptly of any oral communication with, and provide copies of any written communications, correspondence and filings with, any Governmental Entity; (iii) consult and cooperate with, and consider in good faith the views of, one another in connection with any analyses, appearances, presentations, memoranda, briefs, arguments, opinions and proposals made or submitted by or on behalf of any Party in connection with proceedings under the HSR Act or other Antitrust Law; (iv) permit the other Party to review and discuss in advance, and consider in good faith the views of the other Party in connection with, any proposed written (or any material oral) communication with any such Governmental Entity and (v) give the other Party reasonable advance notice of all meetings (whether in person or via video or telephone conference) with any Governmental Entity and unless prohibited by Law or such Governmental Entity, not attend or participate independently in any meeting with a Governmental Entity without providing reasonable advance notice to the other Party and an opportunity to attend and participate in such meeting. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that the Parties have differing views with respect to the handling of any reviews or investigations of the Transaction under any Antitrust Law, Parent shall have final decision-making authority on relevant strategy, timing and agreements with any Governmental Entity; provided, however, that Parent shall not be permitted to make any such decisions in respect of strategy, timing and agreements with any Governmental Entity that would reasonably be expected to delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to a date after the Outside Date, or would reasonably be expected to prevent the transactions contemplated by this Agreement from being consummated prior to the Outside Date. Parent and Seller may, as each deems advisable and necessary, reasonably designate any competitively sensitive material provided to the other under this Section 5.2(b) as “outside counsel only.” Such materials and the information contained therein shall be given only to outside legal counsel and will not be disclosed by such outside counsel to employees, officers or directors of the recipient unless express permission is obtained in advance from the source of the materials (Parent or Seller, as the case may be) or its legal counsel. Materials provided pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) may be redacted (i) to remove references concerning the valuation of or future plans for the Business; (ii) as necessary to comply with contractual obligations; and (iii) as necessary to address reasonable privilege concerns.

 

54


(c) Additionally, and without limiting the specific other obligations of the Parties set forth in this Agreement, each of Parent and Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) execute and deliver any additional instruments necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to fully carry out the purposes of this Agreement and (ii) fulfill all conditions precedent to this Agreement and shall not take, or permit any of its Affiliates to take, any action after the date of this Agreement that would reasonably be expected to prevent, impair or materially delay the Closing.

5.2 Covenants Relating to Conduct of Business.

(a) Except (i) as set forth in Section 5.2(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, (ii) as required by applicable Law or Contract, (iii) as otherwise contemplated or required by the terms of this Agreement or (iv) as consented to by the Purchaser Parties in writing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), from the date of this Agreement to the Closing or, if earlier, the termination of this Agreement, Seller shall, and shall cause each Seller Entity to, use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) conduct the Business in all material respects in the ordinary course, (B) preserve intact, in all material respects, the operation of the Business and (C) preserve in all material respects their respective commercial relationships with customers, suppliers, employees and other Persons with whom any Seller Entity deals in connection with the conduct of the Business in the ordinary course; provided that no action by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to matters specifically addressed by any provision of Section 5.2(b) shall be deemed a breach of this Section 5.2(a).

(b) Except (i) as set forth in Section 5.2(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, (ii) as required by applicable Law or Contract, (iii) as otherwise expressly permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement or (iv) as consented to by the Purchaser Parties in writing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), with respect to the Business, from the date of this Agreement to the Closing or, if earlier, the termination of this Agreement, Seller shall not, and shall cause each Seller Entity not to, do any of the following:

(i) amend its Organizational Documents in a manner that reasonably would be expected to prevent or materially delay or impede the consummation of the Transaction;

(ii) make capital expenditures or acquire any property, plant and equipment constituting Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities for an aggregate cost in excess of $200,000;

(iii) settle or release any Proceedings relating to the Business, Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities for an amount in excess of $100,000 or involving nonmonetary remedies that would be binding on the Purchaser Parties or any of the Purchased Assets following the Closing, except with respect to matters arising under or in connection with this Agreement or the Transaction;

 

55


(iv) except as required by the terms of any Benefit Plan as in effect on the date hereof or, provided that Parent receives advance written notice thereof from Seller, for any commitment for which Seller and its Subsidiaries are solely obligated to pay or in connection with any action that applies uniformly to Business Employees and other similarly situated employees of Seller or its Subsidiaries, (A) grant to any Business Employee any increase in compensation or benefits; (B) grant any equity or equity-based or other incentive awards to, or accelerate the vesting, funding or payment of any such awards held by, any Business Employee; (C) enter into, terminate or amend any severance, change in control, retention, termination, employment or other service agreement with any Business Employee; (D) adopt, enter into, terminate or amend any Transferred Benefit Plan (or any plan, program, policy, agreement or other arrangement that would be a Transferred Benefit Plan if it were in existence as of the date hereof); or (E) cause any Seller Benefit Plan to become a Transferred Benefit Plan;

(v) (A) terminate or transfer the employment of, or reallocate the duties or responsibilities of, any Business Employee such that such person would not be a Business Employee at the Closing, other than terminations for cause, (B) transfer the employment of any employee of Seller or its Affiliates who is not a Business Employee as of the date hereof to cause such person to become a Business Employee at the Closing, or (C) hire any individual who is primarily related to the Business with a base salary in excess of $100,000, other than in the ordinary course of business but only with respect to any new hires occurring on or prior to September 1, 2019;

(vi) enter into or amend any labor or collective bargaining agreement relating to any Business Employee, other than entering into or amending any labor or collective bargaining agreements if such action applies uniformly to Business Employees and other similarly situated employees of Seller or its Subsidiaries, or recognize, certify or negotiate with any labor union or labor organization as the bargaining representative of any of the Business Employees;

(vii) abandon, dispose of or terminate any rights to any material Transferred Intellectual Property or otherwise permit any of its rights to any such Transferred Intellectual Property to lapse or expire (other than expiration upon its statutory term);

(viii) (A) amend in a way that is materially adverse to the Purchaser Parties, voluntarily terminate or cancel any Material Contract (other than any nonrenewal or expiration of such Material Contract according to such Material Contract’s terms), (B) waive any material right under any Material Contract or (C) enter into any Contract that, if in effect on the date hereof, would have been a Material Contract;

(ix) voluntarily terminate, cancel or fail to renew any Transferred Permit;

 

56


(x) sell, assign, lease, sublease, license, transfer, divest or otherwise dispose of or encumber any Purchased Assets, or grant or otherwise create or consent to the creation of any Liens on any Purchased Assets (other than Permitted Liens), in each case other than (A) dispositions of used, obsolete, damaged, worn-out or surplus equipment, property or other assets, (B) transactions (including sales and other transfers) with or to customers in the ordinary course and (C) dispositions of any other immaterial assets in the ordinary course (other than nonexclusive licenses of Intellectual Property Rights granted in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice);

(xi) sell, assign, lease, sublease, license, transfer, divest or otherwise dispose of or encumber any Seller Licensed Patents or Seller Licensed IP, except to the extent not in conflict with the rights contemplated to be granted to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement;

(xii) acquire any ownership interest in any real property for the Business or enter into any purchase and sale or option agreement or any other similar agreement relating to acquiring any ownership interest in any real property for the Business;

(xiii) mortgage, pledge, encumber or materially amend, modify or terminate any Transferred Lease (other than any nonrenewal or expiration of such Transferred Lease according to such Transferred Lease’s terms);

(xiv) enter into any material financing or guarantee arrangement, agreement or undertaking with any customer of the Business or any financial institution that permits recourse to the Purchaser Parties or any of their Subsidiaries that would constitute an Assumed Liability; or

(xv) authorize any of or commit or agree to take the foregoing actions.

5.3 Confidentiality.

(a) The Purchaser Parties acknowledge that the information being provided to them in connection with the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby is subject to the terms of that certain nondisclosure agreement between Parent and Seller, dated May 9, 2019 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and shall survive the Closing; provided that actions taken by the Parties to the extent necessary in order to comply with their respective obligations under Section 5.1 shall not be deemed to be in violation of this Section 5.3 or the Confidentiality Agreement. Effective upon, and only upon, the Closing, the confidentiality obligations of Parent under the Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate with respect to information to the extent related to the Business, the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities; provided that the Purchaser Parties acknowledge that their other obligations thereunder shall continue to remain subject to the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement.

(b) For three (3) years after the Closing, unless the Purchaser Parties have otherwise consented, Seller shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, retain in confidence any confidential or proprietary information to the extent related to the Business, the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities, and shall not disclose such confidential or proprietary information to any other Person; provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to any information (i) that is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure in violation of this Section 5.3(b), (ii) that is required to be disclosed by applicable Law or to a Governmental

 

57


Entity or otherwise required or requested in connection with compliance with applicable Law or pursuant to a Judgment, subpoena, administrative, legal or judicial process or order or civil investigative demand, (iii) that Seller or any of its Affiliates receives after the Closing from a source that is not known to Seller after reasonable inquiry to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality, to the Purchaser Parties or their Affiliates (or Seller or any of its Affiliates prior to Closing) with respect to such information or (iv) that is independently developed by Seller or any of its Affiliates without reference to or use of such information. The foregoing shall not (i) prohibit Seller or its Affiliates from disclosing such confidential or proprietary information for the purpose of complying with the terms of, or performing under, any of the Transaction Documents or (ii) limit any of the rights granted to Seller or its Affiliates under the Transaction Documents. Furthermore, the provisions of this Section 5.3(b) will not prohibit any retention of copies of records or any disclosure as may be, and only to the extent, necessary or appropriate in the ordinary course of business of the Retained Business or to comply with applicable Law or in connection with the preparation and filing of financial statements with a Governmental Entity (including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)) or Tax Returns of Seller or its Affiliates or in connection with the enforcement of any right or remedy relating to this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

5.4 Access to Information.

(a) During the period prior to the Closing, Seller shall afford to the Purchaser Parties and their Representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours, upon reasonable notice to Seller, consistent with applicable Law and in accordance with the reasonable procedures established by Seller, to the properties, books, Contracts, records and personnel of Seller and its Subsidiaries to the extent related to the Business; provided that (i) neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to violate any obligation of confidentiality to which it or any of its Affiliates may be subject or contravene any applicable Law in discharging their obligations pursuant to this Section 5.4; (ii) neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to provide such access or information as would reasonably be expected to result in the loss or waiver of the attorney-client or other applicable privilege or protection (provided that Seller and its Affiliates shall use their reasonable best efforts to enter into such joint defense agreements or other arrangements, as appropriate, so as to allow for such disclosure in a manner that does not result in the loss of such privilege or protection); (iii) neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to provide such access or information as would reasonably be expected to have competitive harm to the Business prior to the Closing (provided that Seller and its Affiliates shall use its reasonable best efforts to enter into such other arrangements, as appropriate, so as to allow for such disclosure in a manner that does not result in such competitive harm); and (iv) Seller shall make available, or cause its Subsidiaries to make available, Business Employee personnel files only after the Closing Date and, with respect to any Business Employees, if and when the Purchaser Parties provide Seller with notice reasonably acceptable to Seller that the applicable Business Employees have provided the Purchaser Parties with a release permitting transfer of those files (provided that Seller shall not be required to make, or cause to be made, available medical records, workers compensation records or the results of any drug testing and that Purchaser shall indemnify and hold Seller and its Affiliates harmless from any Liabilities arising out of or relating to the transfer of such personnel files).

 

58


(b) The Purchaser Parties agree that any investigation undertaken pursuant to the access granted under Section 5.4(a) shall be conducted in such a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with the operation of Seller and its Affiliates or the Business, and none of the Purchaser Parties or any of their Representatives shall communicate with any of the employees of the Business (or Seller or its Affiliates) without the prior written consent of Seller; provided that Purchaser or any of its Representatives may continue to communicate with employees of the Business to the extent Seller has made such Persons made available to the Purchaser Parties or any of their Representatives prior to the date of this Agreement solely with respect to the matters for which Seller has made such Persons available to the Purchaser Parties or any of its Representatives prior to the date of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to provide access to or disclose information to the extent, upon the advice of counsel, such access or disclosure would jeopardize attorney-client or other similar privilege.

(c) From and after the Closing, the Purchaser Parties shall, and shall cause their Affiliates to, afford Seller and its Representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours, upon reasonable notice, consistent with applicable Law and in accordance with the reasonable procedures established by the Purchaser Parties, to the properties, Business Books and Records and personnel of the Business and/or the Purchaser Parties and their Affiliates to the extent that such access may be reasonably requested by Seller, including in connection with the preparation of financial statements, Taxes, reporting obligations and compliance with the Transaction Documents or applicable Laws; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall limit any of Seller’s or any of its Affiliates’ rights of discovery; provided, further, that (i) neither the Purchaser Parties nor any of their Affiliates shall be required to violate any obligation of confidentiality to which it or any of its Affiliates may be subject or contravene any applicable Law in discharging their obligations pursuant to this Section 5.4; (ii) neither the Purchaser Parties nor any of their Affiliates shall be required to provide such access or information as would reasonably be expected to result in the loss or waiver of the attorney-client or other applicable privilege or protection (provided that the Purchaser Parties and their Affiliates shall use their reasonable best efforts to enter into such joint defense agreements or other arrangements, as appropriate, so as to allow for such disclosure in a manner that does not result in the loss of such privilege or protection); and (iii) neither the Purchaser Parties nor any of their Affiliates shall be required to provide such access or information as would reasonably be expected to have competitive harm to the Business after the Closing (provided that the Purchaser Parties and their Affiliates shall use their reasonable best efforts to enter into such other arrangements, as appropriate, so as to allow for such disclosure in a manner that does not result in such competitive harm).

5.5 Publicity. Neither Seller nor the Purchaser Parties shall issue any press release or public announcement with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, except (x) as may be required by applicable Law, Judgment, court process or the rules and regulations of any national securities exchange or national securities quotation system or (y) as provided in Section 5.5 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules.

 

59


5.6 Employee Matters.

(a) Communications to Business Employees. From and after the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, Parent and Seller shall cooperate in good faith regarding any written or oral communications by Parent or Seller to any Business Employees, whether relating to employee benefits, post-Closing terms of employment or otherwise. Neither the Purchaser Parties nor any employee or representative of any Purchaser Party shall, without Seller’s prior written consent, inform any Business Employee identified on Section 7.2(e)(i) or 7.2(e)(ii) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, or otherwise disclose, that such Person’s acceptance of an offer of employment by Parent may be a condition to Closing pursuant to Section 7.2(e).

(b) Offers of Employment. Parent shall, or shall cause one of its Affiliates to, no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing, make offers of full-time employment to all Business Employees, in each case, (i) with terms and conditions regarding wage rate or base salary level, target cash incentive compensation opportunities, and employee benefits that meet the standards set forth in Section 5.6(d), (ii) effective subject to and upon the occurrence of the Closing and, further, subject to each such Business Employee’s satisfaction of Parent’s background check requirements, Form I-9s, any applicable visa or work permit filings, employee handbook and related policy acknowledgements, and execution of a proprietary information, inventions, assignment and restrictive covenants agreement in Parent’s standard form as provided to Seller prior to the date of this Agreement.    Seller and its Subsidiaries shall cooperate with Parent to make reasonably accessible to Parent each Business Employee to assist Parent in its efforts to secure an offer of employment with such Business Employee. Parent shall not take any action intended to interfere with, delay or frustrate the satisfaction of the closing condition set forth in Section 7.2(e), which shall include not taking action to either modify the terms of any offer of employment provided to a Business Employee pursuant to this Section 5.6(b) or any offers made by Parent to any Business Employee prior to or as of the date hereof that would adversely affect such Business Employee or disclose the status of an offer of employment provided to any Business Employee identified on Section 7.2(e)(i) or 7.2(e)(ii) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules to such other Business Employees.

(c) Transferred Business Employees. Each Business Employee who accepts Parent’s offer of employment and actually commences employment with Parent or one of its Affiliates upon the Closing shall be referred to herein as a “Transferred Business Employee.” Seller and its Subsidiaries shall, subject to applicable Law, terminate the employment of (i) all Transferred Business Employees effective immediately as of the Closing and (ii) any Business Employee who rejects his or her offer of employment by Parent or its Affiliates effective immediately as of the Closing.

(d) Terms and Conditions of Employment. With respect to each Transferred Business Employee, Parent shall maintain, for a period of at least one (1) year following the Closing Date, (i) at least the same wage rate or base salary level in effect for such Transferred Business Employee immediately prior to the Closing; (ii) target cash incentive compensation opportunities (excluding retention or transaction bonuses) for such Transferred Business Employee that are substantially comparable to those in effect for such Transferred Business Employee immediately prior to the Closing, provided, that, with respect to any Transferred Business Employee who is a sales employee, this clause (ii) shall only be effective if such Person

 

60


has been employed for a period of at least six (6) months following the Closing Date; (iii) all other compensation and benefits (other than severance and retention or transaction bonuses) that, taken as a whole, have a value that is substantially comparable in the aggregate to the other compensation and benefits (including the aggregate value of any equity awards to acquire shares of Seller held by such Transferred Business Employee that are outstanding and unvested immediately prior to the Closing Date (assuming solely for this purpose that the price per share of Seller’s stock is equal to $80.00), but excluding severance and retention or transaction bonuses) in effect for such Transferred Business Employee immediately prior to the Closing, provided, that if Parent determines to grant an award of restricted stock units to acquire shares of Parent to any such Transferred Business Employee pursuant to this clause (iii), such award shall be subject to such vesting, settlement and other terms and conditions that apply generally to employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries; and (iv) severance benefits that are no less favorable than the severance benefits in effect for similarly situated employees of Parent or its Affiliates, giving effect to such Transferred Business Employee’s service with Parent and Seller or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, that Parent retains the right to modify any of the compensation and benefits described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv) that apply to each Transferred Business Employee to the extent necessary to reflect any action taken by Parent that applies uniformly to situated employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries. As of and after the Closing, Parent shall provide to each Transferred Business Employee full credit for all purposes under any Transferred Benefit Plan and each employee benefit plan, policy or arrangement sponsored by Parent or any of its Affiliates in which such Transferred Business Employee is entitled to participate for such Transferred Business Employee’s service prior to the Closing with Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, to the same extent such service is recognized by Seller and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Closing; provided that such service shall not be credited for purposes of benefit accrual under any defined benefit pension plan or to the extent such credit would result in any duplication of compensation or benefits.

(e) Health Coverages. Parent shall cause each Transferred Business Employee who is covered by a group health Benefit Plan immediately prior to the Closing (and his or her eligible dependents and family members) to be covered on and after the Closing by a group health plan or plans maintained by Parent or any of its Affiliates that (i) do not limit or exclude coverage on the basis of any preexisting condition of such Transferred Business Employee or dependent (other than any limitation already in effect under the applicable group health Benefit Plan immediately prior to the Closing) or on the basis of any other exclusion or waiting period not in effect under the applicable group health Benefit Plan immediately prior to the Closing and (ii) provide each Transferred Business Employee full credit under Parent’s or such Affiliate’s group health plans, for the year in which the Closing Date occurs, for any deductible or co-payment already incurred by the Transferred Business Employee under the applicable group health Benefit Plan and for any other out-of-pocket expenses that count against any maximum out-of-pocket expense provision of the applicable group health Benefit Plan or Parent’s or such Affiliate’s group health plans.

(f) Severance. If (i) a Business Employee rejects Parent’s offer of employment pursuant to Section 5.6(b) or (ii) following acceptance of Parent’s offer of employment pursuant to Section 5.6(b), a Business Employee does not become a Transferred Business Employee for any reason, in either case, then Seller and its Affiliates shall be solely responsible for any severance benefits paid or provided to any such Business Employee.

 

61


(g) COBRA. Parent shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller and its Affiliates with respect to any Liability under COBRA or similar applicable Laws in the United States arising from the actions (or inactions) of Parent or its Subsidiaries relating to Transferred Business Employees on or after the Closing Date or with respect to any qualifying M&A Beneficiaries under COBRA on account of a qualifying event that occurs following the Closing Date in connection with the Transaction. Seller shall retain, indemnify and hold harmless Parent and its Affiliates for all Liabilities under COBRA, including with respect to any “qualifying event” (as defined under COBRA) of any Business Employee or occurring before the Closing Date, and Liabilities under similar applicable Laws incurred prior to the Closing Date or with respect to any qualifying M&A Beneficiaries under COBRA on account of a qualifying event that occurs prior to or as of the Closing Date in connection with the Transaction.

(h) Defined Contribution Plans. Effective as of the Closing, Parent shall establish eligibility for participation by the Transferred Business Employees in Parent’s tax-qualified defined contribution plan or plans with a cash or deferred feature (the “Parent Defined Contribution Plan”) for the benefit of each Transferred Business Employee who, as of immediately prior to the Closing, was eligible to participate in a tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by Seller or its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Seller Defined Contribution Plans”). As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, the Seller Defined Contribution Plans shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, make distributions available to the applicable Transferred Business Employees, and the Parent Defined Contribution Plan shall accept any such distribution (including loans) as a rollover contribution if so directed by such Transferred Business Employees.

(i) Seller Benefit Plans. From and after the Closing, the Transferred Business Employees shall cease to be active participants in the Seller Benefit Plans. Parent and its Affiliates shall assume all assets and Liabilities related to all Transferred Benefit Plans.

(j) Immigration. With respect to each Business Employee who is a foreign national working in the United States in non-immigrant visa status, Parent may elect, on an employee by employee basis, to employ such Business Employee under terms and conditions such that Parent qualifies as a “successor employer” under applicable United States immigration laws effective as of the Closing for immigration-related purposes only, and Parent shall not by reason of any such election be deemed to have otherwise assumed any Liabilities (other than with respect to the immigration-related liabilities and responsibilities associated with the applicable visa petitions) or to be a successor for any other purpose except to the extent otherwise set forth in this Agreement.

(k) No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Without limiting the generality of Section 10.4, the provisions of this Section 5.6 are solely for the benefit of the Parties and no current or former employee, director or independent contractor or any other individual associated therewith shall be regarded for any purpose as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, nothing herein shall be construed as the establishment or adoption of, or an amendment to, any Benefit Plan or other employee benefit plan for any purpose, or otherwise limit the right of Seller, Parent or their respective Affiliates, to amend, modify or terminate any such Benefit Plan or employee benefit plan in accordance with its terms and applicable Law, or to create any obligation on the part of Parent or its Affiliates to employ any Business Employee for any period following the Closing or

 

62


to interfere with the right of Parent or its Affiliates to terminate the employment of any Transferred Business Employee at any time, with or without cause. No Person participating in any such Benefit Plan or employee benefit plan shall have any claim or cause of action in respect of any provisions of this Agreement as it relates to any such Benefit Plan or employee benefit plan or otherwise.

(l) Retention Pool. At or prior to the Closing Date, Parent shall establish a retention pool for the benefit of the Transferred Business Employees, subject to the parameters and other terms and conditions set forth in Section 5.6(l) of the Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules.

5.7 Financial Obligations. At or prior to the Closing, Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) arrange for substitute guarantees and other obligations by Purchaser or one (1) of its Affiliates under the Business Contracts set forth in Section 5.7 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules to replace the outstanding guarantees and other contractual obligations entered into by or on behalf of any Seller Entity or any of their respective Affiliates (the “Guarantees”) or (ii) assume all obligations under each Guarantee, and in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), use its reasonable best efforts to obtain from the creditor or other counterparty a full and irrevocable release of the Seller Entity and its Affiliates that are liable, directly or indirectly, for reimbursement to the creditor or fulfillment of other Liabilities to a counterparty in connection with the Guarantees.

5.8 Use of Names Following Closing.

(a) Purchaser and its Affiliates are not purchasing, acquiring or otherwise obtaining any right, title or interest in Seller Marks, except for the limited right to use such Seller Marks as expressly set forth in this Section 5.8. Neither Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates shall seek to use or register in any jurisdiction any Seller Marks, or any other Mark that is confusingly similar to a Seller Mark, or to contest the use, ownership, validity or enforceability of any Seller Mark.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.8, Purchaser and its Affiliates shall (i) cease and discontinue all uses of the Seller Marks immediately upon the Closing and (ii) not expressly, or by implication, do business as or represent themselves as or otherwise represent an association with Seller or an Affiliate of Seller.

(c) As promptly as practicable after the Closing Date, and in no event later than ninety (90) days after the Closing, Purchaser and its Affiliates shall destroy or exhaust all materials bearing the Seller Marks, including signage, advertising, promotional materials, packaging, inventory, electronic materials, collateral goods, business cards, website content, invoices, receipts, forms, product, training and service literature and materials and other materials (collectively, “Materials”) or shall alter any such Materials so as to remove the Seller Marks.

(d) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.8, Seller hereby grants Purchaser and its Affiliates, during such ninety (90)-day period after the Closing, a limited, nonexclusive, nontransferable, nonassignable, non-sublicensable right to use the Seller Marks on such Materials in connection with the Business in the same manner as such Seller Marks and Materials were used in connection with the Business immediately prior to the Closing.

 

63


(e) Purchaser, for itself and its Affiliates, agrees that (i) use of the Seller Marks during the period authorized by this Section 5.8 shall not be for any materials or services (including new marketing or advertising materials or product, training or service literature) produced, created or developed after the Closing and (ii) the Materials and all services offered in connection therewith shall be of a level of quality equal to or greater than the quality of materials and services with respect to which the Business used the Seller Marks immediately prior to the Closing.

(f) Any goodwill arising from the use of the Seller Marks as described in this Section 5.8 shall inure to the sole benefit of Seller and its Affiliates.

5.9 Insurance. Prior to the Closing, at the Purchaser Parties’ sole cost and expense (including any premium or rate increase), Seller shall cooperate with the Purchaser Parties in good faith to explore the option of Seller extending coverage under its existing Occupational Accident, Contingent General Liabilities and Automobile insurance policies to the Purchaser Parties for any Assumed Liabilities that arose prior to the Closing and are not covered by the R&W Insurance Policy. From and after the Closing Date, the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities, and the operations, Liabilities and assets of the Business, shall cease to be insured by Seller’s or its Subsidiaries’ insurance policies or by any of their self-insured programs, and neither Purchaser nor its Affiliates shall have any access, right, title or interest to or in any such insurance policies (including to all claims and rights to make claims and all rights to proceeds or return premium) to cover the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities or the operations, Liabilities or assets of the Business. Seller and its Subsidiaries may amend any insurance policies in the manner they deem appropriate to give effect to this Section 5.9. From and after the Closing, Purchaser shall be responsible for securing all insurance it considers appropriate for the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities and the operations, Liabilities and assets of the Business. Purchaser further covenants and agrees not to seek to assert or to exercise any rights or claims of, or in respect of, the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities and the operations, Liabilities and assets of the Business, under or in respect of any past or current insurance policy under which Seller or any of its Affiliates is a named insured.

5.10 Further Assurances; Misallocated Assets; Misdirected Payments.

(a) From and after the Closing Date, each of the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any additional documents, instruments or conveyances reasonably requested by a Party to further perfect or evidence the consummation of, or otherwise implement, the Transaction or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or to aid in the preparation of any regulatory filings or financial statements; provided, however, that any such additional documents must be reasonably satisfactory to each of the Parties and must not impose upon any Party any Liability, risk, obligation, loss, cost or expense not contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Subject to Section 2.10, if, following the Closing, any right, property or asset that would constitute an Excluded Asset is found to have been transferred to Purchaser or its Affiliates in error, either directly or indirectly, Purchaser shall transfer, or shall cause its Affiliates to transfer, at no cost, such right, property or asset (and any related Liabilities) as soon as practicable to the Seller Entity indicated by Seller in writing. If, following the Closing, any right, property or asset that would constitute a Purchased Asset is found to have been retained by any Seller Entity in error, either directly or indirectly, Seller shall transfer, or shall cause the other Seller Entities to transfer, at no cost, such right, property or asset (and any related Liabilities) as soon as practicable to Purchaser or an Affiliate indicated by Purchaser in writing.

 

64


(c) After the Closing, if any payments due with respect to the Business are paid to any Seller Entity (including any payments from any customer under any Business Contracts), unless such payment is in respect of an Excluded Asset, Seller shall remit, or shall cause another Seller Entity to remit, by wire transfer, such payment to an account indicated by Purchaser in writing promptly after receipt thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, any and all accounts receivable of Seller or its Subsidiaries existing as of the Closing shall not be subject to this Section 5.10(c)). After the Closing, if any payments due with respect to the Excluded Assets, the Retained Liabilities or the Retained Business that are not included in the Purchased Assets are paid to Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including any payments under any Shared Contracts or otherwise), Purchaser shall remit, or shall cause such Affiliate to remit, by wire transfer, such payment to an account indicated by Seller in writing promptly after receipt thereof.

5.11 Bulk Transfer Laws. The Parties hereby waive compliance with any applicable “bulk sale” or “bulk transfer” Laws or similar Laws in connection with the sale of the Purchased Assets.

5.12 Licenses and Support.

(a) Licenses to Purchaser. Effective as of the Closing and subject to the provisions of this Section 5.12, for the respective terms set forth in Section 5.12(f), Seller and its Subsidiaries hereby grant to Purchaser and its Affiliates a worldwide, irrevocable, nonexclusive, fully paid-up and royalty-free license:

(i) under the Seller Licensed Patents, to (A) develop, make, have made, import, use, offer to sell, sell (or otherwise dispose of) and make improvements to any of Purchaser’s or its Affiliates’ products and services and (B) practice any method, process or procedure claimed in any of the Seller Licensed Patents, in each case of clauses (A) and (B) in the Business Field or extensions or natural evolutions thereof;

(ii) under the Seller Licensed IP, to use, develop, reproduce, distribute, disclose, make, modify, improve, display and perform (publicly and otherwise, subject to any applicable confidentiality restrictions), create derivative works of and otherwise exploit in any manner any product, service or Technology; and

(iii) Under Seller’s Intellectual Property Right in the Licensed Libraries, to use, reproduce, and create derivative works of the Licensed Libraries for solely Purchaser’s own internal use associated with the Business but not to distribute such Licensed Libraries in source or object code form.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the license set forth in this Section 5.12(a)(iii) is and shall be the sole and only license granted to Purchaser with respect to the Licensed Libraries and the licenses granted in Sections 5.12(a)(i) and (ii) do not extend to the Licensed Libraries.

 

65


(b) Licenses to Seller. Effective as of the Closing and subject to the provisions of this Section 5.12, for the respective terms set forth in Section 5.12(f), Purchaser and its Affiliates hereby grant to Seller and its Affiliates a worldwide, irrevocable, nonexclusive, fully paid-up and royalty-free license:

(i) under the Purchaser Licensed Patents, to (A) develop, make, have made, import, use, offer to sell, sell (or otherwise dispose of) and make improvements to any of Seller’s or its Affiliates’ products and services and (B) practice any method, process or procedure claimed in any of the Purchaser Licensed Patents, in each case of clauses (A) and (B) in the Retained Field or extensions or natural evolutions thereof; and

(ii) under the Purchaser Licensed IP, to use, develop, reproduce, distribute, disclose, make, modify, improve, display and perform (publicly and otherwise, subject to any applicable confidentiality restrictions), create derivative works of and otherwise exploit in any manner any product, service or Technology.

(c) Transfer of Licenses. Except as provided in Section 5.12(g), the licenses granted to a Party under this Section 5.12 may not be assigned or transferred, in whole or in part, except that such licenses may be assigned or transferred, in whole or in part, to an Affiliate or in connection with the transfer or sale of any business or division (by means of a reorganization, asset sale, stock sale, merger or otherwise) of such licensed Party to which such licenses relate. For clarity, in the event Purchaser sells part of the Business or Seller sells part of the Retained Business, respectively, Purchaser or Seller, as the case may be, may retain the licenses granted under this Section 5.12 with respect to the retained portion of the Business or Retained Business, as the case may be, and assign the licenses granted under this Section 5.12 to the purchaser of a part of such business.

(d) Limitations.

(i) Except as expressly set forth otherwise in this Agreement (including with respect to representations and warranties made by Seller to Purchaser in Section 3.9 regarding the Transferred Intellectual Property), all rights and licenses granted by one Party to the other hereunder are granted “as is” and without any representation or warranty of any kind.

(ii) Except as expressly set forth otherwise in this Agreement, each Party reserves all rights and licenses to its Intellectual Property Rights, and no other licenses are granted under this Section 5.12 by implication, estoppel or otherwise.

(iii) Subject to Section 5.12(c), any rights or licenses granted under this Section 5.12 extend to each entity that is a Party’s Affiliate, but only for so long as such entity is an Affiliate, and accordingly the license to such entity shall terminate upon such entity ceasing to be an Affiliate of such Party.

(e) Licenses Irrevocable. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that, upon and following the Closing, the licenses granted by it, as the licensing Party, under this Section 5.12 are non-terminable and irrevocable, and that the licensing Party’s sole remedy after the Closing for breach by the other Party, as the licensed Party, hereunder will be for such licensing Party to bring a claim to recover damages and to seek appropriate equitable relief but not termination of the licenses granted by it as the licensing Party hereunder.

 

66


(f) License Term. All licenses granted under this Section 5.12 with respect to each Patent will expire upon the expiration of the term of such Patent. All licenses granted under this Section 5.12 with respect to each Copyright will expire upon the expiration of the term of such Copyright; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of the license granted under Section 5.12(a)(iii) as it relates to the A-Libraries is perpetual and with respect to the B-Libraries is one (1) year from the Closing. All other licenses granted under this Section 5.12 are perpetual.

(g) Sublicensing. Each Party (and its Affiliates), as a licensee under the licenses set forth in Section 5.12(a) and Section 5.12(b), respectively (such Party (and its Affiliates) in such capacity, a “Licensee”), may sublicense the license and rights granted to it by the other Party and its Affiliates (such Party (and its Affiliates) in such capacity, a “Licensor”) under Section 5.12(a)(ii) or Section 5.12(b)(ii), respectively, freely to a third party in connection with the operation of the Licensee’s business in the ordinary course, including in connection with the manufacture, sale or provision of its products or services (in each case, within the scope of the applicable license granted to the Licensee under Section 5.12(a)(ii) or Section 5.12(b)(ii), respectively). The Licensee shall treat any material Trade Secrets or confidential information that embodies, or is, Purchaser Licensed IP or Seller Licensed IP, as the case may be, licensed to the Licensee in the same manner, and with the same degree of care, that the Licensee treats its own like confidential information and Trade Secrets, but in no event with less than reasonable care, and the Licensee shall not disclose such Trade Secrets or confidential information licensed to it hereunder to a third party, except in connection with the disclosure of such Licensee’s own confidential information or Trade Secrets of at least comparable importance and value and on the same terms. The licenses set forth in Section 5.12(a)(i) and Section 5.12(b)(i) are not sublicenseable by the applicable Licensee.

(h) Bankruptcy Rights. All rights and licenses granted to a Licensee hereunder are, for purposes of Section 365(n) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”), licenses of “intellectual property rights” within the scope of Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Licensor acknowledges that the Licensee, as a licensee of such rights and licenses hereunder, will retain and may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the Bankruptcy Code. Each Licensor irrevocably waives all arguments and defenses arising under 11 U.S.C. § 365(c)(1) or successor provisions to the effect that applicable Law excuses such Licensor from accepting performance from or rendering performance to an entity other than the debtor or debtor-in-possession as a basis for opposing assumption of the licenses granted by this Section 5.12(h) in a case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code to the extent that such consent is required under 11 U.S.C. § 365(c)(1) or any successor statute.

(i) Residuals. The term “Residuals” means confidential information in non-tangible form, including ideas, concepts, techniques and know-how contained therein, that may be retained in the unaided minds of either Business Employees or employees of the Retained Business, as applicable, who have had rightful access to such confidential information. Purchaser and its Affiliates may use the Residuals of Business Employees for any purpose, and Seller and its Subsidiaries may use the Residuals of employees of the Retained Business for any purpose.

(j) Enforcement. The Licensor has the sole right, but not the obligation, to bring any suit, action or other proceeding against any alleged infringer of any rights licensed by Licensor under this Section 5.12. If the Licensor, in its sole discretion, undertakes the enforcement or defense of any Seller Licensed Patent or Purchaser Licensed Patent, as applicable, (i) any recovery, damages, or settlement derived from such suit, action or other proceeding will be retained in its entirety by the Licensor and (ii) the Licensor may settle any such suit, action or other proceeding without the consent of the Licensee.

 

67


5.13 R&W Insurance Policy.

(a) Prior to or concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser shall pay, or cause to be paid, the nonrefundable down payment of premium and the underwriting fee of $35,000 to VALE Insurance Partners, LLC (the “R&W Insurer”) to bind and incept coverage under a representations and warranties insurance policy substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex A (the “R&W Insurance Policy”). Purchaser shall pay the R&W Insurer the remainder of the premium and all other costs required for issuance of the R&W Insurance Policy at the Closing.

(b) At or promptly following the Closing, or with respect to amounts paid by Purchaser following the Closing, promptly following Seller’s receipt of notice from Purchaser that such amounts have actually been paid, Seller shall reimburse Purchaser for the lesser of $1,000,000 and 50% of the cost of the premium for the R&W Insurance Policy actually paid under the terms of the R&W Insurance Policy by Purchaser with respect thereto, inclusive of the premium, any applicable broker’s fees and Taxes.

(c) On or prior to the Closing, Purchaser shall execute and cause to be executed and delivered all documents attached to the R&W Insurance Policy or as otherwise may be required by the R&W Insurer in connection with (i) binding coverage under the terms of the R&W Insurance Policy on the date hereof and (ii) issuing the final R&W Insurance Policy. Purchaser shall cause the R&W Insurance Policy to include a provision whereby, except in the case of actual fraud by Seller or the Seller Entities with respect to the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement, the R&W Insurer expressly waives, and irrevocably agrees not to pursue, directly or indirectly, any subrogation rights against Seller or any of its Affiliates, or any former shareholders, managers, members, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives of any of the foregoing with respect to any claim made by any insured thereunder and such Persons shall be express third-party beneficiaries of such provision.

(d) Purchaser shall not waive, amend, modify or otherwise revise this subrogation provision under the R&W Insurance Policy, or allow such provision to be waived, amended, modified or otherwise revised by any other Person, in each case, without Seller’s prior written consent, which Seller may grant or withhold in its sole discretion. In addition, Purchaser shall not waive, amend, modify or otherwise revise any provision of the R&W Insurance Policy with respect to any amounts payable thereunder or any retention thereunder or that would increase the amount Purchaser would be required to pay to Seller pursuant to this Section 5.13, in each case without Seller’s prior written consent, which Seller may grant or withhold in its sole discretion.

5.14 Non-Solicitation of Employees. Seller agrees that from and after the Closing Date until the first anniversary of the Closing Date, it shall direct its internal recruiting function not to solicit for employment or request or induce any Transferred Business Employee to terminate his or her employment with the Purchaser Parties or any of their respective current or future

 

68


Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply (a) to solicitations made by job opportunity advertisements or headhunter searches not targeting the Business Employees, (b) with respect to any employee who has been terminated (except to the extent set forth in clause (c) below) by the Purchaser Parties or any of their respective current or future Subsidiaries (or has voluntarily left his or her employment) more than six (6) months prior to such solicitation or hiring, or (c) with respect to any employee who has been terminated by the Purchaser Parties for non-performance reasons (or who has voluntarily left his or her employer for “good reason” or a similar concept under any such employee’s employment agreement or applicable Law) after the Closing.

5.15 Delivery of Financial Statements. Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to deliver to the Purchaser Parties the Business Financial Statements.

5.16 Financial Statement Cooperation Following Closing.

(a) Following the Closing, at the Purchaser Parties’ sole cost and expense (including documented salary and wages for any time of Seller’s employees (not to exceed such salary and wages plus a 10% markup) and third party expenses) and at the reasonable request of Parent, Seller shall assist the Purchaser Parties and their independent accounting firm(s), as applicable, (and shall instruct its own independent accounting firm to provide assistance) with the preparation (and auditor review) of any audited or unaudited (but auditor reviewed) financial statements of the Business that Parent may reasonably request covering one or more periods prior to the Closing, including, without limitation, (a) audited financial statements for the Business as of and for the twelve (12)-month period ended December 31, 2019, (b) audited financial statements of the Business with respect to the period from January 1, 2019 through the Closing Date, and (c) unaudited (and audited if reasonably requested by Parent) interim period financial statements of the Business for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2019.

(b) From and after the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, afford Parent and its Representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours, upon reasonable notice, consistent with applicable Law and in accordance with the reasonable procedures established by Seller, to the books and records (including, subject to the execution of customary non-reliance letters, audit work papers), personnel and external tax and accounting advisors of Seller and its Affiliates to the extent that such access may be reasonably requested by Parent, including in connection with the preparation of financial statements, reporting obligations of Parent or other obligations pursuant to applicable Laws; provided, however, that (i) neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to violate any obligation of confidentiality to which it or any of its Affiliates may be subject or contravene any applicable Law in discharging their obligations pursuant to this Section 5.16(b); and (ii) neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to provide such access or information as would reasonably be expected to result in the loss or waiver of the attorney-client or other applicable privilege or protection (provided that Seller and its Affiliates shall use their reasonable best efforts to enter into such joint defense agreements or other arrangements, as appropriate, so as to allow for such disclosure in a manner that does not result in the loss of such privilege or protection).

5.17 Release of Liens. At or in connection with the Closing, Seller shall, or shall cause its applicable Subsidiaries to, take all actions required to facilitate the release of any Liens (other than Permitted Liens), if any, on any Purchased Asset securing any secured Indebtedness of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

69


5.18 Transition Services. From the date of this Agreement through the Closing Date, Seller and the Purchaser Parties shall cooperate in good faith in planning a transition and migration of the Business to the Purchaser Parties following the Closing pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, including the preparation of Schedule A to the Transition Services Agreement (which sets forth the Services (as defined in the Transition Services Agreement)) within sixty (60) days after the date of this Agreement (but, for the avoidance of doubt, prior to or at the Closing) in a form mutually acceptable to the Purchaser Parties and Seller and consistent in all material respects with the outline of Schedule A prepared by the Purchaser Parties and Seller prior to the date hereof.

5.19 Commercial Agreements. Prior to the Closing, Seller and the Purchaser Parties shall (a) negotiate in good faith regarding the terms and conditions of a Pay with Cash Agreement, Payment Processing Agreement and Payout Services Agreement, in each case applicable to the Business, and (b) enter into a Pay with Cash Agreement, Payment Processing Agreement and Payout Services Agreement prior to the Closing Date, in each case in the event that the Purchaser Parties and Seller mutually agree on the terms and conditions of such agreements, as applicable, prior to the Closing. The Purchaser Parties acknowledge and agree that the Payment Processing Agreement and the Payout Services Agreement shall provide for certain payment processing and payout services, respectively, to be provided by Seller or its Affiliates.

5.20 Parent Guarantee. Parent shall cause Purchaser to perform and discharge all the obligations, covenants and agreements of Purchaser to Seller under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, including with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the payment of the consideration therefor. Parent unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Seller the full and complete performance by Purchaser of such obligations, covenants and agreement and shall be liable for any breach by Purchaser of any such obligation, covenant or agreement.

5.21 Co-Sale Agreement. As of immediately prior to the Closing, substantially concurrent with the delivery by Seller of a counterpart to the Co-Sale Agreement pursuant to Section 2.8(b)(v), Parent shall accept and consent to Seller becoming a party to the Co-Sale Agreement pursuant to Section 15 therein.

ARTICLE VI

CERTAIN TAX MATTERS

6.1 Allocation. Seller and the Purchaser Parties agree that the Aggregate Consideration shall be allocated among the Purchased Assets in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code. Seller and the Purchaser Parties agree to negotiate in good faith on such allocation (the “Allocation”). If the Parties are unable to agree on the Allocation within thirty (30) days after the Closing, the Parties shall refer such dispute to the independent accounting firm. Each Party shall bear and pay one half of the fees and other costs charged by the independent accounting firm. The independent accounting firm shall be instructed to resolve any dispute within forty-five (45) days after its engagement and its resolution shall be conclusive and binding upon Seller and the Purchaser Parties. The Parties agree not to take a position inconsistent with the Allocation on any Tax Return, in any Tax proceeding or otherwise.

 

70


6.2 Tax Treatment of Payments. Except to the extent otherwise required pursuant to a “determination” (within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code or any applicable analogous provision of state, local or non-U.S. Law), the Parties agree (and agree to cause their respective Affiliates) to treat any and all payments under Article IX as an adjustment to the consideration for Tax purposes.

6.3 Cooperation and Exchange of Information. Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, cooperate and (at the expense of the requesting Party to the extent that any out-of-pocket expenses or costs are incurred) provide to the other Party and its Affiliates such documentation, information, and assistance as may reasonably be requested in connection with (i) the preparation of any Tax Return relating to the Business, the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities or (ii) the conduct of any Tax Proceeding relating to the Business, the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Seller or any of its Affiliates be required to provide any Person with a copy of all or any portion of its Tax Returns or related work papers.

6.4 Transfer Taxes.

(a) Any sales, use, transfer (including real estate transfer), documentary, stamp, value added, goods and services or similar Taxes and fees imposed on or payable in connection with the transfer of the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities and the Business contemplated by this Agreement (“Transfer Taxes”) shall be borne fifty percent (50%) by Seller and fifty percent (50%) by Purchaser. The Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to minimize Transfer Taxes to the extent legally permissible.

(b) The Party responsible under applicable Law for filing the Tax Returns with respect to any Transfer Taxes shall prepare and timely file such Tax Returns (and each of Seller and the Purchaser Parties shall provide timely payment therefor, if any payment is due) and promptly provide a copy of such Tax Return to the other Party. Seller and Purchaser shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate to timely prepare and file any Tax Returns or other filings relating to such Transfer Taxes, including any claim for exemption or exclusion from the application or imposition of any Transfer Taxes.

(c) The Parties agree to use reasonable best efforts to effectuate the transfer of the Business Proprietary Software without the use of any “tangible personal property” (within the meaning of section 58.1-602 of the Code of Virginia and/or California Revenue and Taxation Code section 6012(c)(10) and section 6016, as applicable). The Parties intend for (i) this Agreement to be a “technology transfer agreement” as defined in California Revenue and Taxation Code section 6012(c)(10) and California Sale and Use Tax Regulations 1507 and (ii) the Business Proprietary Software transferred pursuant to this Agreement to constitute “intangible personal property” (within the meaning of the California Revenue and Taxation Code section 6012(c)(10)), in each case, to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Parties agree to use reasonable best efforts to prepare and provide each other with such written documentation as may be necessary to comply with the requirements for exempting the transfer of the Business Proprietary Software from any retail sales and use Tax imposed under Chapter 6 of Title 58.1 of the Code of Virginia and/or under Division 2, Part 1 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code to the extent such exemption is available to the Parties under applicable law.

 

71


6.5 Proration of Taxes. For purposes of this Agreement, in the case of any Straddle Period, Property Taxes allocable to the Pre-Closing Period shall be equal to the amount of such Property Taxes for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days during the Straddle Period that are in the Pre-Closing Period and the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire Straddle Period. With respect to any Property Taxes imposed with respect to the Purchased Assets for a Post-Closing Period, to the extent such Property Taxes were paid by any of the Seller Entities or any of their respective Affiliates, Purchaser shall pay to Seller such Property Taxes no later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt of written notice from Seller.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

7.1 Conditions to Each Partys Obligations to Close. The respective obligations of Seller and the Purchaser Parties to effect the Closing are subject to the satisfaction or waiver (to the extent permitted by Law) at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions:

(a) Antitrust Approvals. Any waiting period applicable to the Transaction under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated.

(b) No Injunctions or Restraints. No Judgment shall have been entered and remain in effect which prevents the consummation of the Transaction.

7.2 Conditions to Obligations of the Purchaser Parties to Close. The obligation of the Purchaser Parties to effect the Closing is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Purchaser Parties) at or prior to the Closing of the following additional conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties. (i) The Fundamental Seller Representations and the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Section 3.6 (Business Financial Information) (disregarding any Business Material Adverse Effect, “material,” “in all material respects” or similar materiality qualifications) shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date, except that representations and warranties that are made as of a specific date shall be tested only on and as of such date, and (ii) the representations and warranties of Seller contained in Article III (other than representations and warranties of Seller referred to in clause (i) above) (disregarding any Business Material Adverse Effect, “material,” “in all material respects” or similar materiality qualifications) shall have been true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date (except that representations and warranties that are made as of a specific date shall be tested only on and as of such date), except in the cause of this clause (ii) where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct would not reasonably be expected to have a Business Material Adverse Effect.

 

72


(b) Performance of Obligations of Seller. The covenants and agreements of Seller to be performed or complied with on or before the Closing Date in accordance with this Agreement shall have been performed or complied with in all material respects.

(c) Officers Certificate. The Purchaser Parties shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and signed on behalf of Seller by an executive officer of Seller, stating that the conditions specified in Section 7.2(a) and Section 7.2(b) have been satisfied.

(d) Business Financial Statements. The Purchaser Parties shall have received the Business Financial Statements.

(e) Employment. With respect to the Business Employees who have received offers of employment pursuant to Section 5.6(b), (i) one hundred percent (100%) of those Business Employees identified on Section 7.2(e)(i) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, and (ii) at least eighty percent (80%) of the Business Employees identified on Section 7.2(e)(ii) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules, in each case, shall have accepted (and not subsequently revoked or otherwise resigned, terminated or provided notice of resignation or termination of such acceptance) such offers of employment with Parent or its Affiliates, but excluding for such purpose those Business Employees whose employment with Seller is terminated prior to the Closing as a result of death or disability and those Business Employees who are on long-term disability or other authorized long-term leave of absence as of the Closing; provided that, in the event Parent or Purchaser willfully breaches any of its obligations under Section 5.6, the conditions set forth in this Section 7.2(e) shall be deemed satisfied solely with respect to the Business Employee(s) to whom such breach related.

(f) No Business Material Adverse Effect. Since March 31, 2019, there shall not have occurred any Business Material Adverse Effect.

7.3 Conditions to Obligations of Seller to Close. The obligation of Seller to effect the Closing is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by Seller) at or prior to the Closing of the following additional conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties. (i) The Fundamental Purchaser Parties Representations (disregarding any Purchaser Parties Material Adverse Effect, “material,” “in all material respects” or similar materiality qualifications) shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date, except that representations and warranties that are made as of a specific date shall be tested only on and as of such date, and (ii) the representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in Article IV (other than representations and warranties of Purchaser referred to in clause (i) above) (disregarding any Purchaser Parties Material Adverse Effect, “material,” “in all material respects” or similar materiality qualifications) shall have been true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date (except that representations and warranties that are made as of specific date shall be tested only on and as of such date), except in the case of this clause (ii) where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct would not reasonably be expected to have a Purchaser Parties Material Adverse Effect.

 

73


(b) Performance of Obligations of Purchaser. The covenants and agreements of the Purchaser Parties to be performed or complied with on or before the Closing Date in accordance with this Agreement shall have been performed or complied with in all material respects.

(c) Officers Certificate. Seller shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and signed on behalf of the Purchaser Parties by an executive officer of Purchaser, stating that the conditions specified in Section 7.3(a) and Section 7.3(b) have been satisfied.

(d) No Purchaser Parties Material Adverse Effect. Since March 31, 2019, there shall not have occurred any Purchaser Parties Material Adverse Effect.

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION; EFFECT OF TERMINATION

8.1 Termination. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated and the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by mutual written consent of Seller and the Purchaser Parties;

(b) by Seller, if the Purchaser Parties shall have breached any of their representations and warranties contained in Article IV or the Purchaser Parties shall have breached any of their covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement, and such breach (x) would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.3(a) or Section 7.3(b) and (y) has not been cured by the earlier of (i) the date that is thirty (30) days after the date that Seller has notified the Purchaser Parties of such failure or breach and (ii) three (3) Business Days before the Outside Date; provided that Seller is not then in breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement such that such failure or breach would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b);

(c) by the Purchaser Parties, if Seller shall have breached any of its representations and warranties contained in Article III or Seller shall have breached any of its covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement, and such breach (x) would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b) and (y) has not been cured by the earlier of (i) the date that is thirty (30) days after the date that the Purchaser Parties have notified Seller of such failure or breach and (ii) three (3) Business Days before the Outside Date; provided that the Purchaser Parties are not then in breach of any of their representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement such that such failure or breach would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.3(a) or Section 7.3(b);

(d) by Seller or by the Purchaser Parties, subject to Section 10.6, if the Closing shall not have occurred on or prior to March 2, 2020 (the “Outside Date”); provided, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(d) shall not be available to any Party whose failure to perform any covenant or obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date; and provided, further, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(d) shall not be available to the Purchaser Parties in the event that the Purchaser Parties have breached their obligations to reimburse Seller’s expenses pursuant to Section 10.11(b);

 

74


(e) by Seller or by the Purchaser Parties, if a Judgment preventing the consummation of the Transaction shall have become final and nonappealable; or

(f) by the Purchaser Parties, prior to December 15, 2019, if Seller has not delivered to the Purchaser Parties the Business Financial Statements as contemplated by clause (B) of the definition thereof on or prior to November 30, 2019.

8.2 Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is terminated and the Transaction is abandoned as described in Section 8.1, this Agreement shall become null and void and of no further force and effect, except that Section 5.3(a), Section 5.5, this Section 8.2, Section 8.3 and Article X shall survive the termination of this Agreement; provided that nothing in this Section 8.2 shall be deemed to release any Party from any Liability for fraud by a Party or willful and material breach by such Party of the terms and provisions of this Agreement occurring prior to such termination.

8.3 Notice of Termination. In the event of termination by Seller or the Purchaser Parties pursuant to Section 8.1, written notice of such termination shall be given by the terminating Party to the other Party to this Agreement.

8.4 Parent Termination Fee. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1(d) or Section 8.1(e) (but, in the case of Section 8.1(e), solely if the Judgment preventing the consummation of the Transaction relates to Antitrust Laws) and at the time of termination all of the conditions to the Purchaser Parties’ obligation to effect the Closing under Article VII have been satisfied other than (a) the condition set forth in Section 7.1(a), (b) the condition set forth in Section 7.1(b) (but in the case of this clause (b), solely related to Antitrust Laws) or (c) those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing (so long as such conditions are capable of being satisfied) (a “Regulatory Termination”), then no later than two (2) Business Days after the date of such Regulatory Termination, Parent shall pay to Seller, by wire transfer of immediately available funds (to an account designated in writing by Seller), the liquidated amount of $15,000,000 in compensation for the fees and expenses incurred by Seller on or prior to the date of such Regulatory Termination in connection with the Transaction (the “Parent Termination Fee”). Other than Parent’s obligations, if applicable, to pay any fees, expenses or other costs contemplated by Section 10.11(b), payment of the Parent Termination Fee pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be deemed to be liquidated damages for any and all Losses suffered or incurred by Seller, the Seller Entities and any of their respective Affiliates or any other Person in connection with this Agreement (and the termination hereof), the Transaction (and the abandonment thereof) or any matter forming the basis for such termination, and none of Seller, the Seller Entities or any of their respective Affiliates shall be entitled to bring or maintain any Proceeding against the Purchaser Parties or any of their Affiliates arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the Transaction or any matters forming the basis for such termination, other than with respect to claims for, arising out of or in connection with fraud or a willful breach of this Agreement.

 

75


ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

9.1 Survival.

(a) The representations and warranties of Seller contained in Article III (other than the Fundamental Seller Representations) shall survive until the date that is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date, unless on or prior to such date a claim for indemnification, in accordance with the notice requirements under Section 9.4, is made with respect to any such representation or warranty, in which case such representation or warranty shall survive until, but only for the purposes of, the resolution of such claim. The Fundamental Seller Representations shall survive until the date that is six (6) years after the Closing Date, unless, in each case, on or prior to such date a claim for indemnification, in accordance with the notice requirements under Section 9.4, is made with respect to any such representation or warranty, in which case such representation or warranty shall survive until, but only for the purposes of, the resolution of such claim.

(b) The representations and warranties of the Purchaser Parties contained in Article IV (other than the Fundamental Purchaser Parties Representations), and all rights to bring claims in respect thereof, shall survive until the date that is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date (whereupon all rights to bring claims in respect thereof shall terminate and expire), unless on or prior to such date a claim is made with respect to any such representation or warranty, in which case such representation or warranty (and the right to pursue and maintain such claim) shall survive until, but only for the purposes of, the resolution of such claim. The Fundamental Purchaser Parties Representations, and all rights to bring claims in respect thereof, shall survive until the date that is six (6) years after the Closing Date (whereupon all rights to bring claims in respect thereof shall terminate and expire), unless on or prior to such date a claim with respect to any such representation or warranty is made with respect to any such representation or warranty, in which case such representation or warranty (and the right to pursue and maintain such claim) shall survive until, but only for the purposes of, the resolution of such claim.

(c) The covenants and agreements contained herein that are to be performed at or prior to the Closing shall survive the Closing until the date that is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date (and at such time they shall terminate) (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that any performance or compliance obligations with respect to such covenants and agreements shall terminate at or prior to the Closing in accordance with their terms). Any covenant or agreement to be performed after the Closing shall survive the Closing in accordance with its terms until performed to the extent such covenant or agreement is to be performed after the Closing. The foregoing is not intended to limit the survival periods contained in the R&W Insurance Policy or any rights or remedies of Seller with respect to the Purchaser Parties’ representations or warranties.

 

76


9.2 Indemnification by Seller.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Article IX, effective as of and after the Closing, Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless Parent, Purchaser and their Affiliates (collectively, the “Purchaser Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Losses (for the avoidance of doubt, subject to the limitations in Section 9.2(b)) incurred or suffered by any of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties, to the extent arising out of or resulting from:

(i) any breach of any representation and warranty of Seller contained in Article III as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date (or, if made as of a specific date, as of such specified date), or any inaccuracy in the Officers Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 7.2(c), without giving effect to any “material adverse effect,” materiality or similar qualifications contained therein;

(ii) any breach or nonperformance of any covenants or agreements of Seller in this Agreement;

(iii) the matters set forth on Section 9.2 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules (each a “Special Indemnity Matter”); or

(iv) any Retained Liabilities.

(b) The obligation of Seller to indemnify the Purchaser Indemnified Parties for Losses pursuant to Section 9.2(a) is subject to the following limitations:

(i) in no event shall the aggregate amount of Losses for which Seller is obligated to indemnify the Purchaser Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i) (other than with respect to Fundamental Seller Representations, the liability for which is limited by Section 9.2(b)(ii), or with respect to Losses indemnifiable pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i) but not covered by the R&W Insurance Policy, the liability for which is limited by Section 9.2(b)(iii), or with respect to fraud) exceed an amount equal to $2,050,000 (the “General Indemnity Cap”) (for the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any Losses are or would, but for the policy limits of the R&W Insurance Policy, be covered by the R&W Insurance Policy, any such Losses shall be subject to the General Indemnity Cap);

(ii) in no event shall the aggregate amount of Losses for which Seller is obligated to indemnify the Purchaser Indemnified Parties for (x) any breach of any Fundamental Seller Representations pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i) (other than with respect to fraud) or (y) any breach or nonperformance of any covenants or agreements of Seller in this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(ii), in each case exceed an amount equal to the Aggregate Consideration actually received; and

(iii) in no event shall the aggregate amount of Losses for which Seller is obligated to indemnify the Purchaser Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i) (other than with respect to Fundamental Seller Representations, the liability for which is limited by Section 9.2(b)(ii)) or Section 9.2(a)(iii), in each case to the extent excluded from coverage under the R&W Insurance Policy, exceed $23,000,000 (the “Special Indemnity Cap”) (for the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any Losses are or would, but for the policy limits of the R&W Insurance Policy, be covered by the R&W Insurance Policy, any such Losses shall be subject to the General Indemnity Cap).

 

77


(c) In addition to the limitations on Seller’s indemnification obligations set forth in Section 9.2(b),

(i) Seller shall not be required to provide indemnification to any Purchaser Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i) unless the aggregate amount of Losses incurred by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties in respect of any claim against Purchaser for indemnification under Section 9.2(a)(i) exceeds $2,050,000 (the “Deductible”), and then the Seller Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 9.2(a) for only the amount in excess of the Deductible;

(ii) in no event shall Seller be obligated to indemnify the Purchaser Indemnified Parties for any single claim or aggregated claims arising out of substantially the same events or circumstances pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i) unless the amount of such claim or aggregated claims arising out of substantially the same events or circumstances exceeds $50,000 (the “De Minimis Amount”) (and the amount of Losses with respect to such claims that do not exceed the De Minimis Amount shall not be aggregated for purposes of this Section 9.2(c)(ii)); and

(iii) in the event Losses indemnifiable by Seller pursuant to Section 9.2(a) exceed the General Indemnity Cap (subject to, for the avoidance of doubt, the Deductible), the Purchaser Indemnified Parties’ sole and exclusive source of recovery for any indemnification by Seller pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i) shall be the R&W Insurance Policy.

(d) With respect to any applicable indemnification obligation of Seller, Seller shall have the option to make an indemnification payment in satisfaction of such obligation in the form of a combination of cash and Parent Shares, which shall be valued at the Parent Share Value, provided that the proportion of such indemnification payment made in the form of Parent Shares shall not exceed the proportion of the Aggregate Share Consideration relative to the Aggregate Consideration.

9.3 Indemnification by the Purchaser Parties. Subject to the provisions of this Article IX, effective as of and after the Closing, the Purchaser Parties shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller and its Affiliates (collectively, the “Seller Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by any of the Seller Indemnified Parties to the extent arising out of or resulting from (a) any Assumed Liabilities or (b) any breach of any covenant or agreement by the Purchaser Parties contained in this Agreement. The foregoing is not intended to limit any rights or remedies of Seller with respect to any breaches of the Purchaser Parties’ representations or warranties. Other than Losses arising out of fraud, Seller hereby acknowledges and agrees, for and on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (the “Seller Parties”), that the aggregate liability of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for any and all Losses suffered or incurred by the Seller Parties (or any of them) as a direct or indirect result of, or directly or indirectly arising out of, any breach of or inaccuracies in Purchaser’s representations and warranties in this Agreement will be an amount equal to $100,000,000.

 

78


9.4 Procedures.

(a) The Purchaser Parties shall promptly notify Seller in writing upon becoming aware of a claim or a possible claim in respect of which a Purchaser Indemnified Party may seek indemnity pursuant to this Agreement (including a claim or possible claim by a third party against a Purchaser Indemnified Party, such claim or possible claim by a third party being a “Third-Party Claim”), describing in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances then known by the Purchaser Indemnified Party with respect to the subject matter of such claim or demand and, if known, the Losses that are expected to be (or reasonably could be) incurred or suffered as a result thereof; provided that the failure to provide such notice shall not release Seller from any of its obligations under this Article IX, except to the extent that Seller suffers actual loss or prejudice as a result of such failure or delay.

(b) Except as provided in Section 9.4(d), in the event that a Purchaser Party notifies Seller of a potential indemnification claim pursuant to Section 9.4(a) in respect of a Third-Party Claim, Seller shall have the right, at its election, to participate in (but not control or otherwise direct) the defense of such Third-Party Claim with its own counsel and at its own cost and expense. For the avoidance of doubt, Parent shall have the sole, absolute and exclusive right to control and direct the defense of all Third-Party Claims in its sole and absolute discretion, and shall have the sole, absolute and exclusive right to enter into settlement or compromise, or consent to the entry of any Judgment with respect to, all Third-Party Claims without the consent of Seller; provided that Parent shall not settle or compromise any indemnifiable Third-Party Claim (notwithstanding whether the aggregate Losses at such time have reached or exceeded the Special Indemnity Cap) without the prior written consent of Seller (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) if the terms or such settlement or compromise would adversely affect Seller’s reputation or its business or operations, contemplate an admission of wrongdoing by Seller or would be binding on Seller’s business and operations.

(c) Subject to the Special Indemnity Cap, Seller shall not contest, and shall promptly pay, any indemnification claim by a Purchaser Indemnified Party for documented attorneys’ fees and expenses actually incurred in respect of any individual Special Indemnity Matter if and to the extent that such fees do not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) any attorneys’ fees and expenses payable in connection with the foregoing shall count towards the Special Indemnity Cap and (ii) shall not limit or otherwise restrict the rights of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties to receive indemnification for attorneys’ fees and expenses in excess of $1,000,000, subject to the Special Indemnity Cap and the indemnification provisions of this Article IX.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including Section 9.4(b)), Seller shall have the exclusive right to control in all respects, and neither the Purchaser Parties nor any of their Affiliates shall be entitled to participate in, any Tax Proceeding with respect to (i) any Tax Return of Seller or any of its Affiliates or (ii) any other Taxes for which Seller is responsible pursuant to this Agreement.

 

79


9.5 Limitation on Liability.

(a) Procurement of R&W Insurance Policy. The Purchaser Parties acknowledge that the procurement of the R&W Insurance Policy was a material inducement to Seller to enter into this Agreement. To the extent the Purchaser Indemnified Parties incur Losses that are indemnifiable pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i) and that fall within the scope and limits of the coverage provided by the R&W Insurance Policy (in the event such Losses exceed the General Indemnity Cap), the Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall exclusively look to payment by the R&W Insurance Policy; provided that, to the extent the Purchaser Indemnified Parties incur Losses that are indemnifiable pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i) due to any breach of any Fundamental Seller Representations, subject to the limitations set forth herein, Seller shall remain responsible for all Losses incurred by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties up to the amount of the Aggregate Consideration actually received by Seller, to the extent the Losses associated with such claim have exceeded the policy limits of the R&W Insurance Policy, after the Purchaser Parties have used their reasonable best efforts to exercise all rights and remedies and diligently pursue recovery for such Losses under the R&W Insurance Policy.

(b) Right to Remedy. No claim may be made in respect of any Loss by any Indemnified Party to the extent that such Loss is reasonably capable of remedy by the Indemnifying Party unless the Indemnified Party shall first have provided the Indemnifying Party with a notice of the Loss in accordance with Section 9.4 and the Indemnified Party shall have failed to remedy such breach within a reasonable period and in any event not later than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice.

(c) Limitation of Damages. NEITHER THE PURCHASER PARTIES NOR SELLER SHALL BE LIABLE FOR PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR SPECIAL DAMAGES UNDER ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED, THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT LIMIT A PERSON’S ABILITY TO RECOVER ANY SUCH LOSSES ACTUALLY PAID TO A THIRD PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH A THIRD-PARTY CLAIM; PROVIDED, FURTHER, THAT SELLER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES UNDER ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT OTHER THAN (I) LOSSES THAT ARE ACTUALLY PAID TO A THIRD PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH A THIRD-PARTY CLAIM OR (II) LOSSES THAT ARE INDEMNIFIABLE PURSUANT TO SECTION 9.2(a)(i) OR SECTION 9.2(a)(iii), IN THE CASE OF EACH OF THE FOREGOING CLAUSES (I) AND (II), SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE IX, INCLUDING THE SPECIAL INDEMNITY CAP. No Indemnified Party shall have any right to assert any claim against any Indemnifying Party with respect to any Loss, cause of action or other claim to the extent such alleged Loss is a possible or potential Loss, cause of action or claim the Indemnified Party believes may be asserted rather than an actual Loss, cause of action or claim that has, in fact, been filed of record against such Indemnified Party or paid or incurred by such Indemnified Party.

(d) Exclusive Remedy. Except as set forth in Section 10.6 and Section 10.11, following the Closing, the remedies provided in this Article IX shall be the sole recourse of Seller and the Purchaser Parties for all Losses (including any Losses from claims for breach of contract, warranty, tortious conduct (including negligence) or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute, strict liability or otherwise) based upon, arising from or relating to any breach by the

 

80


Purchaser Parties or Seller, as applicable, of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or any breach by the Seller of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement; provided that nothing herein shall relieve or release Seller or the Purchaser Parties from any liability to the Purchaser Parties or Seller, as applicable, for fraud. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Party hereby irrevocably waives any right of rescission it may otherwise have or to which it may become entitled.

(e) Calculation of Losses. The amount of any claims for Losses subject to indemnification by Seller under this Article IX shall be calculated net of any amounts recovered by Purchaser or its Affiliates under any third party, representation and warranty or other indemnity provisions and insurance policies, including the R&W Insurance Policy (but taking into account any deductible or retention).

(f) Subrogation. Upon making any payment to the Indemnified Party for any indemnification claim pursuant this Article IX, the Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated, to the extent of such payment, to any rights which the Indemnified Party may have against any third parties with respect to the subject matter underlying such indemnification claim, and the Indemnified Party shall assign any such rights to the Indemnifying Party or, where such assignment is not permitted, use reasonable best efforts to recover in respect such claim on behalf of the Indemnifying Party. The Parties shall cooperate with each other in any notifications to insurers, including the R&W Insurer, in respect of any claim by a Third Party. Without limiting the other rights of Seller hereunder, to the extent such participation is expressly required by the R&W Insurance Policy, the R&W Insurer shall be entitled to participate in (but not control), at its sole cost and expense, any Third-Party Claim covered by the R&W Insurance Policy. The Purchaser Parties agree that the R&W Insurance Policy will expressly exclude any right of subrogation against Seller and its Affiliates and their respective related parties other than with respect to or in the event of fraud.

ARTICLE X

GENERAL PROVISIONS

10.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and thereto, and the Confidentiality Agreement, along with the Seller Disclosure Schedules and Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules, constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter.

10.2 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights and obligations hereunder may be assigned or transferred by either Party (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, the Purchaser Parties, effective immediately prior to (but conditional upon) the Closing and with notice to Seller at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, may assign all or any portion of their rights under this Agreement, or delegate all or any portion of their obligations under this Agreement, in each case with reference to all or any portion of the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities, to a wholly owned Subsidiary of Parent without Seller’s consent (for so long as it’s a Subsidiary of Parent) and (y) may grant a security interest and/or a collateral assignment to its lenders of its

 

81


respective rights and benefits arising under this Agreement; provided, that no such assignment or delegation or grant of a security interest will release the Purchaser Parties from any of their Liabilities or obligations hereunder; provided, further, that no assignment or delegation or grant of a security interest shall (i) release, limit or otherwise affect the Purchaser Parties’ obligations hereunder and the Purchaser Parties shall remain liable therefor or (ii) subject any of the Seller Entities to any Tax liability (including any withholding Tax). Any attempted assignment in violation of this Section 10.2 shall be null and void. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

10.3 Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may not be amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Parties. By an instrument in writing, the Purchaser Parties, on the one hand, or Seller, on the other hand, may waive compliance by the other with any term or provision of this Agreement that the other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform. Such waiver or failure to insist on strict compliance with such term or provision shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure of compliance.

10.4 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except with respect to (a) the Purchaser Indemnified Parties and the Seller Indemnified Parties solely with respect to Article IX or (b) Affiliates of the Parties, to the extent the provisions of this Agreement are expressly for the benefit of such Affiliates, each Party hereby agrees that its respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein are solely for the benefit of the other Parties, in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement, and this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, confer upon any Person other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder, including the right to rely upon the representations and warranties set forth herein. Each of the Persons described in clauses (a) and (b) of the immediately preceding sentence is and shall be an express third-party beneficiary with respect to the applicable Section(s) or Article(s) specified in clauses (a) and (b) of the immediately preceding sentence, and may enforce this Agreement with respect to such Section(s) or Article(s).

10.5 Notices. All notices and other communications to be given to any Party hereunder shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder if in writing and delivered by hand, courier or overnight delivery service, or five (5) days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, or when received in the form of an email transmission (receipt confirmation requested), and shall be directed to the address set forth below (or at such other address or email address as such Party shall designate by like notice):

if to Purchaser or Parent, to:

DoorDash, Inc.

901 Market Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

 

82


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

525 University Avenue

Palo Alto, California 94301

if to Seller, to:

Square, Inc.

1455 Market Street

Suite 600

San Francisco, California 94103

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

10.6 Specific Performance. The Parties agree that irreparable damage, for which monetary damages (even if available) would not be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that the Parties do not perform any provision of this Agreement in accordance with its specified terms or otherwise breach such provisions. Accordingly, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at Law or in equity. Each of the Parties agrees that it will not oppose, and irrevocably waives its right to object to, the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that the other Party has an adequate remedy at Law or that any award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at Law or in equity. Any Party seeking an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with such order or injunction or relief.

10.7 Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This Agreement is for the benefit of the Parties and shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. In addition, each of the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally (a) submits to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the State of Delaware) (and, in the case of appeals, appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in the event that any dispute (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) arises out of this Agreement or the Transaction or the other transactions contemplated hereby; (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court; (c) agrees that it will not bring any Proceeding or arbitration relating to this Agreement or the Transaction or the other transactions

 

83


contemplated hereby in any court other than the above-named courts; and (d) agrees that it will not seek to assert by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, that any such Proceeding (x) is brought in an inconvenient forum, (y) should be transferred or removed to any court other than one of the above-named courts, (z) should be stayed by reason of the pendency of some other proceeding in any court other than one of the above-named courts or (ii) that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by the above-named courts. Each Party hereto agrees that service of process upon such Party in any such Proceeding shall be effective if notice is given in accordance with Section 10.5.

10.8 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY ANY OF THEM AGAINST THE OTHER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTION OR ANY OF THE OTHER TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN. NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL SEEK A JURY TRIAL IN ANY LAWSUIT, PROCEEDING, COUNTERCLAIM OR ANY OTHER LITIGATION PROCEDURE BASED UPON, OR ARISING OUT OF, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENTS. NO PARTY HERETO WILL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT OR INSTRUMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS SET FORTH ABOVE IN THIS SECTION 10.8. NO PARTY HERETO HAS IN ANY WAY AGREED WITH OR REPRESENTED TO ANY OTHER PARTY THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 10.8 WILL NOT BE FULLY ENFORCED IN ALL INSTANCES.

10.9 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such a determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

10.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument, and shall become effective when one (1) or more such counterparts have been signed by each Party and delivered (by facsimile, electronic mail or otherwise) to the other Party. Signatures to this Agreement transmitted by facsimile, by electronic mail in “portable document format” (“.pdf”), or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, will have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing the original signatures.

 

84


10.11 Expenses.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, whether or not the Closing takes place, and except as set forth otherwise in this Agreement, including Section 2.10(b), Section 5.13, Section 6.3 and Section 6.4, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the Party incurring such expense.

(b) The reasonable and documented fees, expenses and any other costs incurred by Seller and its Subsidiaries after the date hereof in connection with the preparation of the Business Financial Statements shall be promptly reimbursed by Purchaser or Parent (including the reasonable and documented cost of additional contractors incurred by Seller or its Subsidiaries to complete the Business Financial Statements); provided, however, that the amount that Purchaser or Parent shall be obligated to pay pursuant to this sentence shall not exceed $10,000,000.

(c) In the event that this Agreement is terminated by the Purchaser Parties pursuant to Section 8.1(d), and at the time of any such termination all of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.2 have been satisfied or waived except for the condition set forth in Section 7.2(d) or those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing (provided they are capable of being satisfied), the Purchaser Parties shall pay to Seller a fee equal to $10,000,000 by wire transfer of same-day funds on the first Business Day following the date of termination of this Agreement.

(d) Purchaser or Parent shall pay any filing fees required of the Purchaser Parties and Seller under the HSR Act.

10.12 Interpretation; Absence of Presumption. It is understood and agreed that the specification of any dollar amount in the representations and warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement or the inclusion of any specific item in the Seller Disclosure Schedules or Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules is not intended to imply that such amounts or higher or lower amounts, or the items so included or other items, are or are not material, and no Party shall use the fact of the setting of such amounts or the fact of the inclusion of any such item in the Seller Disclosure Schedules or Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules in any dispute or controversy between the Parties as to whether any obligation, item or matter not described in this Agreement or included in the Seller Disclosure Schedules or Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules is or is not material for purposes of this Agreement. Nothing herein (including the Seller Disclosure Schedules or the Purchaser Parties Disclosure Schedules) shall be deemed an admission by either Party or any of its Affiliates, in any Proceeding involving a third party, that such Party or any such Affiliate, or any third party, is or is not in breach or violation of, or in default in, the performance or observance of any term or provisions of any Contract or Law. For the purposes of this Agreement, (a) words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa, and words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires; (b) references to the terms Article, Section, paragraph, Exhibit and Schedule are references to the Articles, Sections, paragraphs, Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (c) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereto” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto; (d) references to “$” shall mean U.S. dollars; (e) the word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall

 

85


mean “including without limitation,” unless otherwise specified; (f) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; (g) references to “written” or “in writing” include in electronic form; (h) the headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement; (i) Seller and the Purchaser Parties have each participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and if an ambiguity or question of interpretation should arise, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties or the parties thereto, as applicable, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or burdening any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions in this Agreement; (j) a reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and permitted assigns; (k) where used with respect to information, the phrase “delivered” or “made available” means that the information referred to has been physically or electronically delivered to the relevant parties or their respective Representatives, and in the case of “made available” to the Purchaser Parties, where such information has been made available in the virtual “data room” established by Seller (whether or not in a specific folder that is available only to certain Representatives of the Purchaser Parties) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date of this Agreement; (l) any reference to “days” means calendar days unless Business Days are expressly specified; (m) the word “extent” and the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such word or phrase shall not merely mean “if”; and (n) when calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded and if the last day of such period is not a Business Day, the period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day.

10.13 Waiver of Conflicts; Attorney-Client Privilege.

(a) The Purchaser Parties waive and will not assert, and agree to cause their Affiliates to waive and not to assert, any conflict of interest arising out of or relating to the representation, after the Closing, of Seller, any of its Affiliates or any shareholder, officer, employee or director of Seller or any of its Affiliates (any such Person, a “Designated Person”) in any matter involving this Agreement or any other agreements or transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including matters in which the interests of Seller or any of its Affiliates may be directly adverse to the Purchaser Parties and their Affiliates) by any legal counsel currently representing Seller or any of its Affiliates in connection with this Agreement or any other agreements or transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz (the “Current Representation”).

(b) The Purchaser Parties waive and will not assert, and agree to cause their Affiliates, to waive and not to assert, any attorney-client or other applicable legal privilege or protection with respect to any communication between any legal counsel and any Designated Person relating in any way to the Current Representation, it being the intention of the Parties that all such rights to such attorney-client and other applicable legal privilege or protection and to control such attorney-client and other applicable legal privilege or protection shall be retained by Seller and that Seller, and not the Purchaser Parties or their Affiliates, shall have the sole right to decide whether or not to waive any attorney-client or other applicable legal privilege or protection. Accordingly, from and after the Closing, neither the Purchaser Parties nor their Affiliates shall have any access to any such communications or to the files of the Current Representation, all of which shall be and remain the property of Seller and not of Purchaser Parties or their Affiliates, or to internal counsel relating to the Current Representation, and none of the Purchaser Parties, their Affiliates or any Person acting or purporting to act on their behalf shall seek to obtain the same by any process.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

86


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SQUARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Amrita Ahuja

  Name: Amrita Ahuja
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
DOORDASH, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tony Xu

  Name: Tony Xu
  Title: President & CEO
ALPINE ACQUISITION SUB, LLC,
by DoorDash, Inc., its sole managing member
By:  

/s/ Tony Xu

  Name: Tony Xu
  Title: President & CEO

[Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement]


Exhibit A

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement and Bill of Sale


Exhibit B

Form of Transition Services Agreement


Annex A

Form of R&W Insurance Policy

Exhibit 3.1

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

DOORDASH, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

DoorDash, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the name of this corporation is DoorDash, Inc. and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on May 21, 2013 under the name Palo Alto Delivery Inc.

SECOND: That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is DoorDash, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of this corporation in the State of Delaware is 919 North Market Street, Suite 950, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is InCorp Services, Inc.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE IV

A. Authorization of Stock. This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, common stock and preferred stock. The total number of shares that this corporation is authorized to issue is 615,017,735. The total number of shares of common stock authorized to be issued is 375,000,000, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”). The total number of shares of preferred stock authorized to be issued is 240,017,735, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), 27,158,370 of which shares are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock”, 13,330,235 of which shares are designated as “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”, 7,924,905 of which shares are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock”,


26,839,165 of which shares are designated as “Series C Preferred Stock”, 98,007,960 of which shares are designated as “Series D Preferred Stock”, 18,055,210 of which shares are designated “Series E Preferred Stock”, 18,185,985 of which shares are designated “Series F Preferred Stock”, 21,165,320 of which shares are designated “Series G Preferred Stock” and 9,350,585 of which shares are designated “Series H Preferred Stock”.

Immediately upon the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Filing Date”), automatically and without further action on the part of the corporation or any stockholder, the following recapitalization (the “Forward Stock Split”) shall occur: (i) each one (1) share of Common Stock issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Filing Date shall be split and converted into five (5) shares of Common Stock, (ii) each one (1) share of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Filing Date shall be split and converted into five (5) shares of Series A Preferred Stock, (iii) each one (1) share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Filing Date shall be split and converted into five (5) shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, (iv) each one (1) share of Series B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Filing Date shall be split and converted into five (5) shares of Series B Preferred Stock, (v) each one (1) share of Series C Preferred Stock issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Filing Date shall be split and converted into five (5) shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (vi) each one (1) share of Series D Preferred Stock issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Filing Date shall be split and converted into five (5) shares of Series D Preferred Stock, (vii) each one (1) share of Series E Preferred Stock issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Filing Date shall be split and converted into five (5) shares of Series E Preferred Stock, (viii) each one (1) share of Series F Preferred Stock issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Filing Date shall be split and converted into five (5) shares of Series F Preferred Stock, (ix) each one (1) share of Series G Preferred Stock issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Filing Date shall be split and converted into five (5) shares of Series G Preferred Stock, and (x) each one (1) share of Series H Preferred Stock issued and outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to the Filing Date shall be split and converted into five (5) shares of Series H Preferred Stock. Any stock certificate that, immediately prior to the Filing Date, represents shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, or Series H Preferred Stock shall, from and after the Filing Date, automatically and without the necessity of presenting the same for exchange, represent that number of shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, and Series H Preferred Stock, as the case may be, as equals the product obtained by multiplying the number of shares of such Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, or Series H Preferred Stock represented by such certificate immediately prior to the Filing Date by five (5). All share and per share amounts and rights, preferences and privileges of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation reflect the Forward Stock Split (that is, all numeric references and other provisions included in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation have already given effect to, and no further adjustment shall be made on account of, the Forward Stock Split).

B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

1. Dividend Provisions.

(a) The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into

 

-2-


or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of this corporation) on the Common Stock of this corporation, at the applicable Dividend Rate (as defined below), payable when, as and if declared by this corporation’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”). Such dividends shall not be cumulative. Any partial payment shall be made ratably among the holders of shares of Preferred Stock in proportion to the payment each such holder would receive if the full amount of such dividends were paid. The holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as converted basis) (the “Required Majority”); provided that (i) for such waiver to be effective with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, the Required Majority must include the Required Series E Majority, (ii) for such waiver to be effective with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, the Required Majority must include the Required Series F Majority, (iii) for such waiver to be effective with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock, the Required Majority must include the Required Series G Majority and (iv) for such waiver to be effective with respect to the Series H Preferred Stock, the Required Majority must include the Required Series H Majority (each as defined below); provided further that any waiver that disproportionately affects the holders of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall not be effective as to such holders unless such waiver is approved by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series. For purposes of this subsection 1(a), “Dividend Rate” shall mean $0.044 per annum for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.044 per annum for each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $0.3407 per annum for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, $0.28726 per annum for each share of Series C Preferred Stock, $0.33042 per annum for each share of Series D Preferred Stock, $0.83078 per annum for each share of Series E Preferred Stock, $1.3485 per annum for each share of Series F Preferred Stock, $2.27636 per annum for each share of Series G Preferred Stock and $2.75436 per annum for each share of Series H Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock; provided that each such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split).

(b) After payment of the full amount of any dividends pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 1, any additional dividends or distributions shall be distributed among all holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock that would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate (as defined below).

2. Liquidation Preference.

(a) In the event of any Liquidation Event (as defined below), either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the proceeds or assets of this corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “Proceeds”), prior and in preference to any distribution of any portion of the Proceeds of such Liquidation Event to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (A) the sum of the Original Issue Price (as defined below) for such series of Preferred Stock, plus declared but unpaid dividends on such share, or (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of such series of Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the Proceeds thus distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire Proceeds legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this subsection (a). For purposes of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, “Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.7255 per share for each share of the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.15 per share for each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $5.6783 per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, $4.78778 per share for each share

 

-3-


of Series C Preferred Stock, $5.50688 per share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock, $13.84642 per share for each share of Series E Preferred Stock, $22.4751 per share for each share of Series F Preferred Stock, $37.93942 per share for each share of Series G Preferred Stock and $45.9062 per share for each share of Series H Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock; provided that each such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split).

(b) Upon completion of the distribution required by subsection (a) of this Section 2, all of the remaining Proceeds available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

(c) For purposes of this Section 2, a “Liquidation Event” shall include (A) the closing of the sale, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets and/or intellectual property of this corporation and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (B) (1) the consummation of the merger or consolidation of this corporation with or into another entity or (2) the consummation of the merger or consolidation of a subsidiary of this corporation and pursuant to which merger or consolidation this corporation issues shares of its capital stock, in each case except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of this corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of this corporation or the surviving or acquiring entity, (C) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of this corporation’s securities), of this corporation’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of this corporation (or the surviving or acquiring entity) or (D) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation; provided, however, that a transaction shall not constitute a Liquidation Event if its sole purpose is to change the state of this corporation’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held this corporation’s securities immediately prior to such transaction. The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event may be waived by the vote or written consent of the Required Majority; provided that (i) for such waiver to be effective with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, the Required Majority must include the Required Series C Majority, (ii) for such waiver to be effective with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, the Required Majority must include the Required Series D Majority, (iii) for such waiver to be effective with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, the Required Majority must include the Required Series E Majority, (iv) for such waiver to be effective with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, the Required Majority must include the Required Series F Majority, (v) for such waiver to be effective with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock, the Required Majority must include the Required Series G Majority and (vi) for such waiver to be effective with respect to the Series H Preferred Stock, the Required Majority must include the Required Series H Majority. The “Required Series C Majority” shall mean the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. The “Required Series D Majority” shall mean the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock. The “Required Series E Majority” shall mean the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock. The “Required Series F Majority” shall mean the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, which shall include a majority of the Series F Preferred Stock issued on the Closing (as defined in the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement between this corporation and the parties thereto, dated as of February 15, 2019). The “Required Series G Majority” shall mean the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, which shall include at least sixty seven percent (67%) of the Series G Preferred Stock issued on the Closing (as defined in the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement between this corporation and the parties thereto, dated as of May 21, 2019) (the “Initial Closing Series G Shares”) and at least sixty seven percent (67%) of the Series G Preferred Stock other than the Initial Closing Series G Shares. The “Required Series H Majority” shall mean the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock.

 

-4-


(i) In any Liquidation Event, if Proceeds received by this corporation or its stockholders is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (B) below:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined below).

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors.

(C) The foregoing methods for valuing non-cash consideration to be distributed in connection with a Liquidation Event shall, with the appropriate approval of the definitive agreements governing such Liquidation Event by the stockholders under the General Corporation Law and Section 6 of this Article IV(B), be superseded by the determination of such value set forth in the definitive agreements governing such Liquidation Event.

(ii) This corporation shall not have the power to effect a Liquidation Event unless the definitive agreements governing such Liquidation Event provide that the consideration payable to the stockholders of this corporation shall be allocated among the stockholders of this corporation in accordance with this Section 2. In the event the requirements of this Section 2 are not complied with, this corporation shall forthwith either:

(A) cause the closing of such Liquidation Event to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with; or

(B) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in subsection 2(c)(iv) hereof.

(iii) This corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending Liquidation Event not later than twenty (20) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and this corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material

 

-5-


changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after this corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after this corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that subject to compliance with the General Corporation Law such periods may be shortened or waived upon the written consent of the Required Majority.

(iv) In the event of a Liquidation Event, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of this corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the stockholders of this corporation in accordance with subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Liquidation Event, and any Additional Consideration that is ultimately paid shall be allocated among the stockholders of this corporation in accordance with subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 2 after taking into account the prior payment of the Initial Consideration and the prior payment of any Additional Consideration. For the purposes of this subsection (c)(v), consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification obligations in connection with a Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Initial Consideration and all other consideration payable after the consummation of the Liquidation Event only upon satisfaction of contingencies, such as earn-out, milestone-based or other post-closing performance-based consideration, shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

(v) In the event of a Liquidation Event described in subsection (c)(i)(A) or (c)(i)(B)(2) of this Section 2, if this corporation does not effect a dissolution of this corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Liquidation Event, then (i) this corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90th) day after the Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to this subsection (c)(iv) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if each of the Required Majority, the Required Series C Majority, the Required Series D Majority, the Required Series E Majority, the Required Series F Majority, the Required Series G Majority and the Required Series H Majority so request in a written instrument delivered to this corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Liquidation Event, this corporation shall use the consideration received by this corporation in connection with such Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of this corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law (the “Available Proceeds”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day after such Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the amounts to which such holders of Preferred Stock would be entitled pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of Section 2 in a Liquidation Event in which the Available Proceeds were paid directly to stockholders of this corporation, and in the priority provided in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, this corporation shall ratably redeem each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds and subject to the priority provided in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 2, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under the General Corporation Law. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this subsection (c)(vi), this corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Liquidation Event.

3. Redemption. Except as provided in Section 2, the Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder thereof.

 

-6-


4. Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of this corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such series by the applicable Conversion Price for such series (the conversion rate for a series of Preferred Stock into Common Stock is referred to herein as the “Conversion Rate” for such series), determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. For purposes of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, “Conversion Price” shall mean $0.7255 per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.15 per share for each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $5.480250414 per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, $4.78778 per share for each share of Series C Preferred Stock, $5.50688 per share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock, $13.84642 per share for each share of Series E Preferred Stock, $22.4751 per share for each share of Series F Preferred Stock, $37.93942 per share for each share of Series G Preferred Stock and $45.9062 per share for each share of Series H Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d) (provided that each such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split).

(b) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate at the time in effect for such series of Preferred Stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) the closing of this corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the public offering price of which is not less than $22.4751 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like; provided that such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split) and results in net proceeds to this corporation of at least $100,000,000 (or such other public offering as may be agreed upon by the vote or written consent or agreement of each of the Required Majority, the Required Series E Majority, the Required Series F Majority, the Required Series G Majority and the Required Series H Majority) or (ii) the date, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent or agreement of each of the Required Majority, the Required Series E Majority, the Required Series F Majority, the Required Series G Majority and the Required Series H Majority, and if such vote or written consent or agreement is effected in connection with a Liquidation Event prior to March 15, 2021 in which each holder of Series D Preferred Stock would receive less than two (2) times the applicable Original Issue Price for each share of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2, the Required Series D Majority.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to voluntarily convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of this corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to this corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. This corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date set forth for conversion in the written notice of the election to convert irrespective of the surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion,

 

-7-


be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. If the conversion is in connection with Automatic Conversion provisions of subsection 4(b)(ii) above, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made on the conversion date described in the stockholder consent approving such conversion, and the persons entitled to receive shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations. The Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) If this corporation shall issue, on or after the date this Restated Certificate of Incorporation is accepted for filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Filing Date”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price (calculated to the nearest one-thousandth of a cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by this corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock. For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i)(A), the term “Common Stock Outstanding” shall mean and include the following: (1) outstanding Common Stock, (2) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding Preferred Stock, (3) Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options and (4) Common Stock issuable upon exercise (and, in the case of warrants to purchase Preferred Stock, conversion) of outstanding warrants. Shares described in (1) through (4) above shall be included whether vested or unvested, whether contingent or non-contingent and whether exercisable or not yet exercisable.

(A) No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one-tenth of one cent per share. Except to the limited extent provided for in subsections (E)(3) and (E)(4), no adjustment of such Conversion Price pursuant to this subsection 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(B) In the case of the issuance of Additional Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by this corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(C) In the case of the issuance of the Additional Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

 

-8-


(D) In the case of the issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for purposes of determining the number of shares of Additional Stock issued and the consideration paid therefor:

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C) and (d)(i)(D)), if any, received by this corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

(2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by this corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by this corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C) and (d)(i)(D)).

(3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to this corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

(4) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities that remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

(5) The number of shares of Additional Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to subsections 4(d)(i)(E)(1) and (2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either subsection 4(d)(i)(E)(3) or (4).

 

-9-


(ii) “Additional Stock” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(E)) by this corporation on or after the Filing Date other than:

(A) Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in subsection 4(d)(iii) hereof;

(B) Common Stock issued to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Board of Directors;

(C) Common Stock issued pursuant to an underwritten public offering;

(D) Common Stock issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities outstanding on the Filing Date, in each case provided that such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such convertible or exercisable security as in effect on the Filing Date;

(E) Common Stock issued in connection with a bona fide business acquisition by this corporation, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise;

(F) Common Stock issued or deemed issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(E) as a result of a decrease in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock resulting from the operation of Section 4(d);

(G) Common Stock issued upon conversion of the (x) Preferred Stock issued on or prior to the Filing Date and (y) the Series H Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series H Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement between this corporation and the parties thereto, dated on or about the Filing Date;

(H) Common Stock issued pursuant to any equipment leasing arrangement or debt financing arrangement, which arrangement is approved by the Board of Directors and is primarily for non-equity financing purposes; or

(I) Common Stock issued or issuable to persons or entities with which this corporation has business relationships, provided such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors and are primarily for non-equity financing purposes.

(iii) In the event this corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “Common Stock Equivalents”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in subsection 4(d)(i)(E).

 

-10-


(iv) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Filing Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(v) In the event this corporation shall issue (or be deemed to have issued) on more than one date shares of Additional Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of this subsection (d), then, upon the final such issuance, the Conversion Price of such series shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

(vi) In the event that the number of shares of Additional Stock or the aggregate consideration received by this corporation in connection with the issuance of any Additional Stock cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the aggregate consideration, as applicable, ascertainable.

(e) Other Distributions. In the event this corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in subsection 4(d)(iii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this subsection 4(e), the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of this corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of this corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(f) Recapitalizations. If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or in Section 2) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of this corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalently as may be practicable.

(g) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments.

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Preferred Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to particular stockholders, shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share and this corporation shall pay in cash the fair market value of any fractional shares as of the time when entitlement to receive such fractional shares is determined. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

-11-


(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, this corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. This corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Preferred Stock.

(h) Notices of Record Date. In the event of any taking by this corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, this corporation shall send to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution, and the amount and character of such dividend or distribution.

(i) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. This corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, this corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(j) Waiver of Adjustment to Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series); provided that (A) the waiver of any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price for Series F Preferred Stock shall require the consent or vote of the Required Series F Majority and (B) the waiver of any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price for Series G Preferred Stock shall require the consent or vote of the Required Series G Majority. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

5. Voting Rights.

(a) General Voting Rights. The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this corporation, and except as provided by law or in subsection 5(b) below with respect to the election of directors by the separate class vote of the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

 

-12-


(b) Voting for the Election of Directors. So long as at least 10,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like; provided that such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split), the holders of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of this corporation at any election of directors (the “Series A Director”). So long as at least 1,750,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like; provided that such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split), the holders of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of this corporation at any election of directors (the “Series B Director”). So long as at least 23,500,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like; provided that such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split), the holders of such shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of this corporation at any election of directors (the “Series D Director” and together with the Series A Director and the Series B Director, the “Preferred Directors”). The holders of outstanding Common Stock (not including any shares of Common Stock received upon conversion or exchange of shares of Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to elect four (4) directors of this corporation at any election of directors. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect any remaining directors of this corporation.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law, any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series may override the Board of Directors’ action to fill such vacancy by (i) voting for their own designee to fill such vacancy at a meeting of this corporation’s stockholders or (ii) written consent, if the consenting stockholders hold a sufficient number of shares to elect their designee at a meeting of the stockholders. Any director may be removed during his or her term of office, either with or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent.

6. Preferred Stock Protective Provisions.

(a) So long as at least 17,500,000 shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like; provided that such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split), this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation) first obtaining the approval by vote or written consent, as provided by law, of the Required Majority, and any such act or transaction entered into without such approval shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect:

 

-13-


(i) consummate a Liquidation Event or any other merger or consolidation that results in a payment of proceeds to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2 of Article IV(B) that is less than $11.0138 per share of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like; provided that such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split);

(ii) amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner that adversely impacts the powers, preferences or rights of the shares of Preferred Stock;

(iii) increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock or designated shares of any series of Preferred Stock;

(iv) authorize or issue (including by reclassifying, altering or amending any existing security) any equity security (including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any such equity security) having a preference over, or being on a parity with, any series of Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, liquidation or redemption, other than the issuance of any authorized but unissued shares of Series H Preferred Stock (including any security convertible into or exercisable for such shares of Preferred Stock);

(v) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for this corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which this corporation has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or service, at no greater than the original purchase price thereof, or pursuant to a right of first refusal;

(vi) change the authorized number of directors of this corporation;

(vii) pay or declare any dividend on any shares of capital stock of this corporation other than dividends payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock;

(viii) consummate any single or series of related dispositions of this corporation’s assets in excess of $200,000,000 in value, other than any transfers of this corporation’s shareholding in any wholly-owned subsidiary of this corporation to another wholly-owned subsidiary of this corporation;

(ix) consummate any single or series of related acquisitions of another business (by way of stock purchase, asset purchase or any other mode of acquiring a business) by this corporation in excess of $200,000,000;

(x) make any loan or advance to any employee, except travel or expense advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or the issuance of a promissory note to this corporation by any employee in connection with the exercise of a stock option or restricted stock purchase award under the terms of an equity incentive plan approved by the Board of Directors;

 

-14-


(xi) (A) sell, issue or distribute any corporation-created digital tokens, coins, cryptocurrency or other blockchain-based assets (collectively, “Tokens”) for fundraising purposes, including through an initial coin offering, token distribution event or crowdfunding, or through the issuance of any instrument convertible into or exchangeable for Tokens or (B) develop a computer network or other resources to either generate Tokens or permit the generation, sale or distribution of Tokens for fundraising purposes;

(xii) enter into any transaction between or among this corporation, on the one hand, and any director or officer of this corporation or member of the family of any such persons, on the other hand, except for transactions with directors or officers related to such persons’ employment in the ordinary course of business;

(xiii) increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under any existing equity incentive plan or adopt any equity incentive plan, unless approved by the Board of Directors, including at least one Preferred Director;

(xiv) cause or permit any subsidiaries of this corporation to do any of the foregoing with respect to such subsidiaries; or

(xv) amend, alter, repeal or waive this Section 6(a) of Article IV(B) of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(b) So long as at least 5,000,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like; provided that such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split), this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation) first obtaining the approval by vote or written consent of the Required Series E Majority (voting as a separate series), and any such act or transaction entered into without such approval shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect:

(i) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock;

(ii) amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner that adversely impacts the powers, preferences or rights of the Series E Preferred Stock; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the creation, authorization and/or issuance of any equity security having rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the Series E Preferred Stock be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock and no such creation, authorization and/or issuance shall require the separate consent of any holder of Series E Preferred Stock, except to the extent required by applicable law; or

(iii) amend, alter, repeal or waive this Section 6(b) of Article IV(B) of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation

(c) So long as at least 3,075,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like; provided that such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split), this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation) first obtaining the approval by vote or written consent of the Required Series F Majority (voting as a separate series), and any such act or transaction entered into without such approval shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect:

(i) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series F Preferred Stock;

 

-15-


(ii) amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner that adversely impacts the powers, preferences or rights of the Series F Preferred Stock; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the creation, authorization and/or issuance of any equity security having rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the Series F Preferred Stock be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series F Preferred Stock and no such creation, authorization and/or issuance shall require the separate consent of any holder of Series F Preferred Stock, except to the extent required by applicable law; or

(iii) amend, alter, repeal or waive this Section 6(c) of Article IV(B) of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(d) So long as at least 2,625,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like; provided that such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split), this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation) first obtaining the approval by vote or written consent of the Required Series G Majority (voting as a separate series), and any such act or transaction entered into without such approval shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect:

(i) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series G Preferred Stock;

(ii) amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner that adversely impacts the powers, preferences or rights of the Series G Preferred Stock; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the creation, authorization and/or issuance of any equity security having rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the Series G Preferred Stock be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series G Preferred Stock and no such creation, authorization and/or issuance shall require the separate consent of any holder of Series G Preferred Stock, except to the extent required by applicable law; or

(iii) amend, alter, repeal or waive this Section 6(d) of Article IV(B) of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(e) So long as at least 2,175,000 shares of Series H Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like; provided that such number already reflects the Forward Stock Split), this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation) first obtaining the approval by vote or written consent of the Required Series H Majority (voting as a separate series), and any such act or transaction entered into without such approval shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect:

(i) increase the total number of authorized shares of Series H Preferred Stock;

 

-16-


(ii) amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner that adversely impacts the powers, preferences or rights of the Series H Preferred Stock; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the creation, authorization and/or issuance of any equity security having rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the Series H Preferred Stock be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series H Preferred Stock and no such creation, authorization and/or issuance shall require the separate consent of any holder of Series H Preferred Stock, except to the extent required by applicable law; or

(iii) amend, alter, repeal or waive this Section 6(e) of Article IV(B) of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

7. Status of Converted Stock. In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this corporation. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in this corporation’s authorized capital stock.

8. Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Article IV(B) to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given (i) if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his, her or its address appearing on the books of this corporation, (ii) if such notice is provided by electronic transmission in a manner permitted by Section 232 of the General Corporation Law or (iii) if such notice is provided in another manner then permitted by the General Corporation Law.

9. Ancillary Documents. A copy of any document or the relevant portions thereof referenced in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation will be provided to any stockholder entitled thereto upon request.

C. Common Stock. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Common Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(C).

1. Dividend Rights. Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of this corporation legally available therefor, any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, the assets of this corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B) hereof.

3. Redemption. The Common Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder thereof.

4. Voting Rights. The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote for each such share, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law, in addition to any vote of the holders of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

-17-


5. Common Stock Protective Provisions. This corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) consummate a Liquidation Event or any other merger or consolidation without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation) first obtaining the approval by vote or written consent, as provided by law, of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, and any such act or transaction entered into without such approval shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect.

ARTICLE V

Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of this corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of this corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of this corporation may provide. The books of this corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE IX

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of this corporation shall not be personally liable to this corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article IX to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of this corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX by the stockholders of this corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of this corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

-18-


ARTICLE X

This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE XI

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers, employees and agents of this corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits this corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable General Corporation Law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to this corporation, its stockholders and others.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article XI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, employee, agent or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any such person with respect to any acts or omissions of such person occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE XII

This corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of this corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, or in being informed about, an Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of any holder of Preferred Stock or any affiliate, partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, agent or other related person of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of this corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and exclusively in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of this corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

In connection with repurchases by this corporation of its Common Stock and Preferred Stock, Section 500 of the California Corporations Code shall not apply in all or in part with respect to such repurchases. In the case of any such repurchases, distributions by this corporation may be made without regard to the “preferential dividends arrears amount” or any “preferential rights amount,” as such terms are defined in Section 500(b) of the California Corporations Code.

ARTICLE XIV

A. Forum Selection. Unless this corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of this corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of this corporation to this corporation or this corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of this

 

-19-


corporation (as either may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten (10) days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of this corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XIV. Unless this corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

B. Personal Jurisdiction. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of Article XIV(A) is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce Article XIV(A) (an “FSC Enforcement Action”) and (ii) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such FSC Enforcement Action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

C. Savings. If any provision or provisions of this Article XIV shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article XIV (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article XIV containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

* * *

THIRD: The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: That said Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

-20-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 9th day of November, 2020.

 

/s/ Tony Xu

Tony Xu, President

SIGNATURE PAGE TO RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF

INCORPORATION OF DOORDASH, INC.

Exhibit 3.2

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

DOORDASH, INC.

DoorDash, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the name of this corporation is DoorDash, Inc. (the “Corporation”) and that the Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law on May 21, 2013 under the name Palo Alto Delivery Inc.

SECOND: That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the officers of the Corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is DoorDash, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 919 North Market Street, Suite 950, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is InCorp Services, Inc.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE IV

The Corporation is authorized to issue four classes of stock to be designated, respectively, Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The total number of shares of Class A Common Stock authorized to be issued is 6,000,000,000 shares, par value $0.00001 per share. The total number of shares of Class B Common Stock authorized to be issued is 200,000,000 shares, par value $0.00001 per share. The total number of shares of Class C Common Stock authorized to be issued is 2,000,000,000 shares, par value $0.00001 per share. The Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock are referred to together as “Common Stock”. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is 600,000,000 shares, par value $0.00001 per share.


Immediately upon the acceptance of this Amended and Restated Certificate for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”), the “Common Stock” as defined in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be renamed as “Class A Common Stock”. Any stock certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock shall from and after the Effective Time be deemed to represent shares of Class A Common Stock, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof.

ARTICLE V

The rights, powers, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Common Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate, the following definitions apply;

1.1 “Acquisition” means (A) any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization continue to represent a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its Parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization (provided that, for the purpose of this Section V.1.1, all stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of capital stock are converted or exchanged); or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is a party in which shares of the Corporation are transferred such that in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Corporation’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Corporation or any successor or indebtedness of the Corporation is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof.

1.2 “Amended and Restated Certificate” means this Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as may be further amended and restated from time to time.

1.3 “Asset Transfer” means a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

 

2


1.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

1.5 “Cause for Termination” means (i) fraud or embezzlement by Xu in connection with his employment with the Corporation, (ii) a willful act of material dishonesty by Xu in connection with his employment with the Corporation that results in or would reasonably be expected to result in material loss to the Corporation, or (iii) Xu’s conviction of, or plea of guilty to, a felony that results in or would reasonably be expected to result in material loss to the Corporation.

1.6 Class C Conversion Date” has the meaning set forth in Section V.6

1.7 “Controlled Company Exemption” means, if and to the extent otherwise applicable to the Corporation, the exemptions from the Listing Standards available to any company that constitutes a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Listing Standards.

1.8 “Disability” or “Disabled” means, with respect to Xu, the permanent and total disability of Xu such that Xu is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death within 12 months or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months as determined by a licensed medical practitioner jointly selected by a majority of the Independent Directors and Xu. If Xu is incapable of selecting a licensed physician, then Xu’s spouse shall make the selection on behalf of Xu, or in the absence or incapacity of Xu’s spouse, Xu’s adult children by majority vote shall make the selection on behalf of Xu, or in the absence of adult children of Xu or their inability to act by majority vote, a natural person then acting as the successor trustee of a revocable living trust which was created by Xu and which holds more shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation than any other revocable living trust created by Xu shall make the selection on behalf of Xu, or in absence of any such successor trustee, the legal guardian or conservator of the estate of Xu shall make the selection on behalf of Xu.

1.9 “Effective Date” means the date that this Amended and Restated Certificate is accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

1.10 “Family Member” means, with respect to any Founder, the spouse, domestic partner, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings and lineal descendants of siblings of such Founder (including adopted persons of such Founder).

1.11 “Final Conversion Date” means:

(a) the date fixed by the Board that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the first time after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date that the number of Threshold Shares held by Xu and his Permitted Entities and Permitted Transferees is less than 35% of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by Xu and his Permitted Entities and Permitted Transferees at 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date;

 

3


(b) the date fixed by the Board that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the first time after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date that both (i) Xu is no longer providing services to the Corporation as an officer, employee, or consultant, and (ii) Xu is no longer a director of the Corporation as a result of a voluntary resignation by Xu from the Board or as a result of a request or agreement by Xu not to be renominated as a director of the Corporation at a meeting of stockholders;

(c) the date fixed by the Board that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the date that Xu’s employment with the Corporation is terminated for Cause for Termination; or

(d) the date that is twelve (12) months after the death or Disability of Xu.

1.12 “Founder” means each of Tony Xu (“Xu”), Andy Fang and Stanley Tang.

1.13 “Founder Voting Proxies” means the voting proxies from each of Andy Fang and Stanley Tang and their respective Permitted Entities and Permitted Transferees to Xu in effect as of the Effective Date, as such may be amended from time to time.

1.14 “Independent Directors” means the members of the Board designated as independent directors in accordance with the Listing Standards.

1.15 “Liquidation Event” means any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any Acquisition or Asset Transfer.

1.16 “Listing Standards” means (i) the requirements of any national stock exchange under which the Corporation’s equity securities are listed for trading that are generally applicable to companies with common equity securities listed thereon or (ii) if the Corporation’s equity securities are not listed for trading on a national stock exchange, the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange generally applicable to companies with equity securities listed thereon.

1.17 “Parent” of an entity means any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.

1.18 “Permitted Entity” means, with respect to any Founder, (a) any trust for the exclusive benefit of such Founder, one or more Family Members of such Founder or any other Permitted Entity of such Founder, (b) any general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity exclusively owned by such Founder, one or more Family Members of such Founder or any other Permitted Entity of such Founder, (c) any charitable organization, foundation or similar entity established by a Founder, one or more Family Members of such Founder or any other Permitted Entity of such Founder, and (d) any Individual Retirement Account, as defined in Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which such Founder is a participant or beneficiary and which satisfies the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

4


1.19 “Permitted Transfer” means (a) any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock from a Founder, from a Founder’s Permitted Entities, from a Founder’s Family Member, from the estate of a Founder or a Family Member of a Founder, or from a Founder’s Permitted Transferees, to any Founder, to any Family Member of any Founder, to the estate of any Founder or Family Member of a Founder, or to any Permitted Entity of any Founder; provided that if the transferee of such share of Class B Common Stock is not Xu, then such Transfer shall qualify as a Permitted Transfer only if Xu shall have exclusive Voting Control with respect to such share of Class B Common Stock following such transfer or such share shall be subject to a voting proxy substantially similar to the Founder Voting Proxy following such transfer (it being understood that such voting proxy may be executed promptly following (and in no event later than 10 days after) such transfer); and (b) any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock from a holder to such holder’s affiliate with the prior written approval of the Board; provided that if the transferee of such share of Class B Common Stock is not Xu, then such Transfer shall qualify as a Permitted Transfer only if Xu shall have exclusive Voting Control with respect to such share of Class B Common Stock following such transfer or such share shall be subject to a voting proxy substantially similar to the Founder Voting Proxy following such transfer (it being understood that such voting proxy may be executed promptly following (and in no event later than 10 days after) such transfer); and (c) any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock from any registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date or from the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Date in compliance with this Amended and Restated Certificate to any Founder, to any Family Member of a Founder, to the estate of any Founder or Family Member of a Founder, or to any Permitted Entity of any Founder. In the event that Xu does not have exclusive Voting Control with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock following any Transfer described in this Section V.1.19, or such share is not subject to a voting proxy substantially similar to the Founder Voting Proxy following such Transfer (within the time periods permitted in this Section V.1.19), each such share of Class B Common Stock purported to be transferred shall automatically, and with no further action by the holder or the Corporation, convert into one fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock.

1.20 “Permitted Transferee” means a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock, or rights or interests therein, received in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer.

1.21 “Securities Exchange” means the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market or any successor markets or exchanges.

 

5


1.22 “Threshold Shares” means, with respect to any person as of any time, the sum of (without duplication): (a) any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, including Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, held by such person as of such time and (b) any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, including Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, underlying any securities (including restricted stock units, options, or other convertible instruments) held by such person as of such time, whether such securities are vested or unvested, earned or unearned, convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable as of such time or in the future.

1.23 “Transfer” of a share of Class B Common Stock means any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise) after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date, or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to the transfer of, Voting Control (as defined below) over such share by proxy or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will not be considered a “Transfer”:

(a) any grant of a proxy to, or entry into a voting arrangement with, Xu for Xu to exercise Voting Control of shares of Class B Common Stock;

(b) any grant by Xu (or, if requested by Xu, any grant by any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock) of a proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation in connection with (i) actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, or (ii) any other action of the stockholders permitted by this Amended and Restated Certificate;

(c) any pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares or has granted a proxy to Xu to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee will constitute a “Transfer” unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a “Permitted Transfer” at such time;

(d) any grant of a proxy to, or the exercise of Voting Control by, the Secretary of the Corporation or such other person pursuant to Section V.5.3;

(e) any entry into a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with a broker or other nominee; provided, however, that a sale of such shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to such plan shall constitute a “Transfer” at the time of such sale;

(f) any entry by Xu (or, if requested by Xu, entry by any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock) into a support, voting, tender or similar agreement,

 

6


arrangement or understanding (with or without granting a proxy) in connection with a Liquidation Event or consummating the actions or transactions contemplated therein (including, without limitation, tendering shares of Class B Common Stock or voting such shares in connection with a Liquidation Event, the consummation of a Liquidation Event or the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of shares of Class B Common Stock or any legal or beneficial interest in shares of Class B Common Stock in connection with a Liquidation Event); provided that any sale, tender, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of Class B Common Stock or any legal or economic interest therein by Xu or such other holder pursuant to a Liquidation Event, or any grant of a proxy over Class B Common Stock by Xu or such other holder with respect to a Liquidation Event without specific instructions as to how to vote such Class B Common Stock, in each case, will constitute a “Transfer” of such Class B Common Stock unless such Liquidation Event was approved by the Board prior to the taking of such action; and

(g) any issuance or reissuance by the Corporation of a share of Class B Common Stock or any redemption, purchase or acquisition by the Corporation of a share of Class B Common Stock.

1.24 “Voting Control” means, with respect to a share of capital stock or other security, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such security, including by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

1.25 “Voting Threshold Date” means the first date after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than a majority of the total voting power of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

1.26 “Whole Board” means the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies or unfilled seats in previously authorized directorships.

2. Identical Rights. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate or required by applicable law, shares of Common Stock shall have the same rights and powers, rank equally (including as to dividends and distributions, and any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation but excluding voting and other matters as described in Section V.3 below), share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including:

2.1 Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board. Any dividends paid to the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of any such class or series is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such applicable class or series of Common Stock treated adversely, voting separately as a class.

 

7


2.2 The Corporation shall not declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of Common Stock payable in securities of the Corporation unless the same dividend or distribution with the same record date and payment date shall be declared and paid on all shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that (i) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, as applicable, or rights to acquire shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date; (ii) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class B Common Stock or rights to acquire shares Class B Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class A Common Stock or Class C Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, as applicable, or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class C Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date and (iii) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class C Common Stock or rights to acquire shares of Class C Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class C Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, as applicable, or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date; and provided, further, that nothing in the foregoing shall prevent the Corporation from declaring and paying dividends or other distributions payable in shares of one class of Common Stock or rights to acquire one class of Common Stock to holders of all classes of Common Stock, or, with the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, each voting separately as a class, from providing for different treatment of the shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock.

2.3 If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, then the outstanding shares of all Common Stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner, unless different treatment of the shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

8


3. Voting Rights.

3.1 Common Stock.

(a) Class A Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock will be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters.

(b) Class B Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Class B Common Stock will be entitled to twenty votes for each share thereof held at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters.

(c) Class C Common Stock. Except as required by law, the Class C Common Stock will have no voting rights and no holder thereof shall be entitled to vote on any matter.

3.2 General. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock will vote together and not as separate series or classes.

3.3 Authorized Shares. The number of authorized shares of the Class A Common Stock or the Class C Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below (i) the number of shares of the applicable class of Common Stock then outstanding plus (ii) with respect to Class A Common Stock, the number of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to Section V.8) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the number of authorized shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be increased or decreased without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a separate class.

3.4 Election of Directors. Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, (i) prior to the Final Conversion Date, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect and remove all directors of the Corporation, (ii) from and after the Final Conversion Date, until the Class C Conversion Date, if any, the holders of the Class A Common Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect and remove all directors of the Corporation and (iii) from and after the Class C Conversion Date, if any, the holders of Common Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect and remove all directors of the Corporation.

 

9


4. Liquidation Rights. In the event of a Liquidation Event in connection with which the Board has determined to effect a distribution of assets of the Corporation to any holder or holders of Common Stock, then, subject to the rights of any Preferred Stock that may then be outstanding, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of Common Stock, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, each voting separately as a class; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, consideration to be paid or received by a holder of Common Stock in connection with any Liquidation Event pursuant to any employment, consulting, severance or similar services arrangement shall not be deemed to be a “distribution to stockholders” for the purpose of this Section V.4; provided, further, however, that holders of shares of such classes may receive, or have the right to elect to receive, different or disproportionate consideration in connection with such consolidation, merger or other transaction if the only difference in the per share consideration to the holders of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class B Common Stock have twenty (20) times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A Common Stock and that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class C Common Stock have no voting rights or power, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

5. Conversion of the Class B Common Stock. The Class B Common Stock will be convertible into Class A Common Stock as follows:

5.1 Each share of Class B Common Stock will automatically convert into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock on the Final Conversion Date.

5.2 With respect to any holder of Class B Common Stock, each share of Class B Common Stock held by such holder will automatically be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock, as follows:

(a) on the affirmative written election of such holder to convert such share of Class B Common Stock or, if later, at the time or the happening of a future event specified in such written election (which election may be revoked by such holder prior to the date on which the automatic conversion would otherwise occur unless otherwise specified by such holder); and

(b) on the occurrence of a Transfer of such share of Class B Common Stock to any person or entity that is not a Permitted Transferee.

5.3 Each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into one share of Class A Common Stock on the date that is 12 months after the death or Disability of Xu. During the period commencing on the death or Disability of Xu and ending on the 12-month anniversary of such death or Disability, a person designated by Xu and approved by the Board (or, if there is no such person, then the Secretary of the Corporation in office from time to time) shall exercise Voting Control over all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

10


6. Conversion of the Class C Common Stock. Following the conversion or other exchange of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into or for shares of Class A Common Stock, on the date or time (including a time determined by the happening of a future event) specified by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, voting as a separate class (the “Class C Conversion Date”), each outstanding share of Class C Capital Stock shall automatically, without further action by the Corporation or the holders thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock.

7. Procedures. The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures relating to the conversion of the Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock, the conversion of Class C Common Stock into Class A Common Stock and the general administration of this multi-class stock structure, including the issuance of stock certificates with respect thereto, as it may deem necessary or advisable, and may from time to time request that holders of shares of Class B Common Stock furnish certifications, affidavits or other proof to the Corporation as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of Class B Common Stock and to confirm that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred. A determination by the Corporation as to whether or not a Transfer has occurred and results in a conversion to Class A Common Stock shall be conclusive and binding.

8. Immediate Effect. In the event of and upon a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Section V.5 or Class C Common Stock to Class A Common Stock pursuant to Section V.6, as applicable, such conversion(s) shall be deemed to have been made at the time that the Transfer of shares, death or Disability, as applicable, occurred (in the case of a conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock) or immediately upon the Final Conversion Date (in the case of the conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock) or immediately upon the Class C Conversion Date (in the case of the conversion of Class C Common Stock into Class A Common Stock), if any, subject in all cases to any transition periods specifically provided for in this Amended and Restated Certificate. Upon any conversion of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock to Class A Common Stock in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate, all rights of the holder of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock shall cease and the person or persons in whose names or names the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock.

9. Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Class B Common Stock and the Class C Common Stock, as applicable, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, as applicable; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock will not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, as applicable, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock to such number of shares as will be sufficient for such purpose.

 

11


10. [Reserved.]

11. Preemptive Rights. No stockholder of the Corporation shall have a right to purchase shares of capital stock of the Corporation sold or issued by the Corporation except to the extent that such a right may from time to time be set forth in a written agreement between the Corporation and a stockholder.

12. Class B Protective Provisions. After 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date, and prior to the Final Conversion Date, the Corporation shall not, without the prior affirmative vote (either at a meeting or by written election) of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a separate class, in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or this Amended and Restated Certificate:

12.1 directly or indirectly, whether by amendment, or through merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate inconsistent with, or otherwise alter, any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate relating to the voting, conversion or other rights, powers, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Class B Common Stock;

12.2 reclassify any outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class C Common Stock into shares having rights as to dividends or liquidation that are senior to the Class B Common Stock or, in the case of Class A Common Stock, the right to have more than one (1) vote for each share thereof and, in the case of Class C Common Stock, the right to have any vote for any share thereof, except as required by law;

12.3 issue any shares of Class B Common Stock (other than shares of Class B Common Stock over which Xu shall have exclusive Voting Control or which shall be subject to a voting proxy substantially similar to the Founder Voting Proxy); or

12.4 authorize, or issue any shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than Class B Common Stock) having the right to more than (1) vote for each share thereof.

ARTICLE VI

1. Rights of Preferred Stock. The Board is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a “Preferred Stock Designation”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

 

12


2. Vote to Increase or Decrease Authorized Shares. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE VII

1. Board Size. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors that constitutes the Whole Board shall be fixed solely by resolution of the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Corporation whose terms are expiring at such meeting shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.

2. Board Structure. From and after the Effective Date, the directors, other than any who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, shall be divided into three (3) classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board may assign members of the Board already in office to such classes at the time such classification becomes effective. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office for a three year term and until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VII, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation, or removal. If the number of directors is thereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

13


3. Removal; Vacancies. Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation as provided in Section 141(k) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors and fill vacancies under specified circumstances, vacancies occurring on the Board for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by stockholders, except as provided in Section VIII.5 below. A person elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified. For purposes of determining whether a director is subject to removal for cause, cause shall be deemed to include any director’s intentional failure to deliver a resignation in compliance with the resignation requirements related to the election of directors as set forth in Section 2.9 of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

1. Board Power. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred by statute or by this Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the Board is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

2. Written Ballot. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

3. Amendment of Bylaws. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Board is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of the Bylaws.

4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by (i) the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board; (ii) the chairperson of the Board; (iii) the chief executive officer of the Corporation; or (iv) the president of the Corporation, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied.

 

14


5. Availability of Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, from and after the Voting Threshold Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, before the Voting Threshold Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting only if the action is first recommended or approved by the Board, provided, that, prior to the Voting Threshold Date, an action by stockholders to remove a director or fill a vacancy in accordance with Section 2.9 of the Bylaws is permitted and may be taken without a meeting and without prior recommendation or approval of the Board.

6. No Cumulative Voting. No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

7. Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

8. No Reliance on the Controlled Company Exemption. At any time during which shares of capital stock of the Corporation are listed for trading on a Securities Exchange, the Corporation shall not rely upon the Controlled Company Exemption.

ARTICLE IX

To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, if the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of such an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

If any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate becomes or is declared on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Amended and Restated Certificate, and the court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate with a valid and enforceable provision that most accurately reflects the Corporation’s intent, in order to achieve, to the maximum extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Amended and Restated Certificate shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

15


Except as provided in Article IX above, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate that requires stockholder approval pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

***

THIRD: The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: That said Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this [        ] day of [        ], 2020.

 

 

 

16

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

PALO ALTO DELIVERY INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

       MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1  

1.1

   Place Of Meetings      1  

1.2

   Annual Meeting      1  

1.3

   Special Meeting      1  

1.4

   Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings      1  

1.5

   Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice      2  

1.6

   Quorum      2  

1.7

   Adjourned Meeting; Notice      2  

1.8

   Organization; Conduct of Business      2  

1.9

   Voting      3  

1.10

   Waiver Of Notice      3  

1.11

   Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting      3  

1.12

   Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents      4  

1.13

   Proxies      4  

ARTICLE II

       DIRECTORS      5  

2.1

   Powers      5  

2.2

   Number Of Directors      5  

2.3

   Election, Qualification And Term Of Office Of Directors      5  

2.4

   Resignation And Vacancies      5  

2.5

   Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone      6  

2.6

   Regular Meetings      6  

2.7

   Special Meetings; Notice      6  

2.8

   Quorum      7  

2.9

   Waiver Of Notice      7  

2.10

   Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting      7  

2.11

   Fees And Compensation Of Directors      7  

2.12

   Approval Of Loans To Officers      8  

2.13

   Removal Of Directors      8  

2.14

   Chairman Of The Board Of Directors      8  

ARTICLE III

       COMMITTEES      8  

3.1

   Committees Of Directors      8  

3.2

   Committee Minutes      9  

3.3

   Meetings And Action Of Committees      9  

ARTICLE IV

       OFFICERS      9  

4.1

   Officers      9  

4.2

   Appointment Of Officers      9  

4.3

   Subordinate Officers      9  

4.4

   Removal And Resignation Of Officers      10  

4.5

   Vacancies In Offices      10  

4.6

   Chief Executive Officer      10  

4.7

   President      10  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

4.8

   Vice Presidents      10  

4.9

   Secretary      11  

4.10

   Chief Financial Officer      11  

4.11

   Treasurer      11  

4.12

   Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations      12  

4.13

   Authority And Duties Of Officers      12  

ARTICLE V

  

    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,

  
  

AND OTHER AGENTS

     12  

5.1

   Indemnification Of Directors And Officers      12  

5.2

   Indemnification Of Others      12  

5.3

   Payment Of Expenses In Advance      13  

5.4

   Indemnity Not Exclusive      13  

5.5

   Insurance      13  

5.6

   Conflicts      13  

ARTICLE VI

       RECORDS AND REPORTS      14  

6.1

   Maintenance And Inspection Of Records      14  

6.2

   Inspection By Directors      14  

ARTICLE VII

       GENERAL MATTERS      14  

7.1

   Checks      14  

7.2

   Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments      15  

7.3

   Stock Certificates and Notices; Uncertificated Stock; Partly Paid Shares      15  

7.4

   Special Designation On Certificates and Notices of Uncertificated Stock      15  

7.5

   Lost Certificates      16  

7.6

   Construction; Definitions      16  

7.7

   Dividends      16  

7.8

   Fiscal Year      16  

7.9

   Transfer Of Stock      16  

7.10

   Stock Transfer Agreements      16  

7.11

   Stockholders of Record      17  

7.12

   Facsimile Signature      17  

ARTICLE VIII

       AMENDMENTS      17  

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

OF

PALO ALTO DELIVERY INC.

ARTICLE I

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place Of Meetings

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the state of Delaware, designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.

1.2 Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, time and place, either within or without the state of Delaware, as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors each year. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

1.3 Special Meeting

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the votes at that meeting.

If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or the president, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile or electronic transmission to the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, or the secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 1.4 and 1.5 of this Article I, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

1.4 Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 1.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place (if any), date and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.


1.5 Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic mail or other electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

1.6 Quorum

The holders of a majority of the shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairman of the meeting or (b) holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting to another place (if any), date or time.

1.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice

When a meeting is adjourned to another place (if any), date or time, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place (if any), thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the place (if any), date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

1.8 Organization; Conduct of Business

(a) Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the chief executive officer, or in his or her absence, the president or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the secretary of the corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.

(b) The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The date and time of opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

 

2


1.9 Voting

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.12 of these Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

1.10 Waiver Of Notice

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice, or any waiver of notice by electronic transmission, unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

1.11 Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is (i) signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and (ii) delivered to the corporation in accordance with Section 228(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation in the manner prescribed in this Section. A telegram, cablegram, electronic mail or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this Section to the extent permitted by law. Any such consent shall be delivered in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

3


Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing (including by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law). If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

1.12 Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action.

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:

(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent (including consent by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law) is delivered to the corporation.

(c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, if such adjournment is for thirty (30) days or less; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

1.13 Proxies

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by an instrument in writing or by an electronic transmission permitted by law filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, facsimile, electronic or telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

4


ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

2.1 Powers

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

2.2 Number Of Directors

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members. This number may be set or changed by a resolution of the Incorporator, of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to Section 2.4 of these Bylaws. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.

2.3 Election, Qualification And Term Of Office Of Directors

Except as provided in Section 2.4 of these Bylaws, and unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation, elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

2.4 Resignation And Vacancies

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws:

(a) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(b) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, or if no such director is in office, by a majority of all directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

5


If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

2.5 Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone

The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the state of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6 Regular Meetings

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

2.7 Special Meetings; Notice

Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail, facsimile, electronic transmission, or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by facsimile, electronic transmission, telephone or telegram, it shall be delivered at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

6


2.8 Quorum

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

2.9 Waiver Of Notice

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.10 Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

2.11 Fees And Compensation Of Directors

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. No such compensation shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

7


2.12 Approval Of Loans To Officers

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

2.13 Removal Of Directors

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these Bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided, however, that if the stockholders of the corporation are entitled to cumulative voting, if less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

2.14 Chairman Of The Board Of Directors

The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairman of the Board of Directors who shall not be considered an officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

3.1 Committees Of Directors

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate 1 or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporate Law of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

 

8


3.2 Committee Minutes

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

3.3 Meetings And Action Of Committees

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Section 2.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 2.6 (regular meetings), Section 2.7 (special meetings and notice), Section 2.8 (quorum), Section 2.9 (waiver of notice), and Section 2.10 (action without a meeting) of these Bylaws, with such changes in the context of such provisions as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

4.1 Officers

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer, a treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Appointment Of Officers

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.3 or 4.5 of these Bylaws, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

4.3 Subordinate Officers

The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

9


4.4 Removal And Resignation Of Officers

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom the power of removal is conferred by the Board of Directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5 Vacancies In Offices

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

4.6 Chief Executive Officer

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if any, the chief executive officer of the corporation (if such an officer is appointed) shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

The person serving as chief executive officer shall also be the acting President of the corporation whenever no other person is then serving in such capacity.

4.7 President

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board (if any) or the chief executive officer, the president shall have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and other officers of the corporation. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

The person serving as president shall also be the acting chief executive officer, secretary or treasurer of the corporation, as applicable, whenever no other person is then serving in such capacity.

4.8 Vice Presidents

In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

 

10


4.9 Secretary

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates, if any, evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate, if any, surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. He or she shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

4.10 Chief Financial Officer

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any member of the Board of Directors.

The chief financial officer shall render to the chief executive officer, the president, or the Board of Directors, upon request, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation. He or she shall have the general powers and duties usually vested in the office of chief financial officer of a corporation and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

The person serving as the chief financial officer shall also be the acting treasurer of the corporation whenever no other person is then serving in such capacity. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to another officer of the corporation, the chief financial officer shall supervise and direct the responsibilities of the treasurer whenever someone other than the chief financial officer is serving as treasurer of the corporation.

4.11 Treasurer

The treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records with respect to all bank accounts, deposit accounts, cash management accounts and other investment accounts of the corporation. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any member of the Board of Directors.

The treasurer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of

 

11


Directors and shall render to the chief financial officer, the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors, upon request, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer. He or she shall have the general powers and duties usually vested in the office of treasurer of a corporation and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

The person serving as the treasurer shall also be the acting chief financial officer of the corporation whenever no other person is then serving in such capacity.

4.12 Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations

The chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by the person having such authority.

4.13 Authority And Duties Of Officers

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the stockholders.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS

5.1 Indemnification Of Directors And Officers

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 5.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (a) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

5.2 Indemnification Of Others

The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 5.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (a) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

12


5.3 Payment Of Expenses In Advance

Expenses incurred in defending any action or proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 5.1 or for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to Section 5.2 following authorization thereof by the Board of Directors shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article V.

5.4 Indemnity Not Exclusive

The indemnification provided by this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, to the extent that such additional rights to indemnification are authorized in the certificate of incorporation

5.5 Insurance

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

5.6 Conflicts

No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article V, except where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any circumstance where it appears:

(a) That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the certificate of incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

(b) That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

 

13


ARTICLE VI

RECORDS AND REPORTS

6.1 Maintenance And Inspection Of Records

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive offices or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in each such stockholder’s name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The stock list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

6.2 Inspection By Directors

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL MATTERS

7.1 Checks

From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

14


7.2 Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments

The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.3 Stock Certificates and Notices; Uncertificated Stock; Partly Paid Shares

The shares of the corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under Delaware law, and shall be entered in the books of the corporation and recorded as they are issued. Any or all of the signatures on any certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the record owner thereof a written notice that shall set forth the name of the corporation, that the corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, the name of the stockholder, the number and class (and the designation of the series, if any) of the shares represented, and any restrictions on the transfer or registration of such shares of stock imposed by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, these Bylaws, any agreement among stockholders or any agreement between stockholders and the corporation.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate, if any, issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

7.4 Special Designation On Certificates and Notices of Uncertificated Stock

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock or the notice to the record owner of uncertificated stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock or the notice to the record owner of uncertificated stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

15


7.5 Lost Certificates

Except as provided in this Section 7.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or notice of uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

7.6 Construction; Definitions

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

7.7 Dividends

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in (a) the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (b) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

7.8 Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

7.9 Transfer Of Stock

Upon receipt by the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of proper transfer instructions from the record holder of uncertificated shares or upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate or uncertificated shares to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, if any, and record the transaction in its books.

7.10 Stock Transfer Agreements

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

16


7.11 Stockholders of Record

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person recorded on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person recorded on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

7.12 Facsimile Signature

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

The Bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

17


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE

BYLAWS

OF

DOORDASH, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE BYLAWS of DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Bylaws”), is made as of this 17th day of February, 2016.

1.    The Bylaws are hereby amended by the addition thereto of a new Article IX, which reads in its entirety as follows:

“ARTICLE IX

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

9.1    Restrictions on Transfer. No stockholder of the corporation may sell, assign, transfer, pledge, encumber or in any manner dispose of any share of Common Stock of the corporation, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, other than by means of a Permitted Transfer (as defined below). If any provision(s) of any agreement(s) currently in effect by and between the corporation and any stockholder conflicts with this Article IX, this Article IX shall govern, and the remaining provision(s) of such agreement(s) that do not conflict with this Article IX shall continue in full force and effect.

9.2    Permitted Transfers. For purposes of this Article IX, a “Permitted Transfer” shall mean any of the following:

(a)    any transfer by a stockholder of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation;

(b)    any transfer by a stockholder of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to such stockholder’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family;

(c)    any transfer by a stockholder of any or all of such stockholder’s shares effected pursuant to such stockholder’s will or the laws of intestate succession;

(d)    if a stockholder is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, any transfer by such stockholder of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the partners, members, former partners, former members, stockholders, and/or affiliates of such stockholder;

(e)    any transfer of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock of the corporation;

(f)    any transfer of shares of Common Stock that is subject to and made in accordance with that certain Second Amended and Restated First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated February 17, 2016, by and among the corporation, the Investors (as defined therein), and the Common Holders (as defined therein), as may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement”). In the event of a conflict between this Article IX and the First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, the provisions of the First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement shall control; and/or

(g)    any transfer of shares approved by the prior written consent of the Board of Directors.

Except with respect to the shares of Common Stock transferred under clauses (a), (e) and (f) above, such transferred shares shall remain subject to the transfer restrictions of this Article IX.

9.3    Void Transfers. Any transfer of shares shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions and provisions of this Article IX are strictly observed and followed.

9.4    Termination of Restriction of Transfer. The foregoing restriction on transfer shall lapse immediately prior to the corporation’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

9.5    Legends. The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION. COPIES OF THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.”

2. Except as specifically amended herein, the Bylaws of the Corporation shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

18

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

DOORDASH, INC.

(Adopted on ___________, 2020)

(Effective upon the closing of the Corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        Page  

ARTICLE I—CORPORATE OFFICES

     1  
  

1.1   REGISTERED OFFICE

     1  
  

1.2   OTHER OFFICES

     1  

ARTICLE II—MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  
  

2.1   PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1  
  

2.2   ANNUAL MEETING

     1  
  

2.3   SPECIAL MEETING

     1  
  

2.4   ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2  
  

2.5   NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETING

     6  
  

2.6   QUORUM

     6  
  

2.7   ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     7  
  

2.8   CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     7  
  

2.9   VOTING

     7  
  

2.10   STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     8  
  

2.11   RECORD DATES

     9  
  

2.12   PROXIES

     10  
  

2.13   LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     10  
  

2.14   INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     10  

ARTICLE III—DIRECTORS

     11  
  

3.1   POWERS

     11  
  

3.2   NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     11  
  

3.3   ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     11  
  

3.4   RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     11  
  

3.5   PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     12  
  

3.6   REGULAR MEETINGS

     12  
  

3.7   SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     12  
  

3.8   QUORUM; VOTING

     13  
  

3.9   BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     13  
  

3.10   FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     13  
  

3.11   REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     13  

ARTICLE IV—COMMITTEES

     13  
  

4.1   COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     13  
  

4.2   COMMITTEE MINUTES

     14  
  

4.3   MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     14  
  

4.4   SUBCOMMITTEES

     15  

ARTICLE V—OFFICERS

     15  
  

5.1   OFFICERS

     15  
  

5.2   APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     15  
  

5.3   SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     15  
  

5.4   REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     15  
  

5.5   VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     16  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

       Page  
 

5.6   REPRESENTATION OF SECURITIES OR OTHER ENTITIES

     16  
 

5.7   AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     16  

ARTICLE VI—STOCK

     16  
 

6.1   STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     16  
 

6.2   SPECIAL DESIGNATION OF CERTIFICATES

     17  
 

6.3   LOST CERTIFICATES

     17  
 

6.4   DIVIDENDS

     17  
 

6.5   TRANSFER OF STOCK

     17  
 

6.6   STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     18  
 

6.7   REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     18  

ARTICLE VII—MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     18  
 

7.1   NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     18  
 

7.2   NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     18  
 

7.3   NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     19  
 

7.4   NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     19  
 

7.5   WAIVER OF NOTICE

     19  

ARTICLE VIII—INDEMNIFICATION

     20  
 

8.1   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     20  
 

8.2   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     20  
 

8.3   SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     20  
 

8.4   INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

     21  
 

8.5   ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     21  
 

8.6   LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     21  
 

8.7   DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     22  
 

8.8   NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     22  
 

8.9   INSURANCE

     22  
 

8.10   SURVIVAL

     23  
 

8.11   EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     23  
 

8.12   CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     23  

ARTICLE IX—GENERAL MATTERS

     23  
 

9.1   EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     23  
 

9.2   FISCAL YEAR

     24  
 

9.3   SEAL

     24  
 

9.4   CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     24  

ARTICLE X—AMENDMENTS

     24  

ARTICLE XI—EXCLUSIVE FORUM

     24  

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

OF

DOORDASH, INC.

ARTICLE I—CORPORATE OFFICES

 

  1.1

Registered Office

The registered office of DoorDash, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be fixed in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

  1.2

Other Offices

The Corporation may at any time establish other offices at any place or places.

ARTICLE II—MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

  2.1

Place of Meetings

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) or any successor legislation. In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

 

  2.2

Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board shall designate from time to time and stated in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business, brought in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws, may be transacted. The Board, acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or the chairperson of the meeting, may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled annual meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders. For purposes of these bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies or unfilled seats in previously authorized directorships (provided for the avoidance of doubt that voting power shall be attributed to any such vacancies or unfilled seats).

 

  2.3

Special Meeting

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than as required by statute, may be called at any time by the Board, acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer or the president, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons. The Board or the chairperson of the meeting may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.


(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer or president. Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

 

  2.4

Advance Notice Procedures

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the Board, or (C) by a stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i), on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), or any successor thereto) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the 10th day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “Public Announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting, the text of the proposed business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration) and the reasons for conducting

 

2


such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the Corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the Corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “Business Solicitation Statement”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than 10 days following the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of such record date. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the Board or (B) by a stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii), on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the Corporation.

 

3


(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above; provided, however, that in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there is no Public Announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Corporation at least 10 days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination pursuant to the foregoing provisions, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “nominee”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the Corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among the stockholder, any nominee or any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, including a description of any compensatory, payment or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding involving the nominee and of any compensation or other payment received by or on behalf of the nominee, in each case in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the Corporation (a “Third-Party Compensation Arrangement”), (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging and representing that the nominee intends to serve a full term on the Board if elected and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the Corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “Nominee Solicitation Statement”).

 

4


(c) At the request of the Board, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the Corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given, (2) a signed and completed written questionnaire (in the form provided by the secretary at the written request of the nominating stockholder, which form will be provided by the secretary within 10 days of receiving such request) containing information regarding such nominee’s background and qualifications and such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee, (3) a written representation and undertaking that, unless previously disclosed to the Corporation, such nominee is not, and will not become, a party to any Third-Party Compensation Arrangement, and (4) a written representation and undertaking that, if elected as a director, such nominee would be in compliance, and will continue to comply, with the Corporation’s corporate governance guidelines as disclosed on the Corporation’s website, as amended from time to time; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or in any other notice to the Corporation or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or any other relevant notice contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to Section 2.3, nominations of persons for election to the Board shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the Board or (2) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii), on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the special meeting and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the Corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the Board or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or in any other notice to the Corporation or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or any other relevant notice contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

5


(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, including, with respect to business such stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting that involves a proposal that such stockholder requests to be included in the Corporation’s proxy statement, the requirements of Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

  2.5

Notice of Stockholders Meeting

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice of the meeting in the form of a writing or electronic transmission shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

  2.6

Quorum

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

6


  2.7

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

  2.8

Conduct of Business

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business and discussion as seem to the chairperson in order. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time, whether or not a quorum is present. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the Board; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the Board, if any, or the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson of the Board), or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the Board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the Corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

 

  2.9

Voting

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders.

Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 and in this Section 2.9, in an election for directors that is not a “contested election,” each director shall be elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast. A majority of votes cast means that the voting power of the shares cast “for” a director’s election exceeds the voting power of the shares cast “against” that director. The following shall not be votes cast: (a) voting power attributable to a share whose ballot is marked as withheld; (b) voting power attributable to a share otherwise present at the meeting but for which there is an abstention; and (c) voting power attributable to a share otherwise present at the meeting as to which a stockholder gives no authority or direction. In a contested election, the directors shall be elected by the vote of a plurality of the votes cast.

 

7


A contested election is one in which, as of the date that is ten (10) calendar days in advance of the date the Corporation files its definitive proxy statement (regardless of whether thereafter revised or supplemented) for such meeting with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the number of nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected at the meeting.

If a nominee for director in an election that is not a contested election fails to receive the required number of votes for re-election, the director shall, no later than fifteen (15) days following the certification of the stockholder vote (the “Resignation Deadline”), tender such director’s resignation from the Board. Prior to the Voting Threshold Date (as such term is defined in the certificate of incorporation), if any nominee failing to be elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast in an election that is not a contested election (i) tenders a resignation by the Registration Deadline or (ii) does not tender a resignation by the Resignation Deadline, then the stockholders may take action via consent without a meeting to, in the case of clause (i), appoint a director to fill the vacancy resulting from the resignation of such director (the “Resigned Director”) and, in the case of clause (ii), remove such director (the “Removed Director”) from the Board and, in such action (and only in such action), appoint a director to fill the vacancy resulting from the removal of the Removed Director, provided, that in each case such action by the stockholders without a meeting must be taken no later than thirty (30) days following, in the case of clause (i), the effective date of such resignation and, in the case of clause (ii), the Resignation Deadline. In the event that a director is not appointed by the stockholders pursuant to the preceding sentence to fill the vacancy created by the Resigned Director or the Removed Director, as applicable, neither the Board nor the stockholders of the Corporation may fill such vacancy until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Following the Voting Threshold Date, if any nominee fails to be elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast in an election that is not a contested election, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall then make a recommendation to the Board as to whether to request such director’s resignation or whether other action should be taken. Thereafter, the Board will promptly consider and act on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s recommendation, and if requested, such director will promptly tender his or her resignation.

 

  2.10

Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. A consent must be set forth in writing or in an electronic transmission. No consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless valid consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take such action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in this Section 2.10 and applicable law within 60 days of the first date on which a consent is so delivered to the Corporation. All references to a consent in this Section 2.10 mean a consent permitted by this Section 2.10 and contemplated by Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

8


A consent permitted by this Section 2.10 shall be delivered (i) to the principal place of business of the Corporation; (ii) to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded; (iii) to the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; or (iv) subject to the next sentence, in accordance with Section 116 of the DGCL, to an information processing system, if any, designated by the Corporation for receiving such consents. In the case of delivery pursuant to the foregoing clause (iv), such consent must set forth or be delivered with information that enables the Corporation to determine the date of delivery of such consent and the identity of the person giving such consent, and, if such consent is given by a person authorized to act for a stockholder as proxy, such consent must comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 212(c)(2) and (3) of the DGCL. A consent may be documented and signed in accordance with Section 116 of the DGCL, and when so documented or signed shall be deemed to be in writing for purposes of the DGCL; provided that if such consent is delivered pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the first sentence of this paragraph, such consent must be reproduced and delivered in paper form.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Corporation to solicit the vote or consent of the stockholders of the Corporation, an electronic transmission of a stockholder consent given pursuant to such solicitation, to be effective, must be delivered by electronic mail (as defined in Section 232 of the DGCL) to the secretary or president of the Corporation or to a person designated by the Corporation for receiving such consent, or delivered to an information processing system designated by the Corporation for receiving such consent.

 

  2.11

Record Dates

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

9


  2.12

Proxies

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or to take corporate action by written consent without a meeting, or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director employee or agent, may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by a document or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The authorization of a person to act as a proxy may be documented, signed and delivered in accordance with Section 116 of the DGCL; provided that such authorization shall set forth, or be delivered with information enabling the Corporation to determine, the identity of the stockholder granting such authorization. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

 

  2.13

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

The Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

  2.14

Inspectors of Election

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Corporation shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. Such inspectors shall take all actions as contemplated under Section 231 of the DGCL or any successor provision thereto.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are multiple inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

10


ARTICLE III – DIRECTORS

 

  3.1

Powers

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

 

  3.2

Number of Directors

The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

  3.3

Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes.

 

  3.4

Resignation and Vacancies

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer, president or secretary of the Corporation. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Except as explicitly otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws or permitted in the specific case by resolution of the Board, and subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by stockholders. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so chosen to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

11


  3.5

Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

  3.6

Regular Meetings

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

  3.7

Special Meetings; Notice

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the Whole Board, provided, that the person(s) authorized to call special meetings of the Board may authorize another person or persons to send notice of such meeting.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

  (i)

delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

  (ii)

sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

  (iii)

sent by facsimile;

 

  (iv)

sent by electronic mail; or

 

  (v)

otherwise given by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 7.2),

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number, electronic mail address or other contact for notice by electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile, (iii) sent by electronic mail or (iv) otherwise given by electronic transmission, it shall be delivered, sent or otherwise directed to each director, as applicable, at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting, unless required by statute.

 

12


  3.8

Quorum; Voting

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

The affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  3.9

Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, (i) any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission; and (ii) a consent may be documented, signed and delivered in any manner permitted by Section 116 of the DGCL. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this Section 3.9 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board, or the committee thereof, in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.

 

  3.10

Fees and Compensation of Directors

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

  3.11

Removal of Directors

Any director may be removed from office only as contemplated in the certificate of incorporation or in Section 2.9 of these bylaws.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV – COMMITTEES

4.1 Committees of Directors

The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or

 

13


disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

 

  4.2

Committee Minutes

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings.

 

  4.3

Meetings and Action of Committees

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of these bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i) the time and place of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by the Board or by the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

14


  4.4

Subcommittees

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V—OFFICERS

 

  5.1

Officers

The officers of the Corporation shall be a chief executive officer, president and a secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

  5.2

Appointment of Officers

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

  5.3

Subordinate Officers

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

  5.4

Removal and Resignation of Officers

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board unless as otherwise provided by resolution of the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chief executive officer and the president of the Corporation may only be removed by a vote of the majority of the Whole Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

15


  5.5

Vacancies in Offices

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.3.

 

  5.6

Representation of Securities or Other Entities

The chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board or the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or other securities of any other entity or entities, and all rights incident to any management authority conferred on the Corporation in accordance with the governing documents of any entity or entities, standing in the name of this Corporation, including the right to act by consent. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

  5.7

Authority and Duties of Officers

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE VI—STOCK

 

  6.1

Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by any two officers of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

16


  6.2

Special Designation of Certificates

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the registered owner thereof shall be given a notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a), 218(a) or 364 of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

  6.3

Lost Certificates

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

  6.4

Dividends

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

  6.5

Transfer of Stock

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

 

17


  6.6

Stock Transfer Agreements

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

  6.7

Registered Stockholders

The Corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner; and

(ii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII—MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

 

  7.1

Notice of Stockholders Meetings

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

  7.2

Notice by Electronic Transmission

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice or electronic transmission to the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7.2, a notice may not be given by an electronic transmission from and after the time that:

(i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice, provided, however, the inadvertent failure to discover such inability shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given as provided under Section 232 of the DGCL. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

18


An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

 

  7.3

Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice. This Section 7.3 shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

 

  7.4

Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

  7.5

Waiver of Notice

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

19


ARTICLE VIII—INDEMNIFICATION

 

  8.1

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third-Party Proceedings

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  8.2

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

  8.3

Successful Defense

To the extent that a present or former director or officer (for purposes of this Section 8.3 only, as such term is defined in Section 145(c)(1) of the DGCL) of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. The Corporation may indemnify any other person who is not a present or former director or officer of the Corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person to the extent he or she has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein.

 

20


  8.4

Indemnification of Others

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents, or any other persons, to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to any person or persons identified in subsections (1) through (4) of Section 145(d) of the DGCL the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

 

  8.5

Advance Payment of Expenses

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by an officer or director of the Corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by former directors and officers or other current or former employees and agents of the Corporation or by persons currently or formerly serving at the request of the Corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 8.8, no advance shall be made by the Corporation to an officer of the Corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

 

  8.6

Limitation on Indemnification

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

21


(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the Corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law.

 

  8.7

Determination; Claim

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The Corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

  8.8

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

  8.9

Insurance

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

22


  8.10

Survival

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

  8.11

Effect of Repeal or Modification

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal or elimination of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

 

  8.12

Certain Definitions

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX—GENERAL MATTERS

 

  9.1

Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

23


  9.2

Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

9.3 Seal

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

  9.4

Construction; Definitions

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and a natural person. Any reference in these bylaws to a section of the DGCL shall be deemed to refer to such section as amended from time to time and any successor provisions thereto.

ARTICLE X—AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of these bylaws. The Board shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal these bylaws; provided, further, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, prior to the Voting Threshold Date, Section 2.9 of these Bylaws shall not be further amended or repealed without the consent of the stockholders and the Board.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

ARTICLE XI—EXCLUSIVE FORUM

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable

 

24


party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within 10 days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than such court, or for which such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction.

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XI. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this section Article XI shall apply to any action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the 1934 Act or any successor thereto.

 

25

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

Exhibit 4.2

DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

June 17, 2020


SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of June 17, 2020 by and among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is herein referred to as an “Investor” and collectively as the “Investors”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Existing Investors”) hold shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”), Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), Series F Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), Series G Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Series G Preferred Stock”) and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer and other rights pursuant to that certain Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 21, 2019 by and among the Company and such Existing Investors (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Prior Agreement may be amended, and any provision therein waived, with the consent of the Company and the Required Majority (as defined in the Prior Agreement, the “Prior Agreement Required Majority”);

WHEREAS, the undersigned Existing Investors, representing the Prior Agreement Required Majority, desire to terminate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and

WHEREAS, certain Investors are parties to that certain Series H Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of dated as of June 17, 2020 by and among the Company and certain of the Investors (as may be amended from time to time, the “Series H Agreement”), which provides that as a condition to the closing of the sale of the Series H Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Series H Preferred Stock” and collectively with the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”), this Agreement must be executed and delivered by such Investors, the Prior Agreement Required Majority and the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the Company and the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be amended and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) The term “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) The term “Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


(c) The term “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, officer, director or manager of such Person and any venture capital fund or other investment fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or is under common investment management with, or shares the same investment adviser with, such Person. For the avoidance of doubt, SoftBank Vision Fund L.P., a limited partnership formed under the laws of Jersey (“SVF”), SoftBank Group Corp. and all persons or entities controlling, controlled by or under common control with either SVF or SoftBank Group Corp. are Affiliates of each other. For the avoidance of doubt, an Affiliate with respect to Dahlia Investments Pte Ltd. (“Temasek”) shall mean Temasek’s ultimate holding company, Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited (“Temasek Holdings”), and Temasek Holdings’ direct and indirect wholly owned companies whose boards of directors or equivalent governing bodies are comprised solely of nominees or employees of (i) Temasek Holdings; (ii) Temasek Pte. Ltd; and/or (iii) wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiaries of Temasek Pte. Ltd.

(d) The term “Board” means the Company’s Board of Directors, as constituted from time to time.

(e) The term “Competitor” means any Person who, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Board, carries on any business that is substantially similar to the Company’s business.

(f) The term “Disallowed SPV Entity” means any SPV Entity (i) (x) whose terms permit the distribution of shares of the Company’s capital stock prior to the expiration of the applicable lockup period with respect to the Initial Offering or (y) whose terms permit the direct or indirect Transfer of such SPV Entity’s ownership interests to any party that is not Affiliated with an Investor and (ii) that is not controlled or managed by an Investor or an Affiliate of such Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Disallowed SPV Entity” shall not include any Investor listed on Schedule A hereto as of the date of this Agreement.

(g) The term “Form S-3” means such form under the Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(h) The term “Free Writing Prospectus” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

(i) The term “Holder” means any Person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 2.10 of this Agreement.

(j) The term “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Act.

(k) The term “Major Investor” means any Investor (or transferee of an Investor) that, individually or collectively with its Affiliates, holds at least 525,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like); provided that any Disallowed SPV Entity shall not constitute an Affiliate of such Investor for the purposes of qualifying as a Major Investor.

(l) The term “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

(m) The term “Preferred Directors” means the Series A Director, Series B Director and Series D Director (each as defined in the Restated Certificate).

 

2


(n) The terms “register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(o) The term “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors after the date hereof, and (iii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in (i) and (ii) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which his rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned. In addition, the number of shares of Registrable Securities outstanding shall equal the aggregate of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding that are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities that are, Registrable Securities.

(p) The term “Restated Certificate” means the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

(q) The term “Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Act.

(r) The term “Rule 144(b)(1)(i)” means subsection (b)(1)(i) of Rule 144 under the Act as it applies to Persons who have held shares for more than one (1) year.

(s) The term “Rule 405” means Rule 405 under the Act.

(t) The term “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(u) The term “SPV Entity” means any entity that (i) is formed for the specific purpose of acquiring shares of the Company’s capital stock and/or (ii) has assets, a majority of which (by value) consist of shares of the Company’s capital stock as of immediately following such entity’s acquisition of shares of the Company’s capital stock.

2. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Request for Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the Initial Offering, a written request from the Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (for purposes of this Section 2.1, the “Initiating Holders”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $15,000,000, then the Company shall, within twenty (20) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.1, use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Act of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days of the mailing of the Company’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.1(a).

 

3


(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.1(a). In such event the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to those Initiating Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by all Initiating Holders). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities underwritten (including Registrable Securities), then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders). In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all other securities are first excluded. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1:

(i) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Act; or

(ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; or

(iii) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 2.2 below, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof; or

(v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).

 

4


2.2 Company Registration.

(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Act in connection with the public offering of such securities (other than (i) a registration relating to a demand pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement or (ii) a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 4.7 of this Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(c) of this Agreement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder requests to be registered.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6 hereof.

(c) Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under this Section 2.2 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company (or by other Persons entitled to select the underwriters) and enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering. In the event that the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all selling Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all other stockholders’ securities have been first excluded from the offering and (ii) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the Initial Offering, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the preceding sentence concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a Holder of Registrable Securities and that is a venture capital fund, partnership or corporation, the affiliated venture capital funds, partners, members, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, members and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals.

2.3 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities (for purposes of this Section 2.3, the “S-3 Initiating Holders”) a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company shall:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

 

5


(b) use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 2.3:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $5,000,000;

(iii) if the Company shall furnish to all Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.3 a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the S-3 Initiating Holders; provided that such right shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered);

(iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 pursuant to this Section 2.3;

(v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance;

(vi) if the Company, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the request of such S-3 Initiating Holders, gives notice of its bona fide intention to effect the filing of a registration statement with the SEC within one hundred twenty (120) days of receipt of such request (other than a registration effected solely to qualify an employee benefit plan or to effect a business combination pursuant to Rule 145), provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

 

6


(vii) during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of and ending on a date ninety (90) days following the effective date of a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 2.2 of this Agreement, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

(c) If the S-3 Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.3 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.3(a). The provisions of Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement shall be applicable to such request (with the substitution of Section 2.3 for references to Section 2.1).

(d) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the S-3 Initiating Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

2.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering;

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent prepared by or on behalf of the Company) relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and, at the request of any such Holder, the Company will, as soon as reasonably practicable, file and furnish to all such Holders a supplement or

 

7


amendment to such prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent prepared by or on behalf of the Company) so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made;

(g) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 to be listed on a national exchange or trading system and on each securities exchange and trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2, the Company shall be entitled to postpone or suspend, for a reasonable period of time, the filing, effectiveness or use of, or trading under, any registration statement if the Company shall determine that any such filing or the sale of any securities pursuant to such registration statement would in the good faith judgment of the Board:

(i) materially impede, delay or interfere with any material pending or proposed financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Company for which the Board has authorized negotiations;

(ii) materially and adversely impair the consummation of any pending or proposed material offering or sale of any class of securities by the Company; or

(iii) require disclosure of material nonpublic information that, if disclosed at such time, would be materially harmful to the interests of the Company and its stockholders; provided, however, that during any such period all executive officers and directors of the Company are also prohibited from selling securities of the Company (or any security of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates).

In the event of the suspension of effectiveness of any registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.4, the applicable time period during which such registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by that number of days equal to the number of days the effectiveness of such registration statement was suspended.

2.5 Information from Holder. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 of this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (not to exceed $50,000) shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 of this Agreement if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration) unless, in the case of a registration requested

 

8


under Section 2.1 of this Agreement, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement and; provided, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 of this Agreement.

2.7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers, directors and stockholders of each Holder, legal counsel, accountants and investment advisers for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively, a “Violation”): (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, or Free Writing Prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any other document incident to such registration prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated in such registration statement, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person or other aforementioned Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person or other aforementioned Person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing Persons may become subject, under the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or

 

9


proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any Person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.8(b) for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8(b), when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(d), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including any governmental action or proceeding) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one (1) separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action or proceeding, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action or proceeding, shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent of such prejudice, but the omission to so deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve such indemnifying party of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that (i) no contribution by any Holder, when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), shall exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder and (ii) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any expenses paid by such Holder). The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

10


(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 2 and otherwise.

2.9 Reports Under the 1934 Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep adequate current public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the Initial Offering;

(b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested to avail any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

2.10 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities that (a) is an Affiliate (other than an Affiliate that is a Competitor or an Affiliate that is a Disallowed SPV Entity), subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or stockholder of a Holder, (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or any of such Holder’s family members or (c) after such transfer or assignment, holds at least 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations), provided: (i) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer or assignment, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 2.12 of this Agreement; (iii) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act and (iv) such transferee or assignee is not a Disallowed SPV Entity.

2.11 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by all Holders (the “Required Majority”), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include any of such securities in any registration filed under Section 2.1, Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 of this Agreement, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (b) to demand registration of their securities.

 

11


2.12 Market Stand-Off Agreement.

(a) Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the public filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 in connection with the Initial Offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of shares of Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Act on a registration statement on Form S-1 in connection with the Initial Offering), (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement for the Initial Offering, or (ii) enter into any hedging, swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities or that is otherwise based in whole or in part on the price or value of the securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 shall apply only to the Initial Offering, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement or shares acquired in the Initial Offering or in the secondary market following effectiveness of the registration statement relating to the Initial Offering, and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers, directors and greater than one percent (1%) stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements. The underwriters in connection with the Initial Offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Initial Offering that are consistent with this Section 2.12 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters with respect to the officers, directors and greater than one percent (1%) stockholders of the Company shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. The provisions of the previous sentence will not apply, however, if (i) (a) the waiver or termination is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.12 and any lock-up agreement with the underwriters or (ii) the waiver or termination is granted in connection with a follow-on public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 that is filed with the SEC and the applicable Holder (a) has been given an opportunity to participate with the other selling stockholders in such public offering on a pro rata basis in accordance with this Agreement and (b) has declined to so participate.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate or book-entry notation with the legend set forth in Section 2.12(b) with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

12


(b) Each Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all shares or securities of the Company of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other Person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 2.12):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

2.13 Termination of Registration Rights. No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 2: (a) after five (5) years following the consummation of the Initial Offering, (b) as to any Holder, such earlier time after the Initial Offering at which such Holder (i) can sell all shares held by it in compliance with Rule 144(b)(1)(i) or (ii) holds one percent (1%) or less of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (together with any Affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold in any three (3) month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 or (c) after the consummation of a Liquidation Event (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

3. Covenants of the Company.

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements.

(a) The Company shall, upon request, deliver to each Major Investor:

(i) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(ii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (A) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (B) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(iii) within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such month, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (A) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (B) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(iv) as soon as practicable, but in any event at least thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

(v) as soon as practicable upon request by a Major Investor (but in any event no later than fifteen (15) days after such request), a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit such Major Investor to calculate its percentage equity ownership in the Company; and

 

13


(vi) such other information relating to the financial condition, business or corporate affairs of the Company as the Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this subsection (vi) or any other subsection of Section 3.1 to provide information (A) that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar highly confidential information (excluding, for the sake of clarity, the financial statements and reports to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(i) – (v) to the extent such information is deemed a trade secret), (B) that the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or (C) to any Major Investor whom the Board determines to be a Competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a Competitor; and

(b) If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

3.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that (A) it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar highly confidential information or (B) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel, or if the Company reasonably believes that providing access to such information creates or poses a conflict of interest; provided that providing a Major Investor access to such information subject to the provisions of Section 3.3 shall not be deemed to create or pose a conflict of interest, notwithstanding such Major Investor’s or its Affiliates’ ownership of equity interests in any Competitor.

3.3 Confidentiality. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Investor shall have access to any trade secrets of the Company (excluding, for the sake of clarity, the financial statements and reports to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(i) – (v) to the extent such information is deemed a trade secret). Further, each Investor acknowledges and agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose other than the Purpose (as defined below) (i) the existence of this Agreement, the Series H Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements (as defined in the Series H Agreement) and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and (ii) any business, technical, financial or other information or materials (whether written, oral or in any other form) provided to or learned by such Investor (whether by the Company or its advisors or other representatives), together with all derivative works prepared by such Investor or its Permitted Disclosees (as defined below) which contain or otherwise reflect such information or materials or such Investor’s review of, or interest in, the Company or any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Confidential Information”), unless such Confidential Information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.3 by such Investor); (b) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without restriction and without a breach of any confidentiality obligations with respect thereto; (c) is already in Investor’s possession free of any

 

14


confidentiality obligations with respect thereto at the time of disclosure; (d) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of or reference to any Confidential Information, as shown by written records and other competent evidence prepared contemporaneously with such independent development; (e) is approved for release or disclosure by the Company without restriction or (f) is required to be disclosed by law, court order or subpoena, or pursuant to the request of a governmental or regulatory authority; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose Confidential Information to officers, directors, members, Affiliates or limited partners or their respective general partners, employees and legal, tax and accounting advisors of such Investor who have a need to know such information for the Purpose (and/or advising such Investor in connection with such Purpose) and who have expressly agreed, or are bound by similar obligations, to treat such Confidential Information confidentially in accordance with, or substantially similar to, this Agreement (collectively, the “Permitted Disclosees”). For the avoidance of doubt, such Investor shall not be permitted to disclose or divulge any Confidential Information to any Person (whether orally or in writing) or use any Confidential Information (1) in connection with or to solicit any interest in any proposed sale, assignment, encumbrance, pledge, gift or other transfer or disposition of any kind of any of its Shares (as hereinafter defined) or any of such Investor’s rights held thereunder or (2) if such Person is or could possibly be a Competitor. Each Investor further agrees to protect and maintain, and to cause each Permitted Disclosee to protect and maintain, the confidentiality and security of, and to exercise the same standard of care it exercises to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or unauthorized use of its own proprietary information, which shall be no less than reasonable care, with respect to, the Confidential Information. Each Investor shall be liable for any disclosure or unauthorized use by the Permitted Disclosees or other representatives of such Investor in contravention of this Section 3.3, and shall take reasonably appropriate steps to safeguard the Confidential Information from disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft. Each Investor further agrees to notify the Company in writing of any actual or suspected misuse, misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of the Confidential Information, which may come to its attention. In the event that an Investor or any of its Permitted Disclosees receives a request or is required by a governmental authority to disclose all or any Confidential Information, such Investor or its Permitted Disclosees, as the case may be, agree to (A) promptly notify the Company of the existence, terms and circumstances surrounding such request to the extent permissible, (B) to the extent permissible and reasonably practicable, consult with the Company on the advisability of taking legally available steps to resist or narrow such request and (C) to the extent permissible and reasonably practicable and at the request and expense of the Company, assist the Company in seeking a protective order or other appropriate remedy. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or that the Company waives compliance with the provisions hereof, such Investor or its Permitted Disclosees, as the case may be, may disclose to any governmental authority only that portion of the Confidential Information which such Investor is advised by counsel is legally required to be disclosed, and such Investor shall exercise its best reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information. Nothing in this Section 3.3 shall in any way limit or otherwise modify any confidentiality covenants entered into by any Investor pursuant to any other agreement entered into with the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company acknowledges and agrees that each Investor may disclose such information in respect of the Company and the Investor’s interest therein as is required under applicable securities laws, rules or regulations or rules of a national securities exchange, including in response to routine examinations, demands, requests or reporting requirements. The Company consents in advance to such disclosure and any such disclosure shall not constitute a breach of this Section 3.3. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Purpose” shall mean to monitor and evaluate Investor’s investment in the Company and to assist and advise the Company in the Company’s conduct of its business.

3.4 Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants. The covenants set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (a) the consummation of the Initial Offering, (b) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, whichever event shall first occur and (c) the consummation of a Liquidation Event.

 

15


3.5 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 3.5, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares. For purposes of this Section 3.5, the term “Major Investor” includes any general partners and Affiliates (other than an Affiliate that is a Competitor or an Affiliate that is a Disallowed SPV Entity) of a Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners and Affiliates (other than an Affiliate that is a Competitor or an Affiliate that is a Disallowed SPV Entity) in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of, its capital stock (including, without limitation, any such shares or securities issued in connection with debt securities) (“Shares”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice in accordance with Section 4.7 (“Notice”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered and (iii) the price and terms upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) By written notification received by the Company within twenty (20) calendar days after the giving of Notice, each Major Investor may elect to purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares that equals the proportion that the number of shares of Registrable Securities issued and held by such Major Investor (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding) bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding). At the expiration of such twenty (20) calendar day period, the Company shall promptly, in writing, notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (a “Fully-Exercising Major Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) calendar day period commencing after the Company has given such notice to the Fully-Exercising Major Investors, each Fully-Exercising Major Investor may elect to purchase that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe, but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors, that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Registrable Securities issued and held by such Fully-Exercising Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding).

(c) If all Shares that Major Investors are entitled to obtain pursuant to Section 3.5(b) of this Agreement are not elected to be obtained as provided in Section 3.5(b) of this Agreement, the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the period provided in Section 3.5(b) of this Agreement, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Shares to any Person or Persons at a price not less than that, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those, specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within sixty (60) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 3.5 shall not be applicable to (i) any equity securities described in Article IV, Section 4(d)(ii)(A) through (I) of the Restated Certificate, (ii) the issuance and sale of Series H Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series H Agreement, or (iii) the issuance and sale of securities that are not offered to any existing stockholder (or any Affiliate thereof) of the Company, if such issuance and sale has been unanimously approved by the Board as being exempt from this Section 3.5. In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 3.5 shall not be applicable with respect to any Major Investor in any subsequent offering of Shares if (A) at the time of such offering, the Major Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) of the Act and (B) such offering of Shares is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

 

16


(e) The rights provided in this Section 3.5 may not be assigned or transferred by any Major Investor; provided, however, that a Major Investor that is a venture capital fund may assign or transfer such rights to its Affiliates (other than an Affiliate that is a Competitor or an Affiliate that is a Disallowed SPV Entity). For the avoidance of doubt SoftBank Vision Fund (AIV M2) L.P. (“SBVF”), Coatue US 11 LLC (“Coatue”), DST Global VI, L.P. (“DST”), Doorstep DF Holdings, LP (“Dragoneer”), Darsana Master Fund LP (“Darsana”) and Temasek and each of their Affiliates (other than an Affiliate that is a Competitor or an Affiliate that is a Disallowed SPV Entity) shall be deemed to be a venture capital fund.

(f) The covenants set forth in this Section 3.5 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of (i) the Initial Offering or (ii) a Liquidation Event.

3.6 Directors and Officers Insurance. The Company has as of the date hereof from financially sound and reputable insurers directors and officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board (including each of the Preferred Directors), and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policy to be maintained until such time as the Board (including a majority of the Preferred Directors) determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

3.7 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements. The Company shall require all employees and consultants with access to confidential information to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement in substantially the form approved by the Board or a consulting agreement containing substantially similar proprietary rights assignment and confidentiality provisions.

3.8 Employee Agreements. Unless approved by the Board, all future employees of the Company who shall purchase, or receive options to purchase, shares of Common Stock following the date hereof shall be required to execute stock purchase or option agreements providing for (a) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period with the first twenty five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or services, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty six (36) months thereafter and (b) a one hundred and eighty (180)-day lockup period (plus an additional period of up to eighteen (18) days) in connection with the Initial Offering. The Company shall retain a right of first refusal on transfers until the Initial Offering and the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost.

3.9 Corporate Opportunities and Information Use. The Company acknowledges that the Investors and their affiliates, members, equity holders, director representatives, partners, employees, agents and other related persons are engaged in the business of investing in private and public companies in a wide range of industries, including the industry segment in which the Company operates (the “Company Industry Segment”). Accordingly, the Company and the Investors hereby acknowledge and agree that a Covered Person (as that term is defined in the Restated Certificate) shall:

(a) have no obligation or duty (contractual or otherwise) to the Company to refrain from participating as a director, investor or otherwise with respect to any company or other person or entity that is engaged in the Company Industry Segment or is otherwise competitive with the Company, and

(b) in connection with making investment decisions, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no obligation or duty (contractual or otherwise) to the Company to refrain from using any information, including, but not limited to, market trend and market data, which comes into such Covered Person’s possession, whether as a director or, or investor in, the Company or otherwise.

 

17


3.10 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The Company represents that it shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to, promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official (as defined in the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”)), in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to, cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to, maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) designed to ensure compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law.

3.11 Indemnification Matters. The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the directors nominated to serve on the Board by the Investors (each a “Fund Director”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Fund Director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Fund Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Fund Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Fund Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Restated Certificate or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Fund Director), without regard to any rights such Fund Director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such Fund Director with respect to any claim for which such Fund Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Fund Director against the Company.

3.12 United States Real Property Holding Company. Upon the request of any Investor, the Company shall provide (a) a statement (in such form as may be reasonably requested by such Investor) conforming to the requirements of Section 1.897-2(h)(1)(i) and 1.1445-2(c)(3)(i) of the Treasury Regulations certifying that interests in the Company do not constitute “United States real property interests” under Section 897(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and (b) evidence in form and substance satisfactory to such Investor that the Company has delivered to the Internal Revenue Service the notification required under Section 1.897-2(h)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

3.13 Termination of Certain Covenants. The covenants set forth in Sections 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11 and 3.12 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of (a) the Initial Offering or (b) a Liquidation Event.

4. Miscellaneous.

4.1 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

18


4.2 Further Limitations on Disposition. Each Investor agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities unless and until:

(a) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(b) (i) Such Investor shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (ii) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Investor shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual circumstances.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by an Investor (1) that is a partnership to a partner of such partnership or a retired partner of such partnership who retires after the date hereof, or to the estate of any such partner or retired partner or the transfer by gift, will or intestate succession of any partner to his or her spouse or to the siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of such partner or his or her spouse or (2) to an Affiliate, in each case if the prospective transferee agrees in all such instances in writing to be subject to the terms hereof to the same extent as if he, she or it were an Investor hereunder.

4.3 Restrictions on Transfer. Without limitation of any other restriction on transfer set forth in this Agreement or the Bylaws of the Company, each Investor shall be bound by each of the following restrictions until the earlier to occur of (i) the closing of a Liquidation Event, (ii) immediately prior to the Initial Offering or (iii) May 21, 2024:

(a) No Investor may sell, transfer, distribute, assign, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or encumber (including transfer by gift or operation of law) (“Transfer”) any securities of the Company without the prior written consent of the Board, unless such Transfer is to an Affiliate of such Investor that is not a Disallowed SPV Entity.

(b) No Investor shall Transfer any securities of the Company at any time to any Disallowed SPV Entity unless such Transfer has been approved by the Board.

(c) No Investor shall Transfer any securities of the Company, if as a result of such Transfer, the Company would have outstanding any class of equity securities held of record by (i) two thousand (2,000) or more persons or (ii) five hundred (500) or more persons who are not accredited investors (as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act), as described in Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act and Rule 12g5-1 promulgated thereunder, as determined by the Board.

(d) As a condition to any Transfer of the Company’s securities to a proposed transferee by any Investor, such proposed transferee shall agree to be bound by the restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

(e) No Investor may list, sell or offer to sell or otherwise trade in Company securities on any private market place or securities exchange, including without limitation on Nasdaq Private Market or SharesPost (each, a “Private Market Exchange”), until such time that a court of competent jurisdiction or appropriate regulatory authority has issued a ruling or endorsed the activities of such Private Market Exchange as compliant with applicable securities law to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction.

 

19


4.4 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO DISPUTES ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND CONSENT TO A BENCH TRIAL WITH THE APPROPRIATE JUDGE ACTING AS THE FINDER OF FACT.

4.5 Counterparts; Facsimile. This Agreement may be executed by electronic signature and in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one (1) and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered by facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

4.6 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

4.7 Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier to occur of actual receipt or: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices and other communications shall be sent to the Company at the address set forth on the signature page hereto, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, and to the other parties at the addresses set forth on the applicable signature pages hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 4.7).

4.8 Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

4.9 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement (including Exhibits and Schedules hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be amended and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement and shall be of no further force or effect. Any term of this Agreement (other than Sections 1(k), 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.5) may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Required Majority. The provisions of Section 1(k), 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.5 may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by all of the Major Investors, including the written consent of Darsana, Coatue, DST, Dragoneer, Temasek and SBVF, as applicable, with respect to any amendment of Section 1(k) to the extent that any such amendment would result in Darsana, Coatue, DST, Dragoneer, Temasek or SBVF failing to qualify as a Major Investor; provided further that any amendments or waivers that disproportionately affect the rights of a particular Major Investor shall require the written consent of such affected Major Investor(s). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if a Major Investor consents to a waiver of the right of first offer contained in Section 3.5 and then purchases any Shares, then each other non-participating Major Investor who did not consent to such waiver (each a “Non-Consenting Major

 

20


Investor”) shall be permitted to purchase Shares on a pro rata basis in proportion to the number of Shares purchased by such consenting Major Investor, or the full pro rata amount of such Non-Consenting Major Investor as calculated in accordance with Section 3.5, whichever is less. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities and the Company.

4.10 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

4.11 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds or venture capital funds under common investment management) or Persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this. For the avoidance of doubt, any Disallowed SPV Entity shall not constitute an Affiliate of an Investor for the purposes of this aggregation provision and the capital stock held by the Disallowed SPV Entity shall not be aggregated with the capital stock held by another Investor.

4.12 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

4.13 Signatory Capacity. With respect to its signatory capacity and liability, as the trustee of the Wellcome Trust, The Wellcome Trust Limited (the “Trustee”) enters into and delivers this Agreement in its capacity as the trustee for the time being of the Wellcome Trust but not otherwise and it is hereby agreed and declared that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained or implied in this Agreement or any related agreement:

(a) the obligations incurred by the Trustee under or in consequence of this Agreement or any related agreement shall be enforceable against it or the other trustees of the Wellcome Trust from time to time; and

(b) the liabilities of the Trustee (or such other trustees as are referred to in subsection (a) above) in respect of such obligations shall be limited to such liabilities as can, and may lawfully and properly be met out of the assets of the Wellcome Trust that are for the time being in the hands or under the control of the Trustee or such other trustees.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
DOORDASH, INC.
By:   /s/ Tony Xu
  Tony Xu
  President & CEO

 

  Address:    303 2nd Street, South Tower, 8th Floor
     San Francisco, CA 94107

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH , INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

DURABLE CAPITAL MASTER FUND LP

By:  

Durable Capital Associates LLC, its general partner

By:   /s/ Michael Blandino
Name:   Michael Blandino
Title:   Authorized Person

 

  Address:   

c/o Durable Capital

    

5425 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 802

     Chevy Chase, MD 20815
     Attn: Julie Jack, General Counsel

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH , INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

DARSANA MASTER FUND LP

By:  

Darsana Capital GP LLC

By:   Its: General Partner
By:   /s/ Chris Ferrante
Name:   Chris Ferrante
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

  Address:   
    

Darsana Master Fund LP

     c/o Darsana Capital Partners LP
     Attn: Legal and Compliance
     40 West 57th Street, 15thFloor
     New York, NY 10019, U.S.A.
     Email:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH , INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

DOORSTEP DF HOLDINGS, LP

By:  

/s/ Pat Robertson

Name:   Pat Robertson
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

  Address:   
    

c/o Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC

    

1 Letterman Dr.

     Building D, Ste M500
     San Francisco, CA 94129

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH , INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

KPCB HOLDINGS, INC., AS NOMINEE

By:  

/s/ Sue Biglieri

Name:  

Sue Biglieri

Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
Address:
2750 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, CA 94025

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH , INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

SANDS CAPITAL GLOBAL INNOVATION FUND, LLC

By:  

/s/ Jonathan Goodman

  Name: Jonathan Goodman
  Title: General Counsel
AU UNI UNISUP USSDGE
By:   Sands Capital Management, LLC as Manager
By:   /s/ Jonathan Goodman
  Name: Jonathan Goodman
  Title: General Counsel

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH , INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

Sequoia Capital USV XIV Holdco, Ltd.

By:

SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. VENTURE FUND

XIV, L.P.,

SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. VENTURE

PARTNERS FUND XIV, L.P.,

SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. VENTURE

PARTNERS FUND XIV (Q), L.P.,

all Cayman Islands exempted limited

partnerships, its Members

By: SC U.S. VENTURE XIV MANAGEMENT, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, General Partner of Each

By: SC US (TTGP), LTD.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company, its

General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Alfred Lin
Name:   Alfred Lin
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

  Address:   

2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101

    

Menlo Park, CA 94025

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH , INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VI, L.P.

Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VI Principals Fund, L.P.

Each a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

By:  

SC U.S. GROWTH VI MANAGEMENT, L.P.,
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership General Partner of Each

By:  

SC US (TTGP), LTD.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company, its General

Partner

By:   /s/ Alfred Lin
Name:   Alfred Lin
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address: 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101
     Menlo Park, CA 94025

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VII, L.P.

Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VII Principals Fund, L.P.

Each a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

By: SC U.S. GROWTH VII MANAGEMENT, L.P.,

       a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

       General Partner of Each

By: SC US (TTGP), LTD.,

       a Cayman Islands exempted company, its General        Partner

By:   /s/ Alfred Lin
Name:   Alfred Lin
Title:   Authorized Signatory
 

Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund II, L.P.

Sequoia Capital Global Growth II Principals Fund, L.P.

Each a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

By:  

SC GLOBAL GROWTH II MANAGEMENT, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

General Partner of Each

By:  

SC US (TTGP), LTD.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Alfred Lin
Name:   Alfred Lin
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address: 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101
     Menlo Park, CA 94025

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund, LP

Sequoia Capital Global Growth Principals Fund, LP

By: SCGGF Management, LP

A Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

General Partner of Each

By: SC US (TTGP), LTD.,

A Cayman Islands exempted company, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Alfred Lin
Name:   Alfred Lin
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

  Address:   

2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101

    

Menlo Park, CA 94025

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

SCGE Fund, L.P.

a Cayman Islands limited partnership

By: SCGE (LTGP), L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership

Its: General Partner

By:   /s/ Kimberly Summe
Name:   Kimberly Summe
Title:   Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel

 

  Address:   

2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101

    

Menlo Park, CA 94025

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

SoftBank Vision Fund (AIV M2) L.P.

By: /s/ Ruwan Weerasekera                                    

Name: Ruwan Weerasekera

Title:   Director

SoftBank Vision Fund (AIV M2) L.P.

c/o SB Investment Advisers (UK) Limited

69 Grosvenor Street

London, W1K 3JP

Attention: Ayako Adachi

Email:

and

SoftBank Vision Fund (AIV M2) L.P.

c/o SB Investment Advisers (US), Inc.

1 Circle Star Way, 4F

San Carlos, CA 94070

Attention: Brian Wheeler

Email:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH , INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND: FIDELITY CONTRAFUND

By:  

/s/ Chris Maher

Name:   Chris Maher
Title:   Authorized Signatory

Address:

Mag & Co.

c/o Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

Attn: Corporate Actions /Vault

140 Broadway

New York, NY 10005

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
FIDELITY CONTRAFUND COMMINGLED POOL
By: Fidelity Management Trust Company, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Chris Maher
Name:   Chris Maher
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Address:
Mag & Co.
c/o Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
Attn: Corporate Actions /Vault
140 Broadway
New York, NY 10005

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
FIDELITY CONTRAFUND: FIDELITY CONTRAFUND K6
By:   /s/ Chris Maher
Name: Chris Maher
Title: Authorized Signatory
Address:

The Northern Trust Company

Attn: Fidelity Client Team – GFS Custody, C-1N

333 South Wabash Ave, 32nd Floor

Chicago, Illinois 60604

Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Contrafund K6

Reference Account #

Email:

Fax number:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
FIDELITY CONTRAFUND: FIDELITY ADVISOR NEW INSIGHTS FUND—SUB A
By:   /s/ Chris Maher
Name: Chris Maher
Title: Authorized Signatory
Address:

Mag & Co.

c/o Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

Attn: Corporate Actions /Vault

140 Broadway

New York, NY 10005

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
FIDELITY INSIGHTS INVESTMENT TRUST
By its manager Fidelity Investments Canada ULC
By:   /s/ Chris Maher
Name: Chris Maher
Title: Authorized Signatory
Address:

State Street Bank & Trust

PO Box 5756

Boston, Massachusetts 02206

Attn: Thisbe & Co Fidelity Insights Investment Trust

Email:

Fax number:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
FIDELITY CONTRAFUND: FIDELITY FLEX OPPORTUNISTIC INSIGHTS FUND
By:   /s/ Chris Maher
Name:   Chris Maher
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:

The Northern Trust Company

Attn: Fidelity Client Team – GFS Custody, C-1N

333 South Wabash Ave, 32nd Floor

Chicago, Illinois 60604

Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Flex Opportunistic Insights Fund

Reference Account #

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND: FIDELITY SERIES OPPORTUNISTIC INSIGHTS FUND

By:   /s/ Chris Maher
Name:   Chris Maher
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:

Mag & Co.

c/o Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

Attn: Corporate Actions /Vault

140 Broadway

New York, NY 10005

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II: CONTRAFUND PORTFOLIO

By:   /s/ Chris Maher
Name:   Chris Maher
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:

Mag & Co.

c/o Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

Attn: Corporate Actions /Vault

140 Broadway

New York, NY 10005

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  INVESTOR:
 

T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund, Inc.

Seasons Series Trust—SA T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Portfolio

Voya Partners, Inc.—VY T. Rowe Price Growth Equity Portfolio

Brighthouse Funds Trust II—T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Portfolio

Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust—LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund

T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Trust

Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company Aon Savings Plan Trust

Caleres, Inc. Retirement Plan

Colgate Palmolive Employees Savings and Investment

Plan Trust

Brinker Capital Destinations Trust—Destinations Large Cap Equity Fund

Alight Solutions LLC 401K Plan Trust

MassMutual Select Funds—MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Large Cap Blend Fund

Legacy Health Employees’ Retirement Plan Legacy Health

  Each account, severally and not jointly
  By: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., Investment Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable
  By:   /s/ Andrew Baek
  Name:   Andrew Baek
  Title:   Vice President
Address:    
 

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

100 East Pratt Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attn.: Andrew Baek, Vice President

Phone:

Email:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  INVESTOR:
 

T. Rowe Price Communications & Technology Fund, Inc. TD Mutual Funds—TD Global Entertainment & Communications Fund

  Each account, severally and not jointly
  By: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., Investment Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable
  By:   /s/ Andrew Baek
  Name:   Andrew Baek
  Title:   Vice President
Address:    
 

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

100 East Pratt Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attn.: Andrew Baek, Vice President

Phone:

Email:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  INVESTOR:
 

T. Rowe Price Global Stock Fund

Arkansas Teacher Retirement System

T. Rowe Price Global Focused Growth Equity Pool

Union Pacific Corporation Master Retirement Trust

Hostplus Pooled Superannuation Trust

UniSuper

Superannuation Funds Management Corporation of South Australia

Superannuation Funds Management Corporation of South Australia

Government Superannuation Fund

The Board of Trustees of the National Provident Fund in its capacity as trustee of the O Fund of the Global Asset Trust

  Each account, severally and not jointly
 

By: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., Investment Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable

  By:   /s/ Andrew Baek
  Name:   Andrew Baek
  Title:   Vice President
Address:    
 

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

100 East Pratt Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attn.: Andrew Baek, Vice President

Phone:

Email:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR

 

T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Fund

Principal Funds, Inc.—LargeCap Growth Fund I

Principal Variable Contracts Funds, Inc.

LargeCap Growth Account I

Trustees of the Ohio Operating Engineers Pension Fund

Consolidated Fund of the R.W. Grand Lodge of F. and AM. Of Pennsylvania

NextEra Energy Inc. Employee Pension Plan

NextEra Energy, Inc. Employee Retirement Savings Plan

USG Corporation Retirement Plan Trust

T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

Marriott International, Inc. Pooled Investment Trust for Participant Directed Accounts

Tucson Supplemental Retirement System

Delta Air Lines, Inc. Defined Contribution Plans Master Trust

Master Trust for Certain Tax Qualified Bechtel Retirement Plans

The KP Funds—KP Large Cap Equity Fund

City of Warwick Pension Plans

The Master Trust adopted by the Home Depot

FutureBuilder and The Home Depot

FutureBuilder for Puerto Rico Plans

  

City of Tallahassee Pension Fund

Lettie Pate Evans Foundation, Inc.

Joseph B. Whitehead Foundation

Robert W. Woodruff Foundation, Inc.

Robert W. Woodruff Health Sciences Center Fund, Inc.

Ohio Public Employees Deferred Compensation Program

Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company

Toyota Motor North America, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

Union Bank & Trust Company

Lettie Pate Whitehead Foundation, Inc.

The Community Foundation for Greater Atlanta, Inc.

Leonardo DRS, Inc. 401(k) Plan

American Airlines, Inc. 401(k) Plan and the American Airlines, Inc. 401(k) Plan for Pilots

Fresno County Employees Retirement Association

T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Trust

RR Donnelley Savings Plan Trust

Bank of the West 401(k) Plan

T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Trust I

 

  Each account, severally and not jointly
 

By: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., Investment Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable

  By:   /s/ Andrew Baek
  Name:   Andrew Baek
  Title:   Vice President
Address:    
 

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

100 East Pratt Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attn.: Andrew Baek, Vice President

Phone:

Email:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  INVESTOR:
 

T. Rowe Price Global Consumer Fund

 

By: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., Investment Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable

  By:   /s/ Andrew Baek
  Name:   Andrew Baek
  Title:   Vice President
Address:    
 

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

100 East Pratt Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attn.: Andrew Baek, Vice President

Phone:

Email:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  INVESTOR:
 

T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.

T. Rowe Price Institutional Mid-Cap Equity Growth Fund

T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

Great-West Funds, Inc.—Great-West T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Fund

TD Mutual Funds —TD U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Fund

MassMutual Select Funds—MassMutual Select Mid Cap Growth Fund

MML Series Investment Fund—MML Mid Cap Growth Fund

Brighthouse Funds Trust I—T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

Marriott International, Inc. Pooled Investment Trust for Participant Directed Accounts

T. Rowe Price U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Equity Trust

L’Oreal USA, Inc. Employee Retirement Savings Plan

Costco 401(k) Retirement Plan

MassMutual Select Funds—MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Small and Mid Cap Blend Fund

  Each account, severally and not jointly
 

By: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., Investment Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable

  By:   /s/ Andrew Baek
  Name:   Andrew Baek
  Title:   Vice President
Address:    
 

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

100 East Pratt Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attn.: Andrew Baek, Vice President

Phone:

Email:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
PEAR VENTURES I, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Mar Hershenson

Name:   Mar Hershenson
Title:   Managing Partner
Address:
320 High Street
Palo Alto, CA 94301

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
SVF FAST (CAYMAN) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Karen Ellerbe

Name: Karen Ellerbe
Title: Director
Address:
27 Hospital Road
Cayman Corporate Centre

George Town Grand Cayman

Cayman Islands KY1-9008

SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOORDASH, INC.

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE A

INVESTORS

Sequoia Capital USV XIV Holdco, Ltd.

Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VI, L.P.

Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VI Principals Fund, L.P.

Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VII, L.P.

Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VII Principals Fund, L.P.

Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund, L.P.

Sequoia Capital Global Growth Principals Fund, L.P.

Sequoia Capital Global Growth Fund II, L.P.

Sequoia Capital Global Growth II Principals Fund, L.P.

SCGE Fund, L.P.

a16z Seed-III, LLC

Maverick YC, Ltd.

Start Fund 2 LLC

Paul Buchheit

SV Angel IV LP

Charles River Partnership XV, LP

Russell and Elizabeth Siegelman Living Trust

Moonshot Angels LLC

HKB Capital, LLC

Pear Ventures I, L.P.

Rachleff Family Trust

Streamlined Ventures I, L.P.

Khosla Ventures IV, LP

Khosla Ventures IV (CF), LP

Khosla Ventures Seed B, LP

Khosla Ventures Seed B (CF), LP

Brent Goldman

Ooga Labs LLC

EEZ, LLC

KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee

The Wellcome Trust Limited as trustee of the Wellcome Trust

Y Combinator Continuity Holdings I, LLC

Greenview Investment Pte Ltd

Vanderbilt University

SVF Fast (Cayman) Limited

Coatue US 11 LLC

Coatue Kona III LP

DST Global VI, L.P.

DSTG VI Investments, L.P.

DSTG VI Investments-A, L.P.

DST Investments XXII, L.P.

DST Investments XXIII, L.P.

DSTG VI Investments-A, L.P.

Rahul Ravindra Raj Mehta and Parul Mehta, JTWROS

Doorstep DF Holdings, LP

Dahlia Investments Pte Ltd.

Darsana Master Fund LP

 

S-1


Sands Capital Global Innovation Fund, LLC

T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund, Inc.

Seasons Series Trust—SA T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Portfolio

Voya Partners, Inc.—VY T. Rowe Price Growth Equity Portfolio

Brighthouse Funds Trust II—T. Rowe Price Large Cap Growth Portfolio

Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust—LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund

Penn Series Funds, Inc.—Large Growth Stock Fund

T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Trust

Sony Master Trust

Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company

Aon Savings Plan Trust

Caleres, Inc. Retirement Plan

Colgate Palmolive Employees Savings and Investment Plan Trust

Brinker Capital Destinations Trust—Destinations Large Cap Equity Fund

Alight Solutions LLC 401K Plan Trust

MassMutual Select Funds—MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Large Cap Blend Fund

Legacy Health Employees’ Retirement Plan

Legacy Health

T. Rowe Price Global Technology Fund, Inc.

TD Mutual Funds—TD Science & Technology Fund

T. Rowe Price Communications & Technology Fund, Inc.

TD Mutual Funds—TD Global Entertainment & Communications Fund

T. Rowe Price Global Stock Fund

Arkansas Teacher Retirement System

T. Rowe Price Global Focused Growth Equity Pool

Union Pacific Corporation Master Retirement Trust

Hostplus Pooled Superannuation Trust

Square, Inc.

Durable Capital Master Fund LP

Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Contrafund

Fidelity Contrafund Commingled Pool

Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Contrafund K6

Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor New Insights Fund—Sub A

Fidelity Insights Investment Trust

Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Flex Opportunistic Insights Fund

Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Series Opportunistic Insights Fund

Variable Insurance Products Fund II: Contrafund Portfolio

UniSuper

Superannuation Funds Management Corporation of South Australia

Superannuation Funds Management Corporation of South Australia

Government Superannuation Fund

The Board of Trustees of the National Provident Fund in its capacity as trustee of the O Fund of the Global

Asset Trust

T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Fund

Principal Funds, Inc.— LargeCap Growth Fund I

Principal Variable Contracts Funds, Inc.— LargeCap Growth Account I

Trustees of the Ohio Operating Engineers Pension Fund

Consolidated Fund of the R.W. Grand Lodge of F. and AM. Of Pennsylvania

NextEra Energy Inc. Employee Pension Plan

NextEra Energy, Inc. Employee Retirement Savings Plan

USG Corporation Retirement Plan Trust

 

S-2


T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

Marriott International, Inc. Pooled Investment Trust for Participant Directed Accounts

Tucson Supplemental Retirement System

Delta Air Lines, Inc. Defined Contribution Plans Master Trust

Master Trust for Certain Tax Qualified Bechtel Retirement Plans

The KP Funds—KP Large Cap Equity Fund

City of Warwick Pension Plans

The Master Trust adopted by the Home Depot FutureBuilder and The Home Depot FutureBuilder for Puerto

Rico Plans

City of Tallahassee Pension Fund

Lettie Pate Evans Foundation, Inc.

Joseph B. Whitehead Foundation

Robert W. Woodruff Foundation, Inc.

Robert W. Woodruff Health Sciences Center Fund, Inc.

Ohio Public Employees Deferred Compensation Program

Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company

Toyota Motor North America, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

Union Bank & Trust Company

Lettie Pate Whitehead Foundation, Inc.

The Community Foundation for Greater Atlanta, Inc.

Leonardo DRS, Inc. 401(k) Plan

American Airlines, Inc. 401(k) Plan and the American Airlines, Inc. 401(k) Plan for Pilots

Fresno County Employees Retirement Association

T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Trust

RR Donnelley Savings Plan Trust

Bank of the West 401(k) Plan

T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Trust I

T. Rowe Price Global Consumer Fund

T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.

T. Rowe Price Institutional Mid-Cap Equity Growth Fund

T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust

Great-West Funds, Inc.—Great-West T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Fund

TD Mutual Funds - TD U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Fund

MassMutual Select Funds—MassMutual Select Mid Cap Growth Fund

MML Series Investment Fund—MML Mid Cap Growth Fund

Brighthouse Funds Trust I—T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Growth Portfolio

Marriott International, Inc. Pooled Investment Trust for Participant Directed Accounts

T. Rowe Price U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Equity Trust

L’Oreal USA, Inc. Employee Retirement Savings Plan

Costco 401(k) Retirement Plan

MassMutual Select Funds—MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Small and Mid Cap Blend Fund

AU UNI UNISUP USSDGE

 

S-3

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.

 

Date of Issuance    Void after
October 17, 2015    October 17, 2025

DOORDASH, INC.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

This Warrant is issued to Riviera Investment Partners LLC or its assigns (the “Holder”) by DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

1. Purchase of Shares.

(a) Number of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Holder is entitled, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or at such other place as the Company shall notify the Holder in writing), to purchase from the Company up to 21,066 fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”).

(b) Exercise Price. The exercise price for the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to this Section 1 (the “Shares”) shall be $7.46 per share (the “Exercise Price”). The Shares and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

2. Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, during the term commencing on December 22, 2015 and ending at 5:00 p.m. Pacific time on October 17, 2025 (the “Exercise Period”); provided, however, that this Warrant shall no longer be exercisable and become null and void upon (a) the consummation of the Company’s sale of its Common Stock or other securities in the Company’s first underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (other than a registration statement relating either to sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to its stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction) (an “Initial Public Offering”) and (b) the consummation of a Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s current Restated Certificate of Incorporation on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. For purposes of this Warrant, any of the transactions described in subsection (b) shall be referred to herein as a “Corporate Transaction”. In the event of an Initial Public Offering or Corporate Transaction, the Company shall notify the Holder at least ten (10) days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering or Corporate Transaction.


3. Method of Exercise.

(a) While this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable in accordance with Section 2 above, the Holder may exercise, in whole or in part, the purchase rights evidenced hereby. Such exercise shall be effected by:

(i) the surrender of the Warrant, together with a duly executed copy of the Notice of Exercise attached hereto, to the Secretary of the Company at its principal office (or at such other place as the Company shall notify the Holder in writing); and

(ii) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.

(b) Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this Warrant is surrendered to the Company as provided in Section 3(a) above. At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any certificate for the Shares shall be issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section 3(c) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the Shares represented by such certificate.

(c) As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part the Company at its expense will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the Holder, or as such Holder (upon payment by such Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct:

(i) a certificate or certificates for the number of Shares to which such Holder shall be entitled, and

(ii) in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of Shares equal to the number of such Shares described in this Warrant minus the number of such Shares purchased by the Holder upon all exercises made in accordance with Section 3(a) above or Section 4 below.

4. Net Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant for cash, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election (a “Net Exercise”). A Holder who Net Exercises shall have the rights described in Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof, and the Company shall issue to such Holder a number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

LOGO

Where

 

X =

   The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder.

Y =

   The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being exercised (at the date of such calculation).

A =

   The fair market value of one (1) Share (at the date of such calculation).

B =

   The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).


For purposes of this Section 4, the fair market value of a Share shall mean the average of the closing prices of the Shares (or equivalent shares of Common Stock underlying this Warrant) quoted on any exchange or electronic securities market on which the Shares (or equivalent shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrant) are listed, as published in The Wall Street Journal for the thirty (30) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value (or such shorter period of time during which such Shares were traded on such exchange). In the event that this Warrant is exercised pursuant to this Section 4 in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the fair market value per Share shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Initial Public Offering. If the Shares are not traded on an exchange or an electronic securities market, the fair market value shall be the price per Share that the Company could obtain from a willing buyer for Shares sold by the Company from authorized but unissued Shares, as such prices shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Holder. In connection with the transactions provided for herein, the Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

(a) Authorization. Holder represents that it has full power and authority to enter into this Warrant. This Warrant constitutes the Holder’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

(b) Purchase Entirely for Own Account. The Holder acknowledges that this Warrant is entered into by the Holder in reliance upon such Holder’s representation to the Company that the Warrant and the Shares (collectively, the “Securities”) will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in or otherwise distributing the same. By acknowledging this Warrant, the Holder further represents that the Holder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement, or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to the Securities.

(c) Disclosure of Information. The Holder acknowledges that it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities.


(d) Investment Experience. The Holder is an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Securities. If other than an individual, the Holder also represents it has not been organized solely for the purpose of acquiring the Securities.

(e) Accredited Investor. The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Act.

(f) Restricted Securities. The Holder understands that the Securities are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Act, only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, the Holder represents that it is familiar with Rule 144, as presently in effect, as promulgated by the SEC under the Act (“Rule 144”), and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Act.

(g) Further Limitations on Disposition. Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above, the Holder further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Securities unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by the terms of this Warrant, including, without limitation, this Section 5, Section 20, and:

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) the Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in extraordinary circumstances.

(h) Legends. It is understood that the Securities may bear the following legend:

“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.”


6. State Commissioners of Corporations. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR SUCH SECURITIES PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

7. Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares. The number and kind of Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(a) Subdivisions, Combinations and Other Issuances. If the Company shall at any time after the issuance but prior to the expiration of this Warrant subdivide its Common Stock, by split-up or otherwise, or combine its Common Stock, or issue additional shares of its Preferred Stock or Common Stock as a dividend with respect to any shares of its Common Stock, the number of Shares issuable on the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Exercise Price payable per share, but the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the total number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant (as adjusted) shall remain the same. Any adjustment under this Section 7(a) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective, or as of the record date of such dividend, or in the event that no record date is fixed, upon the making of such dividend.

(b) Reclassification, Reorganization and Consolidation. In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization or change in the capital stock of the Company (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend provided for in Section 7(a) above), then, as a condition of such reclassification, reorganization or change, lawful provision shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company or its successor shall be delivered to the Holder, so that the Holder shall have the right at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities or property receivable in connection with such reclassification, reorganization or change by a holder of the same number and type of securities as were purchasable as Shares by the Holder immediately prior to such reclassification, reorganization or change. In any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder so that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable with respect to any shares of stock or other securities or property deliverable upon exercise hereof, and appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Exercise Price per Share payable hereunder, provided the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same.

(c) Notice of Adjustment. When any adjustment is required to be made in the number or kind of shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrant, or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of such event and of the number of Shares or other securities or property thereafter purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant.


8. No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor on the basis of the Exercise Price then in effect.

9. No Stockholder Rights. Prior to exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares, including (without limitation) the right to vote such Shares, receive dividends or other distributions thereon, exercise preemptive rights or be notified of stockholder meetings, and, except as otherwise provided in this Warrant, such Holder shall not be entitled to any stockholder notice or other communication concerning the business or affairs of the Company.

10. Right of First Refusal.

(a) Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Holder proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares, or any interest in the Shares, the Company shall have the right of first refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares (the “Right of First Refusal”). If the Holder desires to transfer the Shares, the Holder shall give a written transfer notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The transfer notice shall be signed both by the Holder and by the proposed transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the transfer notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the transfer notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after receiving the transfer notice, the Holder may, not later than 90 days after the Company received the transfer notice, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the transfer notice on the terms and conditions described in the transfer notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Holder is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the transfer notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Holder, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the transfer notice within 60 days after the Company received the transfer notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the transfer notice); provided, however, that in the event the transfer notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the transfer notice.


(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 10 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 10.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal. Any other provision of this Section 10 notwithstanding, in the event that the Common Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Holder desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Holder shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Applicability After Transfer. If the Holder transfers any Shares after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the transferee to the same extent as to the Holder.

(f) Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 10.

11. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

12. Successors and Assigns. The terms and provisions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective successors and assigns.

13. Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

14. Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant.

15. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 15):

If to the Company:

DoorDash, Inc.

470 Olive Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94402

Attention: President

If to Holder:

At the address shown on the signature page hereto.


16. Finder’s Fee. Each party represents that it neither is or will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this transaction. The Holder agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s fee (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Holder or any of its officers, partners, employees or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Holder from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s fee (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

17. Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Warrant, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

18. Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers. This Warrant and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. Nonetheless, any term of this Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and the Holder; or if this Warrant has been assigned in part, by the holders or rights to purchase a majority of the shares originally issuable pursuant to this Warrant.

19. Severability. If any provision of this Warrant is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Warrant and the balance of the Warrant shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

20. “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. The Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of the Company’s capital stock acquired through the exercise of this Warrant, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the


Company’s capital stock acquired through the exercise of this Warrant, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s Initial Public Offering that are consistent with this Section 20 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to shares of the Company’s capital stock acquired through the exercise of this Warrant (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) during the last seventeen (17) days of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16)-day period beginning on the last day of the one hundred eighty (180)-day period, the restrictions imposed by this Section 20 shall continue to apply until the expiration of the eighteen (18)-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

The Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all Shares of the Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 20):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Warrant as of the date first written above.

 

DOORDASH, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stanley Tang

 

Stanley Tang

 

Chief Product Officer

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
HOLDER
By:  

/s/ John Simonelli

 

John Simonelli

 

Authorized Signatory


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

DoorDash, Inc.

Attention: Corporate Secretary

The undersigned hereby elects to purchase, pursuant to the provisions of the Warrant, as follows:

 

 

                          shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment in cash of the Exercise Price of such Shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

 

Net Exercise the attached Warrant with respect to                              Shares.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that Representations and Warranties in Section 5 hereof are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

    HOLDER:
Date:                                              By:                                                                                                         
  Address:  

                              

     

 

     

 

Name in which shares should be registered:      

 

     

Exhibit 10.1

DOORDASH, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [insert date], and is between DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), and [insert name] (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;


(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Person” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Beneficial Owner” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Expenses” include all reasonable and actually incurred attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

-2-


(h) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i) Reference to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

-3-


6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid, subject to any subrogation rights set forth in Section 15;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final disposition, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that

 

-4-


would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, and no other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect that may be applicable to the Proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (iv) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, counsel to defend such Proceeding. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(f) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in a manner that imposes any penalty or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

-5-


10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is materially prejudicial.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court of Chancery for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(d) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption by clear and convincing evidence.

 

-6-


(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have acted in good faith or met any other applicable standard of conduct.

(d) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within thirty days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within thirty days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of Chancery of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the

 

-7-


merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, by clear and convincing evidence.

(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, unless the court (or arbitrator) finds that each material argument or defense advanced by Indemnitee in such action or arbitration was either frivolous or not made in good faith, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

13. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. Primary Responsibility. The Company acknowledges that, to the extent Indemnitee is serving as a director on the Company’s board of directors at the request or direction of a venture capital fund or entity and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Secondary Indemnitors”), Indemnity has certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by such Secondary Indemnitors. The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitors, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent

 

-8-


not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitors with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitors of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid; provided, however, that the foregoing sentence will be deemed void if and to the extent that it would violate any applicable insurance policy. The Secondary Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.

16. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise, subject to any subrogation right set forth in Section 15.

17. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

18. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration. This Agreement shall continue in effect until the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or an officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable, or (b) for as long as any Proceeding is pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder, even after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable, and for one year after the final termination of such Proceeding, including any appeal, and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 relating thereto.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

 

-9-


22. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

25. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at [ADDRESS], or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

 

-10-


27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations described herein among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

(signature page follows)

 

-11-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

DOORDASH, INC.

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name)

 

(Title)
[INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME]

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name)

 

(Street address)

 

(City, State and ZIP)

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.4

DOORDASH, INC.

2014 STOCK PLAN

ADOPTED ON MARCH 28, 2014

AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JUNE 19, 2018

AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 15, 2020

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

     1  

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION

     1  

(a)

  

Committees of the Board of Directors

     1  

(b)

  

Authority of the Board of Directors

     1  

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY

     1  

(a)

  

General Rule

     1  

(b)

  

Ten-Percent Stockholders

     1  

SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

     2  

(a)

  

Basic Limitation

     2  

(b)

  

Additional Shares

     2  

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES

     2  

(a)

  

Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement

     2  

(b)

  

Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

     2  

(c)

  

Purchase Price

     2  

SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

     2  

(a)

  

Stock Option Agreement

     2  

(b)

  

Number of Shares

     3  

(c)

  

Exercise Price

     3  

(d)

  

Exercisability

     3  

(e)

  

Basic Term

     3  

(f)

  

Termination of Service (Except by Death)

     3  

(g)

  

Leaves of Absence

     4  

(h)

  

Death of Optionee

     4  

(i)

  

Restrictions on Transfer of Options

     4  

(j)

  

No Rights as a Stockholder

     4  

(k)

  

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options

     4  

(l)

  

Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options

     4  

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES

     5  

(a)

  

General Rule

     5  

(b)

  

Services Rendered

     5  

(c)

  

Promissory Note

     5  

(d)

  

Surrender of Stock

     5  

(e)

  

Exercise/Sale

     5  

(f)

  

Net Exercise

     5  

(g)

  

Other Forms of Payment

     5  


SECTION 8. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

     6  

(a)

    

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

     6  

(b)

    

Payment for Restricted Stock Units

     6  

(c)

    

Vesting Conditions

     6  

(d)

    

Forfeiture

     6  

(e)

    

Voting and Dividend Rights

     6  

(f)

    

Form and Time of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units

     6  

(g)

    

Death of Recipient

     6  

(h)

    

Creditors’ Rights

     6  

(i)

    

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Restricted Stock Units

     6  

(j)

    

Restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Stock Units

     7  

SECTION 9. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

     7  

(a)

    

General

     7  

(b)

    

Corporate Transactions

     7  

(c)

    

Reservation of Rights

     9  

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     9  

(a)

    

Securities Law Requirements

     9  

(b)

    

No Retention Rights

     10  

(c)

    

Treatment as Compensation

     10  

(d)

    

Governing Law

     10  

(e)

    

Conditions and Restrictions on Shares

     10  

(f)

    

Tax Matters

     10  

SECTION 11. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS; STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL

     11  

(a)

    

Term of the Plan

     11  

(b)

    

Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

     11  

(c)

    

Effect of Amendment or Termination

     11  

(d)

    

Stockholder Approval

     11  

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS

     11  

(a)

    

“Award”

     11  

(b)

    

“Award Agreement”

     11  

(c)

    

“Board of Directors”

     11  

(d)

    

“Code”

     11  

(e)

    

“Committee”

     12  

(f)

    

“Company”

     12  

(g)

    

“Consultant”

     12  

(h)

    

“Date of Grant”

     12  

(i)

    

“Disability”

     12  

(j)

    

“Employee”

     12  

(k)

    

“Exchange Act”

     12  

(l)

    

“Exercise Price”

     12  

(m)

    

“Fair Market Value”

     12  

(n)

    

“Grantee”

     12  

(o)

    

“ISO”

     12  

(p)

    

“Nonstatutory Option”

     12  

(q)

    

“Option”

     12  

(r)

    

“Optionee”

     12  

 

ii


(s)

    

“Outside Director”

   12

(t)

    

“Parent”

   12

(u)

    

“Participant”

   13

(v)

    

“Plan”

   13

(w)

    

“Purchase Price”

   13

(x)

    

“Purchaser”

   13

(y)

    

“Restricted Stock Unit”

   13

(z)

    

“Restricted Stock Unit Agreement”

   13

(aa)

    

“Securities Act”

   13

(bb)

    

“Service”

   13

(cc)

    

“Share”

   13

(dd)

    

“Stock”

   13

(ee)

    

“Stock Grant Agreement”

   13

(ff)

    

“Stock Option Agreement”

   13

(gg)

    

“Stock Purchase Agreement”

   13

(hh)

    

“Subsidiary”

   13

 

iii


DOOR DASH, INC.

2014 STOCK PLAN

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

The purpose of this Plan is to attract, incentivize and retain Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants through the grant of Awards. The Plan provides for the direct award or sale of Shares, the grant of Options to purchase Shares and the grant of Restricted Stock Units to acquire shares. Options granted under the Plan may be ISOs intended to qualify under Code Section 422 or Nonstatutory Options which are not intended to so qualify.

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a)    Committees of the Board of Directors. The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist, as required by applicable law, of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan or an Award Agreement shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

(b)    Authority of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, with respect to the terms and conditions of awards granted to Participants outside the United States, the Board of Directors may vary from the provisions of the Plan to the extent it determines it necessary and appropriate to do so; provided that it may not vary from those Plan terms requiring stockholder approval pursuant to Section 11(d) below. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Participants and all persons deriving their rights from a Participant.

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY.

(a)    General Rule. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Nonstatutory Options, Restricted Stock Units or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

(b)    Ten-Percent Stockholders. A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and (ii) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Date of Grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Code Section 424(d) shall be applied.


SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

(a)    Basic Limitation. Not more than 638,298 Shares may be issued under the Plan, subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 9(a). All of these Shares may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs. The number of Shares that are subject to Awards outstanding at any time under the Plan may not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

(b)    Additional Shares. In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that Shares that otherwise would have been issuable under the Plan are withheld by the Company in payment of the Purchase Price, Exercise Price or withholding taxes, such Shares shall remain available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that an outstanding Option, Restricted Stock Unit or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the Shares allocable to the unexercised or unsettled portion of such Option, Restricted Stock Unit or other right shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of ISOs, this Subsection (b) shall be subject to any limitations imposed under Section 422 of the Code and the treasury regulations thereunder.

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES.

(a)    Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement. Each award of Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Grant Agreement between the Grantee and the Company. Each sale of Shares under the Plan (other than pursuant to an Option or Restricted Stock Unit) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Grant Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Grant Agreements and Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b)    Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights. Any right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days (or such other period as may be specified in the Award Agreement) after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right is not transferable and may be exercised only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

(c)    Purchase Price. The Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

(a)    Stock Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the Plan and that the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

2


(b)    Number of Shares. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 9. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

(c)    Exercise Price. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Exercise Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7. This Subsection (c) shall not apply to an Option granted pursuant to an assumption of, or substitution for, another option in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(d)    Exercisability. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee (i) has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company or (ii) otherwise agrees to be bound by the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. The Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion.

(e)    Basic Term. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO, a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

(f)    Termination of Service (Except by Death). If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

(i)    The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above;

(ii)    The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than 30 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service); or

(iii)    The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

 

3


(g)    Leaves of Absence. For purposes of Subsection (f) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

(h)    Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i)    The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; or

(ii)    The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than six months after the Optionee’s death).

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

(i)    Restrictions on Transfer of Options. An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. If the Board of Directors so provides, in a Stock Option Agreement or otherwise, a Nonstatutory Option may be transferable to the extent permitted by Rule 701 under the Securities Act. An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

(j)    No Rights as a Stockholder. An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

(k)    Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, and without stockholder approval, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options (including increasing or reducing the Exercise Price in its sole discretion), or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for (i) the grant of new Options, (ii) a different type of award for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price (if applicable), and/or (iii) cash, or may permit Participants to transfer any outstanding Options granted under the 2014 Plan to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Board of Directors. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

(l)    Companys Right to Cancel Certain Options. Any other provision of the Plan or a Stock Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Company shall have the right at any time to cancel an Option that was not granted in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Prior to canceling such Option, the Company shall give the Optionee not less than 30 days’ notice in writing. If the Company elects to cancel such Option, it shall deliver to the Optionee consideration with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Option as of the time of the cancellation over (ii) the

 

4


Exercise Price of such Option. The consideration may be delivered in the form of cash or cash equivalents, in the form of Shares, or a combination of both. If the consideration would be a negative amount, such Option may be cancelled without the delivery of any consideration.

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

(a)    General Rule. The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7. In addition, the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may also permit payment through any of the methods described in (b) through below:

(b)    Services Rendered. Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

(c)    Promissory Note. All or a portion of the Purchase Price or Exercise Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

(d)    Surrender of Stock. All or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when the Option is exercised.

(e)    Exercise/Sale. If the Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

(f)    Net Exercise. An Option may permit exercise through a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined by the Board of Directors as of the exercise date) that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price or the sum of the aggregate Exercise Price plus all or a portion of the minimum amount required to be withheld under applicable tax law (with the Company accepting from the Optionee payment of cash or cash equivalents to satisfy any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price and, if applicable, any additional withholding obligation not satisfied through such reduction in Shares); provided that to the extent Shares subject to an Option are withheld in this manner, the number of Shares subject to the Option following the net exercise will be reduced by the sum of the number of Shares withheld and the number of Shares delivered to the Optionee as a result of the exercise.

(g)    Other Forms of Payment. To the extent that an Award Agreement so provides, the Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid in any other form permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

 

5


SECTION 8. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

(a)    Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b)    Payment for Restricted Stock Units. No cash consideration shall be required of the recipient in connection with the grant of Restricted Stock Units.

(c)    Vesting Conditions. Each Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall specify the vesting requirements applicable to the Restricted Stock Units subject thereto, which the Board of Directors shall determine in its sole discretion.

(d)    Forfeiture. Unless a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement provides otherwise, upon termination of the recipient’s Service and upon such other times specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited to the Company.

(e)    Voting and Dividend Rights. The holders of Restricted Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Restricted Stock Unit granted under the Plan may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, carry with it a right to dividend equivalents. Such right entitles the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Share while the Restricted Stock Unit is outstanding. Dividend equivalents may be converted into additional Restricted Stock Units. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash, in the form of Shares, or in a combination of both. Prior to distribution, any dividend equivalents that are not paid shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Restricted Stock Units to which they attach.

(f)    Form and Time of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Settlement of vested Restricted Stock Units may be made in the form of (i) cash, (ii) Shares or (iii) any combination of both, as determined by the Board of Directors. The actual number of Restricted Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the original award, based on predetermined performance factors. Vested Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in such manner and at such time(s) as specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. Until Restricted Stock Units are settled, the number of Shares represented by such Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 9.

(g)    Death of Recipient. Any Restricted Stock Units that become distributable after the Participant’s death shall be distributed to the Participant’s estate or to any person who has acquired such Restricted Stock Units directly from the recipient by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance.

(h)    Creditors Rights. A holder of Restricted Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Restricted Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

(i)    Modification, Extension and Assumption of Restricted Stock Units. Within the limitations of the Plan, and without stockholder approval, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume

 

6


outstanding restricted stock units (whether granted by the Company or a different issuer), or may accept the cancellation of outstanding restricted stock units (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for (i) a different type of award for the same or a different number of Shares, and/or (ii) cash, or may permit Participants to transfer any outstanding restricted stock units granted under the 2014 Plan to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Board of Directors. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a Restricted Stock Unit shall, without the consent of the Participant, impair the Participant’s rights or increase the Participant’s obligations under such Restricted Stock Unit.

(j)    Restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Stock Units . A Restricted Stock Unit shall be transferable by the Participant only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. In addition, if the Board of Directors so provides, in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement or otherwise, a Restricted Stock Unit shall also be transferable to the extent permitted by Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

SECTION 9. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

(a)    General. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of (i) the number and kind of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number and kind of Shares covered by each outstanding Option, Award of Restricted Stock Units and any outstanding and unexercised right to purchase Shares that has not yet expired pursuant to Section 5(b), (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and the Purchase Price applicable to any unexercised stock purchase right described in clause (ii) above, and (iv) any repurchase price that applies to Shares granted under the Plan pursuant to the terms of a Company repurchase right under the applicable Award Agreement. In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off, or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion may make appropriate adjustments in one or more of the items listed in clauses (i) through (iv) above; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan as a result of an adjustment under this Section 9(a), although the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional Shares.

(b)    Corporate Transactions. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, all Shares acquired under the Plan and all Awards outstanding on the effective date of the transaction shall be treated in the manner described in the definitive transaction agreement (or, in the event the transaction does not entail a definitive agreement to which the Company is party, in the manner determined by the Board of Directors in its capacity as administrator of the Plan, with such determination having final and binding effect on all parties), which agreement or determination need not treat all Awards (or all portions of Award) in an identical manner. The treatment specified in the transaction agreement may include (without limitation) one or more of the following with respect to each outstanding Award:

(i)    Continuation of the Award by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation).

 

7


(ii)    Assumption of the Award by the surviving corporation or its parent, provided that the assumption of an Option shall be in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(iii)    Substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of a comparable award for the Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the holders of Shares in the transaction). For avoidance of doubt, a comparable award need not be the same type of award as the Award for which it is substituted, and, in the case of an Option, need not have the same tax-status (e.g., a Nonstatutory Option may be substituted for an ISO).

(iv)    Cancellation of the Award and a payment to the Participant with respect to each Share subject to the portion of the Award that is vested as of the transaction date equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Board of Directors in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of the transaction, over (if applicable) (B) the per-Share Exercise Price of the Award (such excess, the “Spread”). Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent having a value equal to the Spread. In addition, any escrow, indemnification, holdback, earn-out or similar provisions in the transaction agreement may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of Stock. If the Spread applicable to an Award is zero or a negative number, then the Award may be cancelled without making a payment to the Participant.

(v)    Even if the Spread applicable to an Option is a positive number, cancellation of the Option without the payment of any consideration; provided that the Optionee shall be notified of such treatment and given an opportunity to exercise the Option (to the extent the Option is vested or becomes vested as of the effective date of the transaction) during a period of not less than five (5) business days preceding the effective date of the transaction, unless (A) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of the transaction and (B) such shorter period still offers the Optionee a reasonable opportunity to exercise the Option. Any exercise of the Option during such period may be contingent upon the closing of the transaction.

(vi)    In the case of an Option: (A) suspension of the Optionee’s right to exercise the Option during a limited period of time preceding the closing of the transaction if such suspension is administratively necessary to permit the closing of the transaction and/or (B) termination of any right the Optionee has to exercise the Option prior to vesting in the Shares subject to the Option (i.e., “early exercise”), such that following the closing of the transaction the Option may only be exercised to the extent it is vested.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Board of Directors has discretion to accelerate, in whole or part, the vesting and exercisability of an Award in connection with a corporate transaction covered by this Section 9(b).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9(b), in the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, a successor corporation does not assume or substitute for an Award (or portion thereof), the Participant holding such Award will fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Participant’s outstanding Option (or portion thereof) that is not assumed or substituted for, including Shares as to which such Award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on any award of Shares and Restricted Stock Units (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for will lapse, and, with respect to such Awards with performance-based vesting (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met,

 

8


in each case, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or parents, as applicable. In addition, if an Option (or portion thereof) is not assumed or substituted for in the event that, in connection with a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, the Board of Directors, or the Committee to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function in accordance with the Plan will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that such Option (or its applicable portion) will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and the option (or its applicable portion) will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of the foregoing paragraph, an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or consolidation, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to such transaction, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the transaction by holders of Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Board of Directors may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock in the transaction.

Notwithstanding anything in this subsection to the contrary, and unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-transaction corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(c)    Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 9, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Award. The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a)    Securities Law Requirements. Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless, in the opinion of counsel acceptable to the Board of Directors, the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded. The Company shall not be liable for a failure to issue Shares as a result of such requirements.

 

9


(b)    No Retention Rights. Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Award granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c)    Treatment as Compensation. Any compensation that an individual earns or is deemed to earn under this Plan shall not be considered a part of his or her compensation for purposes of calculating contributions, accruals or benefits under any other plan or program that is maintained or funded by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(d)    Governing Law. The Plan and all awards, sales and grants under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(e)    Conditions and Restrictions on Shares. Shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to such forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, other transfer restrictions and such other terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such conditions and restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In addition, Shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to conditions and restrictions imposed either by applicable law or by Company policy, as adopted from time to time, designed to ensure compliance with applicable law or laws with which the Company determines in its sole discretion to comply including in order to maintain any statutory, regulatory or tax advantage.

(f)    Tax Matters.

(i)    As a condition to the award, grant, issuance, vesting, purchase, exercise, settlement or transfer of any Award, or Shares issued pursuant to any Award, granted under this Plan, the Participant shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require or permit for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such event.

(ii)    Unless otherwise expressly set forth in an Award Agreement, it is intended that Awards shall be exempt from Code Section 409A, and any ambiguity in the terms of an Award Agreement and the Plan shall be interpreted consistently with this intent. To the extent an Award is not exempt from Code Section 409A (any such award, a “409A Award”), any ambiguity in the terms of such Award and the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that to the maximum extent permissible supports the award’s compliance with the requirements of that statute. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary permitted under the Plan, in no event shall a modification of an Award not already subject to Code Section 409A be given effect if such modification would cause the Award to become subject to Code Section 409A unless the parties explicitly acknowledge and consent to the modification as one having that effect. A 409A Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Board of Directors from time to time in order for it to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” to an individual who is considered a “specified employee” (as each term is defined under Code Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the Participant’s separation from service or (ii) the Participant’s death, but only to the

 

10


extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to Section 409A(a)(1). In addition, if a transaction subject to Section 9(b) constitutes a payment event with respect to any 409A Award, then the transaction with respect to such award must also constitute a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A- 3(i)(5) to the extent required by Code Section 409A.

(iii)    Neither the Company nor any member of the Board of Directors shall have any liability to a Participant in the event an award held by the Participant fails to achieve its intended characterization under applicable tax law.

SECTION 11. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS; STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.

(a)    Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to approval of the Company’s stockholders under Subsection (d) below. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) the date when the Board of Directors adopted the Plan or (ii) the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was also approved by the Company’s stockholders. The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

(b)    Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. Subject to Subsection (d) below, the Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason.

(c)    Effect of Amendment or Termination. No Shares shall be issued or sold and no Award granted under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise or settlement of an Award granted under the Plan prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Award previously granted under the Plan.

(d)    Stockholder Approval. To the extent required by applicable law, the Plan will be subject to approval of the Company’s stockholders within 12 months of its adoption date. To the extent required by applicable law, any amendment of the Plan will be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders within 12 months of the amendment date if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 9), or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs. In addition, an amendment effecting any other material change to the Plan terms will be subject to approval of the Company’s stockholder only if required by applicable law. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS.

(a)    Award means any award granted under the Plan, including an Option, an award of Restricted Stock Units or the grant or sale of Shares pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan.

(b)    Award Agreement means a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, Stock Grant Agreement, Stock Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement or such other agreement evidencing an Award under the Plan.

(c)    Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(d)    Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

11


(e)    Committee means a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

(f)    Company means DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(g)    Consultant means a person, excluding Employees and Outside Directors, who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Rule 701(c)(1) of the Securities Act or under Instruction A.1.(a)(1) of Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

(h)    Date of Grant means the date of grant specified in the applicable Award Agreement, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant the Award or (ii) the first day of the Participant’s Service.

(i)    Disability means that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(j)    Employee means any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(k)    Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(l)    Exercise Price means the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(m)    Fair Market Value means the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(n)    Grantee means a person to whom the Board of Directors has awarded Shares under the Plan.

(o)    ISO means an Option that qualifies as an incentive stock option as described in Code Section 422(b). Notwithstanding its designation as an ISO, an Option that does not qualify as an ISO under applicable law shall be treated for all purposes as a Nonstatutory Option.

(p)    Nonstatutory Option means an Option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option as described in Code Section 422(b) or 423(b).

(q)    Option means an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

(r)    Optionee means a person who holds an Option.

(s)    Outside Director means a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(t)    Parent means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

12


(u)    Participant means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(v)    Plan means this DoorDash, Inc. 2014 Stock Plan.

(w)    Purchase Price means the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

(x)    Purchaser means a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

(y)    Restricted Stock Unit means a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of one Share, as awarded under the Plan.

(z)    Restricted Stock Unit Agreement means the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Restricted Stock Unit that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Stock Unit.

(aa)    Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(bb)    Service means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant. In case of any dispute as to whether and when Service has terminated, the Board of Directors shall have sole discretion to determine whether such termination has occurred and the effective date of such termination.

(cc)    Share means one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 9 (if applicable).

(dd)    Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.

(ee)    Stock Grant Agreement means the agreement between the Company and a Grantee who is awarded Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the award of such Shares.

(ff)    Stock Option Agreement means the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

(gg)    Stock Purchase Agreement means the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who purchases Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the purchase of such Shares.

(hh)    Subsidiary means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

13


DOORDASH, INC. 2014 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of DoorDash, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:    «Name»
Total Number of Shares:    «TotalShares»
Type of Option:    «ISO» Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
   «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)
Exercise Price per Share:    $«PricePerShare»
Date of Grant:    «DateGrant»
Date Exercisable:    This option may be exercised with respect to the first «Percent»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes «CliffPeriod» months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional «Fraction»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.
Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestComDate»
Expiration Date:    «ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2014 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 

OPTIONEE:    DOORDASH, INC.
   By:
   Title:


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

DOORDASH, INC. 2014 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

SECTION 1.    GRANT OF OPTION.

(a)    O ption . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b)    $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c)    Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 14 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

SECTION 2.    RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a)    Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b)    Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3.    NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.


SECTION 4.    EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a)    Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by: (i) signing and delivering written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c) specifying the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment and (ii) delivering payment, in a form permissible under Section 5, for the full amount of the Purchase Price (together with any applicable withholding taxes under Subsection (b)). In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.

(b)    Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax (including without limitation any income tax, social insurance contributions, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising in connection with the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Optionee (the “ Tax-Related Items ”)) as a result of the grant, vesting or exercise of this option, or as a result of the transfer of shares acquired upon exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. The Optionee acknowledges that the responsibility for all Tax-Related Items is the Optionee’s and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company (or its affiliate or agent).

(c)    Issuance of Shares . After satisfying all requirements for exercise of this option, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. Until the issuance of the Shares has been entered into the books and records of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other right as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

SECTION 5.    PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a)    Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b)    Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.


(c)    Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

SECTION 6.    TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a)    Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b)    Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i)    The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii)    The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii)    The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.


(c)    Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i)    The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii)    The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.


(d)    Extension of Post-Termination Exercise Periods . Following the date on which the Company’s Stock is first listed for trading on an established securities market, if during any part of the exercise period described in Subsections (b)(ii) or (iii) or Subsection (c)(ii) above the exercise of this option would be prohibited solely because the issuance of Shares upon such exercise would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or a similar provision of other applicable law, then instead of terminating at the end of such prescribed period, the then-vested portion of this option will instead remain outstanding and not expire until the earlier of (i) the expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6(a) above or (ii) the date on which the then-vested portion of this option has been exercisable without violation of applicable law for the aggregate period (which need not be consecutive) after termination of the Optionee’s Service specified in the applicable Subsection above.

(e)    Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(f)    Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i)    More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii)    More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii)    More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for three months, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.


SECTION 7.    RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a)    Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b)    Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c)    Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.


(d)    Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e)    Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f)    Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g)    Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.


SECTION 8.    LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a)    It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b)    Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c)    Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9.    NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.


SECTION 10.    RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a)    Bylaws Restrictions . The Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be subject to the transfer restrictions in Article IX of the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, as may be amended from time to time, in addition to, and not in limitation of, the provisions of Section 8 of this Agreement.

(b)    Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse (or may be required to refuse) to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

(c)    Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “ Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.


(d)    Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(e)    Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel, including (if applicable because the Company is relying on Regulation S under the Securities Act) that as of the date of exercise the Optionee is (i) not a U.S. Person; (ii) not acquiring the Shares on behalf, or for the account or benefit, of a U.S. Person; and (iii) is not exercising the option in the United States.

(f)    Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. IN ADDITION, THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A LIMITED PERIOD FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL,


THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED. IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR THE AVAILABILITY (CONFIRMED BY OPINION OF COUNSEL) OF AN ALTERNATIVE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE ACT), THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.”

(g)    Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(h)    Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11.    ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.


SECTION 12.    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a)    Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b)    No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c)    Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any internationally recognized express mail courier service. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d)    Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e)    Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f)    Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 13.    ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on this option and the Shares issuable under this option pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Optionee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 7 (Right of First Refusal), 8 (Legality of Initial


Issuance) and 10 (Restrictions on Transfer of Shares, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off), as well as the following provisions:

(a)    Tax Consequences (No Liability for Discounted Options) . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, any Optionee subject to U.S. taxation acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b)    Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

(c)    No Notice of Expiration Date . The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.


(d)    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights . The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, upon exercise of this option and until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she will be deemed to have waived any rights the Optionee might otherwise have had under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or under similar rights under other applicable law) to inspect for any proper purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary. This waiver applies only in the Optionee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Optionee may have under other law or pursuant to a written agreement with the Company.

(e)    Plan Discretionary . The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(f)    Termination of Service . The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

(g)    Extraordinary Compensation . The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or endof-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(h)    Authorization to Disclose . The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.


(i)    Personal Data Authorization . The Optionee consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (i). The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company, the Optionee’s employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding the Optionee for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) the Optionee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all options or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor (the “ Data ”). The Optionee further understands and acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and that the Company and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere. The Optionee authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom the Optionee elects to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Optionee’s behalf. The Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (i) by contacting the Company in writing.

SECTION 14.    DEFINITIONS.

(a)    “ Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b)    “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c)    “ Company ” shall mean DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(d)    “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, motherin-law, fatherin-law, sonin-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(e)    “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(f)    “ Plan ” shall mean the DoorDash, Inc. 2014 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(g)    “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.


(h)    “ Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(i)    “ Service ” means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(j)    “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(k)    “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

(l)    “ U.S. Person ” shall mean a person described in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or provision), which generally defines a U.S. person as any natural person resident in the United States, any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. Person, or any trust of which of any trustee is a U.S. Person.


DOORDASH, INC. 2014 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (EARLY EXERCISE)

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of DoorDash, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:    «Name»
Total Number of Shares:    «TotalShares»
Type of Option:    «ISO» Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
   «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)
Exercise Price per Share:    $«PricePerShare»
Date of Grant:    «DateGrant»
Date Exercisable:    This option may be exercised at any time after the Date of Grant for all or any part of the Shares subject to this option.
Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestComDate»
Vesting Schedule:    The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the first «Percent»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes «CliffPeriod» months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above. The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to an additional «Fraction»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.
Expiration Date:    «ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2014 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 14 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 

OPTIONEE:    DOORDASH, INC.
  

By:

  

Title:


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

DOORDASH, INC. 2014 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (EARLY EXERCISE)

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms. This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 15 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability. Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Shares purchased by exercising this option may be subject to the Right of Repurchase under Section 7.

(b) Stockholder Approval. Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

-2-


SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by: (i) signing and delivering written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 13(c) specifying the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment and (ii) delivering payment, in a form permissible under Section 5, for the full amount of the Purchase Price (together with any applicable withholding taxes under Subsection (b)). In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. In the event of a partial exercise of this option, Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in the order in which they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) Withholding Taxes. In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax (including without limitation any income tax, social insurance contributions, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising in connection with the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Optionee (the “Tax-Related Items”)) as a result of the grant, vesting or exercise of this option, or as a result of the vesting or transfer of shares acquired upon exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. The Optionee acknowledges that the responsibility for all Tax-Related Items is the Optionee’s and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company (or its affiliate or agent).

(c) Issuance of Shares. After satisfying all requirements for exercise of this option, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. Until the issuance of the Shares has been entered into the books and records of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other right as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares. In the case of Restricted Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be deposited in escrow under Section 7(c). In the case of other Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash. All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

 

-3-


(c) Exercise/Sale. All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term. This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death). If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option was exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminated. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

(c) Death of the Optionee. If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

-4-


All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date of the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

(d) Extension of Post-Termination Exercise Periods. Following the date on which the Company’s Stock is first listed for trading on an established securities market, if during any part of the exercise period described in Subsections (b)(ii) or (iii) or Subsection (c)(ii) above the exercise of this option would be prohibited solely because the issuance of Shares upon such exercise would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or a similar provision of other applicable law, then instead of terminating at the end of such prescribed period, the then-vested portion of this option will instead remain outstanding and not expire until the earlier of (i) the expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6(a) above or (ii) the date on which the then-vested portion of this option has been exercisable without violation of applicable law for the aggregate period (which need not be consecutive) after termination of the Optionee’s Service specified in the applicable Subsection above.

(e) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence. If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(f) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

 

-5-


(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for three months, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

(a) Scope of Repurchase Right. Until they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Subsection (b) below, the Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Company’s Right of Repurchase. The Company, however, may decline to exercise its Right of Repurchase or may exercise its Right of Repurchase only with respect to a portion of the Restricted Shares. The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Optionee’s Service, but the Right of Repurchase may be exercised automatically under Subsection (d) below. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised, the Company shall pay the Optionee an amount equal to the lower of (i) the Exercise Price of each Restricted Share being repurchased or (ii) the Fair Market Value of such Restricted Share at the time the Right of Repurchase is exercised.

(b) Lapse of Repurchase Right. The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the Restricted Shares in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(c) Escrow. Upon issuance, the certificate(s) for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Subsection (f) below shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow. All ordinary cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Optionee and shall not be held in escrow. Restricted Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or the Right of First Refusal or (ii) released to the Optionee upon his or her request to the extent that the Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Optionee’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

(d) Exercise of Repurchase Right. The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 13(c) that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares. The Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Subsection (a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased. Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Optionee in the purchase of the Restricted Shares. The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company.

 

-6-


(e) Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 7 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration). Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 7, whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

(f) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same. In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(b) of the Plan or any other corporate reorganization, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company’s successor.

(g) Transfer of Restricted Shares. The Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence. The Optionee may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(h) Assignment of Repurchase Right. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and

 

-7-


address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 8 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 8.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal. Any other provision of this Section 8 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

-8-


(e) Permitted Transfers. This Section 8 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 8, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 8.

SECTION 9. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 10. No REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 11. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) Bylaws Restrictions. The Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be subject to the transfer restrictions in Article IX of the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, as may be amended from time to time, in addition to, and not in limitation of, the provisions of Section 8 of this Agreement.

 

-9-


(b) Securities Law Restrictions. Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse (or may be required to refuse) to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

(c) Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(d) Investment Intent at Grant. The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

-10-


(e) Investment Intent at Exercise. In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel, including (if applicable because the Company is relying on Regulation S under the Securities Act) that as of the date of exercise the Optionee is (i) not a U.S. Person; (ii) not acquiring the Shares on behalf, or for the account or benefit, of a U.S. Person; and (iii) is not exercising the option in the United States.

(f) Legends. All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. IN ADDITION, THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A LIMITED PERIOD FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED. IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR THE AVAILABILITY (CONFIRMED BY OPINION OF COUNSEL) OF AN ALTERNATIVE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE ACT), THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.”

 

-11-


(g) Removal of Legends. If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(h) Administration. Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 11 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 12. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder. Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights. Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice. Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any internationally recognized express mail courier service. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d) Modifications and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

 

-12-


(e) Entire Agreement. The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 14. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on this option and the Shares issuable under this option pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Optionee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 7 (Right of Repurchase), 8 (Right of First Refusal), 9 (Legality of Initial Issuance) and 11 (Restrictions on Transfer of Shares, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off), as well as the following provisions:

(a) Tax Consequences. The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, any Optionee subject to U.S. taxation acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents. The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

 

-13-


(c) No Notice of Expiration Date. The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

(d) Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, upon exercise of this option and until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she will be deemed to have waived any rights the Optionee might otherwise have had under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or under similar rights under other applicable law) to inspect for any proper purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary. This waiver applies only in the Optionee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Optionee may have under other law or pursuant to a written agreement with the Company.

(e) Plan Discretionary. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(f) Termination of Service. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

(g) Extraordinary Compensation. The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(h) Authorization to Disclose. The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

 

-14-


(i) Personal Data Authorization. The Optionee consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (i). The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company, the Optionee’s employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding the Optionee for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) the Optionee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all options or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor (the “Data”). The Optionee further understands and acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and that the Company and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere. The Optionee authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom the Optionee elects to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Optionee’s behalf. The Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (i) by contacting the Company in writing.

SECTION 15. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “Company” shall mean DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(d) “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(e) “Optionee” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(f) “Plan” shall mean the DoorDash, Inc. 2014 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(g) “Purchase Price” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(h) “Repurchase Period” shall mean a period of 90 consecutive days commencing on the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability.

(i) “Restricted Share” shall mean a Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.

 

-15-


(j) “Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 8.

(k) “Right of Repurchase” shall mean the Company’s right of repurchase described in Section 7.

(l) “Service” means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(m) “Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(n) “Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 8.

(o) “U.S. Person” shall mean a person described in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or provision), which generally defines a U.S. person as any natural person resident in the United States, any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. Person, or any trust of which of any trustee is a U.S. Person.

 

-16-


DOORDASH, INC. 2014

STOCK PLAN NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD

You (“Recipient”) have been granted Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) representing shares of the Common Stock of DoorDash, Inc. (the “Company”) on the following terms:

 

Name of Recipient:   <<Name>>
Total Number of RSUs Granted:   <<TotalRSUs>>
Date of Grant:   <<DateGrant>>
Vesting Commencement Date:   <<VestComDate>>
Expiration Date:   <<ExpirationDate>>1

Vesting: You will receive a benefit with respect to an RSU only if it vests. Two vesting requirements must be satisfied on or before the Expiration Date specified above in order for an RSU to vest: (i) a requirement that you provide Service over the period of time set forth in “Service-Based Requirement” below and (ii) a requirement that the Company complete either an IPO or a Sale Event as set forth below in “Liquidity Event Requirement.” Your RSUs will not vest (in whole or in part) if only one (or if neither) of such requirements is satisfied on or before the Expiration Date. The “Vesting Date” of an RSU will be the first date on or before the Expiration Date upon which both the Service-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied with respect to that particular RSU.

Service-Based Requirement: The Service-Based Requirement will be satisfied in installments as to the RSUs as follows provided you remain in Service through the applicable Company Vesting Date: (i) with respect to the first 25% of the RSUs subject to this award, on the first Company Vesting Date occurring on or after the 12 month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date specified above and (ii) with respect to an additional 6.25% of the RSUs subject to this award on each Company Vesting Date thereafter. The “Company Vesting Dates” are February 20, May 20, August 20 and November 20.

Liquidity Event Requirement: The Liquidity Event Requirement will be satisfied (as to any then-outstanding RSUs that have not previously been terminated pursuant to Section 2 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement) on the earlier to occur of (i) an IPO or (ii) a Sale Event.

Settlement: Settlement of RSUs refers to the issuance of Shares once the RSU is vested. If an RSU vests as a result of satisfaction of both applicable vesting requirements as described above, the Company will deliver one Share for such RSU at the time of settlement specified in Section 4 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

 

 

1 

Seven years from the date of grant.


By signing below or otherwise accepting this award in a manner acceptable to the Company, you and the Company agree that these RSUs are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award, the 2014 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. These latter two documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein or in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan. You hereby acknowledge that the vesting of the RSUs pursuant to this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award is conditioned on the satisfaction of the Service-Based Requirement and the occurrence, on or before the Expiration Date, of an IPO or Sale Event. You shall have no right with respect to the RSUs to the extent an IPO or Sale Event does not occur on or before the Expiration Date (regardless of the extent to which the Service-Based Requirement was satisfied). Section 9 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement also includes important acknowledgements.

 

RECIPIENT: DOORDASH, INC.
By:  

                    

Email Address:
Title:  
Address for Mailing Stock Certificate (only applicable if the Company has certificated shares):

THE RSUS GRANTED PURSUANT TO THE NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AND THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE THEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.


DOORDASH, INC. 2014 STOCK PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

SECTION 1    GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

(a)    Grant. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award and this Agreement, the Company grants to you on the Date of Grant the number of RSUs set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award. Each RSU represents the right to receive one Share on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

(b)    Consideration. No payment is required for the RSUs that have been granted to you. (c) Nature of Units; No Rights as a Stockholder. Your RSUs are mere bookkeeping entries and represent only the Company’s unfunded and unsecured promise to issue Shares on a future date under specified conditions. As a holder of RSUs, you have no rights other than the rights of a general creditor of the Company. Your RSUs carry neither voting rights nor rights to cash dividends. You have no rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until your RSUs are settled pursuant to Section 4.

(c)    Stock Plan and Defined Terms. Your RSUs are granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which you acknowledge having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Certain capitalized terms are defined in Section 10 of this Agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein or in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

SECTION 2    VESTING.

(a)    Generally. The RSUs vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award. You will receive a benefit with respect to an RSU only if both the Service-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied on or before the Expiration Date. Your RSUs will not vest (in whole or in part) if only one (or if neither) of such requirements is satisfied on or before the Expiration Date.

(b)    Termination of Service. If your Service terminates for any reason, all RSUs as to which the Service-Based Requirement has not been satisfied as of your termination date shall automatically terminate and be cancelled on the date that is 30 days after your termination date (such 30-day period, the “Post-Termination Period”). Except as provided in Subsection (c) below, you will not satisfy the Service-Based Requirement for any additional RSUs after your Service has terminated for any reason. Upon your termination of Service, any RSUs as to which the Service-Based Requirement has been satisfied will (if an IPO or Sale Event had not yet occurred) remain outstanding until the first to occur of the satisfaction of the Liquidity Event Requirement or the Expiration Date.

(c)    Additional Vesting Credit After Termination of Service. To the extent the Service-Based Requirement is not fully satisfied when your Service terminates, the Board of Directors may, during the Post-Termination Period, take action to cause the Service-Based Requirement to be satisfied with respect to additional RSUs. In no event will the Service-Based Requirement be satisfied after termination of your Service unless the Board of Directors takes affirmative action pursuant to the preceding sentence or unless expressly provided in a written agreement between you and the Company.

 

-3-


(d)    Expiration of RSUs. If an IPO or Sale Event does not occur on or before the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award, all RSUs (regardless of whether or not, or the extent to which, the Service-Based Requirement had been satisfied as to such RSUs) shall automatically terminate and be cancelled upon such date. Upon a termination of one or more RSUs pursuant to this Section 2, you will have no further right with respect to such RSUs or the Shares previously allocated thereto.

(e)    Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence. If you commence working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the Service-Based Requirement set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award. If you go on a leave of absence, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may adjust or suspend the Service-Based Requirement set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while you are on a bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company in writing. Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless you immediately return to active work when such leave ends.

SECTION 3    RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO RSUS.

Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan, these RSUs and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of by you prior to the settlement of the RSUs. However, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to receive any distribution of Shares to which you were entitled at the time of your death pursuant to this Agreement by delivering a written beneficiary designation to the Company’s headquarters on the prescribed form before your death. If you deliver no such beneficiary designation or if your designated beneficiaries do not survive you, your estate will receive payments in respect of any vested RSUs.

SECTION 4    SETTLEMENT OF RSUS.

(a)    Settlement Date. Upon or following a Vesting Date with respect to a particular RSU, the Company will settle the RSU by delivering one Share for that RSU. In connection with the satisfaction of the Liquidity Event Requirement, settlement of any vested RSUs will occur on the date specified below (such date, the “Initial Settlement Date”):

(i)    Subject to Subsection (b) below, if the Vesting Date involves an IPO, settlement shall occur 210 days after the IPO with respect to all RSUs vested on or before such settlement date; or

(ii)    Settlement of any RSUs that vest upon a Sale Event will occur upon or as soon as practicable following the Sale Event.

Any RSUs that vest after the Initial Settlement Date will be settled on or as soon as practicable after the Vesting Date applicable to the RSUs.

(b)    Change in Initial Settlement Date. To the extent permitted by Code Section 409A, settlement of any RSUs described in Section 4(a)(i) may occur up to 30 days earlier than the Initial Settlement Date, on a later date in the same calendar year as the Initial Settlement Date or, if later, by the 15th day of the third calendar month following the Initial Settlement Date. In addition, settlement of any RSUs described in Section 4(a)(i) may be accelerated to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-3(j)(4)(vi) and (xi). Any decision made pursuant to this Subsection (b) will be made by the Company’s Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and no Participant will be permitted, directly or indirectly, to select the calendar year of settlement.

 

-4-


(c)    Form of Delivery. The form of any delivery of Shares (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

(d)    Legality of Issuance. No Shares shall be issued to you upon settlement of these RSUs unless and until the Company has determined that (i) you and the Company have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof; (ii) any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and (iii) any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied. The Company shall have no liability to issue Shares in respect of the RSUs unless it is able to do so in compliance with applicable law.

SECTION 5    TAXES.

(a)    Withholding Taxes. No consideration will be paid to you in respect of this award unless you have made arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Parent or Subsidiary employing you (your “ Employer ”) for the payment of all applicable federal, State, local and foreign income and employment withholding taxes which arise in connection with the vesting and/or settlement of these RSUs (the “ Withholding Taxes ”). To the extent that you fail to make such arrangements with respect to these RSUs, then you will permanently forfeit such RSUs. At the discretion of the Company, these arrangements may include (i) withholding from other compensation or amounts that are owed to you by your Employer, (ii) payment in cash, (iii) if the Stock is publicly traded, payment from the proceeds of the sale of shares through a Company- approved broker, (iv) withholding a number of Shares that otherwise would be issued to you when the RSUs are settled, or (v) any other method permitted by the Company. If the Withholding Taxes are satisfied pursuant to clause (iv), you will be deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the RSUs and the Fair Market Value of the withheld Shares, determined as of the date when taxes otherwise would have been withheld in cash, will be applied to the Withholding Taxes and such amount will be remitted to appropriate tax authorities by the Company or your Employer. You acknowledge that the responsibility for all Withholding Taxes is yours and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or your Employer.

(b)    Section 409A. The settlement of these RSUs is intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and shall be administered and interpreted in a manner that complies with such requirements so that this award is not subject to additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Code Section 409A, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Code Section 409A. In this regard, to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A, any reference to your “termination of employment” or similar terms will mean your “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) (a “Separation”). In addition, if this award is payable upon your Separation and you are a “specified employee” of the Company or any affiliate thereof within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) on the day of your Separation, then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after your Separation, or (ii) your death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary so that this award is not subject to additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A. Each installment of your RSUs that vests is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

SECTION 6    RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO SHARES.

(a)    Bylaws Restrictions. The Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be subject to the transfer restrictions in Article IX of the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, as may be amended from time to time, in addition to, and not in limitation of, the provisions of this Agreement.

 

-5-


(b)    Securities Law Restrictions. Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse (or may be required to refuse) to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration. You (or the beneficiary or your personal representative in the event of your death or incapacity, as the case may be) shall deliver to the Company any representations or other documents or assurances as the Company may deem necessary or reasonably desirable to ensure compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

(c)    Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, you or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 6(c). This Section 6(c) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(d)    Investment Intent at Grant. You represent and agree that the Shares to be acquired upon settlement of these RSUs will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(e)    Investment Intent at Settlement. In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, you shall represent and agree at the time of issuance that the Shares being acquired upon settlement of these RSUs are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel, including, at the time of settlement, such representations as required by Regulation S of the Securities Act (if the Company is relying on such exemption).

 

-6-


(f)    Rights of the Company. The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any Transferee to whom the Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

(g)    Legends. All certificates evidencing the Shares issued under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY (AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN) MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO WHICH SUCH SHARES WERE ACQUIRED. THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN SUCH RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares issued under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED. IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR THE AVAILABILITY (CONFIRMED BY OPINION OF COUNSEL) OF AN ALTERNATIVE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE ACT), THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.”

(h)    Removal of Legends. If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares issued under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

-7-


(i)    Administration. Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 6 shall be conclusive and binding on you and all other persons.

SECTION 7    ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 9(a) of the Plan, the terms of these RSUs (including, without limitation, the number and kind of shares subject to these RSUs) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 9(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, these RSUs shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 9(b) of the Plan; provided, however, that any action taken must either preserve the exemption of your RSUs from Code Section 409A or comply with Code Section 409A. Any additional RSUs and any new, substituted or additional shares, cash or other property that become subject to this award as a result of any such transaction shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as applicable to the RSUs to which they relate.

SECTION 8    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a)    No Retention Rights. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon you the right to remain in Service in any capacity for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining you) or you, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(b)    Notice. Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any internationally recognized express mail courier service, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to you at the address that you most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Section 8(b). In addition, to the extent required or permitted pursuant to rules established by the Company from time to time, notices may be delivered electronically.

(c)    Modifications and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by you and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than you). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(d)    Entire Agreement. The Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(e)    Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(f)    Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

-8-


(g)    Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and be binding upon you and your legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributes, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

SECTION 9    ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on your RSUs and the Shares issuable upon settlement of your RSUs pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, you expressly acknowledge being subject to Section 6 (Restrictions Applicable to Shares, including without limitation the Bylaws Restrictions and Market Stand-Off), as well as the following provisions:

(a)    Tax Consequences. You acknowledge that there will be tax consequences upon vesting and/or settlement of the RSUs and/or disposition of the Shares, if any, received hereunder, and you should consult a tax adviser regarding your tax obligations prior to such event. You acknowledge that the Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan or acquisition or sale of Shares subject to this award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, legal, and financial advisors regarding your participation in the Plan. You further acknowledge that the Company (i) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the tax treatment of the award of RSUs, including, but not limited to the grant, vesting, or settlement of the RSUs, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such RSUs, and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) does not commit to and is under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant of the RSUs to reduce or eliminate your tax liability or achieve any particular tax result. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the RSUs, the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liability. You shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers, or employees related to tax matters arising from this award or your other compensation.

(b)    Electronic Delivery of Documents. You acknowledge and agree that the Company may, in its sole discretion, deliver all documents relating the Company, the Plan or these RSUs and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission) by email or other means of electronic transmission (including by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or a third party under contract with the Company). You acknowledge that you may incur costs in connection with any such delivery by means of electronic transmission, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents.

(c)    Plan Discretionary. You understand and acknowledge that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and your employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of the RSUs does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of RSUs (or benefits in lieu of RSUs) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when RSUs will be granted, the number of Shares offered, and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(d)    Termination of Service. You understand and acknowledge that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of your Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

 

-9-


(e)    Extraordinary Compensation. The value of your RSUs and the Shares issuable thereunder shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of your employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of your normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(f)    Authorization to Disclose. You hereby authorize and direct your employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding your employment, the nature and amount of your compensation and the fact and conditions of your participation in the Plan, as your employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

(g)    Personal Data Authorization. You consent to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (g). You understand and acknowledge that the Company, your employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding you for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) your name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all RSUs or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor (the “ Data ”). You further understand and acknowledge that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of your participation in the Plan and that the Company and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. You understand and acknowledge that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere. You authorize such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering your participation in the Plan, including a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom you elect to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on your behalf. You may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (g) by contacting the Company in writing.

SECTION 10    DEFINITIONS.

(a)    “Agreement” means this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

(b)    “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c)    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d)    “Company” means DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(e)    “Date of Grant” means the date specified in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant these RSUs or (ii) your first date of Service.

(f)    “Expiration Date” means the expiration date of the RSUs as set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(g)    “IPO” means the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Shares shall be publicly held, and “IPO Date” means the date on which the IPO occurs.

 

-10-


(h)    “Liquidity Event Requirement” means the requirement that the Company complete an IPO or Sale Event as described in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(i)    “Plan” means the DoorDash, Inc. 2014 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(j)    “RSUs” means the Restricted Stock Units granted to you by the Company as set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(k)    “Sale Event” means the consummation of the following transactions in which holders of Shares receive cash and/or marketable securities tradable on an established national or foreign securities exchange: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity; (ii) a merger, reorganization, or consolidation involving the Company in which the shares of voting stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction represent or are converted into or exchanged for securities of the surviving or resulting entity immediately upon completion of such transaction which represent less than 50% of the outstanding voting power of such surviving or resulting entity; or (iii) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or series of related transactions by a person or group of persons. For the avoidance of doubt, an initial public offering, any subsequent public offering, another capital raising event, and a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.” In addition, a transaction shall not constitute a Sale Event unless such transaction also qualifies as an event under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) (change in the ownership of a corporation), Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) (change in the effective control of a corporation) or Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A- 3(i)(5)(vii) (change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets).

(l)    “Service” means service as an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director. In the event of any dispute over whether and when Service has terminated, the Board of Directors shall have sole discretion to determine whether such termination has occurred and the effective date of such termination.

(m)    “Service-Based Requirement” means the requirement to provide Service over the period of time set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(n)    “Transferee” means any person to whom you have directly or indirectly transferred any Shares acquired under this Agreement.

 

-11-

Exhibit 10.5

DOORDASH, INC.

EXECUTIVE CHANGE IN CONTROL AND SEVERANCE PLAN

AND SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

1.    Introduction. The purpose of this DoorDash, Inc. Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan is to provide assurances of specified benefits to certain employees of the Company whose employment is subject to being involuntarily terminated other than for death, Disability, or Cause or voluntarily terminated for Good Reason under the circumstances described in the Plan (as defined below). This Plan is an “employee welfare benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA. This document constitutes both the written instrument under which the Plan is maintained and the required summary plan description for the Plan.

2.    Important Terms. The following words and phrases, when the initial letter of the term is capitalized, will have the meanings set forth in this Section 2, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

(a)    “Administrator” means the Company, acting through the Leadership Development, Inclusion and Compensation Committee or another duly constituted committee of members of the Board, or any person to whom the Administrator has delegated any authority or responsibility with respect to the Plan pursuant to Section 11, but only to the extent of such delegation.

(b)    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c)    “Cause” has the meaning set forth in the Participant’s Participation Agreement or, in the absence of such definition being included therein, means, with respect to a Participant (1) conviction of, or a plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to a felony (other than a driving offense related solely to driving in excess of the speed limit) under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, (2) intentional misappropriation of the assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, embezzlement, misrepresentation, or other unlawful act committed by the Participant that results in harm to the Company or its subsidiaries, including financial or reputational, which harm shall be determined in the Company’s sole and reasonable discretion; (3) the Participant’s intentional and willful refusal to perform material duties and obligations (for reasons other than death or Disability), which is not cured to the sole and reasonable satisfaction of the Company after the Company has delivered a written demand for performance to the Participant that describes the basis for the Company’s belief that the Participant has committed such actions(s) and the Participant has not cured within a period of 30 days following notice), and (4) the Participant’s failure or refusal to comply with the policies, standards and regulations established by the Company from time to time, which failure is not cured to the sole and reasonable satisfaction of the Company after the Company has delivered a written demand for performance to the Participant that describes the basis for the Company’s belief that the Participant has committed such failure(s) and the Participant has not cured within a period of 30 days following notice; or (5) the Participant’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its subsidiaries, or material violation of any offer letter or other agreement between you and the Company or any of its subsidiaries that results in harm to the Company or its subsidiaries, including financial or reputational, which harm shall be determined in the Company’s sole and reasonable discretion.


(d)    “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)    Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event will not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (i). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership will include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

(ii)    Change in Effective Control of the Company. A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii)    Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

-2-


For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (x) its primary purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (y) its primary purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(e)     “Change in Control Period” means the time period beginning on the date that is 3 months prior to a Change in Control and ending on the date that is 12 months following a Change in Control.

(f)    “CIC Qualifying Termination” means a termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) within the Change in Control Period by (a) the Participant for Good Reason, or (b) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) for a reason other than Cause, the Participant’s death or Disability.

(g)    “Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h)    “Company” means DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor that assumes the obligations of the Company under the Plan, by way of merger, acquisition, consolidation or other transaction.

(i)    “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

(j)    “Director means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company. Directors are not eligible for Severance Benefits.

(k)    “Disability” means “Disability” as defined in the Company’s long-term disability plan or policy then in effect with respect to that Participant, as such plan or policy may be in effect from time to time, and, if there is no such plan or policy, a total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3).

(l)    “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(m)    “Equity Awards” means a Participant’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation awards.

 

-3-


(n)    “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(o)    “Good Reason has the meaning set forth in the Participant’s Participation Agreement or, in the absence of such definition being included therein, means the occurrence of one or more of the following (through a single action or series of actions), without the Participant’s written consent, with respect to Participant (1) a material reduction in combined annual base salary and target incentive cash compensation other than a one-time reduction of 15% or less that is applicable to substantially all other similarly-situated executives; (2) a material adverse change in title, authority, responsibilities or duties; (3) the Company’s requirement of relocation of the Participant’s primary work location to a location that increases his or her one-way commute by more than 50 miles; or (4) a material breach by the Company of any material written agreement with the Participant. For “Good Reason” to be established, Participant must provide written notice to the Company within 30 days immediately following such events, the Company must fail to remedy such event within 30 days after receipt of such notice, and Participant’s resignation must be effective not later than 90 days after the expiration of such cure period.

(p)    “Non-CIC Qualifying Termination” means a termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) other than within the Change in Control Period by the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) for a reason other than Cause, the Participant’s death or Disability.

(q)     “Participant” means an employee of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company who (a) has been designated by the Administrator to participate in the Plan by name and (b) has timely and properly executed and delivered a Participation Agreement to the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, no employee may participate in the Plan without being designated to participate in the Plan.

(r)    “Participation Agreement” means the individual agreement (as will be provided in separate cover as Appendix A) provided by the Administrator to a Participant under the Plan, which has been signed and accepted by the Participant.

(s)    “Plan” means the DoorDash, Inc. Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan, as set forth in this document, and as hereafter amended from time to time.

(t)    “Section 409A Limit” means 2 times the lesser of: (i) the Participant’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to the Participant during the Participant’s taxable year preceding the Participant’s taxable year of the Participant’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which the Participant’s employment is terminated.

(u)    “Severance Benefits” means the compensation and other benefits that the Participant will be provided in the circumstances described in Section 4.

(v)    “Qualifying Termination” means a CIC Qualifying Termination or a Non-CIC Qualifying Termination, as applicable.

 

-4-


3.    Eligibility for Severance Benefits. A Participant is eligible for Severance Benefits, as described in Section 4, only if he or she experiences an Qualifying Termination. A Director is not eligible for Severance Benefits.

4.    Qualifying Termination. Upon a Qualifying Termination, then, subject to the Participant’s compliance with Section 6, the Participant will be eligible to receive the following Severance Benefits as described in Participant’s Participation Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Participant’s Participation Agreement:

(a)    Cash Severance Benefits. Cash severance equal to the amount set forth in the Participant’s Participation Agreement and payable in cash at the time(s) specified the Participant’s Participation Agreement.

(b)    Continued Medical Benefits. If the Participant, and any spouse and/or dependents of the Participant (“Family Members”) has or have coverage on the date of the Participant’s Qualifying Termination under a group health plan sponsored by the Company, the total applicable premium cost for continued group health plan coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) during the period of time following the Participant’s employment termination, as set forth in the Participant’s Participation Agreement, regardless of whether the Participant elects COBRA continuation coverage for Participant and his Family Members (the “COBRA Severance”). The COBRA Severance will be paid in a lump sum payment equal to, on an after-tax basis (in other words grossed-up to leave Participant in a tax neutral position vis-à-vis such payment), the monthly COBRA premium (on an after-tax basis) that the Participant would be required to pay to continue the group health coverage in effect on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), multiplied by the number of months in the period of time set forth in the Participant’s Participation Agreement following the termination. Furthermore, for any Participant who, due to non-U.S. local law considerations, is covered by a health plan that is not subject to COBRA, the Company may (in its discretion) instead provide cash or continued coverage in a manner intended to replicate the benefits of this Section 4(b) and to comply with applicable local law considerations.

(c)    Equity Award Vesting Acceleration Benefit. If and to the extent specifically provided in the Participant’s Participation Agreement, all or a portion of Participant’s Equity Awards will vest and, to the extent applicable, become immediately exercisable.

5.    Limitation on Payments. In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Plan or otherwise payable to a Participant (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (“280G Payments”), and (ii) but for this Section 5, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the 280G Payments will be either:

(x) delivered in full, or

(y) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Participant on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the

 

-5-


Code. If a reduction in the 280G Payments is necessary so that no portion of such benefits are subject to the Excise Tax, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G); (ii) a pro rata reduction of (A) cash payments that are subject to Section 409A as deferred compensation and (B) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (iii) a pro rata reduction of (A) employee benefits that are subject to Section 409A as deferred compensation and (B) employee benefits not subject to Section 409A; and (iv) a pro rata cancellation of (A) accelerated vesting equity awards that are subject to Section 409A as deferred compensation and (B) equity awards not subject to Section 409A. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be cancelled, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of a Participant’s equity awards.

Unless Participant and the Company otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 5 will be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants immediately prior to the Change in Control or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “Firm”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Participant and the Company. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5 the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. Participant and the Company will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 5. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5.

6.    Conditions to Receipt of Severance.

(a)    Release Agreement. As a condition to receiving the Severance Benefits, each Participant will be required to sign and not revoke a separation and release of claims agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”). In all cases, the Release must become effective and irrevocable no later than the 60th day following the Participant’s Qualifying Termination (the “Release Deadline Date”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline Date, the Participant will forfeit any right to the Severance Benefits. In no event will the Severance Benefits be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable.

(b)    Confidential Information. A Participant’s receipt of Severance Benefits will be subject to the Participant continuing to comply with the terms of any confidentiality, proprietary information and inventions agreement and such other appropriate agreement between the Participant and the Company.

(c)    Non-Disparagement. As a condition to receiving Severance Benefits under this Plan, the Participant agrees that following the Participant’s termination, the Participant will not knowingly and materially disparage, libel, slander, or otherwise make any materially derogatory statements regarding the Company or any of its officers or directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in the Plan will be deemed to restrict the Participant from providing information to any governmental or regulatory agency or body (or in any way limit the content of any such information) to the extent the Participant is required to provide such information pursuant a subpoena or as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, or in accordance with any governmental investigation or audit relating to the Company.

 

-6-


(d)    Other Requirements. Severance Benefits under this Plan shall terminate immediately for a Participant if such Participant, at any time, violates any such agreement and/or the provisions of this Section 6.

7.    Timing of Severance Benefits. Unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Participation Agreement, provided that the Release becomes effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline Date and subject to Section 9, the Severance Benefits will be paid, or in the case of installments, will commence, on the first Company payroll date following the Release Deadline Date (such payment date, the “Severance Start Date”), and any Severance Benefits otherwise payable to the Participant during the period immediately following the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company through the Severance Start Date will be paid in a lump sum to the Participant on the Severance Start Date, with any remaining payments to be made as provided in this Plan and the Participant’s Participation Agreement.

8.    Exclusive Benefit. Except as otherwise specifically provided in Appendix A, the Severance Benefits shall be the exclusive benefit for a Participant related to termination of employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary).

9.    Section 409A.

(a)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no Severance Benefits to be paid or provided to a Participant, if any, under this Plan that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) (together, the “Deferred Payments”) will be paid or provided until the Participant has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no Severance Benefits payable to a Participant, if any, under this Plan that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until the Participant has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(b)    It is intended that none of the Severance Benefits will constitute Deferred Payments but rather will be exempt from Section 409A as a payment that would fall within the “short-term deferral period” as described in Section (c) below or resulting from an involuntary separation from service as described in Section (d) below. In no event will a Participant have discretion to determine the taxable year of payment of any Deferred Payment.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of the Participant’s separation from service (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first 6 months following the Participant’s separation from service, will become payable on the date 6 months and 1 day following the date of the Participant’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of the Participant’s death following the Participant’s separation from service, but before the 6 month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in

 

-7-


accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of the Participant’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment under Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(d)    Any amount paid under this Plan that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of this Section 9.

(e)    Any amount paid under this Plan that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of this Section 9.

(f)    The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Severance Benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply or be exempt. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, including but not limited to Sections 11 and 13, the Company reserves the right to amend the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Participants, to comply with Section 409A or to avoid income recognition under Section 409A prior to the actual payment of Severance Benefits or imposition of any additional tax. In no event will the Company reimburse a Participant for any taxes or other costs that may be imposed on the Participant as result of Section 409A.

10.    Withholdings. The Company will withhold from any Severance Benefits all applicable U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxes required to be withheld and any other required payroll deductions.

11.    Administration. The Company is the administrator of the Plan (within the meaning of section 3(16)(A) of ERISA). The Plan will be administered and interpreted by the Administrator (in his or her sole discretion). The Administrator is the “named fiduciary” of the Plan for purposes of ERISA and will be subject to the fiduciary standards of ERISA when acting in such capacity. Any decision made or other action taken by the Administrator with respect to the Plan, and any interpretation by the Administrator of any term or condition of the Plan, or any related document, will be conclusive and binding on all persons and be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law. In accordance with Section 2, the Administrator (a) may, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, delegate in writing to one or more officers of the Company all or any portion of its authority or responsibility with respect to the Plan, and (b) has the authority to act for the Company (in a non-fiduciary capacity) as to any matter pertaining to the Plan; provided, however, that any Plan amendment or termination or any other action that reasonably could be expected to increase materially the cost of the Plan must be approved by the Board.

12.    Eligibility to Participate. To the extent that the Administrator has delegated administrative authority or responsibility to one or more officers of the Company in accordance with Sections 2 and 11, each such officer will not be excluded from participating in the Plan if otherwise eligible, but he or she is not entitled to act upon or make determinations regarding any

 

-8-


matters pertaining specifically to his or her own benefit or eligibility under the Plan. The Administrator will act upon and make determinations regarding any matters pertaining specifically to the benefit or eligibility of each such officer under the Plan.

13.    Amendment or Termination. The Company, by action of the Administrator, reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, without advance notice to any Participant and without regard to the effect of the amendment or termination on any Participant or on any other individual, subject to the following; provided, however, that any amendment or termination of the Plan that is materially detrimental to a Participant prior to such amendment or termination of the Plan will not be effective with respect to such Participant without such Participant’s prior written consent. Any amendment or termination of the Plan will be in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment to the Plan that (a) causes an individual to cease to be a Participant, or (b) reduces or alters to the detriment of the Participant the Severance Benefits potentially payable to that Participant (including, without limitation, imposing additional conditions or modifying the timing of payment), will not be effective without that Participant’s written consent. Any action of the Company in amending or terminating the Plan will be taken in a non-fiduciary capacity.

14.    Claims and Appeals.

(a)    Claims Procedure. Any employee or other person who believes he or she is entitled to any Severance Benefits may submit a claim in writing to the Administrator within 90 days of the earlier of (i) the date the claimant learned the amount of his or her Severance Benefits or (ii) the date the claimant learned that he or she will not be entitled to any Severance Benefits. If the claim is denied (in full or in part), the claimant will be provided a written notice explaining the specific reasons for the denial and referring to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based. The notice also will describe any additional information needed to support the claim and the Plan’s procedures for appealing the denial. The denial notice will be provided within 90 days after the claim is received. If special circumstances require an extension of time (up to 90 days), written notice of the extension will be given within the initial 90-day period. This notice of extension will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision on the claim.

(b)    Appeal Procedure. If the claimant’s claim is denied, the claimant (or his or her authorized representative) may apply in writing to the Administrator for a review of the decision denying the claim. Review must be requested within 60 days following the date the claimant received the written notice of their claim denial or else the claimant loses the right to review. The claimant (or representative) then has the right to review and obtain copies of all documents and other information relevant to the claim, upon request and at no charge, and to submit issues and comments in writing. The Administrator will provide written notice of its decision on review within 60 days after it receives a review request. If additional time (up to 60 days) is needed to review the request, the claimant (or representative) will be given written notice of the reason for the delay. This notice of extension will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision. If the claim is denied (in full or in part), the claimant will be provided a written notice explaining the specific reasons for the denial and referring to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based. The notice also will include a statement that the claimant will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents and other information relevant to the claim and a statement regarding the claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

-9-


15.    Attorneys’ Fees. The parties shall each bear their own expenses, legal fees and other fees incurred in connection with this Plan.

16.    Source of Payments. All payments under the Plan will be paid from the general funds of the Company; no separate fund will be established under the Plan, and the Plan will have no assets. No right of any person to receive any payment under the Plan will be any greater than the right of any other general unsecured creditor of the Company.

17.    Inalienability. In no event may any current or former employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates sell, transfer, anticipate, assign or otherwise dispose of any right or interest under the Plan. At no time will any such right or interest be subject to the claims of creditors nor liable to attachment, execution or other legal process.

18.    No Enlargement of Employment Rights. Neither the establishment or maintenance or amendment of the Plan, nor the making of any benefit payment hereunder, will be construed to confer upon any individual any right to continue to be an employee of the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right to discharge any of its employees at any time, with or without cause. However, as described in the Plan, a Participant may be entitled to Severance Benefits depending upon the circumstances of his or her termination of employment.

19.    Successors. Any successor to the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or other transaction) will assume the obligations under the Plan and agree expressly to perform the obligations under the Plan in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under the Plan, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which become bound by the terms of the Plan by operation of law, or otherwise.

20.    Applicable Law. The provisions of the Plan will be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with ERISA and, to the extent applicable, the internal substantive laws of the state of California (but not its conflict of laws provisions).

21.    Severability. If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

22.    Headings. Headings in this Plan document are for purposes of reference only and will not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

23.    Indemnification. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the officers and employees of the Company, and the members of its Board, from all losses, claims, costs or other liabilities arising from their acts or omissions in connection with the administration, amendment or termination of the Plan, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. This indemnity will cover all such liabilities, including judgments, settlements and costs of defense. The Company will provide this indemnity from its own funds to the extent that insurance does not cover such liabilities. This indemnity is in addition to and not in lieu of any other indemnity provided to such person by the Company.

 

-10-


24.    Additional Information.

 

Plan Name:    DoorDash, Inc. Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan
Plan Sponsor:    DoorDash, Inc.
   303 2ND STREET, 8th Floor South Tower
   SAN FRANCISCO CA 94107
   (650) 487-3970
Identification Numbers:                EIN: 46-2852392
   PLAN:
Plan Year:    Company’s fiscal year
Plan Administrator:    DoorDash, Inc.
  

Attention: Administrator of the DoorDash, Inc.

Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan

   303 2ND STREET, 8th Floor South Tower
   SAN FRANCISCO CA 94107
   (650) 487-3970
Agent for Service of    DoorDash, Inc.
Legal Process:    Attention: General Counsel
   302 2ND STREET, 8th Floor South Tower
   SAN FRANCISCO CA 94107
   (650) 487-3970
   Service of process also may be made upon the Administrator.
Type of Plan    Severance Plan/Employee Welfare Benefit Plan
Plan Costs    The cost of the Plan is paid by the Company.

25.    Statement of ERISA Rights.

As a Participant under the Plan, you have certain rights and protections under ERISA:

You may examine (without charge) all Plan documents, including any amendments and copies of all documents filed with the U.S. Department of Labor. These documents are available for your review in the Company’s People Team.

You may obtain copies of all Plan documents and other Plan information upon written request to the Administrator. A reasonable charge may be made for such copies.

 

-11-


In addition to creating rights for Participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the Plan. The people who operate the Plan (called “fiduciaries”) have a duty to do so prudently and in the interests of you and the other Participants. No one, including the Company or any other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a benefit under the Plan or exercising your rights under ERISA. If your claim for a severance benefit is denied, in whole or in part, you must receive a written explanation of the reason for the denial. You have the right to have the denial of your claim reviewed. (The claim review procedure is explained in Section 14 above.)

Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For example, if you request materials and do not receive them within 30 days, you may file suit in a federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Administrator to provide the materials and to pay you up to $110 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent due to reasons beyond the control of the Administrator. If you have a claim which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a federal court. If it should happen that you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a federal court.

In any case, the court will decide who will pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful, the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds that your claim is frivolous.

If you have any questions regarding the Plan, please contact the Administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, you may contact the nearest area office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration (formerly the Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration), U.S. Department of Labor, listed in your telephone directory, or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210. You also may obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

o o o

 

-12-


Appendix A

DoorDash, Inc. Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan

Participation Agreement

DoorDash, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to inform you,                     , that you have been selected to participate in the Company’s Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan (the “Plan”) as a Participant.

A copy of the Plan was delivered to you with this Participation Agreement. Your participation in the Plan is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan. The capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

In order to actually become a participant in the Plan, you must complete and sign this Participation Agreement and return it to [NAME] no later than [DATE].

The Plan describes in detail certain circumstances under which you may become eligible for Severance Benefits. As described more fully in the Plan, you may become eligible for certain Severance Benefits if you experience a Qualifying Termination.

1.    Non-CIC Qualifying Termination. Upon your Non-CIC Qualifying Termination, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, you will receive:

(a)    Cash Severance Benefits. Continuing payments for a period of          months of your base salary (less applicable withholding taxes).

(b)    Continued Medical Benefits. A lump sum payment equal to, on an after-tax basis, the cost of continued health coverage under COBRA, as described in Section 4(b) of the Plan, multiplied by     .

2.    CIC Qualifying Termination. Upon your CIC Qualifying Termination, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, you will receive:

(a)    Cash Severance Benefits. A lump sum payment equal to of          months of your base salary (less applicable withholding taxes).

(b)    Continued Medical Benefits. A lump sum payment equal to, on an after-tax basis, the cost of continued health coverage under COBRA, as described in Section 4(b) of the Plan, multiplied by     .

(c)    [Equity Award Vesting Acceleration.     % of your then-outstanding and unvested Equity Awards will become vested in full and, to the extent applicable, become immediately exercisable (it being understood that forfeiture of any equity awards due to termination of employment will be tolled to the extent necessary to implement this section (c)). If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to     % of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).]


3.    Non-Duplication of Payment or Benefits. If (a) your Qualifying Termination occurs prior to a Change in Control that qualifies you for Severance Benefits under Section 1 of this Participation Agreement and (b) a Change in Control occurs within the 3-month period following your Qualifying Termination that qualifies you for the superior Severance Benefits under Section 2 of this Participation Agreement, then (i) you will cease receiving any further payments or benefits under Section 1 of this Participation Agreement and (ii) the Cash Severance Benefits, Continued Medical Benefits, and Equity Award Vesting Acceleration, as applicable, otherwise payable under Section 2 of this Participation Agreement each will be offset by the corresponding payments or benefits you already received under Section 1 of this Participation Agreement in connection your Qualifying Termination (if any).

4.    Exclusive Benefit. In accordance with Section 8 of the Plan, the benefits, if any, provided under this Plan will be the exclusive benefits for a Participant related to his or her termination of employment with the Company and/or a change in control of the Company and will supersede and replace any severance and/or change in control benefits set forth in any offer letter, employment or severance agreement and/or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, including any equity award agreement[; provided, however that the letter agreement by and between the Company and Participant dated                      shall continue to govern with respect to any vesting acceleration rights for (i) Participant’s Equity Award described therein and (ii) retention bonus described therein. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Participant was otherwise eligible to participate in any other Company severance and/or change in control plan (whether or not subject to ERISA), then participation in this Plan will supersede and replace eligibility in such other plan, except as otherwise provided in this paragraph]. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Participant was otherwise eligible to participate in any other Company severance and/or change in control plan (whether or not subject to ERISA), then participation in this Plan will supersede and replace eligibility in such other plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision in your existing offer letter, employment agreement, and/or equity award agreement with the Company that provides for vesting of your restricted stock units upon satisfaction of the “Liquidity Event Requirement” (as defined in the letter and/or agreement), or such other similar term as set forth therein, will not be superseded by the Plan or the Participation Agreement, and will continue in full force and effect pursuant to its existing terms.

In order to receive any Severance Benefits for which you otherwise become eligible under the Plan, you must sign and deliver to the Company the Release, which must have become effective and irrevocable within the requisite period, and otherwise comply with the requirements under Section 6 of the Plan.

By your signature below, you and the Company agree that your participation in the Plan is governed by this Participation Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. Your signature below confirms that: (1) you have received a copy of the Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description; (2) you have carefully read this Participation Agreement and the Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description and you acknowledge and agree to its terms in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Participation Agreement; and (3) decisions and determinations by the Administrator under the Plan will be final and binding on you and your successors.

[Signature page follows]


DOORDASH, INC.     PARTICIPANT

 

   

 

Signature     Signature

 

   

 

Name     Date

 

   
Title    

Attachment:    DoorDash, Inc. Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description

[Signature page to the Participation Agreement]

Exhibit 10.6

DOORDASH, INC.

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Adopted by the Board of Directors on September 19, 2020

and effective immediately prior to the Company’s initial public offering

1.    Purposes of the Plan. The Plan is intended to increase stockholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.

2.    Definitions.

(a)    “Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award.

(b)    “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.

(c)    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d)    “Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.

(e)    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(f)    “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Leadership Development, Inclusion and Compensation Committee will administer the Plan.

(g)    “Company” means DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(h)    “Disability” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Committee from time to time.

(i)    “Employee” means any executive, officer, or key employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

(j)    “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.


(k)    “Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.

(l)    “Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months.

(m)    “Plan” means this Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as set forth in this instrument (including any appendix attached hereto) and as hereafter amended from time to time.

(n)    “Target Award” means the target award, at 100% of target level performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b).

(o)    “Termination of Service” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of an Affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an Affiliate.

3.    Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards.

(a)    Selection of Participants. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Performance Periods.

(b)    Determination of Target Awards. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant (which may be expressed as a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period).

(c)    Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool.

(d)    Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion and at any time, may (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, in the Committee’s discretion. The Committee may determine the amount of any increase, reduction or elimination on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

(e)    Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine the performance goals applicable to any

 

-2-


Target Award which requirement may include, without limitation, (i) attainment of research and development milestones, (ii) sales bookings, (iii) business divestitures and acquisitions, (iv) cash flow, (v) cash position, (vi) earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interested, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings), (vii) earnings per share, (viii) net income, (ix) net profit, (x) net sales, (xi) operating cash flow, (xii) operating expenses, (xiii) operating income, (xiv) operating margin, (xv) overhead or other expense reduction, (xvi) product defect measures, (xvii) product release timelines, (xviii) productivity, (xix) profit, (xx) return on assets, (xxi) return on capital, (xxii) return on equity, (xxiii) return on investment, (xxiv) return on sales, (xxv) revenue, (xxvi) revenue growth, (xxvii) sales results, (xviii) sales growth, (xxix) stock price, (xxx) time to market, (xxxi) total stockholder return, (xxxii) working capital, and (xxxiii) individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Committee, the performance goals may be based on generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit, segment or Company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the Committee determines, including but not limited to, as applicable, (A) in absolute terms, (B) in combination with another performance goal or goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (C) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results for other periods, passage of time and/or against another company or companies or an index or indices), (D) on a per-share basis, (E) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company and/or (F) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d).

4.    Payment of Awards.

(a)    Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.

(b)    Timing of Payment. Payment of each Actual Award shall be made as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period to which the Actual Award relates and after the Actual Award is approved by the Committee, but in no event following the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month of the Fiscal Year immediately following the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Actual Award is first no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and (ii) March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Actual Award is first no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, to earn an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the date the Actual Award is paid.

It is the intent that this Plan be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

-3-


(c)    Form of Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum.

(d)    Payment in the Event of Death or Disability. If a Participant dies or becomes Disabled prior to the payment of an Actual Award earned by him or her prior to death or Disability for a prior Performance Period, the Actual Award will be paid to his or her estate or to the Participant, as the case may be, subject to the Committee’s discretion to reduce or eliminate any Actual Award otherwise payable.

5.    Plan Administration.

(a)    Committee is the Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.

(b)    Committee Authority. It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and subplans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.

(c)    Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

(d)    Delegation by Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company.

(e)    Indemnification. Each person who is or will have been a member of the Committee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

-4-


6.    General Provisions.

(a)    Tax Withholding. The Company (or the Affiliate employing the applicable Employee) will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations).

(b)    No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company (or the Affiliate employing the applicable Employee) to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) will not be deemed a Termination of Service. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.

(c)    Participation. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

(d)    Forfeiture Events.

(i)    Clawback Policy; Applicable Laws. All awards under the Plan will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company (or any parent or subsidiary) is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable laws. In addition, the Administrator may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions with respect to an award under the Plan as the Administrator determines necessary or appropriate, including without limitation a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired cash, stock, or other property provided with respect to an award. Unless this Section 6(d)(i) is specifically mentioned and waived in a written agreement between a Participant and the Company (or any parent or subsidiary) or other document, no recovery of compensation under a clawback policy will give the Participant the right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with a member of the Company Group.

(ii)    Additional Forfeiture Terms. The Administrator may specify when providing for an award under the Plan that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to the award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of the award. Such events may include, without limitation, termination of the Participant’s status as an Employee for “cause” or any act by a Participant, whether before or after the Participant’s status as an Employee terminates, that would constitute “cause.”

(e)    Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

 

-5-


(f)    Beneficiary Designations. If permitted by the Committee, a Participant under the Plan may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom any vested but unpaid award will be paid in the event of the Participant’s death. Each such designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and will be effective only if given in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee. In the absence of any such designation, any vested benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death will be paid to the Participant’s estate.

(g)    Nontransferability of Awards. No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or to the limited extent provided in Section 6(e). All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

7.    Amendment, Termination, and Duration.

(a)    Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

(b)    Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date specified herein, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Board’s and the Committee’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter until terminated.

8.    Legal Construction.

(a)    Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.

(b)    Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

(c)    Requirements of Law. The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(d)    Governing Law. The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

(e)    Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.

 

-6-


(f)    Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.7

DOORDASH, INC.

OUTSIDE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION AND EQUITY OWNERSHIP POLICY

(Adopted on September 15, 2020; effective as of one business day immediately prior to the Effective Date)

DoorDash, Inc. (the “Company”) believes that providing cash and equity compensation to its members of the Board of Directors (the “Board,” and members of the Board, the “Directors”) represents an effective tool to attract, retain and reward Directors who are not employees of the Company (the “Outside Directors”). This Outside Director Compensation and Equity Ownership Policy (the “Policy”) is intended to formalize the Company’s policy regarding the compensation to its Outside Directors and to formalize the Company’s policy regarding Outside Director equity ownership. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Policy will have the meaning given to such terms in the Company’s 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), or if the Plan is no longer in place, the meaning given to such terms or any similar terms in the equity plan then in place. Each Outside Director will be solely responsible for any tax obligations incurred by such Outside Director as a result of the equity and cash payments such Outside Director receives under this Policy.

Subject to Section 9 of this Policy, this Policy will be effective as of the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities (the “Registration Statement”) (such date, the “Effective Date”).

1.    Cash Compensation

Annual Cash Retainer

Each Outside Director will be paid an annual cash retainer of $60,000. There are no per-meeting attendance fees for attending Board meetings. This cash compensation will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis.

Committee Annual Cash Retainer

Effective as of the Effective Date, each Outside Director who serves as the chair of the Board, the lead Outside Director, or the chair or a member of a committee of the Board listed below will be eligible to earn additional annual cash fees (paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis) as follows:

 

Chair of the Board

   $ 40,000  

Lead Independent Director

   $ 20,000  

Chair of Audit Committee:

   $ 15,000  

Chair of Leadership Development, Inclusion & Compensation Committee:

   $ 10,000  

Chair of Nominating and Governance Committee:

   $ 5,000  


2.    Equity Compensation

Outside Directors will be eligible to receive all types of Awards (except Incentive Stock Options) under the Plan (or the applicable equity plan in place at the time of grant), including discretionary Awards not covered under this Policy. All grants of Awards to Outside Directors pursuant to Section 2 of this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary, except as otherwise provided herein, and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

2.1    No Discretion. No person will have any discretion to select which Outside Directors will be granted any Awards under this Policy or to determine the number of Shares to be covered by such Awards.

2.2    Initial Award. Subject to 4 of this Policy, each individual who first becomes an Outside Director following the Effective Date automatically will be granted an award of restricted stock units (an “Initial Award”). The Initial Award will be made on the 20th day of the month that follows the date in which the Outside Director is appointed to the Board (such date, the Initial Award is granted, the “Grant Date”), whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy. The Initial Award will cover a number of Shares equal to the sum of: (i) (x) $250,000 divided by (y) the average Fair Market Value of a Share for the market trading days that occur in the completed calendar month immediately prior to the calendar month in which the Grant Date occurs, rounded down to the nearest whole Share (such portion of the Initial Award, the “New Hire Award”) plus (ii) in the event that the date in which the Outside Director is appointed to the Board is not the date of an annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders (each, an “Annual Meeting”), the Initial Award will cover an additional number of Shares equal to (x) (A) $250,000 multiplied by (B) the fraction obtained by dividing (1) the number of days between the date of the Outside Director’s appointment to the Board and the first anniversary of the most recent Annual Meeting (or, in the event that no Annual Meeting has yet occurred, the Effective Date) by (2) 365, divided by (y) the average Fair Market Value of a Share for the market trading days that occur in the completed calendar month immediately prior to the calendar month in which the Grant Date occurs, rounded down to the nearest whole Share (such portion of the Initial Award, the “Pro-rated Annual Award”). For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the date in which the Outside Director is appointed to the Board is the date of an Annual Meeting, the Initial Award will be comprised of the New Hire Award (and not the Pro-rated Annual Award), and such Outside Director also will be eligible to receive the Annual Award described in Section 2.3 below. If an individual was a member of the Board and also an employee, becoming an Outside Director due to termination of employment will not entitle the Outside Director to an Initial Award.

Subject to Section 3 of this Policy, the New Hire Award will vest in equal monthly installments over the forty-eight months beginning on the first day of the month immediately following the month in which the Outside Directors is appointed to the Board, subject to the Outside Director continuing to be a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.

Subject to Section 3 of this Policy, the Pro-rated Annual Award will vest on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the date the Pro-rated Annual Award is granted or (ii) the day prior to the date of the Annual Meeting next following the date the Initial Award is granted, in each case, subject to the Outside Director continuing to be a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.

 

2


2.3    Annual Award. Subject to Section 4 of this Policy, on the date of each Annual Meeting following the Effective Date, each Outside Director automatically will be granted an award of restricted stock units (an “Annual Award”) covering a number of Shares having a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of $250,000, rounded down to the nearest whole Share.

Subject to Section 3 of this Policy, each Annual Award will vest on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the date the Annual Award is granted or (ii) the day prior to the date of the Annual Meeting next following the date the Annual Award is granted, in each case, subject to the Outside Director continuing to be a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.

3.    Change in Control

In the event of a Change in Control, each Outside Director’s outstanding Company equity awards will be treated in accordance with the terms of the Award.

4.    Annual Compensation Limit

No Outside Director may be paid, issued or granted, in any Fiscal Year, cash compensation and equity compensation awards (including any Awards) with an aggregate value greater than $750,000 (increased to $1,000,000 in his or her initial year of service as an Outside Director), with the value of each equity compensation award based on its Grant Value for purposes of the limitation under this Section 4. Any cash compensation paid or equity compensation award (including any Awards) granted to an individual for his or her services as an Employee, or for his or her services as a Consultant (other than as an Outside Director), will not count for purposes of the limitation under this Section 4.

5.    Travel Expenses

Each Outside Director’s reasonable, customary and documented travel expenses to Board or Board committee meetings will be reimbursed by the Company.

6.    Equity Ownership.

Each Outside Director’s is expected to comply with the minimum equity ownership guidelines as set forth on Exhibit A.

7.    Additional Provisions

All provisions of the Plan not inconsistent with this Policy will apply to Awards granted to Outside Directors.

8.    Adjustments

In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other

 

3


securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Policy, will adjust the number of Shares issuable pursuant to Awards granted under this Policy.

9.    Section 409A

In no event will cash compensation or expense reimbursement payments under this Policy be paid after the later of (i) 15th day of the 3rd month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the compensation is earned or expenses are incurred, as applicable, or (ii) 15th day of the 3rd month following the end of the calendar year in which the compensation is earned or expenses are incurred, as applicable, in compliance with the “short-term deferral” exception under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the final regulations and guidance thereunder, as may be amended from time to time (together, “Section 409A”). It is the intent of this Policy that this Policy and all payments hereunder be exempt from or otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the compensation to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or comply. In no event will the Company reimburse an Outside Director for any taxes imposed or other costs incurred as a result of Section 409A.

10.    Stockholder Approval

The initial adoption of the Policy will be subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders (the “Initial Stockholder Approval”). The Initial Stockholder Approval will occur prior to the Effective Date. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, following the Initial Stockholder Approval, the Policy shall not be subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders, including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with an event contemplated in Section 11 hereof.

11.    Revisions

The Board may amend, alter, suspend or terminate this Policy at any time and for any reason. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of this Policy will materially impair the rights of an Outside Director with respect to compensation that already has been paid or awarded, unless otherwise mutually agreed between the Outside Director and the Company. Termination of this Policy will not affect the Board’s or the Leadership Development, Inclusion & Compensation Committee’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it under the Plan with respect to Awards granted under the Plan pursuant to this Policy prior to the date of such termination.

 

4


Exhibit A

Equity Ownership Guidelines (the “Guidelines”)

Each Outside Director (a “Covered Person”) shall comply with the following minimum ownership guidelines:

 

Minimum Ownership Level

  

Timing of Compliance

The Equity Interests (as defined below) with an Aggregate Value (as defined below) equal to 4x the annual cash retainer (not including any additional fees received for committee service or serving as a chair of a committee, or for serving as the lead independent director) for Board service for such Outside Director.    By the fifth anniversary of the later of (i) the Effective Date or (ii) the date such individual becomes an Outside Director, and thereafter at all times during which the individual remains an Outside Directors.

Equity Interests” means Shares: (1) directly owned by a Covered Person or his or her immediate family members residing in the same household; (2) beneficially owned by a Covered Person, but held in trust, limited partnerships, or similar entities for the sole benefit of the Outside Directors or his or her immediate family members residing in the same household; and (3) held in retirement or deferred compensation accounts for the benefit of a Covered Person or his or her immediate family members residing in the same household. For clarity, “Equity Interests” does not include any unvested Shares or unvested Company equity awards covering Shares, in each case, held by a Covered Person.

Aggregate Value” of a Share is the 90-Trading Day volume weighted average price of a Share as of the last Trading Day (as defined below) of the month for the applicable Determination Date (as defined below). For purposes of complying with these Guidelines, the Leadership Development, Inclusion & Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) shall assess the Aggregate Value of each Outside Director’s Equity Interests on an annual basis prior to the Company’s filing of its annual proxy statement under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act, with such Aggregate Value to be measured as of the last Trading Day of the Company’s most-recently completed fiscal year (each, a “Determination Date”).

Trading Day” means any day during which the securities exchange on which the Shares are traded is open for trading.

Exceptions: The Compensation Committee may waive, at its discretion, these Guidelines for Directors joining the Board from government, academia, or similar professions. The Compensation Committee may also temporarily suspend, at its discretion, these Guidelines for one or more Outside Directors if compliance would create severe hardship or prevent such Outside Director from complying with a court order.

 

5


Amendments: The Board may amend these Guidelines from time to time.

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the policy to which this exhibit is attached.

 

6

Exhibit 10.12

DOORDASH, INC.

June 25, 2019

Shona Brown

Dear Shona:

I am excited to offer you a position as a director to serve on the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of DoorDash, Inc. (the “Company”). We appreciate your willingness to accept this position, and we look forward to your valuable contributions. This offer is subject to the successful completion of a background check to the Company’s satisfaction, which will be initiated as soon as possible.

Subject to Board approval, you will be granted 10,542 restricted stock units (“RSUs”), each representing the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock. The RSUs will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2014 Stock Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), as described in the Plan and the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. Your RSU award will be subject to two vesting conditions, both of which must be satisfied in order for the RSUs to vest: (1) a requirement that you provide service to the Company over approximately four years (the “service-based requirement”), which will be satisfied in equal monthly installments following the commencement of your service to the Company, and (2) a requirement that the Company complete either an initial public offering or a sale event during the 7-year term of the RSUs, each as described in more detail in the applicable RSU Agreement. In addition, if the Company is subject to a “change in control” (as defined in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Agreement) before your service terminates, the service-based requirement will be satisfied in full.

We will also reimburse you for reasonable expenses that you incur in connection with attendance at meetings of the Board, or committees of the Board, in accordance with the Company’s generally applicable reimbursement policies. We will review our compensation policy for Board members in the event of an initial public offering.

We plan to have at least one scheduled Board meeting each calendar quarter. As a Board member, you are responsible for attending these scheduled meetings in person or, in the instances where in person attendance is not possible, by telephone.


Shona Brown

June 25, 2019

Page 2

In connection with your services to the Company, we expect that technical, business or financial information of the Company (“Confidential Information”) will be disclosed to you. To the extent that Confidential Information is not publicly known or not otherwise previously known by you without an obligation of confidentiality, you agree not to use (except in connection with your services to the Company) or disclose Confidential Information to any third party and to take reasonable steps to maintain the confidential nature of all Confidential Information.

As part of our overall responsibilities, the Company and the Company’s stockholders reserve the right to remove any individual from the Board at any time in accordance with the provisions of applicable law. You, of course, may also terminate your relationship with Company at any time. When you cease to be a member of the Board (whether at our request or your election), you must return all Confidential Information to the Company.

This letter agreement supersedes and replace any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company and constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “Disputes”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]


Shona Brown

June 25, 2019

Page 3

I am excited about you joining our Board and look forward to working with you to help make the Company truly great and prosperous. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me.

If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call me.

 

Very truly yours,

DOORDASH, INC.

By:

 

    /s/ Tony Xu

 

    Tony Xu, CEO

 

I have read and accept this offer:

/s/ Shona L. Brown

Signature of Shona Brown
Dated:  

June 30, 2019

Exhibit 10.13

DOORDASH, INC.

September 5, 2020

Maria Renz

Dear Maria:

I am excited to offer you a position as a director to serve on the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of DoorDash, Inc. (the “Company”). As part of this appointment, we are also pleased to offer you a position on the Company’s Leadership Development & Compensation Committee. We appreciate your willingness to accept this position, and we look forward to your valuable contributions. This offer is subject to the successful completion of a background check to the Company’s satisfaction, which will be initiated as soon as possible.

Following the effectiveness of your appointment as a member of the Board, and subject to Board approval, you will be granted an equity award of (i) 1,089 restricted stock units (RSUs) (an “Initial Award”) plus an award of 772 RSUs (an “Annual Award”). The Initial Award will be subject to the following vesting condition: a requirement that you provide service to the Company over approximately four years (the “service-based requirement”), which will be satisfied in equal monthly installments following a vesting commencement date established by the Board that is as soon as reasonably practicable following your appointment to the Board. The Annual Award will vest on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the date the Annual Award is granted or (ii) the day prior to the date of our annual meeting of stockholders that follows the date the Annual Award is granted, in each case, subject to you continuing to serve on the Board through the applicable vesting date. In addition, if the Company is subject to a “change in control” (as defined in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Agreement) before your service terminates, both the Initial Award and Annual Award will vest.

We will also reimburse you for reasonable expenses that you incur in connection with attendance at meetings of the Board, or committees of the Board, in accordance with the Company’s generally applicable reimbursement policies. We will review our reimbursement and compensation policies for Board members in the event of an initial public offering.

We plan to have at least one scheduled Board meeting each calendar quarter. As a Board member, you are responsible for attending these scheduled meetings plus the meetings of any Board committees on which you serve in person or, in the instances where in person attendance is not possible, by telephone.

In connection with your services to the Company, we expect that technical, business or financial information of the Company (“Confidential Information”) will be disclosed to you. To the extent that Confidential Information is not publicly known or not otherwise previously known by you without an obligation of confidentiality, you agree not to use (except in connection with your services to the Company) or disclose Confidential Information to any third party and to take reasonable steps to maintain the confidential nature of all Confidential Information.


Maria Renz

September 5, 2020

Page 2

As part of our overall responsibilities, the Company the Board and the Company’s stockholders reserve the right to remove any individual from the Board at any time in accordance with the provisions of applicable law. You, of course, may also terminate your relationship with Company at any time. When you cease to be a member of the Board (whether at our request or your election), you must return all Confidential Information to the Company.

This letter agreement supersedes and replace any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral, implied or otherwise) between you and the Company and constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “Disputes”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]


Maria Renz

September 5, 2020

Page 3

I am excited about you joining our Board and look forward to working with you to help make the Company truly great and prosperous. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me.

If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call me.

 

Very truly yours,
DOORDASH, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tony Xu

  Tony Xu, CEO

 

I have read and accept this offer:

/s/ Maria Renz

Signature of Maria Renz
Dated:  

September 11, 2020

Exhibit 10.15

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

THIS EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of _______, 2020, by and between DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and stockholders of the Company listed on Exhibit A hereto (collectively, “Exchange Stockholders”).

WHEREAS, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to implement a multi class common stock structure in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its capital stock (the “IPO”) to, among other things, enable the Company to execute its long-term vision;

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Board has approved an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), which, among other things, if effected, would create three classes of common stock of the Company, Class A Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), entitling holders to one (1) vote for each share thereof held, Class B Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), entitling holders to twenty (20) votes for each share thereof held and Class C Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, entitling holders to zero votes per share unless required by applicable law;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation further provides that the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”) will, upon the effectiveness of the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”), be renamed Class A Common Stock;

WHEREAS, the Exchange Stockholders hold or will hold shares of Common Stock as of immediately prior to the Effective Time and all such shares of Common Stock will be renamed as shares of Class A Common Stock at the Effective Time;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that exchanging shares of Class A Common Stock that will be held by the Exchange Stockholders at the Effective Time as set forth on Exhibit A hereto for shares of Class B Common Stock as part of the implementation of the multi class common stock structure is advisable and in the best interest of the Company and all of its stockholders, including its stockholders other than the Exchange Stockholders; and

WHEREAS, the Parties intend that no gain or loss shall be recognized in the Exchange pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises, representations and covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and accepted, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

EXCHANGE AND ISSUANCE OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK

1.1 Exchange of Class A Common Stock.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, immediately following the Effective Time each Exchange Stockholder shall be deemed to have automatically transferred to the Company the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such Exchange Stockholder as set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “Class A Shares”) and the Company shall issue to each Exchange Stockholder shares of Class B Common Stock (the “Class B Shares”), at an exchange ratio of one (1) Class A Share for one (1) Class B Share (the “Exchange”). The number of Class A Shares to be transferred and the number of Class B Shares to be received in the Exchange by each Exchange Stockholder are as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

 

-1-


(b) Concurrently herewith, each Exchange Stockholder is delivering to the Company such instruments of transfer or other documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that the shares of Common Stock (which will automatically be renamed as Class A Common Stock upon the Effective Time) have been duly transferred to the Company to be held in escrow until the Effective Time and such documents are automatically released without further action by the Company or the Exchange Stockholder at the Effective Time.

1.2 Effective Time of the Exchange:

(a) The Exchange shall occur and be deemed effective without any further action by the Company or the Exchange Stockholders immediately following the Effective Time and prior to the consummation of the sale of the shares of the Company’s capital stock in the IPO as part of the closing thereof.

(b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange, the Company shall deliver to each Exchange Stockholder such documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that the Class B Shares have been duly issued and transferred to the applicable Exchange Stockholder.

ARTICLE II.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE EXCHANGE HOLDER

Each Exchange Stockholder hereby represents and warrants to the Company, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

2.1 Ownership; Authority. Each Exchange Stockholder will be, effective as of the Effective Time, the beneficial and legal owner of the Class A Shares exchanged hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and restrictions (except for restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which such Exchange Stockholder and the Company are a party). Each Exchange Stockholder has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and, assuming the waiver or inapplicability of any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale by the Company and the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby, to transfer, convey and exchange the Class A Shares in accordance with this Agreement. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Exchange Stockholder, enforceable against such Exchange Stockholder in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity). Upon consummation of the Exchange contemplated hereby, the Company will acquire from Exchange Stockholder good and marketable title to the Class A Shares, free and clear of any and all liens, encumbrances and restrictions (except for restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which such Exchange Stockholder and the Company are a party, and subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

 

-2-


2.2 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by such Exchange Stockholder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority on the part of such Exchange Stockholder (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt (a) the filing by the Company of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (b) compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws). For purposes of this Agreement, “governmental authority” means any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, department, court, agency or official, including any political subdivision thereof.

2.3 Noncontravention. The execution, delivery and performance by such Exchange Stockholder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (a) violate any governing document, including any trust agreement, applicable to such Exchange Stockholder, (b) subject to compliance with Section 2.2, violate any applicable law, (c) assuming the waiver or inapplicability of any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby, require any consent or other action under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation of such Exchange Stockholder or to the loss of any benefit to which such Exchange Stockholder is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Exchange Stockholder or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on such Exchange Stockholder’s Class B Shares, other than restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which such Exchange Stockholder and the Company are a party.

2.4 Restricted Securities; Rule 144. Such Exchange Stockholder understands that the Class B Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”) because such shares are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and in exchange for shares acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering, and that under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder the Class B Shares may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, and subject to the restrictions under the Company’s certificate of incorporation. Such Exchange Stockholder understands and hereby acknowledges that the Class B Shares must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is otherwise available. Such Exchange Stockholder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit limited resales of shares purchased in a transaction not involving a public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

2.5 Legends. It is understood that any certificate or book entry position representing the Class B Shares and any securities issued in respect thereof or exchange therefor, shall bear legends in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws or agreements to which the Exchange Stockholder is a party):

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

-3-


ARTICLE III.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Exchange Stockholder, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

3.1 Corporate Existence and Power. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3.2 Corporate Authorization. (a) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance and delivery of the Class B Shares (including the conversion thereof into Class A Common Stock upon the terms specified in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the renaming of Common Stock as Class A Common Stock at the Effective Time) in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, are within the corporate powers of the Company and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and the Company’s stockholders, subject to compliance with Section 3.3 and the approval of and adoption by the Company’s stockholders of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby have been waived or are otherwise inapplicable. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by each Exchange Stockholder, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

3.3 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority other than (a) the filing by the Company of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (b) compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws.

3.4 Noncontravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 3.3 and approval of and adoption by the Company’s stockholders of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (a) violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (b) violate any applicable law, (c) require any consent or other action by any person under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right obligation of the Company or to the loss of any benefit to which the Company is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on the Class B Shares other than as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE IV.

COVENANTS

4.1 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each of the Exchange Stockholders has entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of the IPO with respect to the sale, disposition or transfer of such Exchange Stockholder’s securities of the Company and each of the Exchange Stockholders agrees not to revoke such lock-up agreement. Each of the Exchange Stockholders also agrees that any other lock-up or market stand-off agreements applicable to the shares of Common Stock of the Company held by such Exchange Stockholders continue to apply to the Class B Shares in accordance with the terms of such agreements.

 

-4-


4.2 Voting Agreement and Irrevocable Proxy. To the extent that Tony Xu would not have exclusive voting control over any of the Class B Shares to be held by an Exchange Stockholder following the Exchange, such Exchange Stockholder has entered into the Founder Voting Proxy (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) to be effective upon the Exchange.

4.3 Waiver of Right of First Refusal. The Company hereby waives any preexisting rights of first refusal applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE V.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment. Other than the rights, restrictions and preferences provided for the Class B Common Stock pursuant to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws, this Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended or, waived other than by a written instrument signed by the Exchange Stockholders and the Company.

5.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5.5 Tax Consequences. The Parties intend that no gain or loss shall be recognized in the Exchange pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Code. The Parties adopt this Agreement as a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Exchange Stockholder has reviewed with his own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Exchange, investment in the Class B Shares and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Exchange Stockholder is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except for the representations and warranties of the Company expressly set forth in Article III.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

DOORDASH, INC.
By:  

         

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[FOUNDER]
By:  

 

[FOUNDER ENTITY]
By:  

                

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

 

Exchange Stockholder

   Number of Shares of Class B
Common Stock to be Issued
     Number of Shares of Class A
Common Stock Exchanged
 
     
     
     
     

Total:

     

Exhibit 10.16

EQUITY EXCHANGE RIGHT AGREEMENT

THIS EQUITY EXCHANGE RIGHT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of November __, 2020, by and between DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [NAME] (the “Founder”).

WHEREAS, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to implement a multi class common stock structure in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its capital stock (the “IPO”) to, among other things, enable the Company to execute its long-term vision;

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Board has approved an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), which, among other things, if effected, would create three classes of common stock of the Company, Class A Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), entitling holders to one (1) vote for each share thereof held, Class B Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), entitling holders to twenty (20) votes for each share thereof held, and Class C Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, entitling holders to zero votes per share unless otherwise required by applicable law;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation further provides that the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”) will, upon the effectiveness of the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”), be renamed Class A Common Stock;

WHEREAS, Founder holds awards of options to purchase Common Stock and/or restricted stock units covering shares of Common Stock that will be outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time as set forth in Exhibit A (each, a “Founder Equity Award”) and the shares of Common Stock covered by each Founder Equity Award will be renamed Class A Common Stock at the Effective Time, and each Founder Equity Award has been granted under the Company’s 2014 Stock Plan, as amended and restated, and the award agreement memorializing Founder Equity Award (collectively, the “Equity Documents”); and

WHEREAS, as part of the implementation of the multi class common stock structure, the Board has determined that it is advisable and in the best interest of the Company and all of its stockholders, including its stockholders other than Founder, to provide Founder with the right to require the Company to exchange shares of Class A Common Stock that Founder acquires upon the exercise, vesting, and/or settlement of his Founder Equity Awards for a number of shares of Class B Common Stock of equivalent value as determined on the date of the exchange (which is expected to be on a one share-for-one share basis), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and.

WHEREAS, the parties intend that no gain or loss will be recognized in any Exchange (as defined below) pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises, representations and covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and accepted, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

-1-


ARTICLE I.

PUT RIGHT AND EXCHANGE AND ISSUANCE OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK

1.1 Grant of Put Right. Effective immediately following the Effective Time, and subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement (including Section 1.2(a) below), the Company hereby irrevocably grants to Founder the right (the “Put Right”) to require the Company to exchange any shares of Class A Common Stock that Founder acquires following the Effective Time as a result of the exercise, vesting, and/or settlement of his Founder Equity Awards (each, a “Put Eligible Share”) for a number of shares of Class B Common Stock of equivalent value as determined on the date of the exchange (which is expected to be on a one share-for-one share basis), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (the “Exchange”).

1.2 Exercise of Put Right.

(a) As a condition precedent to the exercise of the Put Right on any given date, the Company and Founder must mutually agree that no gain or loss will be required to be recognized for U.S. federal tax purposes on account of such exercise and related Exchange (the “Put Right Condition”).

(b) If the Put Right Condition is satisfied, the Put Right will be exercisable by Founder by submitting a completed and fully-executed notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Put Right Notice”) to the Company on or prior to the Put Right’s Expiration Date (as defined in Section 1.5 below). If the Put Right Condition is satisfied, the Put Right will be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the date of timely delivery of a Put Right Notice with respect to the Put Right.

(c) Failure to satisfy the Put Right Condition or to deliver a Put Right Notice prior to 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on a Put Right’s Expiration Date will constitute an irrevocable waiver of the Put Right with respect to any shares of Class A Common Stock that remain subject to Founder Equity Awards and any remaining Put Eligible Shares.

(d) A Put Right cannot be exercised by Founder with respect to any Put Eligible Share more than once. Further, Founder will have no Put Right pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any share of Class A Common Stock that is acquired by Founder following the Effective Time other than as a result of the exercise, vesting, and/or settlement of a Founder Equity Award.

1.3 Exchange of Shares. Within ten (10) calendar days after the Company’s receipt of a properly executed Put Right Notice, and provided the Put Right Condition remains satisfied, the Company will complete the Exchange for the specified number of Put Eligible Shares indicated in the Put Right Notice (“Exercised Shares”) by issuing, out of funds legally available therefor, a number of shares of Class B Common Stock to Founder of equivalent value determined on the date of the Exchange (which is expected to be on a one share-for-one share basis). Upon the effectiveness of such Exchange, the Company will deliver to Founder such documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that the shares of Class B Common Stock have been duly issued and transferred to the applicable Founder in exchange for the Exercised Shares.

1.4 Rights to Shares of Class A Common Stock Following Exchange. Upon the Exchange, Founder will no longer have any rights as a holder of the Exercised Shares that are the subject of the Exchange (other than the right to receive the shares of Class B Common Stock in accordance with this Agreement). Such Exercised Shares will be deemed to have been redeemed by the Company in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered to Founder.

 

-2-


1.5 Termination of Put Right. The Put Right will terminate on the following date(s) (the “Expiration Date”):

(a) With respect to any shares of Class A Common Stock subject to a Founder Equity Award that have not become Put Eligible Shares, the Expiration Date will be the date such shares are forfeited pursuant to the applicable Equity Documents; and

(b) With respect to any Put Eligible Shares, the Expiration Date will be the earliest of the date on which:

(i) Founder sells, transfers, or otherwise disposes of such Put Eligible Shares;

(ii) the Final Conversion Date (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation); and

(iii) [the date the Founder Voting Proxy (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) to which Founder and his Permitted Entities and Permitted Transferees is a party ceases to remain in effect and/or Tony Xu does not have exclusive voting control of the shares of Class B Common Stock to be issued upon the Exchange of such Put Eligible Shares.]

ARTICLE II.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE FOUNDER

Founder hereby represents and warrants to the Company, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

2.1 Ownership; Authority. Founder has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Founder, enforceable against such Founder in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity). Upon consummation of an Exchange contemplated hereby, the Company will acquire from Founder good and marketable title to the Exercised Shares subject to such Exchange, free and clear of any and all liens, encumbrances and restrictions (except for restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which such Founder and the Company are a party, and subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

2.2 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by such Founder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority on the part of such Founder (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt (a) the filing by the Company of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (b) compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws). For purposes of this Agreement, “governmental authority” means any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, department, court, agency or official, including any political subdivision thereof.

 

-3-


2.3 Noncontravention. The execution, delivery and performance by Founder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (a) violate any governing document, including any trust agreement, applicable to such Founder, (b) subject to compliance with Section 2.2, violate any applicable law, (c) assuming the waiver or inapplicability of any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby, require any consent or other action under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation of such Founder or to the loss of any benefit to which such Founder is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Founder or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on any of Founder’s Founder Equity Awards or the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying such awards, other than restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which such Founder and the Company are a party.

ARTICLE III.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company hereby represents and warrants to Founder, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

3.1 Corporate Existence and Power. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3.2 Corporate Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance and delivery of the shares of Class B Common Stock in connection with each Exchange hereunder (including the conversion thereof into Class A Common Stock upon the terms specified in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the renaming of Common Stock as Class A Common Stock) in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, are within the corporate powers of the Company and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and the Company’s stockholders, subject to compliance with Section 3.3 and the approval of and adoption by the Company’s stockholders of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby have been waived or are otherwise inapplicable to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Founder, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

3.3 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority other than (a) the filing by the Company of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (b) compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws.

3.4 Noncontravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 3.3 and approval of and adoption by the Company’s stockholders of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (a) violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (b) violate any applicable law, (c) require any consent or other action by any person under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right obligation of the Company or to the loss of any benefit to which the Company is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on the shares of Class B Common Stock other than as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

-4-


ARTICLE IV.

COVENANTS

4.1 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Founder has entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of the IPO with respect to the sale, disposition or transfer of such Founder’s securities of the Company and Founder agrees not to revoke such lock-up agreement. Founder also agrees that any other lock-up or market stand-off agreements applicable to the shares of Common Stock of the Company held by Founder will continue to apply to the shares of the Class B Common Stock in accordance with the terms of such agreements.

4.2 Voting Agreement and Irrevocable Proxy. To the extent that Tony Xu, Chief Executive Officer of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, would otherwise not have exclusive voting control over any shares of Class B Common Stock to be held by Founder following the Exchange, Founder has entered into a Founder Voting Proxy (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), and continues to be subject to such Founder Voting Proxy at the time of the Exchange.

ARTICLE V.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions hereof will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment. Other than the rights, restrictions and preferences provided for under the Equity Documents with respect to Founder Equity Awards and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock, this Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended or waived other than by a written instrument signed by Founder and the Company.

5.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

5.5 No Guarantee of Continued Service. Founder acknowledges and agrees that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the existence of the Put Right granted hereunder constitutes an express or implied promise of continuous employment or service with the Company for any period, or at all, and that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the existence of the Put Right granted hereunder will interfere in any way with Founder’s right or the right of the Company to terminate Founder’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause.

 

-5-


5.6 Tax Consequences. The parties intend that no gain or loss will be recognized in any Exchange pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Code. The parties adopt this Agreement as a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and Founder each have reviewed with its/his own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Put Right and the Exchange, Founder Equity Awards and the potential acquisition of shares of Class A Common Stock thereunder, the potential exchange of such shares for shares of Class B Common Stock, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party hereto is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, or Founder or any of his agents, as applicable, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except for the representations and warranties of the Company and Founder expressly set forth in Articles II and III.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

DOORDASH, INC.
By:  

         

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[FOUNDER]
By:  

 

[FOUNDER ENTITY]
By:  

                

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Put Right Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

 

Grant Date

   Expiration Date      Equity Award Type      Number of Shares of
Class A Common Stock
Subject to Founder
Equity Award
 
        
        
        

Total:

        


EXHIBIT B

Put Right Notice (the “Notice”)

(To be signed only upon exercise of a Put Right)

 

To:

DoorDash, Inc.

Attn: Chief Legal Officer

The undersigned (the “Founder”), hereby irrevocably elects to exercise its right under the Put Right pursuant to the Put Right Agreement dated as of [_____], 2020 (the “Agreement”), by and between DoorDash, Inc. (the “Company”) and Founder, to require the Company to exchange Eligible Shares (the “Exercised Shares”) for a number of shares of Class B Common Stock of equivalent value as determined on the date of the Exchange, subject to the terms of this Notice and the Agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the Notice will have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

By executing this Notice, Founder hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

1. Acknowledgements. Founder acknowledges and affirms that the representations and warranties set forth in Article II of the Agreement as of the date of this Notice are true and correct, and agrees to the covenants set forth in Article IV of the Agreement

2. Legends. It is understood that any certificate or book entry position representing the shares of Class B Common Stock and any securities issued in respect thereof or exchange therefor, will bear legends in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws or agreements to which Founder is a party):

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

3. Restricted Securities; Rule 144. Except as otherwise permitted by applicable law, Founder understands that any shares of Class B Common Stock issued to Founder in an Exchange will be characterized as “restricted securities” under the Act because such shares are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and in exchange for shares acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering, and that under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder the shares of Class B Common Stock may be resold without registration under the Act only in certain limited circumstances, and subject to the restrictions under the Company’s certificate of incorporation. Founder understands and hereby acknowledges that the shares of Class B Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is otherwise available. Such Founder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act, which permit limited resales of shares purchased in a transaction not involving a public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.


4. Tax Matters. Founder has reviewed with his own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Put Right and the Exchange, Founder Equity Awards and the potential acquisition of shares of Class A Common Stock thereunder, the potential exchange of such shares for shares of Class B Common Stock, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Founder is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except for the representations and warranties of the Company expressly set forth in Article III of the Agreement.

 

Dated:  

 

 

[NAME]  
Address:  

                         

 

 

[Signature Page to Put Right Notice]

 

2

Exhibit 10.17

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of August 7, 2020 (this “Agreement”), to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of November 19, 2019 (the “Existing Credit Agreement”), among DOORDASH, INC. (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”), the LENDERS and ISSUING BANKS party thereto and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein (including in the preamble and recitals hereto) have the meanings assigned to them in the Existing Credit Agreement or the Restated Credit Agreement (as defined below), as the context requires.

WHEREAS, the Lenders party to the Existing Credit Agreement (collectively, the “Existing Lenders”) have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein (the Commitments of the Existing Lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement as of the date hereof and prior to giving effect to this Agreement being referred to herein as the “Existing Commitments”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that, on the Restatement Effective Date (as defined below), (a) certain modifications be made to the Existing Credit Agreement, and (b) a portion of the Existing Commitments of the Existing Lenders shall be assigned by the Existing Lenders such that the Existing Commitments are held by the Lenders party hereto and set forth on Schedule 2.1(a) to the Restated Credit Agreement (collectively, the “Existing Tranche Lenders”; each Existing Tranche Lender that is not an Existing Lender being referred to herein as a “New Lender”) in the amounts set forth on such Schedule 2.1(a).

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that there be a Commitment Increase under Section 2.19(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount equal to $100,000,000 constituting the Available Commitment Amount (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) and the 2020 Incremental Commitments (as defined in the Restated Credit Agreement), which Commitment Increase and 2020 Incremental Commitments (a) would be established on the Restatement Effective Date and effective on the IPO Effective Date (as defined in the Restated Credit Agreement) if the IPO Effective Date occurs on or prior to the date that is 12 months after the date hereof and (b) would be provided by the Lenders party hereto and set forth on Schedule 2.1(b) to the Restated Credit Agreement (collectively, the “2020 Incremental Tranche Lenders”);

WHEREAS, each Existing Lender is willing to assign, and each New Lender is willing to accept, Existing Commitments such that the amount of the Existing Commitments of each Existing Tranche Lender on the Restatement Effective Date is set forth opposite its name on Schedule 2.1(a) to the Restated Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, each 2020 Incremental Tranche Lender is willing to extend a 2020 Incremental Commitment in the principal amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule 2.1(b) to the Restated Credit Agreement; and

 

1


WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent and each of the Existing Lenders party hereto, which Existing Lenders constitute all of the Lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement, are willing to agree to the foregoing, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Amendment and Restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement. Effective as of the Restatement Effective Date, (a) the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated to be in the form attached as Annex I hereto (the Existing Credit Agreement, as so amended and restated, being referred to as the “Restated Credit Agreement”), (b) the Schedules to the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in the form of the correspondingly numbered Schedules attached as Annex II hereto (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Existing Commitments of the Existing Tranche Lenders as of Restatement Effective Date shall be set forth on Schedule 2.1(a) and the 2020 Incremental Commitments of the 2020 Incremental Tranche Lenders as of the Restatement Effective Date shall be as set forth in Schedule 2.1(b)) and (c) the Exhibits to the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in the form of the correspondingly lettered Exhibits attached as Annex III hereto. The amendment and restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement shall be deemed to occur immediately prior to the assignment of the Existing Commitments as described in Section 2 below and contemporaneously with the establishment of the 2020 Incremental Commitments as described in Section 3 below.

SECTION 2. Assignment of Existing Commitments. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Restated Credit Agreement and immediately after giving effect to Section 1 above, effective as of the Restatement Effective Date (i) each Existing Lender party hereto hereby assigns a portion of its Existing Commitments and (ii) each New Lender hereby accepts the assignment of Existing Commitments of the Existing Lenders in an aggregate amount as set forth in Schedule 2.1(a) of the Restated Credit Agreement, such that after giving effect to the foregoing the Existing Commitments held by the Existing Tranche Lenders (including the Existing Lenders and the New Lenders) are as set forth in such Schedule 2.1(a) of the Restated Credit Agreement. Each of the parties hereto hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to update the Register and otherwise make any administrative updates to reflect such assignments without the delivery of any Assignment and Assumption or receipt of any further consents. The Existing Commitments shall be referred to in the Restated Credit Agreement as the “Original Commitments”.

(b) Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that, on and as of the Restatement Effective Date and without any further action on the part of any Issuing Bank or any Existing Tranche Lender, all outstanding participations in Letters of Credit issued under the Existing Credit Agreement shall be canceled and each Issuing Bank shall grant to each Existing Tranche Lender (after giving effect to this Agreement), and each such

 

2


Existing Tranche Lender shall acquire from each Issuing Bank, a participation in each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank and outstanding on and as of the Restatement Effective Date equal to such Existing Tranche Lender’s Applicable Percentage (calculated after giving effect to the assignments described in Section 2(a)) of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Such participations shall be governed by the terms of Section 2.4(e) of the Restated Credit Agreement.

SECTION 3. 2020 Incremental Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and as set forth in the Restated Credit Agreement and contemporaneously with the transaction pursuant to Section 1 above, each 2020 Incremental Tranche Lender party hereto agrees, severally and not jointly, to provide a 2020 Incremental Commitment, constituting a Commitment Increase under Section 2.19(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement, in an aggregate amount set forth opposite such Person on Schedule 2.1(b) of the Restated Credit Agreement and make Loans in respect of such 2020 Incremental Commitments as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Restated Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and to each of the Lenders party hereto, as of the Restatement Effective Date, that:

(a) this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational and, if required, equity holder action of each Loan Party, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

(b) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including the Restated Credit Agreement) are true and correct in all material respects (other than to the extent qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Restatement Effective Date, except that (i) the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4(a) of the Restated Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 5.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement and (ii) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in such manner as of such earlier date; and

(c) on and as of the Restatement Effective Date, after giving effect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Restated Credit Agreement.

 

3


SECTION 5. Effectiveness. The amendment and restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement as set forth in Section 1 hereof, the assignment of the Existing Commitments to the New Lenders and the establishment of the 2020 Incremental Commitments of the 2020 Incremental Tranche Lenders shall become effective on the first date on which the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived (the “Restatement Effective Date”):

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have executed a counterpart hereto and shall have received from (i) the Borrower, (ii) each other Loan Party, (iii) each Existing Lender, (iv) each New Lender and (v) each 2020 Incremental Tranche Lender either (A) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (B) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include a facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission of a signed counterpart of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note in advance of the Restatement Effective Date.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders and dated the Restatement Effective Date) of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., counsel for the Loan Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) certified copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of the Borrower and each other Loan Party approving the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to be delivered by the Borrower and the other Loan Parties on the Restatement Effective Date, and all documents evidencing other necessary corporate (or other applicable organizational) action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Loan Documents and (ii) all other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent relating to the organization, existence and good standing of each Loan Party and authorization of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Loan Party authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is a party, to be delivered by each Loan Party on the Restatement Effective Date and the other documents to be delivered hereunder on the Restatement Effective Date.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Restatement Effective Date and signed on behalf of the Borrower by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower confirming the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement as of the Restatement Effective Date.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent UCC, tax and judgment Lien searches with respect to each of the Loan Parties to the extent reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, and such results shall not reveal any material judgment or any Lien on any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for Liens permitted under Section 6.2 of the Restated Credit Agreement or Liens to be discharged on or prior to the Restatement Effective Date.

 

4


(h) (i) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date, all documentation and other information regarding the Borrower and the Guarantors requested in connection with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, to the extent requested in writing of the Borrower at least ten Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date and (ii) to the extent the Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, at least five days prior to the Restatement Effective Date, any Lender that has requested, in a written notice to the Borrower at least five days prior to the Restatement Effective Date, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to the Borrower shall have received such Beneficial Ownership Certification.

(i) Since December 31, 2019, no change, development or event shall have occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) On the Restatement Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate executed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit H to the Restated Credit Agreement.

(k) The Borrower shall have paid all accrued and unpaid fees, costs and expenses due to the Administrative Agent, the Existing Lenders, the New Lenders and the 2020 Incremental Tranche Lenders, to the extent invoiced with reasonable detail at least two Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date and due and payable on or prior to the Restatement Effective Date, including (i) upfront fees, payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender, in an amount equal to 0.10% of the amount of such Lender’s Commitments as of the Restatement Effective Date in excess of such Lender’s Commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement, if any, immediately prior to the Restatement Effective Date and (ii) all attorney costs of the Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Restatement Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

SECTION 6. Effect of Amendment and Restatement; No Novation.

(a) Except as expressly set forth herein and in the Restated Credit Agreement, this Agreement and the Restated Credit Agreement shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender or the Lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with the provisions thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue in effect under the Restated Credit Agreement as set forth therein and after giving effect to the assignments contemplated herein.

 

5


(b) Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Loan Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Existing Credit Agreement, the Restated Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances.

(c) On and after the Restatement Effective Date, each reference in the Restated Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein”, or words of like import, as used in the Restated Credit Agreement, shall refer to the Existing Credit Agreement as amended and restated in the form of the Restated Credit Agreement, and the term “Credit Agreement”, as used in any Loan Document, shall mean the Restated Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Restated Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(d) Neither this Agreement nor the effectiveness of the Restated Credit Agreement shall extinguish the obligations for the payment of money outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the Obligations outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement. Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement, the Restated Credit Agreement or any other document contemplated hereby or thereby shall be construed as a release or other discharge of the Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreement or any Loan Party under any Loan Document (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) from any of its obligations and liabilities thereunder.

SECTION 7. Reaffirmation. Each of the Loan Parties hereby (a) reaffirms its obligations under the Restated Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party, in each case as modified by this Agreement, and (b) acknowledges and agrees that the guarantees of the Loan Parties contained in the Loan Documents are, and shall remain, in full force and effect in respect of, and to secure, the Obligations (including the Existing Commitments and the 2020 Incremental Commitments).

SECTION 8. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of (x) this Agreement and/or (y) any document, approval, consent, information, notice, certificate, request,

 

6


statement disclosure or authorization related to this Agreement and/or the transactions contemplated hereby (each an “Ancillary Document”) that is an Electronic Signature (as defined below) transmitted by telecopy, e-mailed .pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement or such Ancillary Document, as applicable. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Amendment and/or any Ancillary Document shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in any electronic form (including deliveries by telecopy, emailed pdf, or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page), each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system as the case may be. For purposes of this Section, “Electronic Signature” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.

SECTION 10. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 11. Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date set forth above.

 

DOORDASH, INC., as Borrower

by   /s/ Prabir Adarkar
  Name: Prabir Adarkar
 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment and Restatement Agreement]


CAVIAR, LLC, as Guarantor

by

 

DoorDash, Inc., its sole member

by   /s/ Prabir Adarkar
  Name: Prabir Adarkar
 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment and Restatement Agreement]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually and as Administrative Agent,
by   /s/ Daniel J. Maniaci
  Name: Daniel J. Maniaci
 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment and Restatement Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,
by   /s/ Thomas M. Manning
  Name: Thomas M. Manning
  Title: Authorized signatory

[Signature Page to Amendment and Restatement Agreement]


LENDER SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

TO THE REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

OF DOORDASH, INC.

 

Name of Lender:
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
by    /s/ Martin P. Corrigan
  Name: Martin Corrigan
  Title: Vice President


LENDER SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

TO THE REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

OF DOORDASH, INC.

 

Name of Lender (with any Lender named as an
Issuing Bank executing and delivering both in its
capacity as a Lender and as an Issuing Bank):
DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH
by    /s/ Michael Strobel
  Name: Michael Strobel
  Title: Vice President

 

by    /s/ Philip Tancorra
  Name: Philip Tancorra
  Title: Vice President


LENDER SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

TO THE REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

OF DOORDASH, INC.

 

Name of Lender (with any Lender named as an
Issuing Bank executing and delivering both in its
capacity as a Lender and as an Issuing Bank):
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
by    /s/ Nicholas Heslip
  Name: Nicholas Heslip
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

For Lenders requiring a second signature line:

by 

   
 

Name:

 

Title:


LENDER SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

TO THE REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

OF DOORDASH, INC.

 

Name of Lender (with any Lender named as an
Issuing Bank executing and delivering both in its
capacity as a Lender and as an Issuing Bank):
UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH
by    /s/ Darlene Arias
  Name: Darlene Arias
  Title: Director

 

For Lenders requiring a second signature line:
by    /s/ Anthony Joseph
  Name: Anthony Joseph
  Title: Associate Director


ANNEX I

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement


ANNEX I

REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

dated as of November 19, 2019

as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020

among

DOORDASH, INC.,

the Guarantors party hereto,

the Lenders and Issuing Banks party hereto

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC

and

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.1

     Defined Terms      1  

Section 1.2

     Classification of Loans and Borrowings      34  

Section 1.3

     Terms Generally      34  

Section 1.4

     Accounting Terms; GAAP; Certain Calculations      35  

Section 1.5

     Letter of Credit Amounts      36  

Section 1.6

     Divisions      36  

Section 1.7

     Interest Rates; LIBOR Notification      36  

Section 1.8

     Effectiveness of 2020 Incremental Commitments      37  

ARTICLE II THE CREDITS

     37  

Section 2.1

     Commitments      37  

Section 2.2

     Revolving Loans and Borrowings      38  

Section 2.3

     Swing Line Loans      38  

Section 2.4

     Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein      40  

Section 2.5

     Requests for Borrowings      46  

Section 2.6

     Funding of Borrowings      47  

Section 2.7

     Interest Elections      47  

Section 2.8

     Termination and Reduction of Commitments      48  

Section 2.9

     Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt      49  

Section 2.10

     Prepayment of Loans      49  

Section 2.11

     Fees      50  

Section 2.12

     Interest      51  

Section 2.13

     Alternate Rate of Interest      52  

Section 2.14

     Increased Costs      53  

Section 2.15

     Break Funding Payments      54  

Section 2.16

     Taxes      55  

Section 2.17

     Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs      58  

Section 2.18

     Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders      59  

Section 2.19

     Increase in the Aggregate Commitments      60  

Section 2.20

     Extension of Maturity Date      63  

Section 2.21

     Defaulting Lenders      65  

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     67  

Section 3.1

     Organization; Powers      67  

Section 3.2

     Authorization; Enforceability      67  

Section 3.3

     Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts      68  

Section 3.4

     Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change      68  

Section 3.5

     Properties      68  

Section 3.6

     Litigation and Environmental Matters      68  

Section 3.7

     Compliance with Laws and Agreements      69  

Section 3.8

     Investment Company Status      69  

Section 3.9

     Taxes      69  

Section 3.10

     ERISA      69  

 

-ii-


Section 3.11

     Disclosure      71  

Section 3.12

     Subsidiaries      71  

Section 3.13

     Anti-Terrorism Laws; USA Patriot Act      71  

Section 3.14

     Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions      71  

Section 3.15

     Margin Stock      72  

Section 3.16

     Solvency      72  

Section 3.17

     EEA Financial Institution      72  

ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS

     72  

Section 4.1

     Reserved      72  

Section 4.2

     Each Credit Extension      72  

ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     73  

Section 5.1

     Financial Statements; Other Information      73  

Section 5.2

     Notices of Material Events      74  

Section 5.3

     Existence; Conduct of Business      74  

Section 5.4

     Payment of Taxes      75  

Section 5.5

     Maintenance of Properties; Insurance      75  

Section 5.6

     Books and Records; Inspection Rights      75  

Section 5.7

     ERISA-Related Information      75  

Section 5.8

     Compliance with Laws and Agreements      76  

Section 5.9

     Use of Proceeds      76  

Section 5.10

     Additional Guarantors      76  

Section 5.11

     Further Assurances      77  

Section 5.12

     Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries      77  

Section 5.13

     Lender Calls      79  

ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     79  

Section 6.1

     Indebtedness      79  

Section 6.2

     Liens      80  

Section 6.3

     Fundamental Changes      83  

Section 6.4

     Restricted Payments      84  

Section 6.5

     Restrictive Agreements      85  

Section 6.6

     Transactions with Affiliates      86  

Section 6.7

     Investments      86  

Section 6.8

     Financial Covenant      88  

ARTICLE VII GUARANTY

     88  

Section 7.1

     Guaranty of the Obligations      88  

Section 7.2

     Payment by Guarantors      88  

Section 7.3

     Liability of Guarantors Absolute      88  

Section 7.4

     Waivers by Guarantors      90  

Section 7.5

     Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc.      91  

Section 7.6

     Subordination of Other Obligations      91  

Section 7.7

     Continuing Guaranty      91  

Section 7.8

     Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower      92  

 

-iii-


Section 7.9

     Financial Condition of the Borrower      92  

Section 7.10

     Bankruptcy, Etc.      92  

ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     93  

ARTICLE IX THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     95  

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

     99  

Section 10.1

     Notices      99  

Section 10.2

     Waivers; Amendments      101  

Section 10.3

     Expenses; Limitation of Liability; Indemnity      102  

Section 10.4

     Successors and Assigns      104  

Section 10.5

     Survival      109  

Section 10.6

     Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution      109  

Section 10.7

     Severability      110  

Section 10.8

     Right of Setoff      110  

Section 10.9

     Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      111  

Section 10.10

     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      112  

Section 10.11

     Headings      112  

Section 10.12

     Confidentiality      112  

Section 10.13

     Interest Rate Limitation      113  

Section 10.14

     No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      113  

Section 10.15

     Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents      114  

Section 10.16

     USA PATRIOT Act      114  

Section 10.17

     Release of Guarantors      114  

Section 10.18

     Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions      115  

Section 10.19

     Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs      116  

 

-iv-


SCHEDULES

     

Schedule 2.1(a)

     

Original Commitments

Schedule 2.1(b)

     

2020 Incremental Commitments

EXHIBITS

     

Exhibit A

     

Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B-1

     

Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit B-2

     

Form of Issuance Notice

Exhibit C

     

Form of Interest Election Request

Exhibit D-1

     

Form of Revolving Loan Note

Exhibit D-2

     

Form of Swing Line Note

Exhibit E

     

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit F

     

Form of Maturity Date Extension Request

Exhibit G

     

Form of Counterpart Agreement

Exhibit H

     

Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit I

     

Form of Portfolio Interest Certificates

Exhibit J

     

Form of Beneficial Ownership Certificate

 

-v-


REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020, among DOORDASH, INC., as Borrower, the GUARANTORS party hereto, the LENDERS and ISSUING BANKS party hereto and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender.

The Borrower (such term and each other capitalized term used and not otherwise defined herein having the meaning assigned to it in Article I), requested that the Lenders make Loans to the Borrower on a revolving credit basis and the Issuing Banks issue Letters of Credit at the request and for the account of the Borrower on and after the Effective Date and at any time and from time to time prior to the Commitment Termination Date.

The proceeds of borrowings and Letters of Credit hereunder are to be used for the purposes described in Section 5.9. The Lenders are willing to establish the credit facility referred to in the preceding paragraph upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

2020 Incremental Commitment” means, with respect to each 2020 Incremental Lender, the commitment of such 2020 Incremental Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such 2020 Incremental Lender’s Loans hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.8 and (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.20 or Section 10.4. The initial amount of each 2020 Incremental Lender’s 2020 Incremental Commitment as of the Restatement Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 2.1(b). The initial aggregate amount of the 2020 Incremental Lenders’ 2020 Incremental Commitments as of the Restatement Effective Date is $100,000,000.

2020 Incremental Commitment Aggregate Available Amount” means, at any time of determination, the sum of the 2020 Incremental Commitment Available Amount of all 2020 Incremental Lenders.

2020 Incremental Commitment Available Amount” means, at any time of determination with respect to a 2020 Incremental Lender, (a) if the IPO Effective Date has not occurred, $0, (b) if the IPO Effective Date has occurred on or prior to the date that is 12 months after the Restatement Effective Date, the aggregate amount of the 2020 Incremental Commitments of such 2020 Incremental Lender in effect at such time, and (c) if the IPO Effective Date has occurred after the date that is 12 months after the Restatement Effective Date, $0.

2020 Incremental Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.1(b) and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto in the capacity of a 2020 Incremental Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.


Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the acquisition by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person.

Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

Administrative Agent” means JPMCB, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agent-Related Person” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.3(d).

Aggregate Available Commitment Amount” means the sum of the 2020 Incremental Commitment Aggregate Available Amount and the Original Commitment Aggregate Available Amount. Any reference herein to a Lender’s Aggregate Available Commitment Amount shall refer to the sum of the 2020 Incremental Commitment Available Amount and the Original Commitment Available Amount of such Lender.

Agreement” means this Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020, as the same may hereafter be modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time.

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the NYFRB Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for an Interest Period of one month commencing on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%. For purposes of clause (c) above, the Adjusted LIBO Rate on any day shall be based on the Screen Rate (or if the Screen Rate is not available for such one month Interest Period, the Interpolated Rate) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day for deposits in dollars with a maturity of one month. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively. If the Alternate Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.13 (for the avoidance of doubt, only until any amendment has become effective pursuant to Section 2.13(b)), then the Alternate Base Rate shall be the greater of clauses (a) and (b) above and shall be determined without reference to clause (c) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Alternate Base Rate shall at no time be less than 0.00% per annum.

Amendment and Restatement Agreement” means the Amendment and Restatement Agreement dated as of August 7, 2020, among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders party thereto.

 

2


Ancillary Document” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.6(b).

Anti-Corruption Laws” means all applicable laws, rules and regulations concerning or relating to bribery, corruption or money laundering.

Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the Aggregate Available Commitment Amount represented by such Lender’s 2020 Incremental Commitment Available Amount and Original Commitment Available Amount; provided that if any Defaulting Lender exists at such time, the Applicable Percentage shall be calculated disregarding such Defaulting Lender’s 2020 Incremental Commitment Available Amount and Original Commitment Available Amount. If any Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.

Applicable Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, 1.00% per annum, and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan, 0.00% per annum.

Application” means an application, in a form as the applicable Issuing Bank may specify as the form for use by its customers from time to time, executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, requesting such Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit.

Approved Fund” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.

Arrangers” means JPMCB, GSLP and Barclays Bank PLC, in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and any successors thereto.

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.4), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Assuming Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a).

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the Commitment Termination Date.

Available Incremental Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a).

Available Revolving Commitments” means, as of any date, the Aggregate Available Commitment Amount then in effect minus the aggregate amount of Revolving Exposure then outstanding.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

 

3


Bankruptcy Code” means Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time and any successor statute and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Basket” means any financial test or ratio (including by reference to the Senior Net Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Total Assets or Liquidity) or any amount, threshold, value or availability, in each case prescribed or required with respect to any Limited Condition Transaction.

Benchmark Replacement means the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate (which may be a SOFR-Based Rate) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body and/or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest as a replacement to the LIBO Rate for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities and (b) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided that, if the Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than zero, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement; provided further that any such Benchmark Replacement shall be administratively feasible as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

Benchmark Replacement Adjustment means the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the LIBO Rate with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body and/or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the LIBO Rate with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time.

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Alternate Base Rate,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters) that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines, in consultation with the Borrower, may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent determines that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of the Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent determines is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement).

Benchmark Replacement Date” means the earlier to occur of the following events with respect to the LIBO Rate:

(1) in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of the Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide the Screen Rate; or

 

4


(2) in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein.

Benchmark Transition Event means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the LIBO Rate:

(1) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of the Screen Rate announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide the Screen Rate, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the Screen Rate;

(2) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the Screen Rate, the U.S. Federal Reserve System, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for the Screen Rate, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for the Screen Rate or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for the Screen Rate, in each case which states that the administrator of the Screen Rate has ceased or will cease to provide the Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the Screen Rate; and/or

(3) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the Screen Rate announcing that the Screen Rate is no longer representative.

Benchmark Transition Start Date means (a) in the case of a Benchmark Transition Event, the earlier of (i) the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and (ii) if such Benchmark Transition Event is a public statement or publication of information of a prospective event, the 90th day prior to the expected date of such event as of such public statement or publication of information (or if the expected date of such prospective event is fewer than 90 days after such statement or publication, the date of such statement or publication) and (b) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the date specified by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (in the case of such notice by the Required Lenders) and the Lenders.

Benchmark Unavailability Period means, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to the LIBO Rate and solely to the extent that the LIBO Rate has not been replaced with a Benchmark Replacement, the period (x) beginning at the time that such Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the LIBO Rate for all purposes hereunder in accordance with Section 2.13 and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the LIBO Rate for all purposes hereunder pursuant to Section 2.13.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

Beneficiary” means the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender.

Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code to which Section 4975 of the Code applies, and (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

 

5


BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Board of Directors” means the board of directors or comparable governing body of the Borrower or Parent, as the case may be, or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on its behalf.

Borrower” means DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Borrowing” means (a) Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect or (b) a Swing Line Loan.

Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.5.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, all obligations that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of an Accounting Standards Update (the “ASU”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all financial definitions and calculations for purposes of the Loan Documents (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as capitalized lease obligations in the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Cash Equivalents” means

(1) United States dollars, or money in other currencies received in the ordinary course of business,

(2) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition,

(3) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any State thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose short-term debt is rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s,

 

6


(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above,

(5) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing within one year after the date of acquisition,

(6) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition which (or the issuer of which) are rated at least A or A-1 by S&P or A2 or P-1 by Moody’s,

(7) money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type described in clauses (1) through (6) above;

(8) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, other short-term investments that are analogous to the foregoing, are of comparable credit quality and are customarily used by companies in the jurisdiction of such Foreign Subsidiary for cash management purposes; and

(9) solely with respect to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, any investment that the Captive Insurance Subsidiary is not prohibited to make in accordance with applicable Law.

CFC” means (a) each Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” (within the meaning of Section 957), but only if a U.S. Person that is an Affiliate of a Loan Party is, with respect to such Person, a “United States shareholder” (within the meaning of Section 951(b)) described in Section 951(a)(1) and (b) each Subsidiary of any such controlled foreign corporation described in clause (a) above. For purposes of this definition, all Section references are to the Code.

CFC Holdco” means each Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Borrower) substantially all the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in (or Equity Interests in and Indebtedness of) one or more CFCs or CFC Holdcos.

Class” means (a) with respect to any Commitment, each of the following classes of Commitments: (i) Original Commitments and (ii) 2020 Incremental Commitments and (b) with respect to any Lender, each of the following classes of Lenders: (i) Original Lenders and (ii) 2020 Incremental Lenders.

Change in Control” means (a) prior to an IPO, the failure by the holders of Parent’s Equity Interests as of the Effective Date to continue to own, beneficially and of record, Equity Interests in Parent representing at least 50.1% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Parent; (b) after the consummation of an IPO, the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder), other than the Permitted Holders, individually or in the aggregate, of Equity Interests representing more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Parent; (c) persons who were (i) directors of Parent on the date hereof, (ii) nominated by the Board of Directors of Parent or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of Parent was approved by the Board of Directors of Parent at any time before such persons actually commenced their service as directors or (iii) appointed by directors that were directors of Parent or directors nominated as provided in the preceding clause (ii), ceasing to occupy a majority of the seats (excluding vacant seats) on the Board of Directors of Parent; or (d) on and following the consummation

 

7


of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower free and clear of all Liens; provided that neither the consummation of a Holdco Transaction nor the consummation of an IPO shall be a Change in Control.

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

Commitment” means, as to any Lender, such Lender’s Original Commitment or 2020 Incremental Commitment, as the context requires.

Commitment Increase” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a).

Commitment Increase Supplement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(b).

Commitment Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date the Commitments are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.8, and (c) the date of the termination of the Commitments pursuant to Article VIII.

Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of Parent.

Competitors” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Disqualified Lender”.

Compounded SOFR means the compounded average of SOFRs for the applicable Corresponding Tenor, with the rate, or methodology for this rate, and conventions for this rate (which may include compounding in arrears with a lookback and/or suspension period as a mechanism to determine the interest amount payable prior to the end of each Interest Period) being established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with:

 

  (1)

the rate, or methodology for this rate, and conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining compounded SOFR; provided that:

 

  (2)

if, and to the extent that, the Administrative Agent determines that Compounded SOFR cannot be determined in accordance with clause (1) above, then the rate, or methodology for this rate, and conventions for this rate that the Administrative Agent determines in its reasonable discretion are substantially consistent with any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining compounded SOFR for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time;

 

8


provided, further, that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such rate, methodology or convention determined in accordance with clause (1) or clause (2) is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then Compounded SOFR will be deemed unable to be determined for purposes of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement.”

Consenting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

Consolidated Credit EBITDA” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus, all as determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of: (a) consolidated tax expense based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, (b) total interest expense, and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of gains on such hedging obligations or such derivative instruments, and financial institution and letter of credit fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities plus expenses associated with the equity component of, and any mark to market losses with respect to, convertible debt instruments, (c) depreciation and amortization expense, (d) amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill), (e) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring costs, fees, charges and other expenses, including fees, charges and expenses incurred that are (or are expected to be within one year of the end of such period with a deduction in the subsequent period to the extent not so reimbursed or paid) reimbursed or actually paid by a third party or under indemnification or reimbursement provisions, (f) costs or expenses reasonably identified by Parent as incurred in connection with entry into or expansion of new markets, strategic initiatives and contracts, software development and new systems design, new product offerings, project start-up costs, and related integration and systems establishment costs, including any on-going operating losses in respect thereof for a period of no more than 24 months after commencement of such operations or expansion, (g) non-cash equity-based compensation expenses and payroll tax expense related to equity-based compensation expenses, (h) any other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of, or a reserve for, cash charges for any future period); provided, however that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash charges, expenses or losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of, or a reserve for, cash charges for any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated Credit EBITDA in the period when such payments are made, (i) transition, integration, business optimization and similar fees, charges and expenses related to acquisitions, business combinations, dispositions and exiting lines of business, (j) restructuring, discontinued operations or similar charges, (k) pro forma “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies (including expected revenue enhancements) relating to Acquisitions, business combinations, dispositions and other initiatives that are reasonably identifiable and projected in good faith by Parent to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or initiated or are expected to be taken with the first eight full fiscal quarters after such event, (l) accruals or expenses related to settlements or payment of legal claims, (m) transaction costs associated with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and with any actual, proposed or contemplated issuance of Equity Interests (including any expense relating to enhanced accounting functions or other costs associated with becoming a public company), the making of any Investment, Acquisition, Joint Venture or disposition, or the issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness (including Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Convertible Indebtedness and any Permitted Call Spread Transactions) or refinancings, (n) in connection with Acquisitions of foreign Subsidiaries, expenses recognized on conversion from IFRS to GAAP for items capitalized under IFRS but expensed under GAAP, and (o) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Credit EBITDA pursuant to

 

9


clause (iii) below for any previous period and not added back; provided that, for any period, the aggregate amount added pursuant to clauses (f), (i), (j) and (k) shall not exceed 25% of Consolidated Credit EBITDA for the applicable period (calculated after giving effect to such addbacks); and minus, to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of: (i) interest income, (ii) any extraordinary income or gains determined in accordance with GAAP, and (iii) any other non-cash income other than accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business (excluding any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period that are described in the parenthetical to clause (h) above).

Consolidated Net Income” means for any period, the net income (loss) of Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in conformity with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in the determination of Consolidated Net Income the effect of: (a) with respect to any Subsidiary that is not wholly owned but whose net income is consolidated in whole or in part with the net income of Parent, the income of such Subsidiary solely to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its organizational documents or any law applicable to such Subsidiary; provided that Consolidated Net Income shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid by such Subsidiary to Parent or any other Subsidiary; (b) any net gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset or disposed operations (including pursuant to any sale and leaseback) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business; (c) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; and (d) any recapitalization or purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements, as a result of any consummated Acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development). In addition, proceeds from any business interruption insurance received in such period or which is reasonably expected to be received in a subsequent period and within one year of the underlying loss shall be added to Consolidated Net Income; provided, that if not so received within such one-year period, such amount shall be subtracted in the subsequent calculation period.

Consolidated Total Assets” means, at any date of determination, the total amount of assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or of any Subsidiary of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the context requires), as set forth on the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) and (b) (or, prior to the first such delivery, the financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2019 delivered pursuant to Section 3.4(a)).

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Parent and its Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, consisting only of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness; provided, Consolidated Total Indebtedness will not include Indebtedness that is non-recourse to Parent and its Subsidiaries, undrawn amounts under revolving credit facilities and Indebtedness in respect of any (1) letter of credit, bank guarantees and performance or similar bonds, except to the extent of obligations in respect of drawn standby letters of credit which have not been reimbursed within three (3) Business Days and (2) obligations under Swap Agreements. The dollar-equivalent principal amount of any Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Swap Agreements for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

10


Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Copyrights” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following: (a) all copyrights, rights and interests in copyrights, works protectable by copyright, copyright registrations, and copyright applications; (b) all renewals of any of the foregoing; (c) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages or payments for past or future infringements for any of the foregoing; (d) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements of any of the foregoing; and (e) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

Corresponding Tenor with respect to a Benchmark Replacement means a tenor (including overnight) having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as the applicable tenor for the applicable Interest Period with respect to the LIBO Rate.

Counterpart Agreement” means a Counterpart Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G delivered by a Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.10.

Covered Entity” means any of the following:

 

  (i)

a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

 

  (ii)

a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

 

  (iii)

a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

Covered Party” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.19.

Credit Extension” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Declining Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.21(c), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans or (iii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it

 

11


hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to such funding or payment (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable Default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower, any Issuing Bank, Swing Line Lender or the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable Default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action or (iii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.21(c)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and each Lender.

Direct Borrower Obligations” means any Obligations of the Borrower in its capacity as the Borrower under this Agreement.

Disbursement Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(d).

Disclosed Matters” means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedule 3.6 to the Disclosure Letter.

Disclosure Letter” means the disclosure letter, dated as of the Effective Date, delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

Disqualified Equity Interest” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (i) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests and the payment in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Equity Interests), in whole or in part, or (iii) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole

 

12


option of the issuer thereof) for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 181 days after the Maturity Date then in effect; provided that (a) Equity Interests will not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption upon an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the date that is 181 days after the latest Maturity Date then in effect if the payment upon such redemption or repurchase is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations and (b) an Equity Interest in any Person that is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees or by any such plan to such employees shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by such Person or any of its subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability.

Disqualified Institutions” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Disqualified Lender”.

Disqualified Lender” means, collectively, (a) any Person that is a competitor or potential competitor of Parent and its Subsidiaries or any investor in any such competitor or potential competitor, in each case as determined in good faith by the Borrower and to the extent identified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including after the Effective Date which may be delivered in a form of a list provided to the Administrative Agent) by name in writing from time to time (“Competitors”), (b) those banks, financial institutions and other Persons separately identified by name by Borrower to the Administrative Agent in writing on or before the Effective Date, (c) any Person (other than (x) any Affiliates of Lenders as of the Effective Date or (y) any Affiliate of a Lender approved by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (such approval, in each case, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned)) with a long term unsecured credit rating of less than BBB- by S&P or Fitch Ratings Ltd. (or any successor thereto) or less than Baa3 by Moody’s, (d) any Person (including an Affiliate or Approved Fund of a Lender) whose primary activity is the trading or acquisition of distressed debt; provided that, for purposes of Section 10.12, senior employees of Lenders or their Affiliates who are required, in accordance with industry regulations or the Lenders’ internal policies and procedures to act in a supervisory capacity and the Lenders’ internal legal, compliance, risk management, credit or investment committee members shall not constitute Disqualified Lenders as a result of this clause (d) (those banks, financial institutions and other Persons under clauses (b) through (d) are collectively referred to as the “Disqualified Institutions”) and (e) any Subsidiary of a Competitor or a Disqualified Institution, other than bona fide debt funds that would not be a Competitor or a Disqualified Institution but for this clause (e), that are (x) identified in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including after the Effective Date which may be delivered in a form of a list provided to the Administrative Agent) by name in writing from time to time or (y) clearly identifiable as affiliates solely on the basis of the similarity of its name (provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to carry out due diligence in order to identify such affiliates); provided that the foregoing clauses (c) and (d) shall be inapplicable during any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The identification of any Competitor or Disqualified Institution after the Effective Date shall become effective three Business Days after delivery to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including by delivering a list provided to the Administrative Agent), and shall not apply retroactively to disqualify the assignment, participation or other transfer of an interest in Commitments or Loans that was effective prior to the effective date of such supplement (but such Person shall not be able to increase its Commitments or participations hereunder); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, such Person shall thereafter be considered a Disqualified Lender. The Disqualified Lenders shall be identified to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent (which may be in the form of notice posted to the Platform).

dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

13


Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Parent that is incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or in the District of Columbia (other than a Subsidiary of Parent that is a CFC Holdco).

DQ List” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(e).

Early Opt-in Election means the occurrence of:

(1) (i) a determination by the Administrative Agent (with notification to the Borrower) or (ii) a notification by the Required Lenders to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower) that the Required Lenders have determined that U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities being executed at such time, or that include language similar to that contained in Section 2.13 are being executed or amended, as applicable, to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace the LIBO Rate, and

(2) (i) the election by the Administrative Agent or (ii) the election by the Required Lenders to declare that an Early Opt-in Election has occurred and the provision, as applicable, by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Borrower and the Lenders or by the Required Lenders of written notice of such election to the Administrative Agent.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Date” means November 19, 2019.

Electronic Signature” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a Person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.

Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment, disposal, management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of investigation, reclamation or remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) compliance or noncompliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

14


Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest; provided that Equity Interests shall not include (a) any debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for any combination of Equity Interests and/or cash and (b) Permitted Call Spread Transactions.

ERISA” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means any person that for purposes of Title I or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer or otherwise aggregated with a Loan Party or a Subsidiary of Parent under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event” means any one or more of the following: (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to a Plan; (b) the termination of any Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA; (c) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (d) the failure to make a required contribution to any Plan that would result in the imposition of a lien or other encumbrance or the provision of security under Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA, or the arising of such a lien or encumbrance; (e) any Loan Party, or any ERISA Affiliate requests a minimum funding waiver or fails to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA (whether or not waived); (f) a determination that any Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, considered an at-risk plan within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA; (g) engaging in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA with respect to a Plan; (h) the complete or partial withdrawal of any Loan Party, Subsidiary of Parent or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan; or (i) a determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status under Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA or is, or is expected to be, “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Article VIII.

Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by law, regulation or any contractual obligation existing from guaranteeing the Obligations or that would require a governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization in order to provide such guaranty unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received or would, contemporaneous with the Effective Date, be received (provided that (i) with respect to any Subsidiary existing on the Effective Date, any such contractual obligation containing such a prohibition was in existence on the Effective Date and (ii) with respect to any Subsidiaries acquired or created after the Effective Date, such prohibition is not the result of a contractual obligation that arose solely in contemplation of such Subsidiary satisfying this definition); (b) any Unrestricted Subsidiary; (c) any Immaterial Subsidiary; (d) any Foreign Subsidiary; and (e) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary.

 

15


Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) Taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income or gross profit, franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case (i) imposed by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.18(b)), any United States withholding Tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.16(a), (c) or (d), (c) withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, and (d) any Taxes attributable to such recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.16(e).

Existing Borrowings” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.8(c).

Existing Maturity Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

Extension Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the Effective Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code or any published intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or official practices adopted pursuant to any such intergovernmental agreement.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depository institutions (as determined in such manner as shall be set forth on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the federal funds effective rate; provided that if such rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of this Agreement.

Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website” means the website of the NYFRB at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, treasurer, chief accounting officer, head of finance, vice president of finance or corporate controller of the Borrower or Parent, as the case may be.

Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

Foreign Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary of Parent that is not a Domestic Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary of Parent that is a Subsidiary of a CFC or a Subsidiary of a CFC Holdco and (c) any Subsidiary of Parent whose provision of a Guarantee would result in an investment in “United States property” (within the meaning of Section 956 of the Code) or would otherwise result in a material adverse tax consequence to Parent or any of its Affiliates, as reasonably determined by Borrower.

 

16


GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Governmental Acts” means any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

GSLP” means Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or customary indemnification obligations entered into in connection with any Acquisition or disposition of assets or of other entities (other than to the extent that the primary obligations that are the subject of such indemnification obligation would be considered Indebtedness hereunder). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guaranteed Obligation” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

Guarantor” means each Person that shall have become a party hereto as a “Guarantor” and shall have provided a Guaranty of the Obligations by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a signature page hereto or a Counterpart Agreement; provided that (x) for purposes of Article VII, the term “Guarantors” shall also include the Borrower (except with respect to the Direct Borrower Obligations), (y) on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the term “Guarantor” shall also include Holdings and (z) a Foreign Subsidiary shall at no time be a Guarantor.

Guaranty” means the guaranty of each Guarantor set forth in Article VII.

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

17


Holdco Transaction” means a transaction (or series of transactions) which will, among other things, cause 100% of the Equity Interests in the Borrower and its existing Subsidiaries to be held by a newly-formed entity organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States (“Holdings”); provided that (a) the owners of 100% of the Equity Interests in Holdings immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Equity Interests owned by each such person) are identical to the owners of 100% of the Equity Interests in the Borrower immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Equity Interests owned by each such person); provided that, such Equity Interests of such owners may be held in different classes or series of Equity Interests of Holdings (with different voting and other governance rights and different liquidation preferences, dividend rights and other economic rights), and (b) Holdings shall have entered executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Counterpart Agreement and shall have provided such other documentation as would be required in connection with a joinder of a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.10.

Holdings” has the meaning set forth in the defined term Holdco Transaction.

IFRS” means international financial reporting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any time of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Borrower) (a) whose Consolidated Total Assets as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) were less than 5% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date and (b) whose consolidated gross revenues for the most recent period of four fiscal quarters in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) were less than 5% of the consolidated gross revenues of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, as of the most recent date or period referred to in clause (a) or (b) above, the combined Consolidated Total Assets or the combined consolidated gross revenues of all Restricted Subsidiaries that would constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries in accordance with clause (a) and (b) above shall have exceeded 20% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or 20% of consolidated gross revenues of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, then one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries that would otherwise be an Immaterial Subsidiary shall for all purposes of this Agreement automatically be deemed to not be an Immaterial Subsidiary in descending order based on the amounts of their Consolidated Total Assets or consolidated gross revenues, as the case may be, until such excess shall have been eliminated.

Impacted Interest Period” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “LIBO Rate”.

Increase Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a).

Increase Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a).

Incremental Equivalent Debt” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(d).

Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a).

Indebtedness” of any Person at any date means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) purchase price adjustments, earnouts, holdbacks and other similar deferred consideration payable in connection with Acquisitions and (iii) deferred or equity compensation arrangements payable to directors, officers, employees,

 

18


advisors, consultants or other providers of services), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above, and (h) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall exclude intercompany liabilities arising from their cash management, tax, and accounting operations and intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness. “Indebtedness” shall not include the obligations or liabilities of any Person to pay rent or other amounts with respect to any lease of office space (or other arrangement conveying the right to use office space) or other operating lease, which obligations (x) would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of the ASU (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as capitalized lease obligations in the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents, or (y) would be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease at any time due to build-to-suit accounting rules, “failed” sale and leaseback accounting rules, other lease classification rules or other similar rules so long as such obligations are not entered into for a financing purpose, are unsecured (other than the provision of any letters of credit required to support such obligations), and do not otherwise constitute “Indebtedness” pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above.

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(c).

Information Documents” means at any time any memorandum, lender’s presentation or other written information, in each case as then supplemented or amended and including any documents attached thereto or incorporated by reference therein, prepared by the Arrangers with the assistance of Parent and given to any Lender in connection with the Transactions.

Intellectual Property” means all Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and any other intellectual property.

Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.7.

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swing Line Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and (c) with respect to any Swing Line Loan, the day such Loan is required to be repaid.

 

19


Interest Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one week or one, two, three or six months (or, with the consent of each Lender, twelve months) thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Interpolated Rate” means, at any time for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the Screen Rate) determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be prima facie evidence, absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the Screen Rate for the longest period for which the Screen Rate is available that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period and (b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period for which that Screen Rate is available that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.

Investment” means any loan, advance (other than advances to employees or other providers of services for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business), extension of credit (by way of Guarantee or otherwise) or capital contributions by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any other Person (other than any Loan Party); provided that Investment shall not include any Acquisitions.

IPO” means the sale on a bona fide nationally recognized securities exchange of common stock of Parent or the listing for trading of common stock of Parent on a bona fide nationally recognized securities exchange.

IPO Effective Date” means the date on which an IPO has occurred and the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer advising the Lenders of the consummation of such IPO.

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

ISP 98” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit).

Issuance Notice” means an Issuance Notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2.

Issuing Bank” means (a) each of JPMCB, GSLP, Barclays Bank PLC, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Royal Bank of Canada and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, and (b) each Lender that shall have become an Issuing Bank hereunder as provided in Section 2.4(i) (other than any Person that shall have ceased to be an Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.4(h)), each in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity. Each Issuing Bank may, in

 

20


its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate (it being agreed that such Issuing Bank shall, or shall cause such Affiliate to, comply with the requirements of Section 2.4 with respect to such Letters of Credit).

Issuing Bank Sublimit” means, at any time, (a) with respect to JPMCB in its capacity as Issuing Bank, $47,500,000, (b) with respect to GSLP in its capacity as Issuing Bank, $47,500,000, (c) with respect to Barclays Bank PLC in its capacity as Issuing Bank, $30,000,000, (d) with respect to Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch in its capacity as Issuing Bank, $25,000,000, (e) with respect to Royal Bank of Canada in its capacity as Issuing Bank, $25,000,000, (f) with respect to UBS AG, Stamford Branch in its capacity as Issuing Bank, $25,000,000 and (g) with respect to any Lender that shall have become an Issuing Bank hereunder as provided in Section 2.4(i), such amount as set forth in the agreement referred to in Section 2.4(i) evidencing the appointment of such Lender (or its designated Affiliate) as an Issuing Bank.

Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided that, in no event shall any corporate subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

JPMCB” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Lender-Related Person” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.03(b).

Lenders” means the Original Lenders and/or the 2020 Incremental Lenders, as context requires. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swing Line Lender.

Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit issued or to be issued by an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Agreement in a form and substance approved by such Issuing Bank.

Letter of Credit Sublimit” means the lesser of (a) $200,000,000 and (b) the aggregate unused amount of the Aggregate Available Commitment Amount then in effect.

Letter of Credit Usage” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the sum of the aggregate maximum amounts which are, or at any time thereafter may become, available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding and (b) the sum of the aggregate amounts of all drawings under Letters of Credit honored by the Issuing Banks and not theretofore reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower. The Letter of Credit Usage of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Letter of Credit Usage at such time, adjusted to give effect to any reallocation under Section 2.21 of the Letter of Credit Usage of Defaulting Lenders in effect at such time.

Liabilities” means any losses, claims (including intraparty claims), demands, damages or liabilities of any kind.

LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the applicable Screen Rate at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that if the Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “Impacted Interest Period”), then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

21


Limited Condition Transaction” means any repayment of Indebtedness or any Acquisition or any Investment by one or more of Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, the consummation of which is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

Limited Information” means (a) information regarding the terms of, and the Borrower’s compliance with, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) information concerning the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Parent and its Subsidiaries, including the Information Documents and the financial statements provided by Parent pursuant to Sections 3.4(a), 5.1(a) and (b) and any information concerning contingent liabilities, commitments and other exposures that would be material to determinations concerning the creditworthiness of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) any notice, certificate or other document delivered by Parent or the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (d) information regarding the aggregate amount of Liquidity or the corporate debt rating (if any) of Parent and (e) information regarding the credit support for the credit facility established hereunder, including the Guarantors (it being understood that the term “Limited Information” does not include product designs, software and technology, inventions, trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information of a like nature).

Liquidity” means, at any time, the sum of (a) Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (b) Marketable Securities, plus (c) so long as the conditions to borrowing set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of Section 4.2 are satisfied at such time, the Available Revolving Commitments.

Loan Documents” means this Agreement (including any amendment hereto or waiver hereunder), the Notes (if any), any Counterpart Agreement and any agreements, documents or certificates executed by the Borrower in favor of any Issuing Bank relating to Letters of Credit and any other agreement entered into in connection herewith by the Borrower or any Loan Party with or in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and designated by the terms thereof as a “Loan Document”.

Loan Parties” means the Borrower and the other Guarantors (including, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings).

Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (including any loan made pursuant to a Commitment Increase).

Margin Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Marketable Securities” means, without duplication of any of the items described in the definition of Cash Equivalents, investments permitted pursuant to the Borrower’s (or, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings’) investment policy as approved by the Board of Directors (or committee thereof) of the Borrower or Holdings, as applicable, from time to time.

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, property, financial condition or results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender under the Loan Documents.

 

22


Material Domestic Subsidiary” means, at any time of determination, each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary.

Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness under the Loan Documents) or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in a principal amount exceeding $50,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

Maturity Date” means (a) August 7, 2025 or (b) with respect to the Commitments of Consenting Lenders, as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 2.20.

Maturity Date Extension Request” means a request by the Borrower, in the form of Exhibit F hereto or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent, for the extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.20.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Multiemployer Plan” means any multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which is contributed to by (or to which there is or could be an obligation to contribute of) a Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate, and each such plan for the five- year period immediately following the latest date on which a Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.2 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-U.S. Plan” means any plan, fund (including any superannuation fund) or other similar program established, contributed to (regardless of whether through direct contributions or through employee withholding) or maintained outside the United States by Parent or one or more Subsidiaries of Parent, primarily for the benefit of employees of Parent or such Subsidiaries or any Loan Party residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

Note” means a Revolving Loan Note or a Swing Line Note.

NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

NYFRB Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day (or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” shall mean the rate for a federal funds transaction quoted at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such day received by the Administrative Agent from a federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided, further, that if any of the aforesaid rates shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

 

23


Obligations” means all amounts owing by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including reimbursement of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit and all interest which accrues after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable).

Obligee Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.

OFAC” means the United States Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Original Commitment” means, with respect to each Original Lender, the commitment of such Original Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Original Lender’s Loans hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.8, (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.19 and (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to the Amendment and Restatement Agreement, Section 2.20 or Section 10.4. The initial amount of each Original Lender’s Original Commitment as of the Restatement Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 2.1(a). The initial aggregate amount of the Original Lenders’ Original Commitments as of the Restatement Effective Date is $300,000,000.

Original Commitment Aggregate Available Amount” means, at any time of determination, the sum of the Original Commitment Available Amount of all Original Lenders.

Original Commitment Available Amount” means, at any time of determination with respect to an Original Lender, the aggregate amount of the Original Commitments of such Original Lender in effect at such time.

Original Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.1(a) and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to the Amendment and Restatement Agreement or an Assignment and Assumption or pursuant to Section 2.19, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto as an Original Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes (other than connections arising solely from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in this Agreement or any other Loan Document).

Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary Taxes or any other excise, property, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes which arise from any payment made, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; excluding, however, such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than such Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment that occurs as a result of the Borrower’s request pursuant to Section 2.18(b)).

 

24


Overnight Bank Funding Rate” means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight Eurodollar borrowings by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set forth on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank funding rate.

Parent” means, prior to the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the Borrower, and as of and following the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings.

Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.

Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.4(c)(iii).

Patents” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to: (a) any and all patents and patent applications; (b) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein; (c) all reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions, and continuations-in-part thereof; (d) all licenses of the foregoing whether as licensee or licensor; (e) all income, royalties, damages, claims, and payments now or hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (f) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof; and (g) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is maintained or contributed to (or obligated to be contributed) in whole or in part by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which any of Parent, any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has actual or contingent liability or had any such liability for the five-year period immediately following the latest date on which a Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate maintained, contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

Permitted Call Spread Transaction” means (a) any call or capped call option (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) relating to the Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock) purchased by Parent in connection with the issuance of any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness and settled in Common Stock (or such other securities or property), cash or a combination thereof (such amount of cash determined by reference to the price of the Common Stock or such other securities or property), and cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock, or (b) any call option, warrant or right to purchase (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) relating to the Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock) sold by Parent substantially concurrently with any purchase by Parent of a Permitted Call Spread Transaction described in clause (a) and settled in Common Stock (or such other securities or property), cash or a combination thereof (such amount of cash determined by reference to the price of the Common Stock or such other securities or property), and cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock; provided that the terms, conditions and covenants of each such transaction described in clause (a) or clause (b) shall be such as are customary for transactions of such type (as determined by the board of directors of Parent, or a committee thereof, in good faith).

 

25


Permitted Convertible Indebtedness” means unsecured Indebtedness of Parent that is convertible into shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock), cash or a combination thereof (such amount of cash determined by reference to the price of the Common Stock or such other securities or property), and cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock; provided that (x) the final maturity date of such Permitted Convertible Indebtedness is not prior to the date ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date and (y) the terms, conditions and covenants of such Permitted Convertible Indebtedness shall be such as are customary for transactions of such type (as determined by the board of directors of Parent, or a committee thereof, in good faith).

Permitted Encumbrances” means:

(a) Liens imposed by law for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.4;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, landlord’s, supplier’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 60 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.4;

(c) Liens incurred or pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business (i) in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations or employment laws or to secure other public, statutory or regulatory obligations or (ii) securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instrument for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or otherwise supporting the payment of items set forth in the foregoing clause (i);

(d) Liens incurred or pledges and deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade and commercial contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(e) Liens securing, or otherwise arising from, judgments and deposits to secure obligations under appeal bonds or letters of credit in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VIII;

(f) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed (or similar filings under applicable law) solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases;

(g) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, encroachments and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the conduct of business of Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent;

(h) rights of recapture of unused real property in favor of the seller of such property set forth in customary purchase or lease agreements and related arrangements;

(i) to the extent constituting a Lien, Permitted IP Transfers;

 

26


(j) rights of setoff, banker’s lien, netting agreements and other Liens arising by operation of law or by of the terms of documents of banks or other financial institutions in relation to the maintenance of administration of deposit accounts, securities accounts, cash management arrangements or in connection with the issuance of letters of credit, bank guarantees or other similar instruments;

(k) Liens arising from the right of distress enjoyed by landlords or Liens otherwise granted to landlords, in either case, to secure the payment of arrears of rent or performance of other obligations in respect of leased properties, so long as such Liens are not exercised or except where the exercise of such Liens would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) Liens or security given to public utilities or to any municipality or Governmental Authority when required by the utility, municipality or Governmental Authority in connection with the supply of services or utilities to the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiaries;

(m) servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements, subdivision agreements, facilities sharing agreements, cost sharing agreements and other agreements pertaining to the use or development of any of the assets of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case that do not secure any obligations for money borrowed and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the conduct of business of Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent; and

(n) Liens on any assets securing any obligation in favor of a Governmental Authority, including any such Lien securing amounts owing for wages, vacation pay, severance pay, employee deductions, sales tax, excise tax, other Taxes, workers compensation, governmental royalties or pension fund obligations.

Permitted Holders” means (a) any Person listed on Schedule 1.1 to the Disclosure Letter, (b) any trust or partnership created solely for the benefit of any natural person listed on Schedule 1.1 to the Disclosure Letter and/or members of the family of any natural person listed on Schedule 1.1 to the Disclosure Letter and (c) any Person which is an Affiliate of any of the foregoing.

Permitted IP Transfer” means (i) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property, (ii) sales, dispositions, transfers or exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property that would not have a material adverse effect on the assets or business of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (it being understood that the foregoing shall specifically permit exclusive licenses (A) with respect to specific geographic areas outside of the United States, (B) for specific fields of use outside the existing platform of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (C) for specific business fields not interfering in any material respect with the existing business of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (D) of intellectual property conceived, developed or reduced to practice in connection with a specific commercial relationship), (iii) sales, dispositions, transfers or exclusive licenses made pursuant to Parent or a Guarantor’s existing buy-in license agreements, research and development cost sharing agreements and related agreements, as amended or restated from time to time, or comparable agreements with any Excluded Subsidiary (or other transactions where assets or rights of any Excluded Subsidiary are transferred to Parent, any Guarantor or another Excluded Subsidiary and then subsequently transferred to another Excluded Subsidiary); provided that such amended, restated or comparable agreement would not have a material adverse effect on the assets of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iv) sales, dispositions, transfers or exclusive licenses that are treated as a disposition of assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes by any entity that is not a Loan Party; or (v) storing, holding, transferring, processing, operating or managing data or information outside the U.S., including for regulatory, tax or operational purposes.

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, Joint Venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

27


Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan).

Plan Asset Regulations” means 29 CFR § 2510.3-101 et seq., as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, as amended from time to time.

Platform” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Portfolio Interest Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(e)(iii)(C).

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as determined by the Administrative Agent). Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced or quoted as being effective.

Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to the calculation of Consolidated Total Assets, Liquidity or Senior Net Leverage Ratio as of any date, that such calculation shall give pro forma effect to all Acquisitions, all issuances, incurrences or assumptions of Indebtedness, all Investments and all sales, transfers or other dispositions of any Equity Interests in a Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of a Subsidiary or division or line of business of a Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business (and any related prepayments or repayments of Indebtedness) that have occurred during the applicable fiscal period of Parent (or subsequent to such fiscal period of Parent and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which such calculation is being calculated) as if they occurred on the first day of such applicable period of Parent.

Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Revolving Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders.

Proceeding” means any claim, litigation, investigation, action, suit, arbitration or administrative, judicial or regulatory action or proceeding in any jurisdiction.

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

QFC Credit Support” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.19.

Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests other than Disqualified Equity Interests.

Recipient” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender and any Issuing Bank, or any combination thereof (as the context requires).

Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.

Reimbursement Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(d).

 

28


Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the NYFRB, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the NYFRB or, in each case, any successor thereto.

Required Lenders” means, subject to Section 2.21, (a) at any time prior to the earlier of the Loans becoming due and payable pursuant to Article VIII or all Commitments terminating or expiring, Lenders having Revolving Exposures and Unfunded Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the Total Utilization of Commitments and Unfunded Commitments at such time, provided that, solely for purposes of declaring the Loans to be due and payable pursuant to Article VIII, the Unfunded Commitment of each Lender shall be deemed to be zero; and (b) for all purposes after the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Article VIII or all Commitments expire or terminate, Lenders having Revolving Exposures representing more than 50% of the sum of the Total Utilization of Commitments at such time; provided that, in the case of clauses (a) and (b) above, the Revolving Exposure of any Lender that is a Swing Line Lender shall be deemed to exclude any amount of its Swing Line Exposure in excess of its Applicable Percentage of all outstanding Swing Line Loans, adjusted to give effect to any reallocation under Section 2.21 of the Swing Line Exposures of Defaulting Lenders in effect at such time, and the Unfunded Commitment of such Lender shall be determined on the basis of its Revolving Exposure excluding such excess amount.

Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

Responsible Officer” means any of the President, Chief Executive Officer, Vice President or Financial Officer of the applicable Loan Party, or any person designated by any such Loan Party in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time, acting singly.

Restatement Effective Date” has the meaning specified in the Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

Restricted” means, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, that such cash or Cash Equivalents (a) appear (or would be required to appear) as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of Parent, (b) are subject to any Lien in favor of any Person (other than a Lien permitted under Section 6.2(k)) or (c) are not otherwise generally available for use by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent so long as such Restricted Subsidiary of Parent is not prohibited by applicable law, contractual obligation or otherwise from transferring such cash or Cash Equivalents to Parent.

Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund, similar deposit or withholding of shares for tax purposes, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in Parent or any such Subsidiary. The conversion of, or payment for (including, without limitation, payments of principal and payments upon redemption or repurchase), or paying any interest with respect to, any debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for any combination of Equity Interests and/or cash shall not constitute a Restricted Payment.

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

29


Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender, (b) the Letter of Credit Usage of that Lender and (c) the Swing Line Exposure of that Lender.

Revolving Loan” means a Loan made by a Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 and/or Section 2.19.

Revolving Loan Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit D-1, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is the subject or target of any comprehensive Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).

Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, (b) any Person organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned 50% or more or otherwise controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b).

Sanctions” means all economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state, or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

Screen Rate” means, for any day and time, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, a rate per annum equal to the London interbank offered rate as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on such day and time on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, on or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Screen Rate, determined as provided above in this definition, would be less than zero, the Screen Rate shall for all purposes of this Agreement be zero.

Senior Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness outstanding on such date (excluding any such Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to a written agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) minus the aggregate amount of Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, to (b) Consolidated Credit EBITDA for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date.

SOFR” with respect to any day means the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the NYFRB, as the administrator of the benchmark (or a successor administrator), on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website.

 

30


SOFR-Based Rate” means SOFR, Compounded SOFR or Term SOFR.

Solvency Certificate” means a Solvency Certificate of a Financial Officer of Parent substantially in the form of Exhibit H.

Solvent” means, with respect to Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the present assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on their debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not intend to, and do not believe that they will, incur debts or liabilities (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond their ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature in the ordinary course of business and (d) Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are not engaged in business or a transaction, and are not about to engage in business or a transaction, in relation to which their property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, all references to a “Subsidiary” of or to the “Subsidiaries” of Parent herein or in any other Loan Document shall include the Borrower.

subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity (including by value) or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the partnership interests are, as of such date, owned (directly or indirectly), controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent and which is required by GAAP to be consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the parent.

Supported QFC” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.19.

 

31


Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or other providers of services of Parent or the Subsidiaries of Parent shall be a Swap Agreement.

Swing Line Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time. The Swing Line Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be the sum of (a) its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time (excluding, in the case of any Lender that is a Swing Line Lender, Swing Line Loans made by it that are outstanding at such time to the extent that the other Lenders shall not have funded their participations in such Swing Line Loans) adjusted to give effect to any reallocation under Section 2.21 of the Swing Line Exposure of Defaulting Lenders in effect at such time, and (b) in the case of any Lender that is a Swing Line Lender, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans made by such Lender outstanding at such time, less the amount of participations funded by the other Lenders in such Swing Line Loans.

Swing Line Lender” means JPMCB, in its capacity as Swing Line Lender hereunder, together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

Swing Line Loan” means a Loan made by Swing Line Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.3.

Swing Line Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit D-2, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Swing Line Sublimit” means the lesser of (a) $15,000,000, and (b) the aggregate unused amount of the Aggregate Available Commitment Amount then in effect.

Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings (including backup withholding) imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term SOFR” means the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

Total Utilization of Commitments” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans, (b) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans, and (c) the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage.

Trade Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(e).

Trademarks” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following: (a) all trademarks (including service marks), trade names, trade dress, and trade styles and the registrations and applications for registration thereof and the goodwill of the business symbolized by the foregoing; (b) all licenses of the foregoing, whether as licensee or licensor; (c) all renewals of the foregoing; (d) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages, claims, and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (e) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements of the foregoing, including the right to settle suits involving claims and demands for royalties owing; and (f) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

 

32


Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of each Loan Document to which it is a party, the borrowing of Loans and the use of the proceeds thereof, and the issuance of Letters of Credit and the use thereof.

Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate; provided that with respect to Swing Line Loans, such rate shall be determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate only.

U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.

U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Special Resolution Regime” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.19.

UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code” has the meaning of “UCC” as defined in the Security Agreement.

UK Financial Institutions” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement means the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided that, if the Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than zero, the Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

Unfunded Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the aggregate Commitments of such Lender less its Revolving Exposure.

Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

Unrestricted” means, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents, that such cash or Cash Equivalents are not Restricted.

 

33


Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that at the time of determination has previously been designated, and continues to be, an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5.12.

USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended from time to time.

wholly owned”, when used in reference to a subsidiary of any Person, means that all the Equity Interests in such subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares and other nominal amounts of Equity Interests that are required to be held by other Persons under applicable law) are owned, beneficially and of record, by such Person, another wholly owned subsidiary of such Person or any combination thereof.

Withholding Agent” means the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

Section 1.2 Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan” or an “ABR Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing” or an “ABR Borrowing”).

Section 1.3 Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (f) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. Each reference herein to the “date of this Agreement” or the “date hereof” shall be deemed to refer to the Effective Date.

 

34


Section 1.4 Accounting Terms; GAAP; Certain Calculations. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Effective Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision has been amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all financial statements delivered hereunder shall be prepared, and all financial covenants contained herein shall be calculated without giving effect to (i) any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent at “fair value”, as defined therein and (ii) any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, when (a) calculating any applicable Basket, in connection with the consummation of any Limited Condition Transaction (including the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness (other than any Commitment Increase incurred pursuant to clause (x) of the introductory paragraph of Section 2.19) in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction) or (b) determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Default or Event of Default (or any type of Default or Event of Default) has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom in connection with the consummation of any Limited Condition Transaction (including the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness (other than any Commitment Increase incurred pursuant to clause (x) of the introductory paragraph of Section 2.19) in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction), in each case under the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), the date of determination of such Basket or determination of whether any Default or Event of Default (or any type of Default or Event of Default) has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom may, at the option of the Borrower (in its sole discretion) (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option, an “LCT Election”), be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (or, in the case of any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, the date on which irrevocable notice with respect to such Limited Condition Transactions is sent) (such date, the “LCT Test Date”) and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 1.4(b), if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction, any incurrence, issuance and/or repayment of Indebtedness or other transaction in connection therewith and any actions or transactions related thereto, Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, would have been permitted to take such actions or consummate such transactions on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such Basket, such Basket shall be deemed to have been complied with (or satisfied) for purposes of such Limited Condition Transaction.

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCT Election, (1) if any Basket for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would at any time after the LCT Test Date have been exceeded or otherwise failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in any such Basket prior to (or on) the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement or date for redemption, purchase or repayment specified in an irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated, expires or passes, as applicable, without

 

35


consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated Credit EBITDA or Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, such Basket will not be deemed to have been exceeded or failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations, (2) other than as expressly set forth in the previous paragraph, if any related requirements and conditions (including as to the absence of any (or any type of) continuing Default or Event of Default and satisfaction of any representations and warranties) for which compliance or satisfaction was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would at any time after the LCT Test Date not have been complied with or satisfied (including due to the occurrence or continuation of any Default or Event of Default or failure to satisfy any representations and warranties), such requirements and conditions will not be deemed to have been failed to be complied with or satisfied (and such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing and such representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been satisfied) and (3) in calculating the availability under any Basket in connection with any action or transaction following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement or date for redemption, purchase or repayment specified in an irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated, expires or passes, as applicable, without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such Basket shall be determined or tested after giving pro forma effect to such Limited Condition Transaction, any incurrence, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness or other transaction in connection therewith and any actions or transactions related thereto.

Section 1.5 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of any Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time (or in the case of a Letter of Credit allowing for partial draws, the amount remaining to be drawn); provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that by its terms provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

Section 1.6 Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

Section 1.7 Interest Rates; LIBOR Notification. The interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is determined by reference to the LIBO Rate, which is derived from the London interbank offered rate. The London interbank offered rate is intended to represent the rate at which contributing banks may obtain short-term borrowings from each other in the London interbank market. In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that, after the end of 2021, it would no longer persuade or compel contributing banks to make rate submissions to the ICE Benchmark Administration (together with any successor to the ICE Benchmark Administrator, the “IBA”) for purposes of the IBA setting the London interbank offered rate. As a result, it is possible that commencing in 2022, the London interbank offered rate may no longer be available or may no longer be deemed an appropriate reference rate upon which to determine the interest rate on Eurodollar Loans. In light of this eventuality, public and private sector industry initiatives are currently underway to identify new or alternative reference rates to be used in place of the London interbank offered rate. Upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-In Election, Section 2.13(b) provides a mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower, pursuant to Section 2.13(d), of any change to the reference rate upon which the interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is based. However, the Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any

 

36


responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to the London interbank offered rate or other rates in the definition of “LIBO Rate” or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof (including, without limitation, (i) any such alternative, successor or replacement rate implemented pursuant to Section 2.13(b), whether upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, and (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes pursuant to Section 2.13(c)), including without limitation, whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the LIBO Rate or have the same volume or liquidity as did the London interbank offered rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability.

Section 1.8 Effectiveness of 2020 Incremental Commitments If the IPO Effective Date occurs on or prior to the date that is 12 months after the Restatement Effective Date:

(a) the 2020 Incremental Lenders and the Original Lenders shall participate on a pro rata basis in each Borrowing and prepayment of Loans under this Agreement;

(b) on the IPO Effective Date, each Lender that is an Original Lender on such date will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each 2020 Incremental Lender, and each 2020 Incremental Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Original Lender’s participations under this Agreement in outstanding Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit, such that, after giving effect to each deemed assignment and assumption of participations, all of the Lenders’ participations under this Agreement in Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit shall be held pro rata on the basis of their respective Applicable Percentages; and

(c) on the IPO Effective Date, (i) each 2020 Incremental Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent such amounts in immediately available funds as the Administrative Agent shall determine, for the benefit of the other Lenders, as being required in order to cause, after giving effect to this Section and the application of such amounts to make payments to such other Lenders, the Loans to be held ratably by all Lenders as of the IPO Effective Date in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated after giving effect to this Section) and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans made to the Borrower (the “Existing Borrowings”) immediately prior to the IPO Effective Date shall be deemed to be prepaid and reborrowed as of the IPO Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s Existing Borrowings and of the same Types and for the same Interest Periods as the Borrower’s Existing Borrowings.

ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS

Section 2.1 Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Aggregate Available Commitment Amount or (b) the Total Utilization of Commitments exceeding the Aggregate Available Commitment Amount. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Each Lender’s Commitment shall expire on the Commitment Termination Date and all Revolving Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Exposure shall be paid in full no later than such date. For the avoidance of doubt, at any time that the 2020 Incremental

 

37


Commitment Aggregate Available Amount is greater than zero all Loans will be made by all Lenders (including all 2020 Incremental Lenders) in accordance with their Applicable Percentages and at any time that the 2020 Incremental Commitment Aggregate Available Amount is zero, no Loans shall be required to be funded in respect of any 2020 Incremental Commitments.

Section 2.2 Revolving Loans and Borrowings. (a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages. The failure of any Lender to make any Revolving Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Revolving Loans as required.

(b) Subject to Section 2.13, each Borrowing of Revolving Loans shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000; provided that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments; provided, further, that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is required to finance the reimbursement of a Letter of Credit drawing as contemplated by Section 2.4(d). Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of ten Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

Section 2.3 Swing Line Loans. (a) During the Availability Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make Swing Line Loans to the Borrower in the aggregate amount up to but not exceeding the Swing Line Sublimit; provided that after giving effect to the making of any Swing Line Loan, in no event shall (i) the Total Utilization of Commitments exceed the Aggregate Available Commitment Amount then in effect or (ii) unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Swing Line Lender, the aggregate amount of Swing Line Loans, Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit issued by the Swing Line Lender exceed the Swing Line Lender’s Aggregate Available Commitment Amount hereunder; provided that the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to make a Swing Line Loan to refinance an outstanding Swing Line Loan. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.3 may be repaid and reborrowed during the Availability Period. The Swing Line Lender’s Commitment shall expire on the Commitment Termination Date and all Swing Line Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Swing Line Loans and the Commitments shall be paid in full no later than such date. Swing Line Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount; provided that a Swing Line Loan may be in an aggregate amount that is required to finance the reimbursement of a Letter of Credit drawing as contemplated by Section 2.4(d).

 

38


(b) The Swing Line Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swing Line Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of the Swing Line Loans in which the Lenders will be required to participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swing Line Loan or Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swing Line Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swing Line Loan or Loans. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that, in making any Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to rely, and shall not incur any liability for relying, upon the representation and warranty of the Borrower deemed made pursuant to Section 4.2, unless, at least one Business Day prior to the time such Swing Line Loan was made, the Required Lenders or the Borrower shall have notified the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in writing that, as a result of one or more events or circumstances described in such notice, one or more of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2(b), (c) or (d) would not be satisfied if such Swing Line Loan were then made (it being understood and agreed that, in the event the Swing Line Lender shall have received any such notice, it shall have no obligation to make any Swing Line Loan until and unless it shall be satisfied that the events and circumstances described in such notice shall have been cured or otherwise shall have ceased to exist). Each Lender further acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.6 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.6 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders pursuant to this paragraph), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Swing Line Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swing Line Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swing Line Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swing Line Lender. Any amounts received by the Swing Line Lender from the Borrower (or other Person on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swing Line Loan after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swing Line Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swing Line Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swing Line Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to repay such Swing Line Loan.

(c) The Swing Line Lender may resign as Swing Line Lender upon 30 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower. The Swing Line Lender may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the successor Swing Line Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Swing Line Lender. At the time any such replacement or resignation shall become effective, (i) the Borrower shall prepay any outstanding Swing Line Loans made by the resigning or removed Swing Line Lender, (ii) upon such prepayment, the resigning or removed Swing Line Lender shall surrender any Swing Line Note held by it to the Borrower for cancellation, and (iii) the Borrower shall issue, if so requested by the successor Swing Line Loan Lender, a new Swing Line Note to the successor Swing Line Lender, in the principal amount of the Swing Line Sublimit then in effect and with other appropriate insertions. From and after the effective date of any such replacement or resignation, (x) any successor Swing Line Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of a Swing Line Lender under this Agreement with respect to Swing Line Loans made thereafter and (y) references herein to the term “Swing Line Lender” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Swing Line Lender, or to such successor and all previous Swing Line Lenders, as the context shall require.

 

39


Section 2.4 Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein. (a) During the Availability Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Issuing Bank agrees to issue Letters of Credit (or amend, extend or increase any outstanding Letter of Credit) at the request and for the account of the Borrower (including for the purpose of supporting obligations of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that (i) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in dollars; (ii) the stated amount of each Letter of Credit shall not be less than $250,000 or such lesser amount as is acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank; (iii) after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, extension or increase, in no event shall the Total Utilization of Commitments exceed the Aggregate Available Commitment Amount then in effect; (iv) after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, extension or increase, in no event shall the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect, (v) after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, extension or increase, in no event shall the Letter of Credit Usage attributable to Letters of Credit issued by any Issuing Bank exceed the Issuing Bank Sublimit of such Issuing Bank, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by such Issuing Bank, (vi) after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, extension or increase, in no event shall the aggregate amount of Revolving Loans (and Swing Line Loans, in the case of the Swing Line Lender) and Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank exceed such Issuing Bank’s Aggregate Available Commitment Amount hereunder, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by such Issuing Bank, and (vii) in no event shall any Letter of Credit have an expiration date later than the earlier of (1) five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date and (2) the date which is one year from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by such Issuing Bank. If the Borrower so requests in the Application for any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each such Letter of Credit, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit such Issuing Bank to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to such Issuing Bank for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Issuing Bank to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiration date not later than the date five days prior to the Maturity Date; provided, however, that the applicable Issuing Bank shall not permit any such extension if (A) such Issuing Bank has determined that it would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (except that the expiration date may be extended by up to one year from the then-current form), (B) such Issuing Bank has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form under the terms hereof or (C) it has received notice from the Required Lenders or the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.4(e) that one or more of the conditions in Section 4.2(b), (c) or (d) would not be satisfied if such Letter of Credit were so extended. If any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, an Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit unless such Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it and the Borrower to eliminate such Issuing Bank’s risk with respect to the participation in Letters of Credit of such Defaulting Lender, including by cash collateralizing such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Usage at such time on terms satisfactory to such Issuing Bank. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance, amendment, extension or increase of any Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) above have been met.

 

40


(b) Whenever the Borrower desires the issuance, amendment, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit, it shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank (i) in the case of a request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, an Issuance Notice and Application no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least five Business Days in advance of the proposed date of issuance and (ii) in the case of a request for the amendment, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit, a notice and/or letter of credit application, in such form as specified by the applicable Issuing Bank, identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, extended or increased and specifying the requested date of amendment, extension or increase (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (a) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit and such other information as shall be necessary to enable the applicable Issuing Bank to amend, extend or increase such Letter of Credit, no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least five Business Days in advance of the proposed date of such amendment, extension or increase (or such shorter period as the applicable Issuing Bank may agree to in its sole discretion). Each notice or letter of credit application delivered pursuant to this Section 2.4(b) shall be accompanied by documentary and other evidence of the proposed beneficiary’s identity as may reasonably be requested by the applicable Issuing Bank to enable such Issuing Bank to verify the beneficiary’s identity or to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, including the USA Patriot Act. Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2, the applicable Issuing Bank shall issue or amend, extend or increase the requested Letter of Credit only in accordance with such Issuing Bank’s standard operating procedures as in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (i) no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit if (y) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to such Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or require that such Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Effective Date, or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense that was not applicable on the Effective Date and that such Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it or (z) such Letter of Credit would violate such Issuing Bank’s standard policies and procedures regarding the issuance of letters of credit as in effect from time to time (to the extent not in conflict with the requirements of this Section 2.4 or as otherwise accepted by the Borrower) and (ii) GSLP, Barclays Bank PLC and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch shall not be obligated to issue any commercial or trade letters of credit. Notwithstanding anything contained in any Application furnished to any Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance of any Letter of Credit or any notice or letter of credit application furnished to any Issuing Bank in connection with the amendment, extension or increase of any Letter of Credit, in the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of such Application or notice or letter of credit application, on the one hand, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the other hand, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit or amendment, extension or increase thereof, the applicable Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount thereof, which notice from the Administrative Agent shall be accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment, extension or increase thereof and the amount of such Lender’s respective participation in such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.4(e).

(c) In determining whether to honor any drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary(ies) thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents, if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit. As between the Borrower and an Issuing Bank, the Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, by the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit; provided that such assumption of risk by the Borrower shall not affect any rights that the Borrower may have against any such beneficiary. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, an Issuing Bank

 

41


shall not be responsible or have any liability for: (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (vii) the misapplication by any beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; (viii) any other action or inaction taken or suffered by such Issuing Bank under or in connection with any such Letter of Credit, if required under, or expressly authorized under the circumstances by, any applicable domestic or foreign law or letter of credit practice or (ix) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Bank, including any Governmental Acts; none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of such Issuing Bank’s rights or powers hereunder or place such Issuing Bank under any liability to the Borrower. Without limiting the foregoing and in furtherance thereof, any action taken or omitted by any Issuing Bank under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder, if taken or omitted in “good faith” (as such term is defined in Article 5 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code), shall not give rise to any liability on the part of such Issuing Bank to the Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.4(c), the applicable Issuing Bank shall not be excused from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Issuing Bank (as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination.

(d) In the event any Issuing Bank has honored a drawing under a Letter of Credit on any date (a “Disbursement Date”), it shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the amount of such drawing and of the applicable Disbursement Date. The Borrower shall reimburse such Issuing Bank by paying to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank on or before the Business Day immediately following the date on which such drawing is honored (the “Reimbursement Date”) an amount in same day funds equal to the dollar amount of such honored drawing, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest as provided in Section 2.12; provided that, if the dollar amount of such honored drawing is $500,000 or more, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.3 or 2.5 that such payment be financed with a Swing Line Loan or an ABR Borrowing and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Swing Line Loan or ABR Borrowing. If the Borrower fails to reimburse any honored drawing under any Letter of Credit on or before the Reimbursement Date, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of such failure, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect of such honored drawing, and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, in dollars, its Applicable Percentage of the amount then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.6 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.6 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders pursuant to this paragraph), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by

 

42


the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an Issuing Bank for an honored drawing under a Letter of Credit (other than the funding of a Swing Line Loan or an ABR Borrowing as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such drawing. If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Issuing Bank any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4(d) by the time specified herein, such Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such Issuing Bank at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect.

(e) Immediately upon the issuance, extension or increase of each Letter of Credit, without any further action by any Person, the applicable Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have sold to each Lender and each Lender shall have been deemed to have purchased from such Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit and any drawings honored thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the maximum amount which is or at any time may become available to be drawn thereunder. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each drawing honored by such Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit and not reimbursed by the Borrower on or prior to the applicable Reimbursement Date, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower or otherwise returned for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to fund participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is irrevocable, absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, extension or increase of any Letter of Credit, the occurrence and continuance of a Default, any reduction or termination of the Commitments or any force majeure or other event that under any rule of law or uniform practices to which any Letter of Credit is subject (including Rules 3.13 and 3.14 of ISP 98 or similar terms in the Letter of Credit itself) permits a drawing to be made under such Letter of Credit after the expiration thereof or after the expiration or termination of the Commitments or any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including those set forth in the following paragraph (f), and that each such payment shall be made without any defense, offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever and in dollars; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any participation held by a Lender shall not survive the Maturity Date unless otherwise agreed to in writing by such Lender. Each Lender further acknowledges and agrees that, in issuing, amending, extending or increasing any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank shall be entitled to rely, and shall not incur any liability for relying, upon the representations and warranties of the Borrower deemed made pursuant to Sections 2.4 and 4.2, unless, at least one Business Day prior to the time such Letter of Credit is issued, amended, extended or increased (or, in the case of an automatic extension permitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section, at least one Business Day prior to the time by which the election not to extend must be made by the applicable Issuing Bank), the Required Lenders or the Borrower shall have notified the applicable Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in writing that, as a result of one or more events or circumstances described in such notice, one or more of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.4(a)(iii), 2.4(a)(iv), 2.4(a)(v), 4.2(b), 4.2(c), or 4.2(d) would not be satisfied if such Letter of Credit were then issued, amended, extended or increased (it being understood and agreed that, in the event any Issuing Bank shall have received any such notice, no Issuing Bank shall have any obligation to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit until and unless it shall be satisfied that the events and circumstances described in such notice shall have been cured or otherwise shall have ceased to exist).

 

43


(f) The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse each Issuing Bank for drawings honored under the Letters of Credit issued by it shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms hereof under all circumstances including any of the following circumstances: (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit; (ii) the existence of any claim, set off, defense or other right which the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be acting), any Issuing Bank, Lender or any other Person, whether in connection herewith, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between Parent or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the beneficiary(ies) for which any Letter of Credit was procured); (iii) any draft or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iv) payment by such Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document which does not substantially comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; (v) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any other Person; (vi) any breach hereof by any party hereto or any other Loan Document by any party thereto; (vii) any force majeure or other event that under any rule of law or uniform practices to which any Letter of Credit is subject (including Rules 3.13 and 3.14 of ISP 98 or similar terms in the Letter of Credit itself) permits a drawing to be made under such Letter of Credit after the expiration thereof or after the expiration or termination of the Commitments; (viii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; or (ix) the fact that an Event of Default or a Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(g) Without duplication of any obligation of the Borrower under Section 10.3, in addition to amounts payable as provided herein, the Borrower hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save and hold harmless each Issuing Bank from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages and losses, and all reasonable, documented and invoiced costs, charges and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of one primary counsel (and in the case of an actual or potential conflict of interest where any Issuing Bank affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Issuing Bank) and one local counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction), which such Issuing Bank may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (i) the issuance, amendment, extension or increase of any Letter of Credit by such Issuing Bank, any demand for payment thereunder, any payment or other action taken or omitted to be taken in connection with such Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any transaction(s) supported by such Letter of Credit, other than as a result of (1) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Bank as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (2) the wrongful dishonor by such Issuing Bank of a presentation under any Letter of Credit which strictly complies with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, or (ii) the failure of such Issuing Bank to honor a drawing under any such Letter of Credit as a result of any Governmental Act. The Borrower will pay all amounts owing under this Section promptly after written demand therefor.

(h) An Issuing Bank may resign as an Issuing Bank by providing at least 30 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower. An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank (provided that no consent will be required if the replaced Issuing Bank has no Letters of Credit or reimbursement obligations with respect thereto outstanding) and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such resignation or replacement of such Issuing Bank. From and after the effective date of any such replacement or resignation, (i) any successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context

 

44


shall require. At the time any such resignation or replacement shall become effective, (A) the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Sections 2.11(c) and (d) and (B) the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto to the extent that Letters of Credit issued by it remain outstanding and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement. After the replacement or resignation of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letters of Credit.

(i) The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), designate as additional Issuing Banks one or more Lenders that agree to serve in such capacity as provided below. The acceptance by a Lender of an appointment as an Issuing Bank hereunder shall be evidenced by a written agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such designated Lender and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to include such Lender in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

(j) If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the applicable Issuing Bank, an amount in cash equal to 103% of Letter of Credit Usage attributable to all outstanding Letters of Credit as of such date (provided that, if the Letter of Credit Usage increases at any time following such deposit, the Borrower shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, deposit additional amounts in cash in dollars so that such deposit account holds at least 103% of the amount of Letter of Credit Usage of all outstanding Letters of Credit at any time) plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, in each case in dollars; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such cash collateral shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower (or, upon the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings) described in clauses (h) or (i) of Article VIII. Such cash collateral shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such cash collateral, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such cash collateral shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse each Issuing Bank for any disbursements under Letters of Credit issued by it for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held as cash collateral for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the Letter of Credit Usage of each Issuing Bank at such time, and after such cash collateralization and/or payment in full of all Letter of Credit Usage of each Issuing Bank, may be applied to satisfy other Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower (or as otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) within five Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

 

45


(k) Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP 98 shall apply to each Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Issuing Bank shall be responsible to the Borrower for, and each Issuing Bank’s rights and remedies against the Borrower shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of such Issuing Bank required under, or expressly authorized under the circumstances by, any applicable law, order, or practice that is required to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the law or any order of a jurisdiction where such Issuing Bank or the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit is located, the practice stated in the ISP 98, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade, Inc. (BAFT), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any such law or practice is applicable to any Letter of Credit.

(l) Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder supports any obligations of, or is for the account of, Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, or states that Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower is the “account party,” “applicant,” “customer,” “instructing party,” or the like of or for such Letter of Credit, and without derogating from any rights of the applicable Issuing Bank (whether arising by contract, at law, in equity or otherwise) against Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Letter of Credit, the Borrower (i) shall reimburse, indemnify and compensate the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder for such Letter of Credit (including to reimburse any and all drawings thereunder) as if such Letter of Credit had been issued solely for the account of the Borrower and (ii) irrevocably waives any and all defenses that might otherwise be available to it as a guarantor or surety of any or all of the obligations of Parent such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of such Letters of Credit for Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 2.5 Requests for Borrowings. To request a Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone or in writing (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing or (c) in the case of a Borrowing of a Swing Line Loan, not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 attached hereto and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.2 and Section 2.3:

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(v) the location and number of the account or accounts of the Borrower to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.6, or, in the case of any Loan requested to finance the reimbursement of drawing under a Letter of Credit as provided in Section 2.4(d), the identity of the Issuing Bank that has honored such drawing.

 

46


If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified with respect to Revolving Loans, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

Section 2.6 Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swing Line Loans shall be made by the Swing Line Lender to the Borrower by means of a wire transfer to the account specified in such Borrowing Request or to the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swing Line Loan. Except as otherwise specified in the immediately preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account or accounts designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Applicable Percentage available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

Section 2.7 Interest Elections. (a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request or as otherwise provided in Section 2.5; provided that Swing Line Loans shall be made and maintained as ABR Borrowings only. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swing Line Loans, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.5 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) to the Administrative Agent of a written request (an “Interest Election Request”) in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

 

47


(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.2:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

Section 2.8 Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) Unless previously terminated, (i) all of the Commitments shall terminate on the Commitment Termination Date and (ii) if the IPO Effective Date has not occurred on or prior to the date that is 12 months after the Restatement Effective Date, the 2020 Incremental Commitments shall terminate in full at 5:00 p.m. on such date.

(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the Total Utilization of Commitments would exceed the Aggregate Available Commitment Amount and (iii) each reduction of the Commitments shall be pro rata as between the Original Commitments and the 2020 Incremental Commitments.

(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of

 

48


termination or reduction of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or another transaction, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be applied to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

Section 2.9 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date and (ii) to the Swing Line Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Loan on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the fifth Business Day after such Swing Line Loan is made; provided that any Swing Line Loan that is not repaid by the fifth Business Day after such Swing Line Loan is made shall automatically be converted to a Revolving Loan and shall be deemed to have been repaid on the fifth Business Day after such Swing Line Loan was made; provided, further, that on each date that a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swing Line Loans that were outstanding on the date such Borrowing was requested.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein (absent manifest error); provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a Note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a Note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns). Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 10.4) be represented by one or more Notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such Note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

Section 2.10 Prepayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (subject to the requirements of Section 2.15), subject to prior notice in accordance with this Section. The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy (or other facsimile transmission or by electronic mail) or hand delivery of written notice) or in writing of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment and (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swing Line

 

49


Loan, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of reduction or termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.8, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of reduction or termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.8. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.2.

(b) The Borrower shall from time to time prepay first, the Swing Line Loans, and second, the Revolving Loans to the extent necessary so that the Total Utilization of Commitments shall not at any time exceed the Aggregate Available Commitment Amount then in effect.

(c) Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12 and any costs incurred as contemplated by Section 2.15. For the avoidance of doubt, each prepayment shall be pro rata as between Loans made in respect of the Original Commitments and the 2020 Incremental Commitments.

Section 2.11 Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) a commitment fee, which shall accrue at a rate of 0.10% per annum on the daily amount of the unused Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include the 2020 Incremental Commitments irrespective of whether such 2020 Incremental Commitments are then available to be drawn). Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing commitment fees, a Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and Letter of Credit Usage of such Lender (and the Swing Line Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) letter of credit fees equal to (A) the Applicable Rate for Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, multiplied by (B) the average aggregate daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all such Letters of Credit (determined as of the close of business on any date of determination) (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met and determined as of the close of business on any date of determination) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any Letter of Credit Usage. Such letter of credit fees shall be paid on a quarterly basis in arrears and shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of any Letter of Credit, on the Commitment Termination Date and thereafter on demand.

 

50


(c) The Borrower agrees to pay directly to each Issuing Bank, for its own account, the following fees:

(i) a fronting fee equal to 0.125% per annum, multiplied by the average aggregate daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (determined as of the close of business on any date of determination) (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met and determined as of the close of business on any date of determination) from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any Letter of Credit Usage attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank; and

(ii) such documentary and processing charges for any issuance, amendment, transfer or payment of a Letter of Credit as are in accordance with such Issuing Bank’s standard schedule for such charges and as in effect at the time of such issuance, amendment, transfer or payment, as the case may be.

Such fronting fee shall be paid on a quarterly basis in arrears and shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Commitment Termination Date and thereafter on demand. Such documentary and processing charges are due and payable on demand.

(d) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(e) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in dollars in immediately available funds, to the parties specified herein. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

Section 2.12 Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swing Line Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at all times when an Event of Default listed in paragraph (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Article VIII has occurred hereunder and is continuing, all overdue amounts outstanding hereunder shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other overdue amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

 

51


(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(f) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Issuing Bank, with respect to drawings honored under any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, interest on the amount paid by such Issuing Bank in respect of each such honored drawing from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date such amount is reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at a rate equal to (i) for the period from the applicable Disbursement Date to but excluding the applicable Reimbursement Date, the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans, and (ii) thereafter, a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans.

(g) Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.12(f) shall be computed on the basis of a 365/366 day year for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues, and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand is made, on the date on which the related drawing under a Letter of Credit is reimbursed in full. In the event any Issuing Bank shall have been reimbursed by Lenders for all or any portion of any honored drawing, such Issuing Bank shall distribute to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under Section 2.4(d) with respect to such honored drawing, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any interest received by such Issuing Bank in respect of that portion of such honored drawing so reimbursed by such Lender for the period from the date on which such Issuing Bank was so reimbursed by such Lender to but excluding the date on which such portion of such honored drawing is reimbursed by the Borrower.

Section 2.13 Alternate Rate of Interest. (a) Subject to clauses (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 2.13, if prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(i) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable (including because the Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis), for such Interest Period; or

(ii) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy (or other facsimile transmission or electronic mail) as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (x) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and such Borrowing shall be continued as an ABR Borrowing, and (y) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend this Agreement to replace the LIBO Rate with a Benchmark Replacement. Any such amendment with respect to a Benchmark Transition Event will become

 

52


effective at 5:00 p.m. on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Administrative Agent has posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and the Borrower, so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such proposed amendment from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders of each Class; provided that, with respect to any proposed amendment containing any SOFR-Based Rate, the Lenders shall be entitled to object only to the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment contained therein. Any such amendment with respect to an Early Opt-in Election will become effective on the date that Lenders comprising the Required Lenders of each Class have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders accept such amendment. No replacement of LIBO Rate with a Benchmark Replacement will occur prior to the applicable Benchmark Transition Start Date.

(c) In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement.

(d) The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes and (iv) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.13, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party hereto, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 2.13.

(e) Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Borrower may revoke such request and, failing that, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

Section 2.14 Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by or participated in, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or Issuing Bank;

(ii) impose on any Lender or Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or

(iii) impose on any Recipient any Taxes (other than Indemnified Taxes, Other Taxes, Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes, or Tax described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes), on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

 

53


and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or issue any Letter of Credit) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital or liquidity of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments hereunder, the Loans made by such Lender or participations in Letters of Credit held by such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time upon request of such Lender or Issuing Bank the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its respective holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive (or has retroactive effect), then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Section 2.15 Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment or prepayment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.10(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on

 

54


the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

Section 2.16 Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of each applicable Loan Party hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by each applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making such deduction or withholding (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) In addition, each applicable Loan Party shall (i) pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or (ii) at the option of the Administrative Agent, shall timely reimburse the Administrative Agent for any payment of such Other Taxes.

(c) Each applicable Loan Party shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of such Loan Party hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Loan Parties shall not be required to pay any amount under this Section 2.16(c) with respect to Other Taxes paid or reimbursed by the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 2.16(b).

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by each applicable Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.16, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax with respect to payments made under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a

 

55


reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.16(e)(ii), 2.16(e)(iii), 2.16(e)(v) or 2.16(e)(vi)) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding Tax.

(iii) Any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, (x) with respect to payments of interest under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(B) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “Portfolio Interest Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable; or

(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, a Portfolio Interest Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-2 or Exhibit I-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a Portfolio Interest Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-4 on behalf of each such partner.

 

56


(iv) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from, or a reduction in, U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine withholding or deduction required to be made.

(v) If a payment made to a Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be subject to withholding Tax imposed pursuant to FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such other documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.16(e)(v), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the Effective Date.

(vi) Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand thereof, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.4(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph.

(g) If any Lender or the Administrative Agent determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.16 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.16 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, however, that (w) any Lender or the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith consistent with the policies of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, whether to seek a refund for any Taxes; (x) any Taxes that are

 

57


imposed on a Lender or the Administrative Agent as a result of a disallowance or reduction of any Tax refund with respect to which such Lender or the Administrative Agent has made a payment to the indemnifying party pursuant to this Section shall be treated as an Indemnified Tax for which the indemnifying party is obligated to indemnify such Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section; (y) nothing in this Section shall require the Lender or the Administrative Agent to disclose any confidential information to a Loan Party or any other Lender (including its tax returns); and (z) neither any Lender nor the Administrative Agent shall be required to pay any amounts pursuant to this Section for so long as a Default or Event of Default exists.

(h) For purposes of this Section 2.16, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

(i) Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.16 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 2.17 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest or fees, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, Section 2.15 or Section 2.16, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to such account as may be specified by the Administrative Agent and except that payments pursuant to Section 2.14, Section 2.15, Section 2.16 and Section 10.3 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment or performance hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment or performance shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed drawings under Letters of Credit, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed drawings under Letters of Credit then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed drawings under Letters of Credit then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in Swing Line Loans or drawings under Letters of Credit resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in Swing Line Loans or drawings under Letters of Credit and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in Swing Line Loans or drawings under Letters of Credit of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in Swing Line Loans or drawings under Letters of Credit; provided that (i) if any such participations are

 

58


purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (as in effect from time to time) (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in Swing Line Loans or drawings under Letters of Credit to any assignee or participant, other than to Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or Issuing Banks hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.3, Section 2.4 (d), Section 2.6(b) or paragraph (d) of this Section, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

Section 2.18 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender (which term shall include any Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.18(a)) requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if any of the Loan Parties are required to pay any Indemnified Taxes, Other Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or Section 2.16, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If (i) any Lender (which term shall include any Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.18(b)) requests compensation under Section 2.14, (ii) any of the Loan Parties is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes, Other Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender or (iv) any Lender is a Declining Lender under Section 2.20, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.4),

 

59


all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and Swing Line Lender, which consents shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, (iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law and (v) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, (x) the applicable assignee shall have consented to, or shall consent to, the applicable amendment, waiver or consent and (y) the Borrower exercises its rights pursuant to this clause (b) with respect to all Non-Consenting Lenders relating to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver or consent by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation have ceased to apply.

(c) Each party hereto agrees that an assignment and delegation required pursuant to this paragraph may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the assignee and that the Lender required to make such assignment and delegation need not be a party thereto in order for such assignment and delegation to be effective and shall be deemed to have consented to and be bound by the terms thereof; provided that, following the effectiveness of any such assignment and delegation, the other parties to such assignment agree to execute and deliver such documents necessary to evidence such assignment as reasonably requested by the applicable Lender; provided that any such documents shall be without recourse to or warranty by the parties thereto.

Section 2.19 Increase in the Aggregate Commitments. (a) The Borrower may, from time to time, (x) request that the aggregate amount of the Original Commitments be increased by having an existing Lender agree in its sole discretion to increase its then existing Original Commitment (an “Increase Lender”) and/or by adding as a new Lender hereunder any Person (each such Person, an “Assuming Lender”) approved by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Lender (in each case, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) that shall agree to provide an Original Commitment hereunder or (y) the establishment of one or more new revolving credit commitments (each such new commitment, an “Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche”) to be provided by one or more Increase Lenders and/or Assuming Lenders (each such proposed increase pursuant to the foregoing clauses (x) and (y) being a “Commitment Increase”), in each case, by notice to the Administrative Agent specifying the amount of the relevant Commitment Increase, the Increase Lender(s) and/or Assuming Lender(s) providing such Commitment Increase and the date on which such Commitment Increase is to be effective (the “Increase Date”), which shall be a Business Days at least three Business Days after delivery of such notice and ten Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date; provided, however, that:

(i) the minimum amount of each Commitment Increase shall be $10,000,000 or a larger multiple of $5,000,000;

 

60


(ii) the aggregate amount of all Commitment Increases hereunder, together with the aggregate amount of all Incremental Equivalent Debt incurred under Section 2.19(d), shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof, the sum of (the amount available under clauses (y) and (z) below, the “Available Incremental Amount”):

(y) the aggregate amount of any permanent optional reductions of Commitments, plus

(z) an amount such that, after giving effect to the incurrence of such amount, the Senior Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 2.5 to 1.0 for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis (assuming the full amount of such Commitment Increase has been drawn, but calculating the Senior Net Leverage Ratio without netting the cash proceeds from such Revolving Loans, and without giving effect to any substantially simultaneous incurrence of Indebtedness made pursuant to clause (i) of Section 6.1(c));

provided, that the Borrower may elect to use clause (z) of the Available Incremental Amount prior to using clause (y) of the Available Incremental Amount, and if both clause (z) and clause (y) of the Available Incremental Amount are available, unless otherwise elected by the Borrower, then the Borrower will be deemed to have elected to use clause (z) of the Available Incremental Amount first;

(iii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such Commitment Increase and the use of proceeds thereof (if any), Parent shall be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 hereof on a Pro Forma Basis;

(iv) both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Commitment Increase, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such proposed Commitment Increase (provided that, with respect to any Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche the primary purpose of which is to finance a Limited Condition Transaction, the requirement pursuant to this Section 2.19(a)(iv) shall be that no Event of Default under clauses (a) or (b) of Article VIII or, solely with respect to the Borrower, clauses (h) or (i) of Article VIII, shall exist after giving effect to such Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche);

(v) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) immediately prior to, and after giving effect to, such Commitment Increase as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date (provided that, with respect to any Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche the primary purpose of which is to finance a Limited Condition Transaction, the requirement contained in this Section 2.19(a)(v) shall only be required with respect to customary “Sungard” representations and warranties (with such representations and warranties to be reasonably determined by the Lenders providing such Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche)));

(vi) any Commitment Increase shall rank pari passu in right of payment with the existing Commitments;

(vii) no Commitment Increase consisting of an Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche will have (i) a final maturity earlier than the latest Maturity Date then in effect (as determined as of the applicable Increase Date) or (ii) a weighted average life to maturity that is shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Commitments then in effect; and

 

61


(viii) (i) any Commitment Increase (other than an Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche) shall be on terms that are identical to the existing Original Commitments, or (ii) subject to clauses (vi) and (vii) above, any Commitment Increase consisting of an Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche shall be on terms that are identical to the existing Commitments, other than those terms relating to pricing (including interest rates or rate floors), fees and maturity date and other than (x) as set forth in this Section 2.19, (y) such terms as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Increase Lenders and/or the Assuming Lenders, as applicable, with respect to such Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche and (z) any other terms, including provisions for security (provided that any such terms shall also be for the benefit of all other Lenders in respect of all Loans and Commitments outstanding at the time that the applicable Commitment Increase becomes effective);

Each notice by the Borrower under this paragraph shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as to the matters specified in clauses (iv) and (v) above. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Lender shall have any obligation hereunder to become an Increase Lender and any election to do so shall be in the sole discretion of each Lender.

(b) Each Commitment Increase (and the increase of the Commitment of each Increase Lender and/or the new Commitment of each Assuming Lender, as applicable, resulting therefrom) shall become effective as of the relevant Increase Date upon receipt by the Administrative Agent, on or prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such Increase Date, of (i) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower stating that the conditions with respect to such Commitment Increase under this Section 2.19 have been satisfied, (ii) an agreement (a “Commitment Increase Supplement”), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, each Increase Lender, each Assuming Lender and the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which, effective as of such Increase Date, as applicable, the Commitment of each such Increase Lender shall be increased or each such Assuming Lender shall undertake a Commitment, in each case duly executed by such Increase Lender or Assuming Lender, as the case may be, and the Borrower and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent and (iii) such certificates, legal opinions or other documents from the Borrower reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with such Commitment Increase. Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a fully executed Commitment Increase Supplement from each Increase Lender and/or Assuming Lender referred to in clause (ii) above, together with the certificates, legal opinions and other documents referred to in clauses (i) and (iii) above, the Administrative Agent shall record the information contained in each such agreement in the Register and give prompt notice of the relevant Commitment Increase to the Borrower and the Lenders (including, if applicable, each Assuming Lender). At the election of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, any Loans outstanding on such Increase Date shall be reallocated among the Lenders (with Lenders making any required payments to each other) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Loans ratable with any revised pro rata shares of such Lenders arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section 2.19. Upon each such Commitment Increase, the participation interests of the Lenders in the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall automatically be adjusted to reflect, and each Lender (including, if applicable, each Assuming Lender) shall have a participation in each such Letter of Credit equal to, the Lenders’ respective Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit after giving effect to such increase.

(c) This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.17 or Section 10.2 to the contrary.

(d) The Borrower may utilize the Available Incremental Amount in respect of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or term loans, issued in a public offering, Rule 144A or other private placement or loan origination pursuant to an indenture, credit agreement or otherwise, in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with the aggregate amount of all Commitment Increases, the Available Incremental Amount (“Incremental Equivalent Debt”); provided that such Incremental Equivalent Debt (i) does not mature earlier than Maturity Date (as determined as of the date of incurrence of such Incremental Equivalent Debt), or have a shorter weighted average life to maturity than the weighted average life to maturity of the

 

62


Commitments outstanding at such time, (ii) has terms and conditions (other than pricing (including interest rates, rate floors or original issue discount) and fees and, solely with respect to any term loans, amortization, prepayment premiums, and as otherwise explicitly set forth in this Agreement) no more restrictive than those under the credit facilities provided for herein (except for covenants or other provisions, including the provision of security, which are provided to the existing Lenders or are applicable only to periods after the Maturity Date (as determined in good faith by the Borrower as of the date of incurrence of such Incremental Equivalent Debt)), (iii) to the extent guaranteed, shall not be guaranteed by any Person other than the Loan Parties, and (iv) after giving effect to any such Incremental Equivalent Debt and the use of proceeds thereof, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 on a Pro Forma Basis. To the extent Borrower provides first lien security for the benefit of all Lenders, Borrower may utilize the Available Incremental Amount in respect of one or more series of senior secured first lien notes or term loans or senior secured junior lien notes or term loans, issued in a public offering, Rule 144A or other private placement or loan origination pursuant to an indenture, credit agreement or otherwise, so long as the conditions set forth in the previous sentence are satisfied and (i) such notes or term loans are not secured by any asset that does not also secure the Obligations hereunder on a pari passu basis with liens securing such notes or term loans, and (ii) such notes or term loans shall be subject to customary intercreditor arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.20 Extension of Maturity Date. (a) The Borrower may, by delivery of a Maturity Date Extension Request to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver a copy thereof to each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks) not less than 30 days prior to the then existing maturity date for Commitments of any Class hereunder (the “Existing Maturity Date”), request that the applicable Lenders and the Issuing Banks extend the Existing Maturity Date in accordance with this Section; provided that the Borrower may not make more than two Maturity Date Extension Requests during the term of this Agreement. Each Maturity Date Extension Request shall (i) specify the Class of Commitments and the date to which the Maturity Date is sought to be extended; provided that such date is no more than one calendar year from the then-scheduled Maturity Date, (ii) specify the changes, if any, to the Applicable Rate to be applied in determining the interest payable on Loans of, and fees payable hereunder to, Consenting Lenders (as defined below) in respect of that portion of their Commitments (and related Loans) of the applicable Class extended to such new Maturity Date and the time as of which such changes will become effective (which may be prior to the Existing Maturity Date), and (iii) specify any other amendments or modifications to this Agreement to be effected in connection with such Maturity Date Extension Request; provided that no such changes or modifications requiring approvals pursuant to Section 10.2(b) shall become effective prior to the then existing Maturity Date unless such other approvals have been obtained. In the event a Maturity Date Extension Request shall have been delivered by the Borrower, each Lender of the applicable Class shall have the right to agree or not agree to the extension of the Existing Maturity Date and other matters contemplated thereby on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein (each Lender agreeing to the Maturity Date Extension Request being referred to herein as a “Consenting Lender” and each Lender not agreeing thereto being referred to herein as a “Declining Lender”), which right may be exercised by written notice thereof, specifying the maximum amount of its Commitment and, if such Lender (or a designated Affiliate of such Lender) is then serving as an Issuing Bank, its (or its designated Affiliate’s) Issuing Bank Sublimit, with respect to which such Lender agrees to the extension of the Maturity Date, delivered to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) not later than a day to be agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent following the date on which the Maturity Date Extension Request shall have been delivered by the Borrower (it being understood (x) that any Lender that shall have failed to exercise such right as set forth above shall be deemed to be a Declining Lender and (y) that, in the case of any Lender then serving (or whose designated Affiliate is then serving) as an Issuing Bank, (I) the Issuing Bank Sublimit of such Lender (or such designated Affiliate) shall not be extended in connection with an extension of such Lender’s Commitments unless so specified by such Lender (or such designated Affiliate), in its capacity as Issuing Bank, in such written notice to the Borrower and (II) for purposes of Section 2.4(a), the “Maturity

 

63


Date” applicable to Letters of Credit of an Issuing Bank that has not extended its Issuing Bank Sublimit will be the Maturity Date in respect of such Letter of Credit Sublimit that has not been extended). If a Lender elects to extend only a portion of its then existing Commitment, it will be deemed for purposes hereof to be a Consenting Lender in respect of such extended portion and a Declining Lender in respect of the remaining portion of its Commitment. If Consenting Lenders shall have agreed to such Maturity Date Extension Request in respect of Commitments held by them, then, subject to paragraph (d) of this Section, on the date specified in the Maturity Date Extension Request as the effective date thereof (the “Extension Effective Date”), (i) the Existing Maturity Date of the applicable Commitments shall, as to the Consenting Lenders, be extended to such date as shall be specified therein, (ii) the terms and conditions of the Commitments of the Consenting Lenders (including interest and fees payable in respect thereof), shall be modified as set forth in the Maturity Date Extension Request, (iii) such other modifications and amendments hereto specified in the Maturity Date Extension Request shall (subject to any required approvals (including those of the Required Lenders) having been obtained, except that any such other modifications and amendments that do not take effect until the Existing Maturity Date shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Consenting Lenders) become effective and (iv) in the case of any Consenting Lender then serving (or whose designated Affiliate is then serving) as an Issuing Bank that shall not have agreed to extend the Existing Maturity Date with respect to its Issuing Bank Sublimit, or shall have agreed to extend the Existing Maturity Date with respect to less than the entire amount of its Issuing Bank Sublimit, such Issuing Bank shall not have the obligation to issue, amend, extend or increase Letters of Credit following the Extension Effective Date, if after giving effect to any such issuance, amendment, extension or increase, the Letter of Credit Usage attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank that have a stated expiration date after the date that is five days prior to the Existing Maturity Date with respect to the non-extended portion of its Issuing Bank Sublimit would exceed the extended portion (if any) of such Issuing Bank Sublimit.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall have the right, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.18 and Article IX, at any time prior to the Existing Maturity Date, to replace a Declining Lender (for the avoidance of doubt, only in respect of that portion of such Lender’s Commitments subject to a Maturity Date Extension Request that it has not agreed to extend) with a Lender or other financial institution that will agree to such Maturity Date Extension Request, and any such replacement Lender shall for all purposes constitute a Consenting Lender in respect of the Commitment assigned to and assumed by it on and after the effective time of such replacement.

(c) If a Maturity Date Extension Request has become effective hereunder, on the Existing Maturity Date, the Commitment of each Declining Lender shall, to the extent not assumed, assigned or transferred as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section, terminate, and the Borrower shall repay all the Loans of each Declining Lender, to the extent such Loans shall not have been so purchased, assigned and transferred, in each case together with accrued and unpaid interest and all fees and other amounts owing to such Declining Lender hereunder (accordingly, the Commitment of any Consenting Lender shall, to the extent the amount of such Commitment exceeds the amount set forth in the notice delivered by such Lender pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section and to the extent not assumed, assigned or transferred as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section, be permanently reduced by the amount of such excess, and, to the extent not assumed, assigned or transferred as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section, the Borrower shall prepay the proportionate part of the outstanding Loans of such Consenting Lender, in each case together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the Existing Maturity Date and all fees and other amounts payable in respect thereof on or prior to the Existing Maturity Date), it being understood that such repayments may be funded with the proceeds of new Borrowings made simultaneously with such repayments by the Consenting Lenders, which such Borrowings shall be made ratably by the Consenting Lenders in accordance with their extended Commitments.

 

64


(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Maturity Date Extension Request shall become effective hereunder unless, on the Extension Effective Date, the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 shall be satisfied (with all references in such Section to a Borrowing being deemed to be references to such Maturity Date Extension Request) and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, it is hereby agreed that no extension of an Existing Maturity Date in accordance with the express terms of this Section, or any amendment or modification of the terms and conditions of the Commitments and Loans of the Consenting Lenders effected pursuant thereto, shall be deemed to (i) violate the last sentence of Section 2.8(c) or Section 2.17(c) or any other provision of this Agreement requiring the ratable reduction of Commitments or the ratable sharing of payments or (ii) require the consent of all Lenders or all affected Lenders under Section 10.2(b).

(f) The Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Consenting Lenders may enter into an amendment to this Agreement to effect such modifications as may be necessary to reflect the terms of any Maturity Date Extension Request that has become effective in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

Section 2.21 Defaulting Lenders. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders and in Section 10.2;

(ii) if any Swing Line Exposure or Letter of Credit Usage exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(A) all or any part of the Swing Line Exposure and Letter of Credit Usage of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that (x) the sum of all Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swing Line Exposure and Letter of Credit Usage does not exceed the total of all Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments, (y) the sum of any Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Exposure plus its Pro Rata Share of such Defaulting Lender’s Swing Line Exposure and Letter of Credit Usage does not exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment and (z) the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 are satisfied at such time;

(B) if the reallocation described in clause (A) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Swing Line Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize for the benefit of the applicable Issuing Banks only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (A) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(j) for so long as such Letter of Credit Usage is outstanding;

(C) if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage pursuant to clause (B) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage during the period such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage is cash collateralized;

 

65


(D) if the Letter of Credit Usage of the Non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (A) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.11(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and

(E) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage shall be payable to the Issuing Banks (and allocated among them ratably based on the amount of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage attributable to Letters of Credit issued by each Issuing Bank) until and to the extent that such Letter of Credit Usage is reallocated and/or cash collateralized in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(j);

(iii) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loan and no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding Swing Line Exposure or Letter of Credit Usage will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by Borrower in accordance with Section 2.21(a)(ii), and participating interests in any newly made Swing Line Loan or any newly issued, amended, extended or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.21(a)(ii)(A) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein);

(iv) any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.8 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to each Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender hereunder; third, to cash collateralize each Issuing Bank’s Letter of Credit Usage with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.4(j); fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) cash collateralize each Issuing Bank’s future Letter of Credit Usage with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.4(j); sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, any Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or Letters of Credit disbursements in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans or Letters of Credit were made when the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of or Letters of Credit disbursements owed to all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to

 

66


being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.21(a)(ii)(A)). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to this Section shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto; and

(v) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.11 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(b) If (i) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loan and such Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Swing Line Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, reasonably satisfactory to the Swing Line Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

(c) If the Borrower, Swing Line Lender, each Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent each agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swing Line Loans) or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and

provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

Section 3.1 Organization; Powers. Each of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, in each case (other than with respect to the due organization of, valid existence of, and good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization of, each of the Borrower and, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings), except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.2 Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within each Loan Party’s corporate or other organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational and, if required, equity holder action. Each Loan Party has duly executed and delivered each of the Loan Documents

 

67


to which it is party, and each of such Loan Documents constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

Section 3.3 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) those approvals, consents, registrations, filings or other actions, the failure of which to obtain or make has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) except as has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate any applicable law or regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate any charter, by-laws or other organizational document of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (d) except as has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than the agreements and instruments referred to in clause (c)) binding upon Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 3.4 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change. (a) Parent has heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent its consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations, stockholders equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, reported on by KPMG LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2020. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of Parent and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the unaudited financial statements referred to in clause (ii) above.

(b) Since December 31, 2019, no event, development or circumstance exists or has occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.5 Properties. (a) (a) Each of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in or rights to use, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes. Except as permitted by this Agreement, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than (i) Permitted Encumbrances, (ii) Liens arising by operation of law, (iii) Liens permitted by Section 6.2 and (iv) minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with the ability of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct their businesses.

(b) Each of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all material Intellectual Property used in and necessary to operate its business as currently conducted, and the use thereof by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe upon, the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements, that, individually or in the aggregate, have not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.6 Litigation and Environmental Matters. (a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of Parent, threatened in writing against or affecting Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) that have resulted and would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse

 

68


Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Transactions. Neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, have resulted and would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except for the Disclosed Matters and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, have not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, or (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability.

(c) Since the Effective Date, there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.7 Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, have not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

Section 3.8 Investment Company Status. None of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 3.9 Taxes. Except as has not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and except as set forth in Schedule 3.9 to the Disclosure Letter, (i) each of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed with respect to income, properties or operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) such Tax returns accurately reflect all liability for Taxes of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole for the periods covered thereby and (iii) each of Parent and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has timely paid or caused to be timely paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it (regardless of whether such Taxes are reflected on any Tax returns), except Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, to the extent required by GAAP, for which Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

Section 3.10 ERISA. (a) Each Plan is in compliance in form and operation with its terms and with ERISA and the Code (including the Code provisions compliance with which is necessary for any intended favorable tax treatment) and all other applicable laws and regulations, except where any failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan (and each related trust, if any) which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that it meets the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code covering all applicable tax law changes or is comprised of a master or prototype plan that has received a favorable opinion letter from the IRS, and nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that would adversely affect such determination (or, in the case of a Plan with no determination, nothing has occurred that would materially adversely affect the issuance of a favorable determination letter or otherwise materially adversely affect such qualification), other than, in each case, as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred, or is reasonably expected to occur, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

69


(b) There exists no material Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any Plan, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) No Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the five calendar years immediately preceding the date this assurance is given or deemed given, made or accrued an obligation to make contributions to any Multiemployer Plan, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) There are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving a Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate, threatened, which have resulted or would reasonably be expected either singly or in the aggregate to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all contributions to or under each Plan and Multiemployer Plan required by law within the applicable time limits prescribed thereby, the terms of such Plan or Multiemployer Plan, respectively, or any contract or agreement requiring contributions to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan save where any failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, has not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) No Plan which is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA has applied for or received an extension of any amortization period, within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 or 304 of ERISA other than where such extension would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has ceased operations at a facility so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4062(e) of ERISA, withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4063 of ERISA or ceased making contributions to any Plan subject to Section 4064(a) of ERISA to which it made contributions, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate have incurred or reasonably expect to incur any liability to PBGC except as has not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and no Lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate exists or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, is likely to arise on account of any Plan other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Loan Parties or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) Each Non-U.S. Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, except as has not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All contributions required to be made with respect to a Non-U.S. Plan have been timely made, except as has not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Non-U.S. Plan, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Plan, determined as of the end of the Non-U.S. Plan’s most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

70


Section 3.11 Disclosure. (a) All written information (other than any projected financial information and other than information of a general economic or industry specific nature) furnished by or on behalf of Parent to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished and when taken as a whole), when furnished, does not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to any projected financial information, Parent represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time furnished (it being understood that such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, any of which are beyond Parent’s control, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projected financial information may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).

(b) As of the Effective Date, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification provided on or prior to the Effective Date to any Lender in connection with this Agreement is true and correct in all respects.

Section 3.12 SubsidiariesSchedule 3.12 to the Disclosure Letter sets forth as of the Effective Date a list of all Restricted Subsidiaries (identifying all Restricted Subsidiaries and Immaterial Subsidiaries) and the percentage ownership (directly or indirectly) of Parent therein. Except as has not resulted and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of all Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by Parent (other than minority interests held by other Persons that do not violate any provision of this Agreement), directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted under Section 6.2.

Section 3.13 Anti-Terrorism Laws; USA Patriot Act. To the extent applicable, the Parent and each Subsidiary of Parent is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the USA Patriot Act.

Section 3.14 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. (a) The Borrower has implemented and maintains (and, on and after a Holdco Transaction, Holdings will have and will maintain) in effect policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and each Loan Party, its Subsidiaries and its and their respective directors and officers and, to the knowledge of Parent, its and their respective employees, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (i) Parent, any Subsidiary of Parent or any of its or their respective directors or officers, or (ii) to the knowledge of Parent, any employee of Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.

 

71


Section 3.15 Margin Stock. (a) None of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit for the purposes of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock in violation of the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X.

Section 3.16 Solvency. As of the Effective Date, Parent is, individually and together with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and after giving effect to the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith (assuming for this purpose that the full amount of the Commitments is drawn on the Effective Date) will be, Solvent.

Section 3.17 EEA Financial Institution. No Loan Party is an EEA Financial Institution.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS

Section 4.1 Reserved.

Section 4.2 Each Credit Extension. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing (other than a Borrowing consisting solely of a conversion of Loans of one Type to another Type or a continuation of a Eurodollar Loan following the expiration of the applicable Interest Period), the obligation of each Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit, or amend or extend the expiration date, or increase the face amount of any Letter of Credit, and the effectiveness of any Commitment Increase pursuant to Section 2.19 (subject to the provisions of Section 1.4 in the case of any Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche for use in a Limited Condition Transaction) or any extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.20 (each of the foregoing, a “Credit Extension”), is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed Borrowing Request or the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank shall have received a fully executed Issuance Notice and Application, as the case may be;

(b) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than to the extent qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except that (i) for purposes of this Section, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4(a) shall be deemed to refer, following the first delivery thereof, to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 5.1 and (ii) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in such manner as of such earlier date;

(c) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Credit Extension, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(d) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Credit Extension, Parent would be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 whether or not such covenant would otherwise be tested on and as of the date of such Credit Extension.

 

72


Each Credit Extension shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Section.

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been cancelled or expired or cash collateralized on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks, each Loan Party covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

Section 5.1 Financial Statements; Other Information. Parent will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender):

(a) (a) (i) in each fiscal year prior to an IPO, within 150 days after the end of such fiscal year of the Borrower and (ii) in each fiscal year following an IPO, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year of Parent, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than a qualification related to the maturity of the Commitments and the Loans at the Maturity Date) and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b) within 45 days (or, prior to an IPO, 60 days) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Parent, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of Parent in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof and, if a Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth calculations illustrating compliance with Section 6.8, and (iii) if and to the extent that any change in GAAP that has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.4 had a material impact on such financial statements, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

(d) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, as the case may be, in each case that is not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; provided that such information shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such information has been posted on Parent’s website on the Internet at https://www.doordash.com (or any new address identified by the Borrower) or at http://www.sec.gov;

 

73


(e) within a reasonable period of time following any request in writing (including any electronic message) therefor, information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act;

(f) prior to an IPO, within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (beginning with the fiscal year of the Borrower ending December 31, 2023), an annual budget of the Borrower for upcoming fiscal year, in form customarily prepared by Parent; and

(g) if any Subsidiary has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, concurrently with each delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, financial statements (in substantially the same form as the financial statements delivered pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above) prepared on the basis of consolidating the accounts of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and treating any Unrestricted Subsidiaries as if they were not consolidated with Parent and otherwise eliminating all accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, together with an explanation of reconciliation adjustments in reasonable detail.

Information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which Parent posts such information, or provides a link thereto on Parent’s website on the Internet at https://www.doordash.com (or any new address identified by the company) or at http://www.sec.gov; or (ii) on which such information is posted on Parent’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have been granted access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent). The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to herein, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by Parent with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

Section 5.2 Notices of Material Events. Parent will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender) prompt written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of any Proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) any other development that becomes known to any officer of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer or other executive officer of Parent setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 5.3 Existence; Conduct of Business. Parent will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct

 

74


of its business; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.3 and (ii) none of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve, renew or keep in full force and effect its rights, licenses, permits, privileges or franchises where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.4 Payment of Taxes. Parent will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay all Tax liabilities, including all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or upon any properties belonging to it that, if not paid, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, and all lawful claims other than Tax liabilities which, if unpaid, would become a Lien upon any properties of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under Section 6.2, in both cases except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (b) to the extent required by GAAP, Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary of Parent has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

Section 5.5 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. Parent will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property used in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty events excepted, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, a Captive Insurance Subsidiary or through self-insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

Section 5.6 Books and Records; Inspection Rights. Parent will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which entries full, true and correct in all material respects are made and are sufficient to prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Parent will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent (pursuant to the request made through the Administrative Agent), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants (provided that Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be afforded the opportunity to participate in any discussions with such independent accountants), all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested (but no more than once annually if no Event of Default exists). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, none of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by applicable law or any third party consent legally binding on Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) is subject to attorney, client or similar privilege or constitutes or includes attorney work-product.

Section 5.7 ERISA-Related Information. The Borrower shall supply to the Administrative Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Administrative Agent so requests): (a) if requested by the Administrative Agent, within 30 days of such request, a copy of IRS Form 5500 (including schedules thereto) in respect of a Plan with Unfunded Pension Liabilities, and (b) promptly and in any event within 30 days after a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event has occurred that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of a Financial Officer of Borrower describing such ERISA Event and the action, if any, proposed to be taken with respect to such ERISA Event and a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC, the IRS or Department of Labor pertaining to such ERISA Event and any notices received by such Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or any other governmental agency with respect thereto; provided that, in the case of ERISA Events

 

75


under paragraph (d) of the definition thereof, the 30-day period set forth above shall be a 10-day period, and, in the case of ERISA Events under paragraph (b) of the definition thereof, in no event shall notice be given later than the occurrence of the ERISA Event; (c) promptly, and in any event within 30 days, after becoming aware that there has been (i) a material increase in aggregate Unfunded Pension Liabilities under all Plans (taking into account only Pension Plans with positive Unfunded Pension Liabilities) since the date the representations hereunder are given or deemed given, or from any prior notice, as applicable; (ii) the existence of potential withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, if the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates were to withdraw completely from any and all Multiemployer Plans that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) the adoption of, or the commencement of contributions to, any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iv) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA which results in a material increase in contribution obligations of a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate, a detailed written description thereof from a senior Financial Officer of Borrower; and (d) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 10 days, notice if, at any time after the Effective Date, a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate maintains, or contributes to (or incurs an obligation to contribute to), a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan to which such party did not maintain or contribute to prior to the Effective Date.

Section 5.8 Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Parent will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Parent will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by Parent, its Subsidiaries and its and their respective directors, officers, and employees of the foregoing with Anti-Corruption Laws, applicable Sanctions and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Section 5.9 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including for stock repurchases under stock repurchase programs approved by the Borrower and permitted under this Agreement and for Acquisitions. The Letters of Credit and the proceeds thereof will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit extension will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X. The Borrower will not request any Credit Extension, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries, Holdings (upon the consummation of a Holdco Transaction) and its or their respective directors, officers, and employees shall not use, the proceeds of any Credit Extension, (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, to the extent such activities, business or transaction would be prohibited by Sanctions, or (iii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

Section 5.10 Additional Guarantors. (a) In the event that any Person becomes a Material Domestic Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary), Parent shall (i) in the case of an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Material Domestic Subsidiary, substantially concurrently with the redesignation or deemed redesignation thereof as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.12 or (ii) otherwise, 60 days thereafter (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) cause such Material Domestic Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Counterpart Agreement. If reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the

 

76


Administrative Agent shall receive an opinion of counsel for Parent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in respect of such customary matters as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent relating to any Counterpart Agreement or joinder agreement delivered pursuant to this Section 5.10(a), dated as of the date of such agreement.

(b) With respect to each Material Domestic Subsidiary of Parent referred to in clause (a) above, Parent shall promptly after delivering the financial statements pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, send to the Administrative Agent written notice setting forth (i) the date on which such Person became a Material Domestic Subsidiary and (ii) all of the data required to be set forth in Schedule 3.12 to the Disclosure Letter; and such written notice shall be deemed to supplement Schedule 3.12 to the Disclosure Letter for all purposes hereof.

(c) Substantially simultaneously upon the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings shall become a Guarantor hereunder by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Counterpart Agreement.

Section 5.11 Further Assurances. Subject to the limitations set forth in any Loan Document, each Loan Party shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are guaranteed by the Guarantors.

Section 5.12 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. (a) The Board of Directors or chief financial officer of Parent may designate any Subsidiary of the Parent (other than, after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the Borrower), including a newly acquired or created Subsidiary of Parent, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it meets the following qualifications:

(i) such Subsidiary does not own any Equity Interest of Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Parent;

(ii) Parent would be permitted to make an Investment at the time of the designation in an amount equal to the aggregate fair market value (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) of all Investments of Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary (valued at Parent’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportional share of the fair market value (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) of such Subsidiary’s assets less liabilities);

(iii) any Guarantee or other credit support thereof by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent is permitted under Section 6.1 or Section 6.7;

(iv) neither Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent has any obligation to subscribe for additional Equity Interests of such Subsidiary or to maintain or preserve its financial condition or cause it to achieve specified levels of operating results except to the extent permitted by Section 6.1 or Section 6.7;

(v) immediately before and after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such designation;

(vi) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “restricted subsidiary” or a “guarantor” (or any similar designation) for any other Indebtedness of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; and

 

77


(vii) such Subsidiary does not own (or hold an exclusive license in respect of) any Intellectual Property other than ownership or a license resulting from a Permitted IP Transfer.

Once so designated, the Subsidiary will remain an Unrestricted Subsidiary, subject to subsection (b).

(b) (i) A Subsidiary previously designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary which fails to meet the qualifications set forth in subsections (a)(i), (a)(iii), (a)(iv) or (a)(vi) of Section 5.12 will be deemed to become at that time a Restricted Subsidiary, subject to the consequences set forth in subsection (d) of Section 5.12. (ii) The Board of Directors of Parent may designate an Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if no Event of Default exists at the time of the designation and the designation would not cause an Event of Default.

(c) Upon a Restricted Subsidiary becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

(i) all existing Investments of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent therein (valued at Parent’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportional share of the fair market value of its assets less liabilities) will be deemed made at that time;

(ii) all existing Equity Interest or Indebtedness of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent held by it will be deemed issued or incurred, as applicable, at that time, and all Liens on property of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent securing its obligations will be deemed incurred at that time;

(iii) all existing transactions between it and Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent will be deemed entered into at that time;

(iv) it will be released at that time from its Guaranty; and

(v) it will cease to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(d) Upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming, or being deemed to become, a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.12(b),

(i) all of its Indebtedness and Liens will be deemed incurred at that time for purposes of Section 6.1 and Section 6.2, as applicable;

(ii) all Investments therein previously charged under Section 6.7 will be credited thereunder;

(iii) if it is a Material Domestic Subsidiary, it shall be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.10; and

(iv) it will be subject to the provisions of this Agreement as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(e) Any designation by the Board of Directors or chief financial officer of Parent of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date will be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of Parent giving effect to the designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Parent certifying that the designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

78


Section 5.13 Lender Calls. Prior to an IPO, the Borrower shall conduct a quarterly telephonic meeting that the Lenders may attend to discuss the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower for the most recently ended fiscal year or fiscal quarter, as applicable, for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) above, at a date and time as soon as reasonably practicable after each date that financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) above to be determined by the Borrower with reasonable advance notice to the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been cancelled or expired or cash collateralized on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks, each Loan Party covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

Section 6.1 Indebtedness. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur or assume, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:

(a) the Obligations;

(b) Indebtedness of Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof, the greater of (x) $200,000,000 and (y) 20% of Consolidated Total Assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis; provided that any such Indebtedness shall be secured only by the asset (including all accessions, attachments, improvements and the proceeds thereof) acquired, constructed or improved in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(c) Indebtedness of any Loan Party in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed, at the time of incurrence, the sum of (i) $550,000,000 (or on or after an IPO, $1,050,000,000), plus (ii) an amount such that, after giving effect to the incurrence of such amount, the Senior Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 2.5 to 1.0 for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis (without giving effect to any substantially simultaneous incurrence of Indebtedness made pursuant to clause (x) of Section 2.19(a)(ii) or clause (i) of this Section 6.1(c)); provided, that the Borrower may elect to use clause (ii) above prior to using clauses (i) above, and if both clause (i) and clause (ii) are available, unless otherwise elected by the Borrower, then the Borrower will be deemed to have elected to use clause (ii) above first;

 

79


(d) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary to Parent or to any other Restricted Subsidiary, or of Parent to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that all such Indebtedness owing by a Loan Party to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor shall be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations;

(e) Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any Guarantees, performance, statutory or similar obligations (including in connection with workers’ compensation) or obligations in respect of letters of credit, surety bonds, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business, or pursuant to any appeal obligation, appeal bond or letter of credit in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VIII;

(f) Indebtedness in connection with cash management or custodial agreements, netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise similarly in connection with deposit accounts and Indebtedness in connection with credit card, debit card or other similar cards or payment processing services;

(g) Guarantees by Parent of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or Guarantees by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of Indebtedness of Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary of Parent with respect, in each case, to Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.1; provided that if the Indebtedness that is being guarantied is unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations, the Guarantee shall also be unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations;

(h) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and described in Schedule 6.1 to the Disclosure Letter;

(i) obligations under any Swap Agreement, provided, that with respect to obligations other than obligations under a Permitted Call Spread Transaction, such obligations are entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from floating to fixed rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, or to hedge currency exposure or to hedge energy costs or exposure, which, in any case, are not entered into for speculative purposes;

(j) other Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate principal outstanding amount not to exceed $25,000,000; provided that any such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is a Guarantor; and

(k) Incremental Equivalent Debt.

Section 6.2 Liens. Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it except:

(a) Permitted Encumbrances;

(b) any Lien on any property or asset of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Effective Date and set forth in Schedule 6.2 to the Disclosure Letter (provided that Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of less than $250,000 individually and $2,500,000 in the aggregate do not need to be set forth in Schedule 6.2 to the Disclosure Letter to be permitted Liens under this clause (b)) and any modifications, renewals and extensions thereof and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that (i) such replacement, renewal or extension Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary other than (y) improvements thereon or proceeds thereof and (z) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (ii) the obligations secured or benefited by such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien are permitted by Section 6.1;

 

80


(c) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than pursuant to a redesignation or deemed redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary as provided in Section 5.12), in each case after the Effective Date and prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than any replacements of such property or assets and additions and accessions thereto, the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require or include, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, as the case may be, and extensions, renewals, replacements and refinancings thereof so long as the principal amount of such extensions, renewals and replacements does not exceed the principal amount of the obligations being extended, renewed or replaced, and (iv) if such Liens secure Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 6.1;

(d) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided that (i) such Liens secure Indebtedness that is permitted by Section 6.1(b), (ii) such Liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are initially incurred prior to or within 180 days after the acquisition or the completion of the construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and customary related expenses, and (iv) such Liens shall not apply to any other property or assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent other than additions, accessions, parts, attachments or improvements on or proceeds of such fixed or capital assets; provided that clause (ii) shall not apply to any refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement thereof;

(e) easements, licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others (A) not interfering in any material respect with the business of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (B) not securing any Indebtedness;

(f) the interest and title of a lessor under any lease, license, sublease or sublicense entered into by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in the ordinary course of its business and other statutory and common law landlords’ Liens under leases;

(g) in connection with the sale or transfer of any assets in a transaction not prohibited hereunder, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

(h) in the case of any Joint Venture, any Liens on its Equity Interests pursuant to its organizational documents or any related joint venture or similar agreement;

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness to finance insurance premiums owing in the ordinary course of business to the extent such financing is not prohibited hereunder;

 

81


(j) Liens on earnest money deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents or Marketable Securities made in connection with any Acquisition not prohibited hereunder;

(k) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and cash equivalents or other securities on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks, securities intermediaries or other depository institutions with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to institutions with respect to cash management operating account arrangements and similar arrangements;

(l) Liens in the nature of the right of setoff in favor of counterparties to contractual agreements not otherwise prohibited hereunder with Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to any Loan Document;

(n) other Liens; provided that, at the time of incurrence of the obligations secured thereby, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of obligations secured by Liens in reliance on this clause (n) does not exceed the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 5% of Consolidated Total Assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis;

(o) Liens to secure Incremental Equivalent Debt to the extent permitted or provided for under Section 2.19(d);

(p) Liens (A) on cash advances or escrow deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.7 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or otherwise in connection with any escrow arrangements with respect to any such Investment or any disposition permitted under Section 6.3 (including any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to such Investment or disposition), or (B) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a disposition permitted under Section 6.3, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(q) Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary and Liens granted by a Loan Party in favor of any other Loan Party;

(r) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(s) Receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof;

(t) Liens on cash or Investments permitted under Section 6.4 securing Swap Agreements in the ordinary course of business submitted for clearing in accordance with applicable law; and

(u) customary Liens granted in favor of a trustee to secure fees and other amounts owing to such trustee under an indenture or other agreement pursuant to Indebtedness not prohibited under this Agreement.

 

82


Section 6.3 Fundamental Changes. (a) Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to, (x) merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, (y) sell, transfer, lease, enter into any sale-leaseback transactions with respect to, or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or (z) liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(i) any Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Borrower) or any other Person may merge into or consolidate with the Borrower in a transaction in which the surviving entity is (x) the Borrower or (y) a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, which corporation shall expressly assume, by a written instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, all the Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents and shall deliver all information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act;

(ii) any Person (other than the Borrower) may merge into or consolidate with any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Borrower) in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Restricted Subsidiary (provided that any such merger or consolidation involving a Guarantor must result in a Guarantor as the surviving entity);

(iii) any Loan Party may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to any other Loan Party, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to any Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) in connection with any Acquisition, any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Borrower) may merge into or with, or consolidate with any other Person, and any other Person may merge into such Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Person surviving such merger or consolidation shall be a Restricted Subsidiary (provided that any such merger or consolidation involving a Guarantor must result in a Guarantor as the surviving entity);

(v) any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Borrower) may merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or have any other Person merge into or consolidate with it, in a transaction in which such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Parent if such transaction is also permitted by clauses (ix) or (x) below;

(vi) any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Borrower) may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(vii) a Holdco Transaction may be consummated;

(viii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may sell or transfer Equity Interests owned by such Restricted Subsidiary to any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or to any Loan Party;

 

83


(ix) Parent and any Restricted Subsidiary may dispose of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired in connection with (or owned by a Person that is acquired in connection with) an Acquisition for the fair market value thereof (as determined in good faith by the Borrower);

(x) Parent and any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, transfer or dispose of the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary owned by such Person for fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower); provided that (i) Parent is in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 hereof on a Pro Forma Basis, (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (iii) the sum of (A) the aggregate consideration received or to be received in respect of such sale, transfer or disposition plus (B) the aggregate consideration received or to be received in respect of all other dispositions effected in reliance on this clause prior to or concurrently with such disposition shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of such disposition; provided, however, that the sale, transfer or disposition of the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary acquired, or holding primarily assets acquired, after August 1, 2019 shall be excluded from the requirements of and calculations with respect to this clause (iii); and

(xi) any Foreign Subsidiary may sell or transfer Equity Interests owned by such Foreign Subsidiary to a Loan Party or another Foreign Subsidiary.

Section 6.4 Restricted Payments. Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:(a) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, Restricted Payments in an amount not exceeding the sum of (x) the amount by which Liquidity (determined on a pro forma basis at the time of (and after giving effect to) such Restricted Payment) exceeds $700,000,000 plus (y) an amount of up to $200,000,000 (less any amounts previously utilized under this clause (y)) in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement; provided that Restricted Payments utilizing this Section 6.4(a) shall be deemed to be incurred under clause (x) to the extent there is capacity thereunder and if a Restricted Payment is to be incurred under both clauses (x) and (y), it will be deemed to have been incurred first under clause (x) to the extent of the capacity thereunder and then any remaining amount shall be deemed incurred under clause (y);

(b) any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent may declare and pay dividends or make other Restricted Payments ratably to (i) its equity holders, (ii) the Borrower or (iii) any Guarantor;

(c) Parent may make Restricted Payments to redeem in whole or in part any of its Equity Interests (including Disqualified Equity Interests) for another class of its Equity Interests or rights to acquire its Equity Interests (other than, in each case, Disqualified Equity Interests) or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests); provided that the only consideration paid for any such redemption is Equity Interests of Parent or the proceeds of any substantially concurrent equity contribution or issuance of Equity Interest (other than, in each case, Disqualified Equity Interests);

(d) Restricted Payments made in connection with equity compensation that consist solely of the withholding of shares to any employee (or other provider of services) in an amount equal to the employee’s (or other provider of services’) tax obligation on such compensation and the payment in cash to the applicable Governmental Authority of an amount equal to such tax obligation;

(e) Parent may declare and make dividends payable solely in additional shares of Parent’s Qualified Equity Interests and may exchange Equity Interests for its Qualified Equity Interests;

 

84


(f) following an IPO, Parent may make any Restricted Payment that has been declared by it, so long as (A) such Restricted Payment would be otherwise permitted under clause (a) or clause (l) of this Section 6.4 at the time so declared and (B) such Restricted Payment is made within 60 days of such declaration;

(g) following an IPO, Parent may repurchase Equity Interests pursuant to any accelerated stock repurchase or similar agreement; provided that the payment made by Parent with respect to such repurchase would be otherwise permitted under clause (a) of this Section 6.4 at the time such agreement is entered into and at the time such payment is made;

(h) Parent may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with equity compensation plans or other similar agreements for directors, officers, employees or other providers of services to Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries or in connection with a cessation of service of such Person;

(i) Parent may repurchase Equity Interests or rights in respect thereof granted to directors, officers or employees of Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $25,000,000 in any fiscal year;

(j) Parent may (i) repurchase fractional shares of its Equity Interests arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations, business combinations or conversions of convertible securities, exercises of warrants or options, or settlements of restricted stock units or (ii) “net exercise” or “net share settle” warrants or options;

(k) the receipt or acceptance by Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent of the return of Equity Interests issued by Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent to the seller of a Person, business or division as consideration for the purchase of such Person, business or division, which return is in settlement of indemnification claims owed by such seller in connection with such acquisition;

(l) following an IPO, Parent may make Restricted Payments of no greater than 6% per annum of the net proceeds received in such IPO and contributed to the Borrower; provided that immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(m) Parent may make any payments of cash or deliveries in shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock) (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) pursuant to the terms of, and otherwise perform its obligations under, any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness (including, without limitation, making payments of interest and principal thereon, making payments due upon required repurchase thereof and/or making payments and deliveries upon conversion or settlement thereof); and

(n) Parent may pay the premium in respect of, make any payments (of cash or deliveries in shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares)) required by, and otherwise perform its obligations under, any Permitted Call Spread Transaction, including in connection with any settlement, unwind or termination thereof.

Section 6.5 Restrictive Agreements. Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to

 

85


secure the Obligations, (b) the ability of Holdings to repay loans or advances made to Holdings by the Borrower on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, or (c) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Parent under the Loan Documents; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the Effective Date identified on Schedule 6.5 to the Disclosure Letter (and shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification materially expanding the scope of, any such restrictions or conditions taken as a whole), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent pending such sale; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary or assets to be sold and such sale is not prohibited hereunder, (iv) the foregoing shall not apply to any agreement or restriction or condition in effect at the time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, (v) the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to Joint Ventures, (vi) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Incremental Equivalent Debt or any other secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (vii) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, licenses, sub-leases and sub-licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof or restricting the grant of Liens in such lease, license, sub-lease, sub-license or other contract, (viii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions set forth in any agreement governing any other Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 6.2; provided that such restrictions and conditions are customary for such Indebtedness as determined in the good faith judgment of Parent, and (ix) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions on cash or other deposits (including escrowed funds) imposed under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Section 6.6 Transactions with Affiliates. Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates (other than between or among Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not involving any other Affiliate, or as otherwise permitted hereunder, including as a Permitted IP Transfer), except (a) on terms and conditions not less favorable to Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties as determined in good faith by the independent directors of the Board of Directors of Parent, (b) payment of customary directors’ fees, customary out-of-pocket expense reimbursement, indemnities (including the provision of directors and officers insurance) and compensation arrangements for members of the board of directors, officers, employees or other providers of services of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) any transaction involving amounts less than $500,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year, and (d) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.4.

Section 6.7 Investments. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including any Joint Venture, except:

(a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities;

(b) Investments (including intercompany loans) in Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent;

 

86


(c) other Investments (including Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures); provided that, at the time any such Investment is made, such Investment does not exceed an aggregate amount equal to (A) the greater of (x) $250,000,000 and (y) 25% of Consolidated Total Assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, plus (B) the amount by which Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries exceeds Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of the date of such Investment, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, plus (C) any return of capital from previous investments made under this subclause (ii), less (D) any amounts previously utilized under subclauses (A), (B) and (C); provided further that such Investment does not include any sale, disposition, transfer or exclusive license of any Intellectual Property other than a Permitted IP Transfer;

provided that (1) any Investment made under clause (c) above shall be deemed to be made under subclause (c)(B) to the extent there is capacity thereunder and any Investment that will be made under subclause (c)(B) and other subclauses under clause (c) shall be deemed made first under subclause (c)(B) and then under the other subclauses of clause (c);

(d) loans and advances to employees or other providers of services of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000;

(e) Investments described in Schedule 6.7 to the Disclosure Letter;

(f) Swap Agreements which constitute Investments;

(g) trade receivables in the ordinary course of business;

(h) guarantees to insurers required in connection with worker’s compensation and other insurance coverage arranged in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(j) intercompany Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary in any other Foreign Subsidiary;

(k) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Investments of any Person in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided such Investment was not made in connection with or anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;

(m) the purchase of any Permitted Call Spread Transaction by Parent and the performance of its obligations thereunder; and

(n) any Investment by any Captive Insurance Subsidiary in connection with its provision of insurance to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which Investment is made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice of such Captive Insurance Subsidiary, or by reason of applicable Law, rule, regulation or order, or that is required or approved by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Captive Insurance Subsidiary or its business, as applicable.

 

87


For purposes of covenant compliance with this Section 6.7, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, less any amount paid, repaid, returned, distributed or otherwise received in cash in respect of such Investment.

Section 6.8 Financial Covenant. Parent will not permit the aggregate amount of Liquidity, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, to be less than $250,000,000.

ARTICLE VII

GUARANTY

Section 7.1 Guaranty of the Obligations. The Guarantors jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)) (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”); provided that the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrower in its capacity as a Guarantor shall exclude any Direct Borrower Obligations.

Section 7.2 Payment by Guarantors. The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Beneficiary may have at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, that upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Guarantor to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise, Guarantors will upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Beneficiaries, an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal amount of all Guaranteed Obligations then due as aforesaid, accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (including interest which, but for the Borrower’s becoming the subject of a case under the Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against the Borrower for such interest in the related bankruptcy case) and all other Guaranteed Obligations then owed to the Beneficiaries as aforesaid.

Section 7.3 Liability of Guarantors Absolute. Each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor or surety other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

(a) this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectability and this Guaranty is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety;

(b) the Administrative Agent may enforce this Guaranty during the continuation of an Event of Default notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between the Borrower and any Beneficiary with respect to the existence of such Event of Default;

 

88


(c) the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Borrower and the obligations of any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the obligations of the Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against such Guarantor whether or not any action is brought against the Borrower, any such other guarantor or any other Person and whether or not the Borrower, any such other guarantor or any other Person is joined in any such action or actions;

(d) payment by any Guarantor of a portion, but not all, of the Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge any Guarantor’s liability for any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which has not been paid. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is awarded a judgment in any suit brought to enforce any Guarantor’s covenant to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations, such judgment shall not be deemed to release such Guarantor from its covenant to pay the portion of the Guaranteed Obligations that is not the subject of such suit, and such judgment shall not, except to the extent satisfied by such Guarantor, limit, affect, modify or abridge any other Guarantor’s liability hereunder in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(e) any Beneficiary, upon such terms as it deems appropriate under the relevant Loan Document, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability hereof or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of any Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time may (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations; (iii) request and accept other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations and take and hold security for the payment hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute, compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person (including any other Guarantor) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) enforce and apply any security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of such Beneficiary in respect hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, or exercise any other right or remedy that such Beneficiary may have against any such security, in each case as such Beneficiary in its discretion may determine consistent herewith and any applicable security agreement, including foreclosure on any such security pursuant to one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable, and even though such action operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of any Guarantor against any other Loan Party or any security for the Guaranteed Obligations; and (vi) exercise any other rights available to it under the Loan Documents; and

(f) this Guaranty and the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason (other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) and the cancellation or expiration or cash collateralization of all Letters of Credit in an amount equal to 103% of Letter of Credit Usage at such time on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks), including the occurrence of any of the following, whether or not any Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them: (i) any failure or omission to assert or enforce or agreement or election not to assert or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy (whether arising under the Loan Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of or security for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions (including provisions relating to events of default) hereof, any of the other Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty or security for the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case whether or not in accordance with the

 

89


terms hereof or such Loan Document or any agreement relating to such other guaranty or security; (iii) the Guaranteed Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect; (iv) the application of payments received from any source (other than payments received pursuant to the other Loan Documents or from the proceeds of any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, except to the extent such security also serves as collateral for indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations) to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations, even though any Beneficiary might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) the change, reorganization or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and to any corresponding restructuring of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not consented to by any Beneficiary; (vi) any failure to perfect or continue perfection of a security interest in any collateral which secures any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vii) any defenses, set offs or counterclaims which the Borrower or any other Person may allege or assert against any Beneficiary in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, including failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, accord and satisfaction and usury; and (viii) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor in respect of its Guaranty shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations under this Agreement subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or any comparable provisions of any similar federal or state law; provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply to the Borrower with respect to its Direct Borrower Obligations.

Section 7.4 Waivers by Guarantors. Each Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of the Beneficiaries: (a) any right to require any Beneficiary, as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (1) proceed against the Borrower, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (2) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Borrower, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (3) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Beneficiary in favor of any Loan Party or any other Person, or (4) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Beneficiary whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other Guarantor including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Borrower or any other Guarantor from any cause other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Beneficiary’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms hereof and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) any rights to set offs, recoupments and counterclaims, (iii) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto, and (iv) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance hereof, notices of default hereunder or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to the Borrower and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 7.3 and any right to consent to any thereof; and (f) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms hereof, in each case other than the indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

90


Section 7.5 Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc. Until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) and the Commitments shall have terminated, each Guarantor hereby waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or any of its assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise and including, (i) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Beneficiary now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower, and (iii) any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any collateral or security now or hereafter held by any Beneficiary. In addition, until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled or cash collateralized in an amount equal to 103% of Letter of Credit Usage at such time on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks and the Commitments shall have terminated, each Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution such Guarantor may have against any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against the Borrower or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights any Beneficiary may have against the Borrower, to all right, title and interest any Beneficiary may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right any Beneficiary may have against such other guarantor. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of any such subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights at any time when all Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof.

Section 7.6 Subordination of Other Obligations. Any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor now or hereafter held by any Guarantor (the “Obligee Guarantor”) is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations, and any such Indebtedness collected or received by the Obligee Guarantor after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations but without affecting, impairing or limiting in any manner the liability of the Obligee Guarantor under any other provision hereof.

Section 7.7 Continuing Guaranty. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall have been paid in full and the Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled or cash collateralized in an amount equal to 103% of Letter of Credit Usage at such time on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guaranteed Obligations.

 

91


Section 7.8 Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower. It is not necessary for any Beneficiary to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guarantor or the Borrower or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

Section 7.9 Financial Condition of the Borrower. Any Loan may be made to the Borrower or continued from time to time, in each case without notice to or authorization from any Guarantor regardless of the financial or other condition of the Borrower or any other Loan Party at the time of any such grant or continuation, as the case may be. No Beneficiary shall have any obligation to disclose or discuss with any Guarantor its assessment, or any Guarantor’s assessment, of the financial condition of the Borrower or any other Loan Party. Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from the Borrower and the other Loan Parties on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and their respective ability to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents, and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of the Borrower and each other Loan Party and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Beneficiary to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operations or conditions of the Borrower or any other Loan Party now known or hereafter known by any Beneficiary.

Section 7.10 Bankruptcy, Etc. (a) So long as any Guaranteed Obligations remain outstanding, no Guarantor shall, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent acting pursuant to the instructions of Required Lenders, commence or join with any other Person in commencing any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency case or proceeding of or against the Borrower or any other Loan Party. The obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be reduced, limited, impaired, discharged, deferred, suspended or terminated by any case or proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation or arrangement of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or by any defense which the Borrower or any other Loan Party may have by reason of the order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding.

(b) Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that any interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding referred to in clause (a) above (or, if interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of such case or proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guaranteed Obligations if such case or proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guaranteed Obligations because it is the intention of Guarantors and the Beneficiaries that the Guaranteed Obligations which are guaranteed by Guarantors pursuant hereto should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order which may relieve the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any portion of such Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantors will permit any trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person to pay the Administrative Agent, or allow the claim of the Administrative Agent in respect of, any such interest accruing after the date on which such case or proceeding is commenced.

(c) In the event that all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid by the Borrower, Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent, the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payment(s) are rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from any Beneficiary as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments which are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guaranteed Obligations for all purposes hereunder.

 

92


ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable or any amount due and payable to any Issuing Bank in reimbursement of any drawing under any Letter of Credit, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under any of the Loan Documents, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made (other than to the extent qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representation or warranty shall prove to have been incorrect in any respect);

(d) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.2, Section 5.3 (solely with respect to such Loan Party’s existence), Section 5.9, or in Article VI;

(e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any of the Loan Documents (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article of this Agreement), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);

(f) Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) and such failure shall have continued after the applicable grace period, if any;

(g) after giving effect to any grace period, Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent fails to observe or perform any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement or instrument evidencing or governing any Material Indebtedness (other than as described in clause (f) above), if the failure referred to in this clause (g) causes, or permits the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or a trustee or other representative on its or their behalf (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) to cause, such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity (or in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee in respect of Indebtedness to become payable) or become subject to a mandatory offer purchase by the obligor;

 

93


(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Debtor Relief Law or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(j) Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(k) (i) one or more judgments for the payment of money in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate, to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage, shall be rendered against Parent, any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or any combination thereof (to the extent not paid or covered by a reputable and solvent independent third-party insurance company which has not disputed coverage) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed (or an action of similar effect in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.), or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to enforce any such judgment and such action shall not be stayed (or an action of similar effect in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.) or (ii) any non-monetary judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process shall be entered or filed against Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or any combination thereof or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed (or an action of similar effect in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.) for a period of 90 consecutive days and such non-monetary judgment, writ, warrant of attachment or similar process would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) one or more ERISA Events shall have occurred that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) a Change in Control shall occur; or

(n) any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the obligations hereunder or thereunder, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower (and, upon the consummation of the Holdco Transaction, Holdings) described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments and the obligation of the Issuing Banks to issue any Letters of Credit, and thereupon the Commitments and such obligations shall terminate immediately, (ii) direct the Borrower to pay (and the Borrower hereby agrees upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of any Event of

 

94


Default specified in Article VIII(h) or (i) to pay) to the Administrative Agent such additional amounts of cash as are reasonably requested by the applicable Issuing Banks, to be held as security for the Borrower’s reimbursement Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit then outstanding as set forth in Section 2.4(j) and (iii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder (including any amounts required to be deposited in respect of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.4(j)), shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower (and, upon the consummation of the Holdco Transaction, Holdings) described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

ARTICLE IX

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Each of the Lenders and Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints JPMCB as the Administrative Agent (and JPMCB hereby accepts such appointment) and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Except, in each case, as set forth in the sixth paragraph of this Article, the provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and no Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. Each Lender, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Guarantees of the Obligations provided under the Loan Documents, to have agreed to the provisions of this Article.

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent: (a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.2 or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may

 

95


effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law, and (c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.2) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision). The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with the Administrative Agent’s reliance on any Electronic Signature transmitted by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page), or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Administrative Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall have the right to resign at any time by giving prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to appoint a financial institution to act as the Administrative Agent hereunder, subject to the reasonable satisfaction of the Borrower and the Required Lenders, and the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective on the earliest

 

96


of (i) 30 days after delivery of the notice of resignation, (ii) the acceptance of such successor Administrative Agent by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or (iii) such other date, if any, agreed to by the Borrower and the Required Lenders. Upon any such notice of resignation, if a successor Administrative Agent has not already been appointed by the retiring Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent. If neither the Required Lenders nor the Administrative Agent have appointed a successor Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have succeeded to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent. Any successor Administrative Agent shall be a bank with an office in the United States or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall promptly transfer to such successor Administrative Agent all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents, whereupon such retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent hereunder.

Any resignation of JPMCB or its successor as the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Article IX shall also constitute the resignation of JPMCB or its successor as Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank, and any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to this Section shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment, become successor Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank for all purposes hereunder. In such event (i) the Borrower shall prepay any outstanding Swing Line Loans made by the retiring Administrative Agent in its capacity as Swing Line Lender, (ii) upon such prepayment, the retiring Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender shall surrender any Swing Line Note held by it to the Borrower for cancellation, and (iii) the Borrower shall issue, if so requested by successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, a new Swing Line Note to the successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, in the principal amount of the Swing Line Sublimit then in effect and with other appropriate insertions. After such resignation of JPMCB as an Issuing Bank hereunder, JPMCB shall remain a party hereto to the extent that Letters of Credit issued by it remain outstanding and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

Each Lender and each Issuing Bank represents and warrants as of the date it becomes a Lender or Issuing Bank that (i) it is such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention that the Loan Documents set forth the terms of a commercial lending facility, (ii) it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans and in providing other facilities set forth herein as may be applicable to such Lender or Issuing Bank, in each case in the ordinary course of business, and not for the purpose of purchasing, acquiring or holding any other type of financial instrument (and each Lender and each Issuing Bank agrees not to assert a claim in contravention of the foregoing), (iii) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, or any other Lender or Issuing Bank, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender, and to make, acquire or hold Loans hereunder and (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to make, acquire and/or hold commercial loans and to provide other facilities set forth herein, as may be applicable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to make, acquire and/or hold such commercial loans or to provide such other facilities, is experienced in making, acquiring or holding such commercial loans or providing such other facilities. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any other Lender or

 

97


Issuing Bank, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States securities laws concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no Arranger shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder.

Subject to Section 10.2, without further written consent or authorization from any Lender, the Administrative Agent may execute any documents or instruments necessary to release any Guarantor from the Guaranty pursuant to Section 10.17 or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 10.2) have otherwise consented.

Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, each Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby agree that no Lender shall have any right individually to enforce the Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, when all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) have been paid in full, all Commitments have terminated or expired and all Letters of Credit shall have terminated or expired without any pending drawing thereon (or the outstanding Letters of Credit have been cash collateralized in an amount equal to 103% of all Letter of Credit Usage at such time in a manner satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks), upon request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender) take such actions as shall be required to release all Guaranties provided for in any Loan Document. Any such release of any Guaranty shall be deemed subject to the provision that such Guaranty shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true: (i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments, (ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14),

 

98


(B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or (iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding paragraph is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding paragraph, such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that neither the Administrative Agent, nor any Arranger or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto).

Administrative Agent and each Arranger hereby informs the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide investment advice or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments, this Agreement and any other Loan Documents (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Notices. (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy (or other facsimile transmission or, subject to clause (b) below, other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf via email)), as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, to it at DoorDash, Inc., 901 Market Street, Suite 600, San Francisco, CA 94103, Attention: with a copy to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Attention: Reswan Pavri, Esq., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304;

 

99


(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 South Dearborn, 7th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60603-2003, Attention: JPMorgan Loan Services with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 237 Park Ave, 6th Floor, New York, New York 10016, Attention;

(iii) if to the Swing Line Lender, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 South Dearborn, 7th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60603-2003, Attention: JPMorgan Loan Services with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 237 Park Ave, 6th Floor, New York, New York 10016, Attention;

(iv) if to any Issuing Bank, to it at its address (or telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) number) most recently specified by it in a notice delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (or, in the absence of any such notice, to the address (or telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) number) set forth in the Administrative Questionnaire of the Lender that is serving as such Issuing Bank or is an Affiliate thereof); and

(v) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders, Swing Line Lender and Issuing Banks hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender, Swing Line Lender and applicable Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, IntraLinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar, the Internet or another similar electronic system chosen by the Administrative Agent to be its electronic transmission system (the “Platform”). THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS

 

100


AVAILABLE.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the communications effected thereby (the “Communications”). No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) be responsible or liable for damages arising from the unauthorized use by others of information or other materials obtained through internet, electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission, except to the extent that such damages have resulted from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Agent Party (as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction).

Section 10.2 Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance, amendment, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the applicable Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Except as provided in Section 2.13(b), none of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided, however, that, subject to Section 2.13(b), no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (or make any changes to the definition of “Applicable Percentage”), (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan, reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any reimbursement obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender and Issuing Bank directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that notwithstanding clause (ii) or (iii) of this Section 10.2(b), only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the default rate set forth in Section 2.12(c), (iv) change Section 2.17(b), Section 2.17(c) or any other Section hereof providing for the ratable treatment of the Lenders, in each case in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) release all or substantially all of the value of any Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of any Guarantor is permitted pursuant to Article IX or Section 10.17 (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent, acting alone), (vi) change any of the provisions of this Section or the percentage referred to in the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, (vii) extend the stated expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the Maturity Date without the written consent of the applicable Issuing

 

101


Bank, each Lender directly affected thereby, and the beneficiary(ies) of such Letter of Credit or (viii) change the definition of “Pro Rata Share” without the written consent of each Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (A) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, (B) no such amendment shall amend, modify, terminate or waive any obligation of Lenders relating to the purchase of participations in Letters of Credit as provided in Section 2.4(d) without the written consent of the Administrative Agent and of each Issuing Bank, and no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of any Issuing Bank hereunder without the prior written consent of such Issuing Bank, (C) no such amendment shall amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision hereof relating to the Swing Line Sublimit or the Swing Line Loans without the consent of Swing Line Lender, (D) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or the termination thereof extended without the consent of such Lender, (y) the principal amount of any Defaulting Lender’s Loan, or the interest rate thereon or any fees payable hereunder to any Defaulting Lender may not be reduced without the consent of such Lender and (z) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender, (E) this Agreement may be amended to provide for a Commitment Increase in the manner contemplated by Section 2.19 and the extension of the Maturity Date as contemplated by Section 2.20, (F) any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, so long as, in each case, the Lenders shall have received at least five Business Days’ prior written notice thereof and the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment and (G) any amendment or waiver that by its terms affects the rights or duties of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of a particular Class (but not the Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any other Class) will require only the requisite percentage in interest of the affected Class of Lenders that would be required to consent thereto if such Class of Lenders were the only Class of Lenders.

Section 10.3 Expenses; Limitation of Liability; Indemnity. (a) Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable, documented and invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, each Arranger, any syndication agent and their respective Affiliates, including, without limitation, the reasonable, documented and invoiced fees, disbursements and other charges of one firm of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and any syndication agent, taken as a whole (and if reasonably necessary (as determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower), of a single regulatory counsel and a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction) in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), and (ii) all reasonable, documented and invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, each Arranger, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, including, without limitation, the fees, disbursements and other charges of one firm of counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers, taken as a whole (and if reasonably necessary (as determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower), of a single regulatory counsel and a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction and in the case of an actual or potential conflict of interest where the Administrative Agent or any Arranger affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected person), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made, or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

 

102


(b) Limitation of Liability. To the extent permitted by applicable law (i) the Borrower and any Loan Party shall not assert, and the Borrower and each Loan Party hereby waive, any claim against the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, any Issuing Bank and any Lender, and any Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called a “Lender-Related Person”) for any Liabilities arising from the use by others of information or other materials (including, without limitation, any personal data) obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet), except as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Lender-Related Person, and (ii) no party hereto shall assert, and each such party hereby waives, any Liabilities against any other party hereto, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that, nothing in this Section 10.03(b) shall relieve the Borrower and each Loan Party of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee, as provided in Section 10.03(c), against any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party.

(c) Indemnity. Each Loan Party shall indemnify Administrative Agent, each Arranger, each Issuing Bank, each Lender and any syndication agent and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all Liabilities and reasonable, documented and invoiced expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned, leased or operated by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective Proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available (v) with respect to Taxes (and amounts relating thereto), the indemnification for which shall be governed solely and exclusively by Sections 2.14 and 2.16, other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim, (w) to the extent that such Liabilities or reasonable, documented and invoiced expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (x) if arising from a material breach by such Indemnitee or one of its Affiliates of its express obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment), (y) if arising from any dispute between and among Indemnitees that does not involve an act or omission by the direct parent of the Borrower, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment) other than any proceeding against Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or the Issuing Banks in such capacity, or (z) if arising from any settlement with respect to indemnified liabilities which is entered into by such Indemnitee without Borrower’s written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

103


(d) Lender Reimbursement. Each Lender severally agrees to pay any amount required to be paid by the Borrower under paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 10.03 to the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each, an “Agent-Related Person”) (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Applicable Percentage in effect on the date on which such payment is sought under this Section (or, if such payment is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Applicable Percentage immediately prior to such date), and indemnify each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent-Related Person in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent-Related Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the unreimbursed expense or Liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against such Agent-Related Person in its capacity as such; provided further that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such Liabilities, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from such Agent-Related Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section 10.03 shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

Section 10.4 Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) neither the Borrower nor, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings, may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and each Issuing Bank (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower or Holdings, as the case may be, without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (but not to the Borrower or an Affiliate thereof or any natural person) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Borrower; provided that (x) the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to an assignment of all or a portion of the Loans and Commitments unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten Business Days after having received notice thereof and (y) no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; and

 

104


(B) the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 (or a greater amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000) unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent; provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (except that an assignment may be of only Commitments of a single Class without the requirement to assign Commitments of any other Class);

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500;

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any tax forms required by Section 2.16(e) and an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws;

(E) no such assignment shall be made to (i) any Loan Party nor any Affiliate of a Loan Party, (ii) any Defaulting Lender or any of its subsidiaries, or any Person, who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (ii) or (iii) any Disqualified Lender; and

(F) in connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

 

105


For the purposes of this Section, the term “Approved Fund” has the following meaning:

Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14, Section 2.15, Section 2.16 and Section 10.3); provided that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and amounts on the Loans owing to, and drawings under Letters of Credit owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error), and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register is intended to establish that each Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities of whatsoever nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent in performing its duties under this Section 10.4(b)(iv), except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent. The Loans (including principal and interest) are registered obligations and the right, title, and interest of any Lender or its assigns in and to such Loans shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any tax forms required by Section 2.16(e) (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning

 

106


Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.6(b), Section 2.17(d) or Section 10.3(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (but not to the Borrower or an Affiliate thereof or any natural person) (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 10.2(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14, Section 2.15 and Section 2.16 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.16(e) (it being understood and agreed that the documentation required under Section 2.16(e) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 10.12 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.8 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(c) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14 or Section 2.16, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after Participant acquired the applicable participation.

(iii) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for United States federal income tax purposes as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

 

107


(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, the Bank of England or the European Central Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) (i) No assignment or participation shall be made to any Person that was a Disqualified Lender (other than, in the case of participations (but not assignments), a Person who was a Disqualified Institution solely as a result of clause (c) of the definition thereof) as of the date (the “Trade Date”) on which the assigning Lender entered into a binding agreement to sell and assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to such Person (unless the Borrower has consented to such assignment in writing in its sole and absolute discretion, in which case such Person will not be considered a Disqualified Lender for the purpose of such assignment or participation). With respect to any assignee that becomes a Disqualified Lender after the applicable Trade Date (including as a result of the delivery of a notice pursuant to, and/or the expiration of the notice period referred to in, the definition of “Disqualified Lender”), (A) such assignee shall not retroactively be disqualified from becoming a Lender and (B) the execution by the Borrower of an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignee will not by itself result in such assignee no longer being considered a Disqualified Lender. Any assignment in violation of this clause (e)(i) shall not be void, but the other provisions of this clause (e) shall apply.

(ii) If any assignment or participation is made to any Disqualified Lender without the Borrower’s sole prior written consent in violation of clause (e)(i) above, or if any Person becomes a Disqualified Lender after the applicable Trade Date, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to the applicable Disqualified Lender and the Administrative Agent, (A) in the case of outstanding Loans held by Disqualified Lenders, purchase or prepay such Loans by paying the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof and (y) the amount that such Disqualified Lender paid to acquire such Loans, in each case plus accrued interest, accrued fees and all other amounts (other than principal amounts) payable to it hereunder and/or (B) require such Disqualified Lender to assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in this Section 10.4), all of its interest, rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more Persons at the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof and (y) the amount that such Disqualified Lender paid to acquire such interests, rights and obligations, in each case plus accrued interest, accrued fees and all other amounts (other than principal amounts) payable to it hereunder.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Disqualified Lenders (A) will not (x) have the right to receive information, reports or other materials provided to Lenders by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (y) attend or participate in meetings attended by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, or (z) access any electronic site established for the Lenders or confidential communications from counsel to or financial advisors of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and (B) (x) for purposes of any consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of, or any action under, and for the purpose of any direction to the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, each Disqualified Lender will be deemed to have consented in the same proportion as the Lenders that are not Disqualified Lenders consented to such matter, and (y) for purposes of voting on any plan of reorganization or plan of liquidation pursuant to any Debtor Relief Laws, each Disqualified Lender party hereto hereby agrees (1) not to vote on such plan, (2) if such Disqualified Lender does vote on such plan notwithstanding the restriction in the foregoing clause (1), such vote will be deemed not to be in good faith and shall be “designated” pursuant to Section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in any other Debtor Relief Laws), and such vote shall not be counted in determining whether the applicable class has accepted or rejected such plan in accordance with Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in any other Debtor Relief Laws) and (3) not to contest any request by any party for a determination by the Bankruptcy Court (or other applicable court of competent jurisdiction) effectuating the foregoing clause (2).

 

108


(iv) The Administrative Agent shall have the right, and the Borrower hereby expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent to (1) post the list of Disqualified Lenders provided by the Borrower and any updates thereto from time to time (collectively, the “DQ List”) on the Platform and/or (2) provide the DQ List to each Lender requesting the same. The parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent will not have any duty, responsibility or liability to monitor or enforce assignments, participations or other actions in respect of Disqualified Lenders, or otherwise take (or omit to take) any action with respect thereto.

Section 10.5 Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties herein or in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance or any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any Loan Document is executed and delivered or any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Section 2.14, Section 2.15, Section 2.16 and Section 10.3 and Article IX shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Commitments, the cancellation or expiration of the Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder, the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

Section 10.6 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution. (a) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall become effective as provided in the Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

(b) Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of (x) this Agreement or the Amendment and Restatement Agreement, (y) any other Loan Document and/or (z) any document, amendment, approval, consent, information, notice (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any notice delivered pursuant to Section 10.1), certificate, request, statement, disclosure or authorization related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or the transactions contemplated hereby and/or thereby (each an “Ancillary Document”) that is an Electronic Signature transmitted by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement, such other Loan Document or such Ancillary Document, as applicable. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in any electronic form (including deliveries by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page), each of which

 

109


shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be; provided that nothing herein shall require the Administrative Agent to accept Electronic Signatures in any form or format without its prior written consent and pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, further, without limiting the foregoing, (i) to the extent the Administrative Agent has agreed to accept any Electronic Signature, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders shall be entitled to rely on such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party without further verification thereof and without any obligation to review the appearance or form of any such Electronic signature and (ii) upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a manually executed counterpart. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower and each Loan Party hereby (i) agrees that, for all purposes, including without limitation, in connection with any workout, restructuring, enforcement of remedies, bankruptcy proceedings or litigation among the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Borrower and the Loan Parties, Electronic Signatures transmitted by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page and/or any electronic images of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as any paper original, (ii) the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders may, at its option, create one or more copies of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document in the form of an imaged electronic record in any format, which shall be deemed created in the ordinary course of such Person’s business, and destroy the original paper document (and all such electronic records shall be considered an original for all purposes and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record), (iii) waives any argument, defense or right to contest the legal effect, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document based solely on the lack of paper original copies of this Agreement, such other Loan Document and/or such Ancillary Document, respectively, including with respect to any signature pages thereto and (iv) waives any claim against any Lender-Related Person for any Liabilities arising solely from the Administrative Agent’s and/or any Lender’s reliance on or use of Electronic Signatures and/or transmissions by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page, including any Liabilities arising as a result of the failure of the Borrower and/or any Loan Party to use any available security measures in connection with the execution, delivery or transmission of any Electronic Signature.

Section 10.7 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

Section 10.8 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each of its respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) or other amounts at any time held by, and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, Issuing Bank or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against any of and all the obligations of such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document held by such Lender or Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all

 

110


amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.21 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender and Issuing Bank under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender or Issuing Bank may have. Each Lender and Issuing Bank agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

Section 10.9 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) Each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that, notwithstanding the governing law provisions of any applicable Loan Document, any claims brought against the Administrative Agent by any Lender relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the consummation or administration of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan (or if such court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan), and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may (and any such claims, cross-claims or third party claims brought against the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties may only) be heard and determined in such Federal (to the extent permitted by law) or New York State court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (c) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(e) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.1. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

111


Section 10.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIALEACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 10.11 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 10.12 Confidentiality. (a) Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (which term shall for the purposes of this Section 10.12 includes the Issuing Banks) agrees to (i) maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), (ii) not disclose any Information to any individual or organization, either internally or externally, without the prior written consent of the Borrower, and (iii) not use the Information for any purpose except in connection with the Loan Documents, except that Information may be disclosed (A) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, other providers of services and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, or to any credit insurance provider relating to any Loan Party and its obligations, in each case whom it reasonably determines needs to know such information in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and required to keep such Information confidential), (B) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) (in which case the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any self-regulatory authority or governmental or regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority), to the extent practicable and permitted by applicable law, to inform the Borrower promptly thereof), (C) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process (in which case the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to inform the Borrower promptly thereof), (D) to any other party to this Agreement, (E) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder or under any Loan Document, (F) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any permitted assignee of any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (G) with the consent of the Borrower, (H) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower, (I) to any Participant or “bona fide” prospective Participant in, or any “bona fide” prospective assignee of, the Commitments, the Loans or any Lender’s rights or obligations under this Agreement (in each case other than any Disqualified Lender) or (J) to any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations in each case other than any Disqualified Lender; provided that, in the case of clauses (I) and (J) of this Section 10.12 (x) such disclosure shall be subject to the Borrower’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) at any time prior to an IPO, (y) such Participant, prospective Participant, prospective assignee, actual or prospective counterparty or advisor is advised of and agrees, in advance of such disclosure, in writing (including pursuant to customary “click-through” procedures), to be bound by either the provisions of this Section 10.12 or other provisions that are at least as restrictive as the provisions contained in this

 

112


Section 10.12 and (z) no consent of Borrower shall be required (I) with respect to the provision of Limited Information to a Participant or permitted assignee if the Borrower shall have consented to the initial provision of Information or Limited Information to such Participant or permitted assignee, (II) with respect to any administrative notices from the Administrative Agent to any Lender and (III) during any time that a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower, or from any of its Affiliates, representatives or advisors on behalf of the Borrower, relating to the Borrower or its business (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the DQ List), other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower, or by any of its Affiliates, representatives or advisors on behalf of the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

(b) EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 10.12(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(c) ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR ITS SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

Section 10.13 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the NYFRB Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 10.14 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each Transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its subsidiaries’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this

 

113


Agreement provided by Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders (which term shall for the purposes of this Section include the Issuing Banks) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between such Loan Party and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) such Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) such Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the Transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for any Loan Party or any of its subsidiaries, or any other Person and (B) neither Administrative Agent, any Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates with respect to the Transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of such Loan Party and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, any Arrangers nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to such Loan Party or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

Section 10.15 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 10.16 USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender (which term shall for the purposes of this Section include the Issuing Banks) that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lenders) hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. Each Loan Party shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Section 10.17 Release of Guarantors. (a) A Loan Party shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents (1) upon the consummation of any transaction or designation permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Loan Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to a permitted merger or amalgamation with a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or a designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or (2) upon the request of Parent or the Borrower, in connection with a transaction permitted under this Agreement, as a result of which such Loan Party ceases to be a wholly owned Subsidiary; provided that, if so required by this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction and the terms of such consent shall not have provided otherwise.

 

114


(b) Upon termination of the aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent amounts not yet due) under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or been terminated (unless such Letters of Credit have been (i) cash collateralized in an amount equal to 103% of Letter of Credit Usage at such time on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank, (ii) backstopped by a letter of credit in form, amount and substance and by an institution reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank or (iii) deemed reissued under another facility reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank), all obligations under the Loan Documents shall be automatically released.

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section 10.17, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release so long as the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Agreement.

(d) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to provide any release or evidence of release, termination or subordination contemplated by this Section 10.17.

(e) In the event that (i) all the Equity Interests in any Guarantor are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person other than Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, (ii) a Guarantor ceases to be a Material Domestic Subsidiary or (iii) a Guarantor (other than, on or after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings) would become an Excluded Subsidiary upon the consummation of any transaction permitted hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall, at the Borrower’s expense, promptly take such action and execute such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to terminate the Guaranty of such Guarantor.

Section 10.18 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among the parties hereto, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(A) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(B) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

 

115


(C) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

Section 10.19 Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for hedging agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

 

116


ANNEX II

Amended and Restated Schedules


Schedule 2.1(a)

Original Commitments

 

Lender

   Original Commitment  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 71,250,000  

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

   $ 71,250,000  

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 45,000,000  

Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch

   $ 37,500,000  

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 37,500,000  

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

   $ 37,500,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 300,000,000  
  

 

 

 


Schedule 2.1(b)

2020 Incremental Commitments

 

Lender

   2020 Incremental Commitment  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 23,750,000  

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

   $ 23,750,000  

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 15,000,000  

Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch

   $ 12,500,000  

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 12,500,000  

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

   $ 12,500,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 100,000,000  
  

 

 

 


ANNEX III

Amended and Restated Exhibits


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF]

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [NAME OF ASSIGNOR] (the “Assignor”) and [NAME OF ASSIGNEE] (the “Assignee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement identified below, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex I attached hereto (the “Standard Terms and Conditions”) are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the facility identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees and swing line loans included in such facility) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “Assigned Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1. Assignor:   

 

[Assignor [is] [is not] a Defaulting Lender]

 

2. Assignee:   

 

[and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender]]

3. Borrower:    DoorDash, Inc. (the “Company”)
4. Administrative Agent:    JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement
5. Credit Agreement:    Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, extended and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among DoorDash, Inc., as Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender.


6. Assigned Interest:

 

Class of Assigned
Commitments

   Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders
     Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned
     Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Loans1
 

[Original][2020 Incremental] Commitments

   $        $          %  

Effective Date: ____________, 20__ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR],
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE],
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Consented to and Accepted:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, SWING LINE LENDER AND ISSUING BANK

 

By:

   

 

 

1 

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.


  Name:
  Title:
[                             ], AS ISSUING BANK,
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
[Consented to:
DOORDASH, INC.,
By:    
  Name:
  Title:]2

 

2 

To be added only if the consent of the Company is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.


Annex I

Exhibit A

DOORDASH, INC. CREDIT AGREEMENT

Standard Terms and Conditions for

Assignment and Assumption

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is [not] a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document, (iv) any requirements under applicable law for the Assignee to become a lender under the Credit Agreement or to charge interest at the rate set forth therein from time to time, or (v) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2 Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement and under applicable law, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received and/or had the opportunity to review a copy of the Credit Agreement to the extent it has in its sole discretion deemed necessary, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) thereof (or, prior to the first such delivery, the financial statements referred to in Section 3.4(a) thereof), as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has in its sole discretion deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Assignor or any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties and (vi) attached to this Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; (b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents; (c) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to or otherwise conferred upon the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (d) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.


2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignee whether such amounts have accrued prior to or on or after the Effective Date. The Assignor and the Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments by the Administrative Agent for periods prior to the Effective Date or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.

3. Effect of Assignment. Upon the delivery of a fully executed original hereof to the Administrative Agent, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest and as provided in this Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent as provided in this Assignment and Assumption, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the extent of the Assigned Interest.

4. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy or other means of electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Page 2


EXHIBIT B-1

[FORM OF]

BORROWING REQUEST

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent

  for the

Lenders party to the

  Credit

Agreement referred to below

[10 South Dearborn, 7th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60603-2003

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, DoorDash, Inc. (the “Borrower”), refers to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto (each, a “Lender” and collectively, the “Lenders”) and the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto, and you, as the Administrative Agent for the Lenders, Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement, that the undersigned hereby requests a Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such Borrowing (the “Proposed Borrowing”) as required by Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement:

 

  (i)

The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is ________, 20__.1

 

  (ii)

The Proposed Borrowing is [to consist of Revolving Loan][a Swing Line Loan].

 

  (iii)

The aggregate principal amount of the Proposed Borrowing is [_________________]2.

 

  (iv)

The Proposed Borrowing is to consist of [ABR Loans] [Eurodollar Loans].

 

 

1 

Shall be a Business Day (a) at least one Business Day in the case of ABR Loans and at least three Business Days in the case of Eurodollar Loans, in each case, after the date hereof and (b) the date of the proposed Borrowing in the case of Swing Line Loans, provided that any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) in the case of ABR Loans and not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) in the case of Eurodollar Loans and Swing Line Loans, on such day.

2 

Such amount to be stated dollars.


[(v) The initial Interest Period for the Proposed Borrowing is [one week][one/two/three/six/twelve months].]3

(vi) [The location and number of the account or accounts of Borrower to which funds are to be disbursed is as follows:

[Insert location and number of the account(s)]]

[Issuing Bank to which proceeds of the requested Borrowing are to be disbursed:]4

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements will be true on the date of the Proposed Borrowing:

(A) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (other than to the extent qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representations and warranties are true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of the Proposed Borrowing, except that (i) for purposes of this Borrowing Request, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer (after the first delivery thereof) to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they were true and correct in all material respects (other than to the extent qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representations and warranties were true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date;

(B) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the Proposed Borrowing, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

(C) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the Proposed Borrowing, Parent will be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 of the Credit Agreement, whether or not such covenant would otherwise be tested on and as of the date of the Proposed Borrowing.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3 

To be included for a Proposed Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans. Interest Periods of twelve months only available with the consent of each Lender.

4 

Specify only in the case of a Borrowing requested to finance the reimbursement of a drawing honored under a Letter of Credit.

 

Page 2


Borrower has caused this Borrowing Request to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized Responsible Officer as of the date first written above.

 

Very truly yours,
DOORDASH, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Borrowing Request]


EXHIBIT B-2

[FORM OF]

FORM OF ISSUANCE NOTICE

Reference is made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “Administrative Agent”), Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender.

Pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement, Borrower desires a Letter of Credit to be issued by [specify Issuing Bank] (the “Bank”) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement on [_____] (the “Credit Date”) in an aggregate face amount of $ [_____].

Attached hereto for each such Letter of Credit are the following:

(a) the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;

(b) the name and address of the beneficiary;

(c) the expiration date; and

(d) either (i) the verbatim text of such proposed Letter of Credit, or (ii) a description of the proposed terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, including a precise description of any documents to be presented by the beneficiary which, if presented by the beneficiary prior to the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, would require the Issuing Bank to make payment under such Letter of Credit.

Borrower hereby certifies that:

(i) after issuing such Letter of Credit requested on the Credit Date, (A) the Total Utilization of Commitments shall not exceed the Aggregate Available Commitment Amount then in effect, (B) the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect and (C) the Letter of Credit Usage attributable to Letters of Credit issued by the Bank shall not exceed the Issuing Bank Sublimit of the Bank, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Bank;

(ii) as of the Credit Date, the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than to the extent qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of such Credit Date, except that (i) for purposes of this Issuance Notice, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they were true and correct in all material respects (other than to the extent qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representations and warranties were true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date;


(iii) at the time of and immediately after issuing such Letter of Credit requested on the Credit Date, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(iv) at the time of and immediately after issuing such letter of credit requested on the Credit Date, Parent will be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 of the Credit Agreement whether or not such covenant would otherwise be tested in and as of the Credit Date; and

(v) on or before the Credit Date, Administrative Agent has received all other information required by this Issuance Notice.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Page 2


Date: [_____________]

 

DOORDASH, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Issuance Notice]


EXHIBIT C

[FORM OF]

INTEREST ELECTION REQUEST

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent

for the Lenders party to the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[10 South Dearborn, 7th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60603-2003

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, DoorDash, Inc. (the “Borrower”), refers to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), among Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto (each, a “Lender” and collectively, the “Lenders”), the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and you, as the administrative agent for the Lenders, Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Credit Agreement, that the undersigned hereby requests to [convert][continue] the Borrowing of Loans referred to below, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such [conversion][continuation] (the “Proposed [Conversion][Continuation]”) as required by Section 2.7 of the Credit Agreement:

(i) The Proposed [Conversion][Continuation] relates to the Borrowing of Loans originally made on __________, 20__ (the “Outstanding Borrowing”) in the principal amount of $ and currently maintained as a Borrowing of [ABR Loans][Eurodollar Loans with an Interest Period ending on [________ __, ____]].

(ii) The effective date of the Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation] is __________ __, ____1.

 

 

1 

Shall be a Business Day at least one Business Day in the case of ABR Loans and at least three Business Days in the case of Eurodollar Loans, in each case, after the date hereof, provided that any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) in the case of ABR Loans and not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) in the case of Eurodollar Loans on such day.


(iii) The Outstanding Borrowing shall be [continued as a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans with an Interest Period of [one week][one/two/three/six/twelve months][converted into a Borrowing of [ABR Loans] [Eurodollar Loans with an Interest Period of [one week][one/two/three/six/twelve months]]]].1, 2

[The undersigned hereby certifies that no Event of Default has occurred and will be continuing on the date of the Proposed [Conversion][Continuation]].3

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

1

Interest Period of twelve months only available with the consent of each Lender.

2 

In the event that either (x) only a portion of the Outstanding Borrowing is to be so converted or continued or (y) the Outstanding Borrowing is to be divided into separate Borrowings with different Interest Periods, the Borrower should make appropriate modifications to this clause to reflect the same.

3 

In the case of a Proposed Conversion or Continuation, insert this sentence only in the event that the conversion is from an ABR Loan to a Eurodollar Loan or in the case of a continuation of a Eurodollar Loan.

 

Page 2


Borrower has caused this Interest Election Request to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized Responsible Officer as of the date first written above.

 

Very truly yours,

 

DOORDASH, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Interest Election Request]


EXHIBIT D-1

[FORM OF]

REVOLVING LOAN NOTE

New York, New York

_________ __, ____,

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, DOORDASH, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to or its registered assigns (the “Revolving Lender”), in dollars, in immediately available funds, at the office of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (the “Administrative Agent”) located at [•] on the Maturity Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement) made by the Revolving Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Borrower promises also to pay to the Revolving Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan incurred by Borrower from the Revolving Lender in like money at said office from the date such Revolving Loan is made until paid at the rates and at the times provided in Section 2.12 of the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Revolving Loan Notes referred to in the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), among Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement). As provided in the Credit Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary prepayment, in whole or in part, prior to the Maturity Date and the Revolving Loans may be converted from one Type (as defined in the Credit Agreement) into another Type to the extent provided in the Credit Agreement.

In case an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Note.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


DOORDASH, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Revolving Loan Note]


EXHIBIT D-2

[FORM OF]

SWING LINE NOTE

New York, New York

_________ __, ____,

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, DOORDASH, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to or its registered assigns (the “Swing Line Lender”), in dollars, in immediately available funds, at the office of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (the “Administrative Agent”) located at [•] on the Maturity Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the unpaid principal amount of all Swing Line Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement) made by the Swing Line Lender to Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Borrower promises also to pay to the Swing Line Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Loan incurred by Borrower from the Swing Line Lender in like money at said office from the date such Swing Line Loan is made until paid at the rates and at the times provided in Section 2.12 of the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Swing Loan Notes referred to in the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), among Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement). As provided in the Credit Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary prepayment, in whole or in part, prior to the Maturity Date.

In case an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Note.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


DOORDASH, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Swing Line Note]


EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF]

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

This Compliance Certificate is delivered to you pursuant to Section 5.1(c) of the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “Administrative Agent”), Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender.

1. I am the duly elected, qualified and acting [Chief Financial Officer][Principal Accounting Officer][Treasurer][Controller] of [Borrower][Holdings].1

2. I have reviewed and am familiar with the contents of this Certificate. I am providing this Compliance Certificate solely in my capacity as an officer of [Borrower][Holdings].

3. I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The financial statements for the fiscal [quarter][year] of [Borrower][Holdings] ended [____] attached hereto as ANNEX 1 or otherwise delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the requirements of Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement (the “Financial Statements”) present fairly in all material respects as of the date of each such statement the financial condition and results of operations of [Borrower][Holdings] and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied[, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes]2.

4. No Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof[, except for __________]3.

5. There has been no change in GAAP or in the application thereof applicable to [Borrower][Holdings] and its consolidated Subsidiaries since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement that has had a material impact on the Financial Statements [,except for [______], the effect of which on the Financial Statements has been [_________]]4.

6. Attached hereto as ANNEX 2 is the computation showing (in reasonable detail) Liquidity of the Loan Parties as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter covered by the financial statements. [I hereby certify that the conditions to borrowing set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of Section 4.2 of the Credit Agreement are satisfied as of the Computation Date (as defined in ANNEX 2).]5

 

 

1 

Compliance Certificate to be delivered by Holdings upon and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction.

2 

To be included only if the Compliance Certificate is certifying the quarterly financials.

3 

Specify the details of any Default, if any, and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

4 

If and to the extent that any change in GAAP that has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement had an impact on such financial statements, specify the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying this Compliance Certificate.

5 

To be included if the amount of Available Revolving Commitments set forth in ANNEX 2 is greater than $0.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Compliance Certificate as of the date first written above.

 

[DOORDASH, INC.][Holdings]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


ANNEX 1

[Applicable Financial Statements to be attached if applicable]


ANNEX 2

The information described herein is as of [________, ____]1 (the “Computation Date”) and, except as otherwise indicated below, pertains to the period from [the Effective Date][_________, ____]2 to the Computation Date.

Liquidity

 

a.    (i) Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents plus (ii) Marketable Securities held by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries    $_________

b.

  

Available Revolving Commitments

   $_________

c.

  

Sum of line a and line b

   $_________

 

1 

Insert the last day of the respective fiscal quarter or fiscal year covered by the financial statements which are required to be accompanied by this Compliance Certificate.

2 

Insert the Effective Date, in the case of the first Compliance Certificate and thereafter, the first day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of [Borrower][Holdings] ended on the Computation Date.


EXHIBIT F

[FORM OF]

MATURITY DATE EXTENSION REQUEST

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent

for the Lenders parties to the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[10 South Dearborn, 7th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60603-2003

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “Administrative Agent”), Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender. In accordance with Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby requests [(i)] an extension of the Maturity Date from [________], 20[__] to [________], 20[__], [(ii) the following changes to the Applicable Rate to be applied in determining the interest payable on Loans of, and fees payable under the Credit Agreement to, Consenting Lenders in respect of that portion of their Commitments (and related Loans) extended to such new Maturity Date, which changes shall become effective on [________], 20[__]] [and] [(iii) the amendments or modifications to the terms of the Credit Agreement to be effected in connection with this Maturity Date Extension Request as set forth below, which amendments shall become effective on [________], 20[__]:

[________]].

 

DOORDASH, INC., as Borrower
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


The undersigned consents to the requested amendments to the terms of the Credit Agreement and further consents (a) in its capacity as a Lender, to the requested extension of the Maturity Date with respect to $[___] of its Commitments and (b) in its capacity as an Issuing Bank, to the requested extension of the Maturity Date with respect to $[____] of its Issuing Bank Sublimit.

Name of Institution: [    ], as Lender [and Issuing Bank],

 

     
 

By:

   
   

Name:

   

Title:

For any Institution requiring a second signature line:

       By:    
    Name:
    Title:


EXHIBIT G

[FORM OF]

COUNTERPART AGREEMENT

This Counterpart Agreement, dated [______] (this “Counterpart Agreement”) is delivered pursuant to that certain the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “Administrative Agent”), Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender.

Section 1. Pursuant to Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned (the “New Guarantor”) hereby

(a) agrees that this Counterpart Agreement may be attached to the Credit Agreement and that by the execution and delivery hereof, the undersigned becomes a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and agrees to be bound by all of the terms thereof with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor; and

(b) represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement (other than such representations and warranties that relate solely to facts and conditions as of the Effective Date) and applicable to the undersigned is true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided that in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect” in the text thereof.

Section 2. Neither this Counterpart Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party (including, if applicable, any party required to evidence its consent to or acceptance of this Counterpart Agreement) against whom enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given to the Borrower in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement. In case any provision in or obligation under this Counterpart Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF SECTION 10.9(B) OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT ARE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN AS IF FULLY SET FORTH HEREIN.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Counterpart Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date above first written.

 

[NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED,

as of the date above first written:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as the Administrative Agent
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT H

[FORM OF]

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

[Date]

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES AS FOLLOWS:

1. I am the [title of a Financial Officer] of DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”).

2. Reference is made to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “Administrative Agent”), Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender.

3. I have reviewed the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents and the contents of this Solvency Certificate and, in connection herewith, have reviewed such other documentation and information and, in my opinion, have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to the matters referred to herein.

4. Based upon my review and examination described in paragraph 3 above, I certify in my capacity as an officer of Borrower and not in any individual capacity that, as of the date hereof, Borrower is, individually and together with its Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (assuming for this purpose that the full amount of the Commitments is drawn on the date hereof), Solvent.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his/her name as of the date first above written.

 

DOORDASH, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title: [Financial Officer]


EXHIBIT I-1 to

Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement

[FORM OF]

PORTFOLIO INTEREST CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020, among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and for the Lenders thereunder (as modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN, as applicable. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

Exhibit I-1


[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[__]

 

Exhibit I-1


EXHIBIT I-2 to

Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement

[FORM OF]

PORTFOLIO INTEREST CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020, among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders thereunder (as modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN, as applicable. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

Exhibit I-2


[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[__]

 

Exhibit I-2


EXHIBIT I-3 to

Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement

[FORM OF]

PORTFOLIO INTEREST CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020, among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders thereunder (as modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect to such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “bank” extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

Exhibit I-3


[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[__]

 

Exhibit I-3


EXHIBIT I-4 to

Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement

[FORM OF]

PORTFOLIO INTEREST CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, as amended and restated as of August 7, 2020, among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders thereunder (as modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “bank” extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[__]


EXHIBIT J

[FORM OF]

CERTIFICATION REGARDING BENEFICIAL OWNERS

OF LEGAL ENTITY CUSTOMERS

 

  I.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

What is this form?

To help the U.S. government fight financial crime, federal regulation requires certain financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information about the beneficial owners of legal entity customers. Legal entities can be abused to disguise involvement in terrorist financing, money laundering, tax evasion, corruption, fraud, and other financial crimes. Requiring the disclosure of key individuals who own or control a legal entity (i.e., the beneficial owners) helps U.S. law enforcement investigate and prosecute these crimes.

Who has to complete this form?

This form must be completed by the person opening a new account on behalf of a legal entity with a bank, a broker or dealer in securities, or certain other types of U.S. financial institution, and the form must be completed at the time each new account is opened. For these purposes, opening a new account includes establishing a formal relationship with a broker-dealer or lender to effect transactions in securities or for the extension of credit.

For the purposes of this form, a legal entity includes a corporation, limited liability company, or other entity that is created by a filing of a public document with a Secretary of State or similar office, a general partnership, and any similar business entity formed in the United States or any other country. Legal entity does not include sole proprietorships, unincorporated associations, or natural persons opening accounts on their own behalf.

What information do I have to provide?

This form requires you to provide the name, address, date of birth and Social Security number (or passport number or other similar information, in the case of non-U.S. persons) for the following individuals (i.e., the “beneficial owners”):

 

  (i)

A single individual with significant responsibility for managing the legal entity customer (e.g., a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Managing Member, General Partner, President, Vice President, or Treasurer); and

 

  (ii)

Each individual, if any, who owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the equity interests of the legal entity customer (e.g., each natural person who owns 25% or more of the shares of a corporation).

The number of individuals that satisfy this definition of “beneficial owner” may vary. Under section (i), only one individual needs to be identified. Under section (ii), depending on the factual circumstances, up to four individuals (but as few as zero) may need to be identified. It is possible that in some circumstances the same individual might be identified under both sections (e.g., the President of Acme, Inc. who also holds a 30% equity interest). Thus, a completed form will contain the identifying information of at least one individual (under section (i)), and up to five individuals (i.e., one individual under section (i) and four 25% equity holders under section (ii)).


This form also requires you to provide copies of (1) the legal formation document for each legal entity (i.e., the issuer, borrower, or selling securityholder) listed on this form (e.g., Certificate of Incorporation, LLC Agreement, Partnership Agreement, etc.), and (2) a driver’s license, passport or other identifying document for each beneficial owner listed on this form.

 

  II.

EXCLUSIONS (IF APPLICABLE)

If you believe the legal entity listed in Section III, paragraph (b) below falls under an express exclusion from the “legal entity customer” definition under 31 C.F.R. §1010.230(e)(2), please check the box below and identify the applicable exclusion:

 

 

An exclusion applies to the legal entity identified in paragraph (b) of Section III below.

Applicable exclusion:                                                                         

If the box above is checked, please skip paragraphs (c) and (d) of Section III below.

 

  III.

IDENTIFICATION OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(S)

For the benefit of each of the financial institutions involved in the applicable sale of securities or extension of credit for which this certification is provided, the following information is hereby provided on behalf of the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder legal entity customer listed below:

 

a.

Individual Opening Account. Name and Title of Natural Person Opening Account and Completing Certification on Behalf of Legal Entity Customer:

 

 

 

b.

Legal Entity Customer. Name, Type, and Principal Business Address of Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder Legal Entity Customer for Which the Account is Being Opened:

Each of the entities identified on Annex I hereto

 

 

Please attach a copy of the legal formation document for each legal entity listed above (e.g., Certificate of Incorporation, LLC Agreement, Partnership Agreement, etc.).

 

c.

Control Prong. The following information for one individual with significant responsibility for managing the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder legal entity customer listed above, such as:

 

 

An executive officer or senior manager (e.g., Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Managing Member, General Partner, President, Vice President, Treasurer); or

 

 

Any other individual who regularly performs similar functions.

 

Page 2 of 4


Name/Title

   Date of Birth      Address
(Residential
or Business Street
Address)
     For U.S. Persons:
Social Security
Number
     For Non-U.S. Persons:
Social Security
Number,

Passport Number and
Country of Issuance,
or

other similar
identification number1
 
           

Please attach copies of a driver’s license, passport or other identifying document for each individual listed above.

 

d.

Ownership/Equity Prong. The following information for each individual, if any, who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, owns 25% or more of the equity interests of the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder legal entity customer listed above:

 

Name

   Date of Birth      Address
(Residential
or Business Street
Address)
     For U.S. Persons:
Social Security
Number
     For Non-U.S. Persons:
Social Security
Number,

Passport Number and
Country of Issuance,
or

other similar
identification number2
 
           

(If appropriate, an individual listed under section (c) above may also be listed in this section (d)).

Please attach copies of a driver’s license, passport or other identifying document for each individual listed above.

 

 

☐ Equity Owner Not Applicable (Please check this box if there is no individual who owns 25% or more of the equity interest of the legal entity listed above.)

 

 

1

In lieu of a passport number, non-U.S. persons may also provide a Social Security Number, an alien identification card number, or number and country of issuance of any other government-issued document evidencing nationality or residence and bearing a photograph or similar safeguard.

2

In lieu of a passport number, non-U.S. persons may also provide a Social Security Number, an alien identification card number, or number and country of issuance of any other government-issued document evidencing nationality or residence and bearing a photograph or similar safeguard.

 

Page 3 of 4


  IV.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT; SIGNATURE

I, _______________________, in my capacity as ___________________ of the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder listed above and not in my individual capacity, hereby:

(a) acknowledge and authorize on behalf of the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder and each beneficial owner identified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of Section III above that this certification and the attachments hereto may be provided to each of the financial institutions involved in the applicable sale of securities or extension of credit;

(b) agree on behalf of the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder identified above, from the date hereof until the closing of the applicable sale of securities or the termination of the agreement providing for the applicable extension of credit, as the case may be, to notify each of the financial institutions involved in such transaction of any change in the information provided herein that would result in a change to the list of beneficial owners identified in paragraph (c) or (d) of Section III above;

(c) agree on behalf of the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder identified above, upon request by or on behalf of the financial institutions involved in the applicable sale of securities or extension of credit, to provide documentation supporting any applicable exclusion identified in Section II above; and

(d) certify, to the best of my knowledge, that the information provided above is complete and correct.

Signature:                                                                                                                                     Date:                                                         

Legal Entity Identifier                                                       (Optional)

 

Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.18

CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2020 (this “Agreement”, as the same may hereafter be modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time), is entered into by and among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Caviar, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the persons and entities listed on the schedule of investors attached hereto as Schedule I (as updated from time to time in accordance with Section 10(d)) (each an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”).

RECITALS

A. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, each Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to such Investor, a convertible promissory note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto.

B. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in Appendix 1 attached hereto.

C. Owl Rock Capital and Benefit Street Partners are acting as Joint Lead Arrangers in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. The Notes.

(a) Issuance of Notes. Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Investors, and each of the Investors severally agrees to purchase, a Note in the principal amount set forth opposite the respective Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto. The obligations of the Investors to purchase Notes are several and not joint. The aggregate principal amount for all Notes issued hereunder shall be $340,000,000.

(b) Delivery. The sale and purchase of the Notes shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held at such place and time as the Company and the Investors may determine (the “Closing Date”). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to each Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding purchase price set forth on Schedule I hereto (the “Purchase Price”). The Company shall register each Note in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records. All of the transactions set forth herein to be taken at the Closing, including the delivery of documents, shall be deemed to take place simultaneously at the Closing.

(c) Independent Nature of Investors’ Obligations and Rights. The obligations of each Investor under any Transaction Document are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Investor, and no Investor shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Investor under any Transaction Document. Nothing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, and no action taken by any Investor pursuant thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Investors as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Investors are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.


2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Investor that, except as set forth on the Disclosure Letter:

(a) Organization; Good Standing and Qualification.

(i) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties.

(ii) Each Guarantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of formation and has all requisite corporate or other entity power and authority to carry on its business as conducted as of the date of execution hereof. Each Guarantor is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties.

(b) Capitalization and Voting Rights.

(i) Authorized Stock. As of November 30, 2019, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of: 72,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 8,775,667 shares are issued and outstanding, and 47,171,928 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 (the “Preferred Stock”), 5,431,674 of which have been designated Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding, 2,666,047 of which have been designated Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding, 1,584,981 of which have been designated Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding, 5,367,833 of which have been designated Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding, 19,601,592 of which have been designated Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding, 3,611,042 of which have been designated Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued and outstanding, 3,637,197 of which have been designated Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), all of which are issued an outstanding, and 5,271,562 of which have been designated Series G Preferred Stock (the “Series G Preferred Stock”), 4,233,064 of which are issued and outstanding. The rights, privileges and preferences of the Preferred Stock are as stated in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Restated Certificate”).

(ii) The outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock are all duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and were issued in accordance with the registration or qualification provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and any relevant state securities laws, or pursuant to valid exemptions therefrom.

(iii) Except for (i) the conversion privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, (ii) the rights provided in Section 3.4 of that certain Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2019 (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”), (iii) currently outstanding options to purchase 7,276,316 shares

 

-2-


of Common Stock granted to employees and other service providers pursuant to the Company’s 2014 Stock Plan (the “Option Plan”), (iv) 3,108,899 currently outstanding restricted stock units and (v) a warrant to purchase 21,066 shares of Common Stock, there are not outstanding any options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights) or agreements for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any shares of its capital stock except for restricted stock units to be issued or options to be granted pursuant to the Option Plan, in each case, after January 31, 2020. In addition, the Company has reserved 2,156,351 shares of Common Stock for purchase upon exercise of options to be granted in the future or for issuance pursuant to restricted stock awards under the Option Plan. Other than that certain Sixth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2019, as amended to date, the Company is not a party or subject to any agreement or understanding, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there is no agreement or understanding between any persons and/or entities, which affects or relates to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to any security or by a director of the Company.

(iv) All outstanding securities of the Company, including, without limitation, all outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company, all shares of the capital stock of the Company issuable upon the conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities and all other securities that the Company is obligated to issue (other than any shares of capital stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes), are subject to a one hundred eighty (180) day “market stand-off” restriction upon an initial public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the Act in a form substantially identical to Section 1.13 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement; provided, however, that the Investors shall not be subject to any lock-up in the event of a Public Company Event.

(v) Other than the Notes, no stock plan, stock purchase, stock option or other agreement or understanding between the Company and any holder of any securities or rights exercisable or convertible for securities provides for acceleration or other changes in the vesting provisions or other terms of such agreement or understanding as the result of the occurrence of any event.

(c) Subsidiaries. The Company does not presently own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, association, or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership, or similar arrangement.

(d) Authorization.

(i) All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing, and this Agreement and the Notes constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

(ii) All corporate or other action on the part of each Guarantor, its officers, directors and stockholders or other equityholders, as applicable, necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement has been taken or will be taken prior to execution thereof, and this Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

-3-


(e) Governmental Consents. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority on the part of the Company is required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (i) any filing pursuant to Regulation D promulgated by the SEC under the Act, and/or the filing pursuant to Section 25102(f) or 25102.1 of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended, and the rules thereunder; (ii) the filings required by applicable state “blue sky” securities laws, rules and regulations; (iii) the filing and expiration or early termination of all applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended; or (iv) such other post-closing filings as may be required.

(f) Offering

(i) Subject in part to the truth and accuracy of each Investor’s representations set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement, the offer, sale and issuance of the Notes as contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from the registration requirements of any applicable state and federal securities laws, and neither the Company nor any authorized agent acting on its behalf will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemption.

(ii) The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with SEC rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Notes; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Notes (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

(iii) No representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement, as qualified by the Disclosure Letter, and no certificate furnished or to be furnished to Investors at the Closing contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

(g) Litigation; Environmental Matters.

(i) There is no action, claim, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened in writing against the Company that questions the validity of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, or the right of the Company to enter into such agreements, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or that might result, either individually or in the aggregate, in any material adverse changes in the assets, condition or affairs of the Company, financially or otherwise, or any change in the current equity ownership of the Company. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or threatened involving the prior employment of any of the Company’s employees, their use in connection with the Company’s business of any information

 

-4-


or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers. The Company is not a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There is no action, claim, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company currently pending or that the Company intends to initiate.

(ii) Except for the Disclosed Matters and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, have not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, or (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability.

(iii) Since the Closing Date, there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(h) Proprietary Information Agreements. Each present and former employee and officer of the Company has executed a proprietary information and inventions agreement, and each consultant to the Company has executed a consulting agreement (each containing customary confidentiality provisions and provisions relating to ownership of intellectual property). No current or former employee has expressly excluded works or inventions or other subject matter from his or her Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company is not aware that any of its present and former employees, officers or consultants are in violation thereof, and the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent any such violation.

(i) Patents and Trademarks. To its knowledge with respect to patents, trademarks, services marks and trade names only (but without having conducted any special investigation or patent or trademark search), the Company has sufficient title and ownership of or licenses to all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, trade secrets, information, software, proprietary rights and processes necessary for its business as now conducted, without any violation or infringement of the rights of others in each case except to the extent it could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect or except for such items as have yet to be conceived or developed or that are expected to be available for licensing on reasonable terms from third parties. There are no outstanding options, licenses, agreements, claims, encumbrances or shared ownership of interests of any kind relating to anything referred to above in this Section 2(i) that is to any extent owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company, nor is the Company bound by or a party to any options, licenses or agreements of any kind with respect to the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information, proprietary rights and/or processes of any other person or entity, except, in either case, for standard end-user, object code, internal-use software license and support/maintenance agreements. The Company has not received any communications alleging that the Company has violated or would violate any of the patents, trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade names, copyrights or trade secrets or other proprietary rights of any other person or entity that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. The Company is not aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with the use of his or her best efforts to promote the interests of the Company or that would conflict with the Company’s business as presently conducted. Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement or the Notes, nor the carrying on of the Company’s business by the employees of the Company, will, to the Company’s knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, covenant or instrument under

 

-5-


which any of such employees is now obligated except to the extent it could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. The Company does not believe it is or will be necessary to utilize any inventions of any of its employees made prior to or outside the scope of their employment by the Company. To the extent the Company uses any “open source” or “copyleft” software or is a party to “open” or “public source” or similar licenses, the Company is in compliance with the terms of any such licenses, and the Company is not required (and, even if it distributed its software, would not be required) under any such license to (a) make or permit any disclosure or to make available any source code for its (or any of its licensors’) proprietary software or (b) distribute or make available any of the Company’s proprietary software or intellectual property (or to permit any such distribution or availability).

(j) Compliance with Other Instruments. The Company is not in violation, default, conflict or breach of any provision of its Restated Certificate or Bylaws of the Company, or in any material respect of any instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, privacy policy or contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or, to its knowledge, of any provision of any law, federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company (including, without limitation, those related to privacy, personally identifiable information, export control or digital tokens, coins, cryptocurrency or other blockchain-based assets). The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Notes, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result in any such violation, default, conflict or breach, nor will such consummation constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, an event that results in (a) the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or (b) the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization, or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties. The Company has obtained valid waivers of any rights by other parties to purchase any of the Notes covered by this Agreement or shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange or conversion thereof.

(k) Agreements; Action.

(i) Except for (A) standard employee benefits generally made available to all employees, (B) standard director and officer indemnification agreements approved by the Board of Directors, (C) the purchase of shares of the Company’s capital stock and the issuance of options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock or restricted stock units with respect to the Company’s Common Stock, in each instance, approved pursuant to written consent or in the written minutes of the Board of Directors, (D) proprietary information and inventions agreements and (E) agreements explicitly contemplated hereby and by the Transaction Documents, there are no agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between the Company and any of its officers, directors, affiliates, or any affiliate thereof.

(ii) There are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts, proposed transactions, judgments, orders, writs or decrees to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound that may involve (A) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to the Company in excess of, $1,000,000, or (B) any material license of any patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right to or from the Company (other than (1) the nonexclusive license of the Company’s software and products in object code form in the ordinary course of business pursuant to standard end-user agreements or (2) the nonexclusive license to the Company of standard, generally commercially available, “off-the-shelf” third party products that are not and will not to any extent be part of any product, service or intellectual property offering of the Company), or (C) provisions materially restricting the business of the Company or the development, manufacture or distribution of the Company’s products or services.

 

-6-


(iii) The Company has not (A) declared or paid any dividends or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock, (B) other than as contemplated by the Notes, incurred any indebtedness for money borrowed or any other liabilities individually in excess of $1,000,000 or, in the case of indebtedness and/or liabilities individually less than $1,000,000, in excess of $1,500,000 in the aggregate, (C) made any loans or advances to any person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses, or (D) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights, other than the sale of its inventory in the ordinary course of business

(iv) For the purposes of subsections (ii) and (iii) above, all indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same person or entity (including persons or entities the Company has reason to believe are affiliated therewith) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsections.

(v) There are no agreements, understandings or proposed transactions to which the Company is a party that will terminate or provide a right of the Company or another party thereto to terminate (either with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both) as a result of the transactions hereby contemplated. All agreements, understandings or proposed transactions to which the Company is a party will continue to be valid, binding, in full force and effect and enforceable against the Company (and to the Company’s knowledge, to each other party thereto) in accordance with their respective terms immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(l) Related-Party Transactions. No employee, officer, or director of the Company (a “Related Party”) or member of such Related Party’s immediate family, or any corporation, partnership or other entity in which such Related Party is an officer, director or partner, or in which such Related Party has significant ownership interests or otherwise controls, is indebted to the Company, nor is the Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them. To the Company’s knowledge, none of such persons has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with which the Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation that competes with the Company, except that employees, officers, or directors of the Company and members of such Related Party’s immediate families may own stock in publicly traded companies that may compete with the Company. No Related Party or member of their immediate family is directly or indirectly interested in any material contract with the Company.

(m) Permits. The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses, and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it, the lack of which could materially and adversely affect the business, properties or financial condition of the Company. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses, or other similar authority.

(n) Registration Rights. Except as provided in the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the Company has not granted or agreed to grant any registration rights, including piggyback rights, to any person or entity.

(o) Title to Property and Assets. The Company owns its property and assets free and clear of all mortgages, liens, loans and encumbrances, except such encumbrances and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets. With respect to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases and, to its knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances. The Company does not own any real property.

(p) Financial Statements. The Company has delivered to each Investor its unaudited financial statements (balance sheet and income statement) at its consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations, stockholders equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and

 

-7-


December 31, 2018, reported on by KPMG LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2019, June 30, 2019 and September 30, 2019 (the “Financial Statements”). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated and with each other, except that the unaudited Financial Statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP. The Financial Statements fairly present the financial condition and operating results of the Company as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments. Except as set forth in the Financial Statements and except for the Notes, the Company has no material liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (a) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to September 30, 2019 (the “Financial Statement Date”) and (b) obligations not required under GAAP to be reflected in financial statements, which, in both cases, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the financial condition or operating results of the Company. Except as disclosed in the Financial Statements, the Company is not a guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other person, firm or corporation. The Company maintains and will continue to maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP.

(q) Changes. Since the Financial Statement Date there has not been:

(i) any change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of the Company from that reflected in the Financial Statements, except for the contemplated issuance of Notes and changes in the ordinary course of business that have not been, in the aggregate, materially adverse;

(ii) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results, prospects or business of the Company (as such business is presently conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted);

(iii) any waiver by the Company of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it;

(iv) any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business and that is not material to the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of the Company (as such business is presently conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted);

(v) any material change or amendment to a material contract or arrangement by which the Company or any of its assets or properties is bound or subject

(vi) any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any executive officers;

(vii) any sale, assignment or transfer of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intangible assets;

(viii) any resignation or termination of employment of any key officer of the Company; and the Company, to its knowledge, does not know of the impending resignation or termination of employment of any such officer or key employee;

(ix) receipt of notice that there has been a loss of, or material order cancellation by, any major customer of the Company;

 

-8-


(x) any mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or lien, created by the Company, with respect to any of its material properties or assets, except liens for taxes not yet due or payable and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets;

(xi) any loans or guarantees made by the Company to or for the benefit of its employees, officers or directors, or any members of their immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of its business;

(xii) any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Company’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of such stock by the Company;

(xiii) to the Company’s knowledge, any other event or condition of any character that might materially and adversely affect the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of the Company (as such business is presently conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted); or

(xiv) any agreement or commitment by the Company to do any of the things described in this Section 2(q).

(r) Employee Benefit Plans. The Company does not have any Employee Benefit Plan as defined in ERISA.

(s) Tax Returns, Payments and Elections. The Company has filed all Tax returns and reports (including information returns and reports) as required by law. These returns and reports are true and correct in all material respects. The Company has paid all Taxes and other assessments due, except those contested by it in good faith that are listed in the Disclosure Letter and to the extent that a reserve has been reflected therefor on the Company’s Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP. The provision for Taxes of the Company as shown in the Financial Statements is adequate for Taxes due or accrued as of the date thereof. The Company is not a party to any contract and/or has not granted any compensation, equity or award that could be deemed deferred compensation subject to the additional twenty percent (20%) tax under Section 409A of the Code, and neither the Company nor any person that is a member of the same controlled group as the Company or under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code has any liability or obligation to make any payments or to issue any equity award or bonus that could be deemed deferred compensation subject to the additional twenty percent (20%) tax under Section 409A of the Code.

(t) Insurance. The Company has in full force and effect fire and casualty insurance policies, with extended coverage, sufficient in amount (subject to reasonable deductibles) to allow it to replace any of its properties that might be damaged or destroyed.

(u) Labor Agreements and Actions; Employee Compensation. The Company is not bound by or subject to (and none of its assets or properties is bound by or subject to) any written or oral, express or implied, contract, commitment or arrangement with any labor union, and no labor union has requested or, to the Company’s knowledge, has sought to represent any of the employees, representatives or agents of the Company. There is no strike or other labor dispute involving the Company pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, that could have a material adverse effect on the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results, or business of the Company (as such business is presently conducted), nor is the Company aware of any labor organization activity involving its employees. The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee, or that any group of key employees, intends to terminate their

 

-9-


employment with the Company, nor does the Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any of the foregoing. The employment of each officer and employee of the Company is terminable at the will of the Company. To its knowledge, the Company has complied in all material respects with all applicable state and federal equal employment opportunity and other laws related to employment, including those related to wages, hours, worker classification and collective bargaining. The Company is not a party to or bound by any currently effective employment contract, deferred compensation agreement, bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement, or other employee compensation agreement. The Company is not obligated to pay severance or any other additional compensation upon the termination of any employee. The Company is not delinquent in payments to any of its employees or independent contractors for any wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, or other direct compensation for any service performed for it to the date hereof or amounts required to be reimbursed to such employees or independent contractors.

(v) Section 83(b) Elections. To the Company’s knowledge, all individuals who have purchased unvested shares of the Company’s Common Stock have timely filed elections under Section 83(b) of the Code and any analogous provisions of applicable state tax laws.

(w) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Company’s directors, officers, employees or agents have, directly or indirectly, made, offered, promised or authorized any payment or gift of any money or anything of value to or for the benefit of any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”)), foreign political party or official thereof or candidate for foreign political office for the purpose of (i) influencing any official act or decision of such official, party or candidate, (ii) inducing such official, party or candidate to use his, her or its influence to affect any act or decision of a foreign governmental authority, or (iii) securing any improper advantage, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) above in order to assist the Company or any of its affiliates in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any person. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its directors, officers, employees or agents have made or authorized any illegal bribe, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment of funds to help the Company obtain or retain business. The Company further represents that it has maintained, and has caused each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to maintain, systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) designed to ensure compliance with the FCPA or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. Neither the Company, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its officers, directors or employees are the subject of any allegation, voluntary disclosure, investigation, prosecution or other enforcement action related to the FCPA or any other anti-corruption law.

(x) Data Privacy. In connection with its collection, storage, transfer (including, without limitation, any transfer across national borders) and/or use of any personally identifiable information from any individuals, including, without limitation, any customers, prospective customers, employees and/or other third parties (collectively “Personal Information”), the Company is and has been, to the Company’s knowledge, in compliance with all applicable laws in all relevant jurisdictions, the Company’s privacy policies and the requirements of any contract or codes of conduct to which the Company is a party. The Company has commercially reasonable physical, technical, organizational and administrative security measures and policies in place to protect all Personal Information collected by it or on its behalf from and against unauthorized access, use and/or disclosure. The Company is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all laws relating to data loss, theft and breach of security notification obligations.

(y) Real Property Holding Corporation. The Company is not now and has never been a “United States real property holding corporation” as defined in Section 897 of the Code and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder (without regard to the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code).

 

-10-


(z) Investment Company Status. None of Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(aa) ERISA.

(i) Each Plan is in compliance in form and operation with its terms and with ERISA and the Code (including the Code provisions compliance with which is necessary for any intended favorable tax treatment) and all other applicable laws and regulations, except where any failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan (and each related trust, if any) which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that it meets the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code covering all applicable tax law changes or is comprised of a master or prototype plan that has received a favorable opinion letter from the IRS, and nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that would adversely affect such determination (or, in the case of a Plan with no determination, nothing has occurred that would materially adversely affect the issuance of a favorable determination letter or otherwise materially adversely affect such qualification), other than, in each case, as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred, or is reasonably expected to occur, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) There exists no material Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any Plan, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) No Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the five calendar years immediately preceding the date this assurance is given or deemed given, made or accrued an obligation to make contributions to any Multiemployer Plan, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(iv) There are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving a Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of the Company, any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate, threatened, which have resulted or would reasonably be expected either singly or in the aggregate to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(v) Each Credit Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all contributions to or under each Plan and Multiemployer Plan required by law within the applicable time limits prescribed thereby, the terms of such Plan or Multiemployer Plan, respectively, or any contract or agreement requiring contributions to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan save where any failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, has not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(vi) No Plan which is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA has applied for or received an extension of any amortization period, within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 or 304 of ERISA other than where such extension would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate has ceased operations at a facility so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4062(e) of ERISA, withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4063 of ERISA or ceased making contributions to any Plan subject to Section 4064(a) of ERISA to which it made contributions, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Credit Party or any

 

-11-


ERISA Affiliate have incurred or reasonably expect to incur any liability to PBGC except as has not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and no Lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is likely to arise on account of any Plan other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Credit Parties or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(vii) Each Non-U.S. Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, except as has not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All contributions required to be made with respect to a Non-U.S. Plan have been timely made, except as has not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Non-U.S. Plan, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Plan, determined as of the end of the Non-U.S. Plan’s most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(bb) Disclosure. All written information (other than any projected financial information and other than information of a general economic or industry specific nature) furnished by or on behalf of Company to any Investor in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished and when taken as a whole), when furnished, does not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to any projected financial information, Company represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time furnished (it being understood that such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, any of which are beyond Company’s control, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projected financial information may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).

(cc) Subsidiaries. Schedule 2(cc) to the Disclosure Letter sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all Restricted Subsidiaries (identifying all Restricted Subsidiaries and Immaterial Subsidiaries) and the percentage ownership (directly or indirectly) of Company therein. Except as has not resulted and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of all Restricted Subsidiaries are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by Company (other than minority interests held by other Persons that do not violate any provision of this Agreement), directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted under Section 8(b).

(dd) Anti-Terrorism Laws; USA Patriot Act. To the extent applicable, the Company and each Subsidiary is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the USA Patriot Act.

 

-12-


(ee) Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Credit Parties and their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and each Credit Party, its Subsidiaries and its and their respective directors and officers and, to the knowledge of Company, its and their respective employees, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (i) Company, any Subsidiary of Company or any of its or their respective directors or officers, or (ii) to the knowledge of Company, any employee of Company or any Subsidiary of Company that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.

(ff) Margin Stock.

(i) None of Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

(ii) No part of the proceeds of the purchase of any Note will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit for the purposes of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock in violation of the provisions of the regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X.

(gg) Solvency. As of the Closing Date, Company is, individually and together with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and after giving effect to the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith will be, Solvent.

(hh) No Side Agreements. There are no binding agreements by, among or between the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and any Investor or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby other than the Transaction Documents.

(ii) No Brokers or Finders. None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has retained, utilized or been represented by, or otherwise become obligated to, any broker, placement agent, financial advisor or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents whose fees the Investors would be required to pay.

(jj) Guarantors. As of the Closing Date, Caviar, LLC is the sole guarantor of the Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement.

3. Representations and Warranties of Investors. Each Investor, for that Investor alone, represents and warrants to the Company, as of the acquisition of a Note, as follows:

(a) Authorization. Such Investor has all requisite power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents, to purchase the Notes and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of the Transaction Documents. All action on the part of such Investor, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing, and the Transaction Documents constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority on the part of such Investor is required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

-13-


(b) Purchase Entirely for Own Account. This Agreement is made with such Investor in reliance upon, among other things, such Investor’s representation to the Company, which by such Investor’s execution of this Agreement such Investor hereby confirms, that the Notes, the New Notes issuable upon exchange of such securities or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes (collectively, the “Securities”), in each case, will be acquired for investment for such Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and, in the case of the Notes or the New Notes, not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that such Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing, the Notes or the New Notes. By executing this Agreement, such Investor further represents that such Investor does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Securities.

(c) Reliance Upon the Investor’s Representations. Such Investor acknowledges that the Notes are not, and any shares acquired on conversion thereof at the time of issuance may not be, registered under the Securities Act on the ground that the sale provided for in this Agreement and the issuance of securities hereunder is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is based, in part, on such Investor’s representations set forth herein.

(d) Receipt of Information. Such Investor acknowledges that there has been provided or made available to it all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Securities. Such Investor further represents that through its representatives it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities and the business, properties, prospects and financial condition of the Company. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 2 of this Agreement or the right of such Investor to rely thereon.

(e) Investment Experience. Such Investor is experienced in evaluating and investing in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Securities and is able, without impairing such Investor’s financial condition, to hold the Securities to be purchased by such Investor for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of such Investor’s investment. Such Investor also represents it has not been organized solely for the purpose of acquiring the Securities.

(f) Understanding of Risk. Such Investor is fully aware of (i) the highly speculative nature of the Securities, (ii) the financial hazards involved, (iii) the lack of liquidity of the Securities and the restrictions on the transferability of the Securities (e.g. that such Investor may not be able to sell or dispose of the Securities), (iv) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company and (v) the tax consequences of acquiring the Securities.

(g) Accredited Investor. Such Investor represents and warrants that it is an “accredited investor,” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the Securities Act. Such Investor has furnished or made available any and all information requested by the Company or otherwise necessary to satisfy any applicable verification requirements as to accredited investor status. Such Investor covenants to (i) provide prompt written notice to the Company in the event it ceases to be an accredited investor at any time in the future during which it continues to hold any of the Securities or any other securities of the Company and (ii) complete and deliver to the Company an accredited investor questionnaire on or before November 15 of each calendar year during which it holds the Securities or any other securities of the Company and provide such other evidence of its accredited investor status as the Company may request from time to time.

 

-14-


(h) No Control or Access.

(i) Such Investor is not a foreign entity, as defined in the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended, including all implementing regulations thereof (the “DPA”); and

(ii) Such Investor is not controlled by a foreign person, as defined in the DPA; and

(iii) Such Investor does not permit any foreign person affiliated with such Investor, whether affiliated as a limited partner or otherwise, to obtain through such Investor any of the following with respect to the Company: (A) control (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.204) of the Company, including the power to determine, direct or decide any important matters for the Company; (B) access to any material nonpublic technical information (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 801.208) in the possession of the Company (which shall not include financial information about the Company), including access to any information not already in the public domain that is necessary to design, fabricate, develop, test, produce, or manufacture Company products, including processes, techniques, or methods; (C) membership or observer rights on the Company’s Board of Directors or the right to nominate an individual to a position on the Company’s Board of Directors; or (D) any involvement (other than through voting of shares) in substantive decision-making of the Company regarding the use, development, acquisition, or release of any of the Company’s critical technologies (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 801.204)

(i) No Public Market. Such Investor understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Securities or other securities of the Company.

(j) Restricted Securities. Such Investor understands that the Securities may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or an exemption therefrom, and that in the absence of an effective registration statement covering the Securities or an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Securities must be held indefinitely. Investor acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to make or keep “current public information” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act).

(k) Legends. To the extent applicable, each certificate or other document evidencing any of the Notes shall be endorsed with the legend set forth below, and such Investor covenants that, except to the extent such restrictions are waived by the Company, such Investor shall not transfer the Notes without complying with the restrictions on transfer described in the legends endorsed on any such Note (except that the Company shall not require an opinion of counsel in connection with a transfer to an affiliated entity or pursuant to Rule 144):

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, ANY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THE SECURITIES OR NEW NOTES ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THE SECURITIES, IN EACH CASE, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY BE OFFERED AND SOLD ONLY IF REGISTERED AND QUALIFIED PURSUANT TO THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR IF THE COMPANY IS PROVIDED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION UNDER FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

-15-


(l) Tax Advisors. Such Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. With respect to such matters, such Investor relies solely on any such advisors and is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral, as tax advice.

(m) Exculpation. Such Investor acknowledges that it is not relying upon any person, firm or corporation, other than the Company and its officers and directors, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company.

(n) No “Bad Actor” Disqualification Events. Neither (i) such Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by such Investor is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (a “Disqualification Event”), except for Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed reasonably in advance of the Closing in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Such Investor covenants to provide such information to the Company as the Company may reasonably request in order to comply with the disclosure obligations set forth in Rule 506(e) of the Securities Act.

(o) No Restricted Entities. Such Investor represents that neither it, nor any of its officers, directors or beneficial owners, is an individual or entity with whom the transactions described herein would be prohibited by a governmental authority, as identified on the United States Government Consolidated Screening List, or any other applicable governmental list or regulation that would prohibit or restrict the transactions described herein, including any prohibitions or restrictions based on the nationality of an entity or individual.

(p) No Brokers or Finders. Except as previously disclosed to the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, neither such Investor nor any of its Affiliates has retained, utilized or been represented by, or otherwise become obligated to, any broker, placement agent, financial advisor or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement whose fees the Company would be required to pay.

4. Conditions to Closing of the Investors. Each Investor’s obligations at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or prior to the Closing Date, of all of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in whole or in part by such Investor with respect to itself:

(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 2 hereof shall have been true and correct when made and shall be true and correct on the Closing Date.

(b) Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before such Closing.

 

-16-


(c) Compliance Certificate. The Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall deliver to the Investors at such Closing a certificate certifying that the conditions specified in Section 4(a) and Section 4(b) have been fulfilled.

(d) Governmental Approvals and Filings. Except for any notices required or permitted to be filed after the Closing Date with certain federal and state securities commissions, the Company shall have obtained all governmental approvals required in connection with the lawful sale and issuance of the Notes.

(e) Legal Requirements. At the Closing, the sale and issuance by the Company, and the purchase by such Investor, of the Notes shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which such Investor or the Company are subject.

(f) Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Closing and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Investors.

(g) Transaction Documents. The Company shall have duly executed and delivered to the Investors the following documents:

(i) This Agreement; and

(ii) Each Note issued hereunder.

(h) The Company shall have obtained any necessary approvals by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company’s stockholders or applicable third parties.

(i) The Company shall have fully satisfied (including with respect to rights of timely notification) or obtained enforceable waivers in respect of any preemptive or similar rights with respect to the issuance of Notes.

(j) [reserved].

(k) Secretary’s Certificate. The Secretary of the Company shall have delivered to the Investors at Closing a certificate certifying (i) a true and complete copy of the Bylaws and (ii) resolutions of the Board of Directors approving the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Agreements.

(l) On the Closing Date, the Investors shall have received a Solvency Certificate executed by the chief financial officer of the Company in the form of Exhibit D.

(m) The Investors (as of the date hereof) shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Investors and dated the Closing Date) of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to OR Tech Lending LLC (the “Lead Investor”). The Company hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinions.

5. Conditions to Obligations of the Company. The Company’s obligation to issue and sell the Notes at the Closing to each respective Investor is subject to the fulfillment, on or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Company:

(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by such Investor in Section 3 hereof shall be true and correct when made, and shall be true and correct on the Closing Date.

 

-17-


(b) Governmental Approvals and Filings. Except for any notices required or permitted to be filed after the Closing Date with certain federal and state securities commissions, the Company shall have obtained all governmental approvals required in connection with the lawful sale and issuance of the Notes.

(c) Legal Requirements. At the Closing, the sale and issuance by the Company, and the purchase by the Investors, of the Notes shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Investors or the Company are subject.

(d) Purchase Price. Such Investor shall have delivered to the Company the Purchase Price in respect of the Notes being purchased by such Investor referenced in Section 1(b) hereof.

6. Right of First Offer.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 6 and any applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer, sell or issue any debt security or other instrument for cash that is senior to, or pari passu with, the Notes (any such security or instrument, a “New Debt Security” and, collectively, the “New Debt Securities”), the Company shall first offer such New Debt Securities to the Investors to the extent and pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 6(b). For the avoidance of doubt, New Debt Securities shall not include any Revolving Credit Facility or any equipment financing or similar financing transaction, notwithstanding the fact that such transaction may include the execution of a note by the Company. Each Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it pursuant to this Section 6 in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself and (ii) its Affiliates.

(b) The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to the Investors, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer, sell or issue such New Debt Securities, (ii) the amount of such New Debt Securities to be offered, sold or issued, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer, sell or issue such New Debt Securities. The Company shall deliver the Offer Notice (x) if the proposed offer, sale or issuance of New Debt Securities occurs prior to the occurrence of a Public Company Event, not less than 20 calendar days prior to the anticipated issuance date of such New Debt Securities; and (y) if the proposed offer, sale or issuance of New Debt Securities occurs after the occurrence of a Public Company Event, not less than seven (7) calendar days prior to the Company’s anticipated public announcement or entry into definitive documentation for such New Debt Securities (the “Anticipated Launch Date”) of such offer, sale or issuance of such New Debt Securities (such notice, the “Public Company Offer Notice”). The Company shall not be required to deliver a Public Company Offer Notice or offer any such New Debt Securities to the Investors if (1) the terms of the New Debt Securities provide, (A) in the case of non-convertible New Debt Securities, for an all-in yield (including any interest rate, margin, original issue discount, upfront fees but excluding arrangement fees, structuring fees, commitment fees, underwriting fees or other fees payable solely to any lead arranger (or its affiliates) in connection with the commitment or syndication of such New Debt Securities) of less than 10% per annum or (B) in the case of convertible New Debt Securities, for a coupon of 3% per annum or less and a conversion premium (expressed as a percentage of the price of a share of the Company’s Common Stock) of 30% or more, such pricing terms, in the case of clauses (A) and (B), to be based on the indicative terms of the New Debt Securities presented to the Company by the lead investment bank involved in the proposed sale of such New Debt Securities and agreed to by Lead Investor (or any Affiliate thereof) acting reasonably and in good faith at least seven (7) calendar days prior to the Anticipated Launch Date, or (2) the Company has delivered a notice of Optional Redemption pursuant to the terms of the Notes or New Notes on or prior to the seventh (7th) calendar day prior to the Anticipated Launch Date.

 

-18-


(c) To elect to purchase New Debt Securities in connection with the Company’s delivery of a Private Company Offer Notice, the Investor shall notify the Company of such Investor’s Maximum Subscription Amount within 20 days after the Private Company Offer Notice is given. To elect to purchase New Debt Securities in connection with the Company’s delivery of a Public Company Offer Notice, the Investor shall notify the Company of such Investor’s Maximum Subscription Amount prior to the Anticipated Launch Date.

(d) Each Investor shall be entitled to purchase its Pro Rata Share of New Debt Securities to the extent it has timely submitted a notice as set forth in Section 6(c); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no Investor shall be required to purchase New Debt Securities in excess of its Maximum Subscription Amount. If any Investor does not elect to purchase the full amount of such Investor’s Pro Rata Share of New Debt Securities, the Company shall allocate to other Investors that have indicated a Maximum Subscription Amount in excess of such other Investor’s Pro Rata Share of New Debt Securities such portion of such unallocated portion of New Debt Securities on a pro rata basis (based on the relative Maximum Subscription Amounts of each Investor). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6, if, in connection with a Public Company Offer Notice, the Maximum Subscription Amounts of all Investors is less than the aggregate principal amount of the New Debt Securities proposed to be offered (inclusive of any option to purchase additional New Debt Securities), no Investor shall be entitled to purchase any New Debt Securities pursuant to this Section 6. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall obligate the Company to issue New Debt Securities in any minimum principal amount.

(e) If any or all of the New Debt Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be issued to the Investor and/or its Affiliates as provided in Section 6(c), the Company may, during the 180 day period following the expiration of the period provided in Section 6(c), issue and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Debt Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms (including without limitation, the size of the round, the pricing, the security, and so on) no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice; provided that such 180 day period may be extended by an additional 90 days if and to the extent that the Company continues to negotiate and pursue in faith to pursue the sale and issuance of the applicable New Debt Securities. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale or issuance of the New Debt Securities within such period, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be reinstated and such New Debt Securities shall not be offered or issued unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance with this Section 6.

7. Affirmative Covenants. Until the Initial Conversion Date shall have occurred or the principal of and interest on each Note and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Company covenants and agrees with the Investors that:

(a) Financial Statements; Other Information.

(i) (A) in each fiscal year prior to an IPO, within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year of the Company and (B) in each fiscal year following an IPO, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year of Company, it shall furnish its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than a qualification related to the maturity of the Notes at the Maturity Date) and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

 

-19-


(ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Company, it shall furnish its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(iii) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (i) or (ii) above, it shall furnish a certificate of a Financial Officer of Company in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (A) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof and, if a Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (B) setting forth calculations illustrating compliance with Section 8(h), and (C) if and to the extent that any change in GAAP that has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 2(p) had a material impact on such financial statements, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

(iv) promptly after the same become publicly available, it shall furnish copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with the SEC, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC, or with any national securities exchange, as the case may be, in each case that is not otherwise required to be delivered to the Investors pursuant hereto; provided that such information shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such information has been posted on Company’s website on the Internet at https://www.doordash.com (or any new address identified by the Company) or at http://www.sec.gov;

(v) within a reasonable period of time following any request in writing (including any electronic message) therefor, it shall furnish information and documentation reasonably requested by any Investor for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act;

(vi) if any Subsidiary has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, concurrently with each delivery of financial statements under clause (i) or (ii) above, it shall furnish financial statements (in substantially the same form as the financial statements delivered pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above) prepared on the basis of consolidating the accounts of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and treating any Unrestricted Subsidiaries as if they were not consolidated with Company and otherwise eliminating all accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, together with an explanation of reconciliation adjustments in reasonable detail; and

(vii) until the principal of and interest on the Notes and all fees payable thereunder have been paid in full, the Company covenants and agrees with each Investor that the Company shall deliver to such Investor: (a) within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an annual budget of the Company for upcoming fiscal year, prepared on a quarterly basis (beginning with an annual budget for the fiscal year of the Company ending December 31, 2020 to be delivered by April 1, 2020); and (b) within 30 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company in which the Company is required to deliver an annual budget pursuant to clause (a), an updated budget of the Company prepared on a quarterly basis for the remaining fiscal quarters with a comparison of the previously budgeted

 

-20-


numbers against the actual results of the most recently completed fiscal quarter. Notwithstanding anything else in this paragraph to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in Section 7(a)(vii) beginning on the date that is 90 days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of public filing of a registration statement in connection with a Public Company Event; provided further, that the Company’s covenants under this Section 7(a)(vii) shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

Information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) or Section 7(a)(ii) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which Company posts such information, or provides a link thereto on Company’s website on the Internet at https://www.doordash.com (or any new address identified by Company) or at http://www.sec.gov; or (ii) on which such information is posted on Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Investors have been granted access.

(b) Notices of Material Events. Company will furnish to the Investors prompt written notice of the following:

(i) the occurrence of any Default;

(ii) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting Company or any Subsidiary of Company thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(iii) any other development that becomes known to any officer of Company or any of its Subsidiaries that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer or other executive officer of Company setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

(c) Existence; Conduct of Business. Company will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 8(c) and (ii) none of Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve, renew or keep in full force and effect its rights, licenses, permits, privileges or franchises where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Payment of Taxes. Company will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay all Tax liabilities, including all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or upon any properties belonging to it that, if not paid, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, and all lawful claims other than Tax liabilities which, if unpaid, would become a Lien upon any properties of Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under Section 8(b), in both cases except where (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (ii) to the extent required by GAAP, Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of Company has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

 

-21-


(e) Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. Company will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (i) keep and maintain all property used in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty events excepted, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or through self-insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

(f) Books and Records; Inspection Rights. Company will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which entries full, true and correct in all material respects are made and are sufficient to prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Company will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Required Investors, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants (provided that Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be afforded the opportunity to participate in any discussions with such independent accountants), all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested (but no more than once annually if no Event of Default exists). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, none of Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Investors (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by applicable law or any third party consent legally binding on Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) is subject to attorney, client or similar privilege or constitutes or includes attorney work-product.

(g) ERISA-Related Information. The Company shall supply to the Investors: (i) if requested by the Required Investors, within 30 days of such request, a copy of IRS Form 5500 (including schedules thereto) in respect of a Plan with Unfunded Pension Liabilities, and (ii) promptly and in any event within 30 days after a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event has occurred that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of a Financial Officer of Company describing such ERISA Event and the action, if any, proposed to be taken with respect to such ERISA Event and a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC, the IRS or Department of Labor pertaining to such ERISA Event and any notices received by such Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or any other governmental agency with respect thereto; provided that, in the case of ERISA Events under paragraph (d) of the definition thereof, the 30-day period set forth above shall be a 10-day period, and, in the case of ERISA Events under paragraph (b) of the definition thereof, in no event shall notice be given later than the occurrence of the ERISA Event; (iii) promptly, and in any event within 30 days, after becoming aware that there has been (A) a material increase in aggregate Unfunded Pension Liabilities under all Plans (taking into account only Pension Plans with positive Unfunded Pension Liabilities) since the date the representations hereunder are given or deemed given, or from any prior notice, as applicable; (B) the existence of potential withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, if the Credit Parties and the ERISA Affiliates were to withdraw completely from any and all Multiemployer Plans that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (C) the adoption of, or the commencement of contributions to, any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA by a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (D) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA which results in a material increase in contribution obligations of a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate, a detailed written description thereof from a senior Financial Officer of Company; and (iv) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 10 days, notice if, at any time after the Closing Date, a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate maintains, or contributes to (or incurs an obligation to contribute to), a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan to which such party did not maintain or contribute to prior to the Closing Date.

 

-22-


(h) Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Company will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Company will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by Company, its Subsidiaries and its and their respective directors, officers, and employees of the foregoing with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

(i) Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the issuance of the Notes will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including for stock repurchases under stock repurchase programs approved by the Company and permitted under this Agreement and for Acquisitions. No part of the proceeds of the sale of any Note will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X. The Company will not use the proceeds of any sale of Notes, (A) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, to the extent such activities, business or transaction would be prohibited by Sanctions, or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

(j) Further Assurances. Subject to the limitations set forth in any Transaction Document, each Credit Party shall take such actions as the Required Investors may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are guaranteed by the Guarantors.

(k) Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(i) The Board of Directors or chief financial officer of Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company, including a newly acquired or created Subsidiary of Company, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it meets the following qualifications:

(A) such Subsidiary does not own any Equity Interest of Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Company;

(B) Company would be permitted to make an Investment at the time of the designation in an amount equal to the aggregate fair market value (as determined by the Company in good faith) of all Investments of Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary (valued at Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportional share of the fair market value (as determined by the Company in good faith) of such Subsidiary’s assets less liabilities);

(C) any Guarantee or other credit support thereof by Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company is permitted under Section 8(a) or Section 8(g);

(D) neither Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of Company has any obligation to subscribe for additional Equity Interests of such Subsidiary or to maintain or preserve its financial condition or cause it to achieve specified levels of operating results except to the extent permitted by Section 8(a) or Section 8(g);

 

-23-


(E) immediately before and after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such designation; and

(F) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “restricted subsidiary” or a “guarantor” (or any similar designation) for any other Indebtedness of Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Company.

Once so designated, the Subsidiary will remain an Unrestricted Subsidiary, subject to subsection (ii).

(ii) A Subsidiary previously designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary which fails to meet the qualifications set forth in subsections (i)(A), (i)(C), (i)(D) or (i)(F) of this Section 7(k) will be deemed to become at that time a Restricted Subsidiary, subject to the consequences set forth in subsection (iv) of Section 7(k).

(iii) The Board of Directors of Company may designate an Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if no Event of Default exists at the time of the designation and the designation would not cause an Event of Default.

(iv) Upon a Restricted Subsidiary becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

(A) all existing Investments of Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Company therein (valued at Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportional share of the fair market value of its assets less liabilities) will be deemed made at that time;

(B) all existing Equity Interest or Indebtedness of Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Company held by it will be deemed issued or incurred, as applicable, at that time, and all Liens on property of Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Company securing its obligations will be deemed incurred at that time;

(C) all existing transactions between it and Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company will be deemed entered into at that time;

(D) it will be released at that time from its Guaranty; and

(E) it will cease to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(v) Upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming, or being deemed to become, a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7(k)(ii),

(A) all of its Indebtedness and Liens will be deemed incurred at that time for purposes of Section 8(a) and Section 8(g), as applicable;

(B) all Investments therein previously charged under Section 8(g) will be credited thereunder;

(C) it shall be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 8(i) if required thereunder; and

 

-24-


(D) it will be subject to the provisions of this Agreement as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(vi) Any designation by the Board of Directors or chief financial officer of Company of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date will be evidenced to the Investors by promptly filing with the Investors a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors giving effect to the designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that the designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

(l) Investor Calls. Prior to an IPO, the Company shall conduct a quarterly telephonic meeting that the Investors may attend to discuss the financial condition and results of operations of the Company, including a discussion of enterprise- and industry-level topics that were relevant to the Company during the applicable period, for the most recently ended fiscal year or fiscal quarter, as applicable, for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) or (ii) above, at a date and time as soon as reasonably practicable after each date that financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) or (ii) above to be determined by the Company with reasonable advance notice to the Investors. Notwithstanding anything else in this paragraph to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 7(l) beginning on the date that is 90 days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of public filing of a registration statement in connection with a Public Company Event; provided further, that the Company’s covenants under this Section 7(l) shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

8. Negative Covenants. Until the Initial Conversion Date shall have occurred or the principal of and interest on each Note and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Company covenants and agrees with the Investors that:

(a) Indebtedness. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur or assume, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:

(i) (A) the Obligations and (B) Indebtedness under any Revolving Credit Facility and Incremental Equivalent Debt in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $300,000,000 (plus $100,000,000 of Available Incremental Amount and/or Incremental Equivalent Debt (as defined in the Credit Agreement) at any time after an IPO);

(ii) Indebtedness of Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof, the greater of (x) $200,000,000 and (y) 20% of Consolidated Total Assets of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 2(p) or Section 7(a)(i) or (ii) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis; provided that any such Indebtedness shall be secured only by the asset (including all accessions, attachments, improvements and the proceeds thereof) acquired, constructed or improved in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(iii) Indebtedness of any Credit Party in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed, at the time of incurrence, the sum of (1) $650,000,000 (inclusive of the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance (as defined in the Notes) of the Notes), plus (2) an amount such that, after giving effect to the incurrence of such amount (an “Incurrence Event”), the Senior Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 2.5 to 1.0 for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial

 

-25-


statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) or (ii) or Section 2(p) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis (without giving effect to any substantially simultaneous incurrence of Indebtedness made pursuant to any Revolving Credit Facility or, without duplication, Incremental Equivalent Debt); provided, that the Company may elect to use clause (1) or clause (2) above, and if both clause (1) and clause (2) are available, unless otherwise elected by the Company, then the Company will be deemed to have elected to use clause (1) above first; provided, further, that if the Company incurs Indebtedness under clause (2) or reclassifies any Indebtedness under clause (2), the Company shall use the proceeds of such incurrence or the reclassified amount to immediately prepay, (x) if the Notes are outstanding, all or a portion of the Notes (ratably among the Investors) pursuant to Section 5(b) of the Notes, or (y) if the New Notes are outstanding, all or a portion New Notes (ratably among the Investors) in an amount equal to the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance (as defined in the New Notes) of the New Notes being prepaid, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon;

(iv) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary to Company or to any other Restricted Subsidiary, or of Company to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that all such Indebtedness owing by a Credit Party to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor shall be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations;

(v) Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any Guarantees, performance, statutory or similar obligations (including in connection with workers’ compensation) or obligations in respect of letters of credit, surety bonds, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business, or pursuant to any appeal obligation, appeal bond or letter of credit in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

(vi) Indebtedness in connection with cash management or custodial agreements, netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise similarly in connection with deposit accounts and Indebtedness in connection with credit card, debit card or other similar cards or payment processing services;

(vii) Guarantees by Company of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of Company or Guarantees by a Restricted Subsidiary of Company of Indebtedness of Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of Company with respect, in each case, to Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 8(a); provided that if the Indebtedness that is being guarantied is unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations, the Guarantee shall also be unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations;

(viii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and described in Schedule 8(a) to the Disclosure Letter;

(ix) obligations under any Swap Agreement, provided, that with respect to obligations other than obligations under a Permitted Call Spread Transaction, such obligations are entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from floating to fixed rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company, or to hedge currency exposure or to hedge energy costs or exposure, which, in any case, are not entered into for speculative purposes; and

(x) other Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of Company that are not Credit Parties in an aggregate principal outstanding amount not to exceed $25,000,000; provided that any such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company that is a Guarantor.

 

-26-


(b) Liens. Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it except:

(i) Permitted Encumbrances and Liens securing obligations under any Revolving Credit Facility (provided that the Notes, and, in the case of a Guarantor, such Guarantor’s guarantee of the Notes, as applicable, are secured with Liens that are pari passu with the Liens then securing the Revolving Credit Facility);

(ii) any Lien on any property or asset of Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 8(b) to the Disclosure Letter (provided that Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of less than $250,000 individually and $2,500,000 in the aggregate do not need to be set forth in Schedule 8(b) to the Disclosure Letter to be permitted Liens under this clause (ii)) and any modifications, renewals and extensions thereof and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that (A) such replacement, renewal or extension Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than (y) improvements thereon or proceeds thereof and (z) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (B) the obligations secured or benefited by such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien are permitted by Section 8(a);

(iii) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Company (other than pursuant to a redesignation or deemed redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary as provided in Section 7(k)), in each case after the Closing Date and prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Company and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (A) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Company, as the case may be, (B) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Company (other than any replacements of such property or assets and additions and accessions thereto, the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require or include, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), (C) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Company, as the case may be, and extensions, renewals, replacements and refinancings thereof so long as the principal amount of such extensions, renewals and replacements does not exceed the principal amount of the obligations being extended, renewed or replaced, and (D) if such Liens secure Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 8(a);

(iv) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company; provided that (A) such Liens secure Indebtedness that is permitted by Section 8(a), (B) such Liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are initially incurred prior to or within 180 days after the acquisition or the completion of the construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, (C) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and customary related expenses, and (D) such Liens shall not apply to any other property or assets of Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company other than additions, accessions, parts, attachments or improvements on or proceeds of such fixed or capital assets; provided that clause (B) shall not apply to any refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement thereof;

 

-27-


(v) easements, licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others not otherwise interfering in any material respect with the business of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole provided, that no exclusive license or sublicense shall transfer all or substantially all of the economic value of Company’s material Intellectual Property on a global basis or within the United States, it being understood that the foregoing limitation shall specifically not prevent exclusive licenses and sublicenses (A) with respect to specific geographic areas outside of the United States, (B) for specific fields of use outside the existing platform of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (C) for specific business fields not interfering in any material respect with the existing business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (D) of Intellectual Property conceived, developed or reduced to practice in connection with a specific commercial relationship;

(vi) the interest and title of a lessor under any lease, license, sublease or sublicense entered into by Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company in the ordinary course of its business and other statutory and common law landlords’ Liens under leases;

(vii) in connection with the sale or transfer of any assets in a transaction not prohibited hereunder, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

(viii) [reserved];

(ix) Liens securing Indebtedness to finance insurance premiums owing in the ordinary course of business to the extent such financing is not prohibited hereunder;

(x) Liens on earnest money deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents or Marketable Securities made in connection with any Acquisition not prohibited hereunder;

(xi) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and cash equivalents or other securities on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks, securities intermediaries or other depository institutions with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to institutions with respect to cash management operating account arrangements and similar arrangements;

(xii) Liens in the nature of the right of setoff in favor of counterparties to contractual agreements not otherwise prohibited hereunder with Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xiii) Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to any Transaction Document;

(xiv) other Liens; provided that, at the time of incurrence of the obligations secured thereby, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of obligations secured by Liens in reliance on this clause (xiv) does not exceed the greater of (A) $50,000,000 and (B) 5% of Consolidated Total Assets of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 2(p) or Section 7(a)(ii) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis;

(xv) [reserved];

 

-28-


(xvi) Liens (A) on cash advances or escrow deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 8(g) to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or otherwise in connection with any escrow arrangements with respect to any such Investment or any disposition (including any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to such Investment or disposition), or (B) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a disposition, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(xvii) Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary and Liens granted by a Credit Party in favor of any other Credit Party;

(xviii) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(xix) Receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof;

(xx) Liens on cash or Investments permitted under Section 8(g) securing Swap Agreements in the ordinary course of business submitted for clearing in accordance with applicable law; and

(xxi) customary Liens granted in favor of a trustee to secure fees and other amounts owing to such trustee under an indenture or other agreement pursuant to Indebtedness not prohibited under this Agreement.

(c) Fundamental Changes. Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of Company to, (A) merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, (B) sell, transfer, lease, enter into any sale-leaseback transactions with respect to, exclusively license or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or (C) liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(i) any Subsidiary of Company (other than the Company) or any other Person may merge into or consolidate with the Company in a transaction in which the surviving entity is (x) the Company or (y) a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, which corporation shall expressly assume, by a written instrument, all the Obligations of the Company under the Transaction Documents;

(ii) any Person (other than the Company) may merge into or consolidate with any Restricted Subsidiary of Company (other than the Company) in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Restricted Subsidiary (provided that any such merger or consolidation involving a Guarantor must result in a Guarantor as the surviving entity);

(iii) any Credit Party may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to any other Credit Party, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to any Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

-29-


(iv) in connection with any Acquisition, any Restricted Subsidiary of Company (other than the Company) may merge into or with, or consolidate with any other Person, and any other Person may merge into such Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Person surviving such merger or consolidation shall be a Restricted Subsidiary (provided that any such merger or consolidation involving a Guarantor must result in a Guarantor as the surviving entity);

(v) any Restricted Subsidiary of Company (other than the Company) may merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or have any other Person merge into or consolidate with it, in a transaction in which such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Company if such transaction is also permitted by clauses (ix) or (x) below;

(vi) any Restricted Subsidiary of Company (other than the Company) may liquidate or dissolve if the Company determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Company and is not materially disadvantageous to the Investors;

(vii) [reserved];

(viii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may sell or transfer Equity Interests owned by such Restricted Subsidiary to any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or to any Credit Party;

(ix) Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may dispose of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired in connection with (or owned by a Person that is acquired in connection with) an Acquisition for the fair market value thereof (as determined in good faith by the Company);

(x) Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, transfer or dispose of the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary owned by such Person for fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company); provided that (A) Company is in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 8(h) hereof on a Pro Forma Basis, (B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (C) the sum of (1) the aggregate consideration received or to be received in respect of such sale, transfer or disposition plus (2) the aggregate consideration received or to be received in respect of all other dispositions effected in reliance on this clause prior to or concurrently with such disposition shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Assets of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of such disposition; provided, however, that the sale, transfer or disposition of the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary acquired, or holding primarily assets acquired, after August 1, 2019 shall be excluded from the requirements of and calculations with respect to this clause (C); and

(xi) any Foreign Subsidiary may sell or transfer Equity Interests owned by such Foreign Subsidiary to a Credit Party or another Foreign Subsidiary.

(d) Restricted Payments. Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(i) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000 in any 12-month period and $200,000,000 (less any amounts previously utilized) in the aggregate at any time from the date of this Agreement until the Maturity Date;

(ii) any Restricted Subsidiary of Company may declare and pay dividends or make other Restricted Payments ratably to (A) its equity holders, (B) the Company or (C) any Guarantor;

 

-30-


(iii) Company may make Restricted Payments to redeem in whole or in part any of its Equity Interests (including Disqualified Equity Interests) for another class of its Equity Interests or rights to acquire its Equity Interests (other than, in each case, Disqualified Equity Interests) or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests); provided that the only consideration paid for any such redemption is Equity Interests of Company or the proceeds of any substantially concurrent equity contribution or issuance of Equity Interest (other than, in each case, Disqualified Equity Interests);

(iv) Restricted Payments made in connection with equity compensation that consist solely of the withholding of shares to any employee (or other provider of services) in an amount equal to the employee’s (or other provider of services’) tax obligation on such compensation and the payment in cash to the applicable Governmental Authority of an amount equal to such tax obligation;

(v) Company may declare and make dividends payable solely in additional shares of Company’s Qualified Equity Interests and may exchange Equity Interests for its Qualified Equity Interests;

(vi) following a Qualified Public Company Event, Company may make any Restricted Payment that has been declared by it, so long as (A) such Restricted Payment would be otherwise permitted under clause (i) or clause (xii) of this Section 8(d) at the time so declared and (B) such Restricted Payment is made within 60 days of such declaration;

(vii) following an IPO, Company may repurchase Equity Interests pursuant to any accelerated stock repurchase or similar agreement; provided that the payment made by Company with respect to such repurchase would be otherwise permitted under clause (i) of this Section 8(d) at the time such agreement is entered into and at the time such payment is made;

(viii) [reserved];

(ix) [reserved];

(x) Company may (A) repurchase fractional shares of its Equity Interests arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations, business combinations or conversions of convertible securities, exercises of warrants or options, or settlements of restricted stock units or (B) “net exercise” or “net share settle” warrants or options;

(xi) the receipt or acceptance by Company or any Subsidiary of Company of the return of Equity Interests issued by Company or any Subsidiary of Company to the seller of a Person, business or division as consideration for the purchase of such Person, business or division, which return is in settlement of indemnification claims owed by such seller in connection with such acquisition;

(xii) following a Qualified Public Company Event, Company may make Restricted Payments of no greater than 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company in such Qualified Public Company Event; provided that immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(xiii) Company may make any payments of cash or deliveries in shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock) (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) pursuant to the terms of, and otherwise perform its obligations under, any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness (including, without limitation, making payments of interest and principal thereon, making payments due upon required repurchase thereof and/or making payments and deliveries upon conversion or settlement thereof); provided such Permitted Convertible Indebtedness is permitted under Section 8(a); and

 

-31-


(xiv) Company may pay the premium in respect of, make any payments (of cash or deliveries in shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares)) required by, and otherwise perform its obligations under, any Permitted Call Spread Transaction, including in connection with any settlement, unwind or termination thereof; provided such Permitted Call Spread Transaction is permitted under Section 8(a).

(e) Restrictive Agreements. Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (i) the ability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the Obligations, (ii) [reserved], or (iii) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of Company to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary of Company to Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Company under the Transaction Documents; provided that (A) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (B) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the Closing Date identified on Schedule 8(e) to the Disclosure Letter (and shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification materially expanding the scope of, any such restrictions or conditions taken as a whole), (C) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Restricted Subsidiary of Company or assets of Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company pending such sale; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary or assets to be sold and such sale is not prohibited hereunder, (D) the foregoing shall not apply to any agreement or restriction or condition in effect at the time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Company, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Company, (E) the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to Joint Ventures, (F) clause (i) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Incremental Equivalent Debt or any other secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (G) clause (i) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, licenses, sub-leases and sub-licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof or restricting the grant of Liens in such lease, license, sub-lease, sub-license or other contract, (H) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions set forth in any agreement governing any other Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 8(a); provided that such restrictions and conditions are customary for such Indebtedness as determined in the good faith judgment of Company, and (I) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions on cash or other deposits (including escrowed funds) imposed under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

(f) Transactions with Affiliates. Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates (other than between or among Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not involving any other Affiliate, or as otherwise permitted hereunder, including as a Permitted IP Transfer), except (i) on terms and conditions not less favorable to Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties as determined in good faith by the independent directors of the Board of Directors of Company, (ii) payment of customary directors’ fees, customary out-of-pocket expense

 

-32-


reimbursement, indemnities (including the provision of directors and officers insurance) and compensation arrangements for members of the board of directors, officers, employees or other providers of services of Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) any transaction involving amounts less than $500,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year, and (iv) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 8(d).

(g) Investments. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including any Joint Venture, except:

(i) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities;

(ii) Investments (including intercompany loans) in Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company;

(iii) other Investments (including Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures); provided that, at the time any such Investment is made,

(A) such Investment does not exceed an aggregate amount equal to (1) the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 5% of Consolidated Total Assets of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) or (ii) or Section 2(p) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, plus (2) any return of capital from previous Investments made under subclause (A)(1), less (3) any amount previously utilized under subclauses (A)(1) and (A)(2), or

(B) such Investment is an Investment in a Joint Venture with a non-affiliate (including a Joint Venture that is minority-owned or majority-owned and including one structured as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) and such Investment does not exceed an aggregate amount equal to (1) the greater of (x) $250,000,000 and (y) 20% of Consolidated Total Assets of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) or (ii) or Section 2(p) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, plus (2) any return of capital from previous investments made under this subclause (B), less (3) any amounts previously utilized under subclauses (B)(1) and (B)(2); provided that (x) the equity of any such Joint Venture shall be held directly by the Company or a Guarantor, and (y) any such Joint Venture shall not have or incur any Indebtedness other than a de minimus amount;

provided that, amounts available under clause (iii)(A) may also be utilized for an Investment under clause (iii)(B) as designated by Company;

(iv) loans and advances to employees or other providers of services of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000;

(v) Investments described in Schedule 8(g) to the Disclosure Letter;

(vi) Swap Agreements which constitute Investments;

(vii) trade receivables in the ordinary course of business;

 

-33-


(viii) guarantees to insurers required in connection with worker’s compensation and other insurance coverage arranged in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(x) intercompany Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary in any other Foreign Subsidiary;

(xi) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(xii) Investments of any Person in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided such Investment was not made in connection with or anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(xiii) the purchase of any Permitted Call Spread Transaction by Company and the performance of its obligations thereunder; provided that such Permitted Call Spread Transaction is permitted under Section 8(a).

For purposes of covenant compliance with this Section 8(g), the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, less any amount paid, repaid, returned, distributed or otherwise received in cash in respect of such Investment.

(h) Financial Covenant. Company will not permit the aggregate amount of Liquidity, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, to be less than $250,000,000.

(i) Limitation on Guarantees. The Company shall not permit any Person to become a guarantor with respect to any Revolving Credit Facility or Material Capital Markets Indebtedness unless such Person substantially concurrently becomes a Guarantor under this Agreement by executing and delivering a Counterpart Agreement.

9. Guaranty.

(a) Guaranty of the Obligations. The Guarantors jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)) (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”); provided that the Guaranteed Obligations of the Company in its capacity as a Guarantor shall exclude any Direct Company Obligations.

(b) Payment by Guarantors. The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Beneficiary may have at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, that upon the failure of the Company or any other Guarantor to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise, Guarantors will upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, ratably to the Beneficiaries, an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal amount of all Guaranteed Obligations then due as aforesaid, accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed

 

-34-


Obligations (including interest which, but for the Company’s becoming the subject of a case under the Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against the Company for such interest in the related bankruptcy case) and all other Guaranteed Obligations then owed to the Beneficiaries as aforesaid.

(c) Liability of Guarantors Absolute. Each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor or surety other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

(i) this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectability and this Guaranty is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety;

(ii) the Credit Party may enforce this Guaranty during the continuation of an Event of Default notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between the Company and any Beneficiary with respect to the existence of such Event of Default;

(iii) the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Company and the obligations of any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the obligations of the Company, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against such Guarantor whether or not any action is brought against the Company, any such other guarantor or any other Person and whether or not the Company, any such other guarantor or any other Person is joined in any such action or actions;

(iv) payment by any Guarantor of a portion, but not all, of the Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge any Guarantor’s liability for any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which has not been paid. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Beneficiaries are awarded a judgment in any suit brought to enforce any Guarantor’s covenant to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations, such judgment shall not be deemed to release such Guarantor from its covenant to pay the portion of the Guaranteed Obligations that is not the subject of such suit, and such judgment shall not, except to the extent satisfied by such Guarantor, limit, affect, modify or abridge any other Guarantor’s liability hereunder in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(v) any Beneficiary, upon such terms as it deems appropriate under the relevant Transaction Document, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability hereof or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of any Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time may (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations; (iii) request and accept other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations and take and hold security for the payment hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute, compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person (including any other Guarantor) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) enforce and apply any security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of such Beneficiary in respect hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, or exercise any other right or remedy that such Beneficiary may have against any such security, in each case as such Beneficiary in its discretion may determine consistent herewith and any applicable security

 

-35-


agreement, including foreclosure on any such security pursuant to one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable, and even though such action operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of any Guarantor against any other Credit Party or any security for the Guaranteed Obligations; and (vi) exercise any other rights available to it under the Transaction Documents; and

(vi) this Guaranty and the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason (other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made)), including the occurrence of any of the following, whether or not any Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them: (i) any failure or omission to assert or enforce or agreement or election not to assert or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy (whether arising under the Transaction Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of or security for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions (including provisions relating to events of default) hereof, any of the other Transaction Documents or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty or security for the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case whether or not in accordance with the terms hereof or such Transaction Document or any agreement relating to such other guaranty or security; (iii) the Guaranteed Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect; (iv) the application of payments received from any source (other than payments received pursuant to the other Transaction Documents or from the proceeds of any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, except to the extent such security also serves as collateral for indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations) to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations, even though any Beneficiary might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) the change, reorganization or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and to any corresponding restructuring of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not consented to by any Beneficiary; (vi) any failure to perfect or continue perfection of a security interest in any collateral which secures any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vii) any defenses, set offs or counterclaims which the Company or any other Person may allege or assert against any Beneficiary in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, including failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, accord and satisfaction and usury; and (viii) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor in respect of its Guaranty shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations under this Agreement subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or any comparable provisions of any similar federal or state law; provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply to the Company with respect to its Direct Company Obligations.

(d) Waivers by Guarantors. Each Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of the Beneficiaries: (a) any right to require any Beneficiary, as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (1) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (2) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (3) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Beneficiary in favor of any Credit Party or any other Person, or (4) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Beneficiary whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason

 

-36-


of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Company or any other Guarantor including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Company or any other Guarantor from any cause other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Beneficiary’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms hereof and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) any rights to set offs, recoupments and counterclaims, (iii) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto, and (iv) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance hereof, notices of default hereunder or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to the Company and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 9(c) and any right to consent to any thereof; and (f) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms hereof, in each case other than the indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(e) Guarantors Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc. Until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made), each Guarantor hereby waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Company or any other Guarantor or any of its assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise and including, (i) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Company with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Beneficiary now has or may hereafter have against the Company, and (iii) any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any collateral or security now or hereafter held by any Beneficiary. In addition, until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made), each Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution such Guarantor may have against any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against the Company or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights any Beneficiary may have against the Company, to all right, title and interest any Beneficiary may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right any Beneficiary may have against such other guarantor. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of any such subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights at any time when all Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held in trust for the Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to Beneficiaries to be credited and applied ratably against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

-37-


(f) Subordination of Other Obligations. Any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor now or hereafter held by any Guarantor (the “Obligee Guarantor”) is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations, and any such Indebtedness collected or received by the Obligee Guarantor after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall be held in trust for the Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to the Beneficiaries to be ratably credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations but without affecting, impairing or limiting in any manner the liability of the Obligee Guarantor under any other provision hereof.

(g) Continuing Guaranty. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall have been paid in full. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guaranteed Obligations.

(h) Authority of Guarantors or the Company. It is not necessary for any Beneficiary to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guarantor or the Company or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

(i) Financial Condition of the Company. Any Note may be sold by the Company, in each case without notice to or authorization from any Guarantor regardless of the financial or other condition of the Company or any other Credit Party at the time of any such grant or continuation, as the case may be. No Beneficiary shall have any obligation to disclose or discuss with any Guarantor its assessment, or any Guarantor’s assessment, of the financial condition of the Company or any other Credit Party. Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from the Company and the other Credit Parties on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of the Company and the other Credit Parties and their respective ability to perform their obligations under the Transaction Documents, and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of the Company and each other Credit Party and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Beneficiary to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operations or conditions of the Company or any other Credit Party now known or hereafter known by any Beneficiary.

(j) Bankruptcy, Etc.

(i) So long as any Guaranteed Obligations remain outstanding, no Guarantor shall, without the prior written consent of the Required Investors, commence or join with any other Person in commencing any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency case or proceeding of or against the Company or any other Credit Party. The obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be reduced, limited, impaired, discharged, deferred, suspended or terminated by any case or proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation or arrangement of the Company or any other Credit Party or by any defense which the Company or any other Credit Party may have by reason of the order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding.

(ii) Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that any interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding referred to in clause (a) above (or, if interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of such case or proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guaranteed Obligations if such case or proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guaranteed Obligations because it is the intention of Guarantors and the Beneficiaries that the Guaranteed Obligations which are guaranteed by Guarantors pursuant hereto should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order which may relieve the Company or any other Credit Party of any portion of such Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantors will permit any trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person to pay the Investors in respect of, any such interest accruing after the date on which such case or proceeding is commenced.

 

-38-


In the event that all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid by the Company, Company or any Subsidiary of Company, the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payment(s) are rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from any Beneficiary as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments which are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guaranteed Obligations for all purposes hereunder

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement and the Notes may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Required Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall without the affected Investor’s written consent: (i) reduce the principal amount of or change the Maturity Date of any Note, (ii) reduce the rate of or change the stated time for payment of interest of any Note, (iii) make any change that adversely affects the conversion rights of any Note, (iv) reduce the Floor Price of any Note or amend or modify in any manner adverse to the rights of the affected Investor the Company’s obligation to make such payment, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise, (v) make any Note payable in a currency other than that stated in such Note, (vi) change the ranking of any Note in any manner adverse to the rights of the affected Investor, (vii) modify in a manner adverse to the rights of any Investor the provisions related to the redemption of any Note, (viii) impair the right of any Investor to receive payment on, or with respect to, or delivery or payment due upon the conversion of, any Note or impair the right to initiate suit for the enforcement of any delivery or payment on, or with respect to, or due upon the conversion of, any Note, (ix) modify any Transaction Document in a manner that disproportionately adversely affects any Investor; provided, that treating all Investors in the same manner shall be deemed not to disproportionately adversely affect any Investor; or (x) waive compliance with or modify this Section 10(a) or Section 10(n) in a manner adverse to any Investor. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the parties hereto.

(b) Governing Law. This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of New York or of any other state.

(c) Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

(d) Successors and Assigns. Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in Sections 10(g) and the Notes, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Investors shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties. In connection with any assignment or transfer of the Notes by an Investor in accordance with the terms of the Notes, the Company shall update Schedule I to reflect such assignment or transfer.

(e) Dispute Resolution. In the event of a dispute between an Investor and the Company arising from or relating to this Agreement or the Transaction Documents (or any of the discussions or negotiations relating hereto) or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or otherwise involving or relating to the Company’s securities (“Claim”), a written notice of Claim (“Claim Notice”) must be provided to the party against whom the Claim is asserted. The Claim Notice must describe the nature and basis of the Claim and state the specific amount or other relief demanded. Following receipt of the Claim Notice, the parties shall endeavor to resolve the Claim informally. If the Claim cannot be resolved informally within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Claim Notice, the Claim shall be finally and exclusively settled by arbitration in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, New York, in accordance with the Arbitration

 

-39-


Rules and Procedures of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”) then in effect (“JAMS Rules”), by one commercial arbitrator with substantial experience in resolving complex commercial contract disputes and in the technology industry, who may or may not be selected from the appropriate list of JAMS arbitrators. Any Claim will be arbitrated on an individual basis. There will be no right or authority for any Claim to be arbitrated on a class action basis or on bases involving claims brought in a purported representative capacity on behalf of other of the Company’s securityholders or potential securityholders or other persons similarly situated. The arbitrator’s authority is limited to Claims between such Investor and the Company alone. Claims may not be joined or consolidated. An arbitration award and any judgment confirming it will apply only to the specific case and cannot be used in any other case except to enforce the award. Except with respect to the Company’s rights set forth in the last sentence of this Section 10(e), any emergency relief, preliminary injunctive relief and/or expedition related to any Claim must be sought under the applicable JAMS Rules then in effect (presently addressed in Rules 2.0(c), 16.1, 16.2 and 24). The arbitrator shall have the authority to grant injunctive relief and specific performance. The prevailing party shall be entitled to receive reimbursement of its reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees and other expenses, including arbitration-specific fees). Judgment may be enforced exclusively in the United States Federal Courts located in the Southern District of New York. The parties expressly (a) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising from or relating to this Agreement (or any of the discussions or negotiations relating hereto) or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise involving or relating to the Company’s securities, except in arbitration (or, as necessary, to enforce an arbitration award) in accordance with the terms set forth herein; provided, however, that this clause (a) shall in no way limit or restrict the Company’s rights set forth in the last sentence of this Section 10(e), (b) waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such arbitration, suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the arbitral forum (or, in the case of enforcement of an arbitral award, the above-named courts), that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the arbitration, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the arbitration, suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement, the Transaction Documents or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such arbitral forum or court, and (c) waive to the fullest extent permitted by law their right to a trial by jury. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to enforce the terms of this Section 10(e) and Section 10(k) in the arbitral forum, the United States Federal Courts located in the Southern District of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York. Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary contained herein, this Section 10(e) shall not limit any Investor’s right to initiate suit for the enforcement of any delivery or payment on, or with respect to, or due upon the conversion of, any Note, and shall not require arbitration with respect to such matter.

(f) Tax Matters. For all U.S. federal and relevant state or local tax purposes, except as otherwise required by a tax authority or change in applicable law, the parties hereto shall treat the Notes as convertible debt and not contingent payment debt instruments, treat the accrual of interest as not constituting “contingent interest” within the meaning of Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of the Code, and file all relevant tax returns consistently with the foregoing.

(g) Assignment by the Company. The rights, interests or obligations hereunder may not be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of the Required Investors.

(h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the other Transaction Documents constitute and contain the entire agreement among the Company and the Investors and supersede any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

-40-


(i) Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to an Investor, at such Investor’s address set forth in the Register (as defined in the Notes), or (ii) if to the Company, at the address set forth on the Company’s signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one Business Day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (iv) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

(j) Expenses. The Company will pay the reasonable costs and expenses of OR Tech Lending LLC relating to the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (including legal fees and expenses); provided, that such amount to be paid by the Company that is incurred on or prior to the date hereof shall not exceed $200,000.

(k) Confidentiality. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Investor shall have access to any trade secrets of the Company. Further, each Investor acknowledges and agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose (i) the existence of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and (ii) any business, technical, financial or other information or materials (whether written, oral or in any other form) provided to or learned by such Investor (whether by the Company or its advisors or other representatives) in connection with or pursuant to the preceding clause (i), together with all analyses, compilations, interpretations, notes, studies or other documents prepared by such Investor or its Permitted Disclosees (as defined below) which contain or otherwise reflect such information or materials or such Investor’s review of, or interest in, the Company or any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Confidential Information”), unless such Confidential Information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10(k) by such Investor) or (b) is required to be disclosed by law or a governmental authority; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose Confidential Information to officers, directors, members, Affiliates or limited partners or their respective general partners, employees and legal, tax and accounting advisors of such Investor who have a need to know such information for the purpose of monitoring and evaluating such Investor’s investment in the Company (and/or advising such Investor in connection with such purpose) and who have expressly agreed to treat such Confidential Information confidentially in accordance with this Agreement (collectively, the “Permitted Disclosees”). For the avoidance of doubt, such Investor shall not be permitted to disclose, divulge or use any Confidential Information to any Person (1) in connection with or to solicit any interest in any proposed sale, assignment, encumbrance, pledge, gift or other transfer or disposition of any kind of any of its Notes or any of such Investor’s rights held thereunder or (2) if such Person, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Board of Directors, carries on any business that is substantially similar to the Company’s business. Even where any disclosure, divulgence or use of any Confidential Information is permitted pursuant hereto, each Investor agrees that it will not export or re-export any Confidential Information except in compliance with all United States and other export control laws and regulations. Each Investor further agrees to protect and maintain, and to cause each Permitted Disclosee to protect and maintain, the confidentiality and security of, and to exercise the highest standard of care as it exercises to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or unauthorized use of its own proprietary information, which shall be no less than reasonable care, with respect to, the Confidential Information. Each Investor shall be liable for any disclosure or unauthorized use by the Permitted Disclosees or other representatives of such Investor in contravention of this Section 10(k), and shall take reasonably appropriate steps to safeguard the Confidential Information from disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft. Each Investor further agrees to notify the Company in writing of any actual or suspected misuse, misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of the Confidential Information, which may come to its attention. In the event that an Investor or any of its Permitted Disclosees receives a request or is required by a governmental authority to disclose all or any Confidential Information, such Investor or its Permitted

 

-41-


Disclosees, as the case may be, agree to (A) immediately notify the Company of the existence, terms and circumstances surrounding such request, (B) consult with the Company on the advisability of taking legally available steps to resist or narrow such request and (C) assist the Company in seeking a protective order or other appropriate remedy. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or that the Company waives compliance with the provisions hereof, such Investor or its Permitted Disclosees, as the case may be, may disclose to any governmental authority only that portion of the Confidential Information which such Investor is advised by counsel is legally required to be disclosed, and such Investor shall exercise its best efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information. Nothing in this Section 10(k) shall in any way limit or otherwise modify any confidentiality covenants entered into by any Investor pursuant to any other agreement entered into with the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company acknowledges and agrees that each Investor may disclose such information in respect of the Company and the Investor’s interest therein as is required under applicable securities laws, rules or regulations or rules of a national securities exchange. The Company consents in advance to such disclosure and any such disclosure shall not constitute a breach of this Section 10.

(l) Separability of Agreements; Severability of this Agreement. The Company’s agreement with each of the Investors is a separate agreement and the sale of the Notes to each of the Investors is a separate sale. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each Investor hereunder are several rights, not rights jointly held with any of the other Investors. Any invalidity, illegality or limitation on the enforceability of the Agreement or any part thereof, by any Investor whether arising by reason of the law of the respective Investor’s domicile or otherwise, shall in no way affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement with respect to other Investors. If any provision of this Agreement shall be judicially determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(m) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

(n) Payments for Consents. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, pay or cause to be paid, and no Investor shall, directly or indirectly, receive, any consideration (including via exchange offer), whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, as an inducement to any consent, waiver, exchange or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or the Notes or any of the documents related thereto unless such consideration is offered and paid to all Investors pro rata and the payment of such consideration is approved by the Required Investors.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

-42-


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

COMPANY:
DOORDASH, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Prabir Adarkar
Name:   Prabir Adarkar
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Address:    

 

GUARANTOR:
CAVIAR, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   /s/ Prabir Adarkar
Name:   Prabir Adarkar
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Address:    

[Signature page to DoorDash, Inc. Note Purchase Agreement]


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
OR TECH LENDING LLC
By:   /s/ Alexis Maged
  Name: Alexis Maged
  Title: Authorized Signatory
Address:

OR Tech Lending LLC

399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Matt Swatt

Email:

[Signature page to DoorDash, Inc. Note Purchase Agreement]


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
KING STREET CAPITAL, L.P.
By:  

King Street Capital Management, L.P.

Its Investment Manager

By:  

King Street Capital Management GP, L.L.C.

Its General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Jay Ryan
  Name: Jay Ryan
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
Address:
King Street Capital Management GP, L.C.C
299 Park Avenue, 40th Floor
New York, NY 10171
Attention: Randy Stuzin, Member and General Counsel
Telephone:
Email:

[Signature page to DoorDash, Inc. Note Purchase Agreement]


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
ATFORD RIDGE, LTD.
By:   /s/ Jay Ryan
  Name: Jay Ryan
  Title: Director

 

Address:
King Street Capital Management GP, L.C.C
299 Park Avenue, 40th Floor
New York, NY 10171
Attention: Randy Stuzin, Member and General Counsel
Telephone:
Email:

[Signature page to DoorDash, Inc. Note Purchase Agreement]


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS DEBT FUND IV LP
By: Benefit Street Partners Debt Fund IV GP LP, its general partner
By: Benefit Street Partners Debt Fund IV Ultimate GP Ltd., its general partner

 

By:   /s/ Ira Wishe
Name:   Ira Wishe
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature page to DoorDash, Inc. Note Purchase Agreement]


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA LM LP
By: Benefit Street Partners SMA LM GP L.P., its general partner
By: Benefit Street Partners SMA LM Ultimate GP LLC, its general partner

 

By:   /s/ Ira Wishe
Name:   Ira Wishe
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature page to DoorDash, Inc. Note Purchase Agreement]


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA-C II L.P.
By: Benefit Street Partners L.L.C. its investment advisor

 

By:   /s/ Ira Wishe
Name:   Ira Wishe
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature page to DoorDash, Inc. Note Purchase Agreement]


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA-K L.P.
By: Benefit Street Partners SMA-K GP L.P., its general partner
By: Benefit Street Partners SMA-K Ultimate GP LLC, its general partner

 

By:   /s/ Ira Wishe
Name:   Ira Wishe
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature page to DoorDash, Inc. Note Purchase Agreement]


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA

 

By:   /s/ Ira Wishe
Name:   Ira Wishe
Title:   Authorized Signer

[Signature page to DoorDash, Inc. Note Purchase Agreement]


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS DEBT FUND IV MASTER (NON-US) L.P.
By: Benefit Street Partners Debt Fund IV (Non-US) GP LP, its general partner
By: Benefit Street Partners Debt Fund IV Ultimate GP Ltd., its general partner

 

By:   /s/ Ira Wishe
Name:   Ira Wishe
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature page to DoorDash, Inc. Note Purchase Agreement]


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA-C CO-INVEST L.P.
By: SMA-C II GP Ltd., its general partner

 

By:   /s/ Ira Wishe
Name:   Ira Wishe
Title:   Authorized Signer

[Signature page to DoorDash, Inc. Note Purchase Agreement]


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR:
Petrus Yield Opportunity Fund, L.P.

 

By:   /s/ Jonathan Covin
  Name: Jonathan Covin
  Title: General Counsel

 

Address:
Petrus Yield Opportunity Fund, L.P.
3000 Turtle Creek Blvd.
Dallas, TX 75219
Attention: Jonathan Covin
Telephone:
Email:
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Haynes and Bonne, LLP
2323 Victory Avenue
Suite 700
Dallas, TX 75219
Attention: Taylor Wilson
Telephone:
Email:

[Signature page to DoorDash, Inc. Note Purchase Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Name and Address

  

Aggregate Principal Amount of Note

  

Purchase Price

OR TECH LENDING LLC

 

399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Matt Swatt

Email: 

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Latham & Watkins LLP

505 Montgomery Street

Suite 2000

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: Haim Zaltzman

Email:

  

$100,000,000

 

[Transferred to Owl Rock Technology Finance Corp., February 28, 2020]

   $98,300,000.00

OWL ROCK TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORP.

 

399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Matt Swatt

Email:

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Latham & Watkins LLP

505 Montgomery Street

Suite 2000

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: Haim Zaltzman

Email:

  

$100,000,000

 

[Transferred from OR Tech Lending LLC, February 28, 2020]

   $98,300,000.00


KING STREET CAPITAL, L.P.

 

King Street Capital Management GP, L.L.C

299 Park Avenue, 40th Floor

New York, NY 10171

Attention: Randy Stuzin, Member and General Counsel

Telephone:

Email:

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

2475 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attention: Daniel N. Webb

Telephone:

Email:

   $42,000,000    $41,370,000.00

ATFORD RIDGE, LTD.

 

King Street Capital Management GP, L.L.C

299 Park Avenue, 40th Floor

New York, NY 10171

Attention: Randy Stuzin, Member and General Counsel

Telephone:

Email:

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

2475 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attention: Daniel N. Webb

Telephone:

Email:

   $58,000,000    $57,130,000.00

BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS DEBT FUND IV L.P.

 

Mike Frick
Benefit Street Partners

399 Boylston Street, Floor 9

Boston, MA 02116

Telephone:
Email:
Fax:

   $22,610,000    $22,270,850.00


BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA LM L.P.

 

Mike Frick
Benefit Street Partners

399 Boylston Street, Floor 9

Boston, MA 02116

Telephone:
Email:
Fax:

   $1,325,000    $1,305,125.00

BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA-C II L.P.

 

Mike Frick
Benefit Street Partners

399 Boylston Street, Floor 9

Boston, MA 02116

Telephone:
Email:
Fax:

   $3,542,000    $3,488,870.00

BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA-K LP

 

Mike Frick
Benefit Street Partners

399 Boylston Street, Floor 9

Boston, MA 02116

Telephone:
Email:
Fax:

   $2,667,000    $2,626,995.00

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA

 

Mike Frick
Benefit Street Partners

399 Boylston Street, Floor 9

Boston, MA 02116

Telephone:
Email:
Fax:

   $22,525,000    $22,187,125.00


BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS DEBT FUND IV MASTER (NON-US) L.P.

 

Mike Frick
Benefit Street Partners

399 Boylston Street, Floor 9

Boston, MA 02116

Telephone:
Email:
Fax:

   $32,331,000    $31,846,035.00

BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA-C CO-INVEST L.P.

 

Mike Frick
Benefit Street Partners

399 Boylston Street, Floor 9

Boston, MA 02116

Telephone:
Email:
Fax:

   $15,000,000    $14,775,000.00

PETRUS YIELD OPPORTUNITY FUND, L.P.

 

3000 Turtle Creek Blvd.

Dallas, TX 75219

Attention: Jonathan Covin

Telephone:

Email:

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Haynes and Boone, LLP

2323 Victory Avenue

Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

Attention: Taylor Wilson

Telephone:

Email:

   $40,000,000    $39,400,000.00


APPENDIX 1

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

10% Convertible Notes” means the 10% Convertible Notes in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and issued hereunder.

Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the acquisition by Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person.

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Anti-Corruption Laws” means all applicable laws, rules and regulations concerning or relating to bribery, corruption or money laundering.

Bankruptcy Code” means Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time and any successor statute and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.“Beneficiary” means each holder of a Note.

Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Board of Directors” means the board of directors or comparable governing body of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on its behalf.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, all obligations that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of an Accounting Standards Update (the “ASU”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all financial definitions and calculations for purposes of the Transaction Documents (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as capitalized lease obligations in the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to the Transaction Documents.


Cash Equivalents” means

(1) United States dollars, or money in other currencies received in the ordinary course of business,

(2) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition,

(3) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any State thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose short-term debt is rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s,

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above,

(5) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing within one year after the date of acquisition,

(6) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition which (or the issuer of which) are rated at least A or A-1 by S&P or A2 or P-1 by Moody’s,

(7) money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type described in clauses (1) through (6) above; and

(8) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, other short-term investments that are analogous to the foregoing, are of comparable credit quality and are customarily used by companies in the jurisdiction of such Foreign Subsidiary for cash management purposes.

CFC” means (a) each Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” (within the meaning of Section 957), but only if a U.S. Person that is an Affiliate of a Credit Party is, with respect to such Person, a “United States shareholder” (within the meaning of Section 951(b)) described in Section 951(a)(1) and (b) each Subsidiary of any such controlled foreign corporation described in clause (a) above. For purposes of this definition, all Section references are to the Code.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of Company.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Consolidated Credit EBITDA” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus, all as determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of: (a) consolidated tax expense based on income, profits or capital, including state franchise, capital and similar taxes and foreign


withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, (b) total interest expense, and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of gains on such hedging obligations or such derivative instruments, and financial institution and letter of credit fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities plus expenses associated with the equity component of, and any mark to market losses with respect to, convertible debt instruments, (c) depreciation and amortization expense, (d) amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill), (e) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring costs, fees, charges and other expenses, including fees, charges and expenses incurred that are (or are expected to be within one year of the end of such period with a deduction in the subsequent period to the extent not so reimbursed or paid) reimbursed or actually paid by a third party or under indemnification or reimbursement provisions, (f) costs or expenses reasonably identified by Company as incurred in connection with entry into or expansion of new markets, strategic initiatives and contracts, software development and new systems design, new product offerings, project start-up costs, and related integration and systems establishment costs, including any on-going operating losses in respect thereof for a period of no more than 24 months after commencement of such operations or expansion, (g) non-cash equity-based compensation expenses and payroll tax expense related to equity-based compensation expenses, (h) any other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of, or a reserve for, cash charges for any future period); provided, however that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash charges, expenses or losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of, or a reserve for, cash charges for any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated Credit EBITDA in the period when such payments are made, (i) transition, integration, business optimization and similar fees, charges and expenses related to acquisitions, business combinations, dispositions and exiting lines of business, (j) restructuring, discontinued operations or similar charges, (k) pro forma “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies (including expected revenue enhancements) relating to Acquisitions, business combinations, dispositions and other initiatives that are reasonably identifiable and projected in good faith by Company to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or initiated or are expected to be taken with the first eight full fiscal quarters after such event, (l) accruals or expenses related to settlements or payment of legal claims, (m) transaction costs associated with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and with any actual, proposed or contemplated issuance of Equity Interests (including any expense relating to enhanced accounting functions or other costs associated with becoming a public company), the making of any Investment, Acquisition, Joint Venture or disposition, or the issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness (including Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Convertible Indebtedness and any Permitted Call Spread Transactions) or refinancings, (n) in connection with Acquisitions of foreign Subsidiaries, expenses recognized on conversion from IFRS to GAAP for items capitalized under IFRS but expensed under GAAP, and (o) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Credit EBITDA pursuant to clause (iii) below for any previous period and not added back; provided that, for any period, the aggregate amount added pursuant to clauses (f), (i), (j) and (k) shall not exceed 25% of Consolidated Credit EBITDA for the applicable period (calculated after giving effect to such addbacks); and minus, to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of: (i) interest income, (ii) any extraordinary income or gains determined in accordance with GAAP, and (iii) any other non-cash income other than accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business (excluding any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period that are described in the parenthetical to clause (h) above).


Consolidated Net Income” means for any period, the net income (loss) of Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in conformity with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in the determination of Consolidated Net Income the effect of: (a) with respect to any Subsidiary that is not wholly owned but whose net income is consolidated in whole or in part with the net income of Company, the income of such Subsidiary solely to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its organizational documents or any law applicable to such Subsidiary; provided that Consolidated Net Income shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid by such Subsidiary to Company or any other Subsidiary; (b) any net gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset or disposed operations (including pursuant to any sale and leaseback) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business; (c) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; and (d) any recapitalization or purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements, as a result of any consummated Acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development). In addition, proceeds from any business interruption insurance received in such period or which is reasonably expected to be received in a subsequent period and within one year of the underlying loss shall be added to Consolidated Net Income; provided, that if not so received within such one-year period, such amount shall be subtracted in the subsequent calculation period.

Consolidated Total Assets” means, at any date of determination, the total amount of assets of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or of any Subsidiary of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the context requires), as set forth on the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 2(p) or Section 7(a)(i) or (ii).

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, consisting only of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness; provided, Consolidated Total Indebtedness will not include Indebtedness that is non-recourse to Company and its Subsidiaries, undrawn amounts under revolving credit facilities and Indebtedness in respect of any (1) letter of credit, bank guarantees and performance or similar bonds, except to the extent of obligations in respect of drawn standby letters of credit which have not been reimbursed within three (3) Business Days and (2) obligations under Swap Agreements. The dollar-equivalent principal amount of any Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Swap Agreements for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Copyrights” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following: (a) all copyrights, rights and interests in copyrights, works protectable by copyright, copyright registrations, and copyright applications; (b) all renewals of any of the foregoing; (c) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages or payments for past or future infringements for any of the foregoing; (d) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements of any of the foregoing; and (e) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.


Counterpart Agreement” means a Counterpart Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C delivered by a Credit Party pursuant to Section 9.

Credit Agreement” means the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2019, by and among the Company, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent without giving effect to any amendment, restatement or modification after the date hereof.

Credit Parties” means the Company and the other Guarantors.

Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Direct Company Obligations” means any Obligations of the Company in its capacity as the issuer of the Notes under this Agreement.

Disclosed Matters” means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedule 2(g) to the Disclosure Letter.

Disclosure Letter” means the disclosure letter, dated the Closing Date, delivered by the Company to the Investors.

Disqualified Equity Interest” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (i) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests and the payment in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Equity Interests), in whole or in part, or (iii) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 181 days after the Maturity Date then in effect; provided that (a) Equity Interests will not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption upon an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the date that is 181 days after the latest Maturity Date then in effect if the payment upon such redemption or repurchase is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations and (b) an Equity Interest in any Person that is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees or by any such plan to such employees shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by such Person or any of its subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability.

dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Company that is incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or in the District of Columbia.


Employee Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code to which Section 4975 of the Code applies, and (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment, disposal, management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of investigation, reclamation or remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of Company or any Subsidiary of Company directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) compliance or noncompliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest; provided that Equity Interests shall not include (a) any debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for any combination of Equity Interests and/or cash and (b) Permitted Call Spread Transactions.

ERISA” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means any person that for purposes of Title I or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer or otherwise aggregated with a Credit Party or a Subsidiary of Company under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event” means any one or more of the following: (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to a Plan; (b) the termination of any Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA; (c) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (d) the failure to make a required contribution to any Plan that would result in the imposition of a lien or other encumbrance or the provision of security under Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA, or the arising of such a lien or encumbrance; (e) any Credit Party, or any ERISA Affiliate requests a minimum funding waiver or fails to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA (whether or not waived); (f) a determination that any Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, considered an at-risk plan within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA; (g) engaging in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA with respect to a Plan; (h) the complete or partial withdrawal of any Credit Party, Subsidiary of Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan; or (i) a determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status under Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA or is, or is expected to be, “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.


Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in the Notes.

Excluded Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not required to guarantee the Obligations pursuant to Section 9.

Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, treasurer, chief accounting officer, head of finance, vice president of finance or corporate controller of the Company or Company, as the case may be.

Foreign Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary of Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary of Company that is a Subsidiary of a CFC and (c) any Subsidiary of Company whose provision of a Guarantee would result in an investment in “United States property” (within the meaning of Section 956 of the Code) or would otherwise result in a material adverse tax consequence to Company or any of its Affiliates, as reasonably determined by Company.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America applied on a consistent basis.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or customary indemnification obligations entered into in connection with any Acquisition or disposition of assets or of other entities (other than to the extent that the primary obligations that are the subject of such indemnification obligation would be considered Indebtedness hereunder). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guaranteed Obligation” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).


Guarantor” means each Person that shall have become a party hereto as a “Guarantor” and shall have provided a Guaranty of the Obligations by executing and delivering a Counterpart Agreement; provided that (a) for purposes of Section 9, the term “Guarantors” shall also include the Company (except with respect to the Direct Company Obligations), and (b) a Foreign Subsidiary shall at no time be a Guarantor.

Guaranty” means the guaranty of each Guarantor set forth in Section 9.

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

IFRS” means international financial reporting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any time of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of Company (other than the Company) (a) whose Consolidated Total Assets as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) or (a)(ii) or Section 2(p) were less than 5% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date and (b) whose consolidated gross revenues for the most recent period of four fiscal quarters in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) or (a)(ii) or Section 2(p) were less than 5% of the consolidated gross revenues of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, as of the most recent date or period referred to in clause (a) or (b) above, the combined Consolidated Total Assets or the combined consolidated gross revenues of all Restricted Subsidiaries that would constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries in accordance with clause (a) and (b) above shall have exceeded 20% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or 20% of consolidated gross revenues of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, then one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries that would otherwise be an Immaterial Subsidiary shall for all purposes of this Agreement automatically be deemed to not be an Immaterial Subsidiary in descending order based on the amounts of their Consolidated Total Assets or consolidated gross revenues, as the case may be, until such excess shall have been eliminated.

Incremental Equivalent Debt” has the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement, or any equivalent term set forth in any Revolving Credit Facility.

Incurrence Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(iii)(2).

Indebtedness” of any Person at any date means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) purchase price adjustments, earnouts, holdbacks and other similar deferred consideration payable in connection with Acquisitions and (iii) deferred or equity compensation arrangements payable to directors, officers, employees, advisors, consultants or other providers of services), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of bankers’


acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above, and (h) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall exclude intercompany liabilities arising from their cash management, tax, and accounting operations and intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness. “Indebtedness” shall not include the obligations or liabilities of any Person to pay rent or other amounts with respect to any lease of office space (or other arrangement conveying the right to use office space) or other operating lease, which obligations (x) would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of the ASU (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as capitalized lease obligations in the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to the Transaction Documents, or (y) would be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease at any time due to build-to-suit accounting rules, “failed” sale and leaseback accounting rules, other lease classification rules or other similar rules so long as such obligations are not entered into for a financing purpose, are unsecured (other than the provision of any letters of credit required to support such obligations), and do not otherwise constitute “Indebtedness” pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above.

Initial Conversion Date” shall have the meaning specified in the Notes.

Intellectual Property” means all Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and any other intellectual property.

Investment” means any loan, advance (other than advances to employees or other providers of services for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business), extension of credit (by way of Guarantee or otherwise) or capital contributions by Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any other Person (other than any Credit Party); provided that Investment shall not include any Acquisitions.

IPO” means the sale on a bona fide nationally recognized securities exchange of common stock of Company or the listing for trading of common stock of Company on a bona fide nationally recognized securities exchange.

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided that, in no event shall any corporate subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, including any Intellectual Property, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset, (c) any assignment, license, or other transfer of Intellectual Property and (d) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.


Liquidity” means, at any time, the sum of (a) Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held by Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (b) Marketable Securities, plus (c) so long as the conditions to borrowing in connection therewith are satisfied at such time, the amounts available for borrowing under any Revolving Credit Facility.

Margin Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Marketable Securities” means, without duplication of any of the items described in the definition of Cash Equivalents, investments permitted pursuant to the Company’s investment policy as approved by the Board of Directors (or committee thereof) of the Company from time to time.

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, property, financial condition or results of operations of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the rights and remedies of the Investors under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents.

Material Capital Markets Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (1) a public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (2) a private placement to institutional investors, in each case, of clause (1) or (2) above in aggregate principal amount in excess of $50,000,000. The term “Material Capital Markets Indebtedness” shall not include any Indebtedness under commercial bank facilities or similar Indebtedness, Capital Lease Obligations, Non-Capitalized Lease Obligations or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering.”

Maturity Date” means March 1, 2025.

Maximum Subscription Amount” means the maximum aggregate principal amount of New Debt Securities an Investor is willing to purchase. For the avoidance of doubt, an Investor’s Maximum Subscription Amount may exceed such Investor’s Pro Rata Share of New Debt Securities.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Multiemployer Plan” means any multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which is contributed to by (or to which there is or could be an obligation to contribute of) a Credit Party or an ERISA Affiliate, and each such plan for the five- year period immediately following the latest date on which a Credit Party or an ERISA Affiliate contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

New Notes” means the 10% Notes in the form of Exhibit A to the 10% Convertible Notes, which may be exchanged for the 10% Convertible Notes pursuant to Section 4(b) of the 10% Convertible Notes.

Non-Capitalized Lease Obligations” means a lease obligation that is not required to be accounted for as a financing or capital lease on both the balance sheet and the income statement for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. For avoidance of doubt, a straight-line or operating lease shall be considered a Non-Capitalized Lease Obligation.


Non-U.S. Plan” means any plan, fund (including any superannuation fund) or other similar program established, contributed to (regardless of whether through direct contributions or through employee withholding) or maintained outside the United States by Company or one or more Subsidiaries, primarily for the benefit of employees of Company or such Subsidiaries or any Credit Party residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

Notes” means the 10% Convertible Notes issued under this Agreement, and after any exchange of the 10% Convertible Notes for New Notes as provided in Section 4(b) of the 10% Convertible Notes, the New Notes.

Obligations” means all amounts owing by any Credit Party to the Investors under the Notes or this Agreement and all interest which accrues after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable.

Obligee Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(f).

OFAC” means the United States Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Patents” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to: (a) any and all patents and patent applications; (b) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein; (c) all reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions, and continuations-in-part thereof; (d) all licenses of the foregoing whether as licensee or licensor; (e) all income, royalties, damages, claims, and payments now or hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (f) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof; and (g) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is maintained or contributed to (or obligated to be contributed) in whole or in part by any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which any of Company, any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate has actual or contingent liability or had any such liability for the five-year period immediately following the latest date on which a Credit Party or an ERISA Affiliate maintained, contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

Permitted Call Spread Transaction” means (a) any call or capped call option (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) relating to the Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock) purchased by Company in connection with the issuance of any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness and settled in Common Stock (or such other securities or property), cash or a combination thereof (such amount of cash determined by reference to the price of the Common Stock or such other securities or property), and cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock, and (b) any call option, warrant or right to purchase (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) relating to the Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock) sold by Company substantially concurrently with any


purchase by Company of a Permitted Call Spread Transaction described in clause (a) and settled in Common Stock (or such other securities or property), cash or a combination thereof (such amount of cash determined by reference to the price of the Common Stock or such other securities or property), and cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock; provided that the terms, conditions and covenants of each such transaction described in clause (a) or clause (b) shall be such as are customary for transactions of such type (as determined by the board of directors of Company, or a committee thereof, in good faith).

Permitted Convertible Indebtedness” means unsecured Indebtedness of Company that is convertible into shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock), cash or a combination thereof (such amount of cash determined by reference to the price of the Common Stock or such other securities or property), and cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock; provided that (x) the final maturity date of such Permitted Convertible Indebtedness is not prior to the date ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date and (y) the terms, conditions and covenants of such Permitted Convertible Indebtedness shall be such as are customary for transactions of such type (as determined by the board of directors of Company, or a committee thereof, in good faith).

Permitted Encumbrances” means:

(a) Liens imposed by law for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 7(d);

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, landlord’s, supplier’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 60 days or are being contested;

(c) Liens incurred or pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business (i) in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations or employment laws or to secure other public, statutory or regulatory obligations or (ii) securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instrument for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company or otherwise supporting the payment of items set forth in the foregoing clause (i);

(d) Liens incurred or pledges and deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade and commercial contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(e) Liens securing, or otherwise arising from, judgments and deposits to secure obligations under appeal bonds or letters of credit in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

(f) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed (or similar filings under applicable law) solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases;

(g) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, encroachments and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the conduct of business of Company or any Subsidiary of Company;


(h) rights of recapture of unused real property in favor of the seller of such property set forth in customary purchase or lease agreements and related arrangements;

(i) to the extent constituting a Lien, Permitted IP Transfers;

(j) rights of setoff, banker’s lien, netting agreements and other Liens arising by operation of law or by of the terms of documents of banks or other financial institutions in relation to the maintenance of administration of deposit accounts, securities accounts, cash management arrangements or in connection with the issuance of letters of credit, bank guarantees or other similar instruments;

(k) Liens arising from the right of distress enjoyed by landlords or Liens otherwise granted to landlords, in either case, to secure the payment of arrears of rent or performance of other obligations in respect of leased properties, so long as such Liens are not exercised or except where the exercise of such Liens would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) Liens or security given to public utilities or to any municipality or Governmental Authority when required by the utility, municipality or Governmental Authority in connection with the supply of services or utilities to the Company and any other Restricted Subsidiaries;

(m) servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements, subdivision agreements, facilities sharing agreements, cost sharing agreements and other agreements pertaining to the use or development of any of the assets of Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case that do not secure any obligations for money borrowed and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the conduct of business of Company or any Subsidiary of Company; and

(n) Liens on any assets securing any obligation in favor of a Governmental Authority, including any such Lien securing amounts owing for wages, vacation pay, severance pay, employee deductions, sales tax, excise tax, other Taxes, workers compensation, governmental royalties or pension fund obligations.

Permitted IP Transfer” means (i) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property, (ii) sales, dispositions, transfers or exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property that would not have a material adverse effect on the assets or business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (it being understood that the foregoing shall specifically permit exclusive licenses (A) with respect to specific geographic areas outside of the United States, (B) for specific fields of use outside the existing platform of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (C) for specific business fields not interfering in any material respect with the existing business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (D) of intellectual property conceived, developed or reduced to practice in connection with a specific commercial relationship), (iii) sales, dispositions, transfers or exclusive licenses made pursuant to the Company or a Guarantor’s existing buy-in license agreements, research and development cost sharing agreements and related agreements, as amended or restated from time to time, or comparable agreements with any Excluded Subsidiary (or other transactions where assets or rights of any Excluded Subsidiary are transferred to the Company, any Guarantor or another Excluded Subsidiary and then subsequently transferred to another Excluded Subsidiary); provided that such amended, restated or comparable agreement would not have a material adverse effect on the assets of the Company and the


Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iv) sales, dispositions, transfers or exclusive licenses that are treated as a disposition of assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes by any entity that is not a Credit Party; or (v) storing, holding, transferring, processing, operating or managing data or information outside the U.S., including for regulatory, tax or operational purposes.

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, Joint Venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan).

Plan Asset Regulations” means 29 CFR § 2510.3-101 et seq., as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, as amended from time to time.

Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to the calculation of Consolidated Total Assets, Liquidity or Senior Net Leverage Ratio as of any date, that such calculation shall give pro forma effect to all Acquisitions, all issuances, incurrences or assumptions of Indebtedness, all Investments and all sales, transfers or other dispositions of any Equity Interests in a Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of a Subsidiary or division or line of business of a Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business (and any related prepayments or repayments of Indebtedness) that have occurred during the applicable fiscal period of Company (or subsequent to such fiscal period of Company and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which such calculation is being calculated) as if they occurred on the first day of such applicable period of Company.

Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to any Investor, the proportion that the aggregate principal amount of Notes held by such Investor bears to the aggregate principal of all Notes outstanding as of the date of the applicable Offer Notice.

Public Company Event” shall have the meaning specified in the Notes.

Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests other than Disqualified Equity Interests.

Qualified Public Company Event” shall have the meaning specified in the Notes.

Related Parties” or “Related Party” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Required Investors” means the Investors holding a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes.

Responsible Officer” means any of the President, Chief Executive Officer, Vice President or Financial Officer of the Company, or any person designated by the Company in writing from time to time.

Restricted” means, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, that such cash or Cash Equivalents (a) appear (or would be required to appear) as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of Company, (b) are subject to any Lien in favor of any Person (other than a Lien permitted under Section 8(b)(xi)) or (c) are not otherwise generally available for use by Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company so long as such Restricted Subsidiary of Company is not prohibited by applicable law, contractual obligation or otherwise from transferring such cash or Cash Equivalents to Company.


Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund, similar deposit or withholding of shares for tax purposes, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in Company or any such Subsidiary. The conversion of, or payment for (including, without limitation, payments of principal and payments upon redemption or repurchase), or paying any interest with respect to, any debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for any combination of Equity Interests and/or cash shall not constitute a Restricted Payment.

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Revolving Credit Facility” means (i) the Credit Agreement, or (ii) any revolving credit facility refinancing or replacing the facility described in clause (i) hereof on substantially similar terms to the Credit Agreement.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is the subject or target of any comprehensive Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).

Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, (b) any Person organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned 50% or more or otherwise controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b).

Sanctions” means all economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state, or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

Senior Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness outstanding on such date minus the aggregate amount of Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, to (b) Consolidated Credit EBITDA for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date.

Solvency Certificate” means a Solvency Certificate of a Financial Officer of Company substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

Solvent” means, with respect to Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the present assets of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the


probable liability of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on their debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not intend to, and do not believe that they will, incur debts or liabilities (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond their ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature in the ordinary course of business and (d) Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are not engaged in business or a transaction, and are not about to engage in business or a transaction, in relation to which their property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Company.

subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity (including by value) or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the partnership interests are, as of such date, owned (directly or indirectly), controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent and which is required by GAAP to be consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the parent.

Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or other providers of services of Company or the Subsidiaries of Company shall be a Swap Agreement.

Taxes” shall have the meaning specified in the Notes.

Trademarks” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following: (a) all trademarks (including service marks), trade names, trade dress, and trade styles and the registrations and applications for registration thereof and the goodwill of the business symbolized by the foregoing; (b) all licenses of the foregoing, whether as licensee or licensor; (c) all renewals of the foregoing; (d) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages, claims, and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (e) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements of the foregoing, including the right to settle suits involving claims and demands for royalties owing; and (f) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement (including any amendment hereto or waiver hereunder) and the Notes.


U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.

U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

Unrestricted” means, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents, that such cash or Cash Equivalents are not Restricted.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that at the time of determination has previously been designated, and continues to be, an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7(k).

USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended from time to time.

wholly owned”, when used in reference to a subsidiary of any Person, means that all the Equity Interests in such subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares and other nominal amounts of Equity Interests that are required to be held by other Persons under applicable law) are owned, beneficially and of record, by such Person, another wholly owned subsidiary of such Person or any combination thereof.


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF 10% CONVERTIBLE NOTE


NEITHER THIS SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTE NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THIS NOTE IS CONVERTIBLE, IF ANY, HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH IT IS CONVERTIBLE, IF ANY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR PLEDGED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR TO PERSONS OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS PROVIDED PURSUANT TO TREAS. REG. SECTION 1.1275-3: THIS DEBT INSTRUMENT IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. THE COMPANY WILL MAKE AVAILABLE ON REQUEST TO THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE, AND YIELD. THE ADDRESS OF THE COMPANY IS DOORDASH INC., 303 2ND STREET, SOUTH TOWER, 8TH FLOOR, SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94107, ATTENTION: PRABIR ADARKAR.

THE HOLDER MAY NOT, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, TRANSFER THIS NOTE, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 16 AND 17 HEREOF.

SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTE

Issuance Date: February 19, 2020 (the “Issuance Date”)

Original Principal Amount: $[_____________] (the “Original Principal Amount”)

Note No.: [_]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, DoorDash, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “Company”), hereby promises to pay [_____________] or its registered assigns (the “Holder”) the amount set out above as the Original Principal Amount, as such amount may be (i) increased pursuant to the payment in kind of any interest as provided in Section 3 or (ii) reduced pursuant to any conversion, redemption or repayment effected in accordance with the terms hereof (the balance of such amount from time to time being the “Outstanding Principal Balance”), when due, whether upon the Maturity Date, redemption, acceleration or otherwise (in each case in accordance with the terms hereof). This senior convertible note (including all senior convertible notes issued in exchange, transfer or replacement hereof, this “Note”) is issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined below).


SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined below shall have the meaning set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement. The following terms used in this Note will have the respective meanings set forth below:

Affiliate Transfer” shall have the meaning specified in Section 16(a).

Automatic Conversion Event” shall mean the date of initial trading of the Listed Securities on the Principal Market in connection with a Qualified Public Company Event.

Capital Stock” means, for any Person, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of, or interest in (howsoever designated), the equity of such Person, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity and any non-convertible preferred stock or equity of such Person.

Change of Control Effective Time” means the point in time at which a Change of Control Event closes or is otherwise consummated.

Change of Control Event” means (i) prior to a Public Company Event, the failure by the holders of the Company’s Equity Interests as of the Issuance Date to continue to own, beneficially and of record, Equity Interests in the Company representing at least 50.1% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Company; (ii) after the consummation of a Public Company Event, the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder), other than the Permitted Holders, individually or in the aggregate, of Equity Interests representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Company; (iii) persons who were (A) directors of the Company on the Issuance Date, (B) nominated by the Board of Directors of the Company or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by the Board of Directors of the Company at any time before such persons actually commenced their service as directors or (C) appointed by directors that were directors of the Company or directors nominated as provided in the preceding subclause (B), ceasing to occupy a majority of the seats (excluding vacant seats) on the Board of Directors of the Company; or (iv) on and following the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company free and clear of all Liens; provided that neither the consummation of a Holdco Transaction nor the consummation of a Public Company Event shall be a Change of Control Event.

Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

COC Redemption Amount” shall mean an amount equal to, (i) prior to the one-year anniversary of the Issuance Date, (x) the Note Obligations Amount as of the date of the applicable Change of Control Event plus (y) the present value of all future interest amounts that would accrue on the Notes from the date of the applicable Change of Control Event through the one-year anniversary of the Issuance Date (assuming all interest is paid in kind), using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, and (ii) on or after the one-year anniversary of the Issuance Date, the Note Obligations Amount as of the date of such Change of Control Event.

 

2


Common Equity” of any Person means, if such Person is a corporation, all common stock of such Person (including voting, limited voting and non-voting stock) or, if such Person is not a corporation, the equivalent Capital Stock of such Person.

Company” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph.

A “Conversion Date” means each of the Initial Conversion Date and the 39 consecutive Trading Days immediately following the Initial Conversion Date.

Conversion Date Amount” means, for any given Conversion Date, the sum of (x) 1/40th of the Note Obligations Amount as of the Business Day immediately prior to the Initial Conversion Date, plus (y) any accrued and unpaid interest on the remaining Note Obligations Amount of the Note through such Conversion Date.

Conversion Reference Price” means the arithmetic average of the Reference Price for the ten Trading Days immediately prior to the Initial Conversion Date.

Conversion Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time and any successor statute and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Event of Default” shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Note (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement between a non-U.S. jurisdiction and the United States with respect to the foregoing and any law or regulation or official rules or practices adopted pursuant to any such intergovernmental agreement.

Floor Price” means a price per share equal to (x) $10,000,000,000 divided by (y) the number of outstanding shares of Listed Securities disclosed in the Company’s most recent public filing with the SEC. For the avoidance of doubt, such number shall be pro forma for shares of Listed Securities to be issued or become outstanding in connection with any event disclosed in such public filing (whether by conversion or otherwise), including, without limitation, as a result of a Qualified Public Company Event.

Holdco Transaction” means a transaction (or series of transactions) which will, among other things, cause 100% of the Equity Interests in the Company and its existing Subsidiaries to be held by a newly-formed entity organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States (“Holdings”); provided that (a) the owners of 100% of the Equity Interests in Holdings immediately after giving effect to such

 

3


transaction (and the amount of such Equity Interests owned by each such person) are identical to the owners of 100% of the Equity Interests in the Company immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Equity Interests owned by each such person); provided that, such Equity Interests of such owners may be held in different classes or series of Equity Interests of Holdings (with different voting and other governance rights and different liquidation preferences, dividend rights and other economic rights), and (b) Holdings, immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, expressly assumes this Note and the conversion and payment obligations of the Company under this Note, and (c) such transaction and assumption is effected in a manner that is tax neutral for the Holder or the Company compensates the Holder for any detrimental tax or economic effects of such transaction and assumption; and (d) the Company shall have entered executed and delivered to the Holders a Counterpart Agreement and shall have provided such other documentation as would be required in connection with a joinder of a Guarantor pursuant to Note Purchase Agreement; provided that any assignment and assumption of this Note in connection with a HoldCo Transaction that satisfies clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) shall be deemed to be consented to by the Holder.

Holder” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph.

Increased Cost of Stock Borrow” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7(d).

Incurrence Event” shall have the meaning set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement.

Incurrence Event Redemption Amount” shall mean an amount in cash equal to the product of (x) 1.06 multiplied by (y) the Note Obligations Amount.

Initial Conversion Date” means, if an Automatic Conversion Event has occurred, the date that is the later of (i) the one (1)-year anniversary of the Issuance Date (or if not a Trading Day, the first Trading Day immediately thereafter), and (ii) the Trading Day that is the tenth Trading Day immediately following such Automatic Conversion Event.

Intentional Event of Default” means any Event of Default that the Company intentionally causes or allows (directly or indirectly and whether through act or omission) to occur; provided that any Event of Default set forth under Section 10(a), 10(e) (but in the case of Section 10(e), only to the extent that the Company fails to comply with its obligations under Section 8 of the Note Purchase Agreement or Section 4(c)), or 10(l) (but in the case of Section 10(l), only to extent that the Company asserts that this Note or the Note Purchase Agreement cease to be in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms) of this Note shall be deemed to be an “Intentional Event of Default” hereunder.

Interest Payment Due Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3(b).

Issuance Date” shall have the meaning specified in the preamble of this Note.

Law” means any law (including common law), constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule, ordinance, code, ruling, or order of, including the administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, or any agreement with, any Governmental Authority.

 

4


Lead Investor” means OR Tech Lending LLC, or an Affiliate that becomes a holder of a Note pursuant to an Affiliate Transfer.

Listed Securities” means shares of the Common Stock or any other class of Common Equity of the Company that is the subject of the applicable Qualified Public Company Event.

Make-Whole Amount” means an amount equal to (x) the Note Obligations Amount on any Redemption Date, plus (y) the present value (calculated using the standard Excel function for present values or otherwise calculated in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Required Investors) of all remaining PIK Interest Payments that would accrue on this Note from such Redemption Date through the Maturity Date (assuming all such interest is paid in kind for purposes of calculating each future PIK Interest Payment), using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points.

Maturity Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.

New Note” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4(b).

New Note Exchange” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4(b).

Non-Qualified Public Company Event” means any transaction pursuant to which the Common Stock or any other class of Common Equity of the Company becomes or is registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act other than a Qualified Public Company Event.

Note” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph.

Note Obligations Amount” means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Outstanding Principal Balance as of the Close of Business on such date plus (ii) all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note through, but excluding, such date, which interest is not otherwise included in such Outstanding Principal Balance.

Note Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2020 (as amended, modified or supplemented), by and among the Company, Caviar, LLC and the Investors party thereto.

Notes” shall mean the senior convertible notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

Open of Business” means 9:00 a.m., New York City time.

Optional Redemption” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9(b).

Optional Redemption Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9(b).

 

5


Original Principal Amount” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph.

Outstanding Principal Balance” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph.

Permitted Holders” means (i) any Person listed on Schedule 1.1 to the Disclosure Letter, (ii) any trust or partnership created solely for the benefit of any natural person listed on Schedule 1.1 to the Disclosure Letter and/or members of the family of any natural person listed on Schedule 1.1 to the Disclosure Letter and (iii) any Person which is a controlled Affiliate of any of the foregoing.

PIK Interest Payment” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3(b).

PIK Interest Payment Due Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3(b).

Principal Market” means the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Global Market.

Public Company Event” means a Qualified Public Company Event or a Non-Qualified Public Company Event.

Qualified Public Company Event” means any transaction (including a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act or a direct listing) pursuant to which the Listed Securities first become registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, where such transaction results in, (i) in the case of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering, net proceeds to the Company of at least $100,000,000 and (ii) such Listed Securities being listed on a Principal Market; provided that the Required Investors may elect to treat any Non-Qualified Public Company Event as a Qualified Public Company Event for all Notes.

Quotation Agent” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7(d).

Redemption Date” means the date on which this Note is redeemed against payment therefor, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be, (i) in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 5(a), the effective date of the Change of Control Event; (ii) in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 5(b), the date of the Incurrence Event; and (iii) in the case of an Optional Redemption pursuant to Section 9(b), the Optional Redemption Date.

Reference Price” means, on a given date, the daily VWAP per share of the Listed Securities on the applicable Principal Market on such date.

Register” shall have the meaning specified in Section 16(b).

Registered Notes” shall have the meaning specified in Section 16(b).

 

6


Replacement Notes” shall have the meaning specified in Section 17(a).

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Settlement Period” means each distinct period of five (5) consecutive Trading Days beginning on the Initial Conversion Date and every five (5) Trading Days thereafter (for a total of eight (8) Settlement Periods).

Stock Borrow Average” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7(d).

Stock Borrow Quotation” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7(d).

Stock Borrow Threshold” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7(d).

Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings (including backup withholding) imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Trading Day” means, with respect to any class or series of Common Equity, a day on which trading in such Common Equity generally occurs on the Principal Market.

Transferee” means the transferee designated by the Holder.

Treasury Rate” means the rate per annum, as determined by the Company in good faith, equal to the quarter-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Redemption Date) of the United States Treasury security having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the period from the Redemption Date to the Maturity Date (with such rate to be as compiled and published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 with respect to each applicable day during such week (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)).

VWAP” mean, with respect to the Listed Securities and any Trading Day, the daily dollar volume-weighted average sale price for one share of the Listed Securities on the Principal Market on that particular Trading Day during the period beginning at 9:30 a.m., New York City Time (or such other time as the Principal Market publicly announces is the official open of trading), and ending at 4:00 p.m., New York City Time (or such other time as the Principal Market publicly announces is the official close of trading), as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets (or, if not available, a similar service provider of national recognized standing mutually selected by the Holder and Company) through its “Volume at Price” functions. If the VWAP cannot be calculated for such security on such date on the foregoing basis, the VWAP of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. All such determinations of VWAP shall be appropriately and equitably adjusted in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

 

7


SECTION 2. PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL. If this Note has not yet been converted, redeemed or otherwise repaid, the Note Obligations Amount, as of the Maturity Date, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date. Except as expressly permitted herein, the Company may not voluntarily prepay or redeem this Note prior to the Maturity Date.

SECTION 3. PAYMENT OF INTEREST.

(a) During the term of this Note, interest shall accrue daily on the Outstanding Principal Balance at a rate of 10.0% per annum from, and including, the Issuance Date until, but excluding, the Maturity Date, or such earlier date of redemption or conversion. The accrual of interest on this Note as of any date will be calculated based on the Outstanding Principal Balance of this Note as of the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Interest Payment Due Date (or, if no preceding Interest Payment Due Date, on the Issuance Date).

(b) Accrued and unpaid interest shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on March 1, 2020 (each, an “Interest Payment Due Date”), by, at the Company’s election, either (i) adding such accrued interest to the Outstanding Principal Balance under this Note on such Interest Payment Due Date (such payment, a “PIK Interest Payment,” and such Interest Payment Due Date, a “PIK Interest Payment Due Date”), which addition of accrued interest will be effective as of the Open of Business on such PIK Interest Payment Due Date, or (ii) paying such accrued interest in cash on such Interest Payment Due Date in accordance with Section 20(b); provided that no interest previously paid pursuant to a PIK Interest Payment may be paid following the relevant PIK Interest Payment Due Date as accrued interest. In the event that the Company does not elect whether to pay interest in kind or in cash on or before an Interest Payment Due Date, the Company shall be deemed to elect to pay such accrued interest due on such Interest Payment Due Date in kind and to have made a PIK Interest Payment (and shall update the Register accordingly). Interest shall accrue and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve (12) 30-day months.

(c) On each PIK Interest Payment Due Date, if applicable, the Company shall make a record on its books of the increase in the Outstanding Principal Balance of this Note due to the accrual of interest, which addition of accrued interest will be effective as of the Open of Business on such PIK Interest Payment Due Date, each Note shall represent the increased Outstanding Principal Balance, and no separate Note will be issued with respect to such accrued interest.

SECTION 4. QUALIFIED PUBLIC COMPANY EVENT.

(a) Automatic Conversion into Listed Securities. Subject to Section 4(b), following the occurrence of a Qualified Public Company Event, on each Conversion Date, an amount equal to the Conversion Date Amount shall automatically convert into a number of shares of the Listed Securities (such securities, the “Conversion Securities”) determined by dividing (x) the Conversion Date Amount, by (y) the Reference Price, in each case, as of such Conversion Date. Such conversion shall be effected pursuant to Section 7.

 

8


(b) Conversion into New Note. Upon the occurrence of a Qualified Public Company Event where the Conversion Reference Price is less than the Floor Price, this Note shall automatically be exchanged for a new note substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “New Note”) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Note Obligations Amount of the Note as of the Initial Conversion Date (a “New Note Exchange”).

(c) Subsidiary Public Company Event. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, in no event may a Subsidiary effect a transaction that would be a Public Company Event if effected by the Company unless (i) such Subsidiary, immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, expressly assumes this Note and the conversion and payment obligations under this Note, (ii) such Subsidiary owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (on a consolidated basis) and (iii) such transaction and assumption is effected in a manner that is tax neutral for the Holder or the Company compensates the Holder for any detrimental tax or economic effects of such transaction and assumption; provided that any such assignment and assumption that satisfies clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall be deemed to be consented to by the Holder.

SECTION 5. MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

(a) Redemption upon a Change of Control Event. Subject to, and immediately upon, the occurrence of a Change of Control Event prior to the Maturity Date or the final Conversion Date, if any, the Company shall redeem this Note (in full and not in part) for an amount in cash equal to the COC Redemption Amount in accordance with Section 5(c) and Section 9(c). For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not be required to redeem, pursuant to this Section 5(a), any portion of the Note Obligations Amount that constitutes a Conversion Date Amount that has been converted on a Conversion Date that occurred prior to the effectiveness of such Change of Control Event.

(b) Redemption upon an Incurrence Event. Subject to, and immediately upon, the occurrence of an Incurrence Event prior to the Maturity Date or any Initial Conversion Date, the Company shall redeem this Note (or portion thereof, as determined as set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement) for an amount in cash equal to the Incurrence Event Redemption Amount in accordance with Section 5(c) and Section 9(c). For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not be required to redeem, pursuant to this Section 5(b), any portion of the Note Obligations Amount that constitutes a Conversion Date Amount that has been converted on a Conversion Date that occurred prior to the effectiveness of such Incurrence Event.

 

9


(c) Change of Control and Incurrence Event Notice. The Company shall deliver to the Holder notice of a Change of Control Event or Incurrence Event, as applicable, not less than ten (10) calendar days prior to any anticipated Change of Control Effective Time or Incurrence Event; provided, that if the Company does not have ten (10) calendar days’ prior knowledge of such Change of Control Effective Time or Incurrence Event, as applicable, it shall provide such notice as soon as practicable after obtaining knowledge thereof. The date of the anticipated Change of Control Effective Time or Incurrence Event, as applicable, will be determined in good faith by the Company. To the extent that the Change of Control Event or Incurrence Event, as applicable, does not occur on the anticipated date contemplated in the notice delivered pursuant to this Section 5(c), the Company shall deliver notice upon the consummation of the Change of Control Event or Incurrence Event, as applicable, and shall make payment of the COC Redemption Amount or Incurrence Event Redemption Amount, as applicable, on such date.

SECTION 6. MATURITY DATE EVENT. This Note will mature on March 1, 2025, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repaid pursuant to and in accordance with this Note (the “Maturity Date”).

SECTION 7. SETTLEMENT UPON CONVERSION PURSUANT TO SECTION 4(A).

(a) Settlement Upon Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). Following the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event pursuant to Section 4(a), the Note Obligations Amount shall be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Listed Securities on each Settlement Date pursuant to the relevant terms set forth herein applicable to such Automatic Conversion Event. If the issuance of the Conversion Securities would result in the issuance of a fractional share of the Conversion Security, the Company shall pay cash in lieu of such fractional share in an amount equal to the portion of the Note Obligations Amount otherwise represented by such fractional share. The Company shall pay any transfer, stamp or similar Tax due on the issuance or delivery of the Conversion Securities upon conversion, except any such transfer, stamp or similar Tax that is due because the converting Holder requests those shares to be registered in a name other than the Holder’s name, in which case the Company shall not be required to make any such issuance or delivery of the Conversion Securities upon conversion unless and until the Person otherwise entitled to such issuance or delivery has paid to the Company the amount of any such transfer, stamp and similar Tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such transfer, stamp and similar Tax has been paid or is not payable.

(b) Mechanics of Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). In connection with any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a), the Holder shall (i) deliver instructions for delivery of the Conversion Securities and (ii) surrender this Note to the Company (or in the case of the loss, theft or destruction of this Note, provide an indemnification undertaking with respect to this Note that is

 

10


reasonably satisfactory to the Company) no later than the Business Day immediately preceding the Initial Conversion Date to be held in escrow until the final Conversion Date; provided that failure to timely deliver instructions for delivery of the Conversion Securities or to surrender this Note shall not release the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Person or Persons entitled to receive the Conversion Securities issuable upon a conversion of this Note on each Conversion Date in connection with an Automatic Conversion Event pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be treated for all purposes as the beneficial owner or owners of such Conversion Securities on such Conversion Date. From and after the time at which the Conversion Securities with respect to the final Conversion Date are delivered to the Holder, upon satisfaction of the Company’s conversion obligations, this Note shall be deemed to be delivered to the Company and shall cease to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. Upon conversion of this Note in connection with an Automatic Conversion Event, the Company shall deliver shares of Conversion Securities to the Person or Persons entitled to receive the Conversion Securities no later than 12:00 p.m. New York time on the Trading Day immediately following the later of (x) the last Trading Day of the applicable Settlement Period and (y) the Trading Day the Holder delivers to the Company settlement instructions pursuant to clause (i) above; provided that if an Increased Cost of Stock Borrow exists for a particular Settlement Period, the Company shall deliver the applicable number of Conversion Securities for each Conversion Date in such Settlement Period by 12:00 p.m. New York time on the Trading Day immediately following the later of (x) such Conversion Date and (y) the Trading Day on which the Holder delivers to the Company settlement instructions pursuant to clause (i) above. Delivery of Conversion Securities shall, unless otherwise requested in writing by the Holder, be by means of delivery of book entry shares to the account of the Holder or to the account of the securities intermediary of the Holder for the benefit of the Holder, in each case, pursuant to the instructions provided pursuant to this Section 7(b). Any Conversion Securities shall be delivered without any legends and shall be freely tradeable (except to the extent that the Holder is, or has been during the immediately preceding three months, an affiliate of the Company).

(c) Special Limitation on Conversion. Unless consented to in writing by the Holder, in connection with any Automatic Conversion Event, on any given Conversion Date, the Conversion Date Amount under this Note shall not be converted to the extent that such conversion would cause Holder and its Affiliates to collectively have beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 10% or more of any class of equity security (as defined for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act) of the Company that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act immediately following such Conversion Date (any such period during which a portion of the Note shall not be convertible, a “Stay Period”). Any such unconverted amounts shall be converted on the same terms and conditions as the previously converted amount (calculated as of such original Conversion Date) only at (i) such time as Holder consents in writing or (ii) such conversion would not result in the Holder and its Affiliates having beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act)

 

11


of 10% or more of any such class of equity securities of the Company (in each case, a “Stay Period Termination”). During any Stay Period, any unconverted portion of this Note shall cease to be outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest and the Company’s sole obligation with respect to such portion of this Note shall be the delivery of any undelivered Conversion Securities by 12:00 p.m. New York Time on the second (2nd) Trading Day following the Stay Period Termination.

(d) Determination of Increased Cost of Stock Borrow. Prior to and after the Initial Conversion Date, the Lead Investor shall consult with an independent nationally recognized securities dealer (the identity of which is mutually agreed by the Lead Investor and the Company acting reasonably and in good faith prior to the Initial Conversion date) (the “Quotation Agent”) to obtain, and provide to the Company, market quotations (the “Stock Borrow Quotation”) for the daily average cost to borrow shares of Listed Securities calculated on an annualized basis (the “Stock Borrow Average”) with respect to each Settlement Period. The Lead Investor shall obtain a Stock Borrow Quotation after the close of trading on the Principal Market on each Conversion Date in a Settlement Period and, based on each Stock Borrow Quotation so obtained for each Conversion Date in the Settlement Period, calculate the Stock Borrow Average. If the Stock Borrow Average so determined exceeds a rate per annum of 3.00% (the “Stock Borrow Threshold”) with respect to any Settlement Period, then an “Increased Cost of Stock Borrow” shall be deemed to occur for the immediately following Settlement Period; provided that if the Quotation Agent is unable to obtain a Stock Borrow Quotation on any Conversion Date in a Settlement Period, an Increased Cost of Stock Borrow shall be deemed to exist for the immediately following Settlement Period; provided, further, that the Quotation Agent shall provide the Lead Investor with the Stock Borrow Average for the five (5) Trading Day period immediately prior to the Initial Conversion Date (obtained in a manner consistent with the immediately preceding sentence) and if either (x) the Stock Borrow Average exceeds the Stock Borrow Threshold for such five (5) Trading Day period or (y) the Quotation Agent is unable to provide a Stock Borrow Quotation for any Trading Day in such five (5) Trading Day period, then an Increased Cost of Stock Borrow shall be deemed to occur for the Settlement Period beginning on the Initial Conversion Date. In the event the Lead Investor fails or is unable to perform its obligations under this Section 7(d), the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Holder to perform such obligations.

(e) Cash Settlement in Lieu of Conversion. The Company may, in its sole discretion, by written notice to the Holder, elect to deliver cash in lieu of Conversion Securities deliverable upon conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) in an amount equal the Note Obligations Amount of this Note as of the Initial Conversion Date. The Company shall provide notice to Holder of its election to deliver cash in lieu of such Conversion Securities no later than 8:00 a.m. New York time on the Initial Conversion Date. Payment of such cash shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the later of (i) the Initial Conversion Date and (ii) the Business Day immediately following the Business Day on which the Holder provides wire transfer instructions to the Company prior to the Close of Business on such day.

 

12


SECTION 8. SETTLEMENT UPON EXCHANGE PURSUANT TO SECTION 4(B). Upon the occurrence of a New Note Exchange pursuant to Section 4(b), the Note Obligations Amount shall be exchanged for a New Note on the Initial Conversion Date in the aggregate principal amount set forth in Section 4(b). The Company shall pay any transfer, stamp or similar Tax on the issuance or delivery of the New Note upon exchange, except any such transfer, stamp or similar Tax that is due because the exchanging Holder requests the New Note to be registered in a name other than the Holder’s name, in which case the Company shall not be required to make any such issuance or delivery of the New Note upon exchange unless and until the Person otherwise entitled to such issuance or delivery has paid to the Company the amount of any such transfer, stamp and similar Tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such transfer, stamp and similar Tax has been paid or is not payable. In connection with any exchange of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b), the Holder shall surrender this Note to the Company (or in the case of the loss, theft or destruction of this Note, provide an indemnification undertaking with respect to this Note that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company) no later than the Business Day immediately preceding the Initial Conversion Date; provided that failure to timely surrender this Note shall not release the Company of its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 9. REDEMPTION AND REPAYMENT MECHANICS.

(a) Prepayment. Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, this Note may not be redeemed or prepaid at the option of the Company.

(b) Optional Redemption. At any time prior to the occurrence of any conversion pursuant to Section 4 or any redemption in full pursuant to Section 5, the Company may, at its option, redeem this Note for an amount in cash equal to the Make-Whole Amount in accordance with this Section 9(b) (an “Optional Redemption”). In order to effect an Optional Redemption, the Company shall select the date that such Optional Redemption shall occur (the “Optional Redemption Date”) and deliver written notice of such Optional Redemption, and the related Optional Redemption Date, to the Holder not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Optional Redemption Date.

(c) Mechanics of Redemption or Repayment of this Note. The following procedures shall apply to redemptions pursuant to Sections 5(a), 5(b) and 9(b) and other repayments of the amounts due and payable under this Note:

(i) In connection with any redemption or the repayment of this Note, the Holder shall surrender this Note to the Company (or in the case of the loss, theft or destruction of this Note, provide an indemnification undertaking with respect to this Note that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company) no later than the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date or Maturity Date, as applicable; provided that failure to timely surrender this Note shall not release the Company of its obligations hereunder.

 

13


(ii) On the Redemption Date, the Company shall pay any amount due and payable under the terms of this Note in cash as of such Redemption Date. On the Maturity Date, the Company shall pay any amount due and payable under the terms of this Note in cash as of such Maturity Date.

SECTION 10. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following shall be an “Event of Default” (and collectively, “Events of Default”) with respect to this Note:

(a) The Company fails to pay any portion of the Note Obligations Amount or premium thereon when due, whether on the Maturity Date, upon redemption or acceleration, or otherwise.

(b) The Company elects to pay interest in cash and fails to pay such interest pursuant to Section 3(b) for fifteen (15) calendar days after the interest becomes due.

(c) The Company fails to deliver Conversion Securities as required and such failure continues for three (3) Business Days; provided, such grace period shall be extended to permit the performance of the dispute resolution procedures set forth and in compliance with Section 19.

(d) Any representation or warranty made by the Company in the Note Purchase Agreement or this Note or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Note or the Note Purchase Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made (other than to the extent qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect,” in which case, such representation or warranty shall prove to have been incorrect in any respect);

(e) The Company fails to comply with its obligations under Sections 7(b), 7(c), 7(i) and 8 of the Note Purchase Agreement or Section 4(c) of this Note.

(f) The Company fails to comply with its obligations under this Note or the Note Purchase Agreement (other than as otherwise expressly provided in Section 10(a), 10(b), 10(c), 10(d) or 10(e)) for 30 calendar days after the Required Investors have provided written notice to the Company of the failure to so comply.

(g) The Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to perform or comply with any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement(s) or instrument(s) governing any Indebtedness for borrowed money in an amount in excess of $50,000,000, whether such Indebtedness now exists or is created after the Issuance Date, (i) that results in such Indebtedness becoming due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity or (ii) constitutes a failure to pay the principal of any such Indebtedness when due and payable.

 

14


(h) (i) One or more judgments for the payment of money in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate, to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage, shall be rendered against the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof (to the extent not paid or covered by a reputable and solvent independent third-party insurance company which has not disputed coverage) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive calendar days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed (or an action of similar effect in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.), or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment and such action shall not be stayed (or an action of similar effect in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.) or (ii) any nonmonetary judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process shall be entered or filed against Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company or any combination thereof or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed (or an action of similar effect in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.) for a period of 90 consecutive calendar days and such non-monetary judgment, writ, warrant of attachment or similar process would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) one or more ERISA Events shall have occurred that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(j) If borrowings pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility are in excess of $200 million in the aggregate (excluding any amounts for letters of credit drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility), any “Event of Default” (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) occurs and is continuing, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, for a period of five (5) business days;

(k) Any Guaranty shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be asserted by any Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(l) This Note or the Note Purchase Agreement shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be asserted by the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(m) The Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due.

(n) The Company or any Guarantor, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Debtor Relief Law:

(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking an arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Debtor Relief Laws;

 

15


(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors.

(o) A court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Debtor Relief Law (which order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive calendar days) that:

(i) is for relief against the Company or any Guarantor in a proceeding in which the Company or any Guarantor is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Guarantor, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any Guarantor; or

(iii) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or any Guarantor.

SECTION 11. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default that has not been timely cured as provided herein:

(a) Acceleration of Note. In the case of an Event of Default of the type specified in Sections 10(m), 10(n) and 10(o), the outstanding Note Obligations Amount will become immediately due and payable, without any further notice and without any presentment, demand or protest of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company; provided, however, that if any such Event of Default constitutes an Intentional Event of Default, then, in lieu of the outstanding Note Obligations Amount, the Make-Whole Amount will become immediately due and payable, without any further notice and without any presentment, demand or protest of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Required Investors may declare the outstanding Note Obligations Amounts with respect to all Notes to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the same will become forthwith due and payable; provided, however, that if any such Event of Default constitutes an Intentional Event of Default, then, in lieu of the outstanding Note Obligations Amount, the Required Investors may declare the Make-Whole Amount with respect to all Notes to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the same will become forthwith due and payable.

 

16


(b) Waiver of Default. The Required Investors may (upon execution of a written instrument) rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Event of Default, together with any of the consequences of such Event of Default; provided that an Event of Default of the type specified in Sections 10(m), 10(n) and 10(o) may only be waived and any acceleration with respect thereto only rescinded in respect of this Note by the Holder. In such event, the Holder and the Company will be restored to their respective former positions, rights and obligations hereunder.

(c) Cumulative Remedies. No failure on the part of the Holder or the Required Investors to exercise and no delay in exercising any right hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by the Holder or Required Investors of any right hereunder preclude any other or further right of exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not alternative.

(d) Failure to Deliver. Without limiting Section 10(c), if the Company fails to deliver Conversion Securities as required under the terms hereof with respect to any Conversion Date (such Conversion Securities, the “Failed Securities”), the Company shall pay to the Holder the commercially reasonable cost of borrowing securities with respect to any short position relating to such Failed Securities solely to the extent such short positions exist from the time at which the Failed Securities were required to be delivered pursuant to the time hereof until such time as the Failed Securities are delivered, if ever.

SECTION 12. AUTHORIZED SHARES. So long as this Note is outstanding, the Company shall, on or immediately prior to the date of conversion of this Note, take all action necessary, including amending the Company’s governing documents to authorize and reserve the requisite number of shares of Common Equity, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of this Note, such that the number of shares of Conversion Securities shall be duly and validly authorized, reserved (to the extent applicable) and available for issuance at the time of the conversion of this Note, and upon issuance in accordance with the terms of this Note, the Conversion Securities will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under applicable federal and state securities laws or liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by the Holder.

SECTION 13. VOTING RIGHTS. The Holder shall have no voting rights as the holder of this Note, except as required by New York Law.

SECTION 14. RANKING; PRIORITY. This Note will be senior Indebtedness of the Company, ranking equally in right of payment with any present and future senior Indebtedness (including the other Notes) and ranking senior in right of payment to any present and future subordinated Indebtedness and to any present or future equity securities or other interests in the Company.

SECTION 15. AMENDMENTS. This Note, and any of the terms and provisions hereof, may be amended from time to time as set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

17


SECTION 16. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RELATED PROVISIONS.

(a) Prior to the one (1)-year anniversary of the Issuance Date, this Note may not be directly or indirectly sold, assigned or transferred by the Holder without the prior written consent of the Company, such consent to be given or withheld in the Company’s sole discretion; provided the Holder may transfer this Note in whole or in part to an affiliated investment fund or vehicle that is under common control with the Holder (such transfer an “Affiliate Transfer”); provided, further, that no change in the identity of the partners or stockholders of the Holder shall constitute an indirect sale or transfer of this Note so long as there is no change of control of such Holder. On or after the one (1)-year anniversary of the Issuance Date, this Note may not be directly or indirectly offered, sold, assigned or transferred by the Holder without the prior written consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned by the Company; provided that the Company may withhold its consent in its sole discretion if and only if such transfer could require the Company to provide any confidential information to the transferee that the Company determines, in good faith, would be sensitive from a competitive perspective due to the identity or nature of the transferee; provided, further, no such consent shall be required in the case of an Affiliate Transfer or upon the occurrence of an Event of Default. No Holder of this Note shall use any confidential information provided by the Company pursuant to the Notes or Note Purchase Agreement in order to solicit any interest in a transfer of Notes without the prior written consent of the Company. In connection with any assignment or direct transfer of this Note (in whole or in part), the transferee shall agree to be bound by, and shall become party to, the Note Purchase Agreement by execution of a counterpart signature page thereto. Any offer, sale, assignment or other transfer of this Note is also subject to the restrictive legends of this Note.

(b) The Company shall maintain and keep updated a register (the “Register”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Holders of this Note and each Replacement Note and the Outstanding Principal Balance of this Note (and accrued interest) and any Replacement Note (the “Registered Notes”). The initial address for the Holder of this Note shall be the address set forth on the Holder’s signature page hereto and may be updated, from time to time, by written notice to the Company. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The Company and the Holders of this Note and Replacement Notes shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of this Note or the applicable Replacement Note for all purposes, including, without limitation, the right to receive payments hereunder, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. Upon the written request of the Holder, the Company shall provide a copy of the Register to the Holder and backup calculations for the values relating to this Note in the Register. A Registered Note may be assigned or sold in whole or in part, to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 16(a) and any other terms hereof, only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register. Upon its receipt of a satisfactory request to assign or sell all or part of any Registered Note by the Holder of the applicable Registered Note and the physical surrender of such applicable Registered Note to the Company,

 

18


the Company shall record the information contained therein in the Register and issue one or more new Registered Notes, the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of which is the same as the entire Outstanding Principal Balance of the surrendered Registered Note, to the Transferee pursuant to Section 17. The provisions of this Section 16(b) are intended to cause the Note to be in “registered form” as defined in Treasury Regulations Sections 5f.103-1(c) and 1.871-14(c), or Proposed Section 1.163-5(b) (and any successor sections) and shall be interpreted and applied consistently therewith.

SECTION 17. REISSUANCE OF THE NOTE.

(a) Transfer. If this Note is permitted to be transferred, in whole or in part, the Holder shall surrender this Note to the Company, whereupon the Company will issue and deliver a Replacement Note to the Transferee (in accordance with Section 17(d)), representing the Outstanding Principal Balance of this Note being transferred by the Holder and, if less than the entire Outstanding Principal Balance of this Note held by the Holder is being transferred, a new note (in accordance with Section 17(d)) to the Holder, representing the portion of the Outstanding Principal Balance not being transferred (each, a “Replacement Note” and collectively, the “Replacement Notes”). The Holder and the Transferee, by acceptance of this Note, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of Section 17(d), following conversion or redemption of any portion of this Note, the Outstanding Principal Balance represented by this Note may be less than the Outstanding Principal Balance stated on the face of this Note.

(b) Note Exchangeable for Different Denominations. This Note is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Holder at the principal office of the Company, for Replacement Notes representing in the aggregate the Outstanding Principal Balance of this Note in accordance with Section 17(d). Each such Replacement Note will represent such portion of such Outstanding Principal Balance as is designated by the Holder at the time of such surrender. The Original Principal Amount shall be allocated pro rata between such Replacement Notes based on the Outstanding Principal Balance designated for each.

(c) Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Note. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of any indemnification undertaking by the Holder to the Company in customary form and, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Note, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Holder a Replacement Note (in accordance with Section 17(d)), representing the Outstanding Principal Balance.

 

19


(d) Issuance of Replacement Notes. Whenever the Company is required to issue a Replacement Note pursuant to the terms of this Note, such Replacement Note (i) shall be of like tenor with this Note, (ii) shall represent, as indicated on the face of such Replacement Note, the remaining Outstanding Principal Balance (or, in the case of a Replacement Note being issued pursuant to Section 17(a) or Section 17(c), the Outstanding Principal Balance designated by the Holder which, when added to the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance represented by the other Replacement Notes issued in connection with such issuance, does not exceed the remaining Outstanding Principal Balance under this Note immediately prior to such issuance of Replacement Notes), (iii) shall be deemed to have an Original Principal Amount calculated in accordance with Section 17(b), (iv) shall have an issuance date, as indicated on the face of such Replacement Note, which is the same as the Issuance Date of this Note, (v) still be deemed to have accrued its proportional share of the interest under this Note from the immediately preceding Interest Payment Due Date, (vi) shall have the same rights and conditions as this Note and (vii) shall be timely prepared and issued by the Company, but in any event the Company shall issue such Replacement Note not later than five (5) Business Days after surrender of this Note or the receipt of the evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company pursuant to Section 17(b), as the case may be.

SECTION 18. FAILURE OR INDULGENCE NOT WAIVER; REMEDIES. The Holder shall not by any act or omission, whether by it or the Required Investors, be deemed to waive any of its rights or remedies under this Note unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by the Holder or the Required Investors, as applicable, and then only to the extent specifically set forth therein. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Holder is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by Law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at Law, in equity, in tort or otherwise, including injunctive relief or specific performance. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 19. DISPUTE RESOLUTION. If the Holder disagrees with any arithmetic calculations performed by the Company pursuant to this Note or if the Holder or Holders and the Company are unable to agree as to a value upon which they are required to agree hereunder, the Holder shall submit to the Company its calculations thereof. If the Holder and the Company are unable to agree upon such calculation within five (5) Business Days of the submission by the Holder, then the Company shall, within five (5) Business Days thereafter submit the disputed arithmetic calculation to an accountant (which is independent of both the Holder and the Company and is not the Company’s appointed outside accountant), reasonably satisfactory to the parties (which is ranked in the top twenty (20) accounting firms nationally, by revenue). The Company shall cause such accountant to perform the calculation and notify the Company and the Holder of the results no later than ten (10) Business Days from the time it receives the disputed calculation. The Company shall pay the costs and expenses of such accountant unless the calculation of such accountant is mathematically closer to the Company’s calculation than the calculation submitted by the Holder, in which case, the costs and expenses of such accountant shall be paid by such Holder. Such calculation shall be binding upon all parties absent manifest error.

 

20


SECTION 20. NOTICES AND PAYMENTS.

(a) Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Note shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally, by overnight courier, by facsimile or by electronic mail or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, addressed to the Holder at the address as set forth on the Register.

(b) Payments. Whenever any payment of cash is to be made by the Company to any Person pursuant to this Note, such payment shall be made in cash via wire transfer of immediately available funds. The Holder shall provide the Company with prior written notice setting out such request and the Holder’s wire transfer instructions. Whenever any amount expressed to be due by the terms of this Note is due on any day which is not a Business Day, the same shall instead be due on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day and, in the case of any Interest Payment Due Date which is not the date on which this Note is paid in full, the extension of the due date thereof shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of interest due on such date.

(i) All amounts payable or deliverable in respect of this Note, whether in respect of principal, interest (including accrued interest) or otherwise, upon conversion or otherwise, will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is required by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all such amounts paid or delivered by or on behalf of the Company to (A) any Person who is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code who has timely provided, on behalf of itself, a properly completed and valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 and (B) any Person other than a United States person who has timely provided, on behalf of itself and/or its beneficial owners, as applicable, a properly completed and valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E and such other information (such as that it and/or its beneficial owner is not a 10% shareholder of the Company, a controlled foreign corporation to which the Company is related, or a bank extending credit to the Company in the ordinary course of its trade or business) establishing an exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax, shall be free and clear of and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of, any and all Taxes, other than any Taxes imposed under FATCA, unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is required as a result of a change in Law after the date hereof; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any forms or other information provided by a transferor or predecessor with respect to a Person shall not satisfy the requirements of this sentence with respect to such Person.

(ii) The Company will make all withholdings and deductions required by Law and will timely remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant tax authority in accordance with applicable law. The Company will furnish to the Holder, within a reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld is made, certified copies of Tax receipts evidencing payment by the Company, or other evidence of payments (reasonably satisfactory to the Holder).

 

21


(c) The Company will pay and indemnify the beneficial owner for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, court or documentary Taxes, or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies (including penalties, interest and any other reasonable expenses related thereto) levied on or in connection with the execution, delivery, issuance, registration or enforcement of this Note or the receipt of any payments with respect thereto.

SECTION 21. TAX MATTERS. For all U.S. federal and relevant state or local tax purposes, except as otherwise required by a tax authority or change in applicable law, the parties hereto shall treat the Notes as convertible debt and not contingent payment debt instruments, treat the accrual of interest as not constituting “contingent interest” within the meaning of Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of the Code, and file all relevant Tax returns consistently with the foregoing

SECTION 22. WAIVER OF NOTICE. To the extent permitted by Law, unless otherwise provided herein, the Company hereby waives demand, notice, protest and all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note.

SECTION 23. GOVERNING LAW, JURISDICTION AND SEVERABILITY. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of New York or of any other state that would result in the application of the laws of a state other than the State of New York. The Company hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by Law. In the event that any provision of this Note is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable Law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such Law. Any such provision which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any Law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Note. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or operate to preclude the Holder from bringing suit or taking other legal action against the Company in any other jurisdiction to collect on the Company’s obligations to the Holder, to realize on any collateral or any other security for such obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court ruling in favor of the Holder.

 

22


SECTION 24. INTERPRETATION. This Note shall be deemed to be jointly drafted by the Company and the Holder and shall not be construed against any Person as the drafter hereof. In this Note, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all words and personal pronouns relating thereto shall be read and construed as the number and gender of the party or parties required and the verb shall be read and construed as agreeing with the required word and pronoun; the division of this Note into Sections and Exhibits and the use of headings and captions is for convenience of reference only and shall not modify or affect the interpretation or construction of this Note or any of its provisions; the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder,” “hereinafter” and “hereto” and words of similar import refer to this Note as a whole and not to any particular Section or Exhibit hereof; the words “include,” “including,” and derivations thereof shall be deemed to have the phrase “without limitation” attached thereto unless otherwise expressly stated; references to a specified Exhibit or Section shall be construed as a reference to that specified Exhibit or Section of this Note; and all references to “$” or “dollars” shall be deemed references to United States dollars.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the Issuance Date set out above.

 

DOORDASH, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Address:
DoorDash, Inc.
303 2nd Street, South Tower, 8th Floor, San
Francisco, CA 94107
Attention: Prabir Adarkar
Email:
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Attention:   Rezwan Pavri
  Erik Franks
Telephone:  
Email:  


ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:
[__________________]
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

Address:

[___________]

[Address]

[Address]

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

[___________]

[Address]

[Address]

 

Attention:

 

Telephone:

 

Email:


Exhibit A

Form of New Note


THIS SENIOR NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR PLEDGED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR TO PERSONS OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS PROVIDED PURSUANT TO TREAS. REG. SECTION 1.1275-3: THIS DEBT INSTRUMENT WILL BE TREATED AS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. THE COMPANY WILL MAKE AVAILABLE ON REQUEST TO THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE, AND YIELD. THE ADDRESS OF THE COMPANY IS DOORDASH INC., 303 2ND STREET, SOUTH TOWER, 8TH FLOOR, SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94107, ATTENTION: PRABIR ADARKAR. THE HOLDER MAY NOT, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, TRANSFER THIS NOTE, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 16 AND 17 HEREOF.

SENIOR NOTE

Issuance Date: [_____________], 20[__] (the “Issuance Date”)

Original Principal Amount: $[_____________] (the “Original Principal Amount”)

Note No.: [_]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, DoorDash, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware (the “Company”), hereby promises to pay [_____________] or its registered assigns (the “Holder”) the amount set out above as the Original Principal Amount, as such amount may be (i) increased pursuant to the payment in kind of any interest as provided in Section 3 or (ii) reduced pursuant to any redemption or repayment effected in accordance with the terms hereof (the balance of such amount from time to time being the “Outstanding Principal Balance”), when due, whether upon the Maturity Date, redemption, acceleration or otherwise (in each case in accordance with the terms hereof). This senior note (including all senior notes issued in exchange, transfer or replacement hereof, this “Note”) is being issued upon the exchange of that certain 10% Convertible Note held by the Holder that was issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined below shall have the meaning set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement. The following terms used in this Note will have the respective meanings set forth below:

Capital Stock” means, for any Person, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of, or interest in (howsoever designated), the equity of such Person, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity and any non-convertible preferred stock or equity of such Person.


Change of Control Effective Time” means the point in time at which a Change of Control Event closes or is otherwise consummated.

Change of Control Event” means the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder), other than the Permitted Holders, individually or in the aggregate, of Equity Interests representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Company; (iii) persons who were (A) directors of the Company on the “Issuance Date” (as defined in the 10% Convertible Note for which this Note was issued), (B) nominated by the Board of Directors of the Company or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by the Board of Directors of the Company at any time before such persons actually commenced their service as directors or (C) appointed by directors that were directors of the Company or directors nominated as provided in the preceding subclause (B), ceasing to occupy a majority of the seats (excluding vacant seats) on the Board of Directors of the Company; or (iv) on and following the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company free and clear of all Liens; provided that the consummation of a Holdco Transaction shall not be a Change of Control Event.

Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

Company” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph.

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time and any successor statute and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Event of Default” shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Note (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement between a non-U.S. jurisdiction and the United States with respect to the foregoing and any law or regulation or official rules or practices adopted pursuant to any such intergovernmental agreement.

 

2


Holdco Transaction” means a transaction (or series of transactions) which will, among other things, cause 100% of the Equity Interests in the Company and its existing Subsidiaries to be held by a newly-formed entity organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States (“Holdings”); provided that (a) the owners of 100% of the Equity Interests in Holdings immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Equity Interests owned by each such person) are identical to the owners of 100% of the Equity Interests in the Company immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Equity Interests owned by each such person); provided that, such Equity Interests of such owners may be held in different classes or series of Equity Interests of Holdings (with different voting and other governance rights and different liquidation preferences, dividend rights and other economic rights), and (b) Holdings, immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, expressly assumes this Note and the payment obligations of the Company under this Note, and (c) such transaction and assumption is effected in a manner that is tax neutral for the Holder or the Company compensates the Holder for any detrimental tax or economic effects of such transaction and assumption; and (d) the Company shall have entered executed and delivered to the Holders a Counterpart Agreement and shall have provided such other documentation as would be required in connection with a joinder of a Guarantor pursuant to Note Purchase Agreement; provided that any assignment and assumption of this Note in connection with a HoldCo Transaction that satisfies clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) shall be deemed to be consented to by the Holder.

Holder” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph.

Incurrence Event” shall have the meaning set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement.

Interest Payment Due Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3(b).

Issuance Date” shall have the meaning specified in the preamble of this Note.

Law” means any law (including common law), constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule, ordinance, code, ruling, or order of, including the administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, or any agreement with, any Governmental Authority.

Maturity Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.

Note” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph.

Note Obligations Amount” means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Outstanding Principal Balance as of the Close of Business on such date plus (ii) all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note through, but excluding, such date, which interest is not otherwise included in such Outstanding Principal Balance.

Note Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2020 (as amended, modified or supplemented), by and among the Company, Caviar, LLC and the Investors party thereto.

 

3


Notes” shall mean those certain senior notes issued upon exchange of the 10% Convertible Notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

Open of Business” means 9:00 a.m., New York City time.

Optional Redemption” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9(b).

Optional Redemption Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9(b).

Original Principal Amount” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph.

Outstanding Principal Balance” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph.

PIK Interest Payment” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3(b).

PIK Interest Payment Due Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3(b).

Redemption Date” means the date on which this Note is redeemed against payment therefor, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be, (i) in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 5(a), the effective date of the Change of Control Event; (ii) in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 5(b), the date of the Incurrence Event; and (iii) in the case of an Optional Redemption pursuant to Section 9(b), the Optional Redemption Date.

Register” shall have the meaning specified in Section 16(b).

Registered Notes” shall have the meaning specified in Section 16(b).

Replacement Notes” shall have the meaning specified in Section 17(a).

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Surviving Person” means the surviving Person in a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company.

Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings (including backup withholding) imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Transferee” means the transferee designated by the Holder.

SECTION 2. PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL. If this Note has not yet been redeemed or otherwise repaid, the Note Obligations Amount, as of the Maturity Date, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date. Except as expressly permitted herein, the Company may not voluntarily prepay or redeem this Note prior to the Maturity Date.

 

4


SECTION 3. PAYMENT OF INTEREST.

(a) During the term of this Note, interest shall accrue daily on the Outstanding Principal Balance at a rate of 10.0% per annum from, and including, the Issuance Date until, but excluding, the Maturity Date, or such earlier date of redemption. The accrual of interest on this Note as of any date will be calculated based on the Outstanding Principal Balance of this Note as of the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Interest Payment Due Date (or, if no preceding Interest Payment Due Date, on the Issuance Date).

(b) Accrued and unpaid interest shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on March 1, 2020 (each, an “Interest Payment Due Date”), by, at the Company’s election, either (i) adding such accrued interest to the Outstanding Principal Balance under this Note on such Interest Payment Due Date (such payment, a “PIK Interest Payment,” and such Interest Payment Due Date, a “PIK Interest Payment Due Date”), which addition of accrued interest will be effective as of the Open of Business on such PIK Interest Payment Due Date, or (ii) paying such accrued interest in cash on such Interest Payment Due Date in accordance with Section 20(b); provided that no interest previously paid pursuant to a PIK Interest Payment may be paid following the relevant PIK Interest Payment Due Date as accrued interest. In the event that the Company does not elect whether to pay interest in kind or in cash on or before an Interest Payment Due Date, the Company shall be deemed to elect to pay such accrued interest due on such Interest Payment Due Date in kind and to have made a PIK Interest Payment (and shall update the Register accordingly). Interest shall accrue and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve (12) 30-day months.

(c) On each PIK Interest Payment Due Date, if applicable, the Company shall make a record on its books of the increase in the Outstanding Principal Balance of this Note due to the accrual of interest, which addition of accrued interest will be effective as of the Open of Business on such PIK Interest Payment Due Date, each Note shall represent the increased Outstanding Principal Balance, and no separate Note will be issued with respect to such accrued interest.

SECTION 4. [Reserved].

SECTION 5. MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

(a) Redemption upon a Change of Control Event. Subject to, and immediately upon, the occurrence of a Change of Control Event prior to the Maturity Date, the Company shall redeem this Note (in full and not in part) for an amount in cash equal to the Note Obligations Amount in accordance with Section 5(c) and Section 9(c).

 

5


(b) Redemption upon an Incurrence Event. Subject to, and immediately upon, the occurrence of an Incurrence Event prior to the Maturity Date, the Company shall redeem this Note (or portion thereof, as determined as set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement) for an amount in cash equal to the Note Obligations Amount in accordance with Section 5(c) and Section 9(c).

(c) Change of Control and Incurrence Event Notice. The Company shall deliver to the Holder notice of a Change of Control Event or Incurrence Event, as applicable, not less than ten (10) calendar days prior to any anticipated Change of Control Effective Time or Incurrence Event; provided, that if the Company does not have ten (10) calendar days’ prior knowledge of such Change of Control Effective Time or Incurrence Event, as applicable, it shall provide such notice as soon as practicable after obtaining knowledge thereof. The date of the anticipated Change of Control Effective Time or Incurrence Event, as applicable, will be determined in good faith by the Company. To the extent that the Change of Control Event or Incurrence Event, as applicable, does not occur on the anticipated date contemplated in the notice delivered pursuant to this Section 5(c), the Company shall deliver notice upon the consummation of the Change of Control Event or Incurrence Event, as applicable, and shall make payment of the Note Obligations Amount on such date.

SECTION 6. MATURITY DATE EVENT. This Note will mature on March 1, 2025, unless earlier redeemed or repaid pursuant to and in accordance with this Note (the “Maturity Date”).

SECTION 7. [Reserved].

SECTION 8. [Reserved].

SECTION 9. REDEMPTION AND REPAYMENT MECHANICS.

(a) Prepayment. Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, this Note may not be redeemed or prepaid at the option of the Company.

(b) Optional Redemption. At any time prior to the occurrence of any redemption in full pursuant to Section 5, the Company may, at its option, redeem this Note for an amount in cash equal to the Note Obligations Amount in accordance with this Section 9(b) (an “Optional Redemption”). In order to effect an Optional Redemption, the Company shall select the date that such Optional Redemption shall occur (the “Optional Redemption Date”) and deliver written notice of such Optional Redemption, and the related Optional Redemption Date, to the Holder not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Optional Redemption Date.

 

6


(c) Mechanics of Redemption or Repayment of this Note. The following procedures shall apply to redemptions pursuant to Sections 5(a), 5(b) and 9(b) and other repayments of the amounts due and payable under this Note:

(i) In connection with any redemption or the repayment of this Note, the Holder shall surrender this Note to the Company (or in the case of the loss, theft or destruction of this Note, provide an indemnification undertaking with respect to this Note that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company) no later than the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date or Maturity Date, as applicable; provided that failure to timely surrender this Note shall not release the Company of its obligations hereunder.

(ii) On the Redemption Date, the Company shall pay any amount due and payable under the terms of this Note in cash as of such Redemption Date. On the Maturity Date, the Company shall pay any amount due and payable under the terms of this Note in cash as of such Maturity Date.

SECTION 10. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following shall be an “Event of Default” (and collectively, “Events of Default”) with respect to this Note:

(a) The Company fails to pay any portion of the Note Obligations Amount or premium thereon when due, whether on the Maturity Date, upon redemption or acceleration, or otherwise.

(b) The Company elects to pay interest in cash and fails to pay such interest pursuant to Section 3(b) for fifteen (15) calendar days after the interest becomes due.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Any representation or warranty made by the Company in the Note Purchase Agreement or this Note or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Note or the Note Purchase Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made (other than to the extent qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect,” in which case, such representation or warranty shall prove to have been incorrect in any respect);

(e) The Company fails to comply with its obligations under Sections 7(b), 7(c), 7(i) and 8 of the Note Purchase Agreement.

(f) The Company fails to comply with its obligations under this Note or the Note Purchase Agreement (other than as otherwise expressly provided in Section 10(a), 10(b), 10(c), 10(d) or 10(e)) for 30 calendar days after the Required Investors have provided written notice to the Company of the failure to so comply.

(g) The Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to perform or comply with any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement(s) or instrument(s) governing any Indebtedness for borrowed money in an amount in excess of $50,000,000, whether such Indebtedness now exists or is created after the Issuance Date, (i) that results in such Indebtedness becoming due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity or (ii) constitutes a failure to pay the principal of any such Indebtedness when due and payable.

 

7


(h) (i) One or more judgments for the payment of money in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate, to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage, shall be rendered against the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof (to the extent not paid or covered by a reputable and solvent independent third-party insurance company which has not disputed coverage) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive calendar days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed (or an action of similar effect in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.), or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment and such action shall not be stayed (or an action of similar effect in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.) or (ii) any nonmonetary judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process shall be entered or filed against Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company or any combination thereof or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed (or an action of similar effect in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.) for a period of 90 consecutive calendar days and such non-monetary judgment, writ, warrant of attachment or similar process would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) one or more ERISA Events shall have occurred that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(j) If borrowings pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility are in excess of $200 million in the aggregate (excluding any amounts for letters of credit drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility), any “Event of Default” (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) occurs and is continuing, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, for a period of five (5) business days;

(k) Any Guaranty shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be asserted by any Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(l) This Note or the Note Purchase Agreement shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be asserted by the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(m) The Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due.

 

8


(n) The Company or any Guarantor, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Debtor Relief Law:

(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking an arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Debtor Relief Laws;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors.

(o) A court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Debtor Relief Law (which order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive calendar days) that:

(i) is for relief against the Company or any Guarantor in a proceeding in which the Company or any Guarantor is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Guarantor, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any Guarantor; or

(iii) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or any Guarantor.

SECTION 11. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default that has not been timely cured as provided herein:

(a) Acceleration of Note. In the case of an Event of Default of the type specified in Sections 10(m), 10(n) and 10(o), the outstanding Note Obligations Amount will become immediately due and payable, without any further notice and without any presentment, demand or protest of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Required Investors may declare the outstanding Note Obligations Amount with respect to all Notes to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the same will become forthwith due and payable.

(b) Waiver of Default. The Required Investors may (upon execution of a written instrument) rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Event of Default, together with any of the consequences of such Event of Default; provided that an Event of Default of the type specified in Sections 10(m), 10(n) and 10(o) may only be waived and any acceleration with respect thereto only rescinded in respect of this Note by the Holder. In such event, the Holder and the Company will be restored to their respective former positions, rights and obligations hereunder.

 

9


(c) Cumulative Remedies. No failure on the part of the Holder or the Required Investors to exercise and no delay in exercising any right hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by the Holder or Required Investors of any right hereunder preclude any other or further right of exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not alternative.

SECTION 12. [Reserved].

SECTION 13. [Reserved].

SECTION 14. RANKING; PRIORITY. This Note will be senior Indebtedness of the Company, ranking equally in right of payment with any present and future senior Indebtedness (including the other Notes) and ranking senior in right of payment to any present and future subordinated Indebtedness and to any present or future equity securities or other interests in the Company.

SECTION 15. AMENDMENTS. This Note, and any of the terms and provisions hereof, may be amended from time to time as set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement.

SECTION 16. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RELATED PROVISIONS.

(a) In connection with any assignment or direct transfer of this Note (in whole or in part), the transferee shall agree to be bound by, and shall become party to, the Note Purchase Agreement by execution of a counterpart signature page thereto. Any offer, sale, assignment or other transfer of this Note is also subject to the restrictive legends of this Note.

(b) The Company shall maintain and keep updated a register (the “Register”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Holders of this Note and each Replacement Note and the Outstanding Principal Balance of this Note (and accrued interest) and any Replacement Note (the “Registered Notes”). The initial address for the Holder of this Note shall be the address set forth on the Holder’s signature page hereto and may be updated, from time to time, by written notice to the Company. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The Company and the Holders of this Note and Replacement Notes shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of this Note or the applicable Replacement Note for all purposes, including, without limitation, the right to receive payments hereunder, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. Upon the written request of the Holder, the Company shall provide a copy of the Register to the Holder and backup calculations for the values relating to this Note in the Register. A Registered Note may be assigned or sold in whole or in part only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register. Upon its receipt of a satisfactory request to assign or sell all or part of any Registered Note by the Holder of the applicable Registered Note and the physical surrender of such applicable Registered Note to the Company, the Company shall record the information contained therein in the Register and issue one or more new Registered Notes, the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of which is the same as the entire Outstanding Principal Balance of the surrendered Registered Note, to the Transferee pursuant to Section 17. The provisions of this Section 16(b) are intended to cause the Note to be in “registered form” as defined in Treasury Regulations Sections 5f.103-1(c) and 1.871-14(c), or Proposed Section 1.163-5(b) (and any successor sections) and shall be interpreted and applied consistently therewith.

 

10


SECTION 17. REISSUANCE OF THE NOTE.

(a) Transfer. If this Note is permitted to be transferred, in whole or in part, the Holder shall surrender this Note to the Company, whereupon the Company will issue and deliver a Replacement Note to the Transferee (in accordance with Section 17(d)), representing the Outstanding Principal Balance of this Note being transferred by the Holder and, if less than the entire Outstanding Principal Balance of this Note held by the Holder is being transferred, a new note (in accordance with Section 17(d)) to the Holder, representing the portion of the Outstanding Principal Balance not being transferred (each, a “Replacement Note” and collectively, the “Replacement Notes”). The Holder and the Transferee, by acceptance of this Note, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of Section 17(d), following redemption of any portion of this Note, the Outstanding Principal Balance represented by this Note may be less than the Outstanding Principal Balance stated on the face of this Note.

(b) Note Exchangeable for Different Denominations. This Note is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Holder at the principal office of the Company, for Replacement Notes representing in the aggregate the Outstanding Principal Balance of this Note in accordance with Section 17(d). Each such Replacement Note will represent such portion of such Outstanding Principal Balance as is designated by the Holder at the time of such surrender. The Original Principal Amount shall be allocated pro rata between such Replacement Notes based on the Outstanding Principal Balance designated for each.

(c) Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Note. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of any indemnification undertaking by the Holder to the Company in customary form and, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Note, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Holder a Replacement Note (in accordance with Section 17(d)), representing the Outstanding Principal Balance.

 

11


(d) Issuance of Replacement Notes. Whenever the Company is required to issue a Replacement Note pursuant to the terms of this Note, such Replacement Note (i) shall be of like tenor with this Note, (ii) shall represent, as indicated on the face of such Replacement Note, the remaining Outstanding Principal Balance (or, in the case of a Replacement Note being issued pursuant to Section 17(a) or Section 17(c), the Outstanding Principal Balance designated by the Holder which, when added to the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance represented by the other Replacement Notes issued in connection with such issuance, does not exceed the remaining Outstanding Principal Balance under this Note immediately prior to such issuance of Replacement Notes), (iii) shall be deemed to have an Original Principal Amount calculated in accordance with Section 17(b), (iv) shall have an issuance date, as indicated on the face of such Replacement Note, which is the same as the Issuance Date of this Note, (v) still be deemed to have accrued its proportional share of the interest under this Note from the immediately preceding Interest Payment Due Date, (vi) shall have the same rights and conditions as this Note and (vii) shall be timely prepared and issued by the Company, but in any event the Company shall issue such Replacement Note not later than five (5) Business Days after surrender of this Note or the receipt of the evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company pursuant to Section 17(b), as the case may be.

SECTION 18. FAILURE OR INDULGENCE NOT WAIVER; REMEDIES. The Holder shall not by any act or omission, whether by it or the Required Investors, be deemed to waive any of its rights or remedies under this Note unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by the Holder or the Required Investors, as applicable, and then only to the extent specifically set forth therein. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Holder is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by Law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at Law, in equity, in tort or otherwise, including injunctive relief or specific performance. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 19. DISPUTE RESOLUTION. If the Holder disagrees with any arithmetic calculations performed by the Company pursuant to this Note or if the Holder or Holders and the Company are unable to agree as to a value upon which they are required to agree hereunder, the Holder shall submit to the Company its calculations thereof. If the Holder and the Company are unable to agree upon such calculation within five (5) Business Days of the submission by the Holder, then the Company shall, within five (5) Business Days thereafter submit the disputed arithmetic calculation to an accountant (which is independent of both the Holder and the Company and is not the Company’s appointed outside accountant), reasonably satisfactory to the parties (which is ranked in the top twenty (20) accounting firms nationally, by revenue). The Company shall cause such accountant to perform the calculation and notify the Company and the Holder of the results no later than ten (10) Business Days from the time it receives the disputed calculation. The Company shall pay the costs and expenses of such accountant unless the calculation of such accountant is mathematically closer to the Company’s calculation than the calculation submitted by the Holder, in which case, the costs and expenses of such accountant shall be paid by such Holder. Such calculation shall be binding upon all parties absent manifest error.

 

12


SECTION 20. NOTICES AND PAYMENTS.

(a) Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Note shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally, by overnight courier, by facsimile or by electronic mail or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, addressed to the Holder at the address as set forth on the Register.

(b) Payments. Whenever any payment of cash is to be made by the Company to any Person pursuant to this Note, such payment shall be made in cash via wire transfer of immediately available funds. The Holder shall provide the Company with prior written notice setting out such request and the Holder’s wire transfer instructions. Whenever any amount expressed to be due by the terms of this Note is due on any day which is not a Business Day, the same shall instead be due on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day and, in the case of any Interest Payment Due Date which is not the date on which this Note is paid in full, the extension of the due date thereof shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of interest due on such date.

(i) All amounts payable or deliverable in respect of this Note, whether in respect of principal, interest (including accrued interest) or otherwise, will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is required by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all such amounts paid or delivered by or on behalf of the Company to (A) any Person who is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code who has timely provided, on behalf of itself, a properly completed and valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 and (B) any Person other than a United States person who has timely provided, on behalf of itself and/or its beneficial owners, as applicable, a properly completed and valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E and such other information (such as that it and/or its beneficial owner is not a 10% shareholder of the Company, a controlled foreign corporation to which the Company is related, or a bank extending credit to the Company in the ordinary course of its trade or business) establishing an exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax, shall be free and clear of and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of, any and all Taxes, other than any Taxes imposed under FATCA, unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is required as a result of a change in Law after the date hereof; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any forms or other information provided by a transferor or predecessor with respect to a Person shall not satisfy the requirements of this sentence with respect to such Person.

 

13


(ii) The Company will make all withholdings and deductions required by Law and will timely remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant tax authority in accordance with applicable law. The Company will furnish to the Holder, within a reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld is made, certified copies of Tax receipts evidencing payment by the Company, or other evidence of payments (reasonably satisfactory to the Holder).

(c) The Company will pay and indemnify the beneficial owner for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, court or documentary Taxes, or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies (including penalties, interest and any other reasonable expenses related thereto) levied on or in connection with the execution, delivery, issuance, registration or enforcement of this Note or the receipt of any payments with respect thereto.

SECTION 21. TAX MATTERS. For all U.S. federal and relevant state or local tax purposes, except as otherwise required by a tax authority or change in applicable law, the parties hereto shall not treat the Notes as contingent payment debt instruments, shall treat the accrual of interest as not constituting “contingent interest” within the meaning of Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of the Code, and shall file all relevant Tax returns consistently with the foregoing.

SECTION 22. WAIVER OF NOTICE. To the extent permitted by Law, unless otherwise provided herein, the Company hereby waives demand, notice, protest and all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note.

SECTION 23. GOVERNING LAW, JURISDICTION AND SEVERABILITY. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of New York or of any other state that would result in the application of the laws of a state other than the State of New York. The Company hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by Law. In the event that any provision of this Note is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable Law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such Law. Any such provision which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any Law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Note. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or operate to preclude the Holder from bringing suit or taking other legal action against the Company in any other jurisdiction to collect on the Company’s obligations to the Holder, to realize on any collateral or any other security for such obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court ruling in favor of the Holder.

SECTION 24. INTERPRETATION. This Note shall be deemed to be jointly drafted by the Company and the Holder and shall not be construed against any Person as the drafter hereof. In this Note, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all words and personal pronouns relating thereto shall be read and construed as the number and gender of the party or parties required and the verb shall be read and construed as agreeing with the required word and pronoun; the division of this Note into Sections and Exhibits and the use of headings and captions is for convenience of reference only and shall not modify or affect the interpretation or construction of this Note or any of its provisions; the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder,” “hereinafter” and “hereto” and words of similar import refer to this Note as a whole and not to any particular Section or Exhibit hereof; the words “include,” “including,” and derivations thereof shall be deemed to have the phrase “without limitation” attached thereto unless otherwise expressly stated; references to a specified Exhibit or Section shall be construed as a reference to that specified Exhibit or Section of this Note; and all references to “$” or “dollars” shall be deemed references to United States dollars.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the Issuance Date set out above.

 

DOORDASH, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Address:
DoorDash, Inc.

303 2nd Street, South Tower, 8th Floor, San Francisco,

CA 94107

Attention: Prabir Adarkar
Email:
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Attention: Rezwan Pavri

 Erik Franks

Telephone:
Email:


ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

[                                         ]

 

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Address:

[                        ]

[Address]

[Address]

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

[                        ]

[Address]

[Address]

Attention:

Telephone:

Email:


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

February 19, 2020

This Compliance Certificate is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4(c) of the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2020 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Caviar, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the persons and entities listed on the schedule of investors attached thereto as Schedule I.

1. I am the duly elected, qualified and acting Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

2. The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in the Purchase Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date, except that to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in such manner as of such earlier date.

3. On and as of the Closing Date, the Company is in compliance with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in the Purchase Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before the Closing Date.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Compliance Certificate as of the date first written above.

 

DOORDASH, INC.
By:    
  Name: Prabir Adarkar
  Title: Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF COUNTERPART AGREEMENT

This Counterpart Agreement, dated [______] (this “Counterpart Agreement”) is delivered pursuant to that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2020 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Caviar, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the investors named in Schedule I thereto.

Section 1. Pursuant to Section 9 of the Purchase Agreement, the undersigned (the “New Guarantor”) hereby:

(a) agrees that this Counterpart Agreement may be attached to the Purchase Agreement and that by the execution and delivery hereof, the undersigned becomes a Guarantor under the Purchase Agreement and agrees to be bound by all of the terms thereof with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor; and

(b) represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Purchase Agreement (other than such representations and warranties that relate solely to facts and conditions as of the Closing Date) and applicable to the undersigned is true and correct as of the date hereof.

Section 2. Neither this Counterpart Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except by an instrument in writing signed by the New Guarantor and the Required Investors. Any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given to the Company in accordance with Section 10(i) of the Purchase Agreement. In case any provision in or obligation under this Counterpart Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Counterpart Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date above first written.

 

[NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT D

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

February 19, 2020

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES AS FOLLOWS:

1. I am the Chief Financial Officer of DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

2. Reference is made to the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2020 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Company, Caviar, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Guarantor”), and the persons and entities listed on the schedule of investors attached thereto as Schedule I.

3. I have reviewed the Purchase Agreement and other Transaction Documents and the contents of this Solvency Certificate and, in connection herewith, have reviewed such other documentation and information and, in my opinion, have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to the matters referred to herein.

4. Based upon my review and examination described in paragraph 3 above, I certify in my capacity as an officer of Company and not in any individual capacity that, as of the date hereof, the Company is, individually and together with the Guarantor, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, Solvent.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the date first above written.

 

DOORDASH, INC.
By:    
  Name: Prabir Adarkar
  Title: Chief Financial Officer


DOORDASH, INC.

AMENDMENT TO CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT TO CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of April 29, 2020 (the “Effective Date”) by and among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Investors (as defined below). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors are parties to that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2020 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company and the persons and entities listed on the schedule of investors attached thereto as Schedule I (the “Investors”) pursuant to which the Company sold and issued to each of the Investors a Note;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7(a)(i)(A) of the Purchase Agreement, the Company is required to deliver its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for each fiscal year to the Investors within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year of the Company (such date, the “Annual Financial Statement Due Date”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the undersigned Investors desire to amend the Purchase Agreement to extend the Annual Financial Statement Due Date for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 to June 30, 2020;

WHEREAS, Section 10(a) of the Purchase Agreement provides that any provision of the Purchase Agreement may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Required Investors; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned Investors constitute the Required Investors.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Section 7(a)(i) of the Purchase Agreement. Effective as of the Effective Date, Section 7(a)(i) of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended, restated and replaced in its entirety with the following language:

(i) (A) in each fiscal year prior to an IPO, within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year of the Company and (B) in each fiscal year following an IPO, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year of Company, it shall furnish its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than a qualification related to the maturity of the Notes at the Maturity Date) and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a


consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; provided that, for the delivery of such financial statements and materials in accordance with this paragraph as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, the Company shall furnish such materials to the Investors as soon as available, but in no event later than June 30, 2020;

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Investor that, as of the Effective Date:

(a) Organization; Good Standing and Qualification.

(i) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties.

(ii) Each Guarantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of formation and has all requisite corporate or other entity power and authority to carry on its business as conducted as of the date of execution hereof. Each Guarantor is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties.

(b) Authorization.

(i) All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Amendment has been taken or will be taken prior to the Effective Date, and this Amendment will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

(ii) All corporate or other action on the part of each Guarantor, its officers, directors and stockholders or other equityholders, as applicable, necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Amendment has been taken or will be taken prior to execution thereof, and this Amendment constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

(c) Default; Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(d) Material Adverse Effect. Since the Closing Date, no event, development or circumstance exists or has occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) No Violation. The Company is not in violation, default, conflict or breach of any provision of the Restated Certificate or Bylaws of the Company, or in any material respect of any instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, privacy policy or material contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or, to its knowledge, of any provision of any law, federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company (including, without limitation, those related to privacy, personally identifiable information, export control or digital tokens, coins, cryptocurrency or other blockchain-based assets).

 

-2-


3. Conditions Precedent for Effectiveness

(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 2 hereof shall have been true and correct when made and shall be true and correct on the Effective Date.

(b) Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied with all obligations and conditions contained in this Amendment that are required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before the Effective Date.

(c) Transaction Documents. The Company shall have duly executed and delivered to the Investors this Amendment.

(d) The Company shall have obtained any necessary approvals by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company’s stockholders or applicable third parties.

4. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendment. This Amendment may not be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Amendment and signed by the Company and the Required Investors. The Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, may be amended only in accordance with Section 10(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

(b) Governing Law. This Amendment and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of New York, or of any other state.

(c) Entire Agreement. This Amendment, the Purchase Agreement and the Notes (each to the extent not hereby amended), including the exhibits attached thereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties for the subjects hereof and thereof. No party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner for the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

(d) Fees and Expenses. On the Effective Date or within a reasonable time thereafter, the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the undersigned Investors incurred in connection with this Amendment.

(e) Severability. If any provision of this Amendment becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Amendment, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Amendment with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Amendment shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

-3-


(f) Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one (1) or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile or PDF electronic copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

(g) Effectiveness. This amendment shall be effective upon the later of (a) the due execution and delivery of this Amendment to the Investors by the Company; and (b) the due execution and delivery of this Amendment to the Company by the Required Investors.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

COMPANY:
DOORDASH, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Prabir Adarkar
Name:   Prabir Adarkar
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
OWL ROCK TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORP.
By:   /s/ Alexis Maged
Name:   Alexis Maged
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Address:
OR Tech Lending LLC
399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Matt Swatt
Email:

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
KING STREET CAPITAL, L.P.
By:   King Street Capital Management, L.P.
  Its Investment Manager
By:   King Street Capital Management GP, L.L.C.
  Its General Partner
By:   /s/ Jay Ryan
  Name: Jay Ryan
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Address:
King Street Capital Management GP, L.C.C
299 Park Avenue, 40th Floor
New York, NY 10171
Attention: Randy Stuzin, Member and General Counsel
Telephone:
Email:

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
ATFORD RIDGE, LTD.
By:   /s/ Jay Ryan
  Name: Jay Ryan
  Title: Director

 

Address:
King Street Capital Management GP, L.C.C
299 Park Avenue, 40th Floor
New York, NY 10171
Attention: Randy Stuzin, Member and General Counsel
Telephone:
Email:

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS DEBT FUND IV LP
By: Benefit Street Partners Debt Fund IV GP LP, its general partner
By: Benefit Street Partners Debt Fund IV Ultimate GP Ltd., its general partner
By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name: Todd Marsh
Title: Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA LM LP
By: Benefit Street Partners SMA LM GP L.P., its general partner
By: Benefit Street Partners SMA LM Ultimate GP LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name: Todd Marsh
Title: Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA-C II L.P.
By:   Benefit Street Partners L.L.C. its investment advisor
By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name: Todd Marsh
Title: Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA-K L.P.
By: Benefit Street Partners SMA-K GP L.P., its general partner
By: Benefit Street Partners SMA-K Ultimate GP LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name: Todd Marsh
Title: Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA
By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name:   Todd Marsh
Title:   Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS DEBT FUND IV MASTER (NON-US) L.P.
By: Benefit Street Partners Debt Fund IV (Non-US) GP LP, its general partner
By: Benefit Street Partners Debt Fund IV Ultimate GP Ltd., its general partner
By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name:   Todd Marsh
Title:   Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA-C CO-INVEST L.P.
By: SMA-C II GP Ltd., its general partner
By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name:   Todd Marsh
Title:   Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
PETRUS YIELD OPPORTUNITY FUND, L.P.
By:   /s/ Jonathan Covin
Name:   Jonathan Covin
Title:   General Counsel

 

Address:

Petrus Yield Opportunity Fund, L.P.

3000 Turtle Creek Blvd.

Dallas, TX 75219

Attention: Jonathan Covin

Telephone:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Haynes and Bonne, LLP

2323 Victory Avenue

Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

Attention: Taylor Wilson

Telephone:

Email:

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


DOORDASH, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of June 29, 2020 (the “Effective Date”) by and among DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Investors (as defined below). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors are parties to that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2020, by and among the Company and the persons and entities listed on the schedule of investors attached thereto as Schedule I (the “Investors”), as amended by that certain Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2020 (as amended, the “Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company sold and issued to each of the Investors a Note;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) of the Purchase Agreement, the Company is required to deliver its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 to the Investors as soon as available, but in no event later than June 30, 2020 (such date, the “2019 Annual Financial Statement Due Date”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the undersigned Investors desire to amend the Purchase Agreement to extend the 2019 Annual Financial Statement Due Date for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 to July 31, 2020;

WHEREAS, Section 10(a) of the Purchase Agreement provides that any provision of the Purchase Agreement may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Required Investors; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned Investors constitute the Required Investors.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Section 7(a)(i) of the Purchase Agreement. Effective as of the Effective Date, Section 7(a)(i) of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended, restated and replaced in its entirety with the following language:

(i) (A) in each fiscal year prior to an IPO, within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year of the Company and (B) in each fiscal year following an IPO, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year of Company, it shall furnish its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than a


qualification related to the maturity of the Notes at the Maturity Date) and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; provided that, for the delivery of such financial statements and materials in accordance with this paragraph as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, the Company shall furnish such materials to the Investors as soon as available, but in no event later than July 31, 2020;

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Investor that, as of the Effective Date:

(a) Organization; Good Standing and Qualification.

(i) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties.

(ii) Each Guarantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of formation and has all requisite corporate or other entity power and authority to carry on its business as conducted as of the date of execution hereof. Each Guarantor is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties.

(b) Authorization.

(i) All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Amendment has been taken or will be taken prior to the Effective Date, and this Amendment will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

(ii) All corporate or other action on the part of each Guarantor, its officers, directors and stockholders or other equityholders, as applicable, necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Amendment has been taken or will be taken prior to execution thereof, and this Amendment constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

(c) Default; Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(d) Material Adverse Effect. Since the Closing Date, no event, development or circumstance exists or has occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-2-


(e) No Violation. The Company is not in violation, default, conflict or breach of any provision of the Restated Certificate or Bylaws of the Company, or in any material respect of any instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, privacy policy or material contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or, to its knowledge, of any provision of any law, federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company (including, without limitation, those related to privacy, personally identifiable information, export control or digital tokens, coins, cryptocurrency or other blockchain-based assets).

3. Conditions Precedent for Effectiveness

(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 2 hereof shall have been true and correct when made and shall be true and correct on the Effective Date.

(b) Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied with all obligations and conditions contained in this Amendment that are required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before the Effective Date.

(c) Transaction Documents. The Company shall have duly executed and delivered to the Investors this Amendment.

(d) The Company shall have obtained any necessary approvals by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company’s stockholders or applicable third parties.

4. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendment. This Amendment may not be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Amendment and signed by the Company and the Required Investors. The Purchase Agreement and this Amendment, may be amended only in accordance with Section 10(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

(b) Governing Law. This Amendment and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of New York, or of any other state.

(c) Entire Agreement. This Amendment, the Purchase Agreement and the Notes (each to the extent not hereby amended), including the exhibits attached thereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties for the subjects hereof and thereof. No party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner for the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

(d) Fees and Expenses. On the Effective Date or within a reasonable time thereafter, the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the undersigned Investors incurred in connection with this Amendment.

(e) Severability. If any provision of this Amendment becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Amendment, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Amendment with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Amendment shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

-3-


(f) Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one (1) or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile or PDF electronic copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

(g) Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be effective upon the later of (a) the due execution and delivery of this Amendment to the Investors by the Company; and (b) the due execution and delivery of this Amendment to the Company by the Required Investors.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

COMPANY:
DOORDASH, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Prabir Adarkar
Name:   Prabir Adarkar
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
OWL ROCK TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORP.
By:   /s/ Alexis Maged
Name:   Alexis Maged
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Address:

OR Tech Lending LLC

399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Matt Swatt

Email:

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
KING STREET CAPITAL, L.P.
By:   King Street Capital Management, L.P.
  Its Investment Manager
By:   King Street Capital Management GP, L.L.C.
  Its General Partner
By:   /s/ Jay Ryan
  Name: Jay Ryan
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Address:

King Street Capital Management GP, L.C.C

299 Park Avenue, 40th Floor

New York, NY 10171

Attention: Randy Stuzin, Member and General Counsel

Telephone:

Email:

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
ATFORD RIDGE, LTD.
By:   /s/ Jay Ryan
  Name: Jay Ryan
  Title: Director

 

Address:

King Street Capital Management GP, L.C.C

299 Park Avenue, 40th Floor

New York, NY 10171

Attention: Randy Stuzin, Member and General Counsel

Telephone:

Email:

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS DEBT FUND IV LP

By: Benefit Street Partners Debt Fund IV GP LP,

its general partner

By: Benefit Street Partners Debt Fund IV Ultimate GP Ltd.,

its general partner

By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name:   Todd Marsh
Title:   Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA LM LP

By: Benefit Street Partners SMA LM GP L.P.,

its general partner

By: Benefit Street Partners SMA LM Ultimate GP LLC,

its general partner

By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name:   Todd Marsh
Title:   Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA-C II L.P.
By: Benefit Street Partners L.L.C. its investment advisor
By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name:   Todd Marsh
Title:   Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA-K L.P.

By: Benefit Street Partners SMA-K GP L.P.,

its general partner

By: Benefit Street Partners SMA-K Ultimate GP LLC,

its general partner

By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name:   Todd Marsh
Title:   Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA
By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name:   Todd Marsh
Title:   Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS DEBT FUND IV MASTER (NON-US) L.P.

By: Benefit Street Partners Debt Fund IV (Non-US) GP LP,

its general partner

By: Benefit Street Partners Debt Fund IV Ultimate GP Ltd.,

its general partner

By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name:   Todd Marsh
Title:   Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS SMA-C CO-INVEST L.P.
By: SMA-C II GP Ltd., its general partner
By:   /s/ Todd Marsh
Name:   Todd Marsh
Title:   Authorized Signatory

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their properly and duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

INVESTOR:
PETRUS YIELD OPPORTUNITY FUND, L.P.
By:   /s/ Jonathan Covin
  Name: Jonathan Covin
  Title: General Counsel

 

Address:

Petrus Yield Opportunity Fund, L.P.

3000 Turtle Creek Blvd.

Dallas, TX 75219

Attention: Jonathan Covin

Telephone:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Haynes and Bonne, LLP

2323 Victory Avenue

Suite 700

Dallas, TX 75219

Attention: Taylor Wilson

Telephone:

Email:

DoorDash, Inc. – Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement

Exhibit 10.19

OFFICE LEASE

KILROY REALTY

303 SECOND STREET

KILROY REALTY 303, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

as Landlord,

and

DOORDASH, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1 PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

     10  

ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM

     16  

ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT

     22  

ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT

     26  

ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES

     36  

ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES

     41  

ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS

     44  

ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

     46  

ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

     49  

ARTICLE 10 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

     49  

ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

     53  

ARTICLE 12 NONWAIVER

     56  

ARTICLE 13 CONDEMNATION

     57  

ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     57  

ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

     63  

ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER

     64  

ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     65  

ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION

     65  

ARTICLE 19 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

     66  

ARTICLE 20 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

     69  

ARTICLE 21 LETTER OF CREDIT

     69  

ARTICLE 22 OPEN CEILING PLAN

     75  

ARTICLE 23 SIGNS

     76  


ARTICLE 24 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

     77  

ARTICLE 25 LATE CHARGES

     78  

ARTICLE 26 LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

     79  

ARTICLE 27 ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     79  

ARTICLE 28 TENANT PARKING

     80  

ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     81  

 

-2-


INDEX

 

     Page(s)  

303 Second Street

     11  

303 Second Street,

     2  

Abatement Event

     43  

Accountant

     36  

Additional Rent

     26  

Advocate Arbitrators

     19  

Alterations

     46  

Applicable Laws

     78  

Approved Deck Alterations

     12  

Arbitration Agreement

     19  

Audit Period

     36  

Bank

     69  

Bank Prime Loan

     78  

Bankruptcy Code

     70  

Base Building

     47  

Base Rent

     22  

Base Year

     27  

Bicycle Storage Area

     38  

Bicycles

     38  

Bracket

     17  

Bracket License/Sublease

     17  

Briefs

     20  

Brokers

     85  

BS/BS Exception

     45  

Building

     10  

Building Common Areas

     11  

Building Hours

     41  

Building Structure

     45  

Building Systems

     45  

Burn Down Date

     74  

Casualty

     53  

CC&Rs

     37  

Common Areas

     11  

Comparable Buildings

     18  

Comparable Transactions

     18  

Contemplated Effective Date

     60  

Contemplated Transfer Space

     60  

Control

     63  

Cosmetic Alterations

     46  

Cost Pools

     33  

Damage Termination Date

     55  

Damage Termination Notice

     55  

Deck Furniture

     12  

Deck Plants

     12  

 

-3-


     Page(s)  

Delayed Delivery Period

     15  

Direct Expenses

     26  

EBITDA

     75  

Effective Termination Date

     15  

Energy Disclosure Requirements

     92  

Environmental Laws

     88  

Environmental Permits

     89  

Estimate

     34  

Estimate Statement

     34  

Estimated Excess

     34  

Excess

     34  

Excess Proceeds

     56  

Exercise Notice

     18  

Existing Tenants

     13  

Expense Year

     27  

First Offer Commencement Date

     15  

First Offer Exercise Notice

     14  

First Offer Notice

     14  

First Offer Space

     13  

First Offer Term

     15  

First Portion Rent

     14  

First Rebuttals

     20  

Fixed Period

     74  

Force Majeure

     84  

GAAP

     75  

Governmental Approvals

     39  

Hazardous Material(s)

     88  

Holidays

     41  

HVAC

     41  

Identification Requirements

     88  

Initial Notice

     43  

Intention to Transfer Notice

     60  

Interest Rate

     78  

Landlord

     1  

Landlord Parties

     49  

Landlord Repair Notice

     54  

Landlord Response Notice

     18  

Landlord’s Initial Statement

     21  

Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation

     18  

Landlord’s Repair Estimate Notice

     55  

L-C

     69  

L-C Amount

     69  

L-C Burn Down Amount

     74  

L-C Draw Event

     70  

L-C Expiration Date

     70  

L-C FDIC Replacement Notice

     70  

 

-4-


     Page(s)  

L-C Reduction Conditions

     75  

Lease

     1  

Lease Commencement Date

     16  

Lease Expiration Date

     16  

Lease Month

     22  

Lease Term

     16  

Lease Termination Agreement

     79  

Lease Year

     18  

Lines

     87  

Management Fee Cap

     30  

Market Rate Schedule

     18  

Market Rent

     14  

Net Worth

     62  

Neutral Arbitrator

     19  

New Services

     31  

Non-Delivered Post Phase 1 Space

     16  

North Tower

     1  

Notices

     84  

OFAC

     93  

Operating Expenses

     27  

Option Rent

     18  

Option Rent Outside Agreement Date

     19  

Option Term

     17  

Original Improvements

     51  

Original Tenant

     13  

Outside Delivery Date

     15  

Patriot Act

     93  

Penetrating Work

     75  

Permitted Capital Expenses

     28  

Permitted Chemicals

     89  

Permitted Transferee

     62  

Permitted Transferee Assignee

     13  

Permitted Use

     7  

Phase 1 Commencement Date

     2  

Phase 1 Premises

     2  

Phase 1 Termination Outside Date

     15  

Post-Phase 1 Termination Outside Date

     16  

Premises

     10  

Prohibited Persons

     93  

Project

     10  

Project Common Areas

     11  

Proposition 13

     32  

Provider

     90  

Publicly Traded Condition

     74  

Recapture Notice

     60  

Reduction Date

     74  

 

-5-


     Page(s)  

Renovations

     87  

rent

     54  

Rent

     26  

ROFO Expiration

     14  

Rooftop Decks

     11  

Rules and Regulations

     37  

Ruling

     21  

Second Rebuttals

     20  

Security Deposit Laws

     73  

Sensor Areas

     91  

Service Animals

     40  

Shuttle Service

     92  

Shuttle Service Riders

     92  

South Tower

     1  

Specialty Improvements

     48  

Stairwell

     39  

Stairwell Security System

     39  

Statement

     34  

Subject Space

     58  

Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement

     24  

Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement Period

     23  

Suite 200 Lease Commencement Date

     3  

Suite 200 Premises

     1  

Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement

     24  

Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement Period

     24  

Suite 300 Lease Commencement Date

     3  

Suite 300 Premises

     1  

Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement

     23  

Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement Period

     23  

Suite 700 Deck

     11  

Suite 700 Lease Commencement Date

     2  

Suite 700 Premises

     1  

Suite 700 Server Room

     17  

Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement

     25  

Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement Period

     25  

Suite 750 Lease Commencement Date

     3  

Suite 750 Premises

     2  

Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement

     22  

Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement Period

     22  

Suite 800 Lease Commencement Date

     2  

Suite 800 Premises

     1  

Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement

     25  

Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement Period

     25  

Suite 900 Deck

     11  

Suite 900 Lease Commencement Date

     3  

Suite 900 Premises

     2  

 

-6-


     Page(s)  

Summary

     1  

Superior Holders

     65  

Superior Right Holders

     14  

Superior Rights

     14  

Tax Expenses

     32  

TCCs

     10  

Ten Month Period

     61  

Tenant

     1  

Tenant Energy Use Disclosure

     92  

Tenant HVAC System

     44  

Tenant Parties

     49  

Tenant’s Dogs

     40  

Tenant’s Initial Statement

     21  

Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation

     18  

Tenant’s Rebuttal Statement

     21  

Tenant’s Share

     33  

Termination Notice

     15  

Third Party Contractor

     53  

Transfer

     61  

Transfer Notice

     58  

Transfer Premium

     60  

Transfer Reminder Notice

     58  

Transferee

     57  

Transfers

     57  

Violation of Law Ground

     13  

Water Sensors

     91  

Work Letter

     10  

 

-7-


303 SECOND STREET

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (the “Lease”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “Summary”), below, is made by and between KILROY REALTY 303, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and DOORDASH, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

         

TERMS OF LEASE

  

DESCRIPTION

1.    Date:    October 18, 2018.
2.   

Premises

(Article 1):

  
  

2.1  

  

Building:

   That certain two (2)-tower office building (the “Building”) consisting of one ten (10) story tower (the “North Tower”) and one nine (9) story tower (the “South Tower”), which Building is located at 303 Second Street, San Francisco, California 94107 and contains approximately 774,865 rentable square feet of space.
   2.2    Premises:   

A stipulated total of 193,296 rentable square feet of space, as further depicted on Exhibit A to this Lease and as further described below:

 

42,081 rentable square feet of space on the eighth (8th) floor of the South Tower commonly known as Suite 800 (the “Suite 800 Premises”).

 

31,105 rentable square feet of space (29,607 rentable square feet of office space and 1,498 rentable square feet of deck space) comprising a portion of the seventh (7th) floor of the South Tower (the “Suite 700 Premises”).

 

17,739 rentable square feet of space on the second (2nd) floor of the South Tower commonly known as Suite 200 (the “Suite 200 Premises”).

 

49,831 rentable square feet of space on the third (3rd) floor of the South Tower commonly known as Suite 300 (the “Suite 300 Premises”).

 


       

12,709 rentable square feet of space on the seventh (7th) floor of the South Tower commonly known as Suite 750 (the “Suite 750 Premises”).

 

39,831 rentable square feet of space (38,333 rentable square feet of office space and 1,498 rentable square feet of deck space) comprising a portion of the ninth (9th) floor of the South Tower (the “Suite 900 Premises”).

 

The Suite 800 Premises, Suite 700 Premises and Suite 200 Premises are collectively the “Phase 1 Premises.”

   2.3   Project:    The Building is the principal component of an office project known as “303 Second Street,” as further set forth in Section 1.1.2 of this Lease.
3.   

Lease Term

(Article 2):

  
   3.1   Length of Term:    Approximately twelve (12) years and four (4) months from the “Phase 1 Commencement Date” (defined below). The “Phase 1 Commencement Date” shall be the date of the occurrence of the particular Lease Commencement Date which results in the Premises comprising 85,000 rentable square feet of space or more. As of the date of this Lease, the parties anticipate that the Phase 1 Lease Commencement Date shall occur on the Suite 700 Lease Commencement Date.
   3.2   Lease Commencement Dates:   
     3.2.1 Suite 800 Lease Commencement Date:    The date (the “Suite 800 Lease Commencement Date”) which is the earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the Suite 800 Premises, and (ii) seven (7) months following the date upon which Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 800 Premises to Tenant, which delivery date for the Suite 800 Premises is anticipated to be, but shall not be prior to, January 1, 2019.
     3.2.2 Suite 700 Lease Commencement Date:    The date (the “Suite 700 Lease Commencement Date”) which is the earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the Suite 700 Premises, and (ii) seven (7) months following the date upon which Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 700 Premises to Tenant, which delivery date for the Suite 700 Premises is anticipated to be, but shall not be prior to, March 1, 2019.

 

-2-


     3.2.3 Suite 200 Lease Commencement Date:    The date (the “Suite 200 Lease Commencement Date”) which is the earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the Suite 200 Premises, and (ii) five (5) months following the date upon which Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 200 Premises to Tenant, which delivery date for the Suite 200 Premises is anticipated to be, but shall not be prior to, March 1, 2019.
     3.2.4 Suite 300 Lease Commencement Date:    The date (the “Suite 300 Lease Commencement Date”) which is the earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the Suite 300 Premises, and (ii) five (5) months following the date upon which Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 300 Premises to Tenant, which delivery date for the Suite 300 Premises is anticipated to be October 1, 2019.
     3.2.5 Suite 750 Lease Commencement Date:    The date (the “Suite 750 Lease Commencement Date”) which is the earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the Suite 750 Premises, and (ii) five (5) months following the date upon which Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 750 Premises to Tenant, which delivery date for the Suite 750 Premises is anticipated to be September 1, 2020.
     3.2.6 Suite 900 Lease Commencement Date:    The date (the “Suite 900 Lease Commencement Date”) which is the earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the Suite 900 Premises, and (ii) five (5) months following the date upon which Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 900 Premises to Tenant, which delivery date for the Suite 900 Premises is anticipated to be July 1, 2021.
   3.3   Lease Expiration Date:    The last day of the calendar month in which the one hundred forty-eighth (148th) “monthly” anniversary of the Phase 1 Lease Commencement Date occurs; provided, however, to the extent the Phase 1 Lease Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a calendar month, then the Lease Expiration Date shall be the day immediately preceding the one hundred forty-eighth (148th) “monthly” anniversary of the Phase 1 Lease Commencement Date.
   3.4   Option Term:    One (1) seven (7)-year option to renew, as more particularly set forth in Section 2.2 of this Lease.

 

-3-


4.

Base Rent

(Article 3):

 

  4.1

Suite 800 Premises

 

Period During

Lease Term    

   Annual
Base Rent*
     Monthly
Installment of Base
Rent*
     Annual Rental
Rate per Rentable
Square Foot*
 

Suite 800 Lease Commencement Date –

        

Phase 1 Lease Year 1

   $ 3,576,885.00      $ 298,073.75      $ 85.00  

Phase 1 Lease Year 2

   $ 3,684,191.55      $ 307,015.96      $ 87.55  

Phase 1 Lease Year 3

   $ 3,794,717.30      $ 316,226.44      $ 90.18  

Phase 1 Lease Year 4

   $ 3,908,558.82      $ 325,713.24      $ 92.88  

Phase 1 Lease Year 5

   $ 4,025,815.58      $ 335,484.63      $ 95.67  

Phase 1 Lease Year 6

   $ 4,146,590.05      $ 345,549.17      $ 98.54  

Phase 1 Lease Year 7

   $ 4,270,987.75      $ 355,915.65      $ 101.49  

Phase 1 Lease Year 8

   $ 4,399,117.38      $ 366,593.12      $ 104.54  

Phase 1 Lease Year 9

   $ 4,531,090.90      $ 377,590.91      $ 107.68  

Phase 1 Lease Year 10

   $ 4,667,023.63      $ 388,918.64      $ 110.91  

Phase 1 Lease Year 11

   $ 4,807,034.34      $ 400,586.20      $ 114.23  

Phase 1 Lease Year 12

   $ 4,951,245.37      $ 412,603.78      $ 117.66  

Phase 1 Lease Year 13 (through Lease Expiration Date)

   $ 5,099,782.73      $ 424,981.89      $ 121.19  

 

*

Note: Subject to abatement pursuant to the terms of Section 3.2 below.

 

  4.2

Suite 700 Premises

 

Period During

Lease Term    

   Annual
Base Rent*
     Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent*
     Annual
Rental Rate
per Rentable
Square Foot*
 

Suite 700 Lease Commencement Date –

        

Phase 1 Lease Year 1

   $ 2,643,925.00      $ 220,327.08      $ 85.00  

Phase 1 Lease Year 2

   $ 2,723,242.75      $ 226,936.90      $ 87.55  

Phase 1 Lease Year 3

   $ 2,804,940.03      $ 233,745.00      $ 90.18  

Phase 1 Lease Year 4

   $ 2,889,088.23      $ 240,757.35      $ 92.88  

Phase 1 Lease Year 5

   $ 2,975,760.88      $ 247,980.07      $ 95.67  

Phase 1 Lease Year 6

   $ 3,065,033.71      $ 255,419.48      $ 98.54  

Phase 1 Lease Year 7

   $ 3,156,984.72      $ 263,082.06      $ 101.49  

Phase 1 Lease Year 8

   $ 3,251,694.26      $ 270,974.52      $ 104.54  

Phase 1 Lease Year 9

   $ 3,349,245.09      $ 279,103.76      $ 107.68  

Phase 1 Lease Year 10

   $ 3,449,722.44      $ 287,476.87      $ 110.91  

Phase 1 Lease Year 11

   $ 3,553,214.11      $ 296,101.18      $ 114.23  

Phase 1 Lease Year 12

   $ 3,659,810.53      $ 304,984.21      $ 117.66  

Phase 1 Lease Year 13 (through Lease Expiration Date)

   $ 3,769,604.85      $ 314,133.74      $ 121.19  

 

*

Note: Subject to abatement pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3 below.

 

-4-


  4.3

Suite 200 Premises

 

Period During

Lease Term    

   Annual
Base Rent*
     Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent*
     Annual
Rental Rate
per Rentable
Square Foot*
 

Suite 200 Lease Commencement Date –

        

Phase 1 Lease Year 1

   $ 1,507,815.00      $ 125,651.25      $ 85.00  

Phase 1 Lease Year 2

   $ 1,553,049.45      $ 129,420.79      $ 87.55  

Phase 1 Lease Year 3

   $ 1,599,640.93      $ 133,303.41      $ 90.18  

Phase 1 Lease Year 4

   $ 1,647,630.16      $ 137,302.51      $ 92.88  

Phase 1 Lease Year 5

   $ 1,697,059.06      $ 141,421.59      $ 95.67  

Phase 1 Lease Year 6

   $ 1,747,970.83      $ 145,664.24      $ 98.54  

Phase 1 Lease Year 7

   $ 1,800,409.95      $ 150,034.16      $ 101.49  

Phase 1 Lease Year 8

   $ 1,854,422.25      $ 154,535.19      $ 104.54  

Phase 1 Lease Year 9

   $ 1,910,054.92      $ 159,171.24      $ 107.68  

Phase 1 Lease Year 10

   $ 1,967,356.57      $ 163,946.38      $ 110.91  

Phase 1 Lease Year 11

   $ 2,026,377.27      $ 168,864.77      $ 114.23  

Phase 1 Lease Year 12

   $ 2,087,168.59      $ 173,930.72      $ 117.66  

Phase 1 Lease Year 13 (through Lease Expiration Date)

   $ 2,149,783.65      $ 179,148.64      $ 121.19  

 

*

Note: Subject to abatement pursuant to the terms of Section 3.4 below.

 

  4.4

Suite 300 Premises

 

Period During

Lease Term    

   Annual
Base Rent*
     Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent*
     Annual
Rental Rate
per Rentable
Square Foot*
 

Suite 300 Lease Commencement Date –

        

Phase 1 Lease Year 1

   $ 4,235,635.00      $ 352,969.58      $ 85.00  

Phase 1 Lease Year 2

   $ 4,362,704.05      $ 363,558.67      $ 87.55  

Phase 1 Lease Year 3

   $ 4,493,585.17      $ 374,465.43      $ 90.18  

Phase 1 Lease Year 4

   $ 4,628,392.73      $ 385,699.39      $ 92.88  

Phase 1 Lease Year 5

   $ 4,767,244.51      $ 397,270.38      $ 95.67  

Phase 1 Lease Year 6

   $ 4,910,261.85      $ 409,188.49      $ 98.54  

Phase 1 Lease Year 7

   $ 5,057,569.71      $ 421,464.14      $ 101.49  

Phase 1 Lease Year 8

   $ 5,209,296.80      $ 434,108.07      $ 104.54  

Phase 1 Lease Year 9

   $ 5,365,575.70      $ 447,131.31      $ 107.68  

Phase 1 Lease Year 10

   $ 5,526,542.97      $ 460,545.25      $ 110.91  

Phase 1 Lease Year 11

   $ 5,692,339.26      $ 474,361.61      $ 114.23  

Phase 1 Lease Year 12

   $ 5,863,109.44      $ 488,592.45      $ 117.66  

Phase 1 Lease Year 13 (through Lease Expiration Date)

   $ 6,039,002.72      $ 503,250.23      $ 121.19  

 

*

Note: Subject to abatement pursuant to the terms of Section 3.5 below.

 

-5-


  4.5

Suite 750 Premises

 

Period During

Lease Term    

   Annual
Base Rent*
     Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent*
     Period During
Lease Term*
 

Suite 750 Lease Commencement Date –

        

Phase 1 Lease Year 2

   $ 1,112,672.95      $ 92,722.75      $ 87.55  

Phase 1 Lease Year 3

   $ 1,146,053.14      $ 95,504.43      $ 90.18  

Phase 1 Lease Year 4

   $ 1,180,434.73      $ 98,369.56      $ 92.88  

Phase 1 Lease Year 5

   $ 1,215,847.77      $ 101,320.65      $ 95.67  

Phase 1 Lease Year 6

   $ 1,252,323.20      $ 104,360.27      $ 98.54  

Phase 1 Lease Year 7

   $ 1,289,892.90      $ 107,491.08      $ 101.49  

Phase 1 Lease Year 8

   $ 1,328,589.69      $ 110,715.81      $ 104.54  

Phase 1 Lease Year 9

   $ 1,368,447.38      $ 114,037.28      $ 107.68  

Phase 1 Lease Year 10

   $ 1,409,500.80      $ 117,458.40      $ 110.91  

Phase 1 Lease Year 11

   $ 1,451,785.82      $ 120,982.15      $ 114.23  

Phase 1 Lease Year 12

   $ 1,495,339.39      $ 124,611.62      $ 117.66  

Phase 1 Lease Year 13 (through Lease Expiration Date)

   $ 1,540,199.57      $ 128,349.96      $ 121.19  

 

*

Note: Subject to abatement pursuant to the terms of Section 3.6 below.

 

  4.6

Suite 900 Premises

 

Period During

Lease Term    

   Annual
Base Rent*
     Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent*
     Period During
Lease Term*
 

Suite 900 Lease Commencement Date –

        

Phase 1 Lease Year 3

   $ 3,591,820.17      $ 299,318.35      $ 90.18  

Phase 1 Lease Year 4

   $ 3,699,574.78      $ 308,297.90      $ 92.88  

Phase 1 Lease Year 5

   $ 3,810,562.02      $ 317,546.84      $ 95.67  

Phase 1 Lease Year 6

   $ 3,924,878.88      $ 327,073.24      $ 98.54  

Phase 1 Lease Year 7

   $ 4,042,625.25      $ 336,885.44      $ 101.49  

Phase 1 Lease Year 8

   $ 4,163,904.01      $ 346,992.00      $ 104.54  

Phase 1 Lease Year 9

   $ 4,288,821.13      $ 357,401.76      $ 107.68  

Phase 1 Lease Year 10

   $ 4,417,485.76      $ 368,123.81      $ 110.91  

Phase 1 Lease Year 11

   $ 4,550,010.33      $ 379,167.53      $ 114.23  

Phase 1 Lease Year 12

   $ 4,686,510.64      $ 390,542.55      $ 117.66  

Phase 1 Lease Year 13 (through Lease Expiration Date)

   $ 4,827,105.96      $ 402,258.83      $ 121.19  

 

*

Note: Subject to abatement pursuant to the terms of Section 3.7 below.

 

5.  

Base Year

(Article 4):

    

Suite 800 Premises, Suite 200 Premises and Suite 700 Premises: Calendar year 2019;

 

Suite 300 Premises: The calendar year in which the Suite 300 Lease Commencement Date occurs (provided that if the Suite 300 Lease Commencement Date occurs during the

 

-6-


       

calendar months of October through December, then the Base Year for the Suite 300 Premises shall be the calendar year immediately following the year in which the Suite 300 Lease Commencement Date occurs);

 

Suite 750 Premises: The calendar year in which the Suite 750 Lease Commencement Date occurs (provided that if the Suite 750 Lease Commencement Date occurs during the calendar months of October through December, then the Base Year for the Suite 750 Premises shall be the calendar year immediately following the year in which the Suite 750 Lease Commencement Date occurs);

 

Suite 900 Premises: The calendar year in which the Suite 900 Lease Commencement Date occurs (provided that if the Suite 900 Lease Commencement Date occurs during the calendar months of October through December, then the Base Year for the Suite 900 Premises shall be the calendar year immediately following the year in which the Suite 900 Lease Commencement Date occurs);

 

provided, however, with respect to the entire Premises (i) electricity is separately sub-metered and directly paid by Tenant to Landlord, and (ii) janitorial service shall be paid by Tenant directly to the applicable janitorial provider, or, at Landlord’s option, to Landlord.

6.  

Tenant’s Share

(Article 4):

     

Suite 800 Premises: Approximately 5.6388%.

 

Suite 700 Premises: Approximately 4.1680%.

 

Suite 200 Premises: Approximately 2.3770%.

 

Suite 300 Premises: Approximately 6.6773%.

 

Suite 750 Premises: Approximately 1.7030%.

 

Suite 900 Premises: Approximately 5.3373%.

7.  

Permitted Use

(Article 5):

      Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office use and uses incidental thereto (the “Permitted Use”); provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth hereinabove, and as more particularly set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for operating and maintaining the Premises pursuant to, and in no event may Tenant’s Permitted Use violate, (A) Landlord’s “Rules and Regulations,” as that term is set forth in Section 5.2 of this Lease, (B) all “Applicable Laws,” as that term is set

 

-7-


       forth in Article 24 of this Lease, (C) all applicable zoning, building codes and the “CC&Rs,” as that term is set forth in Section 5.3 of this Lease, and (D) first-class office standards in the market in which the Project is located.
8.  

Letter of Credit

(Article 21):

     $17,953,332.00, subject to reduction pursuant to the express terms of Section 21.9 below.
9.  

Parking Pass Ratio

(Article 28):

     One (1) unreserved parking pass for every 2,000 rentable square feet of the Premises.
10.  

Address of Tenant

(Section 29.18):

    

DoorDash, Inc.

901 Market Street, Suite 600

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attention: CFO

 

With a copy to:

 

DoorDash, Inc.

901 Market Street, Suite 600

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attention: General Counsel

(Prior to Lease Commencement Date)

  and     

DoorDash, Inc.

303 Second Street, Suite 900

San Francisco, CA 94107

Attention: CFO

 

With a copy to:

 

DoorDash, Inc.

303 Second Street, Suite 900

San Francisco, CA 94107

Attention: General Counsel

(After Lease Commencement Date)

11.  

Address of Landlord

(Section 29.18):

    

Kilroy Realty 303, LLC,

c/o Kilroy Realty Corporation

12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200

Los Angeles, California 90064

Attention: Legal Department

 

-8-


      

with copies to:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation

303 Second Street

Building Management Office, North Tower

San Francisco, California 94107

 

and

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation

100 First Street

Office of the Building, Suite 250

San Francisco, California 94105

 

and

 

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90067

 

and, for sustainability-related notices only:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation

12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200

Los Angeles, California 90064

 

Brokers

(Section 29.24):

    
 

Representing Tenant:

Cushman & Wakefield

    

Representing Landlord:

Jones Lang LaSalle

 

Improvement Allowance

(Section 2 of Exhibit B):

     A total of $13,044,630.00, as further described in Section 2.1 of the Work Letter.

 

-9-


ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1    Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas.

1.1.1    The Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “Premises”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and each portion of the Premises has the number of rentable square feet as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions (the “TCCs”) herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such TCCs by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3, below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Work Letter”), Tenant shall accept the Premises in its existing “as-is” condition and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Work Letter. Subject to Landlord’s ongoing maintenance and repair obligations expressly set forth in this Lease, the commencement of business operations from the Premises by Tenant shall otherwise conclusively establish that the Premises and the Building were at such time in satisfactory order, condition and repair. In connection with the anticipated delivery dates set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary, in the event Landlord anticipates that Landlord shall be able to deliver any portion of the Premises prior to the anticipated dates, Landlord shall provide at least ninety (90) days prior written notice thereof to Tenant, provided that in no event shall the delivery dates for the Suite 800 Premises, the Suite 700 Premises, or the Suite 200 Premises occur prior to the respective anticipated delivery dates set forth in Sections 3.2.1, 3.2.2 and 3.3.3 of the Summary.

1.1.2    The Building and the Project. The Premises is a part of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “Building”). The Building is the principal component of an office project known as “303 Second Street.” The term “Project,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, parking structures and/or facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building, said adjacent parking structure, and the Common Areas are located, (iii) at Landlord’s discretion, any additional real property, areas, land, buildings or other improvements added thereto.

 

-10-


1.1.3    Common Areas. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants, or to be shared by Landlord and certain tenants, are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “Project Common Areas” and the “Building Common Areas” (as both of those terms are defined below). The term “Project Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Landlord. The term “Building Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Landlord. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord and the use thereof shall be subject to such rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time, provided that such rules, regulations and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the rights granted to Tenant under this Lease and the Permitted Use. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas; provided that no such changes shall be permitted which materially reduce Tenant’s rights or access hereunder. Except when and where Tenant’s right of access is specifically excluded in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of access to the Premises, the Building, and the Project parking facility twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the “Lease Term,” as that term is defined in Section 2.1, below.

1.1.4    Rooftop Deck. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Section 1.1.4 and elsewhere in this Lease, commencing as of the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall have an exclusive license during the Lease Term to use that certain rooftop deck adjacent to and accessible from the Suite 700 Premises (the “Suite 700 Deck”) and that certain rooftop deck adjacent to and accessible from the Suite 900 Premises (the “Suite 900 Deck”) as more particularly shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (collectively, the “Rooftop Decks”). The Rooftop Decks shall be included in the rentable square feet of the Premises for purposes of this Lease. The license to use the Rooftop Decks granted to Tenant hereby is personal to the “Original Tenant,” as that term is defined in Section 1.3, and any “Permitted Transferee,” as that term is defined in Section 14.8 of this Lease, except as provided below. In the event that Tenant desires to “Transfer” (as that term is defined in Section 14.1 below) its license to use the Rooftop Deck to any party other than the “Original Tenant” (as that term is defined in Section 1.3, below), then such Transfer shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent in accordance with the terms of Article 14 below, except that a Transfer of the license to use the Rooftop Deck to a Permitted Transferee shall not require Landlord’s consent; provided, however, that Landlord’s consent to a Transfer of the license to use the Rooftop Deck shall be deemed given in connection with a Transfer approved by Landlord (or deemed approved by Landlord) in accordance with the TCCs of Article 14. Tenant shall accept the Rooftop Decks in their “as-is” condition (subject to improvements to be performed on the Roof Decks by Tenant pursuant to the Work Letter and the corresponding application of a portion of the “Suite 700 Allowance” and a portion of the “Suite 900 Allowance” as those terms are defined in Section 2.1 of the Tenant Work Letter), and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any work or services related to the improvement of the Rooftop Decks. In the event the usable square footage, as permitted by Applicable

 

-11-


Law, of the Rooftop Decks increase due to any improvements made to such Rooftop Decks by Tenant, then the size of the Premises shall be increased, Tenant shall be required to pay Base Rent on such increased square footage, and Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to this Lease documenting such increases. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Rooftop Decks or the compliance of the Rooftop Decks with any applicable laws, statutes, ordinances or other governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. Tenant shall provide routine janitorial services to the Rooftop Decks as needed to maintain the same in good, clean condition. Tenant shall have no right to alter, change or make improvements to the Rooftop Decks (except pursuant to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter), other than cosmetic, non-structural alterations which shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (and in the event that Landlord approves such alterations (the “Approved Deck Alterations”) then the TCCs of Section 1.2 and Sections 8.2 through 8.5 below shall apply). Landlord, in its sole discretion, may require that automatic closures be installed, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and be used on any operable doors to the Rooftop Decks, and Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord shall be permitted to store certain equipment (such as window washing equipment) on the portions of the Roof Decks which are not usable by Tenant. Tenant shall keep the doors to the Rooftop Decks closed and shall not prop open the same. If the opening of the doors to the Rooftop Decks affects the balancing of the heating, air conditioning and ventilation system serving the Premises or serving any other portion of the Building, then any repairs which may be necessary as a result thereof shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall maintain the Rooftop Decks as part of the “Building Structure,” as that term is defined in Section 7.1, below, in accordance with the TCCs of Section 7.1, below, and shall have the right to make any and all necessary repairs, replacements and improvements to the Rooftop Decks. Tenant shall not place on or affix to the Rooftop Decks any furniture, fixtures, plants or other items of any kind or nature whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the TCCs of this Section 1.1.4 and the load requirements of the Rooftop Decks, Tenant shall have the right to place and maintain shrubbery and bushes (collectively, the “Deck Plants”) and furniture (including, without limitation, chairs, tables, and/or trash receptacles) (collectively, “Deck Furniture”) on the Rooftop Decks; provided that the same are appropriately secured in such a manner that does not penetrate the membrane of the Rooftop Decks or compromise its performance; and further provided that, all Deck Plants and Deck Furniture, and the method by which the same are secured, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding Landlord’s review and approval of the Deck Plants, the Deck Furniture or the method by which the same are secured, Tenant shall remain solely liable for any liability arising out of the placement of the Deck Plants and/or the Deck Furniture on the Rooftop Decks, and Landlord shall have no liability in connection therewith. Tenant shall remove any Deck Plants and Deck Furniture from the Rooftop Decks upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or upon the termination of Tenant’s rights under this Section 1.1.4, and shall return the affected portion of the Rooftop Decks to the condition the Rooftop Decks would have been in had no such Deck Plants or Deck Furniture been installed, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall not be permitted to display any graphics, signs or insignias or the like on the Rooftop Decks. Landlord shall have the right to make any improvements to the Rooftop Decks or display any graphics, plants or other items from the Rooftop Decks which it desires in its sole discretion in connection with overall Building or Project graphics or improvements. No smoking shall be permitted

 

-12-


on the Rooftop Decks and Tenant shall be permitted to have beer and wine on the Rooftop Decks subject to the same complying with Applicable Laws and Tenant maintaining Host Liquor Liability coverage within Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage. Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Decks shall be subject to such additional rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time concerning the Rooftop Decks. Except as expressly set forth in this Section 1.1.4, all of the TCCs, limitations and restrictions contained in this Lease pertaining to the Premises and Tenant’s use thereof shall apply equally to the Rooftop Decks and Tenant’s use thereof, including, without limitation, Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord set forth in Section 10.1, below, Tenant’s insurance obligations set forth in Article 10, below, and Tenant’s obligations to comply with law set forth in Article 24, below. The license to use the Rooftop Decks granted to Tenant hereby shall be revocable by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for cause upon written notice to Tenant, and Landlord thereafter shall have the right to enter the Premises to lock the Rooftop Decks or otherwise prevent Tenant’s access thereto. As used in this Section 1.1.4, “cause” shall mean any of the following: (i) the license granted hereby or Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Deck constitutes a violation of or otherwise conflicts with any “Applicable Laws,” as that term is defined in Article 24 below, now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated (the “Violation of Law Ground”); (ii) Tenant abandons all or a substantial portion of the Premises; or (iii) this Lease is terminated for any reason. If Tenant’s right to use the Rooftop Deck shall be revoked by Landlord as a result of a Violation of Law Ground, and provided that the precipitating violation or conflict with Applicable Laws does not arise from Tenant’s failure to timely perform its obligations under this Lease, then the Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, the then unapplied “Base Rent Abatement,” as that term is defined in Section 3.2 below, if any, the “L-C Amount,” as that term is defined in Section 21.1 of this Lease, and the total number of Tenant’s parking passes shall be reduced pro rata on a per rentable square foot basis to reflect that the rentable square footage of the Rooftop Deck that was previously included in the rentable square footage of the Premises is no longer part of the Premises, and such reductions shall be documented in an amendment to this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord’s revocation of Tenant’s right to use the Rooftop Deck is only temporary then the foregoing reductions shall only be applicable during the period that Tenant is not entitled to use the Rooftop Deck. In the event of a casualty, the provisions of Article 11 below shall apply with respect to the Rooftop Deck, and not the provisions of this Section 1.1.4.

1.2    Stipulation of Rentable Square Feet of Premises and Building. For purposes of this Lease, “rentable square feet” of the Premises shall be deemed as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary and the rentable square feet of the Building shall be deemed as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary.

1.3    Right of First Offer. Landlord hereby grants to the named Tenant in this Lease (the “Original Tenant”) and its “Permitted Transferee Assignee,” as that term is set forth in Section 14.8 of this Lease, a one-time right of first offer with respect to the entirety of the sixth (6th) floor South Tower of the Building (the “First Offer Space”), which consists of 44,961 rentable square feet of space (which includes 700 rentable square feet of deck space) and which First Offer Space is depicted on Exhibit A-1 attached to this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such first offer right of Tenant shall commence only following the expiration or earlier termination of the existing leases of the First Offer Space (the “Existing Tenants”). Such right of first offer shall be subordinate to all rights of

 

-13-


other tenants of the Project, which rights relate to the First Offer Space and are set forth in leases of space in the Project existing as of the date hereof, including, without limitation, any expansion, first offer, first refusal, first negotiation and other rights, regardless of whether such rights are executed strictly in accordance with their respective terms or pursuant to a lease amendment or a new lease (the “Superior Rights”). All such Existing Tenants of the First Offer Space, and all such third party tenants in the Project holding Superior Rights, are collectively referred to as the “Superior Right Holders”. Tenant’s right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.3.

1.3.1    Procedure for Offer. Subject to the terms of this Section 1.3, Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “First Offer Notice”) from time to time when the First Offer Space or any portion thereof will become available for lease to third parties, subject to the rights of any Superior Right Holder. Pursuant to such First Offer Notice, Landlord shall offer to lease to Tenant the then available First Offer Space. The First Offer Notice shall describe the space so offered to Tenant and the “First Offer Rent,” as that term is defined in Section 1.3.3 below, and other fundamental material economic terms upon which Landlord is willing to lease such space to Tenant. In no event shall Landlord have the obligation to deliver a First Offer Notice (and Tenant shall have no right to exercise its right under this Section 1.3) to the extent that the “First Offer Commencement Date,” as that term is defined in Section 1.3.4 below, is anticipated by Landlord to occur on or after the date which is three (3) years prior to the Lease Expiration Date (the “ROFO Expiration”).

1.3.2    Procedure for Acceptance. If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s right of first offer with respect to the space described in the First Offer Notice, then within ten (10) business days of delivery of the First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice to Landlord (the “First Offer Exercise Notice”) of Tenant’s election to exercise its right of first offer with respect to the entire space described in the First Offer Notice on the terms contained in such notice. If Tenant does not so notify Landlord within such ten (10) business day period, then Landlord shall be free to lease the space described in the First Offer Notice to anyone to whom Landlord desires on any terms Landlord desires. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if at all, with respect to all of the First Offer Space offered by Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.

1.3.3    First Offer Space Rent. The Rent payable by Tenant for the First Offer Space (the “First Offer Rent”) shall be equal to the “Market Rent,” as that term is defined in, and determined pursuant to, Exhibit H attached hereto, for the First Offer Space.

1.3.4    Construction In First Offer Space. Tenant shall take the First Offer Space in its “as is” condition, and the construction of improvements in the First Offer Space shall comply with the terms of Article 8 of this Lease. Any improvement allowance to which Tenant may be entitled shall be as set forth in the First Offer Notice.

1.3.5    Amendment to Lease. If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s right to lease the First Offer Space as set forth herein, then Landlord and Tenant shall within thirty (30) days thereafter execute an amendment to this Lease for such First Offer Space upon the terms and conditions as set forth in the First Offer Notice and this Section 1.3. The rentable square footage of any First Offer Space shall be deemed as set forth in Section 1.3.1 above. Tenant shall commence payment of rent

 

-14-


for the First Offer Space, and the term of Tenant’s lease of the First Offer Space (the “First Offer Term”) shall commence (subject to the terms of the First Offer Notice), upon the date of delivery of the First Offer Space to Tenant (the “First Offer Commencement Date”) and shall terminate coterminously with the end of the Lease Term (including any applicable Option Term).

1.3.6    Termination of Right of First Offer. Tenant’s rights under this Section 1.3 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant occupies not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the then-existing Premises. The right of first offer granted herein shall terminate as to particular First Offer Space upon Tenant’s failure to timely exercise its right of first offer with respect to such particular First Offer Space. Tenant shall not have the right to lease First Offer Space, as provided in this Section 1.3, if, as of the date of the attempted exercise of any right of first offer by Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, as of the scheduled date of delivery of such First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease). As used herein Original Tenant includes any Permitted Transferee Assignee.

1.4    Outside Delivery Date. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any portion of the Premises is not delivered to Tenant on or before the date that is one hundred twenty (120) days following the anticipated delivery date for such portion of the Premises set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (each such date, an “Outside Delivery Date”), then Tenant shall be entitled to receive a day-for-day abatement of Base Rent (in addition to any other Base Rent abatement provided herein) otherwise due for the portion of the Premises not delivered for the number of days that occur in the “Delayed Delivery Period,” as that term is defined below. For purposes of this Lease, the “Delayed Delivery Period” shall mean the period commencing on the day that occurs immediately following the Outside Delivery Date and continuing until the date upon which the applicable portion of the Premises is delivered to Tenant. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any portion of the Phase 1 Premises is not delivered to Tenant on or before the date that is two hundred seventy (270) days following the anticipated delivery date for such portion of the Phase 1 Premises set forth in Sections 3.2.1, 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 of the Summary (each such date, a “Phase 1 Termination Outside Date”), then Tenant shall have the right to deliver a written notice to Landlord (a “Termination Notice”) electing to terminate this Lease in its entirety effective upon the date occurring five (5) business days following receipt by Landlord of the Termination Notice (the “Effective Termination Date”). If Tenant timely delivers such a Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Effective Termination Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the applicable Phase 1 Termination Outside Date by delivering written notice to Tenant prior to the Effective Termination Date stating that, in Landlord’s reasonable, good faith judgment, the applicable portion of the Phase 1 Premises will be delivered to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the applicable Phase 1 Termination Outside Date. If the applicable portion of the Phase 1 Premises is delivered to Tenant within such thirty (30) day suspension period, then the Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the applicable portion of the Phase 1 Premises is not delivered to Tenant within such thirty (30) day suspension period, then this Lease shall terminate in its entirety and be of no further force or effect upon the expiration of such thirty (30) day suspension period and Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant any prepaid Rent paid by Tenant to Landlord

 

-15-


and return the L-C to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any portion of the Premises other than the Phase 1 Premises is not delivered to Tenant on or before the date that is two hundred seventy (270) days following the anticipated delivery date for such portion of the Premises set forth in Sections 3.2.4, 3.2.5 and 3.2.6 of the Summary (each such date, a “Post-Phase 1 Termination Outside Date”), then Tenant shall have the right to deliver a Termination Notice electing to terminate Tenant’s lease of only such non-delivered portion of the Premises (the “Non-Delivered Post Phase 1 Space”) effective on the Effective Termination Date. If Tenant timely delivers such a Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Effective Termination Date for the applicable Non-Delivered Post Phase 1 Space for a period ending thirty (30) days after the applicable Post-Phase 1 Termination Outside Date by delivering written notice to Tenant prior to the Effective Termination Date, that, in Landlord’s reasonable, good faith judgment, the applicable Non-Delivered Post Phase 1 Space will be delivered to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the applicable Post-Phase 1 Termination Outside Date. If the applicable Non-Delivered Post Phase 1 Space is delivered to Tenant within such thirty (30) day suspension period, then the Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the applicable Non-Delivered Post Phase 1 Space is not delivered to Tenant within such thirty (30) day suspension period, then Tenant’s lease of the applicable Non-Delivered Post Phase 1 Space shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the expiration of such thirty (30) day suspension period. In the event that Tenant’s lease of any Non-Delivered Post Phase 1 Space is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions then Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, the Base Rent Abatement, the L-C Amount, and the total number of Tenant’s parking passes shall be reduced pro rata on a per rentable square foot basis to reflect that the rentable square footage of the applicable Non-Delivered Post Phase 1 Space that was previously included in the rentable square footage of the Premises is no longer part of the Premises, and such reductions shall be documented in an amendment to this Lease.

ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM

2.1    Initial Lease Term. The TCCs and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “Lease Term”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the Suite 800 Lease Commencement Date with respect to the Suite 800 Premises, shall commence on the Suite 700 Lease Commencement Date with respect to the Suite 700 Premises, shall commence on the Suite 200 Lease Commencement Date with respect to the Suite 200 Premises, shall commence on the Suite 300 Lease Commencement Date with respect to the Suite 300 Premises, shall commence on the Suite 750 Lease Commencement Date with respect to the Suite 750 Premises, and shall commence on the Suite 900 Lease Commencement Date with respect to the Suite 900 Premises (the Suite 800 Lease Commencement Date, the Suite 700 Lease Commencement Date, the Suite 200 Lease Commencement Date, the Suite 300 Lease Commencement Date, the Suite 750 Lease Commencement Date and the Suite 900 Lease Commencement Date may each be referred to herein as the “Lease Commencement Date”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Premises are currently occupied by other tenants of the Building. One such tenant, Bracket Global LLC, a Delaware limited

 

-16-


liability company (“Bracket”), is currently occupying a portion of the Suite 700 Premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Bracket will be in occupancy of their existing server and transfer switch room within the Suite 700 Premises (the “Suite 700 Server Room”) upon Landlord’s delivery of the Suite 700 Premises to Tenant, and Tenant shall accept delivery of the Suite 700 Server Room from Landlord notwithstanding such occupancy by Bracket. Concurrently with the parties’ execution and delivery of this Lease Tenant shall enter into a license or sublease agreement (the “Bracket License/Sublease”) with Bracket to allow for Bracket to continue occupying the Suite 700 Server Room for the period commencing March 1, 2019 through May 31, 2019, and to provide Bracket with access for ingress and egress purposes between the Suite 700 Server Room and the entrance to the Suite 700 Premises during such period. If Landlord is unable for any reason to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on any specific date, then Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for its failure to do so, and such failure shall not affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder, except as expressly provided in Section 1.4 above. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Phase 1 Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) calendar month period during the Lease Term; provided, however, that the first Phase 1 Lease Year shall commence on the Phase 1 Lease Commencement Date and end on the last day of the month in which the first anniversary of the Phase 1 Lease Commencement Date occurs (or if the Phase 1 Lease Commencement Date is the first day of a calendar month, then the first Phase 1 Lease Year shall commence on the Phase 1 Lease Commencement Date and end on the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the Phase 1 Lease Commencement Date), and the second and each succeeding Phase 1 Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the next calendar month; and further provided that the last Phase 1 Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Phase 1 Lease Month” shall mean each succeeding calendar month during the Lease Term; provided that the first Phase 1 Lease Month shall commence on the Phase 1 Lease Commencement Date and shall end on the last day of the first (1st) full calendar month of the Lease Term and that the last Phase 1 Lease Month shall expire on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) business days of receipt thereof.

2.2    Option Term.

2.2.1    Option Right. Landlord hereby grants the Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferee Assignee, one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for the entire Premises by a period of seven (7) years (the “Option Term”). Such option shall be exercisable only by “Notice” (as that term is defined in Section 29.18 of this Lease) delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below, provided that, as of the date of delivery of such Notice, (i) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, and (ii) Tenant has not been in monetary default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods) during the prior two (2) years of the Lease Term. Upon the proper exercise of such option to extend, and provided that, at Landlord’s election, as of the end of the Lease Term, (A) Tenant is not in default under this Lease, and (B) Tenant has not been in monetary default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods) during the prior two (2) years of the Lease Term, then the Lease Term, as it applies to the entire Premises, shall be extended for a period of seven (7) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 shall only be exercised by the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee

 

-17-


Assignee (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if Original Tenant and/or its Permitted Transferee Assignee is in occupancy of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then-existing Premises.

2.2.2    Option Rent. The Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “Option Rent”), and/or the First Offer Rent during the First Offer Term, as applicable, shall be equal to the “Market Rent,” as that term is defined in, and determined pursuant to, Exhibit H attached hereto; provided, however, that the Market Rent for each Lease Year during the Option Term, or First Offer Term, as applicable, shall be equal to the amount set forth on a “Market Rate Schedule,” as that term is defined below. The “Market Rate Schedule” shall be derived from the Market Rent for the Option Term as determined pursuant to Exhibit H, attached hereto, as follows: (i) the Market Rent for the first Lease Year of the Option Term shall be equal to the sum of (a) the Market Rent, as determined pursuant to Exhibit H, (b) the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord, for the calendar year in which the Option Term, or First Offer Term, as applicable commences, and (c) an amount equal to the monthly amortization reimbursement payment for the “Renewal Allowance” (as defined in Section 3 of Exhibit H to this Lease) to be paid by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Premises for the Option Term, or First Offer Term, as applicable, with such Renewal Allowance being amortized at a reasonable rate of return to Landlord based on the rates of return then being received by the landlords of the “Comparable Buildings” as that term is set forth in Section 4 of Exhibit H attached hereto, in connection with improvement allowances then be granted by such landlords, and (ii) the Market Rent for each subsequent Lease Year shall be escalated by a percentage (to be determined as part of the Market Rent determination hereunder) of the prior Lease Year’s Market Rent. The calculation of the Market Rent shall be derived from a review of, and comparison to, the “Net Equivalent Lease Rates” of the “Comparable Transactions,” as provided for in Exhibit H.

2.2.3    Exercise of Option. The option contained in this Section 2.2 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only in the manner set forth in this Section 2.2. Tenant shall deliver notice (the “Exercise Notice”) to Landlord not more than eighteen (18) months nor less than fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, stating that Tenant is exercising its option. Concurrently with such Exercise Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant’s calculation of the Market Rent (the “Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation”). Landlord shall deliver notice (the “Landlord Response Notice”) to Tenant on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Exercise Notice and Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation, stating that (A) Landlord is accepting Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation as the Market Rent, or (B) rejecting Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation and setting forth Landlord’s calculation of the Market Rent (the “Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation”). Within ten (10) business days of its receipt of the Landlord Response Notice, Tenant may, at its option, accept the Market Rent contained in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation. If Tenant does not affirmatively accept or Tenant rejects the Market Rent specified in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation, the parties shall follow the procedure set forth in Section 2.2.4 below, and the Market Rent shall be determined in accordance with the terms of Section 2.2.4 below.

 

-18-


2.2.4    Determination of Market Rent. In the event Tenant timely and appropriately exercises its option to extend the Lease but rejects the Option Rent set forth in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation pursuant to Section 2.2.3, above, then Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using their best good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement upon the Option Rent applicable to the Option Term on or before the date that is ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term (the “Option Rent Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall, within ten (10) business days following the Option Rent Outside Agreement Date, deliver to the other an updated Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation and Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation, respectively, and the parties shall meet and attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using their best good-faith efforts based upon such updated calculations. Thereafter, if Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement upon the Option Rent applicable to the Option Term on or before the date which is ten (10) business days following the Option Rent Outside Date, the Option Rent shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.2.4, below. Each party shall make a separate determination of the Option Rent, within five (5) business days following the Outside Agreement Date, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Section 2.2.4.1 through Section 2.2.4.4, below.

2.2.4.1    Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be an MAI appraiser, or real estate broker who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the appraising and/or leasing of first class office properties in the vicinity of the Building. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue area of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s last submitted Option Rent (i.e., prior to the Outside Agreement Date) is the closest to the actual Option Rent as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.2 of this Lease. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date. Landlord and Tenant may consult with their selected arbitrators prior to appointment and may select an arbitrator who is favorable to their respective positions (including an arbitrator who has previously represented Landlord and/or Tenant, as applicable). The arbitrators so selected by Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed “Advocate Arbitrators.”

2.2.4.2    The two Advocate Arbitrators so appointed shall be specifically required pursuant to an engagement letter within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator (“Neutral Arbitrator”) who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the two Advocate Arbitrators except that (i) neither the Landlord or Tenant or either parties’ Advocate Arbitrator may, directly, or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior or subsequent to his or her appearance, and (ii) the Neutral Arbitrator cannot be someone who has represented Landlord and/or Tenant during the five (5) year period prior to such appointment. The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel.

2.2.4.3    Within ten (10) days following the appointment of the Arbitrator, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an arbitration agreement (the “Arbitration Agreement”) which shall set forth the following:

2.2.4.3.1    Each of Landlord’s and Tenant’s best and final and binding determination of the Option Rent exchanged by the parties pursuant to Section 2.2.4, above;

 

-19-


2.2.4.3.2    An agreement to be signed by the Neutral Arbitrator, the form of which agreement shall be attached as an exhibit to the Arbitration Agreement, whereby the Neutral Arbitrator shall agree to undertake the arbitration and render a decision in accordance with the terms of this Lease, as modified by the Arbitration Agreement, and shall require the Neutral Arbitrator to demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the parties that the Neutral Arbitrator has no conflicts of interest with either Landlord or Tenant;

2.2.4.3.3    Instructions to be followed by the Neutral Arbitrator when conducting such arbitration;

2.2.4.3.4    That Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to submit to the Neutral Arbitrator (with a copy to the other party), on or before the date that occurs fifteen (15) days following the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, an advocate statement (and any other information such party deems relevant) prepared by or on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, in support of Landlord’s or Tenant’s respective determination of Option Rent (the “Briefs”);

2.2.4.3.5    That within five (5) business days following the exchange of Briefs, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to provide the Neutral Arbitrator (with a copy to the other party) with a written rebuttal to the other party’s Brief (the “First Rebuttals”); provided, however, such First Rebuttals shall be limited to the facts and arguments raised in the other party’s Brief and shall identify clearly which argument or fact of the other party’s Brief is intended to be rebutted;

2.2.4.3.6    That within five (5) business days following the parties’ receipt of each other’s First Rebuttal, Landlord and Tenant, as applicable, shall each have the right to provide the Neutral Arbitrator (with a copy to the other party) with a written rebuttal to the other party’s First Rebuttal (the “Second Rebuttals”); provided, however, such Second Rebuttals shall be limited to the facts and arguments raised in the other party’s First Rebuttal and shall identify clearly which argument or fact of the other party’s First Rebuttal is intended to be rebutted;

2.2.4.3.7    The date, time and location of the arbitration, which shall be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, taking into consideration the schedules of the Neutral Arbitrator, the Advocate Arbitrators, Landlord and Tenant, and each party’s applicable consultants, which date shall in any event be within forty-five (45) days following the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator;

2.2.4.3.8    That no discovery shall take place in connection with the arbitration, other than to verify the factual information that is presented by Landlord or Tenant;

2.2.4.3.9    That the Neutral Arbitrator shall not be allowed to undertake an independent investigation or consider any factual information other than presented by Landlord or Tenant, except that the Neutral Arbitrator shall be permitted to visit the Project and the buildings containing the Comparable Transactions;

 

-20-


2.2.4.3.10    The specific persons that shall be allowed to attend the arbitration;

2.2.4.3.11    Tenant shall have the right to present oral arguments to the Neutral Arbitrator at the arbitration for a period of time not to exceed three (3) hours (“Tenant’s Initial Statement”);

2.2.4.3.12    Following Tenant’s Initial Statement, Landlord shall have the right to present oral arguments to the Neutral Arbitrator at the arbitration for a period of time not to exceed three (3) hours (“Landlord’s Initial Statement”);

2.2.4.3.13    Following Landlord’s Initial Statement, Tenant shall have up to two (2) additional hours to present additional arguments and/or to rebut the arguments of Landlord (“Tenant’s Rebuttal Statement”);

2.2.4.3.14    Following Tenant’s Rebuttal Statement, Landlord shall have up to two (2) additional hours to present additional arguments and/or to rebut the arguments of Tenant;

2.2.4.3.15    That, not later than ten (10) days after the date of the arbitration, the Neutral Arbitrator shall render a decision (the “Ruling”) indicating whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is closer to the Option Rent;

2.2.4.3.16    That following notification of the Ruling, Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent determination, whichever is selected by the Neutral Arbitrator as being closer to the Option Rent shall become the then applicable Option Rent; and

2.2.4.3.17    That the decision of the Neutral Arbitrator shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

2.2.4.3.18    If a date by which an event described in Section 2.2.4.3, above, is to occur falls on a weekend or a holiday, the date shall be deemed to be the next business day.

2.2.4.4    In the event that the Option Rent shall not have been determined pursuant to the terms hereof prior to the commencement of the Option Term, Tenant shall be required to pay the Option Rent, initially provided by Landlord to Tenant, and upon the final determination of the Option Rent, the payments made by Tenant shall be reconciled with the actual amounts due, and the appropriate party shall make any corresponding payment to the other party.

 

-21-


ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

3.1    In General. Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check or electronic wire transfer for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“Base Rent”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. In accordance with Section 4 of the Summary, any increases in Base Rent shall occur on the first day of the applicable Lease Month. The parties acknowledge, however, that Tenant shall pay Base Rent for each “calendar month” of the Lease Term (or a prorated portion of a “calendar month”, as applicable), even though the first “Lease Month” may pertain to a period longer than one (1) calendar month. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term which occurs after the expiration of any free rent period shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any such fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis during such fractional month and shall total an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fractional month and the denominator of which is the actual number of days occurring in such calendar month, and (ii) the then-applicable Monthly Installment of Base Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the TCCs of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2    Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement. Provided that no event of default beyond any applicable notice and cure period is occurring during the four (4) month period commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) full calendar month following the Suite 800 Lease Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the fourth (4th) full calendar month following the Suite 800 Lease Commencement Date (the “Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Suite 800 Premises during such Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement Period (the “Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the aggregate amount of the Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement equals $1,192,295.00 (i.e., $298,073.75 per month). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that during such Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement Period, such abatement of Base Rent for the Suite 800 Premises shall have no effect on the calculation of any future increases in Base Rent or Direct Expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, which increases shall be calculated without regard to such Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement. Additionally, Tenant shall be obligated to pay all “Additional Rent” (as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Lease) during the Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement Period. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the Base Rent and perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If Tenant shall be in economic or mutual non-economic default under this Lease and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease, or if this Lease, is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of this Lease, casualty or condemnation, then the dollar amount of the

 

-22-


unapplied portion of the Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Suite 800 Premises in full. The foregoing Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement right set forth in this Section 3.2 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee and shall only apply to the extent that the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any other assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) is the Tenant under this Lease during such Suite 800 Base Rent Abatement Period.

3.3    Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement. Provided that no event of default beyond any applicable notice and cure period is occurring during the four (4) month period commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) full calendar month following the Suite 700 Lease Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the fourth (4th) full calendar month following the Suite 700 Lease Commencement Date (the “Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Suite 700 Premises during such Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement Period (the “Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the aggregate amount of the Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement equals $881,308.32 (i.e., $220,327.08 per month). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that during such Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement Period, such abatement of Base Rent for the Suite 700 Premises shall have no effect on the calculation of any future increases in Base Rent or Direct Expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, which increases shall be calculated without regard to such Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement. Additionally, Tenant shall be obligated to pay all Additional Rent during the Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement Period. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the Base Rent and perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If Tenant shall be in economic or mutual non-economic default under this Lease and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease, or if this Lease, is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of this Lease, casualty or condemnation, then the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Suite 700 Premises in full. The foregoing Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement right set forth in this Section 3.3 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee and shall only apply to the extent that the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) is the Tenant under this Lease during such Suite 700 Base Rent Abatement Period.

3.4    Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement. Provided that no event of default beyond any applicable notice and cure period is occurring during the four (4) month period commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) full calendar month following the Suite 200 Lease Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the fourth (4th) full calendar month following the Suite 200 Lease Commencement Date (the “Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Suite 200 Premises during such Suite 200 Base Rent

 

-23-


Abatement Period (the “Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the aggregate amount of the Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement equals $502,605.00 (i.e., $125,651.25 per month). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that during such Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement Period, such abatement of Base Rent for the Suite 200 Premises shall have no effect on the calculation of any future increases in Base Rent or Direct Expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, which increases shall be calculated without regard to such Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement. Additionally, Tenant shall be obligated to pay all Additional Rent during the Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement Period. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the Base Rent and perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If Tenant shall be in economic or mutual non-economic default under this Lease and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease, or if this Lease, is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of this Lease, casualty or condemnation, then the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Suite 200 Premises in full. The foregoing Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement right set forth in this Section 3.4 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee and shall only apply to the extent that the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) is the Tenant under this Lease during such Suite 200 Base Rent Abatement Period.

3.5    Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement. Provided that no event of default beyond any applicable notice and cure period is occurring during the four (4) month period commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) full calendar month following the Suite 300 Lease Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the fourth (4th) full calendar month following the Suite 300 Lease Commencement Date (the “Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Suite 300 Premises during such Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement Period (the “Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the aggregate amount of the Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement equals $1,411,878.32 (i.e., $352,969.58 per month). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that during such Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement Period, such abatement of Base Rent for the Suite 300 Premises shall have no effect on the calculation of any future increases in Base Rent or Direct Expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, which increases shall be calculated without regard to such Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement. Additionally, Tenant shall be obligated to pay all Additional Rent during the Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement Period. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the Base Rent and perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If Tenant shall be in economic or mutual non-economic default under this Lease and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease, or if this Lease, is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of this Lease, casualty or condemnation, then the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to be

 

-24-


applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Suite 300 Premises in full. The foregoing Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement right set forth in this Section 3.5 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee and shall only apply to the extent that the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) is the Tenant under this Lease during such Suite 300 Base Rent Abatement Period.

3.6    Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement. Provided that no event of default beyond any applicable notice and cure period is occurring during the four (4) month period commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) full calendar month following the Suite 750 Lease Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the fourth (4th) full calendar month following the Suite 750 Lease Commencement Date (the “Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Suite 750 Premises during such Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement Period (the “Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the aggregate amount of the Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement equals $370,891.00 (i.e., $92,722.75 per month). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that during such Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement Period, such abatement of Base Rent for the Suite 750 Premises shall have no effect on the calculation of any future increases in Base Rent or Direct Expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, which increases shall be calculated without regard to such Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement. Additionally, Tenant shall be obligated to pay all Additional Rent during the Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement Period. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the Base Rent and perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If Tenant shall be in economic or mutual non-economic default under this Lease and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease, or if this Lease, is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of this Lease, casualty or condemnation, then the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Suite 750 Premises in full. The foregoing Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement right set forth in this Section 3.6 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee and shall only apply to the extent that the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) is the Tenant under this Lease during such Suite 750 Base Rent Abatement Period.

3.7    Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement. Provided that no event of default beyond any applicable notice and cure period is occurring during the four (4) month period commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) full calendar month following the Suite 900 Lease Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the fourth (4th) full calendar month following the Suite 900 Lease Commencement Date (the “Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Suite 900 Premises during such Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement Period (the “Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that

 

-25-


the aggregate amount of the Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement equals $1,197,273.40 (i.e., $299,318.35 per month). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that during such Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement Period, such abatement of Base Rent for the Suite 900 Premises shall have no effect on the calculation of any future increases in Base Rent or Direct Expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, which increases shall be calculated without regard to such Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement. Additionally, Tenant shall be obligated to pay all Additional Rent during the Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement Period. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the Base Rent and perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If Tenant shall be in economic or mutual non-economic default under this Lease and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease, or if this Lease, is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of this Lease, casualty or condemnation, then the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Suite 900 Premises in full. The foregoing Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement right set forth in this Section 3.7 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee and shall only apply to the extent that the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) is the Tenant under this Lease during such Suite 900 Base Rent Abatement Period.

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1    In General. In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2, respectively, of this Lease, which are in excess of the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the “Base Year,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1, below; provided, however, that in no event shall any decrease in Direct Expenses for any “Expense Year” (as that term is defined in Section 4.2.3, below) below Direct Expenses for the Base Year entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against sums due under this Lease. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Additional Rent,” and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “Rent.” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent; provided, however, the parties hereby acknowledge that the first monthly installment of Tenant’s Share of any “Estimated Excess,” as that term is set forth in, and pursuant to the terms and conditions of, Section 4.4.2 of this Lease, shall first be due and payable for the calendar month occurring immediately following the expiration of the Base Year. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

 

-26-


4.2    Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent. As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1    “Base Year” shall mean the period set forth in Section 5 of the Summary.

4.2.2    “Direct Expenses” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses.”

4.2.3    “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

4.2.4    “Operating Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, renovation restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof, in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities (but excluding the cost of electricity consumed in the Premises and the premises of other tenants of the Building and any other buildings in the Project (as opposed to the Common Areas) since Tenant is separately paying for the cost of electricity services to the Premises pursuant to Section 6.1.2 of the Lease), the cost of operating, repairing, replacing, maintaining, renovating and restoring the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) costs incurred in connection with the parking areas servicing the Project, as well as costs incurred in connection with the provision of any shuttle service serving the Project for the purpose of facilitating access to public transportation; (vi) fees and other costs, including management fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance, replacement, renovation, repair and restoration of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons (other than persons generally considered to be higher in rank than the position of “Senior Asset Manager”) engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance, renovation, replacement and restoration of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project, subject to (xiii) below; (xi) the cost of janitorial (but excluding the cost of janitorial services in the Premises and the premises of other tenants of the Building and any other buildings in the Project (as opposed to the Common Areas) since Tenant is separately paying for the

 

-27-


cost of janitorial services in the Premises pursuant to Section 6.1.5 of the Lease), alarm, security and other services, replacement, renovation, restoration and repair of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance, replacement, renovation, repair and restoration of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof (which amortization calculation shall include interest at the “Interest Rate,” as that term is set forth in Article 25 of this Lease); (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are reasonably intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof (but only to the extent of reasonably anticipated savings in Operating Expenses), (B) that are required to comply with then-existing, mandatory conservation programs enacted following the date of this Lease and which programs are also required of comparable, institutionally owned projects in the vicinity of the Project conservation programs, (C) which are replacements or modifications of nonstructural items located in the Common Areas required to keep the Common Areas in good order or condition, (D) that are required under any governmental law or regulation by a federal, state or local governmental agency, except for capital repairs, replacements or other improvements to remedy a condition existing prior to the Lease Commencement Date which an applicable governmental authority, if it had knowledge of such condition prior to the Lease Commencement Date, would have then required to be remedied pursuant to then-current governmental laws or regulations in their form existing as of the Lease Commencement Date and pursuant to the then-current interpretation of such governmental laws or regulations by the applicable governmental authority as of the Lease Commencement Date, or (E) that are reasonably intended to materially benefit the safety or security of the Project (the permitted capital expenditures pursuant to the foregoing items (A) through (E) being, collectively, the “Permitted Capital Expenses”); provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized with interest at the Interest Rate over (Y) the corresponding useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices consistently applied, or (Z) with respect to those items included under item (A) above their recovery/payback period as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices consistently applied; (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5, below; (xv) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project and (xvi) costs of any additional services not provided to the Project as of the Lease Commencement Date but which are thereafter provided by Landlord in connection with its prudent management of the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(a)    costs, including marketing costs, legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses, and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project, and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of improvements made for new tenants initially occupying space in the Project after the Lease Commencement Date or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project (excluding, however, such costs relating to any common areas of the Project or parking facilities);

 

-28-


(b)    except as set forth in items (xi), (xii), (xiii), and (xiv) above, depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any, penalties and interest;

(c)    costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else (except to the extent of deductibles), and electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company;

(d)    any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(e)    costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants, and Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses;

(f)    the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-a-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Senior Asset Manager;

(g)    amount paid as ground rental for the Project by the Landlord;

(h)    overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(i)    any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord, provided that any compensation paid to any concierge or parking attendants at the Project shall be includable as an Operating Expense;

(j)    rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital cost, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project;

 

-29-


(k)    all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

(1)    costs, other than those incurred in ordinary maintenance and repair, for sculpture, paintings, fountains or other objects of art;

(m)    any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(n)    rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined in Section 4 of Exhibit H to this Lease, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project;

(o)    Excepting any Permitted Capital Expenses, any costs of other capital improvements or expenditures;

(a)    costs to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services;

(b)    amounts spent for any earthquake deductible in excess of One and 50/100 Dollars ($1.50) per rentable square foot of the Premises in any particular Expense Year; provided, however, any remaining excess (i.e., deductibles in excess of such annual Expense Cap) may be carried over into future Expenses Years.

(c)    reserves for Permitted Capital Expenses;

(p)    fees payable by Landlord for management of the Project in excess of three and one half percent (3.5%) (the “Management Fee Cap”) of Landlord’s gross rental revenues, adjusted and grossed up to reflect a one hundred percent (100%) occupancy of the Project with all tenants paying rent, including base rent, pass-throughs, and parking fees (but excluding the cost of after-hours services or utilities) from the Project for any calendar year or portion thereof; and

(q)    costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of hazardous material or substance (as defined under applicable law) which was in existence in the Building or on the Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, state, local or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material or substance, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or substance or other

 

-30-


remedial or containment action with respect thereto, but only to the extent those laws were then being actively enforced by the applicable government authority; and costs incurred to remove, remedy, contain, or treat hazardous material or substance, which hazardous material or substance is brought into the Building or onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project and is of such a nature, at that time, that a federal, state, local or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material or substance, in the state, and under the conditions, that it then exists in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or substance or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto, but only to the extent those laws were then being actively enforced by the applicable government authority.

If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during all or a portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, Landlord may elect to make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses that vary with occupancy for such year to determine the amount of such Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year. Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall not include market-wide cost increases (including utility rate increases) due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, Force Majeure, boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, embargoes or shortages, or amortized costs. Landlord shall not (i) make a profit by charging items to Operating Expenses that are otherwise also charged separately to others and (ii) subject to Landlord’s right to adjust the components of Operating Expenses described above in this paragraph, collect Operating Expenses from Tenant and all other tenants in the Building in an amount in excess of what Landlord incurs for the items included in Operating Expenses. Only as provided hereinafter below in items [I], and [II] below, in the event Landlord incurs costs or expenses associated with or relating to new (as opposed to replacement), distinct categories of Operating Expenses which were not part of Operating Expenses during the Base Year, Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall be deemed increased by the amounts Landlord would have incurred during the Base Year with respect to such costs and expenses had such new, distinct categories of Operating Expenses been included in Operating Expenses during the entire Base Year. The foregoing shall only apply as follows: [I] any insurance premium resulting from any new forms of insurance, including terrorism or earthquake insurance, first maintained following the Base Year shall be deemed to be included in Operating Expenses for the Base Year; and [II] any new major category of services (the “New Services”), provided that no adjustment to the Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall occur to the extent such New Services (1) are first being offered by landlords in the majority of Comparable Buildings following the Base Year, or (2) are required by “Applicable Laws,” as that term is set forth in Article 24 below.

 

-31-


4.2.5    Taxes.

4.2.5.1    “Tax Expenses” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof (including, without limitation, the land upon which the Building and the parking facilities serving the Building are located).

4.2.5.2    Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“Proposition 13”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; and (v) all of the real estate taxes and assessments imposed upon or with respect to the Building and all of the real estate taxes and assessments imposed on the land and improvements comprising the Project.

4.2.5.3    Any reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid. Except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.4, below, refunds of Tax Expenses shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as an increase in Tax Expenses under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased

 

-32-


after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses included by Landlord as Building Tax Expenses pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 (except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.1, above), there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, documentary transfer taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease, and (iv) any penalties, late charges or interest due to Landlord’s failure to timely pay taxes when due. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, only Landlord may institute proceedings to reduce Tax Expenses and the filing of any such proceeding by Tenant without Landlord’s consent shall constitute an event of default by Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to file any application or institute any proceeding seeking a reduction in Tax Expenses.

4.2.5.4    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the amount of Tax Expenses for the Base Year and any Expense Year shall be calculated without taking into account any decreases in real estate taxes obtained in connection with Proposition 8, and, therefore, the Tax Expenses in the Base Year and/or an Expense Year may be greater than those actually incurred by Landlord, but shall, nonetheless, be the Tax Expenses due under this Lease; provided that (i) any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in securing any Proposition 8 reduction shall not be included in Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease, and (ii) tax refunds under Proposition 8 shall not be deducted from Tax Expenses, but rather shall be the sole property of Landlord. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that this Section 4.2.5.4 is not intended to in any way affect (A) the inclusion in Tax Expenses of the statutory two percent (2.0%) annual maximum allowable increase in Tax Expenses (as such statutory increase may be modified by subsequent legislation), or (B) the inclusion or exclusion of Tax Expenses pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13, which shall be governed pursuant to the terms of Sections 4.2.5.1 through 4.2.5.3, above.

4.2.6    “Tenant’s Share” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary.

4.3    Cost Pools. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Direct Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the “Cost Pools”), in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project, and the retail space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project. The Direct Expenses within each such Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

4.4    Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent. If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses applicable to the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1, below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “Excess”).

 

-33-


4.4.1    Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall give to Tenant following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “Statement”) which shall state in reasonable detail the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for the particular Expense Year and which shall indicate the amount of the Excess. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such Statement to Tenant on or before May 1 following the end of the Expense Year to which such Statement relates. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Excess,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2, below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of Tenant’s overpayment against Rent next due under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of the overpayment. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Direct Expenses attributable to any Expense Year which are first billed to Tenant more than two (2) calendar years after the Lease Expiration Date, provided that in any event Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses which (x) were levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility companies, and (y) Landlord had not previously received an invoice therefor and which are currently due and owing e., costs invoiced for the first time regardless of the date when the work or service relating to this Lease was performed), at any time following the Lease Expiration Date which are attributable to any Expense Year.

4.4.2    Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses. In addition, Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “Estimate Statement”) which shall set forth in reasonable detail Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “Estimate”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated excess (the “Estimated Excess”) as calculated by comparing the Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to the amount of Direct Expenses for the Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Additional Rent under this Article 4, nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Excess theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Estimate Statement, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the second to last sentence of this Section 4.4.2). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such

 

-34-


payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant. Throughout the Lease Term Landlord shall maintain records with respect to Direct Expenses in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied.

4.5    Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.

4.5.1    Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2    If the improvements in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which improvements conforming to Landlord’s “building standard” in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1, above.

4.5.3    Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, gross receipts tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease; (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the Project parking facility and taxes or assessments due to any type of ballot measure, including an initiative adopted by the voters or local agency, or a state proposition approved by the voters; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

4.5.4    Landlord’s Records. Upon Tenant’s written request given not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after Tenant’s receipt of a Statement for a particular Expense Year, and provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond the applicable notice and cure period provided in this Lease, specifically including, but not limited to, the timely payment of Additional Rent (whether or not a component thereof is the subject of the audit contemplated herein), Landlord shall furnish Tenant with such reasonable supporting documentation pertaining to the calculation of the Excess set forth in the Statement as Tenant may reasonably request. Landlord shall

 

-35-


provide said documentation pertaining to the relevant Excess to Tenant within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s written request therefor. Within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (the “Audit Period”), if Tenant disputes the amount of the Excess set forth in the Statement, an independent certified public accountant (which accountant (A) is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized certified public accounting firm which has previous experience in auditing financial operating records of landlords of office buildings, (B) shall not already be providing primary accounting and/or lease administration services to Tenant and shall not have provided primary accounting and/or lease administration services to Tenant in the past three (3) years, (C) is not working on a contingency fee basis [i.e., Tenant must be billed based on the actual time and materials that are incurred by the certified public accounting firm in the performance of the audit], and (D) shall not currently be providing (or within the previous two (2) years have provided) accounting and/or lease administration services to another tenant in the Building and/or the Project in connection with a review or audit by such other tenant of similar expense records), designated and paid for by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, audit Landlord’s records with respect to the Excess set forth in the Statement at Landlord’s corporate offices in San Francisco, California or Los Angeles, California, provided that (i) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods provided under this Lease), (ii) Tenant has paid all amounts required to be paid under the applicable Estimate Statement and Statement, and (iii) a copy of the audit agreement between Tenant and its particular certified public accounting firm has been delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of the audit. In connection with such audit, Tenant and Tenant’s certified public accounting firm must agree in advance to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and procedures regarding an audit of the aforementioned Landlord records, and shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such audit. Any audit report prepared by Tenant’s certified public accounting firm shall be delivered concurrently to Landlord and Tenant within the Audit Period. Tenant’s failure to audit the amount of the Excess set forth in any Statement within the Audit Period shall be deemed to be Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to audit the amounts set forth in such Statement. If after such audit, Tenant still disputes such Excess, an audit to determine the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant (the “Accountant”) selected by Landlord and subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval; provided that if such audit by the Accountant proves that the Direct Expenses in the subject Expense Year were overstated by more than five percent (5%), then the cost of the Accountant and the cost of such audit shall be paid for by Landlord. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant’s sole right to audit Landlord’s records and to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Section 4.6, and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to applicable law to audit such records and/or to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1    Permitted Use. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

-36-


5.2    Prohibited Uses. The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) offices of any health care professionals or service organization; (iv) schools or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use; (v) retail or restaurant uses; or (vi) communications firms such as radio and/or television stations. Tenant shall not allow the average occupancy density for the Premises to exceed the maximum occupancy as determined by the fire marshal or Applicable Laws, provided that Landlord makes no representation that the “HVAC,” as that term is defined in Section 6.1 below, has the capacity to accommodate an occupancy density greater than one (1) person per each 175 rentable square feet of floor area within the office space portion of the Premises (provided that Tenant properly designs and configures the Premises to distribute the HVAC within the Premises as part of the Tenant Improvements or in connection with future Alterations). Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time (“Rules and Regulations”), the current set of which (as of the date of this Lease) is attached to this Lease as Exhibit D; or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project, including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable laws now or hereafter in effect; provided, however, Landlord shall not enforce, change or modify the Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner and Landlord agrees that the Rules and Regulations shall not be unreasonably modified or enforced in a manner which will unreasonably interfere with the normal and customary conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises.

5.3    CC&Rs. Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions currently affecting the Project. Additionally, Tenant acknowledges that the Project may be subject to any future covenants, conditions, and restrictions (the “CC&Rs”) which Landlord, in Landlord’s discretion, deems reasonably necessary or desirable, and Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to such CC&Rs; provided, however, the CC&Rs shall not (i) adversely affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease, (ii) adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, or (iii) increase Tenant’s monetary obligations under this Lease, in more than a de minimis manner. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to execute and acknowledge, within fifteen (15) business days of a request by Landlord, a “Recognition of Covenants, Conditions, and Restriction,” in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit F, agreeing to and acknowledging the CC&Rs.

 

-37-


5.4    Tenant’s Bicycles. Tenant’s employees and visitors shall be permitted to bring their bicycles (“Bicycles”) into the designated portions of the Project, subject to the provisions of this Section 5.4, and such additional reasonable rules and regulations as may be promulgated by Landlord from time to time (in Landlord’s reasonable discretion) that do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s ability to park its Bicycles as contemplated herein and provided to Tenant. AT NO TIME ARE RIDERS ALLOWED TO RIDE ANY BICYCLE IN THE PREMISES, THE PROJECT PARKING FACILITIES, THE BUILDING, OR ANYWHERE ELSE WITHIN THE PROJECT. RIDERS MUST ALWAYS WALK THEIR BICYCLES WITHIN THE PROJECT BOUNDARIES. Storage of any Bicycle anywhere on the Project other than as expressly set forth in this Section 5.4 is prohibited. Tenant shall keep its employees informed of these rules and regulations and any modifications thereto.

5.4.1    Bicycle Storage Area. Tenant (including employees and visitors of Tenant) shall have the non-exclusive right, on a first-come, first-served basis, at no cost to Tenant, to utilize that portion of the Common Areas designated by Landlord for the day use parking of operable Bicycles by tenants and occupants of the Building (the “Bicycle Storage Area”). Gas-powered motorized vehicles of any kind (but not including electric powered bicycles), including motorcycles and mopeds, are prohibited in the Bicycle Storage Area, as is the storage of any property other than Bicycles, or the storage of more than a de minimis number of Bicycles for more than seventy-two (72) hours in the Bicycle Storage Area (and any such Bicycles which are stored for longer than seventy-two (72) hours shall be subject to removal by Landlord in accordance with signage posted in the Bicycle Storage Area). Each rider shall use the Bicycle Storage Area at is sole risk. Landlord specifically reserves the right to reasonably change the location, size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Bicycle Storage Area at any time (provided that no such action will materially diminish the capacity of the Bicycle Storage Area on other than a temporary basis), and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Bicycle Storage Area for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord shall in no case be liable for personal injury or property damage for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Bicycle Storage Area of any person. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall have removed all Bicycles belonging to its employees from the Bicycle Storage Area and Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall repair all damage to the Bicycle Storage Area caused by the removal of Tenant’s property therefrom, and if Tenant fails to repair such damage, Landlord may undertake such repair on account of Tenant and Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the cost of such repair. If Tenant fails to remove any Bicycles at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may dispose of said Bicycles in such lawful manner as it shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion.

5.4.2    Bicycles in the Premises. Tenant’s employees shall be permitted to bring their bicycles in the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.4.2. The right provided to Tenant and its employees to bring bicycles into the Premises shall be subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) bicycles may only enter and exit the Building through the areas reasonably designated by Landlord; (ii) bicycles must be taken directly to the Premises via the applicable Building elevator reasonably designated by Landlord (which Tenant shall be entitled to use at all times at no

 

-38-


additional charge), and in no event shall Tenant’s employees bring any Bicycles into or through the ground floor lobby of either Building other than the Exclusive Use Lobbies; (iii) Landlord shall have the right to reasonably designate the path of travel that Tenant’s employees must follow; and (iv) in no event shall Tenant permit any bicycles to be stored or left unattended within the Common Areas (other than the Bicycle Storage Area and other bicycle storage areas reasonably designated by Landlord for non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project) at any time.

5.5    Tenant’s Use of Base Building Stairwell. Subject to Applicable Laws and Tenant’s receipt of all necessary governmental or quasi-governmental approvals (collectively, “Governmental Approvals”), Tenant shall have right during the Lease Term to use the base building stairwells between the floors of the Premises (once such floors are leased and occupied by Tenant) (each, a “Stairwell”) solely for purposes of ingress and egress from and between different floors of the Premises. Subject to Landlord’s approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) and receipt by Tenant of applicable Governmental Approvals, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may procure, install, and maintain a separate security access system compatible with the Building security access system (the “Stairwell Security System”) on the interior of the Stairwell which will limit Stairwell access to the Premises to Landlord’s and Tenant’s authorized users, but which permits access to the Stairwell by all tenants and occupants of the Building. The Stairwell Security System shall be installed prior to the use by Tenant of the Stairwell for other than general access with other tenants. Tenant shall keep and maintain the Stairwell Security System in good working order, condition and repair throughout the Lease Term. In its use of the Stairwell and in connection with the installation, maintenance and operation of the Stairwell Security System, Tenant shall comply with all Applicable Laws, Governmental Approvals and the rules and regulations for the Project. Except as expressly set forth herein, Tenant shall have no right to alter or change the Stairwell in any manner whatsoever, other than minor cosmetic alterations reasonably approved in advance by Landlord (which alterations, if approved and performed, shall be performed in accordance with the terms of Article 8 below). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s use of the Stairwell and the installation, operation and maintenance of the Stairwell Security System shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith. Except for any property damage or personal injury to the extent arising from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant hereby waives any and all claims against Landlord for any damages arising from Tenant’s exercise of its rights under this Section 5.5. Furthermore, as a material inducement to Landlord to grant the rights set forth in this Section 5.5, except for any property damage or personal injury to the extent arising from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless, from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, liability, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and other professional fees), actions or causes of action, or judgments arising in any manner from Tenant’s use of the Stairwell and/or the installation, operation and maintenance of the Stairwell Security System.

5.6    Tenant’s Dogs.

5.6.1    In General. Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.6 and the Rules and Regulations, Tenant shall be permitted to bring up to a total of one (1) non-aggressive, well behaved, fully-trained, fully-domesticated and fully-vaccinated dog of no less than one (1) year in age into the

 

-39-


Premises (which dog is owned by Tenant or an officer or employee of Tenant) for every ten thousand (10,000) rentable square feet of the Premises then occupied by Tenant (“Tenant’s Dogs”). Tenant’s Dogs shall not include service animals (as defined under Applicable Laws and accompanying guidelines) (“Service Animals”) and this Section 5.6 shall not be applicable to such Service Animals unless expressly stated hereinbelow. Tenant’s Dogs must be on a leash that is no more than four feet (4’) in length while in any area of the Project outside of the Premises. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to bring any of Tenant’s Dogs into the restrooms of the Project. Within three (3) business days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonably satisfactory evidence showing that all current vaccinations have been received by Tenant’s Dogs. Tenant’s Dogs shall not be brought to the Project if such dog is ill or contracts a disease that could potentially threaten the health or wellbeing of any tenant or occupant of the Building (which diseases may include, but shall not be limited to, rabies, leptospirosis and lyme disease). While in the Building, Tenant’s Dogs must be taken directly to/from the Premises and Tenant shall use the Project’s freight elevators to bring Tenant’s Dogs to/from the Premises. Tenant’s Dogs and Service Animals shall only be permitted to use the area shown on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto for the relief of bodily waste and excrement. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable dog related odors to emanate from the Premises, and in no event shall Tenant’s Dogs be at the Project overnight. All bodily waste generated by Tenant’s Dogs in or about the Project shall be promptly removed and disposed of in trash receptacles designated by Landlord, and any areas of the Project affected by such waste shall be cleaned and otherwise sanitized by Tenant. No less than one (1) time per calendar month during which any of Tenant’s Dogs are at the Premises, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, clean all carpeted floor areas located within any portions of the Premises where Tenant’s Dogs have been located or have been allowed access. No Tenant’s Dog shall be permitted to enter the Project if such Tenant’s Dog previously exhibited dangerously aggressive behavior. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right, at any time, to prevent particular dogs from entering or accessing the Premises if such dogs are in violation of the terms of this Section 5.6, have previously been in violation of one or more of the terms of this Section 5.6, or Landlord has received a complaint from any tenant or occupant regarding damage, disruption or nuisance caused by such dog in the Building or the Project, which complaint is, in Landlord’s reasonable business judgment, legitimate and not intended solely to harass or frustrate Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s right to bring Tenant’s Dogs into the Premises in accordance with this Section 5.6.

5.6.2    Costs and Expenses. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after demand, all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the presence of Tenant’s Dogs in the Building, Premises or Project, including, but not limited to, janitorial, waste disposal, landscaping, signage, repair, and legal costs and expenses. In the event Landlord receives any verbal or written complaints from any other tenant or occupant of the Project in connection with health-related issues (e.g., allergies) related to the presence of Tenant’s Dogs in the Premises, the Building or the Project, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly meet and mutually confer, in good faith, to determine appropriate mitigation measures to eliminate the causes of such complaints (which mitigation measures may include, without limitation, additional and/or different air filters to be installed in the HVAC system for the Premises, or elsewhere in the Building), and Tenant shall cause such measures to be taken promptly at its sole cost or expense.

 

-40-


5.6.3    Indemnity. Tenant’s indemnities under Section 10.1 below shall apply to any loss, cost, damage, expense, liability, or claim relating to any of Tenant’s Dogs.

5.6.4    Rights Personal to Original Tenant. The right to bring Tenant’s Dogs into the Premises pursuant to this Section 5.6 is personal to the Original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee. If Tenant assigns the Lease or sublets all or any portion of the Premises other than to a Permitted Transferee, then, as to the entire Premises, upon such assignment, or, as to the portion of the Premises sublet, upon such subletting and until the expiration of such sublease, the right to bring Tenant’s Dogs into such portion of the Premises shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect.

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1    Standard Tenant Services. Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

6.1.1    Subject to reasonable changes implemented by Landlord and all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises from 7:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday (collectively, the “Building Hours”), except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s reasonable discretion, other locally or nationally recognized holidays (collectively, the “Holidays”).

6.1.2    Landlord shall provide adequate electrical wiring and facilities and power for normal general office use as reasonably determined by Landlord, but not less than 5 watts per rentable square foot. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall pay directly to Landlord per the submeters, the cost of all electricity services provided to and/or consumed in the Premises (including normal and excess consumption and including the cost of electricity to operate the HVAC air handlers), which electricity shall be submetered as described above (or otherwise equitably allocated and directly charged by Landlord to Tenant). Tenant shall pay such cost without mark-up (including the cost of such submeters to the extent installed by Landlord) within thirty (30) days after demand and as Additional Rent under this Lease (and not as part of the Operating Expenses). Landlord shall designate the public utility provider for electricity from time to time.

6.1.3    As part of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall replace lamps, starters and ballasts for Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures installed by or on behalf of Tenant within the Premises.

6.1.4    Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes in the Building Common Areas.

 

-41-


6.1.5    Tenant shall be required to contract directly with Landlord’s reasonably designated janitorial services provider to perform janitorial services and other cleaning to the Premises, including interior window washing, in a manner and on a cleaning schedule consistent with Landlord’s reasonable janitorial specifications for the Building, and Tenant shall pay the cost of such contract directly to such janitorial services provider. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Tenant, to reasonably change its designated janitorial services provider for the Building, in which event Tenant shall terminate its contract with Landlord’s previously designated janitorial services provider and enter into a contract with Landlord’s newly designated janitorial services provider. Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Premises for purposes of confirming that Tenant is cleaning the Premises as required by this Section 6.1.5, and to require Tenant to provide additional cleaning, if necessary. In the event Tenant shall fail to provide any of the services described in this Section 6.1.5 within five (5) business days after notice from Landlord, which notice shall not be required in the event of an emergency, then Landlord shall have the right to provide such services and any charge or cost incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be deemed Additional Rent due and payable by Tenant upon receipt by Tenant of a written statement of cost from Landlord. Failure of Tenant to comply with any one or more of the foregoing provisions shall be deemed to be a default under this Lease, subject to the applicable notice and cure period in Section 19.1. Landlord shall provide janitorial services to the Common Areas, which services shall include exterior window washing services in a manner consistent with other Comparable Buildings, the costs of which shall be included in Operating Expenses.

6.1.6    Landlord shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during the Building Hours, and shall have at least one elevator available at all other times. Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service subject to scheduling by Landlord.

Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems.

6.2    Overstandard Tenant Use. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than Building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease. If such consent is given, Landlord shall have the right to require installation of supplementary air conditioning units or other facilities in the Premises, including supplementary or additional metering devices, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance, increased wear and tear on existing equipment and other similar charges. If Tenant uses water, electricity, heat or air conditioning in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon billing, the cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption (if such excess consumption is not ceased within 3 days of written notice), and, if such excess consumption is not ceased within 3 days of written notice, the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to

 

-42-


separately meter any increased use and in such event Tenant shall pay the increased cost directly to Landlord, including the cost of such additional metering devices. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation, and subject to the terms of Section 29.32, below, Tenant shall not install or use or permit the installation or use of any computer or electronic data processing equipment in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, if any, as Landlord shall from time to time reasonably establish as appropriate, of Tenant’s desired use in order to supply such utilities, and Landlord shall supply such utilities to Tenant at such hourly cost to Tenant (which shall be treated as Additional Rent) as Landlord shall from time to time establish, which cost as of the date hereof is, with respect to the period of time between November 1 and April 30, $280.00 per hour for HVAC services, and $80.00 per hour for fans only, and with respect to the period of time between May 1 and October 31, $390.00 per hour for HVAC services, and $110.00 per hour for fans only, provided that such rates shall be increased only to the extent that Landlord reasonably determines that Landlord’s cost of providing such after-hours utilities has increased after the date of this Lease.

6.3    Interruption of Use. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease to the contrary, including Section 6.4 below, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4 below. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6.

6.4    Abatement Event. If (i) Landlord fails to perform the obligations required of Landlord under the TCCs of this Lease, (ii) such failure causes all or a portion of the Premises to be untenantable and unusable by Tenant, and (iii) such failure relates to (A) the nonfunctioning of the heat, ventilation, and air conditioning system in the Premises, the electricity in the Premises, the nonfunctioning of the elevator service to the Premises, or (B) a failure to provide access to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “Abatement Notice”), specifying such failure to perform by Landlord (the “Abatement Event”). If Landlord has not cured such Abatement Event within five (5) business days after the receipt of the Abatement Notice, Tenant may, upon written notice to Landlord, immediately abate Rent payable under this Lease for that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable and not used by Tenant, for the period beginning on the date five (5) business days after the Initial Notice to

 

-43-


the earlier of the date Landlord cures such Abatement Event or the date Tenant recommences the use of such portion of the Premises. Such right to abate Rent shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event. Except as provided in this Section 6.4, nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

6.5    Tenant HVAC System. As a part of the “Improvements” (as defined in Section 2.1 of the Work Letter) and subject to the terms of the Work Letter, or as an Alteration during the Lease Term, Tenant, at its sole expense, may install a supplemental HVAC system in the Premises for the purpose of providing supplemental air-conditioning to the Premises (the “Tenant HVAC System”). All aspects of the Tenant HVAC System (including, but not limited to, any connection to the Building’s condenser water system) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, unless the Building Structure, the Building Systems, and/or the exterior appearance of the Building will be negatively affected, in which event Landlord’s approval may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Subject to Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s HVAC System, Landlord shall allow Tenant to access Tenant’s pro-rata share of Building condenser water (which pro-rata share shall be calculated based upon an allocation of Building condenser water to accommodate up to ten (10) tons of supplemental cooling capacity per full floor of the Building), and in connection therewith, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s commercially reasonable prevailing rate for (a) the tap fee associated with such condenser water, and (b) the condenser water utilized by Tenant. In connection with the Tenant HVAC System, Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, install separate meters or submeters and Landlord shall separately meter or submeter the electricity utilized by the Tenant HVAC System. Tenant shall maintain such meters or submeters in good condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition throughout the Lease Term. At Landlord’s election delivered at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall leave the Tenant HVAC System in the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, in which event the Tenant HVAC System shall be surrendered with the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and Tenant shall thereafter have no further rights with respect thereto. In the event that Landlord fails to elect to have the Tenant HVAC System left in the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Tenant shall remove the Tenant HVAC System prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and repair all damage to the Building resulting from such removal, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the monitoring, operation, repair, replacement, and removal (subject to the foregoing terms of this Section 6.5), of the Tenant HVAC System, and in no event shall the Tenant HVAC System interfere with Landlord’s operation of the Building. Any reimbursements owing by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

Landlord shall maintain in good condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition the structural portions of the Building, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof

 

-44-


structure (as opposed to roof membrane), curtain wall, exterior glass and mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), stairs, stairwells, elevator cab, men’s and women’s washrooms, Building mechanical, electrical and telephone closets, and all common and public areas servicing the Building, including the parking areas, landscaping and exterior Project signage (collectively, “Building Structure”) and the Base Building mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems, roof membrane and HVAC systems which were not constructed by Tenant Parties (collectively, the “Building Systems”) and the Project Common Areas. Subject to the terms of Article 11, Tenant shall be required to repair the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems to the extent caused due to Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct, unless and to the extent such damage is covered by insurance carried or required to be carried by Landlord pursuant to Article 10 and to which the waiver of subrogation is applicable (such obligation to the extent applicable to Tenant as qualified and conditioned will hereinafter be defined as the “BS/BS Exception”). Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures, equipment, interior window coverings and furnishings therein, and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises is located, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except pursuant to the BS/BS Exception. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except pursuant to the BS/BS Exception, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, at Landlord’s option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to repair within five (5) days thereafter, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building and/or the Project, but not in excess of five percent (5%)) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times in accordance with the terms of Article 27 below to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree; provided, however, except for (i) emergencies, (ii) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, or (iii) repairs which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, any such entry into the Premises by Landlord shall be performed in a manner so as not to materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises; provided that, with respect to items (ii) and (iii) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

-45-


ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1    Landlord’s Consent to Alterations. Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “Alterations”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following ten (10) business days’ notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations do not (i) adversely affect the systems and equipment of the Building, exterior appearance of the Building, or structural aspects of the Building, (ii) adversely affect the value of the Premises or Building, (iii) require a building or construction permit, or (iv) cost more than Five and 00/100 Dollars ($5.00) per rentable square foot of the affected area for a particular job of work on a particular floor of the Premises (the “Cosmetic Alterations”). The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

8.2    Manner of Construction. Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, and any removal and/or restoration obligations required to be performed pursuant to the TCCs of Section 8.5 of this Lease. If Landlord shall give its consent, the consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Tenant acquiring a permit (to the extent required) to do the work from appropriate governmental agencies, the furnishing of a copy of such permit to Landlord prior to the commencement of the work, and the compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said permit in a prompt and expeditious manner. If such Alterations will involve the use of or disturb hazardous materials or substances existing in the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord prior to performing such Alterations and comply with Landlord’s rules and regulations concerning such hazardous materials or substances. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county, local or municipal laws, ordinances, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit (to the extent required), issued by the city in which the Building is located (or other applicable governmental authority), all in conformance with Landlord’s reasonable construction rules and regulations; provided, however, that prior to commencing to construct any Alteration, Tenant shall meet with Landlord to discuss Landlord’s design parameters and code compliance issues. In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the “Base Building,” as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make such changes to the Base Building. Since all or a portion of the Project is or may become in the future certified under the LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard) (all in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that without

 

-46-


limitation as to other grounds for Landlord withholding its consent to any proposed Alteration, Landlord shall have the right to withhold its consent to any proposed Alteration in the event that such Alteration is not compatible with such certification or recertification of the Project under such LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard). The “Base Building” shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms, elevators, exit stairwells and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises is located. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall retain any union trades to the extent reasonably designated by Landlord. Further, Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of San Francisco in accordance with Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and as a condition precedent to the enforceability and validity of Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall deliver to the management office for the Project a reproducible copy of the “as built” and CAD drawings of the Alterations, to the extent applicable, as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.3    Payment for Improvements. With respect to payments to be made to Tenant’s contractors for any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord’s requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant’s payment for work to contractors, and (ii) sign Landlord’s standard contractor’s rules and regulations. In addition, in connection with all Alterations (other than Cosmetic Alterations), Tenant shall pay Landlord an oversight fee equal to three percent (3%) of the cost of the work, and reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review of such work.

8.4    Construction Insurance. In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant or its general contractor carries “Builder’s Risk” insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, and to the extent the Alterations are anticipated to cost in excess of $350,000.00, Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, require Tenant to demonstrate immediately available funds earmarked for such expenditures or to otherwise obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

 

-47-


8.5    Landlord’s Property. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) all Alterations, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s removable trade fixtures, furniture or non-affixed office equipment), from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become part of the Premises and the property of Landlord, and (ii) the “Improvements” (as that term is defined in Section 2.1 of the Work Letter) to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the TCCs of the Work Letter shall, upon completion of the same, be and become a part of the Premises and the property of Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant given at the time Landlord provides its consent (if any) to proposed Alterations or Improvements, as applicable, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations or Improvements in the Premises which are “Specialty Improvements” (as defined hereinbelow), and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to its condition immediately prior to the installation of such Specialty Improvements. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Specialty Improvements in the Premises, and/or to return the affected portion of the Premises to its condition immediately prior to the installation of such Specialty Improvements, then at Landlord’s option, either (A) Rent shall continue to accrue at the reasonable rental value of the Premises (but not in excess of the Rent set forth in Article 16, below), until the earlier to occur of (1) the date such work shall be completed by Tenant, or (2) if Landlord elects to perform such work under item (B) hereof, then the date Landlord would reasonably be expected to complete such work at Tenant’s expense, and/or (B) Landlord may do so and may charge the reasonable cost thereof to Tenant, provided that Landlord shall not have the right to elect item (A) of this sentence with respect to any Specialty Improvements that are designated for removal by Landlord and which Tenant fails to remove which are of an immaterial nature (including, without limitation, with respect to the ease and cost of such removal) individually or in the aggregate, which determination shall be made in Landlord’s sole, but good faith, discretion. “Specialty Improvements” means any Alterations or Improvements other than normal and customary general office improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Specialty Improvements” (i) shall not include conference rooms, or Cosmetic Alterations and (ii) shall include (a) any Alterations or Improvements which affect the Base Building, (b) any kitchens (other than basic office kitchens), showers, restrooms, washrooms or similar facilities in the Premises that are not part of the Base Building, (c) any Lines (as that term is defined in Section 29.32 below), (d) any other items or fixtures which Tenant is expressly required to remove pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to install (subject to Landlord’s approval rights under this Lease and the Work Letter), without an obligation to remove, up to two (2) gender-neutral restrooms per floor of the Premises. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

-48-


ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within five (5) days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Building and Premises.

ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

10.1    Indemnification and Waiver. Except to the extent of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Except to the extent of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from: (a) any causes in, on or about the Premises during the Lease Term or Tenant’s holdover in the Premises; (b) the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant; (c) any activity, work, or thing done, or permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises; (d) any acts, omission, or negligence of Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant, or the contractors, agents, employees, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project (collectively, “Tenant Parties”); (e) any breach, violation, or non-performance by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant or the

 

-49-


employees, agents, contractors, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person of any term, covenant, or provision of this Lease or any law, ordinance, or governmental requirement of any kind; (f) any injury or damage to the person, property, or business of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, invitees, visitors, or any other person entering upon the Premises under the express or implied invitation of Tenant; or (g) the placement of any personal property or other items within the Premises. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual and reasonable professional fees such as appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. Further, Tenant’s agreement to indemnify Landlord pursuant to this Section 10.1 is not intended and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, to the extent such policies cover the matters subject to Tenant’s indemnification obligations; nor shall they supersede any inconsistent agreement of the parties set forth in any other provision of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

10.2    Tenant’s Compliance With Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with Landlord’s insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s particular conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3    Tenant’s Insurance. Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts. The required evidence of coverage must be delivered to Landlord on or before the date required under Section 10.4(I) sub-sections (x) and (y), or Section 10.4(II) below (as applicable). Such policies shall be for a term of at least one (1) year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less.

10.3.1    Commercial General Liability Insurance, including Broad Form contractual liability covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) based upon or arising out of Tenant’s operations, occupancy or maintenance of the Project and all areas appurtenant thereto. In the event Tenant desires to allow the consumption of alcohol on the Rooftop Decks, Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance shall include Host Liquor Liability coverage. Such insurance shall be written on an “occurrence” basis. Landlord and any other party the Landlord so specifies that has a material financial interest in the Project, including Landlord’s managing agent, ground lessor and/or lender, if any, shall be named as additional insureds as their interests may appear using Insurance Service Organization’s form CG2011 or a comparable form approved by Landlord. Tenant shall provide an endorsement or policy excerpt showing that Tenant’s coverage is primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing. The coverage shall also be extended to include damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations. This policy shall include coverage for all liabilities assumed under this Lease

 

-50-


as an insured contract for the performance of all of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. Limits of liability insurance shall not be less than the following; provided, however, such limits may be achieved through the use of an Umbrella/Excess Policy:

 

Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability

   $ 15,000,000 each occurrence  

Personal Injury and Advertising Liability

   $ 15,000,000 each occurrence  

Tenant Legal Liability/Damage to Rented Premises Liability

   $ 1,000,000  

10.3.2    Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, personal property, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s business personal property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the Improvements, and any other improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the “Original Improvements”), and (iii) all Alterations performed in the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a Special Form basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts), without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for (a) all perils included in the CP 10 30 04 02 Coverage Special Form, and (b) water damage from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, sprinkler leakage, bursting, leaking or stoppage of any pipes, explosion, and backup or overflow from sewers or drains.

10.3.2.1    Increase in Project’s Property Insurance. Tenant shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Project if said increase is caused by Tenant’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

10.3.2.2    Property Damage. Tenant shall use the proceeds from any such insurance for the replacement of personal property, trade fixtures, Improvements, Original Improvements and Alterations.

10.3.2.3    No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Landlord makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Tenant’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

10.3.2.4    Property Insurance Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by insurance carriers to the extent above provided (and, in the case of Tenant, by an insurance carrier satisfying the requirements of Section 10.4(i) below), and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder or otherwise carried. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers. Landlord and Tenant hereby represent and warrant that their respective “all risk”

 

-51-


property insurance policies include a waiver of (i) subrogation by the insurers, and (ii) all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Parties or Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Parties (as the case may be) in connection with any property loss risk thereby insured against. Tenant will cause all subtenants and licensees of the Premises claiming by, under, or through Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord a waiver of claims similar to the waiver in this Section 10.3.2.4 and to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights endorsements. If either party hereto fails to maintain the waivers set forth in items (i) and (ii) above, the party not maintaining the requisite waivers shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the other party for, from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, resulting from, or relating to, such failure.

10.3.3    Business Income Interruption for one year (1) plus Extra Expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for actual direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to the risks outlined in Section 10.3.2 above.

10.3.4    Worker’s Compensation or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations, and Employer’s Liability with minimum limits of not less than $1,000,000 each accident/employee/disease.

10.3.5    Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance covering all Owned (if any), Hired, or Non-owned vehicles with limits not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage.

10.4    Form of Policies. The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) be issued by an insurance company having an AM Best rating of not less than A-VIII (or to the extent AM Best ratings are no longer available, then a similar rating from another comparable rating agency), or which is otherwise reasonably acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California, (ii) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord and complying with the requirements of Section 10.3 (including, Sections 10.3.1 through 10.3.5), and (iii) Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Tenant hereby covenants that in the event of any non-renewal or cancellation of the policies of insurance required herein, Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice of such cancellation immediately upon Tenant’s first becoming aware of such cancellation or non-renewal. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof and applicable endorsements which meet the requirements of this Article 10 to Landlord on or before (I) the earlier to occur of: (x) the Lease Commencement Date, and (y) the date Tenant and/or its employees, contractors and/or agents first enter the Premises for occupancy, construction of improvements, alterations, or any other move-in activities, and (II) five (5) business days after the renewal of such policies. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificates and applicable endorsements, Landlord may, at its option, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to obtain such insurance within five (5) days thereafter, procure such policies for the account of Tenant and the sole benefit of Landlord, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

 

-52-


10.5    Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord; provided, however, such increases shall not occur more than once every five (5) years, nor during the first five (5) years of the initial Lease Term.

10.6    Third-Party Contractors. Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord, Third Party Contractor’s certificates of insurance and applicable endorsements at least seven (7) business days prior to the commencement of work in or about the Premises by any general contractor or mechanical, electrical or plumbing sub-contractors (collectively, a “Third Party Contractor”). All such insurance shall (a) name Landlord as an additional insured under such party’s liability policies as required by Section 10.3.1 above and this Section 10.6, (b) provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord under such Third Party Contractor’s commercial general liability insurance, (c) be primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing, and (d) comply with Landlord’s commercially reasonable insurance requirements consistent with the terms of this Article 10.

10.7    Landlord’s Fire, Casualty, and Liability Insurance. Landlord shall, from the Lease Commencement Date and continuing until the Lease Expiration Date, maintain in effect the following insurance: (i) physical damage insurance (including a rental loss endorsement) providing coverage in the event of fire, vandalism, malicious mischief and all other risks normally covered under “special form” policies in the geographical area of the Project, covering the Building (excluding, at Landlord’s option, the property required to be insured by Tenant pursuant to Section 10.3, above) in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement value (less reasonable deductibles) of the Project, together with such other risks as Landlord may from time to time determine (provided however, that Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to obtain earthquake and/or flood insurance); (ii) commercial general liability insurance, including a Commercial Broad Form Endorsement or the equivalent in the amount of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00), against claims of bodily injury, personal injury or property damage arising out of Landlord’s operations, assumed liabilities (including the liabilities assumed by Landlord under this Lease), contractual liabilities, or use of the Project; and (iii) workers’ compensation insurance as required by law. Such coverages may be carried under blanket and/or umbrella policies.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1    Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord. If the Base Building, the structural portion of the Rooftop Deck, or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by a fire or any other casualty (collectively, a “Casualty”), Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the Base Building, the structural portion of the Rooftop Deck, and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to

 

-53-


substantially the same condition of the Base Building, the structural portion of the Rooftop Deck, and the Common Areas prior to the Casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project, provided that access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises resulting from a Casualty, and Tenant shall promptly inform its insurance carrier of any such damage. Upon notice (the “Landlord Repair Notice”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Sections 10.3.2(ii) and (iii) of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Improvements, Alterations and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements, Alterations and the Original Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the Casualty becomes known to Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and reasonable approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall reasonably select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such Casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises is not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises is unfit for occupancy or inaccessible, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

11.2    Landlord’s Option to Repair. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant ninety (90) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by Casualty, whether or not the Premises is affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s commercially reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any

 

-54-


mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies (excluding deductible amounts) and the cost to repair exceeds One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00); or (iv) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term and cannot be repaired within sixty (60) days; provided, however, that if the Premises and/or access thereto are materially damaged by Casualty, and Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and either the repairs cannot be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of discovery of the damage or the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, Tenant may elect, not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Furthermore, if neither Landlord nor Tenant has terminated this Lease, and the repairs are not actually completed within sixty (60) days of the date that Landlord originally estimated for completion in “Landlord’s Repair Estimate Notice” (as that term is defined hereinbelow), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease during the first five (5) business days of each calendar month following the end of such period until such time as the repairs are complete, by notice to Landlord (the “Damage Termination Notice”), effective as of a date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice (the “Damage Termination Date”), which Damage Termination Date shall not be less than ten (10) business days following the end of each such month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant delivers a Damage Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Damage Termination Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice by delivering to Tenant, within five (5) business days of Landlord’s receipt of the Damage Termination Notice, a certificate of Landlord’s contractor responsible for the repair of the damage certifying that it is such contractor’s good faith judgment that the repairs shall be substantially completed within thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date. If repairs shall be substantially completed prior to the expiration of such thirty-day period, then the Damage Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the repairs shall not be substantially completed within such thirty-day period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty-day period. At any time, from time to time, after the date occurring sixty (60) days after the date of the damage, Tenant may request that Landlord inform Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable opinion of the date of completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within five (5) business days (“Landlord’s Repair Estimate Notice”). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 only if each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) the damage to the Project by Casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Tenant or its partners or subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors; (b) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period; (c) as a result of the damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises; and, (d) as a result of the damage to the Project, Tenant does not occupy or use the Premises at all. In the event this Lease is terminated in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3.2(ii) and (iii) of this Lease, provided that Tenant shall be entitled to retain a portion of the insurance proceeds, if any, in excess of the sum of

 

-55-


(i) $5,366,805.00 (i.e., the Suite 800 Allowance, the Suite 700 Allowance, and the Suite 200 Allowance) with respect to the Phase 1 Premises, (ii) $3,737,325.00 (i.e., the Suite 300 Allowance) with respect to the Suite 300 Premises, (iii) $953,175.00 (i.e., the Suite 750 Allowance) with respect to the Suite 750 Premises, and (iv) $2,987,325.00 (i.e., the Suite 900 Allowance) with respect to the Suite 900 Premises (the “Excess Proceeds”). Tenant shall be entitled to retain the portion of the Excess Proceeds which is equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the Lease Term which would be remaining as of the date of the Casualty, and the denominator of which is the total number of months in the Lease Term, and (ii) the amount of the Excess Proceeds.

11.3    Waiver of Statutory Provisions. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

 

-56-


ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1    Transfers. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “Transfers” and any person or entity to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”). If Tenant desires

 

-57-


Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “Transfer Notice”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than fifteen (15) days nor more than two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, and (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any particular, proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s review and processing fees (not to exceed Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00), as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees, but not in excess of Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500.00) in the aggregate) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

14.2    Landlord’s Consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice, and shall grant or withhold its consent within twenty (20) days following Landlord’s receipt of a complete Transfer Notice. If Landlord fails to respond within such twenty (20) day period, then Tenant may send Landlord a reminder notice setting forth such failure containing the following sentence at the top of such notice in bold, capitalized font at least twelve (12) points in size: “LANDLORD’S FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS NOTICE WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN LANDLORD’S DEEMED APPROVAL OF TENANT’S REQUEST FOR TRANSFER” (the “Transfer Reminder Notice”). Any such Transfer Reminder Notice shall include a complete copy of Tenant’s Transfer Notice. If Landlord fails to respond within five (5) business days after receipt of a Transfer Reminder Notice, then Tenant’s Transfer for which Tenant requested Landlord’s approval shall be deemed approved by Landlord. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1    The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

14.2.2    The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

 

-58-


14.2.3    The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof unless an existing Tenant of the Building;

14.2.4    To the extent the proposed Transferee is either (i) an assignee or (ii) a sublessee taking in excess of 15,000 rentable square feet of space, such Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

14.2.5    The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease;

14.2.6    The terms of the proposed Transfer will allow the Transferee to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, or other similar right held by Tenant (or will allow the Transferee to occupy space leased by Tenant pursuant to any such right); or

14.2.7    Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) leases space in the Project from Landlord at the time of the request for consent, or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Project at such time, or (iii) has negotiated with Landlord during the four (4)-month period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice; provided, however, it shall only be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a Transfer pursuant to this Section 14.2.7 to the extent Landlord has then-available comparable space in the Project to meet the needs of such proposed Transferee.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within nine (9) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said nine (9)-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be materially more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14, their sole remedies shall be a suit for contract damages or declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1995.310 of the California Civil Code, or any successor statute, and all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

 

-59-


14.3    Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee. “Transfer Premium” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration paid by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent paid by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent or other economic concessions reasonably provided to the Transferee, (iii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer, and (iv) legal fees and costs. “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. This Section 14.3 shall not apply to a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 14.8 below.

14.4    Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, if at any time Tenant desires a determination as to whether or not Landlord intends to exercise its rights under this Section 14.4, then Tenant may give Landlord notice (“Intention to Transfer Notice”) of such contemplated Transfer (whether or not the contemplated Transferee or the terms of such contemplated Transfer have been determined). The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the portion of and amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which Tenant intends to Transfer (the “Contemplated Transfer Space”), the contemplated date of commencement of the contemplated Transfer (the “Contemplated Effective Date”), and the contemplated length of the term of such contemplated Transfer, and shall specify that such Intention to Transfer Notice is delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Section 14.4 in order to allow Landlord to notify Tenant whether Landlord will elect to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space for the term set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice. In the event Tenant delivers an Intention to Transfer Notice (or, if Tenant does not deliver an Intention to Transfer Notice, a Transfer Notice) to Landlord in connection with an assignment of the Lease or in connection with a sublease of all of Tenant’s space on a particular floor of the Premises for more than 90% of the then remaining Lease Term, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice (the “Recapture Notice”) to Tenant within twenty (20) days after receipt of such Intention to Transfer Notice (or Transfer Notice, as applicable), to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. Such Recapture Notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Contemplated Transfer Space as of the effective date proposed in the Intention to Transfer Notice, and Tenant shall be relieved of its obligation under this Lease with respect to such Contemplated Transfer Space. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Contemplated Transfer Space, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, however, if Landlord delivers a Recapture Notice to Tenant, Tenant may, within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of such Recapture Notice, deliver written notice to Landlord indicating that Tenant is rescinding its request

 

-60-


for consent to the proposed Transfer, in which case such Transfer shall not be consummated and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises that was the subject of the proposed Transfer. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space under this Section 14.4, then, subject to the other terms of this Article 14, for a period of ten (10) months (the “Ten Month Period”) commencing on the last day of such twenty (20) day period, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space with respect to any Transfer made during the Ten Month Period, provided that any such Transfer is substantially on the terms set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice, and provided further that any such Transfer shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Article 14. If such a Transfer is not so consummated within the Ten Month Period (or if a Transfer is so consummated, then upon the expiration of the term of any Transfer of such Contemplated Transfer Space consummated within such Ten Month Period), Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any contemplated Transfer, as provided above in this Section 14.4. The foregoing recapture right shall not be applicable with respect to a transfer to a Permitted Transferee, as that term is defined below in Section 14.8.

14.5    Effect of Transfer. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the TCCs of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times upon at least fifteen (15) days’ prior notice to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than five percent (5%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s actual and reasonable costs of such audit.

14.6    Additional Transfers. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Transfer” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation(i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period.

 

-61-


14.7    Occurrence of Default. Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.8    Deemed Consent Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, (A) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), (B) a sale of corporate shares of capital stock in Tenant in connection with an initial public offering of Tenant’s stock on a nationally-recognized stock exchange or for financing purposes (such as a Series A financing), (C) an assignment of the Lease to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant (such an acquisition shall be deemed to consist of “substantially all” of the stock to the extent the acquiring entity acquires a controlling interest of Tenant’s stock), or (D) an assignment of the Lease to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant during the Lease Term, shall not be deemed a Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent under this Article 14 (any such assignee or sublessee described in items (A) through (D) of this Section 14.8 hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”), provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such assignment or sublease (or within ten (10) days thereafter if prior notice is prohibited by Applicable Law or confidentiality obligations) and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such Transfer or Permitted Transferee as set forth above, (ii) Tenant is not in default, beyond the applicable notice and cure period, and such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, (iii) such Permitted Transferee shall be of a character and reputation consistent with the quality of the Building, (iv) such Permitted Transferee shall have a tangible net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“Net Worth”) at least equal to the Net Worth of Tenant on the day immediately preceding the effective date of such assignment or sublease, (v) no assignment or

 

-62-


sublease relating to this Lease, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease, and (vi) the liability of such Permitted Transferee under either an assignment or sublease shall be joint and several with Tenant. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease who qualifies as a Permitted Transferee may also be referred to herein as a “Permitted Transferee Assignee.” “Control,” as used in this Section 14.8, shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.

14.9    Preapproved Bracket License/Sublease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Article 14, Landlord hereby preapproves the Bracket License/Sublease. Tenant shall promptly supply Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such Bracket License/Sublease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Bracket License/Sublease shall in no event relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease.

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1    Surrender of Premises. No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2    Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, in addition to Tenant’s obligations under Section 29.32, below, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, server and telephone equipment, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

 

-63-


ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term with the express written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate of one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease during the first two (2) months following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, and two hundred percent (200%) thereafter. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term without the express written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be a tenancy at sufferance, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case daily damages in any action to recover possession of the Premises shall be calculated at a daily rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease (calculated on a per diem basis) during the first two (2) months following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, and two hundred percent (200%) thereafter. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to vacate and deliver possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant holds over without Landlord’s express written consent, and tenders payment of rent for any period beyond the expiration of the Lease Term by way of check (whether directly to Landlord, its agents, or to a lock box) or wire transfer, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the cashing of such check or acceptance of such wire shall be considered inadvertent and not be construed as creating a month-to-month tenancy, provided Landlord refunds such payment to Tenant promptly upon learning that such check has been cashed or wire transfer received. Tenant acknowledges that any holding over without Landlord’s express written consent may compromise or otherwise affect Landlord’s ability to enter into new leases with prospective tenants regarding the Premises. Therefore, if Tenant fails to vacate and deliver the Premises within thirty (30) days following the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to vacate and deliver, and any losses suffered by Landlord, including lost profits, resulting from such failure to vacate and deliver. Tenant agrees that any proceedings necessary to recover possession of the Premises, whether before or after expiration of the Lease Term, shall be considered an action to enforce the terms of this Lease for purposes of the awarding of any attorney’s fees in connection therewith.

 

-64-


ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E, attached hereto (or such other commercially reasonable form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term (but not more than once in any calendar year unless in connection with the sale or proposed sale, or the financing/refinancing, of the Project or any portion thereof), Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception. Prior to receiving any financial statements, Landlord shall execute and deliver to Tenant a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement.

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

As of the date of this Lease, there are no ground or underlying leases, nor any mortgage, trust deed or other like encumbrances in force against the Building or Project. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases (collectively, the “Superior Holders”), require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto; provided, however, that in consideration of and a condition precedent to Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease to any future mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances, shall be the receipt by Tenant of a subordination non-disturbance and attornment agreement in the standard form provided by such Superior Holders, which requires such Superior Holder to accept this Lease, and not to disturb Tenant’s possession, so long as an event of default beyond any applicable notice and cure period has not occurred and be continuing executed by Landlord and the appropriate Superior Holder. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any

 

-65-


ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the TCCs of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1    Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1    Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after notice; or

19.1.2    Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2, any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default, but in no event exceeding a period of time in excess of sixty (60) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; or

19.1.3    To the extent permitted by law, (i) Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease being placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becoming subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (ii) a general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease for the benefit of creditors, or (iii) the taking of any corporate action in furtherance of bankruptcy or dissolution whether or not there exists any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, or (iv) the filing by or against Tenant or any guarantor of any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, unless in the case of such a proceeding filed against Tenant or any guarantor the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days, or (v) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor, unless possession is restored to Tenant or such guarantor

 

-66-


within thirty (30) days, or (vi) any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets located upon the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless such seizure is discharged within thirty (30) days; or

19.1.4    Abandonment of the Premises by Tenant in accordance with Applicable Law; or

19.1.5    The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5, 14, 17 or 18 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than two (2) business days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.6    Tenant’s failure to occupy the Premises within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Lease Commencement Date.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

19.2    Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1    Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(a)    The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b)    The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c)    The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(d)    Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

 

-67-


(e)    At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(a) and (b), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate. As used in Section 19.2.1(c), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2    Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3    Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3    Subleases of Tenant. Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4    Form of Payment After Default. Following the occurrence of an event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to require that any or all subsequent amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, whether to cure the default in question or otherwise, be paid in the form of cash, money order, cashier’s or certified check drawn on an institution acceptable to Landlord, or by other means approved by Landlord, notwithstanding any prior practice of accepting payments in any different form.

19.5    Efforts to Relet. No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder,

 

-68-


or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.6    Landlord Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity. Any award from a court or arbitrator in favor of Tenant requiring payment by Landlord which is not paid by Landlord within the time period directed by such award, may be offset by Tenant from Rent next due and payable under this Lease; provided, however, Tenant may not deduct the amount of the award against more than fifty percent (50%) of Base Rent next due and owing (until such time as the entire amount of such judgment is deducted) to the extent following a foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure.

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other TCCs, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the TCCs, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

ARTICLE 21

LETTER OF CREDIT

21.1    Delivery of Letter of Credit. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, an unconditional, clean, irrevocable letter of credit (the “L-C”) in the amount set forth in Section 21.3 below (the “L-C Amount”), which L-C shall be issued by one of the following banks: (i) Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., (ii) JP Morgan Chase, (iii) Bank of America, (iv) Citibank, (v) Silicon Valley Bank, (vi) Morgan Stanley, (vii) Goldman Sachs, (viii) PNC Bank, or (ix) Bank of Merrill Lynch (such issuing bank being referred to herein as the “Bank”), and which L-C shall be in the form of Exhibit G, attached hereto. Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining the L-C. The L-C shall (i) be “callable” at sight, irrevocable and

 

-69-


unconditional, (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period commencing on the date of this Lease and continuing until the date (the “L-C Expiration Date”) that is no less than ninety-five (95) days after the expiration of the Lease Term, as the same may be extended (subject to Section 2 of Exhibit H attached hereto), and Tenant shall deliver a new L-C or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the L-C then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the L-C if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods), or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “Bankruptcy Code”), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Lease has been rejected, or is deemed rejected, under Section 365 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, following the filing of a voluntary petition by Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or the filing of an involuntary petition against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (E) the Bank has notified Landlord that the L-C will not be renewed or extended through the L-C Expiration Date, or (F) Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becomes subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (G) Tenant executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (H) if there is a material adverse change in the financial condition of the Bank, and Tenant has failed to provide Landlord with a replacement letter of credit, conforming in all respects to the requirements of this Article 21 (including, but not limited to, the requirements placed on the issuing Bank more particularly set forth in this Section 21.1 above), in the amount of the applicable L-C Amount, within ten (10) days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) (each of the foregoing being an “L-C Draw Event”). The L-C shall be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C. In addition, in the event the Bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity, then, effective as of the date such receivership or conservatorship occurs, said L-C shall be deemed to fail to meet the requirements of this Article 21, and, within ten (10) days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such receivership or conservatorship (the “L-C FDIC Replacement Notice”), Tenant shall replace such L-C with a substitute letter of credit from a different issuer from the list above and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21. If Tenant fails to replace such L-C with such conforming, substitute letter of credit pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 21.1, then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to declare Tenant in default of this Lease for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto (other than the aforesaid ten (10) day period). Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant. In the event of an assignment by Tenant of its interest in the Lease (and irrespective of whether Landlord’s consent is required for such assignment), the acceptance of any replacement or substitute letter of credit by Landlord from the assignee shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, and the attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such determination shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of billing.

 

-70-


21.2    Application of L-C. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the L-C upon the occurrence of any L-C Draw Event. In the event of any L-C Draw Event, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant (except in connection with an L-C Draw Event under Section 21.1(H) above), draw upon the L-C, in part or in whole, to cure any such L-C Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default of the Lease or other L-C Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The use, application or retention of the L-C, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the L-C, and such L-C shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional to justify the issuer of the L-C in failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the L-C constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the L-C or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, and/or there is an event of a receivership, conservatorship or a bankruptcy filing by, or on behalf of, Tenant, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the L-C and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

21.3    L-C Amount; Maintenance of L-C by Tenant.

21.3.1    L-C Amount. The L-C Amount shall be equal to the amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, and is subject to reduction pursuant to the terms of Section 21.9 below.

21.3.2    In General. If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord of all or any portion of the L-C, the amount of the L-C shall be less than the L-C Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency, and any such additional letter(s) of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 21, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, the same shall be subject to the terms of Section 21.3.3 below. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the L-C or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the L-C expires earlier than the L-C Expiration Date, Landlord will

 

-71-


accept a renewal thereof (such renewal letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the L-C), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the L-C Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring L-C or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. If Tenant exercises its option to extend the Lease Term pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Lease then (subject to Section 2 of Exhibit H attached hereto), not later than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of the Option Term, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a new L C or certificate of renewal or extension evidencing the L-C Expiration Date as ninety-five (95) days after the expiration of the Option Term, to the extent, and in the amount required by Section 2 of Exhibit H attached hereto. However, if the L-C is not timely renewed, or if Tenant fails to maintain the L-C in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article 21, Landlord shall have the right to either (x) present the L-C to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Article 21, and the proceeds of the L-C may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, or (y) pursue its remedy under Section 21.3.3 below. In the event Landlord elects to exercise its rights under the foregoing item (x), (I) any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord (and not Tenant’s property or, in the event of a receivership, conservatorship, or a bankruptcy filing by, or on behalf of, Tenant, property of such receivership, conservatorship or Tenant’s bankruptcy estate) and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets, and (II) Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the L-C Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the L-C received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that if prior to the L-C Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused L-C proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

21.4    Transfer and Encumbrance. The L-C shall also provide that Landlord may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the L-C to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in under this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the L-C, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole of said L-C to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the L-C by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer and, Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith; provided that Landlord shall be responsible to pay up to Two Thousand and 00/100 ($2,000.00) of such fees. Either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right (in each of their sole discretion), but not the obligation, to pay the applicable fees on behalf of the other party, in which case the non-paying party shall reimburse the paying party within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice and reasonable supporting documentation therefor.

 

-72-


21.5    L-C Not a Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant (1) acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the L-C or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context, including, but not limited to, Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, as such Section now exists or as it may be hereafter amended or succeeded (the “Security Deposit Laws”), (2) acknowledge and agree that the L-C (including any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto, and (3) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations that any such party may now, or in the future will, have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and any successor statute, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, which (x) establish the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (y) provide that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant or to clean the premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Article 21 and/or those sums reasonably necessary to (a) compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease, including any damages Landlord suffers following termination of this Lease, and/or (b) compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

21.6    Non-Interference By Tenant. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with any payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of all or any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw down all or any portion of the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional and thereby afford the Bank a justification for failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant shall not request or instruct the Bank of any L-C to refrain from paying sight draft(s) drawn under such L-C.

21.7    Waiver of Certain Relief. Tenant unconditionally and irrevocably waives (and as an independent covenant hereunder, covenants not to assert) any right to claim or obtain any of the following relief in connection with the L-C:

21.7.1    A temporary restraining order, temporary injunction, permanent injunction, or other order that would prevent, restrain or restrict the presentment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C or the Bank’s honoring or payment of sight draft(s); or

21.7.2    Any attachment, garnishment, or levy in any manner upon either the proceeds of any L-C or the obligations of the Bank (either before or after the presentment to the Bank of sight drafts drawn under such L-C) based on any theory whatever.

 

-73-


21.8    Remedy for Improper Drafts. Tenant’s sole remedy in connection with the improper presentment or payment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C shall be the right to obtain from Landlord a refund of the amount of any sight draft(s) that were improperly presented or the proceeds of which were misapplied, together with interest at the Interest Rate and reasonable actual out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, provided that at the time of such refund, Tenant increases the amount of such L-C to the amount (if any) then required under the applicable provisions of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the presentment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C, or the Bank’s payment of sight drafts drawn under such L-C, could not under any circumstances cause Tenant injury that could not be remedied by an award of money damages, and that the recovery of money damages would be an adequate remedy therefor. In the event Tenant shall be entitled to a refund as aforesaid and Landlord shall fail to make such payment within ten (10) business days after demand, Tenant shall have the right to deduct the amount thereof together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the next installment(s) of Base Rent.

21.9    Reduction of L-C Amount. The L-C Amount shall not be reduced during that period (the “Fixed Period”), commencing on the first Lease Commencement Date and expiring on the last day of the fortieth (40th) full calendar month following the Phase 1 Lease Commencement Date. After the expiration of the Fixed Period, the L-C Amount shall be reduced on or after each Reduction Date (as defined in Section 21.9.1 below) to the extent that Tenant tenders to Landlord (a) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that Tenant satisfies the L-C Reduction Conditions, as that term is defined in Section 21.9.3 below, and (b) a certificate of amendment to the existing L-C, conforming in all material respects to the requirements of this Article 21, in the amount of the applicable L-C Amount as of such Reduction Date.

21.9.1    Letter of Credit Reductions. The L-C Amount shall be reduced on an annual basis pursuant to the following: On the first (1st) day of the first (1st) calendar month following the month in which the Fixed Period expires and the L-C Reduction Conditions (subject to Section 21.9.2 below) are satisfied (the “Burn Down Date”), and on each anniversary of the Burn Down Date (each, a “Reduction Date”), provided Tenant then satisfies the L-C Reduction Conditions (subject to Section 21.9.2 below), the L-C Amount shall be reduced by the L-C Burn Down Amount, as that term is defined in Section 21.9.2 below, provided that in no event shall the L-C Amount be reduced below the amount of $4,488,333.00. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Section 21.9, no Reduction Date shall occur sooner than twelve (12) months from the immediately preceding Reduction Date, and any Reduction Date which would otherwise occur sooner than twelve (12) months from the immediately preceding Reduction Date shall instead occur twelve (12) months from the immediately preceding Reduction Date provided Tenant then satisfies the L-C Reduction Conditions (subject to Section 21.9.2 below).

21.9.2    L-C Burn Down Amount. As used herein, the “L-C Burn Down Amount” shall mean $1,496,111.00 (provided however, notwithstanding the L-C Reduction Conditions in Section 21.9.3 items (i) and (ii) below, if at any time during the Lease Term, (a) the stock of Tenant is traded on an American public exchange (NASDAQ or NYSE) (the “Publicly Traded Condition”), (b) if the Publicly Traded Condition is first satisfied during the first forty-three (43) months of the Lease Term then Tenant’s equity market cap as of the applicable Reduction Date is greater than

 

-74-


$5,000,000,000.00 based upon the average trading price for the preceding ninety (90) days, or if the Publicly Traded Condition is first satisfied after the expiration of the forty-third (43rd) month of the Lease Term, then Tenant’s equity market cap as of the applicable Reduction Date is greater than $5,000,000,000.00 based upon the average trading price for the preceding twelve (12) months, and (c) Tenant has $100,000,000.00 of unrestricted cash on Tenant’s balance sheet as of the applicable Reduction Date, then the L-C Burn Down Amount for the applicable Reduction Date only shall be increased to $4,488,333.00, provided all subsequent reductions shall be in the amount of $1,496,111.00).

21.9.3    Letter of Credit Reduction Conditions. If Tenant is allowed to reduce the L-C Amount pursuant to the TCCs of this Section 21.9, then Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in order to effectuate such reduction. For purposes of this Section 21.9, the “L-C Reduction Conditions” shall mean that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, and both of the following conditions are satisfied, as demonstrated by Tenant’s most recent year-end annual financial reports prepared and certified by an independent certified public accountant and delivered to Landlord: (i) Tenant has at least $200,000,000.00 of unrestricted cash on Tenant’s balance sheet, and (ii) Tenant has maintained an EBITDA of at least $25,000,000.00 for each of the previous four (4) consecutive financial quarters. For purposes of this Section 21.9.3EBITDA,” shall mean Tenant’s Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, consistently applied (“GAAP”). In the event Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating the Tenant satisfies the L-C Reduction Conditions (as modified by Section 21.9.2, if applicable) prior to the applicable Reduction Date, or if Tenant fails to deliver a certificate of amendment to the existing L-C as required by this Section 21.9, then the L-C Amount shall not be reduced upon such applicable Reduction Date, but the TCCs of this Section 21.9 shall remain effective, provided that (subject to Section 21.9.1 above) any scheduled reductions in the L-C Amount shall take place immediately after such L-C Reduction Conditions (as modified by Section 21.9.2, if applicable) are satisfied (provided that no such reductions shall be permitted in the event this Lease is terminated early as a result of a Tenant default under Article 19 of this Lease). Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to keep all such information provided to Landlord under the preceding sentence confidential, pursuant to the TCCs of Section 29.28 below and subject to a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement.

ARTICLE 22

OPEN CEILING PLAN

In the event that the Premises has an “open ceiling plan”, then Landlord and third parties leasing or otherwise using/managing or servicing space on the floor immediately above the Premises shall have the right to install, maintain, repair and replace mechanical, electrical and plumbing fixtures, devices, piping, ductwork and all other improvements through the floor above the Premises (which may penetrate through the ceiling of the Premises and be visible within the Premises during the course of construction and upon completion thereof) (as applicable, the “Penetrating Work”), as Landlord may determine in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion and with no approval rights being afforded to Tenant with respect thereto. Moreover, there shall be no obligation by Landlord or any such third

 

-75-


party to enclose or otherwise screen any of such Penetrating Work from view within the Premises, whether during the course of construction or upon completion thereof. Since Tenant is anticipated to be occupying the Premises at the time the Penetrating Work is being performed, Landlord agrees that it shall (and shall cause third parties to) use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Penetrating Work in a manner so as to attempt to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises; provided, however, such Penetrating Work may be performed during normal business hours, without any obligation to pay overtime or other premiums. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises during the performance of any such Penetrating Work, Tenant hereby agrees that the performance of such Penetrating Work shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent. Neither Landlord nor any of the Landlord Parties or any third parties performing the Penetrating Work shall be responsible for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the performance of such Penetrating Work, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord or any of the Landlord Parties or any third parties performing the Penetrating Work for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the performance of the Penetrating Work, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by the Penetrating Work. In addition, Tenant hereby agrees to promptly and diligently cooperate with Landlord and any of the third parties performing the Penetrating Work in order to facilitate the applicable party’s performance of the particular Penetrating Work in an efficient and timely manner. In connection with the foregoing, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform any such Penetrating Work in a manner designed to minimize any damage to Tenant’s property, any interference with Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises, and/or any changes to the open ceiling plan for the Premises.

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1    Full Floors. Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its reasonable discretion, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, if the Premises comprise an entire floor of the Building, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere in the Premises including in the elevator lobby of the Premises, provided that such signs must not be visible from the exterior of the Building.

23.2    Multi-Tenant Floors. If other tenants occupy space on the floor on which the Premises is located, Tenant’s initial identifying signage shall be provided by Landlord, at Landlord’s cost, and such signage shall be comparable to that used by Landlord for other similar floors in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s Building standard signage program, and any subsequent changes to Tenant’s identifying signage shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s consent thereto (which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion).

23.3    Building Directory. A building directory is located in the lobby of the Building. Tenant shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense as to Tenant’s initial name strip, to designate one (1) name strip on such directory, and any subsequent changes to Tenant’s name strip shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s consent thereto (which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion).

 

-76-


23.4    Prohibited Signage and Other Items. Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its reasonable discretion.

ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Base Building, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent not prohibited by the terms of Section 4.2.4 above. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that neither the Premises nor the Building have undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). As required by Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby states as follows: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows: (a) any CASp inspection requested by Tenant shall be conducted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by a CASp designated by Landlord, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and requirements; (b) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements or repairs within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards identified by such CASp inspection; and (c) if such CASp inspection requested by Tenant shall identify any required improvements or repairs to the Building or Project (outside the Premises) to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards identified by such CASp inspection, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, for the cost to Landlord of performing such improvements or repairs, but only to the extent such improvements or repairs are required by Applicable Laws to correct such violations.

 

-77-


Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated, including, without limitation, any such governmental regulations related to disabled access (collectively, “Applicable Laws”). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all Applicable Laws (including the making of any alterations to the Premises required by Applicable Laws) which relate to (i) Tenant’s particular use of the Premises, (ii) the Alterations or the Improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Base Building, but, as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant’s Alterations, the Improvements (except as provided below), or use of the Premises for non-general office use. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall, at its sole cost (and not as an Operating Expense and not as a reduction to the Improvement Allowance), promptly comply with all Applicable Laws (including the making of any alterations to the Building required by Applicable Laws) which relate to the Base Building and/or any path of travel in or to the Building triggered by the Improvements to be constructed pursuant to the Work Letter, all to the extent the same is necessary for Tenant to obtain or maintain a certificate of occupancy for the Premises for general office use.

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount plus any attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder; provided, however, with regard to the first such failure in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord will waive such late charge to the extent Tenant cures such failure within five (5) business days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that the same was not received when due. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at the “Interest Rate.” For purposes of this Lease, the “Interest Rate” shall be an annual rate equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H.15(519), published weekly (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published), plus four (4) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

 

-78-


ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1    Landlord’s Cure. All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2, above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2    Tenant’s Reimbursement. Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term; provided, however, to the extent such default results in a dispute between the parties, the terms of Section 29.21 below shall control, rather than the foregoing subsection (iii).

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times (during Building Hours with respect to items (i) and (ii) below) and upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers, or during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment (including, without limitation, to perform Bracket’s obligations to remove the alterations, improvements, equipment and personal property in the Suite 700 Server Room that are Bracket’s obligation to remove pursuant to that certain Lease Termination Agreement (the “Lease Termination Agreement”) being entered into by Landlord and Bracket concurrently herewith, and any related restoration work required by such Lease Termination Agreement to the extent that Bracket fails to timely perform such obligations). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord,

 

-79-


including janitorial service; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform following the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes; provided, however, except for (x) emergencies, (y) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, or (z) repairs which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, any such entry shall be performed in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and shall be performed after normal business hours if reasonably practical. With respect to items (y) and (z) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein. In connection with any such entry to the Premises, Landlord shall comply with Tenant’s reasonably established security measures previously communicated to Landlord in writing.

ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

Tenant shall have the right to rent, on a monthly basis throughout the Lease Term commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, the amount of unreserved parking passes set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, all of which parking passes shall pertain to the Project parking facility. Tenant shall have the right to increase (subject to availability, as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, and provided that Landlord shall have the right from time to time to terminate Tenant’s rental of all or any portion of such increased number of parking passes upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant) or decrease the number of unreserved parking passes rented by Tenant from time to time upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord, provided that in no event shall Tenant be entitled to rent more than the amount of unreserved parking passes set forth in Section 9 of the Summary. Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or its designee) for the parking passes on a monthly basis at the prevailing rate charged from time to time at the location of such parking passes, which rate as of the date of this Lease is $330.00 per pass per month. In addition to any fees that may be charged to Tenant in connection with its parking of automobiles in the Project parking facility, Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and

 

-80-


regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations and Tenant not being in default under this Lease. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time so long as Tenant is provided with the number of parking passes provided herein, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may, at any time, institute valet assisted parking, tandem parking stalls, “stack” parking, or other parking program within the Project parking facility, the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant separate and apart from this Lease without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1    Terms; Captions. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2    Binding Effect. Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3    No Air Rights. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises is temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4    Modification of Lease. Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an

 

-81-


increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following the request therefor.

29.5    Transfer of Landlord’s Interest. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord (including the return of the L-C), and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

29.6    Prohibition Against Recording or Publication. Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded or otherwise published by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

29.7    Landlord’s Title. Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8    Relationship of Parties. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9    Application of Payments. Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10    Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11    Partial Invalidity. If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

 

-82-


29.12    No Warranty. In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto. Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the physical condition of the Building, the Project, the land upon which the Building or the Project are located, or the Premises, or the expenses of operation of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the Premises, except as herein expressly set forth in the provisions of this Lease.

29.13    Landlord Exculpation. The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the net interest of Landlord in the Building and any rent, income or proceeds therefrom (following payment of any outstanding liens and/or mortgages, whether attributable to sales or insurance proceeds or otherwise). Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties, nor Tenant nor the Tenant Parties, shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, a party’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring, except in connection with any holdover in the Premises by Tenant as set forth in Article 16 of this Lease.

29.14    Entire Agreement. It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto (including, without limitation, any confidentiality agreement, letter of intent, request for proposal, or similar agreement previously entered into between Landlord and Tenant in anticipation of this Lease) or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

-83-


29.15    Right to Lease. Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.16    Force Majeure. Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except as to Tenant’s obligations under Articles 5 and 24 of this Lease (collectively, a “Force Majeure”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

29.17    Waiver of Redemption by Tenant. Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18    Notices. All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, “Notices”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be (A) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (B) delivered personally. Any such Notice shall be delivered (i) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (ii) to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 11 of the Summary, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given on the date of receipted delivery, of refusal to accept delivery, or when delivery is first attempted but cannot be made due to a change of address for which no Notice was given. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant. The party delivering Notice shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a courtesy copy of each such Notice to the receiving party via electronic mail.

29.19    Joint and Several. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

29.20    Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing

 

-84-


on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord reasonably satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord reasonably satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant’s state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in California. Landlord hereby represents and warrants that Landlord is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Landlord has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Landlord is authorized to do so.

29.21    Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

29.22    Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

29.23    Submission of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24    Brokers. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the “Brokers”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Brokers pursuant to the terms of separate commission agreements. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and

 

-85-


expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

29.25    Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

29.26    Project or Building Name and Signage. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire, except on the Rooftop Deck or, during the initial Lease Term only, within one full floor above such Rooftop Deck (i.e., Landlord may install, affix and maintain signs on the exterior of the Building above the Rooftop Deck [e.g., the Building parapet], but may not install or affix any signs upon the Rooftop Deck). Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.27    Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

29.28    Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the economic or material non-economic content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants, agents or prospective transferees.

29.29    Transportation Management. Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs mandated by a governmental authority intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

29.30    Building Renovations. It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant and has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Work Letter. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve,

 

-86-


alter, or modify (collectively, the “Renovations”) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises including without limitation the parking structure, common areas, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same, which Renovations may include, without limitation, (i) installing sprinklers in the Building common areas and tenant spaces, (ii) modifying the common areas and tenant spaces to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including regulations relating to the physically disabled, seismic conditions, and building safety and security, and (iii) installing new floor covering, lighting, and wall coverings in the Building common areas, and in connection with any Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations or Landlord’s actions. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform any such Renovations in a manner designed to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises.

29.31    No Violation. Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation. Landlord hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Landlord to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Landlord is bound, and Landlord shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Landlord’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.32    Communications and Computer Lines. Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables (collectively, the “Lines”) at the Project in or serving the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use Landlord’s designated contractor for provision of cabling and riser management services (or, if Landlord does not have a designated contractor, then an experienced and qualified contractor reasonably approved in writing by Landlord), and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be (x) appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, (y) surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (z) identified in accordance with the “Identification Requirements,” as

 

-87-


that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, (v) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Tenant shall remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (vi) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four feet (4’) outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines’ termination point(s) (collectively, the “Identification Requirements”). Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or immediately following any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove all Lines installed by Tenant, and repair any damage caused by such removal. In the event that Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or fails to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Lines, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which were installed by or on behalf of Tenant and are at any time (1) are in violation of any Applicable Laws, (2) are inconsistent with then-existing industry standards (such as the standards promulgated by the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., such organization’s “2002 National Electrical Code”)), or (3) otherwise represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition.

29.33    Hazardous Substances.

29.33.1    Definitions. For purposes of this Lease, the following definitions shall apply: “Hazardous Material(s)” shall mean any solid, liquid or gaseous substance or material that is described or characterized as a toxic or hazardous substance, waste, material, pollutant, contaminant or infectious waste, or any matter that in certain specified quantities would be injurious to the public health or welfare, or words of similar import, in any of the “Environmental Laws,” as that term is defined below, or any other words which are intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity or reproductive toxicity and includes, without limitation, asbestos, petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel, or any mixture thereof), petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde, radon gas, nuclear or radioactive matter, medical waste, soot, vapors, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals, microbial matters (such as molds, fungi or other bacterial matters), biological agents and chemicals which may cause adverse health effects, including but not limited to, cancers and /or toxicity. “Environmental Laws” shall mean any and all federal, state, local or quasi-governmental laws (whether under common law, statute or otherwise), ordinances, decrees, codes, rulings, awards, rules, regulations or guidance or policy documents now or hereafter enacted or promulgated and as amended from time to time, in any way relating to (i) the protection of the environment, the health and safety of persons (including employees), property or the public welfare from actual or potential release, discharge, escape or emission (whether past or present) of any Hazardous Materials or (ii) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of any Hazardous Materials.

 

-88-


29.33.2    Compliance with Environmental Laws. Landlord covenants that during the Lease Term, Landlord shall comply with all Environmental Laws in accordance with, and as required by, the TCCs of Article 24 of this Lease. Tenant represents and warrants that, except as herein set forth, it will not use, store or dispose of any Hazardous Materials in or on the Premises. However, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Landlord agrees that Tenant may use, store and properly dispose of commonly available household cleaners and chemicals to maintain the Premises and Tenant’s routine office operations (such as printer toner and copier toner) (hereinafter the “Permitted Chemicals”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that any or all of the Permitted Chemicals described in this paragraph may constitute Hazardous Materials. However, Tenant may use, store and dispose of same, provided that in doing so, Tenant fully complies with all Environmental Laws.

29.33.3    Tenant Hazardous Materials. Tenant will (i) obtain and maintain in full force and effect all Environmental Permits (as defined below) that may be required from time to time under any Environmental Laws applicable to Tenant or the Premises, and (ii) be and remain in compliance with all terms and conditions of all such Environmental Permits and with all other Environmental Laws. “Environmental Permits” means, collectively, any and all permits, consents, licenses, approvals and registrations of any nature at any time required pursuant to, or in order to comply with any Environmental Law. On or before the Lease Commencement Date and on each annual anniversary of the Commencement Date thereafter, as well as at any other time following Tenant’s receipt of a reasonable request from Landlord, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord a list of all Hazardous Materials anticipated to be used by Tenant in the Premises and the quantities thereof. At any time following Tenant’s receipt of a request from Landlord, Tenant shall promptly complete an “environmental questionnaire” using the form then-provided by Landlord. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to promptly remove from the Premises, the Building and the Project, at its sole cost and expense, any and all Hazardous Materials, including any equipment or systems containing Hazardous Materials, which are installed, brought upon, stored, used, generated or released upon, in, under or about the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project or any portion thereof by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties (such obligation to survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease). Nothing in this Lease shall impose any liability on Tenant for any Hazardous Materials in existence on the Premises, Building or Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date or brought onto the Premises, Building or Project after the Lease Commencement Date by any third parties not under Tenant’s control.

29.33.4    Landlord’s Right of Environmental Audit. Landlord may, upon reasonable notice to Tenant, be granted access to and enter the Premises no more than once annually to perform or cause to have performed an environmental inspection, site assessment or audit. Such environmental inspector or auditor may be chosen by Landlord, in its sole discretion, and be performed at Landlord’s sole expense. To the extent that the report prepared upon such inspection, assessment or audit, indicates the presence of Hazardous Materials in violation of Environmental Laws caused by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, or provides recommendations or suggestions to prohibit the release, discharge, escape or emission of any Hazardous Materials at, upon, under or within the Premises caused by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, or to comply with any Environmental Laws to the extent in violation thereof due to Tenant’s or any Tenant Party’s acts or failures to act, Tenant shall promptly, at

 

-89-


Tenant’s sole expense, comply with such recommendations or suggestions, including, but not limited to performing such additional investigative or subsurface investigations or remediation(s) as recommended by such inspector or auditor. Notwithstanding the above, if at any time, Landlord has actual notice or reasonable cause to believe that Tenant has violated, or permitted any violations of any Environmental Law, then Landlord will be entitled to perform its environmental inspection, assessment or audit at any time, notwithstanding the above mentioned annual limitation, and if it is determined that violations by Tenant (or permitted by Tenant) exist, then Tenant must reimburse Landlord for the cost or fees incurred for such as Additional Rent.

29.33.5    Indemnifications. Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Tenant Parties from and against any liability, obligation, damage or costs, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting directly or indirectly from any use, presence, removal or disposal of any Hazardous Materials to the extent such liability, obligation, damage or costs was a result of actions caused or knowingly permitted by Landlord or a Landlord Party. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against any liability, obligation, damage or costs, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting directly or indirectly from any use, presence, removal or disposal of any Hazardous Materials or breach of any provision of this section, to the extent such liability, obligation, damage or costs was a result of actions caused or permitted by Tenant or a Tenant Party.

29.34    Office and Communications Services.

29.34.1    The Provider. Landlord has advised Tenant that certain office and communications services (which may include, without limitation, cable or satellite television service) may be offered to tenants of the Building by a concessionaire (which may or may not have exclusive rights to offer such services in the Building) under contract to Landlord (“Provider”). Tenant shall be permitted to contract with Provider for the provision of any or all of such services on such terms and conditions as Tenant and Provider may agree.

29.34.2    Other Terms. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) Landlord has made no warranty or representation to Tenant with respect to the availability of any such services, or the quality, reliability or suitability thereof; (ii) the Provider is not acting as the agent or representative of Landlord in the provision of such services, and Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for any failure or inadequacy of such services, or any equipment or facilities used in the furnishing thereof, or any act or omission of Provider, or its agents, employees, representatives, officers or contractors; (iii) Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for the installation, alteration, repair, maintenance, furnishing, operation, adjustment or removal of any such services, equipment or facilities; and (iv) any contract or other agreement between Tenant and Provider shall be independent of this Lease, the obligations of Tenant hereunder, and the rights of Landlord hereunder, and, without limiting the foregoing, no default or failure of Provider with respect to any such services, equipment or facilities, or under any contract or agreement relating thereto, shall have any effect on this Lease or give to Tenant any offset or defense to the full and timely performance of its obligations hereunder, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or additional rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, or constitute any accrual or constructive eviction of Tenant, or otherwise give rise to any other claim of any nature against Landlord.

 

-90-


29.35    Water Sensors. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, be responsible for promptly installing web-enabled wireless water leak sensor devices designed to alert the Tenant on a twenty-four (24) hour seven (7) day per week basis if a water leak is occurring in the Premises (which water sensor device(s) located in the Premises shall be referred to herein as “Water Sensors”). The Water Sensors shall be installed in any areas in the Premises where water is utilized (such as sinks, pipes, faucets, water heaters, coffee machines, ice machines, water dispensers and water fountains), and in locations that may be designated from time to time by Landlord (the “Sensor Areas”). In connection with any Alterations affecting or relating to any Sensor Areas, Landlord may require Water Sensors to be installed or updated in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. With respect to the installation of any such Water Sensors, Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor reasonably designated by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Article 8 of this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, pursuant to Article 7 of this Lease keep any Water Sensors located in the Premises (whether installed by Tenant or someone else) in good working order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term and comply with all of the other provisions of Article 7 of this Lease. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, Landlord has neither an obligation to monitor, repair or otherwise maintain the Water Sensors, nor an obligation to respond to any alerts it may receive from the Water Sensors or which may be generated from the Water Sensors. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or immediately following any earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to remove all Water Sensors installed by Tenant, and repair any damage caused by such removal; provided, however, if the Landlord does not require the Tenant to remove the Water Sensors as contemplated by the foregoing, then Tenant shall leave the Water Sensors in place together with all necessary user information such that the same may be used by a future occupant of the Premises (e.g., the Water Sensors shall be unblocked and ready for use by a third-party). If Tenant is required to remove the Water Sensors pursuant to the foregoing and Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or fails to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Water Sensors, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant.

29.36    LEED Certification. Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, elect to apply to obtain or maintain a LEED certification for the Project (or portion thereof), or other applicable certification in connection with Landlord’s sustainability practices for the Project (as such sustainability practices are to be determined by Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, from time to time). In the event that Landlord elects to pursue such an aforementioned certification, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (to the extent it is at no more than a de minimis cost or expense to Tenant), promptly cooperate with the Landlord’s efforts in connection therewith and provide Landlord with any documentation it may reasonably need in order to obtain or maintain the aforementioned certification (which cooperation may include, but shall not be limited to, Tenant complying with certain standards pertaining to the purchase of materials used in connection with any Alterations or improvements undertaken by the Tenant in the Project, the sharing of documentation pertaining to any Alterations or improvements undertaken by Tenant in the Project with Landlord, and the sharing of Tenant’s billing information pertaining to trash removal and recycling related to Tenant’s operations in the Project).

 

-91-


29.37    Utility Billing Information. In the event that the Tenant is permitted to contract directly for the provision of electricity, gas and/or water services to the Premises with the third-party provider thereof (all in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Tenant shall promptly, but in no event more than ten (10) business days following its receipt of each and every invoice for such items from the applicable provider, provide Landlord with a copy of each such invoice. Tenant acknowledges that pursuant to California Public Resources Code Section 25402.10 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto (collectively the “Energy Disclosure Requirements”), Landlord may be required to disclose information concerning Tenant’s energy usage at the Building to certain third parties, including, without limitation, prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants of the Building (the “Tenant Energy Use Disclosure”). Tenant hereby (A) consents to all such Tenant Energy Use Disclosures, and (B) acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. The terms of this Section 29.37 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29.38    Green Cleaning/Recycling. To the extent a “green cleaning program” and/or a recycling program is implemented by Landlord in the Building and/or Project (each in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, comply with the provisions of each of the foregoing programs (e.g., Tenant shall separate waste appropriately so that it can be efficiently processed by Landlord’s particular recycling contractors). To the extent Tenant fails to comply with any of Landlord’s recycling programs contemplated by the foregoing, Tenant shall be required to pay any contamination charges related to such non-compliance.

29.39    Shuttle Service. Subject to the provisions of this Section 29.41, so long as Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, permits a shuttle service (the “Shuttle Service”) to operate at the Project, Tenant’s employees (“Shuttle Service Riders”) shall be entitled to use the Shuttle Service operated at the Project. The use of the Shuttle Service shall be subject to the reasonable rules and regulations (including rules regarding hours of use) established from time to time by Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, and/or the operator of the Shuttle Service. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the use of the Shuttle Service by the Shuttle Service Riders shall be at their own risk and that the terms and provisions of Section 10.1 of this Lease shall apply to Tenant and the Shuttle Service Rider’s use of the Shuttle Service. The costs of operating, maintaining and repairing the Shuttle Service shall be included as part of Operating Expenses, subject to Article 4. Tenant acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 29.41 shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord that Landlord shall continuously maintain the Shuttle Service (or any other shuttle service) throughout the Lease Term, and Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole discretion, to expand, contract, eliminate or otherwise modify all Shuttle Services provided by it. Landlord or the operator of the Shuttle Service shall have a right to charge a fee to the users of the Shuttle Service. No expansion, contraction, elimination or modification of any or all Shuttle Services, and no termination of Tenant’s or the Shuttle Service Rider’s rights to the Shuttle Service shall entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction in Rent, constitute a constructive eviction, or result in an event of default by Landlord under this Lease.

 

-92-


29.40    Prohibited Persons; Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Anti-Money Laundering. Neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, nor any of their respective members, partners or other equity holders, and none of their respective officers, directors or managers is, nor prior to or during the Lease Term, will they become a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under (a) the Patriot Act (as defined below), (b) any other requirements contained in the rules and regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) (including any “blocked” person or entity listed in the Annex to Executive Order Nos. 12947, 13099 and 13224 and any modifications thereto or thereof or any other person or entity named on OFAC’s Specially Designated Blocked Persons List) or (c) any other U.S. statute, Executive Order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism) or other governmental action (collectively, “Prohibited Persons”). Prior to and during the Lease Term, Tenant, and to Tenant’s knowledge, its employees and any person acting on its behalf have at all times fully complied with, and are currently in full compliance with, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws. Tenant is not entering into this Lease, directly or indirectly, in violation of any laws relating to drug trafficking, money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering. As used herein, “Patriot Act” shall mean the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 107 Public Law 56 (October 26, 2001) and all other statutes, orders, rules and regulations of the U.S. government and its various executive departments, agencies and offices interpreting and implementing the Patriot Act.

29.41    Signatures. The parties hereto consent and agree that this Lease may be signed and/or transmitted by facsimile, e-mail of a .pdf document or using electronic signature technology (e.g., via DocuSign or similar electronic signature technology), and that such signed electronic record shall be valid and as effective to bind the party so signing as a paper copy bearing such party’s handwritten signature. The parties further consent and agree that (1) to the extent a party signs this Lease using electronic signature technology, by clicking “SIGN”, such party is signing this Lease electronically, and (2) the electronic signatures appearing on this Lease shall be treated, for purposes of validity, enforceability and admissibility, the same as handwritten signatures.

[Signatures follow on next page]

 

-93-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”:       “TENANT”
KILROY REALTY 303, LLC,       DOORDASH, INC.
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware Corporation
By: KR 303 Second Street Owner, LLC,      

/s/ Prabir Adarkar

a Delaware limited liability company   
      Its Sole Member      

Prabir Adarkar

Chief Financial Officer

      By:    303 Second Street Member, LLC,      
         a Delaware limited liability company      
         Its Manager      

/s/ Stanley Tang

Stanley Tang

               Co-Founder
         By:    Kilroy Realty, L.P.,      
            a Delaware limited partnership      
            Its Managing Member      
            By:    Kilroy Realty Corporation,      
               a Maryland corporation      
               Its General Partner      
               By: /s/ Jeff Hawken                                              
               Name: Jeff Hawken      
               Title: COO      
               By: /s/ Matt Griffin                                              
               Name: Matt Griffin      
               Title: SVP, Northern California      

 

-94-


EXHIBIT A

303 SECOND STREET

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

Suite 200 Premises

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

-1-


Suite 700 Premises

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

-2-


Suite 800 Premises

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

-3-


Suite 300 Premises

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

-4-


Suite 750 Premises

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

-5-


Suite 900 Premises

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

-6-


EXHIBIT A-1

303 SECOND STREET

OUTLINE OF FIRST OFFER SPACE

Suite South 600

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A-1

-1-


EXHIBIT B

303 SECOND STREET

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the Premises. This Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portions of Articles 1 through 29 of the Office Lease to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B and of which this Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Work Letter to Sections of “this Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 5 of this Work Letter.

SECTION 1

DELIVERY OF THE PREMISES

Landlord shall deliver the Premises and Tenant shall accept the Premises from Landlord in their presently existing, “as-is” condition as of the date of this Lease. From the date the Premises are delivered to Tenant until the applicable Lease Commencement Date, Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall have rent free access and use thereof to install the Improvements, furniture, fixtures, cabling and equipment. Landlord shall not charge Tenant for any use of the freight elevator(s) during the planning and construction of the Improvements.

SECTION 2

IMPROVEMENTS

2.1    Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time improvement allowance (the “Improvement Allowance”) as follows: (i) $2,524,860.00 (i.e., $60.00 per rentable square foot of the Suite 800 Premises) (the “Suite 800 Allowance”) for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of the improvements, which are permanently affixed to the Suite 800 Premises only (the “Suite 800 Improvements”), (ii) $1,866,300.00 (i.e., $60.00 per rentable square foot of the Suite 700 Premises) (the “Suite 700 Allowance”) for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of the improvements, which are permanently affixed to the Suite 700 Premises only (the “Suite 700 Improvements”) (and Tenant acknowledges that $89,880.00 of such Suite 700 Allowance must be used for improvements to the Suite 700 Deck), (iii) $975,645.00 (i.e., $55.00 per rentable square foot of the Suite 200 Premises) (the “Suite 200 Allowance”) for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of the improvements, which are permanently affixed to the Suite 200 Premises only (the “Suite 200 Improvements”), (iv) $3,737,325.00 (i.e., $75.00 per rentable square foot of the

 

EXHIBIT B

-1-


Suite 300 Premises) (the “Suite 300 Allowance”) for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of the improvements, which are permanently affixed to the Suite 300 Premises only (the “Suite 300 Improvements”), (v) $953,175.00 (i.e., $75.00 per rentable square foot of the Suite 750 Premises) (the “Suite 750 Allowance”) for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of the improvements, which are permanently affixed to the Suite 750 Premises only (the “Suite 750 Improvements”), and (vi) $2,987,325.00 (i.e., $75.00 per rentable square foot of the Suite 900 Premises) (the “Suite 900 Allowance”) for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of the improvements, which are permanently affixed to the Suite 900 Premises only (the “Suite 900 Improvements”) (and Tenant acknowledges that $112,350.00 of such Suite 900 Allowance must be used for improvements to the Suite 900 Deck). Collectively, the Suite 800 Improvements, the Suite 700 Improvements, the Suite 200 Improvements, the Suite 300 Improvements, the Suite 750 Improvements and the Suite 900 Improvements shall be the “Improvements”. In connection with the foregoing, Tenant hereby acknowledges that each portion of the Improvement Allowance shall only be permitted to be used for improvements to the portion of the Premises to which such portion of the Improvement Allowance applies (e.g., the Suite 300 Allowance may only be used for Improvements made to the Suite 300 Premises); provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, each portion of the Improvement Allowance for the Phase 1 Premises (i.e., the Suite 800 Allowance, the Suite 700 Allowance and the Suite 200 Allowance) may be used for improvements which are permanently affixed to any portion of the Phase 1 Premises (e.g., the Suite 800 Allowance may be used for Improvements made to the Suite 700 Premises). In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Work Letter until Tenant pays the full amount of any then applicable “Over-Allowance Amount,” as defined in Section 4.2.1, nor shall Landlord be obligated to pay a total amount which exceeds the Improvement Allowance. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any contrary provision of this Lease, all Improvements shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of this Lease. Subject to the “Construction Risk Alternative,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1 below, any unused portion of the Improvement Allowance remaining as of the date which is one (1) year from the applicable delivery date of each portion of the Premises (e.g., the Suite 800 Allowance can be used until the date which is one (1) year from the delivery date for the Suite 800 Premises), shall remain with Landlord and Tenant shall have no further right thereto.

2.2    Disbursement of the Improvement Allowance.

2.2.1    Improvement Allowance Items. Except as otherwise set forth in this Work Letter, the Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord (each of which disbursements shall be made pursuant to Landlord’s reasonable disbursement process, including, without limitation, Landlord’s receipt of invoices for all costs and fees described herein) only for the following items and costs (collectively the “Improvement Allowance Items”):

2.2.1.1    Payment of the fees of the “Architect” and the “Engineers,” as those terms are defined in Section 3.1 of this Work Letter, and third party project managers, which fees shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, not exceed an aggregate amount equal to Six and 00/100 Dollars ($6.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises, and payment of the fees incurred by, and the cost of documents and materials supplied by, Landlord and Landlord’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.1 of this Work Letter;

 

EXHIBIT B

-2-


2.2.1.2    The payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Improvements;

2.2.1.3    The cost of construction of the Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, hoisting and trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions;

2.2.1.4    The cost of any changes in the Base Building when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings, such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;

2.2.1.5    The cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Improvements required by all applicable building codes (the “Code”);

2.2.1.6    The cost of the “Coordination Fee,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.2.1 of this Work Letter;

2.2.1.7    Sales and use taxes; and

2.2.1.8    All other costs to be expended by Landlord in connection with the construction of the Improvements, but only to the extent such costs have previously and reasonably been approved by Tenant.

2.2.2    Disbursement of Improvement Allowance. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is a publicly traded real estate investment trust (“REIT”), and due to such REIT status Landlord is required to satisfy certain tax and accounting requirements and related obligations in connection with the leases at the Building. In order to satisfy such requirements and obligations in connection with this Lease, Landlord requires various construction-related deliverables to be timely submitted by Tenant to Landlord (“Tenant Deliverables”) at designated times prior to, during and immediately following the construction of the Improvements by Tenant, and Tenant hereby agrees to timely comply with all such Tenant Deliverable obligations. The Tenant Deliverables and related delivery deadlines are set forth in this Work Letter and in Schedule 1 attached to this Work Letter and incorporated herein by this reference. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Work Letter or Schedule 1 attached to this Work Letter, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all Tenant Deliverables in a timely fashion as soon as each of the Tenant Deliverables are required pursuant to the timing set forth on Schedule 1 attached to this Work Letter.

Prior to the commencement of construction of the Improvements, Tenant shall deliver all of the Tenant Deliverables set forth in Section 1 of Schedule 1 attached to this Work Letter (i.e., the “Prior to Start of Construction” category of Tenant Deliverables) to Landlord. Certain of the Tenant Deliverables set forth in Section 1 of Schedule 1 attached to this Work Letter are further addressed with more specific provisions in this Work Letter.

 

EXHIBIT B

-3-


Prior to and during the construction of the Improvements, Landlord shall make monthly disbursements of the Improvement Allowance for Improvement Allowance Items and shall authorize the release of monies as follows.

2.2.2.1    Monthly Disbursements. On or before the twentieth (20th) day of each calendar month, during the construction of the Improvements (or such other date as Landlord may designate), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) a request for payment of the “Contractor,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1.1 of this Work Letter, approved by Tenant, in a form to be provided by Landlord, showing the schedule, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Improvements in the Premises, detailing the portion of the work completed and the portion not completed; (ii) invoices from all of “Tenant’s Agents,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1.2 of this Work Letter, for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; (iii) to the extent applicable for the work completed, executed mechanic’s lien releases from all of Tenant’s Agents which shall comply with the appropriate provisions, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of California Civil Code Sections 8132, 8134, 8136 and 8138; and (iv) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant’s request for payment shall be deemed Tenant’s acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. Thereafter, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant made jointly payable to Contractor and Tenant, or directly to Contractor at Landlord’s sole discretion, in payment of the lesser of: (A) the amounts so requested by Tenant, as set forth in this Section 2.2.2.1, above, less a ten percent (10%) retention (the aggregate amount of such retentions to be known as the “Final Retention”), and (B) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Improvement Allowance (not including the Final Retention), provided that Landlord does not dispute any request for payment based on non-compliance of any work with the “Approved Working Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.4 below, or due to any substandard work, or for any other reason. Landlord’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request.

2.2.2.2    Final Retention. Subject to the provisions of this Work Letter, a check for the Final Retention payable jointly to Tenant and Contractor, or directly to Contractor at Landlord’s sole discretion, shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the completion of construction of the Improvements, provided that (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord (a) paid invoices for all Improvements and related costs for which the Improvement Allowance is to be dispersed, (b) signed permits for all Improvements completed within the Premises, (c) properly executed unconditional mechanics lien releases in compliance with both California Civil Code Section 8134 and either Section 8136 or Section 8138 from Tenant’s contractor, subcontractors and material suppliers and any other party which has lien rights in connection with the construction of the Improvements, (ii) Landlord has determined that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life-safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building, or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises in the Building, (iii) Architect

 

EXHIBIT B

-4-


delivers to Landlord a “Certificate of Substantial Completion”, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the construction of the Improvements in the Premises has been substantially completed, (iv) Tenant delivers to Landlord a “close-out package” in both paper and electronic forms (including, as-built drawings, and final record CADD files for the associated plans, warranties and guarantees from all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers, and an independent air balance report); and (v) a certificate of occupancy, a temporary certificate of occupancy or its equivalent is issued to Tenant for the Premises.

2.2.2.3    Other Terms. Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Improvement Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for Improvement Allowance Items. All Improvement Allowance Items for which the Improvement Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of this Lease.

2.3    Building Standards. Landlord has established or may establish specifications for certain Building standard components to be used in the construction of the Improvements in the Premises. The quality of Improvements shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of such Building standards, provided that Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, require the Improvements to comply with certain Building standards. Landlord may make changes to said specifications for Building standards from time to time. Removal requirements regarding the Improvements are addressed in Article 8 of this Lease.

2.4    Water Sensors. In connection with the construction of the Improvements pursuant to the terms of this Work Letter, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (which may be deducted from the Improvement Allowance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 of this Work Letter), install Water Sensors (as more particularly contemplated by the terms of Section 29.35 of this Lease). The Water Sensors so installed by Tenant shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 29.35 of this Lease.

SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

3.1    Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings. Tenant shall retain an architect/space planner reasonably and mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (the “Architect”) to prepare the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in this Section 3.1. The Contractor (as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Work Letter) shall provide design-build services from qualified, Landlord-approved mechanical, electrical and plumbing contractors for the preparation of plans and engineering working drawings related to the Improvements. Tenant shall retain the engineering consultants designated by Landlord (the “Engineers”) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, HVAC, lifesafety, and sprinkler work in the Premises, which work is not part of the Base Building, provided that Tenant shall retain the subcontractors designated in Schedule 2 attached hereto for the fire alarm design and programming work (the “Fire Alarm Subcontractor”) and for building management systems (the “BMS Subcontractor”). Should Tenant choose to prepare fully engineered drawings in lieu of the design-build approach described above, then

 

EXHIBIT B

-5-


Tenant shall retain the Engineers to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the mechanical, electrical and plumbing work of the Improvements. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect, the design-build contractors (unless Tenant selects the fully engineered drawings approach described above), the Fire Alarm Subcontractor, the BMS Subcontractor and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the “Construction Drawings.” Landlord hereby approves Gensler and Revel to be the Architect if Tenant selects them. All Construction Drawings shall comply with the drawing format and specifications reasonably determined by Landlord, and shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the Base Building plans, and Tenant and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Landlord’s review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Section 3, shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in this Lease shall specifically apply to the Construction Drawings.

3.2    Final Space Plan. Tenant shall supply Landlord with four (4) hard copies signed by Tenant of its final space plan, along with other renderings or illustrations reasonably required by Landlord, to allow Landlord to understand Tenant’s design intent, for the Premises before any architectural working drawings or engineering drawings have been commenced, and concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of such hard copies, Tenant shall send to Landlord via electronic mail one (1) .pdf electronic copy of such final space plan. The final space plan (the “Final Space Plan”) shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein. Landlord may request clarification or more specific drawings for special use items not included in the Final Space Plan. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Space Plan for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly cause the Final Space Plan to be revised to correct any deficiencies or other matters Landlord may reasonably require.

3.3    Final Working Drawings. After the Final Space Plan has been approved by Landlord, Tenant shall supply the Engineers with a complete listing of standard and non-standard equipment and specifications, including, without limitation, B.T.U. calculations, electrical requirements and special electrical receptacle requirements for the Premises, to enable the Engineers, the Fire Alarm Subcontractor, the BMS Subcontractor, the design-build contractors (unless Tenant selects the fully engineered drawings approach described above) and the Architect to complete the “Final Working Drawings” (as that term is defined below) in the manner as set forth below. Upon the approval of the Final Space Plan by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall promptly cause the Architect, the Fire Alarm Subcontractor, the BMS Subcontractor, the design-build contractors (unless Tenant selects the fully engineered drawings approach described above) and the Engineers to complete the architectural and

 

EXHIBIT B

-6-


engineering drawings for the Premises, and Architect shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “Final Working Drawings”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with four (4) hard copies signed by Tenant of the Final Working Drawings, and concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of such hard copies, Tenant shall send to Landlord via electronic mail one (1) .pdf electronic copy of such Final Working Drawings. Landlord shall advise Tenant within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Working Drawings for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly revise the Final Working Drawings in accordance with such review and any disapproval of Landlord in connection therewith. In addition, if the Final Working Drawings or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto shall require alterations in the Base Building (as contrasted with the Improvements), and if Landlord in its commercially reasonable discretion agrees to any such alterations, and notifies Tenant of the need and cost for such alterations, then Tenant shall pay the cost of such required changes in advance upon receipt of notice thereof. Tenant shall pay all actual and reasonable direct architectural and/or engineering fees in connection therewith, which fees made be deducted from the Improvement Allowance.

3.4    Approved Working Drawings. The Final Working Drawings shall be approved by Landlord (the “Approved Working Drawings”) prior to the commencement of construction of the Premises by Tenant. After approval by Landlord of the Final Working Drawings, Tenant may submit the same to the appropriate municipal authorities for all applicable building permits. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy. No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

3.5    Electronic Approvals. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, transmit or otherwise deliver any of the approvals required under this Work Letter via electronic mail to Tenant’s representative identified in Section 5.1 of this Work Letter, or by any of the other means identified in Section 29.18 of this Lease.

3.6    Removal of Improvements Determination. If, in connection with its submittal of plans and specifications for the Improvements in accordance with Section 3 of this Work Letter Agreement, (x) Tenant requests Landlord’s decision with regard to the removal of such Improvements, and (y) Landlord thereafter agrees in writing to waive any removal requirement with regard to such Improvements (or components thereof), then Tenant shall not be required to so remove such Improvements at the end of the term as otherwise required under Section 8.5 of the Lease; provided further, however, that if Tenant requests such a determination from Landlord and Landlord, within

 

EXHIBIT B

-7-


three (3) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such request from Tenant with respect to Improvements, fails to address the removal requirement with regard to such Improvements, Landlord shall be deemed to have agreed to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Improvements. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to remove or restore any of the Water Sensors or any of the Improvements that are reasonably deemed to be general office improvements.

SECTION 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS

4.1    Tenant’s Selection of Contractors.

4.1.1    The Contractor. A general contractor shall be retained by Tenant to construct the Improvements. Such general contractor (“Contractor”) shall be selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord notice of its selection of the Contractor upon such selection. Landlord hereby approves Novo, Trubeck, Skyline, BCCI, GCI and Build Group as the Contractor if Tenant decides to select them.

4.1.2    Tenant’s Agents. All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers used by Tenant (such subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers, and the Contractor to be known collectively as “Tenant’s Agents”) must be approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Landlord does not approve any of Tenant’s proposed subcontractors, laborers, materialmen or suppliers, Tenant shall submit other proposed subcontractors, laborers, materialmen or suppliers for Landlord’s written approval. All of Tenant’s Agents retained directly by Tenant shall all be union labor in compliance with the then existing master labor agreements.

4.2    Construction of Improvements by Tenant’s Agents.

4.2.1    Construction Contract; Cost Budget. Tenant shall engage the Contractor under a Stipulated Sum Agreement (or Guaranteed Maximum Price Contract) accompanied by Landlord’s standard General Conditions (collectively, the “Contract”). Prior to the commencement of the construction of the Improvements, and after Tenant has accepted all bids for the Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the final costs to be incurred or which have been incurred, as set forth more particularly in Sections 2.2.1.1 through 2.2.1.8, above, in connection with the design and construction of the Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor, which costs form a basis for the amount of the Contract (the “Final Costs”). Landlord may elect by written notice to Tenant the Construction Risk Alternative set forth below in connection with portion of the Improvement Allowance (i.e., the Suite 800 Improvement Allowance, the Suite 700 Improvement Allowance, the Suite 200 Improvement Allowance, the Suite 300 Improvement Allowance, the Suite 750 Improvement Allowance and the Suite 900 Improvement Allowance) in order that Landlord may satisfy its REIT related obligations with respect to timely recognizing revenue from this Lease (as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion), and in such

 

EXHIBIT B

-8-


case the provisions of the applicable Construction Risk Alternative shall automatically apply and be binding upon Tenant. The term “Construction Risk Alternative” means that Tenant shall bifurcate the Contract into two separate schedules of values, with one schedule of values (the “Landlord Contracted Improvement Allowance Schedule of Values”) including specific identifiable assets / trades equal to the initial Improvement Allowance, such that a sufficient portion of at least ninety percent (90%) of the initial Improvement Allowance (the “90% Threshold”) shall be incurred by the Lease Commencement Date, and with the other schedule of values (the “Tenant Contracted Improvement Work Schedule of Values”) covering the remaining tenant related work to construct the Improvements (the “Bifurcated Schedule of Values Alternative”). Tenant shall deliver both resulting schedule of values to Landlord within fifteen (15) days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant electing the Bifurcated Schedule of Values Alternative. In the event that Landlord elects the Bifurcated Schedule of Values Alternative, then notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Work Letter, at least ninety percent (90%) of the Improvement Allowance shall be used for the costs to design and construct the Improvements to be constructed pursuant to the Landlord Improvement Allowance Schedule of Values (the “Landlord Improvement Allowance Schedule of Values Improvements”). In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements from the Improvement Allowance for the Improvements to be constructed pursuant to the Tenant Contracted Improvement Work Schedule of Values (the “Tenant Contracted Work Improvements”) until disbursements have been made from the Improvement Allowance for all of the work to design and substantially complete the Landlord Improvement Allowance Schedule of Values Improvements. Subject to Section 4.2.5 below, Landlord shall notify Tenant of its election (“Landlord’s Construction Risk Notice”) of any Construction Risk Alternatives no later than seven (7) business days following Landlord’s receipt of the Schedule of Values and the Construction Schedule.

4.2.1.1    Subject to the Construction Risk Alternative, in connection with each of Landlord’s monthly disbursements of the Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall concurrently pay a percentage of each amount disbursed by Landlord to Tenant under this Work Letter or otherwise disbursed under this Work Letter directly to the appropriate person or entity, which percentage shall be equal to the amount of the Over-Allowance Amount (as defined below) divided by the amount of the Final Costs, and such payment by Tenant shall be a condition to Landlord’s obligation to pay any amounts of the Improvement Allowance. For purposes hereof, the “Over-Allowance Amount” shall be equal to the difference, if any, between the amount of the Final Costs and the amount of the Improvement Allowance (less any portion thereof already disbursed by Landlord, or in the process of being disbursed by Landlord, on or before the commencement of construction of the Improvements). In the event that, after the Final Costs have been delivered by Tenant to Landlord, any revisions, changes or substitutions shall be made to the Final Working Drawings or the Improvements, or the costs relating to the design and construction of the Improvements shall change, the above amounts shall be adjusted as equitable to reflect any additional or reduced costs which arise in connection therewith. In the event that Tenant fails to timely pay the Over-Allowance Amount as provided in this Section 4.2.1.1, then Landlord may, at its option, cause the cessation of work in the Premises until Tenant makes payment of the applicable portion of the Over-Allowance Amount then due (and such failure to pay such payment shall be treated as a Tenant default in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 5.4 below). Tenant shall provide Landlord with updated construction schedules

 

EXHIBIT B

-9-


and budgets on a regular basis during the course of construction of the Improvements, and in any event within twenty (20) days after request by Landlord. In connection with any Over-Allowance payments made by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.2.1.1, Tenant shall provide Landlord with the documents described in Sections 2.2.2.1(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Work Letter, above, for Landlord’s approval, prior to Tenant paying such costs.

4.2.2    Tenant’s Agents.

4.2.2.1    Landlord’s General Conditions for Tenant’s Agents and Improvement Work. Tenant’s and Tenant’s Agent’s construction of the Improvements shall comply with the following: (i) the Improvements shall be constructed in strict accordance with the Approved Working Drawings; (ii) Tenant’s Agents shall submit schedules of all work relating to the Improvements to Contractor and Contractor shall, within five (5) business days of receipt thereof, inform Tenant’s Agents of any changes which are necessary thereto, and Tenant’s Agents shall adhere to such corrected schedule; and (iii) Tenant shall abide by all reasonable rules made by Landlord’s Building manager with respect to the use of freight, loading dock and service elevators, storage of materials, coordination of work with the contractors of other tenants, and any other matter in connection with this Work Letter, including, without limitation, the construction of the Improvements. Tenant shall pay a logistical coordination fee (the “Coordination Fee”) to Landlord in an amount equal to the product of (i) one and one-half percent (1.5%), and (ii) the sum of the total “hard costs” of the Improvements (but in no event greater than $193,296.00 (i.e., $1.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises)), which Coordination Fee shall be for services relating to the coordination of the construction of the Improvements.

4.2.2.2    Indemnity. Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in this Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Improvements and/or Landlord’s disapproval of all or any portion of any request for payment. Such indemnity by Tenant, as set forth in this Lease, shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to Landlord’s performance of any ministerial acts reasonably necessary (i) to permit Tenant to complete the Improvements, and (ii) to enable Tenant to obtain any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises.

4.2.2.3    Requirements of Tenant’s Agents. Each of Tenant’s Agents shall guarantee to Tenant and for the benefit of Landlord that the portion of the Improvements for which it is responsible shall be free from any defects in workmanship and materials for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of completion thereof to the extent it is available. Each of Tenant’s Agents shall be responsible for the replacement or repair, without additional charge, of all work done or furnished in accordance with its contract that shall become defective within one (1) year after the later to occur of (i) completion of the work performed by such contractor or subcontractors and (ii) the Lease Commencement Date. The correction of such work shall include, without additional charge, all additional expenses and damages incurred in connection with such removal or replacement of all or any part of the Improvements, and/or the Building and/or common areas that may be damaged or

 

EXHIBIT B

-10-


disturbed thereby. All such warranties or guarantees as to materials or workmanship of or with respect to the Improvements shall be contained in the Contract or subcontract and shall be written such that such guarantees or warranties shall inure to the benefit of both Landlord and Tenant, as their respective interests may appear, and can be directly enforced by either. Tenant covenants to give to Landlord any non-exclusive assignment or other assurances which may be necessary to effect such right of direct enforcement.

4.2.2.4    Insurance Requirements.

4.2.2.4.1    General Coverages. All of Tenant’s Agents shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in this Lease.

4.2.2.4.2    Special Coverages. Tenant or its Contractor shall carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of the Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that the Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord including, but not limited to, the requirement that all of Tenant’s Agents which are major subcontractors shall carry excess liability and Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance, each in amounts not less than $2,000,000 per incident, $2,000,000 in aggregate, and in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in this Lease.

4.2.2.4.3    General Terms. Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 4.2.2.4 shall be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of construction of the Improvements and before the Contractor’s equipment is moved onto the site. All such policies of insurance must contain a provision that the company writing said policy will give Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation or lapse of the effective date or any reduction in the amounts of such insurance. In the event that the Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof, Tenant shall immediately repair the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant’s Agents shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until the Improvements are fully completed and accepted by Landlord, except for any Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance required by Landlord, which is to be maintained for ten (10) years following completion of the work and acceptance by Landlord and Tenant. All policies carried under this Section 4.2.2.4 shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as Contractor and Tenant’s Agents. All insurance, except Workers’ Compensation, maintained by Tenant’s Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the owner and that any other insurance maintained by owner is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of Landlord by Tenant under Section 4.2.2.2 of this Work Letter.

 

EXHIBIT B

-11-


4.2.3    Governmental Compliance. The Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) the Code and other state, federal, city or quasi-governmental laws, codes, ordinances and regulations, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other person; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; and (iii) building material manufacturer’s specifications.

4.2.4    Inspection by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Improvements at all times (and in connection therewith use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the construction of the Improvements), provided however, that Landlord’s failure to inspect the Improvements shall in no event constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder nor shall Landlord’s inspection of the Improvements constitute Landlord’s approval of the same. Should Landlord disapprove any portion of the Improvements, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such disapproval and shall specify the items disapproved. Any defects or deviations in, and/or disapproval by Landlord of, the Improvements shall be rectified by Tenant at no expense to Landlord, provided however, that in the event Landlord determines that a defect or deviation exists or disapproves of any matter in connection with any portion of the Improvements and such defect, deviation or matter might adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning or life-safety systems of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises, Landlord may, take such action as Landlord deems necessary, at Tenant’s expense and without incurring any liability on Landlord’s part, to correct any such defect, deviation and/or matter, including, without limitation, causing the cessation of performance of the construction of the Improvements until such time as the defect, deviation and/or matter is corrected to Landlord’s satisfaction.

4.2.5    Meetings. Commencing one (1) month prior to delivery of the Premises, Tenant shall hold bi-monthly meetings at a reasonable time, with the Architect and the Contractor regarding the progress of the preparation of Construction Drawings and the construction of the Improvements, which meetings shall be held at a location reasonably and mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, and Landlord and/or its agents shall receive prior notice of, and shall have the right to attend, all such meetings, and, upon Landlord’s request, certain of Tenant’s Agents shall attend such meetings. In addition, minutes shall be taken at all such meetings, a copy of which minutes shall be promptly delivered to Landlord. One such meeting each month shall include the review of Contractor’s current request for payment.

4.3    Notice of Completion; Copy of Record Set of Plans. Within fifteen (15) days after completion of construction of the Improvements, Tenant shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the county in which the Building is located in accordance with Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Landlord upon such recordation. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may execute and file the same as Tenant’s agent for such purpose, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. At the conclusion of construction, (i) Tenant shall cause the Architect and Contractor (A) to update the Approved Working Drawings as necessary to reflect all changes made to the Approved Working Drawings

 

EXHIBIT B

-12-


during the course of construction, (B) to certify to the best of their knowledge that the “record-set” of as-built drawings are true and correct, which certification shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and (C) to deliver to Landlord two (2) sets of copies of such record set of drawings within ninety (90) days following issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, and (ii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of all warranties, guaranties, and operating manuals and information relating to the improvements, equipment, and systems in the Premises.

SECTION 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1    Tenant’s Representative. Tenant has designated Joe Drucker as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter until otherwise notified in writing by Tenant.

5.2    Landlord’s Representative. Landlord has designated Rich Ambidge and Scott Halfwassen as its sole representatives with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Work Letter.

5.3    Time of the Essence in This Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. If any item requiring approval is timely disapproved by Landlord, the procedure for preparation of the document and approval thereof shall be repeated until the document is approved by Landlord, provided that the time period for such approval shall be reduced by 2 days.

5.4    Tenant’s Lease Default. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, if any default by Tenant under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period or this Work Letter (including, without limitation, any failure by Tenant to fund any portion of the Over-Allowance Amount) occurs at any time on or before the substantial completion of the Improvements, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may, without any liability whatsoever, cause the cessation of construction of the Improvements (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the substantial completion of the Improvements and any costs occasioned thereby), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of the Lease and this Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

 

EXHIBIT B

-13-


SCHEDULE 1

 

1.

Prior to Start of Construction

 

  1.1.

Approved and permitted Construction Drawings.

 

  1.2.

Approved subcontractors list.

 

  1.3.

Copies of all executed Contracts with Contractor.

 

  1.4.

Construction Schedule.

 

  1.5.

Copies of Permits for Improvements.

 

  1.6.

Preliminary Budget and the budget with Final Costs, including a schedule of values for all hard construction costs.

 

2.

Ongoing During Construction

 

  2.1.

Budget and Construction Schedule revisions as they occur.

 

  2.2.

Change orders as they occur.

 

  2.3.

Construction Drawings revisions as they occur.

 

  2.4.

Monthly applications of payment with reciprocal releases when received.

 

  2.5.

Monthly Architect’s field report or equivalent.

 

  2.6.

Monthly 4-week look ahead schedule.

 

  2.7.

Weekly meeting minutes.

 

  2.8.

Permit sign off card when received.

 

  2.9.

Temporary certificate of occupancy/certificate of occupancy when received.

 

3.

Prior to Release of Any Funds Related to Hard Costs

 

  3.1.

Final Space Plans approved by both parties.

 

  3.2.

Construction Drawings approved by both parties.

 

  3.3.

Project budget

 

  3.4.

Project schedule.

 

  3.5.

Pay applications as above.

 

4.

Prior to Release of Final Payment

 

  4.1.

Signed off inspection card or equivalent temporary certificate of occupancy.

 

  4.2.

Architect’s Certificate of Substantial Completion.

 

  4.3.

Final Contractor pay application indicating 100% complete, 90% previously paid.

 

  4.4.

Physical inspection of the Premises by Landlord inspection team.

 

  4.5.

Unconditional mechanic’s lien releases.

 

  4.6.

Final as-builts.

 

  4.7.

Final subcontractors list.

 

  4.8.

Warranties and guarantees.

 

  4.9.

CAD files.

 

  4.10.

Temporary certificate of occupancy/certificate of occupancy

 

SCHEDULE 1

-1-


SCHEDULE 2

(Required Subcontractor)

 

1.

PAFA (Pacific Auxiliary Fire Alarm Company) — to perform fire alarm design and programming work.

 

2.

Syserco - building management systems subcontractor.

 

SCHEDULE 2

-1-


EXHIBIT C

303 SECOND STREET

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Re:

Office Lease dated             , 20     (the “Lease”), by and between                     , a                      (“Landlord”), and                     , a                      (“Tenant”), for                      rentable square feet of space commonly known as Suite                      (the “Premises”), located on the                      (                    ) floor of that certain office building located at                     ,                     ,                      (the “Building”).

Dear                     :

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, this letter is to confirm and agree upon the following:

 

  1.

Tenant has accepted the above-referenced Premises as being delivered in accordance with the Lease, and there is no deficiency in construction.

 

  2.

The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on                      for a term of                      ending on                     .

 

  3.

Rent commenced to accrue on                     , in the amount of                     .

 

  4.

If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

  5.

Your rent checks should be made payable to                      at                     .

 

  6.

The rentable square feet of the Premises are                      and                     , respectively.

 

  7.

Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses with respect to the Premises is     % of the Project.

 

  8.

Capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning when used herein. Tenant confirms that the Lease has not been modified or altered except as set forth herein, and the Lease is in full force and effect. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that to each party’s actual knowledge, neither party is in default or violation of any covenant, provision, obligation, agreement or condition in the Lease.

 

EXHIBIT C

-1-


If the provisions of this letter correctly set forth our understanding, please so acknowledge by signing at the place provided below on the enclosed copy of this letter and returning the same to Landlord.

The parties hereto consent and agree that this letter may be signed and/or transmitted by facsimile, e-mail of a .pdf document or using electronic signature technology (e.g., via DocuSign or similar electronic signature technology), and that such signed electronic record shall be valid and as effective to bind the party so signing as a paper copy bearing such party’s handwritten signature. The parties further consent and agree that (1) to the extent a party signs this letter using electronic signature technology, by clicking “SIGN”, such party is signing this letter electronically, and (2) the electronic signatures appearing on this letter shall be treated, for purposes of validity, enforceability and admissibility, the same as handwritten signatures.

 

“Landlord”:

 

a  

 

By:  

     

    Name:  

 

    Its:  

 

By:  

     

    Name:  

 

    Its:  

 

Agreed to and Accepted

as of             , 20    .

 

“Tenant”:

     

a  

 

By:  

     

    Name:  

 

    Its:  

 

By:  

     

    Name:  

 

    Its:  

 

 

EXHIBIT C

-2-


EXHIBIT D

303 SECOND STREET

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1.    Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Ten keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

2.    All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3.    Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the San Francisco, California area. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4.    No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled

 

EXHIBIT D

-1-


with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord reasonably designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

5.    No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.

6.    The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

7.    No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

8.    The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

9.    Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent.

10.    Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

11.    Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline, explosive material, corrosive material, material capable of emitting toxic fumes, or other inflammable or combustible fluid chemical, substitute or material. Tenant shall provide material safety data sheets for any hazardous material or substance used or kept on the Premises.

12.    Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

 

EXHIBIT D

-2-


13.    Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

14.    Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any firearms, animals (other than service dogs to the extent required by Applicable Laws), birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

15.    No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

16.    The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises provided for in the Summary. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

17.    Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

18.    Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19.    Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls. Tenant shall participate in recycling programs undertaken by Landlord.

20.    Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and

 

EXHIBIT D

-3-


garbage in San Francisco, California without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate. If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant’s expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.

21.    Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22.    Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

23.    No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the window film on the exterior windows of the Premises and shall promptly repair any such damage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall keep its window coverings closed during any period of the day when the sun is shining directly on the windows of the Premises. Prior to leaving the Premises for the day, Tenant shall draw or lower window coverings and extinguish all lights. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Building Common Areas.

24.    The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

25.    Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

26.    Tenant must comply with applicable “NO-SMOKING” ordinances and all related, similar or successor ordinances, rules, regulations or codes. If Tenant is required under the ordinance to adopt a written smoking policy, a copy of said policy shall be on file in the office of the Building. In addition, no smoking of any substance shall be permitted within the Project except in specifically designated outdoor areas. Within such designated outdoor areas, all remnants of consumed cigarettes and related paraphernalia shall be deposited in ash trays and/or waste receptacles. No cigarettes shall

 

EXHIBIT D

-4-


be extinguished and/or left on the ground or any other surface of the Project. Cigarettes shall be extinguished only in ashtrays. Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant, its employees or agents smoke tobacco products or other substances (x) within any interior areas of the Project, or (y) within two hundred feet (200’) of the main entrance of the Building or the main entrance of any of the adjacent buildings, or (z) within seventy-five feet (75’) of any other entryways into, the Building.

27.    Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

28.    All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.

29.    Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

30.    No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

31.    No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

32.    Tenant shall not purchase janitorial services from any company or persons not reasonably approved by Landlord. Landlord shall approve a sufficient number of sources of such services to provide Tenant with a reasonable selection, but only in such instances and to such extent as Landlord in its judgment shall consider consistent with the security and proper operation of the Building.

33.    Tenant shall install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an adequate, visibly marked and properly operational fire extinguisher next to any duplicating or photocopying machines or similar heat producing equipment, which may or may not contain combustible material, in the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT D

-5-


Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT D

-6-


EXHIBIT E

303 SECOND STREET

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of             , 20     by and between                      as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the                      floor(s) of the office building located at                     ,                     , California                     , certifies as follows:

1.    Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2.    The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on                     , and the Lease Term expires on                     , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

3.    Base Rent became payable on                     .

4.    The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A.

5.    Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6.    All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                     . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $        .

7.    To Tenant’s knowledge, all conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

8.    No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

 

EXHIBIT E

-1-


9.    To Tenant’s knowledge, as of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

10.    If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

11.    There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

12.    Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous materials or substances in the Premises.

13.    To the undersigned’s knowledge, all improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any improvement work have been paid in full.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises is a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at                      on the      day of             , 20    .

 

“Tenant”:  

                                          

a  

                                          

By:  

                                                             

    Its:  

                                          

By:  

                                         

    Its:  

                                          

 

EXHIBIT E

-2-


EXHIBIT F

303 SECOND STREET

RECORDING REQUESTED BY

AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

ALLEN MATKINS LECK GAMBLE

MALLORY & NATSIS LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, 18th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90067

 

 

 

RECOGNITION OF COVENANTS,

CONDITIONS, AND RESTRICTIONS

This Recognition of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the      day of             , 20     , by and between                      (“Landlord”), and                      (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts:

A.    Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated             , 20      (the “Lease”). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord space (the “Premises”) located in an office building on certain real property described in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the “Property”).

B.    The Premises is located in an office building located on real property which is part of an area owned by Landlord containing approximately                      (                    ) acres of real property located in the City of                     , California (the “Project”), as more particularly described in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

C.    Landlord, as declarant, has previously recorded, or proposes to record concurrently with the recordation of this Agreement, a Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (the “Declaration”), dated                     , 20    , in connection with the Project.

D.    Tenant is agreeing to recognize and be bound by the terms of the Declaration, and the parties hereto desire to set forth their agreements concerning the same.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of (a) the foregoing recitals and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and (b) for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows,

1.    Tenant’s Recognition of Declaration. Notwithstanding that the Lease has been executed prior to the recordation of the Declaration, Tenant agrees to recognize and by bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Declaration.

 

EXHIBIT F

-1-


2.    Miscellaneous.

2.1    This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, estates, personal representatives, successors, and assigns.

2.2    This Agreement is made in, and shall be governed, enforced and construed under the laws of, the State of California.

2.3    This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede and replace all prior understandings and agreements, whether verbal or in writing. The parties confirm and acknowledge that there are no other promises, covenants, understandings, agreements, representations, or warranties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement except as expressly set forth herein.

2.4    This Agreement is not to be modified, terminated, or amended in any respect, except pursuant to any instrument in writing duly executed by both of the parties hereto.

2.5    In the event that either party hereto shall bring any legal action or other proceeding with respect to the breach, interpretation, or enforcement of this Agreement, or with respect to any dispute relating to any transaction covered by this Agreement, the losing party in such action or proceeding shall reimburse the prevailing party therein for all reasonable costs of litigation, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in such amount as may be determined by the court or other tribunal having jurisdiction, including matters on appeal.

2.6    All captions and heading herein are for convenience and ease of reference only, and shall not be used or referred to in any way in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.

2.7    If any provision of this Agreement, as applied to any party or to any circumstance, shall be adjudged by a court of competent jurisdictions to be void or unenforceable for any reason, the same shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, the application of such provision under circumstances different from those adjudged by the court, or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement as a whole.

2.8    Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

2.9    The Parties agree to execute any further documents, and take any further actions, as may be reasonable and appropriate in order to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement.

2.10    As used herein, the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, and the singular and plural numbers, shall each be deemed to include the others whenever and whatever the context so indicates.

 

EXHIBIT F

-2-


SIGNATURE PAGE OF RECOGNITION OF

COVENANTS, CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

“Landlord”:

                                         

a  

                                          

By:  

                                         

    Its:  

                                          

“Tenant”:

 

a  

                                          

By:  

                                         

    Its:  

                                          

By:  

                                         

    Its:  

                                          

 

EXHIBIT F

-3-


EXHIBIT G

303 SECOND STREET

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

(Letterhead of a money center bank

acceptable to the Landlord)

 

FAX NO. [(                    )              -            ]

SWIFT: [Insert No., if any]

   [Insert Bank Name And Address]
   DATE OF ISSUE:                     

BENEFICIARY:

[Confirm Beneficiary Name]

Kilroy Realty 303, LLC

c/o Kilroy Realty Corporation

12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200

Los Angeles, California 90064

Attention: Legal Department

 

  

APPLICANT:

[Insert Applicant Name And Address]

   LETTER OF CREDIT NO.     

EXPIRATION DATE:

                     AT OUR COUNTERS

  

AMOUNT AVAILABLE:

USD [Insert Dollar Amount]

(U.S. DOLLARS [Insert Dollar Amount])

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.      IN YOUR FAVOR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF [Insert Tenant’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type], UP TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF USD[Insert Dollar Amount] ([Insert Dollar Amount] U.S. DOLLARS) EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY AND EXPIRING ON (Expiration Date) AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT UPON PRESENTATION OF YOUR DRAFT AT SIGHT DRAWN ON [Insert Bank Name] WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT(S):

1.    THE ORIGINAL OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

 

EXHIBIT G

-1-


2.    BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF [Insert Landlord’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type] (“LANDLORD”) STATING THE FOLLOWING:

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT THE LANDLORD, EITHER (A) UNDER THE LEASE (DEFINED BELOW), OR (B) AS A RESULT OF THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, HAS THE RIGHT TO DRAW DOWN THE AMOUNT OF USD                      IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), OR SUCH AMOUNT CONSTITUTES DAMAGES OWING BY THE TENANT TO BENEFICIARY RESULTING FROM THE BREACH OF SUCH LEASE BY THE TENANT THEREUNDER, OR THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, AND SUCH AMOUNT REMAINS UNPAID AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED A WRITTEN NOTICE OF [Insert Bank Name]’S ELECTION NOT TO EXTEND ITS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.      AND HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT WITHIN AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE PRESENT EXPIRATION DATE.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.      AS THE RESULT OF THE FILING OF A VOLUNTARY PETITION UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE BY THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.      AS THE RESULT OF AN INVOLUNTARY PETITION HAVING BEEN FILED UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE AGAINST THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

 

EXHIBIT G

-2-


OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.      AS THE RESULT OF THE REJECTION, OR DEEMED REJECTION, OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED, UNDER SECTION 365 OF THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE.”

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

PARTIAL DRAWINGS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EACH SUCH DEMAND THAT IS PAID BY US SHALL REDUCE THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED WHETHER INDICATED BY BLANKS, BRACKETS OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMPLETED AT THE TIME OF DRAWING. [Please Provide The Required Forms For Review, And Attach As Schedules To The Letter Of Credit.]

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE MANUALLY EXECUTED IN ORIGINALS.

ALL BANKING CHARGES ARE FOR THE APPLICANT’S ACCOUNT.

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST THIRTY (30) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD. SAID NOTICE WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE, UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR COURIER. ANY NOTICE TO US WILL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE ONLY UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT BY US AT OUR DESIGNATED OFFICE. IN NO EVENT, AND WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE FROM OURSELVES, SHALL THE EXPIRATION DATE BE EXTENDED BEYOND A FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF                      (95 days from the Lease Expiration Date).

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN WHOLE OR IN PART ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST) AND PAYMENT OF OUR CUSTOMARY TRANSFER FEES, WHICH FEES SHALL BE PAYABLE BY APPLICANT (PROVIDED THAT BENEFICIARY

 

EXHIBIT G

-3-


MAY, BUT SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO, PAY SUCH FEES TO US ON BEHALF OF APPLICANT, AND SEEK REIMBURSEMENT THEREOF FROM APPLICANT). IN CASE OF ANY TRANSFER UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE DRAFT AND ANY REQUIRED STATEMENT MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE TRANSFEREE AND WHERE THE BENEFICIARY’S NAME APPEARS WITHIN THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, THE TRANSFEREE’S NAME IS AUTOMATICALLY SUBSTITUTED THEREFOR.

ALL DRAFTS REQUIRED UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE MARKED: “DRAWN UNDER [Insert Bank Name] STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.     .

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AT OR PRIOR TO [Insert Time — (e.g., 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS PRESENTED CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER [Insert Time — (e.g., 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS CONFORM WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. AS USED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, “BUSINESS DAY” SHALL MEAN ANY DAY OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR A DAY ON WHICH BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED BY LAW TO CLOSE. IF THE EXPIRATION DATE FOR THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EVER FALL ON A DAY WHICH IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH EXPIRATION DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.

PRESENTATION OF A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE MADE ON OR PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE HEREOF BY HAND DELIVERY, COURIER SERVICE, OVERNIGHT MAIL, OR FACSIMILE. PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE BY TRANSMISSION OF THE ABOVE REQUIRED SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US TOGETHER WITH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO OUR FACSIMILE NUMBER, [Insert Fax Number - (                    )             -            ], ATTENTION: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], WITH TELEPHONIC CONFIRMATION OF OUR RECEIPT OF SUCH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION AT OUR TELEPHONE NUMBER [Insert Telephone Number - (                    )             -            ] OR TO SUCH OTHER FACSIMILE OR TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AS TO WHICH YOU HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM US AS BEING THE APPLICABLE SUCH NUMBER. WE AGREE TO NOTIFY YOU IN WRITING, BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE, OF ANY CHANGE IN SUCH DIRECTION. ANY FACSIMILE PRESENTATION PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL ALSO STATE THEREON THAT THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH SIGHT DRAFT AND LETTER OF CREDIT ARE BEING REMITTED, FOR DELIVERY ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY, TO [Insert Bank Name] AT THE APPLICABLE ADDRESS FOR PRESENTMENT PURSUANT TO THE PARAGRAPH FOLLOWING THIS ONE.

 

EXHIBIT G

-4-


WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT ALL DOCUMENT(S) DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED IF DRAWN AND PRESENTED FOR PAYMENT AT OUR OFFICE LOCATED AT [Insert Bank Name], [Insert Bank Address], ATTN: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT, (Expiration Date).

IN THE EVENT THAT THE ORIGINAL OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED, OR OTHERWISE DESTROYED, WE HEREBY AGREE TO ISSUE A DUPLICATE ORIGINAL HEREOF UPON RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU AND A CERTIFICATION BY YOU (PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY YOUR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE) OF THE LOSS, THEFT, MUTILATION, OR OTHER DESTRUCTION OF THE ORIGINAL HEREOF.

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE “INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES” (ISP 98) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (PUBLICATION NO. 590).

 

Very truly yours,
(Name of Issuing Bank)
By:  

                                                              

 

EXHIBIT G

-5-


EXHIBIT H

303 SECOND STREET

MARKET RENT DETERMINATION FACTORS

When determining Market Rent, the following rules and instructions shall be followed.

1.    RELEVANT FACTORS. The “Market Rent,” as used in this Lease, shall be derived from an analysis (as such derivation and analysis are set forth in this Exhibit H) of the “Net Equivalent Lease Rates,” of the “Comparable Transactions” (as that term is defined below). The Market Rent, as used in this Lease, shall be equal to the annual rent per rentable square foot, at which tenants, are, pursuant to transactions consummated within twelve (12) months prior to the commencement of the Option Term, provided that timing adjustments shall be made to reflect any changes in the Market Rent following the date of any particular Comparable Transaction up to the date of the commencement of the applicable Option Term, leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered space comparable in location and quality to the Premises containing a square footage containing a square footage of no less than 100,000 rentable square feet for a term of five (5) to fifteen (15) years (or with respect to the First Offer Space, a term that is comparable to the First Offer Term and to the extent that the Comparable Transactions have a different lease term from the First Offer Term, then an appropriate adjustment shall be made), in an arm’s-length transaction, which comparable space is located in “Comparable Buildings” (transactions satisfying the foregoing criteria shall be known as the “Comparable Transactions”). The terms of the Comparable Transactions shall be calculated as a “Net Equivalent Lease Rate” pursuant to the terms of this Exhibit H, and shall take into consideration only the following terms and concessions: (i) the rental rate and escalations for the Comparable Transactions, (ii) the amount of parking rent per parking permit paid in the Comparable Transactions, if any, (iii) operating expense and tax protection granted in such Comparable Transactions such as a base year or expense stop (although for each such Comparable Transaction the base rent shall be adjusted to a triple net base rent using reasonable estimates of operating expenses and taxes as determined by Landlord for each such Comparable Transaction); (iv) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, (v) any “Renewal Allowance,” as defined herein below, to be provided by Landlord in connection with the Option Term as compared to the improvements or allowances provided or to be provided in the Comparable Transactions, taking into account the contributory value of the existing improvements in the Premises, such value to be based upon the age, design, quality of finishes, and layout of the existing improvements, (vi) consideration of the quality of the Common Areas and the level of control and usage rights of Common Areas (such as the Roof Decks), and (vii) all other monetary concessions (including the value of any signage), if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such Comparable Transactions. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, in determining the Market Rent, no consideration shall be given to (A) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in Comparable Transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of improvements, or (B) any commission paid or not paid in connection with such Comparable Transaction (unless and to the extent any particular commission in connection with any particular Comparable Transaction is known and

 

EXHIBIT H

-1-


evidenced by reasonable supporting documentation). The Market Rent shall include adjustment of the stated size of the Premises based upon the standards of measurement utilized in the Comparable Transactions; provided, however, the size of the Premises shall, notwithstanding the foregoing, be at least equal to the square footages set forth in this Lease. For purposes of the foregoing and this Exhibit H, in connection with a determination of the Market Rent for the First Offer Space, all references herein to “Option Term” and “Premises” shall be deleted and replaced with “First Offer Term” and “First Offer Space,” respectively.

2.    TENANT SECURITY. The Market Rent shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as an enhanced security deposit, a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s Rent obligations during the Option Term. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants, and giving reasonable consideration to Tenant’s prior performance history during the Lease Term).

3.    RENEWAL IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Exhibit H, once the Market Rent for the Option Term is determined as a Net Equivalent Lease Rate, if, in connection with such determination, it is deemed that Tenant is entitled to an improvement or comparable allowance for the improvement of the Premises, (the total dollar value of such allowance shall be referred to herein as the “Renewal Allowance”), Landlord shall pay the Renewal Allowance to Tenant pursuant to a commercially reasonable disbursement procedure determined by Landlord and the terms of Article 8 of this Lease, and, as set forth in Section 5, below, of this Exhibit H, the rental rate component of the Market Rent shall take into consideration that Tenant will receive payment of such Renewal Allowance and, accordingly, such payment with interest shall be factored into the base rent component of the Market Rent.

4.    COMPARABLE BUILDINGS. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Comparable Buildings” shall mean first-class multi-tenant occupancy office buildings which are comparable to the Building in terms of age (based upon the date of completion of construction or major renovation), quality of construction, level of services and amenities (including, but not limited to, the type (e.g., surface, covered, subterranean) and amount of parking), size and appearance, and are located in the “Comparable Area,” which is the “South Financial District” and “South of Market” submarkets on the South side of Market Street in San Francisco.

5.    METHODOLOGY FOR REVIEWING AND COMPARING THE COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS. In order to analyze the Comparable Transactions based on the factors to be considered in calculating Market Rent, and given that the Comparable Transactions may vary in terms of length of term, rental rate, concessions, etc., the following steps shall be taken into consideration to “adjust” the objective data from each of the Comparable Transactions. By taking this approach, a “Net Equivalent Lease Rate” for each of the Comparable Transactions shall be determined using the following steps to adjust the Comparable Transactions, which will allow for an “apples to apples” comparison of the Comparable Transactions.

 

EXHIBIT H

-2-


5.1.    The contractual rent payments for each of the Comparable Transactions should be arrayed monthly or annually over the lease term. All Comparable Transactions should be adjusted to simulate a net rent structure, wherein the tenant is responsible for the payment of all property operating expenses in a manner consistent with this Lease. This results in the estimate of Net Equivalent Rent received by each landlord for each Comparable Transaction being expressed as a periodic net rent payment.

5.2    Any free rent or similar inducements received over time should be deducted in the time period in which they occur, resulting in the net cash flow arrayed over the lease term.

5.3    The resultant net cash flow from the lease should then be discounted (using an 8% annual discount rate) to the lease commencement date, resulting in a net present value estimate.

5.4    From the net present value, up front inducements (improvements allowances and other concessions) should be deducted. These items should be deducted directly, on a “dollar for dollar” basis, without discounting since they are typically incurred at lease commencement, while rent (which is discounted) is a future receipt.

5.5    The net present value should then be amortized back over the lease term as a level monthly or annual net rent payment using the same annual discount rate of 8.0% used in the present value analysis. This calculation will result in a hypothetical level or even payment over the option period, termed the “Net Equivalent Lease Rate” (or constant equivalent in general financial terms).

6.    USE OF NET EQUIVALENT LEASE RATES FOR COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS. The Net Equivalent Lease Rates for the Comparable Transactions shall then be used to reconcile, in a manner usual and customary for a real estate appraisal process, to a conclusion of Market Rent which shall be stated as a “NNN” lease rate applicable to each year of the Option Term.

An example of the application of the process set forth in this Exhibit H to arrive at the Market Rent is attached hereto as Schedule 1.

 

EXHIBIT H

-3-


SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT H

303 SECOND STREET

DETERMINATION OF MARKET RENT — EXAMPLE

As an example of the determination of the Market Rent, assume that there is a 10,000 rentable square foot Comparable Transaction with a five (5) year term, Base Rent of $75.00 per rentable square foot with One Dollar ($1) annual increases, an improvement allowance of $25.00 per rentable square foot, three (3) months of free rent, and Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses of $12.00 per rentable square foot. Based on the foregoing, the Net Equivalent Lease Rate analysis would be as follows.

1.    The contractual rent payments for each of the Comparable Transactions should be arrayed monthly over the lease term. See Column 2 in the attached spreadsheet.

2.    From this figure, the initial lease year operating expenses (from gross leases) should be deducted, leaving a net lease rate over the lease term. See Column 3 in the attached spreadsheet.

3.    This results in the net rent received by each landlord under the Comparable Transactions being expressly as a monthly net rent payment. See Column 4 in the attached spreadsheet.

4.    Any free rent or similar inducements received over time should be deducted in the time period in which they occur, resulting in the net cash flow arrayed over the lease term. See the amounts set forth in months 1, 2 and 3 of Column 2 in the attached spreadsheet.

5.    The resultant net cash flow from the lease should be then discounted (using an eight percent (8%) annual discount rate) to the lease commencement date, resulting in a net present value estimate. The net present value of the amounts set forth in Column 4 of the attached spreadsheet is $2,479,851.66.

6.    From the net present value, up-front inducements (improvement allowances and other concessions) should be deducted. These items should be deducted directly, on a “dollar for dollar” basis, without discounting, since they are typically incurred at lease commencement, while rent (which is discounted) is a future receipt. The net present value amount set forth in number 5, above, less the improvement allowance, is $2,229,851.66.

7.    The net present value should then amortized back over the lease term as a level monthly net rent payment using the same annual discount rate of eight percent (8%) used in the present value analysis. This calculation will result in a hypothetical level or even payment over the option period, termed the “Net Equivalent Lease Rate” (or constant equivalent in general financial terms). The net present value amount set forth in number 6, above, amortized back over the term at eight percent (8%) results in a net monthly rent payment of $45,213.35.

 

SCHEDULE 1 TO

EXHIBIT H

-1-


8.    The net monthly rent payment set forth in number 7 above must then be converted to a rentable square foot number by dividing the amount by the rentable square footage of the space (i.e., 10,000 rentable square feet). This results in a net monthly rent payment per rentable square foot of $4.52.

9.    The net monthly rent payment per rentable square foot must then be multiplied by the rentable square footage of the Premises (for purposes of this example, assume the rentable square footage of the Premises is 10,000 rentable square feet), resulting in a net monthly rent payment for the Premises during the applicable Term of Forty-Five Thousand Two Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($45,200.00).

 

SCHEDULE 1

EXHIBIT H

-2-


SCHEDULE 2 TO EXHIBIT H

303 SECOND STREET

DETERMINATION OF MARKET RENT - EXAMPLE

 

Premises (RSF)

     10,000  

Initial Annual Rental Rate per RSF

   $ 75.00  

Annual Escalation

   $ 12.00  

Abatement (months)

     3  

Improvement Allowance per rsf

   $ 25.00  

 

Period

   Monthly Base Rent      Monthly Operating
Expenses
     Monthly Net Rent
Payment
 

1

   $ —        $ 10,000.00      $ (10,000.00

2

   $ —        $ 10,000.00      $ (10,000.00

3

   $ —        $ 10,000.00      $ (10,000.00

4

   $ 62,500.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 52,500.00  

5

   $ 62,500.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 52,500.00  

6

   $ 62,500.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 52,500.00  

7

   $ 62,500.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 52,500.00  

8

   $ 62,500.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 52,500.00  

9

   $ 62,500.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 52,500.00  

10

   $ 62,500.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 52,500.00  

11

   $ 62,500.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 52,500.00  

12

   $ 62,500.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 52,500.00  

13

   $ 63,333.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 53,333.33  

14

   $ 63,333.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 53,333.33  

15

   $ 63,333.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 53,333.33  

16

   $ 63,333.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 53,333.33  

17

   $ 63,333.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 53,333.33  

18

   $ 63,333.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 53,333.33  

19

   $ 63,333.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 53,333.33  

20

   $ 63,333.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 53,333.33  

21

   $ 63,333.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 53,333.33  

22

   $ 63,333.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 53,333.33  

23

   $ 63,333.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 53,333.33  

24

   $ 63,333.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 53,333.33  

25

   $ 64,166.67      $ 10,000.00      $ 54,166.67  

26

   $ 64,166.67      $ 10,000.00      $ 54,166.67  

27

   $ 64,166.67      $ 10,000.00      $ 54,166.67  

28

   $ 64,166.67      $ 10,000.00      $ 54,166.67  

29

   $ 64,166.67      $ 10,000.00      $ 54,166.67  

30

   $ 64,166.67      $ 10,000.00      $ 54,166.67  

31

   $ 64,166.67      $ 10,000.00      $ 54,166.67  

 

SCHEDULE 2 TO

EXHIBIT H


32

   $ 64,166.67      $ 10,000.00      $ 54,166.67  

33

   $ 64,166.67      $ 10,000.00      $ 54,166.67  

34

   $ 64,166.67      $ 10,000.00      $ 54,166.67  

35

   $ 64,166.67      $ 10,000.00      $ 54,166.67  

36

   $ 64,166.67      $ 10,000.00      $ 54,166.67  

37

   $ 65,000.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,000.00  

38

   $ 65,000.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,000.00  

39

   $ 65,000.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,000.00  

40

   $ 65,000.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,000.00  

41

   $ 65,000.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,000.00  

42

   $ 65,000.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,000.00  

43

   $ 65,000.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,000.00  

44

   $ 65,000.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,000.00  

45

   $ 65,000.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,000.00  

46

   $ 65,000.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,000.00  

47

   $ 65,000.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,000.00  

48

   $ 65,000.00      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,000.00  

49

   $ 65,833.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,833.33  

50

   $ 65,833.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,833.33  

51

   $ 65,833.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,833.33  

52

   $ 65,833.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,833.33  

53

   $ 65,833.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,833.33  

54

   $ 65,833.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,833.33  

55

   $ 65,833.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,833.33  

56

   $ 65,833.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,833.33  

57

   $ 65,833.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,833.33  

58

   $ 65,833.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,833.33  

59

   $ 65,833.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,833.33  

60

   $ 65,833.33      $ 10,000.00      $ 55,833.33  
        

 

 

 

Net Present Value @ 8%

 

   $ 2,479,851.66  

Up-front inducements (Improvements & Other)

 

   $ 250,000.00  
  

 

 

 

Net Present Value net of inducements

 

   $ 2,229,851.66  
  

 

 

 

Monthly Amortization @ 8%

 

   $ 45,213.35  
  

 

 

 

Net Monthly Rent Payment per rentable square foot

 

   $ 4.52  

Rentable Square Footage of Premises

 

     10,000  
  

 

 

 

Net Monthly Rent Payment for the Premises during the applicable Term

 

   $ 45,200.00  
        

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

EXHIBIT H

-2-


FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this “First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of July 30, 2019, by and between KILROY REALTY 303, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and DOORDASH, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S :

A.    Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated October 18, 2018 (the “Office Lease”), as amended by that certain Letter Agreement regarding Rooftop Condensing Unit dated May 23, 2019 (the “Letter Agreement”) (collectively, the “Lease”), whereby Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord those certain premises consisting of approximately 193,296 rentable square feet (the “Existing Premises”), commonly known as Suites 200, 300, 700, 750, 800, and 900 in the South Tower of that certain building (the “Building”) located at 303 Second Street, San Francisco, California 94107.

B.    Landlord and Tenant desire (i) to expand the Existing Premises to include that certain space consisting of 44,961 rentable square feet of space (which includes 44,261 rentable square feet of office space and 700 rentable square feet of deck space) (the “Expansion Premises”), on the sixth (6th) floor of the South Tower of the Building and commonly known as Suite 600, as delineated on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, and (ii) to make other modifications to the Lease, and in connection therewith, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as hereinafter provided.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.    Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same meaning as is given such terms in the Lease unless expressly superseded by the terms of this First Amendment.

2.    Modification of Premises. Commencing on the date (the “Expansion Commencement Date”) that is one hundred fifty (150) days following the date Landlord delivers possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant, and continuing thereafter through the Lease Expiration Date, Tenant shall lease from Landlord and Landlord shall lease to Tenant the Expansion Premises. Landlord anticipates delivering possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant on November 1, 2019 (the “Expected Delivery Date”), subject to the existing tenant, “Hired”, and the existing subtenant, “Hinge” (as such terms are defined in Section 12 below) thereof timely vacating and surrendering the Expansion Premises to Landlord; provided,


however, that Landlord shall not deliver the Expansion Premises to Tenant prior to November 1, 2019 without Tenant’s prior written consent.. If Landlord is unable for any reason to deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant on any specific date, then Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for its failure to do so, and such failure shall not affect the validity of this First Amendment or the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Effective upon the Expansion Commencement Date, the Existing Premises shall be increased to include the Expansion Premises. The addition of the Expansion Premises to the Existing Premises shall, effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, increase the size of the Premises to approximately 238,257 rentable square feet. The Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises shall, effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, collectively be referred to as the “Premises”. The period of time commencing on the Expansion Commencement Date, and terminating on the Lease Expiration Date shall be referred to herein as the “Expansion Term.” For purposes of this First Amendment, the term “Expansion Term Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) calendar month period during the Expansion Term; provided, however, that the first Expansion Term Lease Year shall commence on the Expansion Commencement Date and end on the last day of the month in which the first anniversary of the Expansion Commencement Date occurs (or if the Expansion Commencement Date is the first day of a calendar month, then the first Expansion Term Lease Year shall commence on the Expansion Commencement Date and end on the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the Expansion Commencement Date), and the second and each succeeding Expansion Term Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the next calendar month; and further provided that the last Expansion Term Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any portion of the Expansion Premises is not delivered to Tenant on or before the date that is one hundred twenty (120) days following the Expected Delivery Date (such date, the “Outside Expansion Delivery Date”), then Tenant shall be entitled to receive a day-for-day abatement of Base Rent (in addition to any other Base Rent abatement provided in this First Amendment, and such additional day-for-day abatement of Base Rent shall be applied to the Base Rent first coming due after the expiration of the “Expansion Base Rent Abatement Period,” as defined in Section 5.2.2 below) otherwise due for the portion of the Expansion Premises not delivered for the number of days that occur in the “Delayed Expansion Delivery Period,” as that term is defined below. For purposes of this First Amendment, the “Delayed Expansion Delivery Period” shall mean the period commencing on the day that occurs immediately following the Outside Expansion Delivery Date and continuing until the date upon which the applicable portion of the Expansion Premises is delivered to Tenant. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any portion of the Expansion Premises is not delivered to Tenant on or before the date that is two hundred seventy (270) days following the Expected Delivery Date (such date, the “Expansion Termination Outside Date”), then Tenant shall have the right to deliver a written notice to Landlord (the “Expansion Termination Notice”) electing to terminate this First Amendment in its entirety effective upon the date occurring five (5) business days following receipt by Landlord of the Expansion Termination Notice (the “Effective Expansion Termination Date”). If Tenant timely delivers such Expansion Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Effective Expansion Termination Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the Expansion Termination Outside Date by delivering written notice to Tenant prior to the Effective Expansion Termination Date stating that, in Landlord’s reasonable, good faith judgment, the applicable portion of the Expansion Premises will be delivered to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Expansion

 

-2-


Termination Outside Date. If the applicable portion of the Expansion Premises is delivered to Tenant within such thirty (30) day suspension period, then the Expansion Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the applicable portion of the Expansion Premises is not delivered to Tenant within such thirty (30) day suspension period, then this First Amendment shall terminate in its entirety and be of no further force or effect upon the expiration of such thirty (30) day suspension period. In the event that this First Amendment is terminated pursuant to this Section 2, then Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant any prepaid Rent paid by Tenant to Landlord for the Expansion Premises and Tenant shall have the right to have the “L-C Amendment,” as defined in Section 11 below, rescinded or cancelled and Landlord shall promptly cooperate to effectuate such rescission or cancellation (in which event the “Existing L-C” shall remain in full force and effect in the “Existing L-C Amount” (as such terms are defined in Section 11 below).

3.    Modification of Rooftop Decks. Commencing as of the date Landlord delivers possession of the entire Expansion Premises to Tenant (the “Expansion Delivery Date”), Tenant shall have an exclusive license commencing on such Expansion Delivery Date and continuing through and including the Lease Expiration Date to use that certain rooftop deck adjacent to and accessible from the office space portion of the Expansion Premises (the “Suite 600 Deck”) as more particularly shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, subject to the terms and conditions of the Office Lease. Effective as of the Expansion Delivery Date, the Suite 600 Deck shall be considered part of the “Rooftop Decks” (as defined in Section 1.1.4 of the Office Lease).

4.    Beneficial Occupancy. Tenant shall have the right to occupy the Expansion Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business prior to the Expansion Commencement Date, provided that (i) Tenant shall give Landlord at least five (5) days’ prior notice of any such occupancy of the Expansion Premises, (ii) a certificate of occupancy, temporary certificate of occupancy, or its legal equivalent shall have been issued by the appropriate governmental authorities for the Expansion Premises, and (iii) all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended, shall apply, other than Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses attributable to the Expansion Premises, as though the Expansion Commencement Date had occurred (although the Expansion Commencement Date shall not actually occur until the occurrence of the same pursuant to the terms of Section 2, above) upon such occupancy of the Expansion Premises by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall also be obligated to pay for electricity, janitorial, and other similar expenses associated with Tenant’s early occupancy of the Expansion Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business.

5.    Base Rent.

5.1.    Existing Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, as hereby amended, Tenant shall continue to be obligated to pay Base Rent for the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

 

-3-


5.2.    Expansion Premises.

5.2.1    In General. Commencing on the Expansion Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Expansion Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly installments of Base Rent for the Expansion Premises as follows:

 

Expansion Term Lease

Year                              

   Annual Base
Rent**
     Monthly Installment
of Base Rent**
     Annual Rental
Rate per
Rentable Square
Foot**
 

Expansion Commencement Date –

        

Expansion Lease Year 1*

   $ 3,911,607.00    $ 325,967.25    $ 87.00  

Expansion Lease Year 2

   $ 4,028,955.21      $ 335,746.27      $ 89.61 *** 

Expansion Lease Year 3

   $ 4,149,823.87      $ 345,818.66      $ 92.30 *** 

Expansion Lease Year 4

   $ 4,274,318.59      $ 356,193.22      $ 95.07 *** 

Expansion Lease Year 5

   $ 4,402,548.15      $ 366,879.01      $ 97.92 *** 

Expansion Lease Year 6

   $ 4,534,624.59      $ 377,885.38      $ 100.86 *** 

Expansion Lease Year 7

   $ 4,670,663.33      $ 389,221.94      $ 103.88 *** 

Expansion Lease Year 8

   $ 4,810,783.23      $ 400,898.60      $ 107.00 *** 

Expansion Lease Year 9

   $ 4,955,106.73      $ 412,925.56      $ 110.21 *** 

Expansion Lease Year 10

   $ 5,103,759.93      $ 425,313.33      $ 113.52 *** 

Expansion Lease Year 11

   $ 5,256,872.73      $ 438,072.73      $ 116.92 *** 

Expansion Lease Year 12 – Lease Expiration Date

   $ 5,414,578.91      $ 451,214.91      $ 120.43 *** 

 

*

Subject to the terms set forth in Section 5.2.2 below, the monthly installments of Base Rent for the Expansion Premises attributable to the initial four (4) months of the Expansion Term shall be abated.

**

The initial Annual Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the initial Annual Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot amount by the number of rentable square feet of space in the Expansion Premises, and the initial Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount was

 

-4-


  calculated by dividing the initial Annual Base Rent amount by twelve (12). In all subsequent Base Rent payment periods during the Expansion Term commencing on the first (1st) day of Expansion Lease Year 2, the calculation of each Annual Base Rent amount reflects an annual increase of three percent (3%) and each Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount was calculated by dividing the corresponding Annual Base Rent amount by twelve (12).
***

The amounts identified in the column entitled “Annual Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot” are rounded amounts and are provided for informational purposes only.

Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this First Amendment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the monthly installment of Base Rent payable for the Expansion Premises for the fifth (5th) full month of the Expansion Term.

5.2.2    Base Rent Abatement. Provided that no event of default beyond any applicable notice and cure period is occurring during the four (4) month period commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) full calendar month following the Expansion Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the fourth (4th) full calendar month following the Expansion Commencement Date (the “Expansion Base Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Expansion Premises during such Expansion Base Rent Abatement Period (the “Expansion Base Rent Abatement”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the aggregate amount of the Expansion Base Rent Abatement equals $1,303,869.00 (i.e., $325,967.25 per month). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that during such Expansion Base Rent Abatement Period, such abatement of Base Rent for the Expansion Premises shall have no effect on the calculation of any future increases in Base Rent or Direct Expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease, as amended, which increases shall be calculated without regard to such Expansion Base Rent Abatement. Additionally, Tenant shall be obligated to pay all Base Rent and Additional Rent for the Existing Premises (subject to the terms of the Lease), and all Additional Rent for the Expansion Premises, during the Expansion Base Rent Abatement Period. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Expansion Base Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this First Amendment, and for agreeing to pay the Base Rent and perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under the Lease, as amended. If Tenant shall be in economic or material non-economic default under the Lease, as amended, and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to the Lease, as amended, or if the Lease, as amended, is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of the Lease, as amended, casualty or condemnation, then the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Expansion Base Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Expansion Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Expansion Premises in full. The foregoing Expansion Base Rent Abatement right set forth in this Section 5.2.2 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee and shall only apply to the extent that the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any other assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in the Lease, as amended) is the Tenant under the Lease, as amended, during such Expansion Base Rent Abatement Period.

 

-5-


6.    Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses.

6.1.    Existing Premises. Tenant shall continue to be obligated to pay Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses in connection with the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

6.2.    Expansion Premises. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in the Lease, effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, and continuing throughout the Expansion Term, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses in connection with the Expansion Premises which arise or accrue during such period in accordance with the terms of the Lease; provided however, that (i) Tenant’s Share shall equal 5.8024% with respect to the Expansion Premises, and (ii) the Base Year with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be the calendar year 2020.

7.    Condition of Premises. Except as specifically set forth in Exhibit B attached to this First Amendment (the “Work Letter”), Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Expansion Premises, and as of the Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant shall accept the Expansion Premises in its presently existing, “as-is” condition. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Expansion Premises, the Building, or the Project or with respect to the suitability of the same for the conduct of Tenant’s business.

8.    Deletions. Section 1.3 of the Office Lease and Exhibit A-1 attached to the Office Lease are hereby deleted in their entirety and of no further force or effect.

9.    Brokers. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this First Amendment other than Jones Lang LaSalle and Cushman & Wakefield (collectively, the “Brokers”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this First Amendment. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers. The terms of this Section 9 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Lease, as hereby amended.

10.    Parking. Commencing as of the Expansion Delivery Date and continuing through and including the Lease Expiration Date, Tenant shall have the right to rent, on a monthly basis, up to twenty-two (22) unreserved parking passes (i.e., 1 unreserved parking pass for every 2,000 rentable square feet of the Expansion Premises) with respect to the Expansion Premises, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 28 the Office Lease, including, without limitation, that Tenant shall pay the prevailing rate charged from time to time at the location of such parking passes. The prevailing rate for such parking passes is currently $330.00 per unreserved parking pass per month.

 

-6-


11.    Letter of Credit. Landlord is currently in possession of the L-C previously issued by Silicon Valley Bank, No. SVBSF013278 (the “Existing L-C”), in the amount of $17,953,332.00 (the “Existing L-C Amount”) in connection with the Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Lease, the Existing L-C Amount shall be increased by $2,137,159.00 (the “Expansion L-C Amount”), and the new aggregate L-C Amount under the Lease, as amended, shall equal $20,090,491.00. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this First Amendment, a certificate of amendment to the Existing L-C (the “L-C Amendment”) increasing the amount of the Existing L-C to the new L-C Amount set forth hereinabove (i.e., $20,090,491.00), conforming in all material respects to the requirements of Article 21 of the Office Lease and in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Further notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Lease, the following provisions shall apply to Article 21 of the Office Lease:

(i) The amount of “$4,488,333.00” in Section 21.9.1 of the Office Lease is hereby changed to “$5,022,622.70”;

(ii) The L-C Burn Down Amount of “$1,496,111.00” in Section 21.9.2 of the Office Lease is hereby changed to “$1,674,207.58”; and

(iii) Item (c) in Section 21.9.2 of the Office Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: “(c) Tenant has $100,000,000.00 of unrestricted cash on Tenant’s balance sheet as of the applicable Reduction Date, then the L-C Burn Down Amount for the applicable Reduction Date only shall be increased to $5,022,622.70, provided all subsequent reductions shall be in the amount of $1,674,207.58.”

12.    Subleases. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Lease, Landlord shall have no recapture right, as set forth in Section 14.4 of the Office Lease, with respect to Tenant’s sublease of all or a portion of either (i) the Expansion Premises, or (ii) the portion of the Existing Premises on the third (3rd) floor of the South Tower of the Building, for a term no greater than five (5) years from the commencement date thereof, inclusive of any renewal options granted in any such sublease, provided that such sublease(s) are scheduled to commence within twelve (12) months following the date of Landlord’s delivery of the Expansion Premises to Tenant. Additionally, Landlord hereby consents to a sublease by Tenant to Hired, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Hired”) and/or Hinge Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Hinge”), provided that (subject to the first sentence of this Section 12) all of the terms of Article 14 of the Office Lease shall apply to any such sublease, other than item (iv) of the second sentence of Section 14.1 and Sections 14.2.14.2.3, 14.2.4, and 14.2.7 of the Office Lease. In the event that Tenant executes a sublease with either Hired and/or Hinge which is scheduled to commence upon or following the date of Landlord’s delivery of the Expansion Premises to Tenant then the following shall apply: (A) Landlord shall have no obligation to cause Hired or Hinge to vacate and surrender the Expansion Premises prior to Landlord’s delivery thereof to Tenant, (B) Tenant shall accept Landlord’s delivery of the Expansion Premises with Hired and Hinge in occupancy at that time, and (C) Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant with respect to Hired and Hinge’s continued occupancy of the Expansion Premises.

13.    Required Improvements and Alterations in the Expansion Premises. Additionally, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Work Letter, in the event

 

-7-


Tenant elects to use the Improvement Allowance (as defined in Section 2.1 of the Work Letter) towards Improvements (as defined in Section 2.1 of the Work Letter) for portions of the Premises other than the Expansion Premises, then Tenant shall be required to subsequently perform and complete improvements or Alterations in the Expansion Premises no later than the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Expansion Commencement Date for which Tenant shall be required to spend a minimum of Seventy-Five and 00/100 Dollars ($75.00) per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises in the aggregate, taking into account the amounts spent for any initial Improvements to the Expansion Premises which are paid for with the Improvement Allowance. In the event Tenant fails to spend at least Seventy-Five and 00/100 Dollars ($75.00) per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises in the aggregate on improvements or Alterations in the Expansion Premises on or prior to the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Expansion Commencement Date, then Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord an amount equal to the difference between (i) an amount equal to Seventy-Five and 00/100 Dollars ($75.00) per rentable square foot multiplied by the rentable square feet of the Expansion Premises and (ii) the amount Tenant actually expended on such improvements or Alterations in the Expansion Premises, together with interest on such amount at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum for the period commencing on the date that is one (1) year following the date of Landlord’s delivery of the Expansion Premises to Tenant and ending on the date of the sixth (6th) anniversary of the Expansion Commencement Date.

14.    California Required Disclosures. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that neither the Premises (including the Expansion Premises) nor the Building have undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). As required by Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby states as follows: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows: (a) any CASp inspection requested by Tenant shall be conducted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by a CASp designated by Landlord, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and requirements; (b) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements or repairs within the Premises (including the Expansion Premises) to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards identified by such CASp inspection requested by Tenant; and (c) if such CASp inspection requested by Tenant shall identify any required improvements or repairs to the Building or Project (outside the Premises, including the Expansion Premises) to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards identified by such CASp inspection, then as set forth in Article 24 of the Office Lease, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, for the cost to Landlord of performing such improvements or repairs, but only to the extent such improvements or repairs are required by Applicable Laws to correct such violations.

 

-8-


15.    No Further Modification. Except as set forth in this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall apply with respect to the Expansion Premises and shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Lease and the terms and conditions of this First Amendment, the terms and conditions of this First Amendment shall prevail.

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this First Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”:           “TENANT”:
KILROY REALTY 303, LLC,     DOORDASH, INC.,
a Delaware limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:   KR 303 Second Street Owner, LLC,     By:  

/s/ Sarah Wagener

  a Delaware limited liability company     Name:  

Sarah Wagener

      Title:  

Chief People Officer

  Its Sole Member      
         
  By:  

303 Second Street Member, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

     
    Its Manager        
    By:   Kilroy Realty, L.P.,      
      a Delaware limited partnership      
      Its Managing Member      
      By:   Kilroy Realty Corporation,      
        a Maryland corporation      
        Its General Partner      
        By:  

/s/ Eileen Kong

     
        Name:  

Eileen Kong

     
        Title:  

SVP, Asset Management

     
        By:  

/s/ Katie Darling

     
        Name:  

Katie Darling

     
        Title:  

Vice President Asset Management

     

 

-10-


EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE OF EXPANSION PREMISES (INCLUDING THE SUITE 600 DECK)

Suite South 600

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

-1-


EXHIBIT B

303 SECOND STREET

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the Premises. This Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this First Amendment” shall mean the relevant portions of the First Amendment to Office Lease to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B and of which this Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Work Letter to Sections of “this Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 5 of this Work Letter.

SECTION 1

DELIVERY OF THE EXPANSION PREMISES

Landlord shall deliver the Expansion Premises and Tenant shall accept the Expansion Premises from Landlord in their presently existing, “as-is” condition as of the date of this First Amendment. From the date the Expansion Premises are delivered to Tenant until the applicable Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall have rent free access and use thereof to install the Improvements, furniture, fixtures, cabling and equipment. Landlord shall not charge Tenant for any use of the freight elevator(s) during the planning and construction of the “Improvements” (as that term is defined in Section 2.1 below).

SECTION 2

IMPROVEMENTS

2.1    Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time improvement allowance in the amount of $3,372,075.00 (i.e., $75.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises) (the “Improvement Allowance”) for the costs relating to the design and construction of the improvements, which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the “Improvements”) (and Tenant acknowledges that $52,500.00 of such Improvement Allowance must be used for improvements to the Rooftop Decks), provided that in the event Tenant wishes to utilize any portion of the Improvement Allowance for the Existing Premises rather than the Expansion Premises then Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s execution and delivery of this First Amendment as to which portion(s) of the Premises and/or Rooftop Decks that Tenant elects to use the Improvement Allowance towards. In the event that Tenant elects to use the Improvement Allowance towards Improvements in the Existing Premises, then Landlord requires that Tenant accommodate a reallocation of any previously determined Schedule of Values under the Work Letter attached to the Office Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any contrary provision of the Lease, as amended, all Improvements shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of the Lease, as amended. Subject to the “Construction Risk Alternative,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1 below,

 

EXHIBIT B

-1-


any unused portion of the Improvement Allowance remaining as of the date which is one (1) year from the delivery date of the Expansion Premises shall remain with Landlord and Tenant shall have no further right thereto.

2.2    Disbursement of the Improvement Allowance.

2.2.1    Improvement Allowance Items. Except as otherwise set forth in this Work Letter, the Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord (each of which disbursements shall be made pursuant to Landlord’s reasonable disbursement process, including, without limitation, Landlord’s receipt of invoices for all costs and fees described herein) only for the following items and costs (collectively the “Improvement Allowance Items”):

2.2.1.1     Payment of the fees of the “Architect” and the “Engineers,” as those terms are defined in Section 3.1 of this Work Letter, and third party project managers, which fees shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, not exceed an aggregate amount equal to Six and 00/100 Dollars ($6.00) per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises, and payment of the fees incurred by, and the cost of documents and materials supplied by, Landlord and Landlord’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.1 of this Work Letter;

2.2.1.2     The payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Improvements;

2.2.1.3     The cost of construction of the Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, hoisting and trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions;

2.2.1.4     The cost of any changes in the Base Building when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings, such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;

2.2.1.5     The cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Improvements required by all applicable building codes (the “Code”);

2.2.1.6     The cost of the “Coordination Fee,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.2.1 of this Work Letter;

2.2.1.7     Sales and use taxes; and

2.2.1.8     All other costs to be expended by Landlord in connection with the construction of the Improvements, but only to the extent such costs have previously and reasonably been approved by Tenant.

2.2.2    Disbursement of Improvement Allowance. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is a publicly traded real estate investment trust (“REIT”), and due to such REIT status Landlord is required to satisfy certain tax and accounting requirements and related obligations in connection with the leases at the Building. In order to satisfy such requirements and obligations

 

EXHIBIT B

-2-


in connection with the Lease, as amended, Landlord requires various construction-related deliverables to be timely submitted by Tenant to Landlord (“Tenant Deliverables”) at designated times prior to, during and immediately following the construction of the Improvements by Tenant, and Tenant hereby agrees to timely comply with all such Tenant Deliverable obligations. The Tenant Deliverables and related delivery deadlines are set forth in this Work Letter and in Schedule 1 attached to this Work Letter and incorporated herein by this reference. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Work Letter or Schedule 1 attached to this Work Letter, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all Tenant Deliverables in a timely fashion as soon as each of the Tenant Deliverables are required pursuant to the timing set forth on Schedule 1 attached to this Work Letter.

Prior to the commencement of construction of the Improvements, Tenant shall deliver all of the Tenant Deliverables set forth in Section 1 of Schedule 1 attached to this Work Letter (i.e., the “Prior to Start of Construction” category of Tenant Deliverables) to Landlord. Certain of the Tenant Deliverables set forth in Section 1 of Schedule 1 attached to this Work Letter are further addressed with more specific provisions in this Work Letter.

Prior to and during the construction of the Improvements, Landlord shall make monthly disbursements of the Improvement Allowance for Improvement Allowance Items and shall authorize the release of monies as follows.

2.2.2.1     Monthly Disbursements. On or before the twentieth (20th) day of each calendar month, during the construction of the Improvements (or such other date as Landlord may designate), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) a request for payment of the “Contractor,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1.1 of this Work Letter, approved by Tenant, in a form to be provided by Landlord, showing the schedule, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Improvements in the Premises, detailing the portion of the work completed and the portion not completed; (ii) invoices from all of “Tenant’s Agents,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1.2 of this Work Letter, for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; (iii) to the extent applicable for the work completed, executed mechanic’s lien releases from all of Tenant’s Agents which shall comply with the appropriate provisions, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of California Civil Code Sections 8132, 8134, 8136 and 8138; and (iv) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant’s request for payment shall be deemed Tenant’s acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. Thereafter, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant made jointly payable to Contractor and Tenant, or directly to Contractor at Landlord’s sole discretion, in payment of the lesser of: (A) the amounts so requested by Tenant, as set forth in this Section 2.2.2.1, above, less a ten percent (10%) retention (the aggregate amount of such retentions to be known as the “Final Retention”), and (B) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Improvement Allowance (not including the Final Retention), provided that Landlord does not dispute any request for payment based on non-compliance of any work with the “Approved Working Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.4 below, or due to any substandard work, or for any other reason. Landlord’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request.

 

EXHIBIT B

-3-


2.2.2.2    Final Retention. Subject to the provisions of this Work Letter, a check for the Final Retention payable jointly to Tenant and Contractor, or directly to Contractor at Landlord’s sole discretion, shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the completion of construction of the Improvements, provided that (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord (a) paid invoices for all Improvements and related costs for which the Improvement Allowance is to be dispersed, (b) signed permits for all Improvements completed within the Premises, (c) properly executed unconditional mechanics lien releases in compliance with both California Civil Code Section 8134 and either Section 8136 or Section 8138 from Tenant’s contractor, subcontractors and material suppliers and any other party which has lien rights in connection with the construction of the Improvements, (ii) Landlord has determined that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life-safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building, or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises in the Building, (iii) Architect delivers to Landlord a “Certificate of Substantial Completion”, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the construction of the Improvements in the Premises has been substantially completed, (iv) Tenant delivers to Landlord a “close-out package” in both paper and electronic forms (including, as-built drawings, and final record CADD files for the associated plans, warranties and guarantees from all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers, and an independent air balance report); and (v) a certificate of occupancy, a temporary certificate of occupancy or its equivalent is issued to Tenant for the Premises.

2.2.2.3    Other Terms. Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Improvement Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for Improvement Allowance Items. All Improvement Allowance Items for which the Improvement Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of the Lease, as amended.

2.3    Building Standards. Landlord has established or may establish specifications for certain Building standard components to be used in the construction of the Improvements in the Premises. The quality of Improvements shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of such Building standards, provided that Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, require the Improvements to comply with certain Building standards. Landlord may make changes to said specifications for Building standards from time to time. Removal requirements regarding the Improvements are addressed in Article 8 of the Office Lease.

2.4    Water Sensors. In connection with the construction of the Improvements pursuant to the terms of this Work Letter, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (which may be deducted from the Improvement Allowance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 of this Work Letter), install Water Sensors (as more particularly contemplated by the terms of Section 29.35 of the Office Lease). The Water Sensors so installed by Tenant shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 29.35 of the Office Lease.

 

EXHIBIT B

-4-


SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

3.1    Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings. Tenant shall retain an architect/space planner reasonably and mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (the “Architect”) to prepare the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in this Section 3.1. The Contractor (as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Work Letter) shall provide design-build services from qualified, Landlord-approved mechanical, electrical and plumbing contractors for the preparation of plans and engineering working drawings related to the Improvements. Landlord hereby approves Gensler as the Architect if Tenant decides to select them. Tenant shall retain the engineering consultants designated by Landlord (the “Engineers”) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, HVAC, lifesafety, and sprinkler work in the Premises, which work is not part of the Base Building, provided that Tenant shall retain the subcontractors designated in Schedule 2 attached hereto for the fire alarm design and programming work (the “Fire Alarm Subcontractor”) and for building management systems (the “BMS Subcontractor”). Landlord hereby approves Gensler as the Engineer if Tenant decides to select them. Should Tenant choose to prepare fully engineered drawings in lieu of the design-build approach described above, then Tenant shall retain the Engineers to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the mechanical, electrical and plumbing work of the Improvements. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect, the design-build contractors (unless Tenant selects the fully engineered drawings approach described above), the Fire Alarm Subcontractor, the BMS Subcontractor and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the “Construction Drawings.” Landlord hereby approves Gensler and Revel to be the Architect if Tenant selects them. All Construction Drawings shall comply with the drawing format and specifications reasonably determined by Landlord, and shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the Base Building plans, and Tenant and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Landlord’s review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Section 3, shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in the Lease, as amended, shall specifically apply to the Construction Drawings.

3.2    Final Space Plan. Tenant shall supply Landlord with four (4) hard copies signed by Tenant of its final space plan, along with other renderings or illustrations reasonably required by Landlord, to allow Landlord to understand Tenant’s design intent, for the Premises before any architectural working drawings or engineering drawings have been commenced, and concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of such hard copies, Tenant shall send to Landlord via electronic mail one (1) .pdf electronic copy of such final space plan. The final space plan (the “Final Space Plan”) shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other

 

EXHIBIT B

-5-


partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein. Landlord may request clarification or more specific drawings for special use items not included in the Final Space Plan. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Space Plan for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly cause the Final Space Plan to be revised to correct any deficiencies or other matters Landlord may reasonably require.

3.3    Final Working Drawings. After the Final Space Plan has been approved by Landlord, Tenant shall supply the Engineers with a complete listing of standard and non-standard equipment and specifications, including, without limitation, B.T.U. calculations, electrical requirements and special electrical receptacle requirements for the Premises, to enable the Engineers, the Fire Alarm Subcontractor, the BMS Subcontractor, the design-build contractors (unless Tenant selects the fully engineered drawings approach described above) and the Architect to complete the “Final Working Drawings” (as that term is defined below) in the manner as set forth below. Upon the approval of the Final Space Plan by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall promptly cause the Architect, the Fire Alarm Subcontractor, the BMS Subcontractor, the design-build contractors (unless Tenant selects the fully engineered drawings approach described above) and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and Architect shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “Final Working Drawings”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with four (4) hard copies signed by Tenant of the Final Working Drawings, and concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of such hard copies, Tenant shall send to Landlord via electronic mail one (1) .pdf electronic copy of such Final Working Drawings. Landlord shall advise Tenant within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Working Drawings for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly revise the Final Working Drawings in accordance with such review and any disapproval of Landlord in connection therewith. In addition, if the Final Working Drawings or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto shall require alterations in the Base Building (as contrasted with the Improvements), and if Landlord in its commercially reasonable discretion agrees to any such alterations, and notifies Tenant of the need and cost for such alterations, then Tenant shall pay the cost of such required changes in advance upon receipt of notice thereof. Tenant shall pay all actual and reasonable direct architectural and/or engineering fees in connection therewith, which fees made be deducted from the Improvement Allowance.

3.4    Approved Working Drawings. The Final Working Drawings shall be approved by Landlord (the “Approved Working Drawings”) prior to the commencement of construction of the Premises by Tenant. After approval by Landlord of the Final Working Drawings, Tenant may submit the same to the appropriate municipal authorities for all applicable building permits. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy. No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

EXHIBIT B

-6-


3.5    Electronic Approvals. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, as amended, or this Work Letter, Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, transmit or otherwise deliver any of the approvals required under this Work Letter via electronic mail to Tenant’s representative identified in Section 5.1 of this Work Letter, or by any of the other means identified in Section 29.18 of the Office Lease.

3.6    Removal of Improvements Determination. If, in connection with its submittal of plans and specifications for the Improvements in accordance with Section 3 of this Work Letter, (x) Tenant requests Landlord’s decision with regard to the removal of such Improvements, and (y) Landlord thereafter agrees in writing to waive any removal requirement with regard to such Improvements (or components thereof), then Tenant shall not be required to so remove such Improvements at the end of the term as otherwise required under Section 8.5 of the Office Lease; provided further, however, that if Tenant requests such a determination from Landlord and Landlord, within three (3) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such request from Tenant with respect to Improvements, fails to address the removal requirement with regard to such Improvements, Landlord shall be deemed to have agreed to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Improvements. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to remove or restore any of the Water Sensors or any of the Improvements that are reasonably deemed to be general office improvements.

SECTION 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS

4.1    Tenant’s Selection of Contractors.

4.1.1    The Contractor. A general contractor shall be retained by Tenant to construct the Improvements. Such general contractor (“Contractor”) shall be selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord notice of its selection of the Contractor upon such selection. Landlord hereby approves Skyline as the Contractor if Tenant decides to select them.

4.1.2    Tenant’s Agents. All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers used by Tenant (such subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers, and the Contractor to be known collectively as “Tenant’s Agents”) must be approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Landlord does not approve any of Tenant’s proposed subcontractors, laborers, materialmen or suppliers, Tenant shall submit other proposed subcontractors, laborers, materialmen or suppliers for Landlord’s written approval. All of Tenant’s Agents retained directly by Tenant shall all be union labor in compliance with the then existing master labor agreements.

4.2    Construction of Improvements by Tenant’s Agents.

4.2.1    Construction Contract; Cost Budget. Tenant shall engage the Contractor under a Stipulated Sum Agreement (or Guaranteed Maximum Price Contract) accompanied by

 

EXHIBIT B

-7-


Landlord’s standard General Conditions (collectively, the “Contract”). Prior to the commencement of the construction of the Improvements, and after Tenant has accepted all bids for the Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the final costs to be incurred or which have been incurred, as set forth more particularly in Sections 2.2.1.1 through 2.2.1.8, above, in connection with the design and construction of the Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor, which costs form a basis for the amount of the Contract (the “Final Costs”). Landlord may elect by written notice to Tenant the Construction Risk Alternative set forth below in order that Landlord may satisfy its REIT related obligations with respect to timely recognizing revenue from the Lease, as amended (as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion), and in such case the provisions of the applicable Construction Risk Alternative shall automatically apply and be binding upon Tenant. The term “Construction Risk Alternative” means that Tenant shall bifurcate the Contract into two separate schedules of values, with one schedule of values (the “Landlord Contracted Improvement Allowance Schedule of Values”) including specific identifiable assets / trades equal to the initial Improvement Allowance, such that a sufficient portion of at least ninety percent (90%) of the initial Improvement Allowance (the “90% Threshold”) shall be incurred by the Expansion Commencement Date, and with the other schedule of values (the “Tenant Contracted Improvement Work Schedule of Values”) covering the remaining tenant related work to construct the Improvements (the “Bifurcated Schedule of Values Alternative”). Tenant shall deliver both resulting schedule of values to Landlord within fifteen (15) days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant electing the Bifurcated Schedule of Values Alternative. In the event that Landlord elects the Bifurcated Schedule of Values Alternative, then notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Work Letter, at least ninety percent (90%) of the Improvement Allowance shall be used for the costs to design and construct the Improvements to be constructed pursuant to the Landlord Improvement Allowance Schedule of Values (the “Landlord Improvement Allowance Schedule of Values Improvements”). In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements from the Improvement Allowance for the Improvements to be constructed pursuant to the Tenant Contracted Improvement Work Schedule of Values (the “Tenant Contracted Work Improvements”) until disbursements have been made from the Improvement Allowance for all of the work to design and substantially complete the Landlord Improvement Allowance Schedule of Values Improvements. Subject to Section 4.2.5 below, Landlord shall notify Tenant of its election (“Landlord’s Construction Risk Notice”) of any Construction Risk Alternatives no later than seven (7) business days following Landlord’s receipt of the Schedule of Values and the Construction Schedule.

4.2.1.1    Subject to the Construction Risk Alternative, in connection with each of Landlord’s monthly disbursements of the Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall concurrently pay a percentage of each amount disbursed by Landlord to Tenant under this Work Letter or otherwise disbursed under this Work Letter directly to the appropriate person or entity, which percentage shall be equal to the amount of the Over-Allowance Amount (as defined below) divided by the amount of the Final Costs, and such payment by Tenant shall be a condition to Landlord’s obligation to pay any amounts of the Improvement Allowance. For purposes hereof, the “Over-Allowance Amount” shall be equal to the difference, if any, between the amount of the Final Costs and the amount of the Improvement Allowance (less any portion thereof already disbursed by Landlord, or in the process of being disbursed by Landlord, on or before the commencement of construction of the Improvements). In the event that, after the Final Costs have been delivered by Tenant to Landlord, any revisions, changes or substitutions shall be made

 

EXHIBIT B

-8-


to the Final Working Drawings or the Improvements, or the costs relating to the design and construction of the Improvements shall change, the above amounts shall be adjusted as equitable to reflect any additional or reduced costs which arise in connection therewith. In the event that Tenant fails to timely pay the Over-Allowance Amount as provided in this Section 4.2.1.1, then Landlord may, at its option, cause the cessation of work in the Premises until Tenant makes payment of the applicable portion of the Over-Allowance Amount then due (and such failure to pay such payment shall be treated as a Tenant default in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 5.4 below). Tenant shall provide Landlord with updated construction schedules and budgets on a regular basis during the course of construction of the Improvements, and in any event within twenty (20) days after request by Landlord. In connection with any Over-Allowance payments made by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.2.1.1, Tenant shall provide Landlord with the documents described in Sections 2.2.2.1(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Work Letter, above, for Landlord’s approval, prior to Tenant paying such costs.

4.2.2    Tenant’s Agents.

4.2.2.1    Landlord’s General Conditions for Tenant’s Agents and Improvement Work. Tenant’s and Tenant’s Agent’s construction of the Improvements shall comply with the following: (i) the Improvements shall be constructed in strict accordance with the Approved Working Drawings; (ii) Tenant’s Agents shall submit schedules of all work relating to the Improvements to Contractor and Contractor shall, within five (5) business days of receipt thereof, inform Tenant’s Agents of any changes which are necessary thereto, and Tenant’s Agents shall adhere to such corrected schedule; and (iii) Tenant shall abide by all reasonable rules made by Landlord’s Building manager with respect to the use of freight, loading dock and service elevators, storage of materials, coordination of work with the contractors of other tenants, and any other matter in connection with this Work Letter, including, without limitation, the construction of the Improvements. Tenant shall pay a logistical coordination fee (the “Coordination Fee”) to Landlord in an amount equal to the product of (i) one and one-half percent (1.5%), and (ii) the sum of the total “hard costs” of the Improvements (but in no event greater than $44,961.00 (i.e., $1.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises)), which Coordination Fee shall be for services relating to the coordination of the construction of the Improvements.

4.2.2.2    Indemnity. Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in the Lease, as amended, shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Improvements and/or Landlord’s disapproval of all or any portion of any request for payment. Such indemnity by Tenant, as set forth in the Lease, as amended, shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to Landlord’s performance of any ministerial acts reasonably necessary (i) to permit Tenant to complete the Improvements, and (ii) to enable Tenant to obtain any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises.

4.2.2.3    Requirements of Tenant’s Agents. Each of Tenant’s Agents shall guarantee to Tenant and for the benefit of Landlord that the portion of the Improvements for which it is responsible shall be free from any defects in workmanship and materials for a period

 

EXHIBIT B

-9-


of not less than one (1) year from the date of completion thereof to the extent it is available. Each of Tenant’s Agents shall be responsible for the replacement or repair, without additional charge, of all work done or furnished in accordance with its contract that shall become defective within one (1) year after the later to occur of (i) completion of the work performed by such contractor or subcontractors and (ii) the Expansion Commencement Date. The correction of such work shall include, without additional charge, all additional expenses and damages incurred in connection with such removal or replacement of all or any part of the Improvements, and/or the Building and/or common areas that may be damaged or disturbed thereby. All such warranties or guarantees as to materials or workmanship of or with respect to the Improvements shall be contained in the Contract or subcontract and shall be written such that such guarantees or warranties shall inure to the benefit of both Landlord and Tenant, as their respective interests may appear, and can be directly enforced by either. Tenant covenants to give to Landlord any non-exclusive assignment or other assurances which may be necessary to effect such right of direct enforcement.

4.2.2.4    Insurance Requirements.

4.2.2.4.1 General Coverages. All of Tenant’s Agents shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in the Lease, as amended.

4.2.2.4.2 Special Coverages. Tenant or its Contractor shall carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of the Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that the Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to the Lease, as amended, immediately upon completion thereof. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord including, but not limited to, the requirement that all of Tenant’s Agents which are major subcontractors shall carry excess liability and Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance, each in amounts not less than $2,000,000 per incident, $2,000,000 in aggregate, and in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in the Lease, as amended.

4.2.2.4.3 General Terms. Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 4.2.2.4 shall be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of construction of the Improvements and before the Contractor’s equipment is moved onto the site. All such policies of insurance must contain a provision that the company writing said policy will give Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation or lapse of the effective date or any reduction in the amounts of such insurance. In the event that the Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof, Tenant shall immediately repair the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant’s Agents shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until the Improvements are fully completed and accepted by Landlord, except for any Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance required by Landlord, which is to be maintained for ten (10) years following completion of the work and acceptance by Landlord and Tenant. All policies carried under this Section 4.2.2.4 shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as Contractor and Tenant’s Agents. All insurance, except Workers’ Compensation, maintained by Tenant’s Agents shall preclude

 

EXHIBIT B

-10-


subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the owner and that any other insurance maintained by owner is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of Landlord by Tenant under Section 4.2.2.2 of this Work Letter.

4.2.3    Governmental Compliance. The Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) the Code and other state, federal, city or quasi-governmental laws, codes, ordinances and regulations, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other person; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; and (iii) building material manufacturer’s specifications.

4.2.4    Inspection by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Improvements at all times (and in connection therewith use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the construction of the Improvements), provided however, that Landlord’s failure to inspect the Improvements shall in no event constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder nor shall Landlord’s inspection of the Improvements constitute Landlord’s approval of the same. Should Landlord disapprove any portion of the Improvements, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such disapproval and shall specify the items disapproved. Any defects or deviations in, and/or disapproval by Landlord of, the Improvements shall be rectified by Tenant at no expense to Landlord, provided however, that in the event Landlord determines that a defect or deviation exists or disapproves of any matter in connection with any portion of the Improvements and such defect, deviation or matter might adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning or life-safety systems of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises, Landlord may, take such action as Landlord deems necessary, at Tenant’s expense and without incurring any liability on Landlord’s part, to correct any such defect, deviation and/or matter, including, without limitation, causing the cessation of performance of the construction of the Improvements until such time as the defect, deviation and/or matter is corrected to Landlord’s satisfaction.

4.2.5    Meetings. Commencing one (1) month prior to delivery of the Premises, Tenant shall hold bi-monthly meetings at a reasonable time, with the Architect and the Contractor regarding the progress of the preparation of Construction Drawings and the construction of the Improvements, which meetings shall be held at a location reasonably and mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, and Landlord and/or its agents shall receive prior notice of, and shall have the right to attend, all such meetings, and, upon Landlord’s request, certain of Tenant’s Agents shall attend such meetings. In addition, minutes shall be taken at all such meetings, a copy of which minutes shall be promptly delivered to Landlord. One such meeting each month shall include the review of Contractor’s current request for payment.

4.3    Notice of Completion; Copy of Record Set of Plans. Within fifteen (15) days after completion of construction of the Improvements, Tenant shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the county in which the Building is located in accordance with Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Landlord upon such recordation. If Tenant fails to do

 

EXHIBIT B

-11-


so, Landlord may execute and file the same as Tenant’s agent for such purpose, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. At the conclusion of construction, (i) Tenant shall cause the Architect and Contractor (A) to update the Approved Working Drawings as necessary to reflect all changes made to the Approved Working Drawings during the course of construction, (B) to certify to the best of their knowledge that the “record-set” of as-built drawings are true and correct, which certification shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease, as amended, and (C) to deliver to Landlord two (2) sets of copies of such record set of drawings within ninety (90) days following issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, and (ii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of all warranties, guaranties, and operating manuals and information relating to the improvements, equipment, and systems in the Premises.

SECTION 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1    Tenant’s Representative. Tenant has designated                     its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter (whose e-mail address for the purposes of this Work Letter is                     who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter until otherwise notified in writing by Tenant.

5.2    Landlord’s Representative. Landlord has designated                     (whose e-mail addresses for the purposes of this Work Letter are                     as its sole representatives with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Work Letter.

5.3    Time of the Essence in This Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. If any item requiring approval is timely disapproved by Landlord, the procedure for preparation of the document and approval thereof shall be repeated until the document is approved by Landlord, provided that the time period for such approval shall be reduced by 2 days.

5.4    Tenant’s Lease Default. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, as amended, or this Work Letter, if any default by Tenant under the Lease, as amended, beyond any applicable notice and cure period or this Work Letter (including, without limitation, any failure by Tenant to fund any portion of the Over-Allowance Amount) occurs at any time on or before the substantial completion of the Improvements, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, as amended, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may, without any liability whatsoever, cause the cessation of construction of the Improvements (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the substantial completion of the Improvements and any costs occasioned thereby), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of the Lease, as amended, and this Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease, as amended.

 

EXHIBIT B

-12-


SCHEDULE 1

 

1.

Prior to Start of Construction

 

  1.1.

Approved and permitted Construction Drawings.

 

  1.2.

Approved subcontractors list.

 

  1.3.

Copies of all executed Contracts with Contractor.

 

  1.4.

Construction Schedule.

 

  1.5.

Copies of Permits for Improvements.

 

  1.6.

Preliminary Budget and the budget with Final Costs, including a schedule of values for all hard construction costs.

 

2.

Ongoing During Construction

 

  2.1.

Budget and Construction Schedule revisions as they occur.

 

  2.2.

Change orders as they occur.

 

  2.3.

Construction Drawings revisions as they occur.

 

  2.4.

Monthly applications of payment with reciprocal releases when received.

 

  2.5.

Monthly Architect’s field report or equivalent.

 

  2.6.

Monthly 4-week look ahead schedule.

 

  2.7.

Weekly meeting minutes.

 

  2.8.

Permit sign off card when received.

 

  2.9.

Temporary certificate of occupancy/certificate of occupancy when received.

 

3.

Prior to Release of Any Funds Related to Hard Costs

 

  3.1.

Final Space Plans approved by both parties.

 

  3.2.

Construction Drawings approved by both parties.

 

  3.3.

Project budget

 

  3.4.

Project schedule.

 

  3.5.

Pay applications as above.

 

4.

Prior to Release of Final Payment

 

  4.1.

Signed off inspection card or equivalent temporary certificate of occupancy.

 

  4.2.

Architect’s Certificate of Substantial Completion.

 

  4.3.

Final Contractor pay application indicating 100% complete, 90% previously paid.

 

  4.4.

Physical inspection of the Premises by Landlord inspection team.

 

  4.5.

Unconditional mechanic’s lien releases.

 

  4.6.

Final as-builts.

 

  4.7.

Final subcontractors list.

 

  4.8.

Warranties and guarantees.

 

  4.9.

CAD files.

 

  4.10.

Temporary certificate of occupancy/certificate of occupancy

 

SCHEDULE 1

-1-


SCHEDULE 2

(Required Subcontractor)

 

1.

PAFA (Pacific Auxiliary Fire Alarm Company) – to perform fire alarm design and programming work.

 

2.

Syserco – building management systems subcontractor.

 

SCHEDULE 2

-1-

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF DOORDASH, INC.*

 

Subsidiary name

  

Jurisdiction of incorporation

Caviar, LLC    Delaware, U.S.

 

*

Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, the names of other subsidiaries of DoorDash, Inc. are omitted because, considered in the aggregate, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of the end of the year covered by this report.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

DoorDash, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated June 30, 2020, except for Note 17, which is as of November 13, 2020, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of DoorDash, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Our report refers to a change in the Company’s method of accounting for leases due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 842, Leases, effective January 1, 2019.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

November 13, 2020

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Caviar, a business of Square, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated September 18, 2019, with respect to the combined balance sheets of Caviar, a business of Square, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the related combined statements of comprehensive loss, changes in equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the combined financial statements, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Our report refers to a change in the Company’s method of accounting for revenue due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, in 2018.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

November 13, 2020